The Ledger

We listen to investing podcasts and pull out every time a guest says they are bullish or bearish on a stock, a sector or a theme, quoted from the transcript. First the latest shows, then a heatmap of who is bullish on what, then every statement.

Latest shows

Monetary Matters with Jack Farley

Monetary Matters with Jack Farley ·

Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

The Investor's Podcast

The Investor's Podcast ·

TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

Excess Returns

Excess Returns ·

Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

Podcast Heatmap

Who is bullish and who is bearish on each stock, from the investing podcasts we transcribe. Each box is a company or a topic. The bigger the box, the more people talked about it. The colour runs from mostly bearish (the speakers expect it to do badly) to mostly bullish (they expect it to do well). Click a box to read what was said.

Time window
  1. US equities
  2. Gold
  3. US economy
  4. AI capex cycle
  5. US Treasuries (all maturities)
  6. Energy sector
  7. Crude oil
  8. US inflation
  9. US mega-cap tech / Mag 7
  10. AI frontier model companies
  11. Corporate credit spreads
  12. French government bonds
  13. Neocloud and data-centre financing credit
  14. US technology equities (broad)
  15. CoreWeave
  16. Meta Platforms
  17. NVIDIA
  18. US dollar
  19. Commodities
  20. Memory semiconductors
  21. Semiconductors
  22. US home prices
  23. Federal Reserve policy rate
  24. Micron Technology
  25. Tesla
  26. Copper
  27. Hyperscaler bonds (credit)
  28. Long-dated US government bonds
  29. Amazon
  30. Bitcoin
  31. Euro
  32. Alphabet (Google)
  33. Japanese yen
  34. South Korean equities
  35. Netflix
  36. Shopify
  37. Space Exploration Technologies
  38. AI hardware and infrastructure
  39. SaaS
  40. crypto
  1. US equities
  2. AI capex cycle
  3. Gold
  4. Long-dated US government bonds
  5. US economy
  6. Crude oil
  7. Private credit / direct lending
  8. NVIDIA
  9. US inflation
  10. Energy sector
  11. US mega-cap tech / Mag 7
  12. US dollar
  13. AI frontier model companies
  14. Semiconductors
  15. US technology equities (broad)
  16. US Treasuries (all maturities)
  17. SaaS
  18. US home prices
  19. Meta Platforms
  20. Copper
  21. Corporate credit spreads
  22. Healthcare sector
  23. Federal Reserve policy rate
  24. Alphabet (Google)
  25. Tesla
  26. US 10-year Treasury
  27. Hyperscaler bonds (credit)
  28. Bitcoin
  29. Japanese yen
  30. Commodities
  31. French government bonds
  32. Neocloud and data-centre financing credit
  33. US equity index concentration
  34. US small caps
  35. Amazon
  36. CoreWeave
  37. Euro
  38. FICO
  39. Japanese equities
  40. South Korean equities
  1. US equities
  2. AI capex cycle
  3. Gold
  4. Long-dated US government bonds
  5. US economy
  6. NVIDIA
  7. Private credit / direct lending
  8. AI frontier model companies
  9. Crude oil
  10. Semiconductors
  11. US mega-cap tech / Mag 7
  12. US inflation
  13. US dollar
  14. Energy sector
  15. US technology equities (broad)
  16. Meta Platforms
  17. Alphabet (Google)
  18. SaaS
  19. US Treasuries (all maturities)
  20. Japanese yen
  21. Corporate credit spreads
  22. Healthcare sector
  23. Silver
  24. US home prices
  25. Amazon
  26. Copper
  27. Federal Reserve policy rate
  28. Microsoft
  29. Tesla
  30. US equity index concentration
  31. US small caps
  32. Japanese equities
  33. Oracle
  34. Memory semiconductors
  35. US 10-year Treasury
  36. SpaceX
  37. Hyperscaler bonds (credit)
  38. Private equity
  39. Bitcoin
  40. South Korean equities
Mostly bearishMostly bullish

All statements

Every bullish or bearish statement we found in the podcasts, with who said it, on which show and when. Each one is quoted from the transcript. Use the search and filters to narrow the list to a company, a speaker or a show.

Bullish or bearish
Date

1337 statements

    Monetary Matters with Jack Farley

    118 bullish · 87 bearish25 episodes · 205 statements · 28 speakersLatest

    · Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    9 statements

    Charles River is his highest-conviction long from the AI drug-discovery experiment

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think that one of our favorites was Charles River.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 36:04

    After using Claude to design scorpion anti-venom mini-binders (17 of the designs bound in the lab), Citrini concluded that AI compresses the dry-lab design work from months to days while synthesis and testing still take months, so the trade is to be 'long experiments'. Charles River is a favourite: about 60% of its revenue is from discovery, safety assessment and early-stage experiments, it is emerging from a cyclical trough with spare capacity, so each new contract is higher margin and earnings growth could inflect. Separately, monkeys for preclinical testing are the single most supply-constrained step before clinical trials (China cut exports and breeding takes about four years), which he sees as a bottleneck harder to expand than memory supply. He calls it the highest-conviction long from the piece, and says monkey pricing data would be the key to the trade.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bullish Meta: Muse plus its user data could quadruple ARPU by 2030

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: by 2030

    Show quote

    “I'm bullish on Meta because I think that they're really killing it with Muse.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 1:07:31

    Citrini turned bullish on Meta this summer, before its Muse model was released, and says Muse confirms the thesis. Meta holds vast data on its users across Instagram, WhatsApp and Facebook with ARPU around $200-something; if Muse gets any meaningful adoption he draws a straight line from that data to ARPU rising about 4x by 2030, with more room to run on its existing AI infrastructure. He holds it as the long leg of a long-Meta, short-Google pair.

    Time frame
    by 2030
    What they own
    Says on air that long Meta, short Google is a trade he has on.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Out of most AI hardware since the spring, but still pretty bullish on NVIDIA

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm still pretty bullish on NVIDIA from here.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 1:18

    Citrini says his research shop moved away from a broad long-semiconductors position from around March, shifting toward the users and enablers of AI ('agentic utilities'), because the infrastructure trade now requires underwriting significant expectations. He is explicit that this does not mean he is done with semiconductors: he remains pretty bullish on NVIDIA from here, while saying the more asymmetric opportunities now sit elsewhere in the AI trade.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Light on AI hardware: downside is now significant because the buildout is financed against extraordinary expectations

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “The downside to a real negative outcome or negative sentiment is significance. But let's say things change and it becomes clear that some of these concerns are irrelevant, then I would change the allocation as well.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 16:42

    Citrini has cut the AI infrastructure trade he was early to in 2023. His argument: in the first years of the cycle, spending came from hyperscaler operating cash flow, which put a floor under sentiment-driven drawdowns. Now nearly every incremental dollar is financed by equity and debt against extraordinary expectations, which makes the trade reflexive: if sentiment turns, the funding dries up. He worries that model capability is improving without a commensurate rise in lab ARR (estimates need roughly $1 trillion of AI ARR by end-2028, about $50 billion of net new ARR a month versus roughly $13.6 billion now), and that cheaper open models and weak token demand elasticity cap revenue. Valuations no longer limit the downside as they did in 2023, and cyclicals top when they look cheapest on next year's estimates. He hedges heavily: demand still exceeds supply, this may be a run-of-the-mill drawdown and a dip worth buying, and he would turn constructive or 'go full hog' again if paid usage growth re-accelerated enough to fund the buildout from customer cash flows.

    Only if
    He would change the allocation if growth in paid usage and lab ARR re-accelerates and the concerns prove irrelevant.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says his portfolio has been out of most AI hardware since around March and is light on semiconductors.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishEli Lilly

    Eli Lilly benefits as AI commoditises phase one assets

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: this will play out over a longer period of time

    Show quote

    “And so I think that's an example of a company that is going to benefit from this commoditization of phase one assets.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 55:26

    Citrini expects large pharma to show significant dispersion as AI improves, playing out over a long period. Eli Lilly has a strong record of acquiring molecules and bringing them to FDA approval, and is a trailblazer in using AI itself: its drug-design model trained on its own proprietary data requires outside users to contribute designs, so it keeps gathering data. He sees it as an example of a company that will benefit from the commoditisation of phase one assets, while weaker companies reliant on a single asset in a well-understood mechanism lose out as the time between first and follow-on drugs keeps shrinking.

    Time frame
    this will play out over a longer period of time
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long experiments: life sciences tools, preclinical CROs and lab automation

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And then we're pretty bullish on life sciences in general because we think that funding for experiments will go up even though rates have come up.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 1:00:04

    Citrini's thesis is that AI is commoditising drug design and will create an explosion of new molecules and experiments, mostly in the preclinical space, while the experiments themselves cannot be sped up much. Beneficiaries are the companies that run experiments or make them quicker: contract research organisations, consumables and lab automation (which he calls a really clean way to play it, since speed matters more than cost to AI labs). AI labs and AI-biology startups become new customers because they need experimental data to improve their models. The sector also looks like a cyclical recovery from a post-COVID overbuild at trough pricing, with a secular story on top, like semis in early 2023. He is bullish on life sciences in general because he expects funding for experiments to rise even with higher rates.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short Google against long Meta on the DeepMind talent exodus and lingering search risk

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think right now, long meta short Google is a trade that I have on.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 1:08:54

    Citrini, who took the contrarian long on Google in summer 2025 when it sold off on search fears, now thinks people underestimate the damage from a talent exodus out of DeepMind to competitors. The risk to search has not gone away (he searches Google much less himself), and that risk persists while the talent leaves. He expresses it as the short leg of a long-Meta, short-Google pair, and hedges: he could be wrong, he has a stop in, and a melt-up in the market could change things.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says long Meta, short Google is a trade he has on, with a stop in on the Google side.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    A little bullish on CoreWeave's bonds; does not expect a default

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Actually, we kind of got a little bullish on the CoreWeave bonds specific.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 1:11:01

    Citrini thinks the recent CoreWeave scare was way overblown and got a little bullish on CoreWeave's bonds specifically (the bonds, not the shares). He does not expect CoreWeave to default, noting it has a sizeable equity cushion it can tap, though that can shrink fast as the stock falls. If the AI cycle does turn, he expects it to end with a whimper, through downward revisions to combined lab ARR, rather than with a CoreWeave default breaking the cycle.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    AI makes preclinical and early-stage drug assets cheaper, so me-too biotechs built to be acquired get squeezed

    CitriniMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: over time · Not sure

    Show quote

    “What I will say, I think, is the value of having either a preclinical or early clinical stage asset is probably going to go down over time.”

    Episode: Citrini: Monkeys Are The Next Bottleneck | Citrini on AI Drug Discovery Experiment & Reflexive Financing Risk to AI Buildout & Hardware Trade

    at 52:25

    Asked about AI drug-discovery companies, Citrini says it is case by case and depends on their proprietary data, but he expects the value of owning a preclinical or early clinical stage asset to fall over time because AI makes producing candidates easier and cheaper. Preclinical candidate counts have risen while FDA approvals have stayed flat for five years. Unless a company has a unique, defensible understanding of causal biology or new drugable targets, being a 'me-too' biotech with one asset in a well-understood mechanism (he cites GLP-1 followers) that plans to reach phase two and get acquired will be a really difficult place to be.

    Time frame
    over time
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    22 statements
    BearishAstera Labs ALAB

    Noble: Astera Labs is over-earning on a shortage; a great short

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And when the thing therefore is selling on 50 times revenues or 20 times book value, whatever it is, it's actually a great short.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 43:22

    Noble names Astera Labs (ALAB) as the kind of AI hardware stock where a one-quarter shortage spike is annualised and given a 100-times multiple. He argues the company is over-earning, that its sustainable earning power may be about 20% of what is being shown, and that at 50 times revenue or 20 times book it is a great short.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Noble: don't own the index; this is a stock pickers' market

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think there are large parts of the index you can short. You don't want to own the index.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:03:42

    Noble says investors should not own the S&P 500 index: it is concentrated in tech, as Japan dominated the EAFE index in the 1980s, and large parts of it can be shorted. He calls this a golden age of stock picking, with the opportunities outside the indices, energy and precious metals among them.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Noble: tech is going to go down

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think tech is going to go down.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:03:42

    Noble argues a standard 60/40 portfolio is wrong now: an S&P index fund is 40% tech, with much of the rest correlated with tech, and he expects tech to go down as the AI bubble deflates and the cost of capital rises. He says breadth is poor and the index has been held up by a few names.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Noble: short SpaceX at 100x sales; 'hugely profitable' in time

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: in the fullness of time

    Show quote

    “I think the fullness of time shorting SpaceX is going to be hugely profitable.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 29:25

    Noble calls SpaceX, at about $2.2 trillion and over 100 times revenue, a hugely cash-flow-negative AI business with a rocket company and Starlink attached. He values Starlink at $300-400 billion and the rocket business at a few tens of billions, sees large share unlocks coming, and dismisses the earnings beat and talk of a Tesla merger as 'two drunks holding each other up'. He puts its value near $30 a share and calls SpaceX and Tesla the grossest overvaluation at scale he has seen.

    Time frame
    in the fullness of time
    What they own
    Shorted SpaceX at 145; says it fell to 105 and is now about 165, so he is losing money on it.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Noble: Micron is over-earning; would be short if forced

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I wouldn't own Micron. If I put a gun to my head, I'd be short.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 46:10

    Noble says Micron's 85% gross margin is not normal and that its low earnings multiple flatters a commodity business at peak earnings. He expects margins to normalise, perhaps by 2027-2030 and 'sooner rather than later', as excess returns attract competition, especially from China, and compares memory to shipping, which is valued on assets not peak earnings. He would not own Micron and, forced to choose, would be short, though he prefers shorting CoreWeave.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Not short Micron; prefers to short CoreWeave.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Noble: energy to run rings around the S&P over three years

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: next three years

    Show quote

    “I think if you said to me, George, forget about the next three months, next three years, I think energy is going to absolutely run rings around the S&P, not even close.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:06:28

    Noble says his energy call predates the Iran war: energy stocks are cheap, demand is robust, production depletes about 5% a year after 15 years of underinvestment, and the Permian can no longer supply the marginal growth. On a gold-to-oil ratio crude looks cheap. The war has distracted from that case, and supply security now has lasting value. He concedes energy could fall in the short run if peace breaks out, but over three years expects it to far outperform the S&P.

    Time frame
    next three years
    What they own
    Owns energy stocks, including Schlumberger; said energy was his call for the year in December.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Noble: chip monopoly profits gone within a couple of years

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: within a couple of years

    Show quote

    “I'm highly convicted that these monopoly profits will not be with us within a couple of years.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 49:37

    Noble argues semiconductors are a capital-intensive, cyclical business priced on peak margins. He expects supply to catch up with demand within two or three years, leaving fabs with fixed costs selling at marginal prices, as in shipping, and expects Chinese, Japanese and Korean competition to compete the profits away. He exempts near-monopolies such as ASML. He calls semis a no-fly zone that can be shorted selectively and expects chip pricing to collapse at some point, timing unknown.

    Time frame
    within a couple of years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishSchlumberger SLB

    Noble: loves Schlumberger, owns it

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So I love Schlumberger. It's not the only stock I own, but I think energy as a group is going to do incredibly well.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:09:27

    Noble says he loves Schlumberger. Within his energy bull case, he cites Robert Mullen's argument that SLB is an overlooked AI play: its proprietary subsurface data and its data-centre construction business could on their own be worth its market cap, before counting the oilfield-services business.

    What they own
    Says it is 'not the only stock I own', i.e. he owns SLB.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Noble: still bearish on bonds; yields to go meaningfully higher

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think bond yields, I've been readily, routinely bearish on bonds last few years, I still am.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 55:00

    Noble remains bearish on US government bonds: spending is irresponsible while a global capex boom competes for capital, and he says the rise in yields reflects term premium and real rates, driven by fiscal sustainability concerns, more than inflation. He thinks rates are still too low given the speculation in markets and expects yields to go meaningfully higher. Even in a recession he expects deficits to blow out and limit any bond rally. He is not shorting bonds right now.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is not going to short the bond market right now.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Noble: throws all the neoclouds under the bus with CoreWeave

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Cost of capital is a very key number in a value in CoreWeave stock, and I think it looks pretty dreadful. I'd throw all the other neoclouds to varying degrees under the bus in a similar fashion.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 22:42

    Noble extends his CoreWeave case to the other neocloud operators 'to varying degrees': they rent out depreciating GPU fleets financed with debt, their value hinges on the cost of capital, and as that cost rises the equity looks dreadful. He calls the neoclouds the tip of the spear of the AI build-out that will be 'shot first' when financing tightens, and says many of them, like CoreWeave, are zeros short of a bailout.

    What they own
    Short CoreWeave (his biggest position); he does not say which other neoclouds he is short.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishAmazon AMZN

    Noble: Amazon among the big tech names he expects to fall

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think for choice, those stocks are all going down.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:27:33

    In the same breath as Apple and NVIDIA, Noble says he thinks Amazon's stock is going down although he has not recommended shorting it. Elsewhere he argues hyperscaler earnings could turn negative by 2030 as depreciation on roughly $2.5 trillion of AI assets passes $500 billion a year. A passing view, not a recommendation.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Farley: bullish Lam Research into earnings

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: tonight's earnings report

    Show quote

    “I can talk about the balance sheet of land research, which I'm bullish on.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:24:09

    Farley says he is bullish on Lam Research and knows its balance sheet. Ahead of its report that evening he says 'I think it's going to rip', as part of his wider expectation of a semiconductor rally and of chip spending above sell-side estimates.

    Time frame
    tonight's earnings report
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishApple AAPL

    Noble: Apple among the big tech names he expects to fall

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think for choice, those stocks are all going down.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:27:33

    Asked how confident he is that AI is a bubble, Noble notes that he has not recommended shorting Amazon, Apple or NVIDIA but says he thinks those stocks are all going down, since technology is highly valued and growth slows once the money spigot is turned off. A passing view, not a recommendation.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Noble: gold to rise as governments debase money

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think the price of gold is going to go up.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 55:00

    Noble expects the gold price to rise because irresponsible monetary and fiscal policy is destroying the value of money: no one will raise taxes or cut spending, foreign buyers of US debt are retreating, and he expects authorities to have to print again. He sees gold as an insurance policy against central-bank error and a way to preserve wealth in real terms, adding that he lost a little money in gold this year.

    What they own
    Says he lost a little money in gold this year; some of his gold stocks fell and then rebounded.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishIREN IREN

    Noble: rather short neoclouds like IREN than NVIDIA

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Why would I short NVIDIA when I can short the Neo Clouds? I can short CoreWeave. I can short IREN.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 43:22

    Asked whether he would short NVIDIA, Noble says he would rather short the neoclouds, naming CoreWeave and IREN. Earlier he mocks the retail holder who owns Nebius, IREN, Oracle and NVIDIA as being diversified in 'one flaming pile' of the same trade. The case is his general neocloud one: leveraged owners of depreciating GPUs whose equity suffers as the cost of capital rises.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSSR Mining

    Noble: SSR Mining his favourite gold name

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And I say SSRM has been my favorite name.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 55:00

    Within his bullish gold case, a debasing dollar and fiscal excess forcing more money printing, Noble names SSR Mining (SSRM) as his favourite gold stock, after his gold picks fell and then rebounded this year.

    What they own
    Says SSRM 'has been my favorite name' among his gold picks.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Noble: AI is a bubble that is starting to deflate

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think what I'm troubled by with AI Bubble, it is a bubble.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 0:39

    Noble says AI is a bubble: nobody can show him the return on the hundreds of billions being spent, token and compute prices are collapsing while the builders' balance sheets deteriorate, Chinese open models do it far cheaper, and enterprise adoption is limited by data and compliance concerns. He compares it to the 2006 housing signal: the rate of price appreciation of AI assets is slowing, capital is tightening and the cost of capital is rising. He likens AI to shale, where firms must keep spending, a prisoner's dilemma that 'almost guarantees you a car crash', and estimates hyperscaler earnings turn negative by 2030 as depreciation exceeds profits. He sees the likelihood of it ending badly as extremely high.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Noble: CoreWeave's equity is a zero short of a bailout; his biggest short

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: before the cycle is over

    Show quote

    “I'm highly confident that CoreWeave as a short of a bailout is a Zero, as are many of the Neo Clouds.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:27:33

    Noble calls CoreWeave 'a WeWork for GPUs': a pile of fast-depreciating chips funded with a little equity and a lot of debt, much like a rental-car company whose fleet rusts every day. With the company's bonds blowing out and the cost of capital rising sharply, he argues the equity is worth a fraction of its price and, if the bonds are in doubt, can be marked at zero. He thinks it is a better short at about $60 than it was at $107. He allows that NVIDIA may end up taking CoreWeave over at a token price because neoclouds matter to its ecosystem, so outright bankruptcy is not certain, but before the cycle ends he expects the stock to be much lower.

    Time frame
    before the cycle is over
    What they own
    Says on air he is short CoreWeave and that it has been his biggest position; he recommended shorting it in June and is still in the short.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BearishTesla TSLA

    Noble: short Tesla, values it at $30-50 a share

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “We are short Tesla from 475, 485 at the end of last year. We're up 20, 25 percent on the short while the market's gone up.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 38:46

    Noble argues Tesla has made only about $38 billion in cumulative profits yet is valued near $1.5 trillion, roughly 14 times revenue for an ex-growth carmaker when peers trade near one times sales. He says it has earned its cost of capital in only one year, calls Elon Musk a liar over repeated self-driving promises, and puts a sum-of-the-parts value of $30 to $50 a share against roughly $370. He says the stock has gone nowhere for five years while the market rose.

    What they own
    Short Tesla from $475-485 at the end of last year; says the short is up 20-25%. Has lost money shorting Tesla in the past.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Farley: expects a semiconductor rip; net long semis

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I do think that we are in for a pretty foul semiconductor rip, and we are also shorted SpaceX, but against semis, so we have way more semi-longs.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:32:55

    Farley, the host, expects a sharp semiconductor rally after nine straight down days. He thinks sell-side 2027 earnings are too low because hyperscalers and xAI will spend heavily on chips, so NVIDIA may be cheaper than its 17-18 times forward earnings suggests. He says semis are a better way to own the AI trade than neoclouds. His model portfolio holds far more semi longs than shorts, with SpaceX, AXT and SanDisk shorts as hedges.

    What they own
    His Substack model portfolio is net long semis (about 50-60% beta to semiconductors), short SpaceX against them, and also short AXTI and SanDisk; he covered a CoreWeave short the night before.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishNVIDIA NVDA

    Noble: would never own NVIDIA; expects it to be a great short eventually

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: in the fullness of time

    Show quote

    “My belief is I would never own NVIDIA. My belief is at some point, NVIDIA is going to be a great short because these are all pretend make believe earnings.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 43:22

    Noble says he would never own NVIDIA and expects it, 'in the fullness of time', to prove a great short, because its earnings depend on lending billions to customers to buy its product, much of which sits unused in warehouses, and because peak-cycle semiconductor margins should not be capitalised as if permanent. He is not short today because he sees better shorts in the neoclouds.

    Time frame
    in the fullness of time
    What they own
    Says he is neither short nor long NVIDIA.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Noble: oil sustainably higher, not a $150 call

    George NobleMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think the opposite is true with crude. I think energy prices are sustainably higher.”

    Episode: Coreweave's a Zero" | George Noble on Why He's Short Neoclouds, Why AI is a Shale 2.0 Bubble Headed for Debt/Depreciation Brick Wall, and Why He's "Coming For The Momentum Bros

    at 1:19:28

    Noble expects oil prices to stay sustainably higher, a 'higher for longer' environment, because of years of underinvestment, depletion and the end of easy Permian growth, and because rising deferred futures prices show the market expects higher prices. He is not calling for $150 oil and does not want a spike that would trigger recession talk.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Jim Bianco: Why I’m Finally Buying Bonds After Six Years

    4 statements

    Stuck at 3 per cent because the goods deflation that hid services inflation is gone for good

    Jim BiancoMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “My point is, we're not going back to goods deflation, and if we're not going back to goods deflation, we cannot disinflate back under, say, 3% on overall inflation.”

    Episode: Jim Bianco: Why I’m Finally Buying Bonds After Six Years

    at 10:07

    Bianco's inflation argument is an arithmetic one about composition. From China's WTO accession in December 2001 to 2020, goods PCE inflation averaged minus half a per cent while services ran two and a half, and the goods deflation is what held the total near 1.6 to 1.7 per cent -- central bankers took credit for an outcome cheap Chinese goods delivered. Post-COVID de-globalisation, tariffs, wars and chronic supply-chain problems have taken goods from minus half a per cent to plus 2, which puts the total in the low threes. He accepts the San Francisco Fed's finding that tariffs drive most of the goods inflation, and says it changes nothing: the tariffs are a deliberate choice both parties now make, because the price of that goods deflation was gutted manufacturing towns, which he ties to the Case and Deaton deaths-of-despair work. His test case is BYD: a Seal that matches a Tesla Model 3 at 15,000 dollars and a smaller electric car at 10,000, banned by Biden rather than Trump, because letting them in would bankrupt Detroit -- and Europe, which did let them in, is now watching its manufacturing base and its politics turn. So there is no route back to goods deflation and no route back under 3 per cent. He is equally firm on the other side: he is not forecasting 4, 5 or 6 per cent, and he is not in the recession camp. The diesel channel is his evidence that it filters through -- Ukrainian strikes on Russian refineries have pushed European gas oil up 130 to 140 per cent, the US is the marginal supplier, and because every commodity is, as he quotes Jeff Currie, diesel and dirt, the cost sits in every price on every loading dock. PPI, which he would rather call business inflation, is running hot on chips and diesel and eventually feeds consumer inflation, with the current tariff refunds only masking it for a while.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    It is 1997, not spring 2000: the AI trade runs much further before the bubble peaks

    Jim BiancoMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: three years or so to the bubble peak; he likens now to December 1997 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm a gigantic AI bull. I think it is as revolutionary as the railroads, anything we've seen in the last 100 years.”

    Episode: Jim Bianco: Why I’m Finally Buying Bonds After Six Years

    at 50:39

    Bianco calls himself a gigantic AI bull and rates the technology as revolutionary as the railroads or anything in the last century. He grants the bubble: every technology ends in one and this will be no different. His argument is about timing. A bubble peaks when the skepticism is gone and only wild-eyed optimism is left, and right now there is too much skepticism and not enough compute -- he reads Ed Zitron's popularity as evidence of the narrative people want to believe, and says the moment that narrative is rejected is the moment to worry. His analogy is Greenspan's irrational exuberance at 1,100 on the Nasdaq in December 1996: the index went up roughly 400 per cent more before peaking at 5,100 in March 2000, and after the bust it bottomed at 1,200, never returning to the level at which the bubble was first called. So he puts this nearer December 1997 than spring 2000 and expects the market to go up a lot more than people think before the peak. On adoption he argues the financial industry systematically underrates AI because FINRA and internal IT have throttled it, so practitioners conclude there is nothing to it; he thinks it will redefine how work is done rather than destroy jobs, and that firms will willingly pay AI fees that already dwarf hardware costs because the productivity gain is orders of magnitude larger. His stated worry is not failure but success: if the productivity gains arrive, nominal growth and interest rates go higher, and the parts of the economy that cannot be made more productive -- the corner grocer, the new restaurant, landscaping, construction -- face 8 or 9 per cent borrowing costs, which is the strain he thinks is underpriced. He draws the parallel to George Pullman, whose casket sits in fifteen feet of cement in Chicago because the railroad boom worked and the anger it caused was real.

    Time frame
    three years or so to the bubble peak; he likens now to December 1997
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says 40 per cent of the 5 per cent convertible-bond weighting in his index is AI-related and that he expects that space to go up; says he would probably not buy CoreWeave.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The CCC blow-out is detention, not a canary: corporates have delevered for 18 years

    Jim BiancoMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So I see that as being localized, idiosyncratic problems in the credit market. I don't see it as being a broader issue that, first the hyperscalers can't borrow, and then the credit market goes bust, and then the next thing you know, Kroger can't borrow, and they got to start closing stores. We are a long, long way from that happening, if it ever happens at all, which I don't think it will.”

    Episode: Jim Bianco: Why I’m Finally Buying Bonds After Six Years

    at 50:39

    Bianco rejects the reading that widening AI-linked credit is the start of a credit cycle. His starting point is the balance sheet: corporate credit peaked at 290 per cent of GDP in March 2008, the month Bear Stearns failed, against 100 per cent for government-linked debt, and the two have since crossed -- corporates down to about 140 per cent after an 18-year deleveraging, government up to about 160. The corporate market is therefore not over-levered and not dependent on rolling risky loans. Then he decomposes the move: high-yield spreads at their widest since April, about 360 over and an 8 per cent all-in yield, with essentially all of the widening coming from CCC and single-B and double-B barely moving. CCC, in his analogy, is detention -- a small set of problem children that issue little new paper and mostly refinance, among them CoreWeave, two over-levered cable companies, Aston Martin, Hertz, video-game operators and the French lottery operator. They are in trouble because they are over-levered and refinancing has got harder, not because they are signalling anything about the school. Hyperscalers paying wider spreads is simply the higher expected return they are supposed to offer; if they cannot afford it they get sent to detention too. He sees the stress as localised and idiosyncratic and is a long way from believing it reaches the ordinary borrower.

    What they own
    His index holds a 5 per cent weighting in convertible bonds, about 40 per cent of which he says is tied to the AI story, and he says he expects that space to go up.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Constructive on bonds for the first time in six years: a five handle is finally the right rate

    Jim BiancoMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: the next 10 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Bonds are no longer expensive, meaning the yields are too low relative to the economy. And I'll step up and own longer durations, meaning longer maturity bonds with higher yields because I want to capture those yields.”

    Episode: Jim Bianco: Why I’m Finally Buying Bonds After Six Years

    at 1:48

    Bianco turned constructive on the bond market in early October for the first time in six years, and he is careful about what the call is: bonds are not cheap, they are no longer expensive. His anchor is nominal growth -- roughly 3 per cent sticky inflation plus about 2 per cent real growth, so a 5 to 6 per cent economy -- and by the start of the month every yield from the three-year to the thirty-year carried a five handle, which he reads as the appropriate level reached at last. On that basis he has stepped up and bought longer duration to capture the yields, and he argues the arithmetic now protects him: because the yield is the biggest determinant of bond returns, it would take a 14 to 15 per cent ten-year within five to seven years to produce a negative ten-year return, and in that world bonds would be the best thing to own anyway because the loss would be about 1 per cent while everything else collapsed. The painful part, getting rates off zero to 5 per cent, is behind us. He is explicit that this is not a recession call and that rates going higher from here is always possible, and he names the escalation scenario -- a further widening of the war and 200 dollar crude -- as what would break it. His own risk case is the opposite of the bear case: if AI delivers, nominal growth rises and the five handle becomes a six.

    Time frame
    the next 10 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he stepped up and went long longer-maturity bonds; runs the index behind the WTBN ETF, which holds a 5 per cent weighting in convertible bonds.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    8 statements

    Energy and resources are the one group that diversifies the rest of the portfolio

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So we have definitely liked energy stocks and let's say more broadly resource stocks for quite a while because of their diversifying characteristic.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 46:42

    Inker's case for energy is correlation rather than a price forecast. He says most stocks are hardly correlated with each other at any frequency, and resource companies are the one group whose correlation with everything else keeps falling as the holding period lengthens, so there is a bad case for the rest of the portfolio that is not a bad case for them. He does not claim they hedge every inflationary shock, but says a chunk of them are very well positioned for the kinds that matter. Asked what he would own knowing nothing else about the world, he names two groups on a secular basis: resources and high-quality stocks, the latter because they carry less economic risk without costing you long-term return. The discipline he attaches is valuation and crowding, that you do not want to own energy when everyone is saying to own as much energy as possible, and in practice today the firm expresses this alongside a preference for non-US over US and value over growth.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says GMO has liked energy and resource stocks for quite a while for their diversifying characteristic, and names resources and quality as the two groups he would be over-allocated to knowing nothing else.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Nebius carries the most risk: all-AI business, spending far beyond its size

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “It's a bigger issue for a CoreWeave or a Nebius or somebody who is investing a ton on the back of either a business which is entirely about AI or is much smaller than the business they are trying to build.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 13:23

    Asked where the epicentre of an AI unwind would be, Inker ranks the exposure by how much of the company is the AI bet. The hyperscalers were excellent businesses before ChatGPT and those businesses do not disappear if the AI returns disappoint, so Meta survives being wrong. Oracle is harder because the scale of what it is attempting is large relative to its existing business. Nebius is the far end of that spectrum: a company spending enormously on a business that is entirely AI and much smaller than the business it is trying to build, so there is no underlying franchise to fall back on. He adds the valuation leg, that how far a stock can fall depends on how expensive it is, and that some of these businesses may not turn out to be fine at all and can go down a hundred per cent.

    Only if
    If AI proves to be a bubble that bursts
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    If compute turns from short to abundant, CoreWeave does not survive it

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But Microsoft will be okay. CoreWeave will not. Supermicro may not be.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 1:06:03

    Inker separates the AI names that have a business underneath from the ones that are only the buildout. The scenario he describes is a glut: if roughly half of compute is going into training models and that spend proves unjustified, so that training falls to something like a tenth of compute, the world goes from short of compute to awash in it. The knock-on he emphasises is depreciation, because a shortage is what keeps a five-year-old, less energy-efficient GPU worth paying for; in a glut the old data centre may as well be switched off. In that world he expects massive defaults in credit, companies going bust in equity and a lousy return on investment for the hyperscalers, which he puts at minus 35 to 50 per cent for the market rather than minus 18. Microsoft's return on its data centres would be poor but Microsoft would be fine; CoreWeave, as a single-line AI business carrying the investment, would not. He says he is not sure it will happen but that it would be easy for it to happen, and that nobody should be surprised if it does.

    Only if
    If AI training spend proves unjustified and compute goes from short to abundant, with the resulting defaults and write-offs
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Memory looks cheap at the cycle peak, and the other side comes soon enough

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “My guess is we're going to see the other side soon enough that these companies won't be a great investment.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 1:02:18

    Inker treats the memory makers as commodity producers and complete price takers, which look cheapest on a price-to-earnings basis exactly at the peak of their cycle. His specific worry is the starting margin: Micron's gross margin is somewhere near 88 per cent, so if margins merely normalise the company could sell considerably more chips and still report falling revenue, meaning both margins and the revenue line are at risk rather than margins alone. Against that he concedes the handicapping is genuinely hard, because commodity demand growth is slow and governed by economic growth, and he does not know how long the shortage lasts. He also gives the bull side its due: unlike other AI beneficiaries these shares trade at levels where current cash flow is a meaningful part of the total investment cost, so three more good years would work out well, and he says he wishes they were expensive so he could dismiss them, but the market is not being entirely stupid.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Still overweight emerging markets, Korea and Taiwan included

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I guess the short answer is no, because we overweighed emerging markets.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 50:30

    Asked whether he is underweighting the AI winners in Korea and Taiwan, Inker says no, because GMO is overweight emerging markets and those are the two largest markets in the index. His reasoning is that the Korean and Taiwanese beneficiaries have not re-rated the way the US AI names have: valuations have not gone up that much, what exploded was profits, so Taiwan is not full of companies priced as if they will be the most amazing businesses in history. In his numbers profits went up roughly tenfold while prices went up sevenfold, which is why the firm is still a holder. He has trimmed, because he does not believe those profit levels are fully sustainable, and he is less excited than when the prices were much lower. The allocation sits inside a broader preference he states for non-US over US equities on price.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says GMO is overweight emerging markets and still holds the Korean and Taiwanese AI beneficiaries, a little less than before; also says the firm would rather own non-US than US stocks and value than growth.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Too much will be invested in data centres and the write-offs will be giant

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So I am saying, I think in the end, we will wind up investing too much in these data centers and there will be giant write-offs.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 17:41

    Inker's frame is that transformational technologies reliably produce bubbles because capital floods in before anyone knows where the money will be made, and the flood destroys the returns on the whole corpus of investment, not just the marginal dollar: by the end of the UK railway boom there were six lines between London and Manchester, and with six nobody earns anything. He thinks the two core AI businesses, selling compute and selling models, look competitive rather than winner-take-all, since switching costs are near zero and data centres have to be interoperable to win share, and he notes that for AI to be broadly used it has to be cheap, which is hard to square with being wonderfully profitable. Data centres take years to build against demand forecasts for something that barely existed, so he expects the overbuild and the write-offs. He also argues the capital cycle itself is the signal: with rates where they are, housing and most non-residential construction are dead and investment outside AI is falling, while AI investment is not, and he would rather put money where nobody else is because scarcity is what creates returns. On the other side of the ledger he accepts the shortage case can be right for a while, but says the better the returns look the more of the economy gets sucked in, which ends the shortage.

    What they own
    Says GMO sees lots of better places to invest today than the AI space and that investing in data centres today is a slightly scary thing to do; the firm is building portfolios that are not simply a bet on AI.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Worried about credit full stop, with spreads near the 13th percentile

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, I mean, the first thing I would say is I am worried about credit markets full stop. Credit spreads are sort of weirdly tight these days from our perspective.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 30:52

    Inker puts high yield and investment grade both around the 13th percentile of historical spread tightness even after September's widening, so lenders are paid very little for what he sees coming. His structural point is that credit's payoff is asymmetric: it earns a little if things go fantastically and loses a lot if they go badly, which is why credit is naturally resistant to concentrating in one theme, and why the diversification constraint is already biting in AI-related debt and forcing borrowers to pay a premium. If the slated AI investment actually happens, corporate debt will be more concentrated in one space than at any time in the modern history of the credit markets, and that alone creates trouble even without a wave of AI defaults. He separates out a second, unrelated problem: triple-C spreads are already wide, around the 74th percentile, because capital structures built at zero rates in 2020-21 do not work at five per cent and need restructuring. He does not think the losses are systemic in the way 2008 was, because like the fibre overbuild they do not sit with highly leveraged entities that promised they were safe, and he does not expect Microsoft to default.

    What they own
    Says GMO's credit team is starting to dip its toes into the lower-rated structures but is not really excited yet.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Record IPO supply is the catalyst: 6% of market cap coming in means a market 24% worse than normal

    Ben InkerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: over the next 12 months · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So if we are seeing 6% coming in, that's 24% worse than normal. Now, normal is a gain, right? The market normally goes up. So this is not saying there is unquestionably going to be a market route, but it does create a significant challenge.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Will Pop from Equity Supply Says This $80 Billion Asset Manager | Ben Inker | GMO

    at 11:15

    This is the call in Inker's Q3 letter. He argues the US market has become increasingly price-inelastic to supply: an index fund, a leveraged single-stock ETF and a tracking-error-constrained active manager will none of them sell you NVIDIA because the price went up, passive is now about half the market against under ten per cent in the 1980s, and the value-oriented investors who do respond to price are a shrinking minority. In that market what matters is supply, and supply is arriving on an unprecedented scale: SpaceX is public, Anthropic and OpenAI are expected to follow, and in aggregate he puts the new issuance at six to seven and a half per cent of total US market cap over about twelve months, against 2.5 to 4 per cent in 1999, 2000 and 2021, the three heaviest years on record, each followed by a difficult year. His coefficient is roughly four per cent of underperformance for every one per cent of market cap issued, so six per cent implies a market twenty-four per cent worse than normal. He is careful that normal is a gain, so this is not an unquestionable rout but a significant challenge, and the bursting may begin before anyone can prove the AI overinvestment was a mistake, as happened with fibre in 2000.

    Time frame
    over the next 12 months
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    25 statements

    Short Weis Markets: 35-40x run-rate earnings for a no-growth grocer

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And we've been short as a smaller one called Weiss Markets, which is a supermarket chain in the Pennsylvania area that trades at something like thirty five, forty times earnings in our estimation based on run rate.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 50:33

    Lemonides is short Weis Markets, a Pennsylvania supermarket chain he estimates at 35-40 times run-rate earnings. It got a Covid bump and the stock has held up, but it has been dead money, net income is probably flat almost forever, and at about $70 a share it will not earn $3. Competition in grocery from Costco, Walmart and others is brutal, and the only growth path is building nicer and more stores.

    What they own
    Short.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishOrsted ORSTED.CO

    Orsted: a favorite holding in an out-of-favor offshore wind sector

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But one of our favorite holdings is Orsted, which owns the windmill farms and a secondary one in the space is Cattler.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 55:32

    Lemonides counts Orsted, owner of offshore wind farms, among his favorite holdings, as his main way to own offshore wind after the sector was kicked to the curb, including by the US administration.

    What they own
    Among the fund's favorite holdings.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Energy holdings have pulled back while prices stay high

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And energy prices are high. And I think there's a good story to be had in those energy names.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 18:41

    Lemonides built a large energy position in the pandemic, scaled it back after the stocks exploded, and says the remaining holdings have since retreated a lot even though energy prices are high, which leaves a good story in the names. He says he missed refiners and tankers and thinks it is too late for them; his preferred places are domestic independent E&Ps and offshore service companies. He also runs short energy positions against the longs.

    What they own
    Still holds part of an energy position built during the pandemic.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The 18-year US bull market has not had its blow-off yet; stay ready to participate

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: it could last another two, four years, five years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And I don't think we've seen that lift off quite yet in this cycle. So I think you have to, on the one hand, be prepared for the market turn whenever it happens. And on the other hand, be prepared to participate because it could last another two, four years, five years, who knows?”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 1:58

    Lemonides says the market is fully valued but not overvalued, with only a handful of large companies at excessive prices. He argues that after 18 years without a correction of more than 25% it is silly to time the end, that the best returns come in the final years of a bull market, and that bull markets have a blow-off to the upside before the downside, which he does not think has happened yet. Rates are rising because growth is strong, higher rates take a while to slow growth, and he sees nothing indicating a slowdown six months out. He hedges by saying investors should also be prepared for the turn whenever it comes.

    Time frame
    it could last another two, four years, five years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishHoneywell

    Honeywell: a fair price, with the Quantinuum stake free

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So we're getting at that stock for nothing, and we're getting the parent company at very, very fair prices.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 53:34

    Lemonides gets quantum-computing exposure through Honeywell, which owns about half of the newly listed Quantinuum. He owns Honeywell and argues he is getting the Quantinuum stake for nothing and the parent at very fair prices.

    What they own
    Owns Honeywell.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishWolfspeed

    Wolfspeed: adding in the mid-20s after a fall from about 80

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “We were more enthusiastic to build on that exposure in the middle of 20s than Intel in the high 80s, low 90s.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 14:09

    In the AI-chip sell-off Lemonides preferred to add to 'Wolf', which he calls a somewhat different chip company, after it fell from a high of about 80 to about 22, rather than add to Intel in the high 80s and low 90s. The rationale given is price: the bigger fall made it the better place to build chip exposure. The transcript renders the name as 'Wolf'; read here as Wolfspeed.

    What they own
    Has been a buyer and built the position in the mid-20s.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hornbeck Offshore: a favorite, newly public again after a merger

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “The other one in that space is one of our favorite names which is Hornbeck.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 31:48

    Lemonides calls Hornbeck, an offshore supply-vessel operator, one of his favorite names. He owned it through its bankruptcy and private period; about a month ago it merged into an existing public company of about $1.5 billion that was renamed Hornbeck, and he thinks its first combined quarterly results will surprise people. The thesis is the same as Tidewater's: a tight vessel market and a price well below replacement cost.

    What they own
    Owned through the bankruptcy and still held.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Data-center investment is driving growth and will not slow soon

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “On the other hand, look, the growth is happening in the data center stuff and we don't think it's going to slow down anytime soon.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 6:18

    Lemonides describes the current advance as investment-led rather than consumer-led, with data centers and chip purchases driving growth while rate-sensitive sectors such as housing and autos are weak. He does not expect the data-center growth to slow any time soon, and expects market excitement to stay in the exciting growth companies through the final stage of the bull market. He notes that if it did slow, policymakers could cut rates and revive housing and construction.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short Caterpillar at 40x earnings for a cyclical

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Another view that we express on that space is that we're short caterpillar.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 53:34

    Lemonides is short Caterpillar as an expression of his view on the AI build-out. The stock is at about 40 times earnings; even if these are not peak earnings, it is a cyclical business whose growth phase looks more like three or four years than six or eight, so the multiple is massive for what it is. He calls the power sector of the build-out far too expensive.

    What they own
    Short.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Offshore wind has been kicked to the curb and is now attractive

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And yeah, now we like the offshore wind space.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 55:32

    In contrast to the power sector, which he finds far too expensive, Lemonides likes offshore wind because it has been kicked to the curb, including by the administration. He expresses it through Orsted, which owns the wind farms, and Cadeler, which owns the vessels that install the turbines.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishWalmart

    Short Walmart on valuation and overdone enthusiasm

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And in the retail space, look, we've been short Walmart on valuation and growth prospects and an overdone enthusiasm.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 50:33

    Lemonides says he has been short Walmart because of its valuation, its growth prospects and what he sees as overdone enthusiasm. It is one of several retail shorts, and he describes the advance as investment-led, not consumer-led.

    What they own
    Short.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishRivian

    Rivian: a growth company priced like a value stock

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: in the next two to five years

    Show quote

    “And we see the same potential in names like Rivian, to Instacart, to Lyft, and a whole bunch of other ones.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 8:20

    Lemonides' approach is to buy companies with growth elements that trade at value prices and wait for the market to re-rate them as growth stocks, as happened with Micron. He sees the same potential in Rivian. Later he adds that Rivians will be close to fully self-driving within three years and that Rivian, like Lyft and Instacart, carries investor fatigue in its share price; he expects the payoff within two to five years rather than by year-end.

    Time frame
    in the next two to five years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishBoeing

    Boeing: a duopoly priced cheaply; a triple if management delivers

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But you're getting that business at a song. And if new management can make it sing, you're gonna get a triple out of the stock.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 53:34

    Lemonides calls Boeing super cheap at about a $175 billion valuation for one of only two big Western aircraft makers for a long time, with the company seeming to get its house in order. It also gives space exposure through a partnership with Blue Origin. If new management can execute, he expects the stock to triple.

    Only if
    if new management can make it sing
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCadeler

    Cadeler: secondary offshore-wind holding, owns the installation vessels

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But one of our favorite holdings is Orsted, which owns the windmill farms and a secondary one in the space is Cattler.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 55:32

    Lemonides holds Cadeler as a secondary position in offshore wind: it owns the vessels that go out and install offshore wind turbines. The transcript renders the name as 'Cattler'.

    What they own
    A secondary holding in the offshore wind theme.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Short Texas Pacific Land: the market double-counts land and its income

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, listen, the reason we're short is because we think ultimately the thing this company has is a million acres of land.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 38:15

    Lemonides is short Texas Pacific Land, a $20-25 billion company. He values its roughly million acres at about $2,500 an acre (about $2.5 billion) plus a couple of billion for mineral rights, and argues holders double-count by valuing the water and other businesses on top of land whose value already comes from those activities, as if one valued office buildings and their rents separately. He admits the short was started at half today's price and has gone against him.

    What they own
    Short; shorted at about half of today's price.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishIntel INTC

    Intel: a foundry and CPU play with dramatic upside, still cheap after a 4x

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But because these are cyclical businesses and because they're one of the only folks in the game and because their yields are getting better and their technology is absolutely state-of-the-art, we think the torque to the upside is pretty dramatic.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 12:11

    Lemonides names Intel as a candidate for the next Micron: it has gone up about four times but is still cheap on his metrics. The case is both the CPU trade and, more importantly, the foundry: Intel is one of the few companies in the world with real manufacturing capacity at a time when no one can get enough chips, it has brought new capacity on stream over the past year and a half with yields improving each quarter, and a long-unprofitable cyclical business could swing hard. He bought around $55, added at $45-47, trimmed into $100-120, and bought a healthy stake again on the recent pullback.

    What they own
    Bought earlier in the year around $55, added near $45-47, trimmed at $100-120, rebuilt on the pullback; heavily weighted in the portfolio.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Chord Energy at three to four times forward cash flow

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I specifically like Cord, which is an $8 billion valuation, and I think it's at three, four times what we think will be cash flow going forward, which is hard to argue with.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 30:04

    Lemonides likes Chord, an $8 billion domestic independent producer, at what he estimates is three to four times forward cash flow. It drills a few more wells each year, sells its oil and gas at close to full prices, and trades at a very low multiple of cash flow. The transcript renders the name as 'Cord'.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishTidewater

    Tidewater: a tight offshore supply-vessel market at about replacement cost

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But that fleet of ships is going to generate massive cash flows because supply and demand has gotten completely tight.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 31:48

    Lemonides likes the offshore supply vessels that service drill ships, and Tidewater has been the biggest public name. Rebuilding its fleet would cost about twice the price, while the market values it near today's price, and the fleet will generate large cash flows because the vessel market has gone completely tight: the drill-ship count rises every year, each needs four or five vessels, and there are no spare ones. He sees offshore production growing for another five to ten years and buys these businesses on price relative to replacement cost.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Micron: trimmed after a huge run, but not expensive and still a core holding

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: another couple of years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And by no multiple is Micron expensive today. So it's still in the portfolio and we're going to let it run for a while still.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 10:21

    Lemonides has owned Micron since at least 2000 and says it went from about 70 to about 1000 in a year and a half as a value stock got priced as a growth stock. He accepts that memory stocks are most dangerous when they look cheapest on peak earnings, expects the earnings to hold for another couple of years, and is less sure about the stock at today's price than two years ago, so he has scaled the position back. He keeps it because it is not expensive on any multiple and momentum can beget momentum.

    Time frame
    another couple of years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    A core holding since at least 2000, scaled back.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishLyft

    Lyft: the number two in rideshare at a quarter of Uber's value

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: in some random year in the next three or five

    Show quote

    “So the names that are exactly like that, to my mind, are we're long Lyft, which is second to Uber in terms of valuation, but it's roughly a quarter of Uber's valuation.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 18:41

    Lemonides is long Lyft as a secondary player in a growing industry that trades at about a quarter of the leader's valuation while growing consistently and staying cash-flow positive. He rejects the winner-take-all view because rideshare is not a zero-marginal-cost business (drivers are the marginal cost) and Lyft already has the scale it needs. On autonomy, he argues driverless vehicles will be bought from automakers and become ubiquitous, so the bottleneck is the rider network, which Lyft and Uber already own. He concedes investor fatigue and possible price wars are part of why it is cheap, and hopes for a 2x to 4x within three to five years.

    Time frame
    in some random year in the next three or five
    What they own
    Long Lyft.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Domestic independent E&Ps are where the value is in energy

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Where I think there's good value are the domestic independent E&Ps.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 30:04

    Asked where to be in energy, Lemonides says refiners and tankers have already exploded and it is probably too late, but domestic independent producers are good value: they pump oil and gas from acreage they already own at nearly full prices and trade at very low multiples of cash flow. He names Chord and the much smaller Unit as examples.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short Casey's: 35-40x earnings for gas stations with pizza

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “They're trading at basically three or four times that from evaluation perspective and that's just not going to last.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 47:41

    Lemonides places Casey's in the massively overvalued camp among his retail shorts. A store costs about $1-1.5 million to build and the stock values them at three or four times that, at about 35-40 times earnings. Earnings were boosted by fuel margins of about 50 cents a gallon against a normal 20-25 cents during the energy spike, and that cycle is starting to turn. Building more gas stations with pizza places is not a growth business, so the multiple will not last.

    What they own
    Short.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mesabi Trust: an iron-ore royalty at a 10-12% yield

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Listen, one of my favorite investments is Mesabi Trust.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 42:05

    Lemonides calls Mesabi Trust, a couple-of-hundred-million-dollar royalty on one Minnesota iron ore range mined by Cleveland-Cliffs, one of his favorite investments and a fair price for a royalty. Cash flow has swung between zero and $8 a share; at about $20 the yield is roughly 10-12% depending on iron ore prices. The risk is that Cliffs has been hostile and once stopped mining the range after losing an arbitration, but it is now operating the mine and paying, and he values the trust on normalised iron ore prices.

    What they own
    Holds it ("one of my favorite investments").
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Unit Corp: $75m of cash flow and $100m net cash on a $300m cap

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: over the next year

    Show quote

    “But I think they're going to generate $75 million worth of cash flow over the next year, and they've got $100 million of net cash. So it's small, but a bit of a gem.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 30:04

    Lemonides names Unit, a domestic independent producer with about a $300 million equity cap, as a small gem: he expects about $75 million of cash flow over the next year and it holds about $100 million of net cash. He concedes it is so small it may not count.

    Time frame
    over the next year
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Instacart: profitable, growing grocery delivery at a quarter of DoorDash's value

    Charles LemonidesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: in some random year in the next three or five

    Show quote

    “And we're long Instacart, which is perceived as second to DoorDash. And again, it's trading at one quarter of the valuation.”

    Episode: Top Performing Value Investor Explains Why the Market Isn’t Overvalued and Hasn’t Hit the Blowoff Top Phase | Charles Lemonides | ValueWorks LLC

    at 18:41

    Lemonides is long Instacart as the perceived number two to DoorDash at about a quarter of its valuation, even though it has grown consistently with much better margins than DoorDash. Online grocery delivery is a secular growth business, and it is not winner-take-all because the shopper and the groceries are real marginal costs, so scale does not let the leader squeeze it out. He attributes the discount partly to investor fatigue and expects a 2x to 4x over the next three to five years.

    Time frame
    in some random year in the next three or five
    What they own
    Long Instacart.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    9 statements

    Slight preference for AMAT within semicap on DRAM exposure

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Like if I had to lean a little toward, maybe it's AMAT a little bit, just because they have more DRAM exposure.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 29:26

    Of the three semicap names he covers (Applied Materials, Lam Research and KLA), Rasgon likes all of them but would lean slightly toward Applied Materials, because it has more DRAM exposure (the industry needs a lot of DRAM wafer capacity to make HBM, which takes three to four times the wafers per gigabyte) and because it is a little cheaper. He stresses that correlations are high and you could own any or all of them. This rests on his broader bullish WFE outlook.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishBroadcom AVGO

    Likes Broadcom: guiding to double revenue, ~11-12x 2028 earnings

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But at some point, like I said, they're sort of creating the AI market, like ultimately doesn't work, I think, if they don't. So we've liked them.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 21:47

    Rasgon has liked Broadcom alongside Nvidia, arguing the AI market does not work without the companies creating it and that the gap with this year's 'bottleneck' trades has to normalize. Broadcom has said it can grow revenue 100% next year and again the year after and do over $30 of earnings by 2028, which against a ~$363 stock is about 11-12x if delivered. He acknowledges Broadcom has not rebounded as much as Nvidia, citing market-share concerns, and that the market is worried these are peak earnings.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Likes KLA as part of a bullish semicap call

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “You know, but I cover AMAT, LAM and KLIC. We like them all.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 29:26

    Rasgon says he likes all three semicap names he covers, including KLA (rendered 'KLIC' in the transcript), on his outlook for wafer fab equipment spending rising from about $150bn in 2026 to over $250bn in 2028 and potentially $300bn+ by the end of the decade. He gives no KLA-specific argument; his slight preference within the group is Applied Materials.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI capex is earning a return; the demand is real, not phantom

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But ultimately, every AI bear case that you can think of, ultimately I think boils down to that. Answering that question, is there a return or is there not? I think there is.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 8:22

    Rasgon argues the AI build-out is generating a return and the demand behind it is real. Neoclouds rent capacity at around $30bn a gigawatt, implying a one-to-one-and-a-half-year payback; some model companies' revenues have gone vertical; and new consumer agents such as Meta's Muse point to mainstream adoption that is still early. He sees no stockpiling of GPUs: what gets built is used immediately, unlike the dark fiber of 2000, and the build is happening with demand rather than ahead of it. Supply constraints in power, land and clean rooms meter the pace, which he thinks may make the cycle last longer. Caveats: it is still early, and if nobody ends up willing to pay, that is the bear case; data-center backlash is a political risk in the midterms.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Semis are not at a cycle peak yet; fundamentals are still improving

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: not this year, not next year

    Show quote

    “But my guess is we've still got some room, and especially after the pullback and we're going to earnings, and it feels to me like things still have more room to run off of this base.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 1:02

    Rasgon argues semiconductor stocks have room to run despite falling multiples. The SOX is up about 80% year to date while earnings are up more than 100%, and forward estimates have kept rising since the June peak even as the stocks fell, so multiples have compressed further. Investors are pricing a cycle peak, but he does not see one in the fundamentals: Nvidia and Broadcom talk of 70-100%+ growth next year, memory makers expect supply to be even tighter in 2027-28, and hyperscalers say nobody has enough compute. He is not worried about a peak this year or next, and does not know about 2028-29. Caveats: forecasting is an unsolved problem in the industry, companies only see the orders in front of them, and if data-center spending rolled over it would cause big problems in and out of semis. He sums up as 'fairly constructive overall'.

    Time frame
    not this year, not next year
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Likes Lam Research as part of a bullish semicap call

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “You know, but I cover AMAT, LAM and KLIC. We like them all.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 29:26

    Rasgon says he likes all three semicap names he covers, including Lam Research, on his outlook for wafer fab equipment spending rising from about $150bn in 2026 to over $250bn in 2028. He describes Lam as overweight NAND but credits it with diversifying over the years into foundry, logic and some DRAM, citing how it stayed profitable through a COVID-era collapse in NAND equipment spending. His slight preference within the group is Applied Materials, not Lam.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Has liked AMD among his AI names

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “We've liked AMD.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 49:52

    Summing up his semiconductor view, Rasgon names AMD among the stocks he likes alongside Nvidia, Broadcom and semicap. Earlier he says that if AMD can ramp its rack-scale products it could do $40-50bn in AI revenue, and that a company of AMD's size only needs to take a small share of a near trillion-dollar market for it to be meaningful, so he does not worry about market share.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Quite bullish on semicap: WFE heading from ~$150bn to $250bn+ by 2028

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: 2026-2028, end of the decade

    Show quote

    “But because of that, I'm actually quite bullish on the semi-cap names I like semi-cap in terms of which one do we like?”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 29:26

    Rasgon is quite bullish on semiconductor capital equipment stocks. Working back from data-center gigawatt forecasts to racks, silicon content and fab capacity, he expects wafer fab equipment spending of about $150bn+ in 2026, over $200bn in 2027 and over $250bn in 2028, and has no problem with $300bn+ by the end of the decade. He thinks demand would already support $300bn next year if clean rooms and the toolmakers' own capacity were unconstrained; the clean-room shortage meters the build-out, which he argues may make the cycle stronger for longer. Because correlations within the group are high, he says investors could simply own the group. Caveat: the forecast assumes the data centers actually get built.

    Time frame
    2026-2028, end of the decade
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Likes Nvidia: the AI market does not work without it, and it trades ~12x

    Stacy RasgonMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But at some point, like I said, they're sort of creating the AI market, like ultimately doesn't work, I think, if they don't. So we've liked them.”

    Episode: Stacy Rasgon: “Demand Is Off The Charts” in Semiconductors… And Set To Double Again Soon

    at 21:47

    Rasgon has liked Nvidia even as it lagged the 'bottleneck' trades this year. He argues the bottleneck stocks and the accelerator makers cannot both be right and the gap has to normalize, because Nvidia and Broadcom are creating the AI market. On Nvidia's own guide of at least 70% revenue growth next year he puts earnings at $15-16, rising to about $20 if revenue doubles, against a ~$240 stock, roughly 11-12x; if this is not a peak the stocks are 'absurdly cheap'. He attributes the lag partly to technicals: investors use it as a funding source and many are capped on position size at ~8-9% of the S&P. He views competition from AMD and custom ASICs as a 'perceived threat' while the market keeps growing.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    11 statements

    Most of the private credit lent to data centres doesn't get paid back, and Blue Owl isn't collateralised for it

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “In fact, I think most of the private credit debt doesn't get paid here. And I don't think private credit is collateralized well enough to weather that, especially not Blue Owl.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 59:22

    Against the private credit lenders' own confidence that hyperscalers cannot wiggle out of their commitments, Zitron argues the question is misframed: the data-centre SPVs' customers may not be liable, but that does not mean the creditors get paid. He expects most of the private credit debt in this chain not to be repaid and does not think private credit is collateralised well enough to absorb it, Blue Owl least of all. His reasons are the delay and interest mechanics at borrowers like CoreWeave, where revenue arrives as a slow dribble while interest compounds through construction, and what he sees as the lenders' lack of diligence - he cites reporting that Blue Owl took fifteen minutes to decide to invest in Stargate Abilene. He names the lenders as the parties to blame rather than the borrowers, because they are the ones letting the gambler come back: Blue Owl in effectively every Stargate data centre for Oracle and multiple CoreWeave projects, alongside Blackstone, BlackRock, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and the Japanese banks SMBC and MUFG, which he has heard have been selling the risk down. The structures he thinks hide the exposure rather than remove it, pointing to Meta's Hyperion as a variable interest entity that is 20% owned and therefore off balance sheet while Meta builds, funds, fills and exclusively uses it - and which already trades at 89 cents.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Every data-centre project from here funds at 8-13% - and one of these bond sales is going to fail

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So basically every datacenter project that is raising from here for the next forever, will be raising minimum at 8, maybe 9, maybe 12, maybe 13, and at some point this just becomes wholly untenable, and the treasury rates are only getting worse.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 53:59

    Zitron, who taught himself the credit market for a two-part series on AI debt, argues the arithmetic of data-centre financing no longer works at current yields. The 10-year is the benchmark for AI debt and sits around 5.3%, so every project raising from here does so at a minimum of 8% and plausibly 12-13%. He walks the stack: CoreWeave's roughly $7 billion of straight bonds, issued around nine points, would reprice to 13% or more today, which is why it is reaching for convertibles; Oracle's $25 billion from November 2025 now implies 7.1-7.5% at the short end and 8.1-8.3% beyond twenty years, before the new-issue concession, and its New Mexico data-centre debt trades at 89-91 cents; and Project Beignet Investor, the variable interest entity behind Meta's Hyperion that keeps the project off Meta's balance sheet, is one of the better deals and trades at 89 cents. Against that cost he puts a best case of 30-40% gross margins, which he says cannot stay ahead of 10-13% debt once depreciation, OPEX and staffing are counted, so even the first five contracted years do not cover costs. The hyperscalers themselves he exempts - borrowing costs rise sharply but their credit is good. His prediction is mechanical rather than narrative: an Amazon deal a few months ago drew only 1.6 times the interest against a normal three to four, and he expects a sale that is barely covered, then a failed one, or one that only clears at a rate that makes the project untenable. Oracle must also refinance 2020 debt raised at 2.8% in April, and SoftBank just raised $11 billion barely below 10%.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Meta rallying on Muse is the PR-ification of markets: a product with negative revenue and an infrastructure burden

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Like Meta's stock skyrocketing off of MUSE is insane. However you may feel about the product, it's generating negative revenue.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 37:57

    Zitron calls Meta's stock rising on Muse insane, on the ground that the product generates negative revenue and adds a massive infrastructure burden - each user gets a virtual machine with 8 gigabytes of RAM on top of a large language model, which he says will only get more expensive, and the company has no answer for where the money comes from. He credits the product itself with real utility and says it is roughly the promise made three years ago, but cannot find the revenue model: a share of transactions means a high-volume business bolted onto an OPEX-heavy one, a subscription puts it against OpenAI's $20 to $500 tiers, and the agents carry live risks he illustrates with a Muse booking that gave out someone's home address and an Instinct booking that invented a racist middle name. He reads the move as part of a market no longer connected to reality - the same PR-ification that sold off regional banks over agents reallocating $3,000 checking accounts, and PayPal and Mastercard over agents replacing commerce - and notes Meta's Hyperion data centre is financed through a variable interest entity that keeps it off the balance sheet while Meta builds, funds, fills and exclusively uses it. He also counts Meta among the handful of companies holding up the S&P 500 that are intrinsically attached to the AI bubble.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishBroadcom AVGO

    Taking real liabilities, not Nvidia's equity stakes: Broadcom is financing its own customers

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So Broadcom is playing this risky game. And there was a story about a month ago saying they're going to raise another $60 to $100 billion.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 15:55

    Zitron calls Broadcom a dog of a company playing a risky game, and his complaint is the form of its exposure rather than the size. A growing chunk of its revenue is AI chips sold to three places - Google for TPUs mostly rented on to Anthropic, Anthropic directly for those same TPUs, and OpenAI for its custom chip - plus Meta's MTIA, so the customer base is the same handful of names as everyone else's. On top of that it has taken financing risk: a $35 billion private credit package in which Broadcom lent against TPUs with Anthropic responsible for only $5 billion in insolvency and Broadcom on the hook for the rest, and reporting that it was financing part of the chips for OpenAI's chip. He contrasts this with Nvidia, which he judges smarter for using equity investments - xAI with Valor Equity Partners, Lancium at Stargate Abilene, CoreWeave - where real money goes in but creates no liability, versus $35 billion of debt on a balance sheet still carrying what he calls the stinky debt from the 2023 VMware purchase whose growth is petering out. A story about a month ago said it plans to raise another $60-100 billion. His summary is that a company that said three years ago it was not a GPU company is now both second fiddle and carrying the risk, and he counts it among the names holding up the S&P that are intrinsically attached to the AI bubble.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Raising to stay ahead of its bills: CoreWeave's risk is interest and delay, not customer default

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Just there's enough bad signs that CoreWeave might just not be able to keep up.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 59:22

    Zitron's bear case on CoreWeave is cash flow and construction rather than counterparty default. The binding problem is getting data centres online fast enough to get paid - every delay adds interest - so the failure mode is not that Microsoft, Meta, OpenAI, Anthropic or Jane Street refuse to pay but that the interest burden overwhelms the slow dribble of revenue when they do. He thinks the pattern of financing gives it away: leveraged loans, which he calls the credit card debt of the large loan market, straight bonds, convertibles, at-the-market equity sales and sales to Nvidia, now past $25-30 billion, which reads to him like a company raising to stay ahead of its bills rather than funding a project with a buffer. Repricing the roughly $7 billion of straight bonds at current spreads puts new issuance at 13-14% against the nine points they carried, which is why he expects convertibles and anything else that avoids the bond market; he also calls the company's claim that finance costs have been falling a lie. He cites analysts estimating another $100 billion of raising over the next four years, and operational signs including the cancelled Loughton data centre in London and the difficulty of repeating the most ambitious infrastructure project of all time again and again in places like Texas. OpenAI and Anthropic, two of its customers, he does not expect to pay.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A minor or major depression in tech, because the index is held up by the companies attached to the bubble

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: a bubble that pops in 2027 or 2028

    Show quote

    “I don't see how that doesn't work out to some form of minor or major depression in the tech sector.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 1:13:56

    Zitron does not see how this ends without some form of minor or major depression in the tech sector. The concentration is the transmission: he says the S&P 500 is pretty much held up by Microsoft, Google, Meta, Amazon, Tesla to an extent, Nvidia, Broadcom, Micron and SK Hynix, and that these companies are intrinsically attached to the AI bubble, while the rest of the index does not have the cash flows. His sequence starts with inference economics that are brittle even when they work - a fixed GPU commitment that punishes both too few and too many customers - and with no proof of demand for even a quarter of the data centres being built; if OpenAI and Anthropic collapse or merely shrink, the capacity has no other user. He adds the name he says nobody discusses, Arm, where SoftBank's 80% stake is collateral for margin loans. The comparison he reaches for is worse than the dot-com bubble, with perhaps 80% of venture capital washed out, and with no cheap salvage afterwards: an unfinished data centre costs the same to build later and its operating costs will be no lower in five years. He stresses he has been trying to disprove himself - he taught himself the bond market to do it - and that the more he learns the worse it gets, while conceding he was ahead of his skis on a 2024 call.

    Time frame
    a bubble that pops in 2027 or 2028
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Anthropic spent $2.75 to make a dollar in 2025 - worse than OpenAI, and Zitron doubts a profitable AI lab is possible

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I don't know if it's possible to have a profitable AI lab. I don't think it's possible. At the very least, we know that at least in 2025, Anthropic was in a worse condition than OpenAI.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 0:42

    Zitron's read of the Anthropic numbers Reuters got from the confidential S-1 is that the company widely sold as the sustainable lab was the worse business in 2025: it spent $2.75 to make a dollar against OpenAI's $2.60 on his own reporting, and lost $8 billion on $4.6 billion of revenue. He thinks the finer detail matters more than the loss - about 47% of Anthropic's revenue came through Google and Amazon reselling its models, a concentration he has seen no comparison for even allowing that reselling is standard for cloud software, and it makes the company's success contingent on two firms that are also its competitors and that can discount its tokens at will. On top of that he cites 80% of OpenAI's and Anthropic's revenue coming from 1% of customers who are mostly AI startups, which makes the growth a function of counterparties losing money on tokens or reselling them to captured customers rather than of sales execution or innovation. Claims of profitability he dismisses as earnings before costs - adjusted, non-GAAP, and before training runs - and he wants the practice banned. He is sceptical of the reported Q2 turn to profit, calling a swing from an $8 billion annual loss one of the most aggressive cost turnarounds in history and asking how. The 2026 numbers are the test and he does not know why they are not public; he says boosters had better hope they are dramatically better, because otherwise this is a company in distress.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BearishSoftBank Group 9984.T

    SoftBank needs Arm to grow in perpetuity and OpenAI to list well - or the margin loans get called

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: SoftBank debt refinancing within the next year · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “80% of Arm is owned by Softbank. So if Arm crashes, those margin loans that Softbank has are going to get called, or Softbank will have to start selling off Arm, which will create a catastrophic effect where people who invest in Arm will say, oh, I'm invested in Softbank.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 1:13:56

    Zitron's SoftBank case is reflexive. SoftBank owns 80% of Arm, and that stake backs margin loans, so if Arm falls the loans get called or SoftBank has to sell Arm into the decline - and once holders of Arm see SoftBank selling, the selling itself becomes the proof, which he calls a catastrophic effect. For that not to happen, in his telling, Arm has to grow in perpetuity, OpenAI has to go public, and it has to list at a valuation that lets SoftBank borrow against stock it has already collateralised elsewhere, while roughly $40 billion or more of SoftBank debt - chunks of it from the low-rate years of 2020 and 2021 - needs refinancing within the year. The refinancing market is the part he thinks has already moved: SoftBank just raised $11 billion barely below 10%, and he describes it as a company that literally cannot afford too many more rounds of funding the AI labs. He frames the group's method as the Masayoshi Son routine of borrowing more to pay what is already borrowed, calls Arm the name nobody is talking about, and notes SoftBank is among the largest companies on the Japanese stock market, behind the two banks that are themselves in the data-centre deals.

    Time frame
    SoftBank debt refinancing within the next year
    Only if
    If Arm falls, SoftBank's margin loans get called or it must sell the stake; the benign path requires Arm growing in perpetuity, an OpenAI IPO, and a listing valuation that supports further borrowing
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishNVIDIA NVDA

    $670 billion to make the guidance: Zitron doesn't see Nvidia's fiscal 2028 happening

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: fiscal year 2028, beginning February 2027

    Show quote

    “I think we see NVIDIA's revenues have dropped by them. In fiscal year 28, which begins February 2027, NVIDIA will have to make $670 or more billion just to make their own. They did a year's forward guidance, which is bonkers. I don't see that happening.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 1:06:11

    Zitron expects Nvidia's revenues to have dropped within the year and does not believe the company's own full-year guidance is reachable: on his arithmetic fiscal 2028, which begins in February 2027, requires $670 billion or more, and he calls giving a year of forward guidance bonkers in the first place. The demand side is where he thinks it breaks - he counts $200-300 billion of GPUs not installed anywhere, cites a Jefferies study finding half the chips sold in 2026 and 2027 will have nowhere to go, and notes Microsoft claimed 12 gigawatts of capacity against the two gigawatts of AI capacity he and Bloomberg reported. He credits Nvidia for structuring its circular exposure better than Broadcom, using equity investments - xAI via Valor Equity Partners, Lancium, CoreWeave - that put real money in without creating a liability, at the cost of some future net-income risk, rather than taking on debt. But he counts it among the names holding up an S&P 500 that are intrinsically attached to the AI bubble, and his qualifier on where the money for data centres actually comes from is that so much private capital is involved that it will take someone not getting paid to find out.

    Time frame
    fiscal year 2028, beginning February 2027
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    One notch from junk: a downgrade forces the funds that can't hold junk to dump Oracle's bonds

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: within a year, by October 2027

    Show quote

    “The other problem that Oracle has is that they are dangerously close to being downgraded. So if Moody's and S&P downgrade them from their one notch, they're still investment grade, barely hanging on. They get downgraded. All the pension funds and investment funds that legally cannot hold junk will have to dump their bonds, which will massively increase the cost of their borrowing.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 53:59

    Zitron says Oracle is dangerously close to a downgrade and spells out the mechanism. It sits one notch above junk, barely investment grade; if Moody's and S&P cut it, every pension and investment fund that legally cannot hold junk has to dump the bonds, which drives its borrowing cost up sharply. He argues the market has already decided - the average on its bond market is around 7.5%, so it is priced like junk already - and that Oracle is not finished borrowing. The $25 billion raised in November 2025 now implies 7.1-7.5% at the short end and 8.1-8.3% past twenty years, the debt on the New Mexico data centre trades at 89-91 cents on the dollar after the company filed a force majeure notice on it, and in April it must refinance 2020 paper issued at 2.8% into something closer to five, six, seven or eight percent. He adds the Port Washington data centre cannot get the power it needs, and notes the stock nonetheless did well on the week on OpenAI's reported $70 billion annualised run rate, which he calls a market controlled by children. Among the specific outcomes he expects in the next year is Oracle downgraded, with one or more of the Stargate data-centre projects dead.

    Time frame
    within a year, by October 2027
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    No proof of demand for even a quarter of the data centres, and the chips already bought have nowhere to go

    Ed ZitronMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: says it could all be collapsed within a year, by October 2027

    Show quote

    “On top of that, there is no proof that there is enough demand for even a quarter of the data centers being built.”

    Episode: Ed Zitron on Anthropic's IPO (S-1), AI Debt, and Counterparty Risk

    at 1:13:56

    Zitron says there is no proof of demand for even a quarter of the data centres being built, and that the buildout is already visibly behind. Microsoft claimed 12 gigawatts of capacity while he and Bloomberg separately reported only two gigawatts of AI capacity, leaving companies holding hoards of chips that are not switched on; he counts $200-300 billion of GPUs not installed anywhere and cites a Jefferies study finding half the chips sold in 2026 and 2027 will have nowhere to go. The underlying economics he compares to an airline: renting GPUs for inference means committing to a fixed cost and then needing neither too few customers, which wastes the spend, nor too many, which degrades the service - brittle before anything goes wrong. If the labs shrink or fail, the capacity has no other user, and he expects some form of minor or major depression in the tech sector. He also argues the macro case for the spending has not been earned: the hoped-for productivity and GDP boost has not appeared, growth from software sales is about what it always was, and the GDP contribution is construction and GPU sales - an input counted as output, which Farley likens to Chinese apartment buildings nobody lives in. On pre-purchases he adds a consumer channel, saying they are raising the price of every consumer electronic. The capital demand is what breaks it in his view: OpenAI is projected to spend $750 billion on compute through 2030 against roughly $800 billion of total AI venture funding since 2023, and the private sources are exhausted.

    Time frame
    says it could all be collapsed within a year, by October 2027
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    · The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    7 statements

    Dry bulk is the most attractive shipping segment, barring a global recession

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Time frame: two or three years · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “then dry bulk, in our opinion, is the most attractive segment out there.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 47:47

    Mintzmyer calls dry bulk the most attractive segment in shipping, with several firms at very attractive valuations. Capesize rates have moved from about $20,000 to $40-50,000 a day, which he places around the fourth to sixth inning, comparable to tankers in late 2025 before they took off. The order book is only slightly above average while the fleet is as old as tankers', and ton-miles should rise as China shifts iron ore imports from Australia to Guinea's Simandou, more than three times the distance, while power plants in Asia switch from LNG back to coal. He thinks rates could stay very strong for two or three years. The big caveat: if there is a global recession or a manufacturing crisis in China, dry bulk and its stocks will go down, and he says he is personally concerned about broad stock market valuations.

    Time frame
    two or three years
    Only if
    As long as there is no global recession or China manufacturing collapse
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Product tanker rates are a catch-up trade: far below parity with crude

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Show quote

    “Fantastic opportunity, I think, a catch-up trade for product tanker rates far below where they should be in parity.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 23:07

    Mintzmyer had expected the unprecedented gap between crude and product (clean) tanker rates to close, with LR and MR product tanker rates doubling or tripling; instead they pulled back for a couple of months because the product fleet was more evenly dispersed and China cut refined product exports. As of the 30 September recording he says the thesis is finally working, with product rates hockey-sticking, and calls it a fantastic catch-up opportunity because product rates sit far below parity with crude. He adds that product rates could keep rising even if crude tanker rates pull back. Risk he names: a longer-lasting US diesel export ban would be very bearish for product tankers.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Nordic American Tankers is a clear avoid: overextended, older fleet, weaker management

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Show quote

    “One that I'll throw out here that's, in our opinion, is a clear avoid is Nordic American Tankers, NAT.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 34:14

    Of the tanker companies his firm follows, most are holds or avoids, and Mintzmyer singles out Nordic American Tankers as a clear avoid: massively overextended relative to peers, an inferior and mostly older Suezmax fleet, a management team less savvy than others, and a management structure and governance he does not like. An avoid call, not a short.

    What they own
    Says he has no position in NAT and is not shorting it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCMB.TECH

    Still very bullish CMB.TECH at $19: $25-30 possible by next year

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Time frame: by next year

    Show quote

    “We are very bullish that company even at current prices around $19 a share.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 47:47

    CMB.TECH (CMBT) was his firm's public top idea for 2026, and Mintzmyer remains very bullish at around $19 a share, up from $8 last fall, seeing potential for $25-30 by next year if dry bulk rates stay modestly strong. He likes that it is mainly a dry bulk company with modern, dual-fuel Newcastlemax vessels earning above the benchmark, and that it is harvesting most of its tankers at peak prices, using about half the proceeds to pay down debt and paying out much of the rest as dividends, which should rise with dry bulk rates while cutting its exposure to the volatile tanker market.

    Time frame
    by next year
    What they own
    Says he still has a long position in CMBT and that it is in Value Investors Edge's model portfolios.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishTORM

    TORM is the favourite product tanker name: distributions, governance, fleet

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Show quote

    “We like TRMD a lot.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 34:14

    On the product tanker side, where he thinks rates have catching up to do, Mintzmyer names TORM (TRMD) as his firm's favourite company, citing its distribution policy, corporate governance, savvy management and fleet profile, and calls it a premium company that he prefers slightly to Hafnia and Scorpio Tankers. He sees Hafnia's buying of the TORM shares Oaktree has been selling as smart rather than as a negative signal.

    What they own
    TRMD is in Value Investors Edge's income model portfolio; he says he has no personal position in it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Containers are late in the cycle with a massive order book: stressed times ahead

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Time frame: in the coming years

    Show quote

    “We're certainly not bullish here on containers. And in fact, we think there's some very stressed times ahead in the coming years.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 57:34

    Mintzmyer says container shipping has had a far longer run than he expected, extended by Houthi attacks in the Red Sea through which about a third of global container trade passes. But the cycle is very mature, the order book is massive and there is not much left, so he expects very stressed times for the segment in the coming years and sees containers as neither a good trade nor a good investment.

    Time frame
    in the coming years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Million-dollar-a-day crude tanker rates are unsustainable and will break within days or weeks

    J MintzmyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded

    Time frame: either weeks or days

    Show quote

    “But the rates are absolutely unsustainable, Jack.”

    Episode: The Most Extreme Shipping Market in History, Explained | J Mintzmyer on Why Oil Tanker Rates Are Up 25x and Why It Can’t Last (and Why Dry Bulk, not Tankers, is the Next Shipping Boom)

    at 28:52

    Mintzmyer says crude tanker spot rates, recently $1-1.2 million a day for VLCCs out of the Middle East Gulf against a normal $20-40,000, are absolutely unsustainable on any common-sense reading of supply and demand, and expects them to come down within days or weeks, not months. He warns that BWET, the ETF built on two-to-three-month forward freight agreements and up enormously this year on backwardation, could fall 50-75% or more when rates turn. Beyond the spike, he thinks even $150,000 a day is hard to sustain beyond 12-18 months, because the order book placed since 2023 and again after the war started delivers heavily from early-to-mid 2027 through 2028 while high rates stop any scrapping. Caveat: he does not expect a cliff; next year could still be pretty good and rates roughly average two years out, helped by dark-fleet ships that will never return.

    Time frame
    either weeks or days
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    9 statements

    Local opposition is turning the US data-centre buildout lumpy and slow, and pushing it offshore

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: next year (2027 capacity additions) · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Even building stuff in New York or parts of California is like, it takes years of planning and getting approvals from CEQA and state boards and water boards. That in itself, from an investment standpoint, shows how lumpy and slow the buildout is.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 30:08

    Pouladian says he did not believe the data-centre backlash until he met local and state government people at the All In Summit and heard that towns which had approved data centres put them into moratoriums after residents turned up at council meetings to object. He contrasts that with the Louisiana project, where he says the economics flow through visibly - a 50,000 dollar annual bonus per teacher, 30,000 applicants for 300 fibre technician jobs - and argues the industry has failed to tell that story. Set against years of planning and approvals from bodies like CEQA, state boards and water boards, he concludes the buildout is lumpy and slow from an investment standpoint. He cites Semi-Analysis forecasting 43 gigawatts coming online next year against Brad Gerstner's 25 gigawatts if lucky, and sides with the pushback view. His second point is leakage: developers are going to Finland and Australia where power and permits are easier, taking the jobs with them. He notes the slower compute comes online, the longer to first token and to lease commencement, which is what the financing depends on - though he allows this also reduces the risk of overbuilding into a bubble.

    Time frame
    next year (2027 capacity additions)
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishApple AAPL

    Long-time Apple holder on the same thesis he applies to Nvidia: the software layer holds the margin

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Obviously, I've also been a long-term Apple investor. That's been the same thesis that I've had. Like, everyone, why would you get an iPhone? You get an Android, you get a Samsung. This, no, it's the software layer that matters, that improves over time.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 27:33

    Pouladian brings Apple up unprompted as the template for the principle he is arguing about semiconductors: he wants to own businesses with a software layer that holds margin and improves over time, rather than commodity hardware that looks good in a squeeze cycle and falls when supply catches up. He says he has been a long-term Apple investor on exactly that thesis - the standing objection was why buy an iPhone rather than an Android or a Samsung, and his answer has always been the software layer. He gives no price, no horizon, no sizing, and makes no claim about Apple's AI products in this episode.

    What they own
    Says he has been a long-term Apple investor.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Discloses he is overweight Nvidia personally and in his model portfolio

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Ben, just to be clear, I am overweight Nvidia in my personal portfolio as well as my model portfolio.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 18:04

    Farley states his own position before pressing the other side of the argument: he is overweight Nvidia both in his personal portfolio and in his model portfolio. He makes the disclosure precisely so that the bear questions he then puts to his guest are not mistaken for his book - he goes on to argue the case for the hyperscalers' custom ASICs, that Google and Amazon are not regretting their own silicon, and later that the tightest parts of the supply chain (DRAM, NAND, HDD, substrates, capacitors) rather than GPUs are where pricing power sits. At this point in the conversation he gives no rationale for the overweight itself, no price target, no horizon and no sizing beyond the word overweight.

    What they own
    Says he is overweight Nvidia in his personal portfolio and in his model portfolio.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Lam's out-year estimates of 18% growth are ridiculously low for the biggest semi-cap cycle ever

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: the fiscal year after the quarter now underway

    Show quote

    “So I think it's, you know, 18 percent revenue growth is like Lam's average revenue growth. And we're clearly in one of the biggest semi-cap equipment cycles ever, perhaps probably the biggest one. So it just seems ridiculously low. So, you know, on my sub-stack, I've been saying that some of these analysts who cover Lam should be in jail.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 1:06:11

    Farley pitches Lam Research on the narrow test he says the big hedge funds and pod shops actually run: are earnings expectations too high or too low, and with what confidence. He accepts the guided quarter is already in the numbers - Lam guided the quarter now underway to very large sequential growth, so analysts carry it. His objection is the year after: estimates imply only about 18 percent growth, which he says is roughly Lam's own average revenue growth, from the biggest semi-cap equipment supplier to memory, where the memory makers are earning hundreds of billions of dollars a year in aggregate, in what he calls probably the biggest semi-cap equipment cycle ever. On that mismatch he calls the out-year number ridiculously low and says on his Substack that the analysts covering Lam should be in jail. He gives no price target and no position disclosure on the name.

    Time frame
    the fiscal year after the quarter now underway
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Just bought Meta on the pullback: Muse is the McDonald's version of AI, monetised by ads, not subscriptions

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I just opened up a position in Meta on yesterday's pullback. I think they've proven to obviously innovate on physical AI products with their glasses and the necklace.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 1:05:12

    Pouladian says he opened a Meta position on the previous day's pullback, when the host's question asked for an AI beneficiary other than Nvidia. His case is that Meta has built the first AI assistant an ordinary consumer actually uses - he gave Muse to his wife, who uses it for Instagram, appointments and school admin - and that while it is probably not a frontier model it does ninety percent of what people want. He compares the frontier labs to Michelin-starred restaurants and Muse to a McDonald's version for the average consumer. On monetisation he expects the revenue to come from advertising rather than subscriptions, because people will not reach into their wallets for Facebook or Instagram, and because the rest of the world - he names India and Brazil - already runs on WhatsApp and cannot pay 200 dollars a month for Pro tiers; Meta can give AI away against its existing ad network and purchase-intent queries. He reads the hire of MongoDB's CJ Desai as a signal Zuckerberg is serious about a business product. He also credits Meta with innovating on physical AI hardware (the glasses and the necklace) even though he would not wear them himself, and notes that Meta's own coding assistant may displace Anthropic, which discloses Meta as a customer in the teens of revenue. He expects Google to follow with its own agentic offering. He gives no price target and no horizon.

    What they own
    Says he opened a position in Meta on the previous day's pullback.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Compute is now enough to model cells and screen drug targets; owns a basket of the tools companies

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Before, you needed some guy to go through all this stuff. Now, you just feed it to these AI models or you create your own model and it runs and runs and runs, and you can find some targets to hit. I think that is the new paradigm shift with AI and biotechnology and science.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 56:42

    Pouladian argues compute has only now become powerful enough to model cells, organs and tissue, which are complex and multivariable, and to pan for drug candidates that would otherwise take years of animal work and trial and error. Robots and automation running tests continuously generate the data, and the models search it, which he calls the paradigm shift for biotechnology and science. His implementation is deliberately not drug picking, which he says is too hard to predict: his published basket is the tools and measurement layer - he names Danaher, Thermo Fisher, Schrodinger, Natera and Illumina, with Guardant as a competitor, and Twist as a riskier name that re-rated on its Anthropic partnership. He points to Anthropic opening a wet lab in San Francisco as evidence AI is entering the physical sciences, and to Demis Hassabis and Jeff Dean leaving Google for AI biotech as a talent signal. He discloses he is an investor in Ture, a private applied-AI molecule screening company he says has partnered with Bristol Myers Squibb. The motivation he gives is personal - both parents diagnosed with cancer - and his hope is earlier detection plus novel targets. He gives no price, no horizon and no sizing.

    What they own
    Says he runs a published basket of AI-in-biology tools stocks at BEP Research and discloses he is an investor in Ture, a private applied-AI company.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AMD is squeezed between Nvidia above and in-house inference silicon below; margins won't support the valuation

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I view them as squeeze in the middle between Nvidia and then all the other players that are on the bottom. So from a margin perspective, I'm sure they make a great product, but at the same time, I don't see their margins keeping up to really have that valuation.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 9:03

    Pouladian's bear case is structural rather than product quality. He grants AMD has a great CPU franchise and that the market is capitalising a CPU TAM of 200 to 300 billion dollars by 2030 against Intel, Nvidia and Arm. But he argues training has largely been ceded to Nvidia, so the battleground is inference - and in inference AMD is squeezed between Nvidia above and a crowded floor below made up of Etched, Cerebras, d-Matrix, Google TPU, Trainium and SambaNova, plus the hyperscalers' own parts (Meta's MTIA, Microsoft's Maia). If a company already has internal inference silicon, he asks why it would buy a comparable AMD part. From that he concludes margins will not support the valuation. On the GPU side specifically, he says the Helios rack is roughly twice the size of a Blackwell system, weighs about eight tons, and that he is hearing of delays scaling and manufacturing it against a guided ramp from late this year into early next; he contrasts it with Nvidia going cable-less and simplifying with Vera Rubin. He adds that CPU supply is constrained by the two fabs that can make them, that he thinks the good news is already in the forward curve, and - after the host barred the name - that AMD is the semiconductor stock he most dislikes, noting it has gone to the moon without having shipped the rack, and that the 8 billion dollar World Labs purchase makes it a fast follower of ground Nvidia has worked for years. He gives no price target, no horizon and does not say he is short.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    OpenAI and Anthropic's combined ARR could double again by the 2027 exit, if the compute is there

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: exit 2027 · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I mean, the way things are looking, we live in this crazy exponential times. And if you're thinking in exponentials, and people are gonna probably give me a lot of prep for saying this, it could probably double again, if there's enough compute.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 53:56

    Asked where the combined annualised revenue of OpenAI and Anthropic lands by the end of next year, Pouladian clarifies the question as where they exit 2027 and says that in exponential times it could probably double again, conditional on there being enough compute. He flags that he expects pushback for saying it. The base he is doubling is the figure established earlier in the conversation: he says OpenAI leaked an ARR hitting 70 billion dollars that morning and puts the two leading labs together at perhaps north of 150 billion, against roughly 30 billion at the start of the year. He adds that the labs are not spending blind - they can extrapolate from their own usage metrics - but notes the matching compute commitments are enormous, citing an Anthropic S1 with over half a trillion dollars of compute contracts through 2027 and beyond, which leaves whether they can afford the bills an open question.

    Time frame
    exit 2027
    Only if
    if there is enough compute available
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Full-stack optimisation and financeable, fungible GPUs keep Nvidia winning the token economy

    Ben PouladianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So if you have a way or you have a system that optimizes from the full stack, again, I've written about this a few times, like all roads and rockets lead to Nvidia.”

    Episode: Token Bill Dwarfs CPU Bill | Ben Pouladian on Meta's Muse, Anthropic S1, and Why All Roads Still Lead to NVIDIA

    at 5:57

    Pouladian frames compute as a commodity business where the unit that matters is cost per token per megawatt, and argues that only a fully optimised stack - power, GPU, networking, software, security - gets that cost low enough to hold margin. On that logic he says all roads lead to Nvidia, citing Elon Musk abandoning Dojo for the NVL72 Vera Rubin platform across Tesla and SpaceX as the clearest evidence that the best in-house alternative loses to the integrated system. The second leg of the argument is financeability: a GPU is fungible, so a cluster one tenant walks away from can be re-let to another, which is why private credit will lend against GPUs; custom silicon like TPUs and Trainium is internal, not democratised and not open to outside improvement, so he asks what street those assets are on. He also points to Nvidia extending the moat into agentic security - a sandbox that runs on x86, Arm and Nvidia chips but not AMD - and to DPU-level isolation of rogue agents. His expectation is that as models converge on good enough, Wall Street will price token production cost, discounting the higher-cost producers. He gives no price target and no horizon.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    · The Private Credit Boom is Over: Redemption Requests Exceed Liquidity | James Elbaor | Marlton LLC

    4 statements

    Alts are not over; the market is penalising the private-credit-heavy ones, not the model

    James ElbaorMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And I keep coming to that because I want to make the point that I've always thought that asset managers are great businesses. And if you have the right cost structure and you have the right leader at the helm, they are really great businesses. And so, no, I don't think that alts are over. I don't think that alt valuations are never going to come back.”

    Episode: The Private Credit Boom is Over: Redemption Requests Exceed Liquidity | James Elbaor | Marlton LLC

    at 45:59

    Asked whether the alternative managers' business models are in trouble after a year in which Blue Owl fell about 35% and Apollo, Blackstone, Ares and KKR fell 12-22%, Elbaor says the selling is discriminating rather than structural. The market is penalising the managers that pushed hardest into private credit and built large teams to sell the wealth channel, because those are expensive commitments that are hard to unwind when the flows stop. What it is rewarding is permanent capital: he points to Pershing Square roughly doubling from its April IPO and being awarded the peak multiple Apollo and Blackstone carried a year ago, on an 80% payout ratio, industry-leading margins and under a hundred staff. His conclusion is that the management fee on capital that cannot be redeemed is an annuity worth a high multiple, that these firms are all moving that way, and that the alt managers will find their next growth engine -- so the asset class's valuations come back even if the private-credit-concentrated names take longer to turn the ship.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The private credit boom is over; from here it is consolidation, not growth

    James ElbaorMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: over the next five years

    Show quote

    “I think you're going to continue to see more mergers, tender offers, and consolidation within these private credit vehicles over the next five years. This is not a growth story any longer.”

    Episode: The Private Credit Boom is Over: Redemption Requests Exceed Liquidity | James Elbaor | Marlton LLC

    at 4:47

    Elbaor's case is that private credit has run out of new money. No capital is flowing into the strategy, nobody can credibly launch a platform today, and the founders who became billionaires on the way up mark the top rather than the middle. The mechanism he points to is the wrapper: the product was sold as if the 5% quarterly gate did not exist, so when allocators asked for a quarter of their assets back the gates did what they were designed to do and the growth engine stalled. He cites BCRED, Blackstone's $82bn vehicle, capping redemptions again after requests for 10% of shares outstanding, and BPRE listing straight to a 38% discount to NAV, which closed the IPO-at-a-premium route that recycled capital into the asset class from 2020 to 2024. What is left, he argues, is mergers, tender offers and wind-downs across these vehicles over the next five years, with a Goldman bid already in the market for a large CLO provider. He is not calling a default wave -- his house view is that defaults will not be catastrophically high, only higher than the discounts imply -- so the bearishness is about the asset class's growth and the wrapper, not about the loans blowing up.

    Time frame
    over the next five years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Publicly listed BDCs at 60-65 cents are the way to own private credit

    James ElbaorMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: the next fiscal year and the next calendar year

    Show quote

    “For us, we're saying if you have a view on private credit and you are most interested in making money on that, we think the BDC market is very particularly the best place to look at that right now.”

    Episode: The Private Credit Boom is Over: Redemption Requests Exceed Liquidity | James Elbaor | Marlton LLC

    at 27:13

    Elbaor separates the loans from the wrapper and says the money is in the wrapper. Public BDCs are marked daily while the private interval funds holding similar paper are not, and the gap between them is telling you one of two things: either NAV is real and the cost of liquidity is 60 to 65 cents on the dollar, or NAV has to come down to 60 cents. His firm's view is that it is the cost of liquidity, which makes the discount an opportunity rather than a warning. The play he describes is to redeem out of the privately listed interval funds and buy publicly listed yield-producing BDCs instead. The edge he is actually underwriting is event-driven rather than mean reversion: he expects the funds trading at narrower discounts to be the acquirers of the wider-discount funds on a NAV-for-NAV basis over the next fiscal and calendar year, so a holder moves from a 30% discount to a 20% discount without needing the gap to close on its own. He says explicitly that he is not buying something just because it trades at a 38% discount and expecting it to revert.

    Time frame
    the next fiscal year and the next calendar year
    What they own
    Says his firm is doing this itself -- redeeming private interval fund exposure and buying publicly listed yield-producing BDCs -- and declines to name the positions for proprietary reasons. Says of BPRE specifically that he is not saying people should buy it, only that it should be watched.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI is eating SaaS's lunch, and half a trillion of private credit is lent against it

    James ElbaorMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Not every single one of those SAS companies is going to make it. How many make it unclear? How many pivot and are able to utilize AI and utilize AI technology and compete well with Anthropic and the other Frontier Labs, we will see. But it is certainly an uphill battle.”

    Episode: The Private Credit Boom is Over: Redemption Requests Exceed Liquidity | James Elbaor | Marlton LLC

    at 15:28

    Elbaor's bearishness on legacy SaaS starts from what he sees in his own firm: they use AI tools instead of subscribing to a new SaaS provider, and he says the speed at which AI has disrupted software has been material and is showing up in the numbers. The investment consequence he draws is about the lenders rather than the software equities -- he puts private credit's estimated exposure to SaaS borrowers at over half a trillion dollars, most of it lent to sponsor-owned companies, and expects some meaningful share of those borrowers not to survive the transition. He allows that some will pivot and use AI themselves, but calls it an uphill battle against the frontier labs. He adds a second squeeze: a heavy SaaS book has to refinance into rising rates and a widening risk premium.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    8 statements

    Recoveries on levered software debt are heading to zero, not 30 or 40 cents

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Now, we're seeing some of these companies that recovery won't be 50, 40, 30 I mean, you're going to look at donuts. And so that's the other aspect of credit performance, is not only defaults, but what's recovery worth.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 23:28

    Peabody's argument is about recovery rather than default timing. Leverage was put on software businesses on the strength of a straight-lined EBITDA number and dependable cash flows, and he admits he would have underwritten that himself before AI arrived. But the collateral is intellectual property, not hard assets, so when one of these borrowers restructures there is little to seize and the recovery is not 50, 40 or 30 cents -- he says investors are going to be looking at donuts. He expects the AI displacement to produce the modern equivalent of a pets.com: someone out there is running a software company that becomes redundant, and he says the damage is already visible in loan performance and in sectoral dispersion across the credit space. Asked directly whether that makes him a bear on software private-credit loans, he is careful to say he is not a private-credit specialist and does not want to speak out of school about specific structures, but confirms he is a bear on low asset coverage, competitive vulnerability, high interest costs, potential margin compression and stock-based compensation he thinks is not being factored in.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    Dollar weakness in the out years, but a short-covering squeeze could come first

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: the out years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think the out years are likely going to be focused on dollar weakness. Though between then and now, there is the risk of a continued move higher and a short covering bid in the dollar.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 32:51

    Peabody's dollar call is a sequencing call, and he is explicit that he would not want to be a currency trader today. The medium-term direction is down: policy has to ease as inflation comes down, and he describes the dollar as the bleed valve that absorbs that. He reads the recent episode of dollar strength against a weak yen as a tell that US authorities were already uncomfortable and let Japan take some of the strength, and says the monetary and fiscal authorities do not want a dollar substantially stronger than here -- so if strength does appear, he would look for a policy response. Against that, he flags a real risk of a move higher first: reshoring, a Fed shrinking its balance sheet, and the resulting dollar-shortage and funding-market hiccup risk are all consistent with dollar strength and a short-covering bid. He is pointedly dismissive of the structural end-of-the-dollar argument as something to build a portfolio around -- he finds the arguments compelling but not investible, and says positioning for a tail risk like that makes sense only as gold or an option strategy, not as an orientation for an entire portfolio.

    Time frame
    the out years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    If you want duration, own the belly: three to five years is what works when risk comes off

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But the space that performs best when risk comes off is generally the three to five year area of the curve. Generally. So that's sort of where I would be focused from a broad brush perspective.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 43:53

    Peabody does not like duration in general, but where he does want it, it is the belly. He expects further curve flattening -- real rates are staying high, ten-year one-year forward is up while breakevens are not, and improving ISM and regional survey data argue for more flattening -- and at the margin that pushes an investor out the curve. He frames the trade as a hedge with an acceptable cost of carry: if rates keep moving higher it will hurt risk assets, so he would rather hold the belly and have it not work while being able to buy risk assets more cheaply. He also makes a counterintuitive point about timing: risk typically performs well right through the inversion and only gets hurt when the curve re-steepens, so the re-steepening is the thing to watch, not the inversion. He leaves the long end to people with more fortitude than him, and separately argues long rates should be anchored to nominal GDP, where he does not think current levels are wildly out of bounds.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Wouldn't advocate BDCs: yield-focused vehicles that nobody knows how to run through a cycle

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And I think the challenge with BDCs is that they're yield focused, and I think that as a source of capital for these firms, it's great and it's worked. I just don't know how they handle the cycle. And it could be much ado about nothing, but I personally wouldn't be advocating for it, but that's just a personal view.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 42:09

    Peabody says he is skeptical of anything purely yield-based, because owning it amounts to selling volatility and clipping premium, and he thinks that is what a BDC is. His objection is explicitly a cycle objection rather than a valuation one: BDCs work well as a source of capital for the firms that run them and have worked so far, but he does not know how they handle a downturn, and he would not personally advocate for them. He grounds it in what he watched in 2008 -- he was holding Lehman 2014 bonds he could not sell, BDCs came under heavy pressure, and what followed was return of capital rather than return on capital to sustain the yields, plus portfolio managers selling the winners because those were the only positions they could sell, which leaves the dregs behind. He is fair about the difference: that episode was a credit crisis with exogenous forces that made it far more acute than conditions today. On the discounts to NAV that make the public vehicles look cheap, his answer is to question the NAV itself. He also concedes the accretive-buyback argument the host puts to him, comparing it to buying discounted assets out the curve, but does not change his conclusion.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The Fed's transmission is broken at the top, so policy rates have to go higher than anyone expects

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “in order to subdue that demand for credit, rates may need to move higher than they would otherwise. And that, pure and simple, adds risk, but it also creates opportunity when you see volatility seeping out of that.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 53:42

    Peabody argues the Fed now has a de facto third mandate -- the transmission of credit -- and that it is failing. Because the system has become less banked, the borrowers who matter most are insulated from policy: large corporations that termed out their debt at low fixed coupons, the AI complex borrowing against aspirational returns, and private-credit lenders whose cost of capital he describes as effectively zero or negative, since they earn the yield and a fee on deployment. In a banked system a few hundred basis points forces a risk manager to widen spreads or stop lending; in this one it does not. Meanwhile credit to consumers and to CCC-rated marginal borrowers is genuinely tight -- mortgages in the sixes, used-car loans north of 7%, CCC clearing coupons well north of 10%. He calls it a K-shape in credit on top of a K-shaped economy. His conclusion is that to actually subdue credit demand among those with unconstrained access, the Fed has to move rates higher than it otherwise would, and that in every previous cycle built on a growth story -- fiber optics, mortgage brokers in 2007 -- the Fed ended up having to go higher than it expected. He explicitly accepts the corollary: the risk of overshooting and making a mistake is, in his words, absolutely real, and the higher they go the more they will have to ease afterwards. He also notes the constraint on the other side, that fiscal sustainability eventually requires rates below nominal growth, which is why he frames the end state as a second act in which the Fed has to cut aggressively once inflation falls.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Capital chasing higher private-credit yields now is the last marginal buyer before the turn

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Long-winded answer to your question, yes, I suppose that pulls a little capital in, but if it does, it feels to me like that's the last marginal buyer, right? When it's a cycle turns, it's when the last marginal buyer comes in. That's kind of what it feels like to me.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 17:41

    Asked whether private credit actually benefits from higher rates because the stated returns look better and pull money in, Peabody agrees it does at the margin and then turns that into the bear case. He describes the credit cycle as one of the most dependable things in finance -- built on human greed, incentives and product-pushing, hard to time but not hard to predict -- and says capital arriving because the yield went up is the last marginal buyer, which is what the turn looks like. What makes this cycle harder to read is opacity: restructurings happen behind closed doors with one or two lenders, there are no non-accrual disclosures or loss reserves as there would be in a banked system, and marks are not observable, so unlike 2008 there is no price signal to trigger the psychological response of forced sellers. He goes as far as saying the market could already be in the midst of a correction without anyone knowing it. On fundamentals, borrowers levered six-plus times face rising coupons on floating-rate debt, interest coverage falls, and he points to increased secondary-market trading, with insurance companies buying secondary assets, as a sign some structures are stuck. He is careful to say he is not a private-credit specialist and does not want to speak out of school.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Betting default rates are higher in a year, with CCC spreads already telling the story

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: higher in a year than it is today · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And I also think beyond default rates likely rising, I'm not ready to talk about some sort of spike or anything, but I think if I'm the betting man, it's going to be higher in a year than it is today.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 23:28

    Peabody concedes the usual bull point on public credit -- the index has genuinely improved in quality, because the riskiest deals were refinanced away into private credit, leaving less risk in the high-yield bond market. But he reads the fringe of the market as the signal, and CCC spreads are currently substantially wider than the rest of it, which he says is very telling of an increase in default rates coming. He will not call a spike, but says that if he had to bet, the default rate is higher in a year than today. He adds a second leg that he thinks matters as much as the default rate itself: recovery. What an investor should pay for a bond is a function of default probability and expected recovery, and he argues recoveries on asset-light borrowers will disappoint badly. Positioning follows: across GMO's strategies he says they are at the low end of their risk spectrum, lower risk everywhere relative to neutral, and in multi-asset portfolios underweight vanilla credit risk in high yield, investment grade and EM alike.

    Time frame
    higher in a year than it is today
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says GMO is at the low end of its risk spectrum across strategies and underweight vanilla credit risk -- high yield, investment grade and EM -- in its multi-asset portfolios.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Overweight short-dated AAA structured paper as the substitute for corporate credit risk

    Henry PeabodyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So that sort of space, which is less correlated with credit risk, that still gives you a fairly decent return, is an awfully decent place to hide out. And in our multi-asset strategies, we're overweight there and underweight vanilla credit risk, whether that's high-yield investment grade or EM.”

    Episode: Why the Fed May Have to Hike Far Higher Than Expected | Henry Peabody on the Fed’s Triple Mandate and Uneven Transmission of Monetary Policy

    at 37:57

    This is where Peabody wants the risk budget instead of corporate credit. He describes structured product as a large, heterogeneous market running from one-to-two-year auto ABS out to long-dated student loans and thirty-year 3% coupon agency mortgages, and says the part GMO wants is deliberately the dull end: up the capital structure at AAA, seasoned, short spread duration of roughly two years, in CLOs, student loans and non-agency mortgages. The appeal is predictability and low correlation with credit risk while still paying a decent return -- he calls it an awfully decent place to hide out, and says they are overweight it in multi-asset strategies and underweight vanilla credit risk in high yield, investment grade and EM. He frames it within a broader argument that duration can no longer be relied on as the hedge for credit and equity risk, because the post-2020 inflation regime has destabilised that relationship, which forces investors toward genuinely uncorrelated sources of return. He flags the constraint honestly: there are only so many of these seasoned assets, and as they run off, new issues come with longer tenors and are bought by investors taking more risk -- he will look there when valuations become compelling but is in the short-duration bucket for now. He also concedes the cost: risk keeps trading at the moon and the position tests your fortitude.

    What they own
    Says GMO is overweight this space and underweight vanilla credit risk in its multi-asset strategies.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    7 statements

    European defense as the way to play European fiscal stimulus

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I've loved European defense. It bottomed this year at a really weird time and I was like, this is a great spot to take advantage of fiscal stimulus.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 36:10

    Although he dislikes European growth and would bet on European rates relative to the US, Wallerstein likes certain pockets of European equities, above all defense, which he says bottomed this year at an odd moment and offered an entry to benefit from European fiscal stimulus. Later he adds that in a downturn European defense could still do well, alongside healthcare as a defensive, while financials would struggle.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Sell JGBs - the BOJ stays behind the curve; short the belly, not the long end

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I love Japan, I would still sell their bonds. I think the BOJ is going to remain kind of behind the curve.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 26:56

    Wallerstein would sell Japanese government bonds because he expects the Bank of Japan to stay behind the curve: he thinks the Takaichi government has not abandoned its reflationist, supply-side preference for low rates, and that the BOJ will hike only a couple more times and stop, whatever the rest of the world does. He expresses the view in the intermediate part of the curve ('be short the belly'), saying he hates shorting the long end anywhere because governments are shortening issuance and practising financial repression, and that the belly is the place to be short if neutral rates are rising with the investment boom.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still bearish on Canada: no growth, a trade war, and five hikes priced anyway

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I've been pretty bearish in the Canadian economy, continue to be, but that's obvious at this point with the trade wars.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 52:38

    Wallerstein remains bearish on the Canadian economy. He notes it did not grow at all from Q1 2025 to Q1 2026 and faces a hard trade war with its largest trading partner, yet the market prices roughly a 70% chance of a hike at the next meeting and about five hikes in all, which he sees as a departure from fundamentals driven by energy prices. He counts Canada among the economies he likes much less than the US when betting on relative rate paths, and calls his bearishness obvious given the trade wars.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Japanese stocks beat everywhere else 'no matter what happens' - long Japan even in a bear market

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And I think Japanese stocks are going to be great, going to be better than everywhere else, no matter what happens. And in this bear market scenario, I'm long Japan.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 26:56

    Wallerstein expects Japanese equities to outperform other markets whatever happens, including in the global bear-market scenario he is leaning towards. He contrasts Japan with South Korea: Korea's market is essentially beta to the AI boom, whereas Japan is a real economy with several drivers, manufacturing among them, that do not depend on AI alone. He separates this from his rates view: he loves Japan but would still sell its bonds.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A 2022-style 'garden variety' US bear market is close to becoming his base case

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So a garden variety bear market is increasingly becoming, I'm not ready to like, I mean, I'll probably write it up after the October meeting or something. That's increasingly becoming my base case or it's getting close to it, which is very weird because I'm a bull on US growth.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 23:28

    Wallerstein sees the ingredients of 2022 lining up again: an energy shock with oil around $105, central banks tightening globally into that supply shock (the Fed included), stretched valuations, and a fiscal drag next year as the one-big-beautiful-bill effects fade, tariff refunds end and a split Congress after the midterms makes further stimulus unlikely. He does not expect a US recession and calls himself a bull on US growth, but thinks those factors could easily produce an ordinary bear market in stocks. He hedges heavily: it is 'getting close to' his base case, he may write it up after the October Fed meeting, confidence bands are wide, and he names what would invalidate it: bank lending (C&I loans, the senior loan officer survey) continuing to strengthen on deregulation and full-expensing incentives.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishKorean won

    The won over the yen: a hawkish BoK and an AI income boom

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And I way more favor like the Korean won than the yen, because the new Bank of Korea governor who came from the BIS, I think totally has the Korean government on sides with the fact that rate hikes are needed.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 26:56

    Wallerstein strongly prefers the Korean won to the yen. The new Bank of Korea governor, formerly of the BIS, has the government on side that rate hikes are needed, because the income boom from Samsung and SK Hynix threatens to reinflate the whole economy. He sees the Korean government accepting a stronger won, quick repatriation of capital and incentives to invest domestically, and a policy-rate gap over Japan (Korea at about 3.5%, possibly 4%, if Japan reaches 1.75%) that he finds compelling for neighbouring, similar economies. He calls the won 'a much more sure thing' than a yen turn.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Was a yen bull earlier this year; no longer - the BOJ will not hike as much as priced

    Eric WallersteinMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “So don't like the yen anymore. Rather be long one.”

    Episode: Energy Shock and Rate Hikes Could Cause a 2022 Style Bear Market | Eric Wallerstein | Clocktower Group

    at 26:56

    Wallerstein was a yen bull earlier in the year, expecting the BOJ to catch up, but has turned: he thinks the market over-extrapolated a path of hikes every other meeting, that Japan still wants a weaker yen for its policy goals, and that the BOJ will do only a couple more hikes. After the latest hike the yen sold off and needed a rate check. He sees roughly 155 if the Iran war ends and 160 if it continues, not much money to be made from 155 to 150, and expects the yen to stay a funding currency for carry trades while the rest of the world hikes. He prefers the Korean won instead.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Outlook on 5 Key Commodities: Metals Bull Market is Just Getting Started (Gold, Copper, & Uranium) | Jérémie Boyer | Aurelion

    5 statements

    Mildly bearish fertilizers: urea is affordable and there is no confirmation to be bullish

    Jeremie BoyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: next six months · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But when we look at real data and everything, we can see that Aurea is pretty affordable right now. So even if there is a El Nino, something we didn't touch during the conversation, even if there's catastrophic stuff, we are right now. As of now, I don't see why we will be bullish, but it could change in the next six months.”

    Episode: Outlook on 5 Key Commodities: Metals Bull Market is Just Getting Started (Gold, Copper, & Uranium) | Jérémie Boyer | Aurelion

    at 1:06:53

    Boyer is bearish fertilizers but explicitly not strongly so: he says the call is bearish mainly because there is not enough confirmation to be extremely bullish, and that a consistent book matters — being bearish oil while bullish fertilizer would be contradictory, since the complex is linked to oil prices even though not every fertilizer depends on them. Looking at the data he says urea (transcribed "Aurea") is affordable right now despite US farmer complaints about rising prices, which he treats as noise, and that even allowing for an El Niño or another shock he sees no reason to turn bullish as of today. He treats this as the most short-term and most reversible of his five calls, saying it could change within six months, and notes the complex splits into potash, nitrogen and phosphate rather than moving as one thing.

    Time frame
    next six months
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper demand is here now, not in ten years; $7 price target into year-end

    Jeremie BoyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: Christmas target

    Show quote

    “I think what's interesting, it's a story that is playing out right now, you know, like we need more copper right now, not just in five years. So it's maybe less like uranium, it's less speculation. And that's why you already see a big rise in copper price, because like it's right now, you know, even my copper forecast right now, the price is like 6.5 USD. Our price target is 7 I could have put 8, but it's for Christmas target.”

    Episode: Outlook on 5 Key Commodities: Metals Bull Market is Just Getting Started (Gold, Copper, & Uranium) | Jérémie Boyer | Aurelion

    at 55:12

    Boyer prefers copper to most other metals because the deficit is a present fact rather than a ten-year projection — he says he is not a waiting investor and dislikes supply-demand work whose shortfall only arrives a decade out. AI and the energy transition are the demand drivers, and he notes copper has stopped trading with gold and the other miners, which he attributes to the AI bid; even if AI momentum cools he expects copper demand to persist. New mine supply takes ten to fifteen years to bring on, so the shortfall cannot be answered quickly. He sets a copper price target of $7 against a spot around $6.50, calling it a deliberately conservative Christmas target when he could have written $8. He prefers mid-cap producers coming out of their capex phase into what he calls the earning phase, where free cash flow rises at low cost, over crowded large caps. The risk he names is that data-centre construction talk has faded relative to memory and GPUs, which could soften near-term copper demand.

    Time frame
    Christmas target
    What they own
    Says Aurelion's model portfolio holds one copper company — a high-conviction, roughly $10bn producer with copper, gold and zinc exposure across Peru, the US and Canada, trading near 17x earnings — added recently, and that commodities are about 25-30% of the portfolio.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishCrude oil

    Bearish crude: the market has adapted to Hormuz and the bull case is all speculation

    Jeremie BoyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: next three to six months · Not sure

    Show quote

    “For Crude Oil, this is country in view, pretty much bearish, not extremely bearish, but I think that it's all about not being maybe a perma bearish or perma bull, and we think that right now, it's easier to be bearish than always wishing for being bullish and having these big returns and catastrophic scenario.”

    Episode: Outlook on 5 Key Commodities: Metals Bull Market is Just Getting Started (Gold, Copper, & Uranium) | Jérémie Boyer | Aurelion

    at 1:06:53

    Boyer holds a contrarian bearish view on crude (the transcript renders "contrarian view" as "country in view"), while stressing it is not an extreme call. His argument is that the market has adapted to a conflict that has now run long enough for demand to reroute: China, which he says he flagged early as the swing variable when oil was above 110 and was told he was wrong, has cut oil imports sharply and substituted coal, and Chinese consumer spending is weak. He disputes the bullish inventory narrative, saying oil-in-transit data understates flows because of the dark fleet and possible Iranian pipeline capacity, and that measured inventories are currently rising. He argues the remaining bull case rests on what-ifs rather than observable data, and that over the next three to six months he does not see a shortage of oil. He thinks crude does not go above about 120, though 110 is possible on an event. The one thing he says would flip him bullish is US boots on the ground in Iran with American casualties; missile exchanges alone would not. He separates the commodity from the equities, saying he can still be bullish an oil royalty company in the Permian at these prices, and that he is not bullish refiners or the crack spread even though refiner earnings can stay good.

    Time frame
    next three to six months
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says Aurelion holds no refiners, sold out of the chemicals name Ounceman after channel checks suggested the price increases would not stick, and holds the royalty company LandBridge in Texas.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold is the highest-conviction commodity call; $5,000/oz looks hard to avoid

    Jeremie BoyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “This is kind of easy, but maybe the safest one would be gold. I think like I don't see how it won't go back to like 5K USD an ounce.”

    Episode: Outlook on 5 Key Commodities: Metals Bull Market is Just Getting Started (Gold, Copper, & Uranium) | Jérémie Boyer | Aurelion

    at 2:16

    Boyer names gold as Aurelion's strongest and safest commodity call and says he does not see how it fails to return to roughly $5,000 an ounce. The trigger for turning bullish again was gold decoupling from oil: after the Hormuz disruption gold had been trading inversely to oil, so every oil rally knocked gold down, and the break of that relationship in about July is the confirmation Aurelion had been waiting for. He argues rates and the Fed now explain only about 30% of gold, with geopolitics, Japanese intervention and central-bank buying (he cites a Goldman Sachs figure of roughly 66 of 100 tonnes of June global central-bank purchases coming from China) carrying more of the story, and he points to fund inflows from managers afraid of missing a move that has taken miners up about 40% in a month. He frames the horizon as six to twelve months rather than multi-year, calls himself not a prediction guy beyond that, and says Aurelion would go neutral if Hormuz reopened and the geopolitical fear premium disappeared.

    What they own
    Says Aurelion's published model portfolio holds no large gold position yet — "we are going to add one or two gold" — but already owns a producer that is roughly 60% copper and 40% gold, and would size gold miners at about 5-7% of the portfolio rather than 20%.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUranium

    Uranium's twenty-year story may finally be the right one, on government build commitments

    Jeremie BoyerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “For uranium, it's something it's been going on for like 20 years. You know, uranium, it's up and down, but we think maybe this time could be the right one. There's never been as much governments and countries that said, and you know, sometimes a country said, I will build 10 nuclear central in the next 10 years. Sometimes they are good to not do it, but I think this time, it's probably, it's clear that they need green energy, and it should be good for both the ring price and the producers.”

    Episode: Outlook on 5 Key Commodities: Metals Bull Market is Just Getting Started (Gold, Copper, & Uranium) | Jérémie Boyer | Aurelion

    at 1:06:53

    Boyer accepts uranium has been a false dawn for twenty years but thinks the current cycle is more likely to be real, because the volume of announced government reactor programmes is unprecedented — he cites China at about 70 units over ten years, France 5, the UK 7 and a large Indian programme — and because European governments in particular are locked into nuclear by their green-energy commitments and cannot substitute coal the way he thinks a country like South Korea might. He argues the driver is supply rather than price sensitivity: fuel is a small share of a reactor's operating cost, so operators will pay up, and each contract signed (he uses a Cameco five-year US deal as the example) resets the spot reference for the next buyer. He adds that a reactor cannot be switched on and off, which makes securing supply non-optional, and that the AI power demand now accelerating build schedules is on top of a case that already existed. The risk he names explicitly is that the announced reactors simply do not get built. He expects the move to be good for both the uranium price and the producers, and notes the long flat period before the recent move meant there was no hype to unwind.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says Aurelion's model portfolio holds two uranium positions (transcribed as "two Iranian positions"): one of the largest producers and one physical holding company, deliberately split so one leg tracks physical price and the other the speculative price. Says he personally doubled his money in a uranium name some years ago, sold out, and has just re-added it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Why The 30-Year Treasury Lost Its Biggest Buyers | David Busch on Why High Yields Are Attractive Right Now

    4 statements

    The AI-disruption sell-off in software is overdone; the sector is likely oversold

    David BuschMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: over the next several quarters

    Show quote

    “So I think a lot of those things are, the sell-off and a lot of those sectors are overdone because I think ultimately, people will want to have the expert review, their tax plan, their financial plan, their state plan, and so on, instead of doing it on their own.”

    Episode: Why The 30-Year Treasury Lost Its Biggest Buyers | David Busch on Why High Yields Are Attractive Right Now

    at 44:34

    Busch says the software companies that sold off when AI began to be widely adopted are the sector he finds most fascinating and is watching most closely, and that the sell-off in a lot of them is overdone. His argument is about demand rather than technology: he grants that software is the industry most exposed to genuine AI disruption, which is why it sold off, but does not believe the majority of people will build their own tax, financial or estate planning software with a general-purpose model. The value sits in expertise, in complying with federal and differing state rules, and in someone willing to stand behind the result -- a rough draft from a chatbot is not the same as an estate plan that actually complies. He uses Intuit as the worked example, noting he has access to the major AI tools himself and still would not ask one to do his taxes, while conceding the sell-off there may be somewhat warranted. What he expects over the next several quarters is these companies adopting AI themselves to improve margins and efficiency, probably with fewer people and more automation, and he says he would not be dismissive of the sector at this point. It fits the first-, second-, third-order framing he applies generally: after the early entrants and the infrastructure builders, the question is who adopts fastest and benefits from adoption. When the host puts a stronger version of the case to him -- that software trades at its cheapest valuations in ten years on a priced-in disruption threat -- he says that is exactly his premise and that the sector is likely oversold.

    Time frame
    over the next several quarters
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Likes 3-5 year Treasuries for roll-down and ballast, explicitly not the 20-30 year

    David BuschMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “But right now, the real benefit here is that with a positively sloping curve, there's this dynamic that hasn't been around for a good while, meaning that you can buy a higher coupon five year and let it roll down to that three year and then sell it and reinvest it if the curve stays relatively stable and positively sloping.”

    Episode: Why The 30-Year Treasury Lost Its Biggest Buyers | David Busch on Why High Yields Are Attractive Right Now

    at 27:48

    Busch wants Treasury duration in the three-to-five year part of the curve -- he would step out to three-to-seven, but certainly not out to twenty or thirty years -- and gives two reasons. The first is carry and roll-down: with a positively sloping curve, a dynamic he says has not been around for a good while, you can buy a higher-coupon five year, let it roll down to a three year, then sell and reinvest, provided the curve stays relatively stable and positively sloping. The second is the role of bonds in a portfolio. He argues that because rates are so much higher, bonds work as a ballast again after a period when stocks and bonds fell together, and that in a catastrophic black-swan event where investors push into the safety of Treasuries, Treasuries would likely outperform anything with a credit component, because investment-grade corporates, high-yield and private credit would all take a drawdown as spreads widen. Higher yields also mean lower total-return volatility, since you are paid to be in the position. He ties the maturity choice to clientele as well: a typical retail investor sits near the roughly six-year duration of the US Aggregate index rather than buying a twenty or thirty year. This is the belly of the curve specifically, not the long end, whose natural buyers -- insurers, public pensions and sovereign wealth funds -- he says have rotated into private credit and investment-grade corporates and may need a catalyst to come back.

    What they own
    Says on air that the three-to-five year range is where he looks for the portfolios he runs as CIO, and certainly not out longer than 20 to 30 years.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Firm has largely avoided private credit over collateral, liquidity and disclosure risk

    David BuschMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “And for us, we've largely avoided private credit in general. And it's because of those risks that our clients would be subjected to.”

    Episode: Why The 30-Year Treasury Lost Its Biggest Buyers | David Busch on Why High Yields Are Attractive Right Now

    at 1:01:20

    Busch, who spent 18 years as a fixed income portfolio manager before becoming CIO, says his firm has largely avoided private credit in general because of the risks clients would be subjected to. He starts by rejecting the marketing claim -- equity-like returns for bond-like credit risk -- on first principles: anytime you are getting a higher yield there is embedded risk in that yield, and it is not a risk-free trade-off. Three specific objections follow. Disclosure: he asks whether the manager will share a loan tape showing who they lent to and how those loans are performing -- delinquent, past due, foreclosing -- and says in a lot of instances you cannot get one, unlike non-agency mortgage and commercial mortgage securities where a remittance statement is published, or banks, which report in aggregate to regulators. Collateral: funds market themselves as senior secured and first lien, and some are, but he is cautious about what they lend against, naming litigation finance and loans backed by a software company's intellectual property. Liquidity: most are interval funds where you can invest at any time but redemptions are gated at around 5% of NAV per quarter, so if redemptions rise -- which he says they have across private credit -- investors get a pro rata share of what they asked for. He also applies a distribution-stage heuristic: early entrants hand off to institutional buyers, institutional buyers eventually want liquidity and an outlet, and that is when the product gets pitched to retail, so his role is as much defence on behalf of clients as offence. He separately notes that insurers' shift into private credit has turned down duration and convexity risk while turning up liquidity and credit risk.

    What they own
    Says on air that his firm has largely avoided private credit in general for clients, holding only a couple of credit-related products where due diligence gave them visibility into the underlying loans.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Market keeps trending in the same direction as long as earnings support valuations

    David BuschMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “As long as earnings support these valuations, I think that we'll continue to trend in a similar direction.”

    Episode: Why The 30-Year Treasury Lost Its Biggest Buyers | David Busch on Why High Yields Are Attractive Right Now

    at 42:35

    Asked for his view on the overall market, Busch says it should continue to trend in a similar direction as long as earnings support these valuations. His reasoning is that what is driving equities today is earnings rather than passive flow: the rise of AI technology and the hyperscalers has kept corporate earnings growing, the companies participating in the AI infrastructure buildout have had stable earnings, and that is why equities have been able to rise at the same time as yields, which he says a pure discounted-cash-flow reading would not have predicted. The condition does real work in his answer. He says the telling thing will be whether those hyperscalers and infrastructure builders start to show margin compression or miss earnings expectations, in which case he expects volatility, and he expects higher borrowing costs to compress margins across the board as existing debt is refinanced and new debt taken on. He thinks the market's focus will shift from capex itself to the monetization of that capex and whether it supports continued earnings growth. He also flags that rates are here to stay, higher for longer, that equity risk premiums could compress and PE multiples get harder to justify as the hurdle rate rises, and that leveraged sectors -- financial companies, insurers, banks, potentially REITs -- are the most susceptible to the current rate environment.

    Only if
    Holds only as long as corporate earnings continue to support current valuations; he expects volatility if the hyperscalers and the companies building out AI infrastructure show margin compression or come in below forecast earnings.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    6 statements

    Loves the long bond as the hedge against a deflating equity bubble

    Joseph WangMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So to two, three reasons why I like long bond. So one is that I think that we are in a tremendous, tremendous equity bubble and that historically speaking when that declines, Fed cuts rates, there's a flight to safety. And long bond is where you get the most bang for your buck.”

    Episode: Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    at 16:45

    Wang says he likes the long bond, which he puts at about 5.35 percent on the day of the hawkish September meeting. His main reason is that he believes US equities are in a tremendous bubble, and that historically when such a bubble declines the Fed cuts rates and there is a flight to safety, in which the long end gives the most upside per dollar; bought for cash or financed, it is held with positive carry. He gives a second, low-weight scenario in which a genuine AI revolution pushes unemployment up and produces technology-driven deflation, which would also be good for long bonds. He adds that he feels much better about the bet after this meeting, because Chair Warsh showed he is serious about getting inflation under control rather than moving the goalposts on the inflation index, and that he thinks current inflation of roughly three and a half percent is largely energy, so excluding that the economy would be on its way to 2 percent. He says he can be totally wrong.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Hawkish Fed puts pressure on the most indebted small caps

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think this is going to put pressure on small caps. People have been super bullish on small caps, but those are the most indebted firms.”

    Episode: Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    at 1:02:44

    In his closing thoughts on the day the Fed hiked and signalled a higher path, Farley expects the decision to put pressure on US small caps. His reasoning is positioning plus balance sheet: people have been super bullish on small caps, and small caps are the most indebted firms, so a higher policy rate and higher short-end funding costs fall on them hardest. He separates this from the AI trade, which he says he does not think is much affected in its fundamentals by today's decision, though he notes elsewhere that more speculative short-end borrowers such as the neoclouds are rate-sensitive.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Lam Research estimates are criminally too low

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: September 2026 into September 27

    Show quote

    “So I have a low conviction view that MPC estimates are too high, but I have a high conviction view that Lam Research estimates are too low. Like I would say it's almost criminal how low these estimates are on Lam.”

    Episode: Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    at 54:24

    Farley argues consensus estimates for Lam Research are far too low. The company most recently guided to roughly 8.2 billion dollars for the quarter now under way, but the forecast for the following year is about 9.6 billion, which is roughly 17 percent growth and about the company's average rate. He expects a much larger step up in demand for its machines, because the buyers are not only logic fabs such as TSMC and Intel but memory makers -- SK Hynix, Samsung and Micron -- which he puts at 30 to 40 percent of the mix and rising, and which are doing everything they can to add capacity. He would be the highest estimate on the board at 10.5 billion and might go to 11 billion, while cautioning that he does not expect Lam to behave like Micron, which he regards as a genuine commodity. He labels this a high-conviction view and contrasts it with his low-conviction view that Marathon Petroleum estimates are too high.

    Time frame
    September 2026 into September 27
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    30-year TIPS at about 3.1 percent real is the highest in decades

    Joseph WangMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Especially if you are afraid of inflation, you can just think about 30-year tips. It's 3.1% real yield. That's historically quite high. You haven't seen real yields that high for a couple of decades.”

    Episode: Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    at 16:45

    For an investor who is afraid of inflation, Wang points to 30-year TIPS as the version of his long-bond view that carries no inflation risk. He puts the real yield at about 3.1 percent and calls that historically quite high, saying real yields have not been at that level for a couple of decades. He offers it as an alternative way to own long duration rather than as a separate forecast, and does not state a position in it.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The stock market is obviously a huge bubble

    Joseph WangMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So the stock market is obviously a huge bubble.”

    Episode: Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    at 33:53

    Wang calls the US stock market an obvious, huge bubble. His evidence is behavioural rather than valuation-based: there are always low-information participants, but in his observation over the past few years their presence has become overwhelming, with investors levered up and believing prices go up forever, which he considers dangerous. He concedes directly that he could be totally wrong and the market could keep going up and away. The view is the first leg of his long-bond case: when such a bubble declines, the Fed cuts rates and there is a flight to safety.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Refiner earnings plateau rather than spike and fade if Hormuz stays shut

    Max WietheMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: three months, six months · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But I think you can just have us, if we're sitting here in three months, six months having the same debate, I think the refiners are gonna be higher.”

    Episode: Hawks Take Flight | Joseph Wang on Fed’s Hawkish Hike and Warsh’s Gameplan

    at 49:54

    Wiethe argues refiners are not at peak earnings. Refining capacity is shut in behind the Strait of Hormuz, China has been hoarding its refined product rather than exporting it as it normally does and is now back in the market buying crude, and stockpiles of refined products are smaller than crude stockpiles and have been drawn down -- so the crack spread can stay wide rather than spike and immediately mean revert. Against Farley's argument that refining is cyclical and will revert, he says that case assumes the conflict is done by the end of the year, which he doubts. He is explicit that this is not a call for 10 dollar diesel or for another record EBITDA spike: he expects a plateau at current levels rather than a rapid decline, in which the refiners keep printing, and says that if the same debate is running in three to six months the refiners will be higher. He states on air that he owns Marathon Petroleum and Valero.

    Time frame
    three months, six months
    Only if
    Assumes the Middle East conflict and the Strait of Hormuz disruption persist rather than resolving by the end of the year, keeping refined-product capacity shut in and crack spreads wide.
    What they own
    Says on air that he owns Marathon Petroleum and Valero.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Hunting for Value in Mining Stocks Amid Soaring Metals Prices | Freddy Brick | Muddy Waters Capital

    1 statement

    Constructive on junior-mining opportunity set, independent of any metals-price call

    Freddy BrickMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think the projects and the opportunities at the moment are amazing.”

    Episode: Hunting for Value in Mining Stocks Amid Soaring Metals Prices | Freddy Brick | Muddy Waters Capital

    at 34:01

    Brick explicitly declines to take a view on where gold, silver or copper prices go next, but is clearly constructive on the junior mining opportunity set itself: more than a decade of capital flight from the sector following the post-2011 super cycle left many economically sound projects undervalued and under-covered, starved of both talent and financing. He now expects an M&A wave as cash-rich majors and mid-tiers, who have struggled to replace reserves through new discovery, look to acquire the projects that quietly advanced toward permitting or construction while the sector was out of favor.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Why Farmland With Centuries of Water Is the Ultimate Scarce Asset | John Farris of LandFund Partners on Super El Niño, Food Security, and the Sources of Alpha in Farmland

    1 statement

    Long rice for years on thin global food stocks and a forecast Super El Nino

    John FarrisMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: next couple of years · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I have long rice. It will be for the next couple of years.”

    Episode: Why Farmland With Centuries of Water Is the Ultimate Scarce Asset | John Farris of LandFund Partners on Super El Niño, Food Security, and the Sources of Alpha in Farmland

    at 52:34

    Farris, an agricultural economist and farmland fund manager, argues rice is the single crop most exposed to upside price risk right now: it is the most-consumed calorie in the world, global food stocks have thinned to roughly 70 days of supply (down from 110 a decade ago), and a forecast Super El Nino is expected to bring drought to major monsoon-dependent rice-growing regions, particularly India, alongside South America. Combined with California's structural exit from rice growing due to water constraints -- shifting production toward less-irrigated regions -- he expects the supply squeeze to keep rice prices elevated for years, not just this season.

    Time frame
    next couple of years
    Only if
    Conditional on the forecast Super El Nino materializing as expected and disrupting monsoon-dependent rice production in India and other major growing regions, against an already-thin global food-stock backdrop (roughly 70 days of supply).
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    11 statements

    No bottom yet in private credit — illiquidity just stretches the unwind out

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: a much longer time to play out

    Show quote

    “a bear market in the privates, it's just going to take a much longer time to play out, but we have not found the bottom yet. We haven't.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 29:18

    Dillian reaffirms a bearish call he first made roughly two years ago and says the headline washout has not changed it. Asked whether the volume of negative coverage — daily 'private credit doom' articles — has flipped him as a sentiment contrarian, he says no: he is still bearish. His mechanism is about liquidity, not headlines. In public markets an unwind reprices fast because there is a bid; in private markets there is none, so positions are simply held, portfolio companies go unsold, and price discovery is deferred. That makes the bear market longer rather than milder, and in his view the bottom has not been found. He also treats this as one trade rather than several, arguing AI and private credit are connected and that if one unwinds the other follows.

    Time frame
    a much longer time to play out
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishNVIDIA NVDA

    NVIDIA tops when growth decelerates from 70% toward 50-60%, not when it stops growing

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “What I've been waiting for for the last six months is for that second derivative of growth to change.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 9:56

    Dillian's bear case is about the second derivative, not the level. He fully accepts NVIDIA is compounding at roughly 70% and that the stock ripped on the last print; what he has been waiting six months for is the growth rate to start stepping down toward 60% or 50%, which in his view is when the stock tops. He lists NVIDIA among the semiconductor charts that look to be rolling over. On positioning he distinguishes retail from institutions: he describes a student whose entire portfolio was 50% NVIDIA and 50% Broadcom and suspects that is typical of US retail, and while he accepts the host's counter-data that retail semiconductor positioning is near two-year lows, he holds that the multi-strategy pods were crowded into the trade and that one deleveraging event has not cleared it.

    Only if
    when reported growth decelerates from ~70% toward 50-60%
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishOracle ORCL

    One of the few charts that looks like it's basing rather than rolling over

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Intel looks like it's bottoming. Oracle looks like it's bottoming”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 8:00

    A narrow, low-conviction technical observation rather than a thesis. Going through the top 50 S&P charts, Dillian found Oracle — along with Intel — among the very few that look like they are bottoming. He immediately qualifies it: he is seeing a lot more charts rolling over than basing, so this is an exception inside a broadly deteriorating tape rather than a call on Oracle's business. No fundamental argument is offered and no position is disclosed. Note that elsewhere in the same conversation he is bearish the AI capex cycle that Oracle is levered to, so this row should be read as a chart read, not an endorsement of the AI trade.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Semis, healthcare and financials are topping on the charts

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “it looks to me like semis, healthcare and financials are topping right now.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 8:00

    A purely technical, chart-driven call rather than a fundamental one — Dillian is explicit that he does not think in terms of fundamentals. He had his trader pull up the top 50 S&P charts, an exercise he used to run across all 500 at Lehman, and read semis, healthcare and financials as topping. Within semis he names NVIDIA and AMD among the rolling-over charts. He stresses the asymmetry of what he saw: a lot more charts rolling over than basing, with only a couple (Intel, Oracle) looking like they are bottoming. He separately argues the July deleveraging event was probably not the clearing low, because the most levered player gets taken out first while plenty of leverage remains in the system.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Cautiously bullish after the post-Jackson Hole break of the 200-day

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I'm cautiously bullish here. There really isn't support until 3,900 or 4,000, but that doesn't mean it's going to get there.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 18:03

    Gold rallied 15% in a month, then broke back down through its 200-day moving average at 4,500 after Warsh's Jackson Hole speech, which Dillian says has the amateur technicians calling for a retest of 4,000. He is dismissive of that signal — his view is that once price has crossed the 200-day several times the level loses its significance — and he doubts the retest happens, while acknowledging there is no real support until 3,900-4,000. The bigger point is the upcoming catalyst: with payroll prints deteriorating and 55,000 expected, a genuinely ugly number (he floats -50,000 or -100,000) would reverse the whole trade and in his phrase make Warsh 'the best gold salesman of all time', because the Fed would be forced dovish.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    JP Morgan a good short; Goldman, Morgan Stanley and Wells Fargo all topping

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I talked about how JP Morgan was a pretty good short. Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo, all look like they're topping.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 8:00

    Dillian's most specific equity call in the conversation, and one he had already made publicly on his Macro Dirt podcast a couple of weeks earlier, which he notes here. He names JP Morgan as a good short outright and reads Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and Wells Fargo as topping. Returning to the theme later he singles out the broker-dealers as the worst of the group, describing Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley as having 'very scary charts'. The context is that financials were one of the groups absorbing money rotating out of semiconductors, so in his framework they are late-cycle beneficiaries of a rotation rather than new leadership.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Same unwind as private credit — assets held rather than marked, so no bottom yet

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: a much longer time to play out

    Show quote

    “a bear market in the privates, it's just going to take a much longer time to play out, but we have not found the bottom yet. We haven't.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 29:18

    Dillian extends the same argument to private equity, and confirms on the host's prompt that he means both private credit and private equity. The mechanism is the absence of a forced marking point: unlike public markets, where an unwind finds liquidity and reprices quickly, private portfolios can simply be held, so companies go unsold and the clearing price is never tested. He reports this is already visible in lengthening hold periods. His conclusion is that the bear market in privates plays out over a much longer period than a public one would, and that the bottom is not in. He frames it as part of one connected trade with AI and private credit rather than an isolated asset-class problem.

    Time frame
    a much longer time to play out
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Healthcare is topping after its recent catch-up rally

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “it looks to me like semis, healthcare and financials are topping right now.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 8:00

    Part of the same chart-package read. Healthcare had been a laggard and was among the groups rallying to fill the gap left by the semiconductor sell-off, and Dillian reads that catch-up move as a top rather than the start of leadership. He names Johnson & Johnson specifically among the topping charts. As with the rest of this segment it is a technical judgement, not a view on drug pricing or fundamentals, and no position is disclosed.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    First tech cycle financed with debt, not equity — and the leverage is what breaks people

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “In my lifetime, this is the first time I've seen tech being financed with debt.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 23:53

    Asked directly whether AI is a bubble, Dillian says yes without hedging. His distinguishing argument is the capital structure rather than valuation: the dot-com bubble was financed with equity, while this cycle is being financed with debt, which he says he has never seen in tech before. He explains why that is the wrong instrument — the underlying asset is obsolete in two or three years, so funding it with ten- or thirty-year paper is a mismatch — and notes the debt is being raised at high coupons, roughly 6% on Google paper. Leverage, in his framing, is what actually gets people into trouble. He also reads the sentiment backdrop as stretched, citing four AI magazine covers in a single week, and on the bull case concedes the important difference from 1999: unlike then, these companies do have profits, with the possible exception of OpenAI and Anthropic.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    5.2-5.3% on the 30-year is an incredible deal — the deficit panic is a mind virus

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Time frame: three to five years

    Show quote

    “I'm insanely bullish. I think 5.2, 5.3 on 30 years is an incredible deal. I think 4.7 on 10s is an incredible deal.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 0:34

    Dillian argues the bond bear market is driven by sentiment, not fundamentals — he calls it 'a mind virus' in which the market has convinced itself deficits and inflation are out of control, echoing the late-1970s talk of bonds as 'certificates of confiscation'. His counter is that inflation is not high and is still falling, while the rest of the data is deteriorating: a 55,000 payroll estimate, a Chicago PMI ten points below expectations, weak JOLTS and a soft ISM. On the supply worry he concedes the $2tn deficit is a scary absolute number but points out it is only 6% of GDP, versus 12% in 2010 when auctions still cleared with bid-to-cover of three or better. His core point is that everyone measures bond supply and nobody measures bond demand: in a genuine risk-off event with equities down 20%, buyers would show up and yields would fall. He notes a secondary pressure he does not dispute — AI-related corporate issuance, such as a $40bn Google bond deal, crowding the market in the way Volcker described. He is long in size and treats it as a multi-year position, not a trade.

    Time frame
    three to five years
    What they own
    Says he personally moved a huge portion of his money into bonds in the last month and will hold for three to five years.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BearishMorgan Stanley MS

    Morgan Stanley's chart is one of the scariest in financials

    Jared DillianMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Especially the broker dealers, like Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley have very scary charts.”

    Episode: I’m Insanely Bullish on Bonds” | Jared Dillian on Copper, Bonds, Semis, and The Awesome Portfolio

    at 17:01

    Dillian singles out the broker-dealers as the weakest part of an already-topping financials complex, calling Morgan Stanley's chart — alongside Goldman Sachs — 'very scary'. This is the second time in the conversation he flags the name, having already listed it among the banks that look like they are topping. The reasoning is technical and sentiment-based rather than fundamental: financials were among the groups rallying to fill the gap left by the semiconductor sell-off, and he reads that absorption of rotating money as distribution rather than strength. No position is disclosed.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    8 statements

    Owns some mega-cap tech; still 'reasonably cheap,' just a different return profile than before

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I own some of them. The stocks, I think, are reasonably cheap.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 28:07

    Keller agrees the easy, outsized-return era of simply owning mega-cap tech (he notes Amazon is up roughly 10x since 2016-17) is largely behind us, given the hyperscaler cloud market has fragmented from three dominant vendors to nine or ten scaled compute providers, adding competition and uncertainty. But he still owns some of the names, considers the stocks reasonably priced given growth, and thinks investors can still make a respectable 15-20 percent a year from here, just with a very different risk/reward profile than the prior golden period.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    States he personally owns some of the mega-cap tech / former hyperscaler-trade names under discussion ('I own some of them').
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrowdStrike CRWD

    CrowdStrike is one of the 'real AI winners,' more so than some semis

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'd argue that the real AI winners are CrowdStrike and some like that rather than maybe some of the semis.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 4:09

    Keller splits software into application software, which he's cautious on, and infrastructure/cyber, where he's more constructive because demand is usage-based and benefiting from enterprises racing to defend against new AI-enabled threats. He specifically names CrowdStrike as one of the 'real AI winners,' arguing it has more visible AI-driven demand than some semiconductor names, though he flags that cyber multiples generally (25-30x revenue for large names) have already run a long way and aren't themselves immune to disruption risk.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still moving up the AI adoption S-curve; June wasn't the top

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think we're still moving upwards on an S curve with regards to AI adoption.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 1:51

    Keller argues the mid-2026 volatility in AI-related stocks, including the Korea-linked deleveraging event, was a normal shakeout within an ongoing structural adoption trend rather than the end of the mega trend. He points to continued double-digit-to-20-percent-plus growth at Apple Services, Google Search and Meta as evidence the underlying AI-driven S-curve of adoption is intact, and separately argues political headwinds around data-center buildout -- labor, permitting, state-level moratorium threats around the midterms -- are overstated and that data-center construction starts will continue.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Behind-the-meter power names pricing in a rosier future than the semis they're paired against

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “Those, I think, are pricing in a rosier future than actually a lot of semis.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 10:22

    As the other side of the same pairs call, Keller flags behind-the-meter power names and other 'hidden AI winner' services companies, trading at high multiples on out-year numbers, as pricing in a rosier future than the low-multiple semiconductor names that share the same underlying demand driver. He views these as the more speculative, richly-priced corner of the AI trade relative to the cheaper, more conservatively-guided semiconductor names.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Low-multiple semis (not extrapolating optimism) look better-positioned than the AI trade's pricier corners

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think it's likely that the low multiple names across the AI trade in general are going to do better, even if they're at different cycles of earnings growth.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 10:22

    Keller draws a contrast, a point he credits to Gavin Baker, between AI-trade names that all trade off the same underlying factor -- hyperscaler capex and lab ARR -- but at hugely different multiples. He singles out semiconductor bellwethers like NVIDIA and Micron as names that are not extrapolating an optimistic future, since management is explicitly signaling 'we're at peak,' which he reads as a low-multiple, contrarian-favorable setup relative to higher-multiple, more speculative corners of the AI trade.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Dual-timeframe: still bullish AI for now, but expects real pain 'if this ever rolls over'

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “there's going to be a lot of pain, I think, if this ever rolls over.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 44:18

    Despite his near-term constructive stance on AI, Keller says the ingredients for a genuine bust are present in the AI trade -- a huge change in underlying business activity, massive investor enthusiasm bordering on religious zeal, and a lot of cyclicality inside an investor base used to secular growth -- and that when it eventually cracks there will be significant pain, given how many highly-cyclical AI-adjacent stocks (some of which he owns) are trading on peak-on-peak assumptions. He is explicit that he does not think that point has arrived yet, and watches lab ARR growth, hyperscaler capex, and the price of compute as his tells for when the cycle turns.

    Only if
    Conditional on the AI trade eventually rolling over -- he watches lab ARR growth, hyperscaler capex and the price of compute as the signals that would mark that turn, and explicitly says he doesn't think it's happened yet.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Application software growth has recalibrated lower -- still 'under question'

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Show quote

    “I think the application software obviously is still under question.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 4:09

    Keller sees application software, as distinct from infrastructure/cyber software, still facing a real re-rating risk: growth has recalibrated from a decade of double-digit expansion down to the high-single or low-double-digit range, which makes the old 'dream the dream' revenue-multiple narrative hard to sustain on non-GAAP EPS. He views the recent bounce in names like Salesforce and Workday as a rational re-basing to low-to-moderate growers with a little left-tail risk, rather than the market pricing in an AI-disruption reprieve for the group.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Wants to buy into Korea's margin-call-driven selloff -- sees it as technical, not fundamental

    Jeff KellerMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I want to be a buyer when people are getting margin called and liquidated.”

    Episode: The Certainty Premium: What’s Driving the Tech Sector Divergence? | Jeff Keller

    at 52:32

    Keller reads the mid-2026 deleveraging event concentrated in Korea -- large numbers of margin calls and heavy hedge-fund and retail forced selling -- as a technically-driven washout rather than a fundamental deterioration, since he thinks the underlying secular trend (AI-linked demand) is 'still going pretty well' for the two large Korean companies at the center of it. He treats forced-liquidation-driven selloffs like this as a buying opportunity.

    Only if
    Opportunistic: looks to add exposure specifically during margin-call/deleveraging-driven selloffs in Korea, which he reads as technical rather than a change in the underlying secular (AI-linked) demand trend.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Commodity Bull Market Is Broadening | Jim Wiederhold on Copper, Grains, and Bloomberg Commodity Index

    5 statements
    BullishCrude oil

    Oil could reach $150-200/bbl if the Hormuz standoff drags on without a deal

    Jim WiederholdMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “we could get to these $150, $200 a barrel forecasts.”

    Episode: The Commodity Bull Market Is Broadening | Jim Wiederhold on Copper, Grains, and Bloomberg Commodity Index

    at 49:20

    Wiederhold says the 'jawboning' that has kept oil prices from spiking further -- talk of an imminent US-brokered deal, plus increased North American production and China/SPR inventory drawdowns -- has worked for about three months, but he sees signs both sides in the Iran conflict are digging in and that no real deal is coming. If the Strait of Hormuz disruption persists or escalates further (more Red Sea/tanker attacks, no negotiated resolution), he thinks oil could reach the $150-200 per barrel levels that some analyst models point to if the Strait stays effectively closed for six months -- which is roughly where the conflict now stands.

    Only if
    Conditional on the Strait of Hormuz disruption/Iran conflict persisting or escalating further without a negotiated resolution; he notes the jawboning that has suppressed prices so far has worked for about three months but sees signs that is breaking down.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Central bank buying pickup reads as a bullish signal for gold

    Jim WiederholdMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “as soon as you see big pickups in central bank buying, that's usually pretty good indicator that the price is going to go higher.”

    Episode: The Commodity Bull Market Is Broadening | Jim Wiederhold on Copper, Grains, and Bloomberg Commodity Index

    at 18:00

    Wiederhold acknowledges the standard bear case on gold (it's a non-yielding asset) but says his own read, from watching the data over multiple decades, is that a pickup in central bank purchases is historically a good leading indicator for higher prices. He points to the latest World Gold Council survey, where a record share of respondents (over 40 percent) said they plan to add to holdings over the next 12 months after the recent pullback in price, and reads that as central banks treating the pullback as a buying opportunity.

    Only if
    Reads a pickup in central bank gold buying (per the latest World Gold Council survey, where a record share of respondents said they'd add to holdings over the next 12 months) as a signal for higher prices going forward.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    More bullish on silver than gold because the demand case is 'modelable'

    Jack FarleyMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm more bullish personally on silver than I am on gold.”

    Episode: The Commodity Bull Market Is Broadening | Jim Wiederhold on Copper, Grains, and Bloomberg Commodity Index

    at 16:22

    Farley argues silver's investment case is more analyzable than gold's because its demand drivers (solar panels, AI data-center wiring, and broader industrial/electrification use) are concrete and persistent, unlike gold, which he says lacks a reliable one-to-one relationship to debasement/debt narratives -- citing gold's 19-year bear market from 1981-2000 even as US debt and the fiat system exploded in growth. He's careful to note this isn't a bearish call on gold, just a preference for silver's more analyzable, industrial-demand-driven setup.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Likes the fundamental industrial-demand story behind silver

    Jim WiederholdMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I like the fundamental story behind the industrial metals and the ones that are industrial adjacent like silver.”

    Episode: The Commodity Bull Market Is Broadening | Jim Wiederhold on Copper, Grains, and Bloomberg Commodity Index

    at 18:00

    Wiederhold ties silver's case to the same structural demand growth he sees across industrial metals: electrification, the renewables buildout (roughly 60 percent of silver demand is industrial, concentrated in solar), and AI data-center wiring, alongside supply that is largely a byproduct of gold, copper and zinc mining and therefore slow to respond even to sharply higher prices. He frames this alongside his broader commodity-supercycle view, naming silver as one of the areas where he currently has the most constructive fundamental view.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Fertilizer-driven yield risk and Black Sea disruption point to higher corn and wheat prices

    Jim WiederholdMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So that could lead to potential issues and corn price appreciation in the future.”

    Episode: The Commodity Bull Market Is Broadening | Jim Wiederhold on Copper, Grains, and Bloomberg Commodity Index

    at 26:43

    Wiederhold sees continued upside for grains, particularly corn and wheat, driven by supply-side tightness rather than demand. High fertilizer costs -- which spiked after the Strait of Hormuz disruption, since a large share of fertilizer inputs move through that region -- are pushing Midwest farmers to apply less fertilizer, which he expects to show up as reduced yields and potential future price appreciation in corn. He separately flags wheat: with a large share of Ukraine/Black Sea wheat shipments exposed to renewed attacks on grain-carrying vessels, similar to the Red Sea/Hormuz disruptions, he expects that to be a further source of upward pressure on wheat prices specifically.

    Only if
    Conditional on farmers continuing to economize on fertilizer application (reducing future corn yields) and on continued disruption to Black Sea wheat shipments.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    11 statements

    Rotate out of refining into integrateds before the SPR release runs out

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I would probably take weight off the refining segment and move it back to some more general integrated type of play”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 50:23

    Within a sector he remains structurally overweight, Pies would now move weight from refiners to integrated names. Refining margins are at what he calls crazy high levels because the US cannot force more refining capacity into existence however it manipulates crude, so crack spreads have blown out — he notes elsewhere that spreads point to roughly double the diesel and gasoline pressure implied by crude above $90. His timing argument is that the SPR release which has been plugging the gap is basically over, and that running through the SPR is the next headline if flows through the Strait of Hormuz have genuinely changed. That transition should push crude higher and compress the refiner advantage, making integrateds the better expression. REVIEW: this is a relative rotation inside a bullish sector view, not a bearish energy call — see the energy-sector row from the same episode.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Anthropic's IPO lands inside the software sector and takes its space

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “if anything, I think it'll weigh on software and be positive for Semi's and Hardware”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 52:46

    Pies expects Anthropic to be classified as a software company under GICS, which makes its listing a direct supply event for the software sector rather than a rising tide. He points to roughly $2–2.5tn of market cap already blown out of software across the AI stack and reads it as the market pre-emptively making room for the labs to occupy that space, with IPO value plausibly landing anywhere between $2tn and $4tn. He draws the analogy to SpaceX, whose listing sucked capital out of the pure-play space names immediately after the deal despite a bullish run into it. Semis and hardware, by contrast, he sees as beneficiaries because they service Anthropic. He notes his software VC clients are privately nervous, and expects software to be the initial pain point through the IPO window.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI issuance is not moving the Treasury market — six years of pro-cyclical deficits are

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “it's the federal government's driving up everyone else's cost to capital because they've run pro-cyclical deficits for six years post-COVID”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 46:23

    Pies directly rejects the claim, which he attributes to Bessent, that AI-buildout issuance is pressuring the Treasury market, and says the causation is reversed: the federal government is driving up everyone else's cost of capital after six years of pro-cyclical post-COVID deficits. His evidence is that net issuance from hyperscalers and the wider S&P has not been abnormal, and while non-financial gross issuance is running higher than any year on record except 2020, adjusting for GDP or equity market cap puts it near the bottom of all calendar years — a tepid return to debt markets by a cohort that has not needed them for years. He frames the argument as scapegoating, a theme he says defines this part of the cycle, and is blunt that if $250bn of net hyperscaler issuance unsettles the 800-pound gorilla in the bond market, the problem predates it. CONTESTED: Kedrosky argues data-centre financing is precisely what pushed the long end higher.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A permanent energy overweight as the only diversifier that works in an inflationary regime

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “It just makes sense to run just a constant overweight within your portfolio”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 47:52

    Pies has held this position since 2022 and says he does not know what would change it. The argument is portfolio-structural rather than a call on the oil price: in an inflationary regime bonds and stocks move together, so trouble in the equity book tends to originate in the bond book, and conventional diversification stops working. Energy-based assets are the one thing that reliably buffers an equity portfolio when geopolitics hits — he cites the Iran war as a correlation-of-one event in which energy equities nonetheless spiked, some names printing their best days ever while everything else printed its worst. He adds that the case strengthens if the Fed is now reacting to oil prices, because the same shock that forces a hawkish Fed is the one energy hedges. He notes energy is only about 3.5–4% of the S&P, which is what makes a standing overweight cheap to carry.

    What they own
    HELD — structural overweight in the 3Fourteen RAA fund: the S&P energy weight plus a separate energy sleeve held within alternatives, described as a perpetual overweight.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Data-centre ROI was settled this earnings season — the spend gets ratified

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think that the data center ROI question was basically solved this earning season”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 38:30

    Pies argues the return-on-investment question that hung over hyperscaler capex was answered by the most recent quarter, citing Microsoft, Amazon and Google's results as conclusive. His mechanism is that a data centre's total cost can be modelled, and GPU rental rates have risen this year — which he stresses is not supposed to happen in a buildout — so as data centres re-contract at those rates it implies a stair-step higher in cloud and data-centre revenue. He supports this with proprietary GPU availability tracking: a spike in his 'fast availability index' was almost entirely H200, whose rental pricing had drifted implausibly close to Blackwell, and Blackwell B200 availability remains at zero, which he reads as demand for the GPU everyone actually wants being undiminished. He is candid that it is 'never settled' and that the technology could run out of gas, but treats the compute spend as ratified by the technology so long as one believes the tech itself. CONTESTED: Kedrosky, on Meb Faber two days later, argues the opposite from the financing side.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Once the SPR is exhausted and the conflict persists, crude has to go higher

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “you probably need a higher oil price once we get to that phase of the conflict if there's no resolution”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 50:23

    Pies notes crude has been sitting above $90 for longer than anyone expected — the market had assumed the war would be over and prices normalised by now — and that the SPR release which has been absorbing the shortfall is nearly finished. If the Strait of Hormuz settles into a genuinely different flow pattern with no resolution to the conflict, the marginal barrel has to come from somewhere else at a higher price. He treats this as the next phase of the story rather than a present call, and it is the same oil strength he argues will keep political pressure on the Fed via gasoline and diesel prices.

    Only if
    Requires no resolution to the conflict and a sustained change in Strait of Hormuz flows, once the SPR release is exhausted.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A September hike bear-flattens the curve — it does not rescue the 10-year

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I don't think that this idea that the Fed hikes is going to lower the 10-year really passes the smell test”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 21:22

    Pies rejects the widely held view that a Fed hike would relieve pressure on the long end by restoring inflation-fighting credibility. He first sets the 30-year aside as an illiquid and largely inconsequential yield, arguing the 10-year is what matters to the economy and the Fed. His evidence against the credibility story is that it is not visible in the pricing: the ACM term premium sits around 80bp and the 2s10s curve around 45–50bp, and a genuine loss of Fed credibility would show up as a steeper curve and a higher term premium, neither of which is present — he reads the market as pricing a higher neutral rate instead. He then supplies a falsifiable rule of thumb from seven hiking cycles since the 1980s: each 25bp of Fed funds delivers roughly +20bp on the 2-year and +12bp on the 10-year, an 8bp bear flattening per hike. For the 10-year to fall you would first need economic activity to slow, which he argues a 4.7% 10-year is not doing.

    Only if
    Describes what happens if the Fed hikes in September, a meeting he calls a coin flip.
    What they own
    HELD — house allocation has been running a bond underweight.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Healthcare is where AI finds the visible wins it needs

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “healthcare was going to be that next place you go”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 41:51

    Pies says healthcare has been a house sector preference for some months. The reasoning runs through his view that the AI labs have a public-opinion problem — that their spokesmen are losing hearts and minds and that the industry has been sold to the public primarily on job losses — and that the labs urgently need tangible, visible wins to shift sentiment ahead of political risk. Healthcare is where he expects those wins to be found and promoted, citing AI-assisted drug development as the kind of result the industry will push front and centre. The call is therefore as much about where capital and narrative attention rotate as about healthcare fundamentals.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Downgraded stocks to benchmark at ~7,800 S&P — a two-month window he does not like

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: August 15 to October 15 · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “that's why I say neutral posture here is appropriate, neutral to your benchmark”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 25:27

    Pies downgraded equities from an overweight held since mid-April, cutting to benchmark weight after the post-earnings bounce carried the S&P to roughly 7,800. He is explicit that this is a risk-reduction call and not a bearish one: 'It's not that I would say I'm straight up bearish here, I just think the risks are two-sided.' His reasoning is that the favourable setup he traded into earnings season has fully reversed — single-stock volatility has fallen from above 50 to about 35, earnings are now in the rear-view rather than ahead, and September Fed hike odds have swung from 75% down to 30% and back to about 40%. He flags the window from 15 August to 15 October specifically, disliking both the seasonals and a market structure where single-stock vol has been crushed while correlations remain in single digits, leaving the index exposed to a correlation-spike event. The advice is aimed at benchmarked institutional money that is ahead for the year: protect the gains. REVIEW: direction is recorded bearish because the tilt is negative, but the actual position is neutral, not short.

    Time frame
    August 15 to October 15
    Only if
    Tactical, dated: the 15 Aug – 15 Oct window. Pies says that if he knew with certainty the Fed would hike in September he would be underweight rather than neutral; he treats the meeting as a coin flip.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    HELD — house allocation moved to benchmark weight in equities (from overweight since mid-April), with the proceeds in cash. Commodities also cut to benchmark, explicitly for risk management rather than a change of view.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Semis are the straw that stirs the drink — 18% of S&P market cap and the market's AI proxy

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “semis are kind of the core of this market right now”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 35:41

    Pies treats semiconductors as the proper leadership group of this bull market, now roughly 18% of S&P 500 market capitalisation, and as the single best real-time read on the market's belief in AI. He describes the Q3 divergence — software and services up about 20% while semiconductors and semi equipment fell about 7.5% — as technically rather than fundamentally driven: since the April model announcement, pods have expressed the AI trade as long semis paired with 'funding shorts' in software, staples, financials and rate-sensitive names, and the recent move is that pairing unwinding rather than a fundamental rotation. His diagnostic claim is strong and testable: tell him what SMH did on a given day and he can tell you what the rest of the heat map looks like. For the bull market to resume he wants semis and hyperscalers rising together rather than negatively correlated. CONTESTED: Kedrosky is bearish semiconductors on 2028 supply over the same week.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishApple AAPL

    Apple is now a parking place, not AI leadership

    Warren PiesMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Apple has become just like another defensive player offset”

    Episode: Time to Reduce Equity Risk: Why Underappreciated Macro Risks Could Derail the Bull Market | Warren Pies

    at 35:41

    In setting out which stocks have to work for the bull market to resume, Pies explicitly excludes Apple from the group that matters. He wants hyperscalers and semiconductors rising together as the next leg, and says the requirement is not the Mag-7 as a block because Apple is inconsistent — it has become a defensive offset, somewhere to put money when the AI complex is not working, rather than a participant in the trade. REVIEW: this is a low-conviction relative characterisation, not a call that Apple falls; direction is recorded bearish because he is excluding it from leadership, and a reviewer may reasonably decide it does not belong on the board at all.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Is Private Equity Broken? Why the Buyside’s Problems Are Making 2026 “The Year of the Banker” | High Yield Harry

    1 statement

    Leveraged software credit could look 'a lot uglier' in three years

    High Yield HarryMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: three years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think three years from now, software and leveraged software could look a lot uglier.”

    Episode: Is Private Equity Broken? Why the Buyside’s Problems Are Making 2026 “The Year of the Banker” | High Yield Harry

    at 37:51

    High Yield Harry argues that highly-levered software companies (typically financed around seven times leverage in the private-credit/buyout market) face a stack of simultaneous pressures: AI-driven competitive erosion of per-seat pricing power, rising R&D and compute/token costs to keep up, and a wall of refinancing maturities arriving in 2027-2029. He compares secularly-challenged software credits to a 'melting ice cube' like broadcasting, and says a prudent software-credit investor should be de-risking now rather than staying complacent or buying the dip, because he expects conditions for leveraged software paper to deteriorate materially over the next three years.

    Time frame
    three years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Ex-Goya COO on the $1.4 Trillion Family Business Opportunity in Three Consumer Sectors | Andy Unanue

    1 statement

    Better-for-you, high-protein snacking is a permanent demand shift, not a fad

    Andy UnanueMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: permanent and moving for a long period of time · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And the other thing that we find very exciting nowadays is better for you healthy snacking foods. So as I mentioned, we transacted on a meat snack business. So where the trends seem to be going now, and we think are permanent and moving for a long period of time, is high protein, high fiber, healthier in that manner.”

    Episode: Ex-Goya COO on the $1.4 Trillion Family Business Opportunity in Three Consumer Sectors | Andy Unanue

    at 17:01

    Unanue argues that demand for "better for you" snacking -- high protein, high fiber, cleaner labels -- is a durable structural shift rather than a passing fad, saying the trend is "permanent and moving for a long period of time." The mechanism he gives is GLP-1, GLP-2 and GLP-3 drugs: people eat less caloric volume but still need protein and fiber, which pushes demand toward smaller pack sizes, less sugar and cleaner ingredients. He expects the large CPG companies to keep participating in the category by acquisition and by reformulating their mega brands, because in his reading of their quarterly calls and annual reports their growth is no longer coming from the sugary snacks and drinks that drove it historically. His own firm plays the theme mainly through co-manufacturing and through established family businesses rather than by betting on individual upstart brands, which he calls a binary, asymmetric risk he will not take -- for every visible winner he says there are a hundred that fail. The view is about the demand trend in the sector, not a call on any listed company.

    Time frame
    permanent and moving for a long period of time
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air that his firm transacted on a meat snack business and plays in the better-for-you ecosystem through co-manufacturing and private label, and that it will not take the risk of backing an individual fast-growing upstart brand.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    10 statements

    Bought a 44% crash at 5% weight — a close below the low is fine, an intraday break is not

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “Big crash, most likely the crash is going to lead to a three, four, five-month strong upside move, most likely.”

    at 5:51

    The most extreme decline Berg is buying: the KOSPI fell 43.93% in 27 days into the 29 July low, including 22.68% over three days. He treats that as a genuine crash, and his historical read is that crashes are followed by multi-month rallies — he uses the 1987 analogue, where the S&P fell about 46%, bottomed, then came back within a percentage point of the low two months later before recovering. Position is small at 5% precisely because he expects the test. He gives an unusually falsifiable line: a close below the July low would be normal, but a trade below the 29 July INTRADAY low — roughly 19% below the price at recording — would tell him this was only the first leg of a bear market and he would be out.

    Only if
    a trade below the 29 July intraday low (~19% below the level at recording) invalidates the thesis and he exits
    What they own
    5% long Korea. Explicitly sized small because he expects a retest.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Leverage is hiding outside the stock market, and banks are not discussing it

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “you're seeing, as you know, private credit is really collapsing in a way.”

    at 59:52

    Offered as his own read on where leverage is hiding, distinct from the market-crash question. Berg argues the economy is over-leveraged well beyond stock-market margin debt — he points to commercial real estate held up on debt with no real equity — and says private credit is deteriorating in a way banks are not discussing. ATTRIBUTION NOTE: earlier in the same passage he describes a private-credit crisis as something 'other people are saying, not me,' so only this later statement is his own view; the earlier framing must not be attributed to him. Farley pushes back on air, noting the doom narrative peaked in January-February and that second-quarter results improved slightly.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A long-term top, not a trading top — the 1980 analogue ran 20 years while inflation doubled

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think we're in a long-term bear market in gold and silver.”

    at 1:16:23

    Berg called the January top in gold and sold his personal metal the day of the high — the call Farley opens the episode by crediting. His case is relative-value rather than chart-based: at the January peak gold sat at extremes against crude, soybeans, housing and CPI, and he argues that if hyperinflation were the story, gold should not be that stretched against other inflation-sensitive assets. He is explicit this was not a trading top but a long-term one, drawing the 1980 analogue where a comparable extreme led to a 20-year bear market in gold even as inflation doubled. He expects strong retracement rallies within the bear market and does not think new highs are made.

    What they own
    Flat. Sold personal metal the day of the January high; traded back in and out since, and exited gold, silver and GDX days before this recording.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    10% long, but the gap off the low looks exhaustive rather than breakaway

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “10 percent long the Nasdaq 100, 20 percent long the Sox”

    at 1:27

    The weakest leg of the long book and the one he flags hardest. The Nasdaq 100 made new lows into July while the S&P did not, is around 3% below its 2 June high, and gapped up off the low in a way he reads as possibly exhaustive rather than breakaway — his test being that a genuine breakaway gap should be followed by a straight-up market, and this was followed by a trading range. He remains 10% long while explicitly watching for a short-term top.

    Only if
    watching for a short-term top; a failure to follow through would confirm the gap as exhaustive
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    10% long the Nasdaq 100.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Out of GDX and staying out — reads the current strength as a bear-market retracement rally

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: this week

    Show quote

    “I think it's likely or more than probable that gold and silver and GDX peak again this week and trade back down to lows.”

    at 1:16:23

    Berg exited gold, silver and GDX a few days before recording — by his own account just before a sharp up move, which he says he missed. He is staying out rather than chasing, because a Montgomery cycle date falls in the current week and he judges it more than probable that the metals and the miners put in a retracement peak and turn back toward the lows. The framing is a bear-market rally: he expects strong rallies within a long-term downtrend, and is not inclined to trade this one.

    Time frame
    this week
    What they own
    Flat GDX, having exited days before recording and missed the subsequent rally. Says he is 'probably not playing it now.'
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    100% long off the 29 July low — the case is the 30+ buy signals from March and April, not July

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “If somebody asks you where to be positioned, the answer is to be positioned long now, not short, not out of the market”

    at 51:57

    Berg covered a short at the 29 July low and went long, and is now 100% long unleveraged — roughly 50% S&P via SPY, 20% SOX, 10% Nasdaq 100, 10% Russell 2000, 5% S&P MidCaps, 5% Korea. The case rests on signals from March-April rather than on July: over 30 buy signals fired between 31 March and 27 April, whose median projections run to 8,900-10,600 on the S&P, and he argues the market is still tracking in line with the historical paths of those signals. July adds a positive divergence — the S&P held above its June low while the Nasdaq 100 and the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index made new lows — plus retail net selling of equities at its greatest since 2022, and a breakaway gap through the prior all-time high, which follows through to the upside about 80% of the time. He is explicit this is a trading posture, not a multi-year call: 'for me to say, it's going to last for a couple of years into a major bull move, I can't say that at this point.'

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    100% long, unleveraged. Covered a short on 29-30 July, the day of and day after the low.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long-term top; the cup-and-handle case fails because silver has no retained earnings

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think it was a long-term top and we're not going to be heading much higher. That's my opinion.”

    at 1:14:52

    Silver rides the same long-term bear call as gold, with an extra layer of scepticism. Berg notes silver was not at the same relative extreme as gold against CPI, but argues it has been 'a dog' against gold for decades and trades like a weak commodity rather than a strong one. He specifically rejects the widely circulated long-term cup-and-handle reading pointing to much higher prices, on the grounds that cup-and-handle logic makes sense for companies with retained earnings and not for a metal. He also volunteers a recent loss here: he went long an upside gap in silver expecting it to be impulsive, and it proved exhaustive.

    What they own
    Flat. Discloses being wrong on a recent long entry into an upside gap that proved exhaustive.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Greatest 10-day gain in five years off the March low, still tracking the historical signal path

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “We're positioned nearly 10 percent long the Russell 2000”

    at 1:27

    Part of the deliberately diversified 100%-long book. The Russell carries specific signal weight in Berg's April work: off the March low it posted its greatest 10-day gain in five years — larger than off the April 2025 low and larger than off the COVID low — and separately traded above its 5-day moving average for 16 consecutive days starting from the day of the low itself. Both fired as buy signals with historical median projections well above current levels, and he says the index remains in line with those historical paths.

    What they own
    Nearly 10% long the Russell 2000; 5% long S&P MidCaps.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Yields to 6-8% is normal, not an inflation call — and not by itself bearish for stocks

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think that yields should easily go up to 6 to 6.5 percent, to 7 to 8 percent as a normal fluctuation over the long-term in bonds.”

    at 1:20:57

    Berg describes this as a strong view that nobody shares with him. With the 30-year around 5.42%, he argues bonds are expensive and yields cheap on any long historical view: from 1980 until roughly 2002 long yields sat continuously above today's level, so a return to 6-8% is normal market behaviour rather than an inflation call. He would not hold a 30-year at 5.24%, only trade it, and considers a 0.69% long bond to have been the aberration the market is now correcting. Crucially he decouples this from equities: higher long yields are 'not negative for the stock market' unless they arrive with tightening, liquidity squeezes or bankruptcies — which is how he holds a bearish bond view and a bullish equity view simultaneously.

    What they own
    Would not hold a 30-year bond at current yields, only trade it.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Long the wreckage at 20%, expecting a retest rather than a straight-line recovery

    Milton BergMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “It's a recovery rally, but you see the gap, you had a gap right here, and you have a possible cyclic top, so we're on the lookout for the possibility of a short-term top, but we're still long.”

    at 5:51

    His largest single-index position after the S&P, at 20% long — and deliberately the most damaged asset. The Philadelphia Semiconductor Index had run over 100% from its March lows to a June peak, then fell 28.73% into the 29 July low. He bought the wreckage on the view it was oversold on panic selling and should at least bounce. The caveat is doing real work: crash lows are normally tested rather than V-bottomed, he reads the gap off the low as possibly exhaustive rather than breakaway because it has not followed through, and a Montgomery cycle date falls in the current week. So he expects a better-than-random chance semis trade back toward the lows within a month or two while he stays long through it.

    Only if
    expects a better-than-random chance of a retest of the July lows within one to two months, while staying long
    What they own
    20% long the Philadelphia Semiconductor Index.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    18 statements

    Open weights push AI economics down to whoever hosts the compute — Microsoft among them

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “that would be replaced with enterprises using these open weight models and the companies that would host that would be these hyperscalers.”

    at 5:20

    Part of Dean Pernas's 'commoditize your complements' argument: open-weight models are bullish for every layer of the AI stack except the frontier labs. If enterprises no longer pay frontier-lab token prices, usage rises (Jevons paradox) and the economics migrate to whoever controls the GPUs and hosts the inference — the hyperscalers. He names Microsoft, Google and AWS as the beneficiaries, explicitly setting Meta aside because it is not in the cloud business. He also rates Microsoft's and Google's AI capital allocation as more measured and rational than Meta's.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishFiverr FVRR

    Fiverr productised exactly the sub-$500 work AI substitutes first

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So, which is a lot of Fiverr's business. Fiverr is a competing kind of freelancer platform that is really kind of productize a lot of these kind of lower value jobs. And I think they're going to have a much tougher time.”

    at 38:25

    The short side of Deiya Pernas's Upwork thesis, stated as a contrast. Upwork's disclosed weakness is concentrated in tasks under roughly $500 — the commodity end, such as 'I need a logo created' — which he says is a lot of Fiverr's business, because Fiverr has productised exactly those lower-value jobs. Those are the tasks most directly substitutable by AI, so he expects Fiverr to have a much tougher time than Upwork, whose volume skews to higher-value consultative work.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Smart Optics: the interconnect hardware/software play on scale-across data centres

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we believe their solutions are pretty much tailor-made for the rise of scale across in data centers”

    at 19:18

    The expression of Dean Pernas's data-centre interconnect theme. Smart Optics builds the hardware that converts data to light for transmission across fibre between data centres, plus the software to modulate it accurately, and modifies its hardware to interoperate with Broadcom, Cisco and Arista. He describes the software as best in class and says 'everyone in Silicon Valley knows them.' A smaller company, listed on the Oslo exchange for around four years.

    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Cheaper models mean more usage — GPU rental economics accrue to AWS and peers

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And that benefits cloud providers because now the economics translates to whoever controls the GPUs. So GPU rental prices are going to increase as a result.”

    at 4:30

    Part of Dean Pernas's 'commoditize your complements' argument. He expects open-weight models to cut enterprise inference costs by around 90%, which raises usage rather than reducing spend, and pushes the economics to whoever owns and rents the GPUs — driving GPU rental prices higher. AWS is named alongside Microsoft and Google as the hosts that capture this, with Meta explicitly excluded as not being in the cloud business.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Data centres stop scaling on one site, so interconnect bandwidth must expand ~15x

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “bandwidth needs are going to have to expand almost 15 times to accommodate that. And we believe that that is another theme that we believe is very attractive.”

    at 9:54

    Dean Pernas's second theme. He expects single-site data centres of one to three gigawatts to top out soon for two reasons: you physically cannot bring that much power to one site, and community pushback over emissions and water is producing state-level moratoriums. Hyperscalers will therefore have to bridge geographically separate sites into one training or inference fabric, which he estimates requires bandwidth between data centres to expand roughly fifteen-fold.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishTenable TENB

    Tenable at ~4x EV/sales vs CrowdStrike and Palo Alto north of 20x, into an exposure-management shift

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So you're getting a huge discount on a player that may be better positioned than some of these larger rivals to do very, very well given this platform shift.”

    at 27:04

    Deiya Pernas's cybersecurity pick, built on a claimed regime change in the threat model. Roughly 80% of recent attacks were identity-based, but frontier models now let attackers read thousands of lines of code and find exploitable vulnerabilities cheaply, so traditional hacking becomes the live problem again and CISOs are 'losing their minds.' That shifts spend toward exposure management — knowing where your assets are, which vulnerabilities actually matter, and fixing them — where he says Tenable has led since 2022 and has an Anthropic partnership. The valuation gap is the crux: Tenable at roughly 4x EV/sales against CrowdStrike and Palo Alto both north of 20x, with a large installed base of legacy vulnerability-scanning customers to upsell. He expects Tenable's growth to accelerate.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    VPG sensors in humanoid hands — incalculable growth IF AI supplies the robot brain

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next several years / 10 years · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “if AI can create the brain for robotics, given that the hardware is there, it's that hockey stick growth is pretty much incalculable over the next several years”

    at 21:04

    Dean Pernas's robotics play, and explicitly conditional on the robotics thesis landing. His argument is that humanoid hardware already exists but the 'brain' does not, and that high-fidelity physics simulation lets AI supply it — in which case humanoid robotics 'might be the largest industry in 10 years time.' Vishay Precision Group makes the strain gauges and sensors that go into humanoid hands, and he says it already has three of the largest customers in the space (he names Tesla and Figure), though still in prototype mode. He flags the confusion risk explicitly: this is VPG, not Vishay Intertechnology.

    Time frame
    next several years / 10 years
    Only if
    conditional on AI being able to create the 'brain' for robotics via high-fidelity physics simulation
    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio; first discussed June 2025, tripled to June 2026, then roughly halved over the past month.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bring-your-own-power is the strongest theme: 100GW of AI demand meets a 24-month grid queue

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next three to five years

    Show quote

    “So that theme, we believe, is going to continue to sustain itself for the next three to five years until more alternatives can be bought to the market. So we believe that's still the strongest theme out there.”

    at 9:54

    Dean Pernas's strongest-conviction theme. US grid demand has been roughly flat near 4,000 TWh for twenty years as efficiency offset population growth, and AI is poised to take ~20% of US grid demand (~100GW) by 2030. The grid cannot deliver it: transmission is 'a two-lane highway which should be an eight-lane highway,' and interconnection queues run 18-24 months. So hyperscalers must bring their own power, and the US has natural gas pipelines almost everywhere to plug into. He expects this to persist three to five years until alternatives arrive, and argues open-weight models only accelerate it.

    Time frame
    next three to five years
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Index leaders forced to subsidise AI capex at ~10x EV/sales — a lot has to go right

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I think there's a lot of vulnerability in the index right now, and it's a pretty exciting time to be a stock maker.”

    at 6:35

    Deiya Pernas's case for active management against the index. The top ten names are close to 30-40% of S&P weight and are disproportionately hyperscalers facing a step-function change in capital spending that they are, in his words, existentially forced to make with uncertain ROI — so the leaders of the index are subsidising AI capex for the rest of the economy while other companies capture the benefit. He notes the hyperscalers average roughly 10x EV/sales, which 'definitely isn't cheap,' and argues that when a business at that multiple must spend all its free cash flow and more, a lot has to go right for the multiple to hold. His conclusion is that it is easier to look elsewhere.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishPaysafe PSFE

    Paysafe: wallets subsidiary alone is 60-70% of EV — cheap, but levered

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Not a lot has to go right for there to be re-rating, but there is some hair on it with leverage.”

    at 1:03:43

    A cheap, hairy re-rating candidate rather than a quality compounder. Deiya Pernas values Paysafe on the sum of its parts: the digital wallets subsidiary alone accounts for 60-70% of enterprise value and he argues it could be sold at 9-10x earnings as a portable business. Operationally it is a turnaround — paying down debt, tightening operations, still growing at high single digits organically after asset sales. He also likes the gaming and prediction-markets orientation, a segment that Stripe and Adyen typically avoid, leaving room for a specialised processor. The stated risk is that the company is significantly over-levered.

    Only if
    re-rating case carries meaningful leverage risk on the balance sheet
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishRemitly RELY

    Remitly as the Western Union killer — trust-based mindshare defends the take rate

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So SEND volumes growing 30%, 40% annually and revenues growing 25%.”

    at 59:13

    The second cross-border pick, framed as 'a Western Union killer' — a digitally native migrant remittance provider with cheaper fees and a better experience that has eroded Western Union's model. Deiya Pernas argues the moat is mindshare rather than price: migrants weight trust and brand heavily and are not simply shopping for the lowest cost, which lets Remitly's take rate decline only slowly. Send volumes are growing 30-40% annually against 25% revenue growth, and he sees that durability extending five to ten years as remittances keep digitising away from cash. Unlike Wise, roughly 90%+ of Remitly's transactions still move over Visa and Mastercard rails.

    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUpwork UPWK

    Highly bullish Upwork: AI eats the sub-$500 tasks, not the platform, at ~1x sales

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we're highly bullish on Upwork's staying power”

    at 35:14

    Deiya Pernas's most contrarian position. The market is selling Upwork on fear that AI replaces freelancers; he argues the platform's own data shows weakness only in sub-$500 low-value tasks — 'a lot of Fiverr's business' — while the overwhelming majority of Upwork's volume is higher-value work where small businesses want to talk to a person, often because they do not know what questions to ask. He treats the marketplace as its own economy subject to creative destruction: as one stratum of freelancers is automated away, new needs replace it, and AI makes the remaining experts more productive. Valuation carries the argument: a little over 1x EV/sales and a bit over 6x EV/free cash flow after stock comp, for a business he considers impossible to replicate and still growing — 'I don't know where you find a better bargain than that in this market.'

    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio; also a heavy user of the platform, with spend growing over the years.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Sold out and now bearish: Meta is floundering on AI with no cloud business to justify the spend

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “at the moment, we are more bearish on Meta, for sure. It's we don't have a bullish view on it.”

    at 53:35

    Dean Pernas sold out of Meta last year and is now negative. He liked the original strategy — open-source AI to make content cheap to produce, which fed Meta's network — but says Llama did not reach the level expected and the company is now 'floundering,' hunting for a use for the GPUs it has acquired after poaching frontier-lab staff for hundreds of millions with little to show. He distinguishes Meta from Microsoft and Google, whose capital allocation he considers more measured and rational because they are in the cloud business and Meta is not. He concedes the spend may be defensive against TikTok, but concludes 'the outlook for Meta is definitely negative going forward.'

    What they own
    Previously a large position (bought near ~$90 in the 2022 selloff), sold out last year above $700.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Google named as an open-weight beneficiary — economics accrue to the hosts

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Leaving aside meta, it would be Microsoft, Google, AWS, the usual suspects.”

    at 5:20

    Part of Dean Pernas's 'commoditize your complements' argument: open-weight models are bullish for every layer of the AI stack except the frontier labs. Cheaper inference raises enterprise usage, and the economics accrue to whoever controls the GPUs and hosts the workloads — he names Microsoft, Google and AWS, explicitly excluding Meta as not being in the cloud business. He separately rates Google's AI capital allocation as more measured and rational than Meta's.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Capstone: same power tailwind as Bloom at ~3x revenue instead of 15-20x, with 1-3 month lead times

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And so we just think that the trends are the trends are just as strong with with Capstone. However, the valuation is much more attractive.”

    at 13:15

    The main expression of the bring-your-own-power theme. Capstone makes micro-turbines (50kW to 2-3MW) against Bloom Energy's fuel cells on similar dimensions; Bloom trades at 15-20x revenue while Capstone is around 3x, and Dean argues the tailwinds are just as strong. The differentiator is time to market — one to three months versus 18-24 months for large turbines — which matters because 'if you don't have energy, you don't have anything.' The company runs at roughly 10% of a ~1GW/year three-shift capacity, and he sees three routes: smaller hyperscaler data halls of 20-30MW, thousands of edge data centres moving from CPUs to GPUs, and manufacturing that can no longer rely on the grid.

    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio; initiated 2025-08-05, up ~545% since despite an ~50% drawdown from the May 2026 peak.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Stabilis: virtual pipeline LNG for off-pipeline data centres, plus SpaceX launch volumes

    Dean PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So those are two massive trends that we think are going to drive favorable unit economics for Stabilis.”

    at 17:13

    A recently initiated speculative position (~$75m market cap, sized 1-3%). Stabilis runs a 'virtual pipeline': liquefying natural gas, trucking it cryogenically, storing and vaporising it for data centres with no pipeline access — a long-consolidating niche where it is now one of few providers. Two drivers: a recently signed data-centre contract worth a couple of hundred million dollars over two years, and SpaceX as one of its largest customers, with launches expected to go from roughly 50 to a multiple of that over five years.

    What they own
    Held as a 'speculative' sleeve position (1-3% weight); ~$75m market cap.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSprout Social SPT

    Sprout Social was priced for decapitation; SBC normalisation alone re-rates it

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “It was so beaten up. It was such an easy call to make. Everybody is pricing this thing for complete decapitation. And it was very clear that the market was wrong on the probabilities.”

    at 30:02

    A software name Deiya Pernas argues was mispriced by screening rather than by fundamentals. Sprout screens poorly because growth has slowed while stock-based compensation stays very high, but he argues SBC should be treated like any other variable expense: if SBC as a percentage of revenue falls as growth normalises, GAAP earnings improve sharply on that alone. The market had priced the name for 'complete decapitation' on AI-disruption fear, which he judged wrong on probabilities. Noted on air as up roughly 50-60% since he discussed it in April.

    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishWise

    Wise defends its take rate by owning the rails — cutting price from strength, not weakness

    Deiya PernasMonetary Matters with Jack FarleyPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “WISE is another one where they're going to continue to defend their take rate because they have the best infrastructure around and nobody's done the work that WISE has done to build out their infrastructure to plug in to kind of different nations, central banks and be able to move money as fast as they can.”

    at 59:13

    One of two cross-border money-movement picks. Deiya Pernas argues correspondent banking is antiquated and expensive — around 5% average cost against roughly 2% through fintechs — and that Wise has built proprietary infrastructure plugging directly into national payment systems and central banks, effectively a global ACH that routes around correspondent banking and even around Visa and Mastercard rails. He frames Wise's falling take rate as deliberate loss-leading aggression rather than competitive pressure: 'they're the one causing the storm.' The structural tailwind is M2 growth of 5-6% a year that a payment company with a defensible scrape can compound on.

    What they own
    Held in the Pernas portfolio.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Investor's Podcast

    19 bullish · 8 bearish9 episodes · 27 statements · 5 speakersLatest

    · TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    7 statements
    BullishE-commerce

    AI shopping agents will grow the e-commerce pie a lot, good for Amazon and Shopify alike

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think the more accurate way to think about it now is the e-commerce pie will grow and probably grow by a lot, and that's good for both of them.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 1:01:22

    O'Malley no longer sees e-commerce as a zero-sum fight between Amazon and Shopify. With only about 20% of retail happening online, he accepts the argument that removing friction from buying and giving everyone an AI personal shopper will push a larger share of retail spending online, so the whole pie grows, and probably by a lot, which benefits both. He caveats that nobody yet knows exactly how LLMs and agents will change shopping, so either could gain more, or both could lose ground to a competitor that does not exist yet.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A bull on agentic commerce, now back on the radar with Meta's Muse

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “On that note, I've been a bull on agentic commerce since covering some payment and e-commerce companies last year.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 35:15

    Mahncke has been bullish on agentic commerce, AI assistants that search, compare and increasingly complete purchases for the shopper, since covering payment and e-commerce companies last year. Little happened for a while and he wondered if he had been too optimistic, but Meta's Muse launch has put it back on many people's radar. He notes Shopify's CFO's distinction that most activity today is LLM-driven discovery rather than agents buying on a budget, that the full vision is closer but not there, and that its timing in the near future is uncertain; he expects agents to matter most for high-consideration purchases rather than routine replenishment.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Of the ad giants, Meta is the one safe from AI shopping agents

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “And I think Meta is probably the only one that's pretty safe because they play ads when people are looking for entertainment and they're not anywhere in the buying process.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 46:44

    Asking what agentic shopping does to the advertising businesses of the big platforms, Mahncke thinks Meta is probably the only one that is pretty safe: its ads run while people look for entertainment, outside the buying process, and people will keep going to Instagram for entertainment whether or not they shop through agents. Amazon and Google, by contrast, face a real threat to their core ad businesses, though he believes they will figure it out. Earlier in the episode he also said Meta has a huge advantage betting on AI.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishEtsy

    Etsy's ad-funded marketplace model won't last in agentic commerce

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “So, as we talked about in the world of agendic commerce, that business model won't last because agents are doing the shopping on behalf of people and they're not swayed by advertising in the same way that maybe you and I are, even though we like to think that we probably aren't.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 55:28

    Mahncke argues Etsy earns more than all of its operating profit from on-site ads while charging sellers an all-in take of around 25%. In agentic commerce AI agents do the shopping and are not swayed by advertising the way people are, so he thinks that model won't last: successful sellers will ask why they pay 25% to be found when their own Shopify store now has a better chance than ever of being recommended by AI search or ChatGPT at a fraction of the cost. He contrasts pure discovery middlemen like Etsy, which get squeezed, with marketplaces that physically fulfil, like Amazon, which keep leverage, and expects merchants leaving Etsy to end up on Shopify.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishShopify

    Fantastic business, but he won't pay 112 times operating earnings and expects better prices

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “I don't know if Ben Graham would have paid 35 times earnings for any company, but I don't feel too good, even though Shopify is a fantastic business, about paying 112 times operating earnings.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 1:17:15

    Mahncke calls Shopify a fantastic business and one of the companies where AI is visibly showing up in revenue and margins, but at 112 times operating earnings the price assumes it keeps getting better, not just continuing its recent run. Unlike Palantir, where he could see the company growing into its multiple, he thinks it would take a couple of years and a market that settles on 35 to 45 times earnings for the numbers to work, and 45 times is as far as he would go. He does not think the show was wrong to pass, and is confident that, with the market swinging between seeing Shopify as an AI loser and an AI winner, there will be a chance to buy at significantly better prices.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The SaaS-apocalypse sell-off on vibe-coding fears has gone too far

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I just think that the market has taken things one step too far with that idea.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 1:06:48

    Addressing the bear case that in a world where AI writes software merchants will vibe code their own Shopify, O'Malley says the market has taken the idea behind the so-called SaaS apocalypse sell-off, which hit names like Adobe, CoStar and Intuit, one step too far. Talking to real businesses, he thinks nobody is trying to vibe code essential functions: the savings are negligible next to the risks, a do-it-yourself stack loses the platform's scale benefits such as negotiated payment-processing fees and integrations, and when it breaks on a day like Black Friday the merchant is on their own. He hedges that the view may not age well.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishShopify

    Shopify's business has delivered, but at $160 the stock is worth about $100 to him

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so I'm sure I'll look terrible by saying that the company is probably about fairly valued at maybe $100 a share. So they have increased their intrinsic value dramatically in the last year, but shares are trading at $160 per share at the time of recording.”

    Episode: TIP855: Shopify (SHOP): The Big Winner of Agentic Commerce? w/ Shawn O'Malley & Daniel Mahncke

    at 1:18:03

    Revisiting the Shopify pitch he passed on in May 2025, O'Malley concedes the business beat even his best case: growth accelerated, enterprise wins, rising take rate and payments penetration, and he has raised his revenue forecasts and now models operating margins rising to nearly 20% within five years with a flat share count thanks to buybacks. But the stock trades at about 112 times operating profits, the same multiple as when he passed, because the price doubled with earnings. Using Ben Graham's growth-and-AAA-yield multiple he thinks about 35 times operating earnings is fair, and even a generous 45 times does not get close to the price, so he puts fair value at roughly $100 a share against $160. Buying today, he argues, is the same bet on perfection he declined, from a higher starting point. He does not own it, will keep watching, and says he would be open to a tracking position if the shares fell close to $100.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Does not own Shopify; would be open to opening a tracking position if the shares fell close to $100.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · TIP854: GE Aerospace: Chris Hohn’s Biggest Bet w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    4 statements

    Not on sale, but a fair price for a very durable business that can justify a 30x-plus multiple

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so at best, it sounds like you're paying maybe a fair price for what is a very, very good business. And look, I think you can do a whole lot worse than that as an investor generally.”

    Episode: TIP854: GE Aerospace: Chris Hohn’s Biggest Bet w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:10:27

    Shawn O'Malley, co-host, argues GE Aerospace's earnings may be even more durable than Hermes's, because of contractual and regulatory lock-in and because passenger tastes play no part in engine choice, while demand for engines should keep rising as more people fly. With Ferrari and Hermes having traded above 30-40 times earnings, he thinks a 30x or higher exit multiple is not unreasonable and may prove conservative, and adds that the protected military business could warrant a higher multiple. He concedes the stock is clearly not on sale and that at best you are paying a fair price, but says you can do a whole lot worse than a fair price for a very good business. A mild, hedged positive view on the shares.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishTransDigm

    Regulatory risk: TransDigm's pricing on government parts is protected mainly by a regulatory moat

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But the flip side is that I would be constantly concerned that something happens to TransDigm on the regulatory front and ultimately, they are protected primarily by a regulatory mode while using that position to gouge the government and as a consequence, the American taxpayer.”

    Episode: TIP854: GE Aerospace: Chris Hohn’s Biggest Bet w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 47:17

    Shawn O'Malley says he dislikes that TransDigm creates much of its shareholder value through what he calls price gouging, and that while the company has found a niche where it can extract pricing without being held to account, he would be constantly worried about something happening on the regulatory front, since it is protected mainly by a regulatory moat while charging the government and taxpayers. He compares it to FICO, where pricing power turned from an advantage into a risk at multiples above 40 times earnings. He notes nothing significant has happened on that front yet; it is a risk-based caution rather than a call for a fall.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Great business, but at 40x earnings the stock looks set for high-single-digit returns at best; on the watch list, not owned

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: next four to five years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But even at your 30x multiple, the return that, for example, my model would be suggested, it's still in the highest single digits, if even, just because you're currently trading at 40x.”

    Episode: TIP854: GE Aerospace: Chris Hohn’s Biggest Bet w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:12:51

    Daniel Mahncke, co-host, rates GE Aerospace as an exceptionally high-quality business (aftermarket services over 70% of commercial revenue, a roughly $210 billion backlog, returns on invested capital near 40%) but says the price is the problem. His model has revenue compounding about 10% a year to roughly $70 billion in 2030 and earnings per share growing about 16% a year for four to five years, yet with the stock at around 40 times earnings, even a 30x exit multiple leaves returns in the high single digits at best; only a 35-40x exit gives a good return. He also criticises spending nearly all free cash flow on buybacks at about 40 times free cash flow, and lists cyclicality (2020 profits fell 82%), concentration in one product line, and regulatory pressure on aftermarket parts as risks. He calls it too expensive for him personally, keeps it high on the watch list rather than in the portfolio, and expects a cheaper entry point because the business is cyclical. The view is about the current valuation, not the business.

    Time frame
    next four to five years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says it is not a position in the portfolio yet; high on the watch list.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    More people flying will be a massive tailwind for the next 20-30 years

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: next 20, 30 years

    Show quote

    “I very much like the idea of having this long-term tailwind of more people traveling and using airplanes and aircraft to go around the world. I think that will be a trend that over the next 20, 30 years' time will be a massive tailwind.”

    Episode: TIP854: GE Aerospace: Chris Hohn’s Biggest Bet w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:12:51

    Daniel Mahncke expects growing air travel to be a massive long-term tailwind over the next 20 to 30 years, as more people spend time and money on travel and visiting other parts of the world rather than on luxury goods, which means much more spending on flights. He raises it while discussing GE Aerospace and the aviation parts suppliers that benefit from it.

    Time frame
    next 20, 30 years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · RWH074: True Wealth w/ Matt Ludmer

    1 statement

    Hold the whole world's equity market for ten years and the cost of capital does the work

    Matt LudmerThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: ten years and longer; he cites 1926-2025 data

    Show quote

    “But on the whole, it's sort of this upward trajectory of growth and growth above the cost of capital, which of course increases their, you know, cash flows and future earnings and the trajectory of their stocks.”

    Episode: RWH074: True Wealth w/ Matt Ludmer

    at 2:06:54

    Ludmer's view is a long-horizon case for owning the global equity market rather than any part of it. The mechanism he gives is corporate survival: there are millions of companies, each has a cost of capital, and a company that does not beat its cost of capital does not stay in business, so a portfolio holding hundreds of companies across the globe captures an upward trajectory of growth above the cost of capital that feeds cash flows, future earnings and ultimately the stocks. Some names will be great and some terrible; the aggregate is what he is buying. He frames the path as what he attributes to Nick Murray -- temporary downs and permanent ups -- accepts the market can fall as much as 50 per cent in the short run, and says he will not take a portfolio from a client unwilling to stay ten years, because he needs enough rolls of the dice for the long-term pattern to show through the randomness. The rest of his framework is what he will not do: he argues manager selection, market timing and annual forecasts have poor records, that information is now too widely available for a differentiated view to add value, and that the practical expression is widely diversified index and Dimensional factor ETFs held at the systematic-risk level, stripped of company, industry and country risk. AI does not change the direction for him; his optimism rests on the people inside those companies using it to make them thrive.

    Time frame
    ten years and longer; he cites 1926-2025 data
    What they own
    Runs client portfolios in diversified index and Dimensional factor ETFs through his own firm and says he holds a portion of that third pot himself.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · TIP853: Aritzia (ATZ.TO): The Women's Apparel Brand Conquering the US, plus Nike, Lulu, and More w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    3 statements
    BullishReddit

    Holds Reddit as a compounder that has grown into a lower multiple

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “But needless to say, I think I see Airbnb and Reddit similarly to how you see Aritzia as being really compounders with a very long runway.”

    Episode: TIP853: Aritzia (ATZ.TO): The Women's Apparel Brand Conquering the US, plus Nike, Lulu, and More w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 6:03

    O'Malley names Reddit alongside Airbnb as a holding in the show's intrinsic value portfolio that is not optically cheap, at about 37 times earnings, and that he nonetheless sees as a compounder with a very long runway. Reddit is the exception he flags to their habit of buying at lower multiples than the current one: its growth has been so explosive that it has grown into a lower multiple since they bought it. The implication he draws is the same as for Airbnb and for Grieve's Aritzia: with businesses like that, inaction tends to be the best course of action, a rising share price alone is not a reason to sell, and only a broken thesis is. Beyond the multiple and the growth rate, he gives no company-specific argument for Reddit in this segment.

    What they own
    Says Reddit is held in the show's intrinsic value portfolio and has grown into a lower multiple than when they bought it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAritzia

    Still very bullish on Aritzia with the stock down a third: mid-to-high-teens revenue growth for five years

    Kyle GrieveThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: the next five years or so

    Show quote

    “So it's my largest position, so it's fair to assume. I'm still very, very bullish on it. And after this research that I did to prepare for this call, nothing's really changed on that front. So I think they can continue increasing revenue in the mid to high teens of the next five years or so.”

    Episode: TIP853: Aritzia (ATZ.TO): The Women's Apparel Brand Conquering the US, plus Nike, Lulu, and More w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:19:51

    Grieve has owned Aritzia since 2020, it is still the largest position in his personal account, and after re-researching it for this episode he says nothing has changed: he expects revenue to keep growing in the mid to high teens for the next five years or so. The growth plan requires nothing the company has not already done, in his reading — keep finding new locations, keep building brand awareness among women who have never heard of the brand, keep selling in boutiques and online. The positioning he calls everyday luxury sits between fast fashion and true luxury: multiple in-house brands under one design house, quality good enough that his wife still wears twenty-year-old leggings from their T&A line. The US is the runway: he cites talking to US-based women who liked the brand once they met it but had never heard of it outside New York, and reads that as open market share. New stores pay back in 12 to 18 months on management's numbers, roughly 1.5 million dollars of capex per boutique, and he expects capex to fall as the giant flagships and distribution centre spending roll off. The balance sheet carries no long-term debt, about 400 million of untapped liquidity and roughly 800 million of cash from operations last year; they repaid the COVID revolver inside the fiscal year and cleared the term loan in cash in 2021 rather than keeping free money on the books. No dividend and only a token buyback, which he thinks is right while the shares have not been cheap, though diluted shares still creep up about 1 per cent a year. On management, CEO Jennifer Wong is a 1987 shop-floor hire who has run every part of the business, and on his maths she clears Buffett's one-dollar test: about half a billion of earnings retained in her tenure against a market cap up more than 10 billion. His own criticisms are that capital allocation is not Wong's primary strength and that insider ownership outside founder Brian Hill, who still holds more than 15 per cent with voting control and takes a one-dollar salary, is thin. On value, with the stock down about a third, a reverse DCF tells him the market is pricing in about 12 per cent revenue growth; his base case of 15 per cent growth, margins edging from 20.6 to 21 per cent and a 15 times EV/EBITDA exit gives him about 215 dollars, which he says is about a 12 per cent return from here, and blending a bull case at 25 per cent probability against a bear at 20 with a 20 per cent margin of safety he gets an intrinsic value of about 148 dollars, which he says leaves the shares at about a 23 per cent discount. He is candid about the bias: he lives where the brand was founded, knows people who have worked there, researched the episode in Aritzia sweatpants, and is sitting on five times his cost. He also keeps the name out of the show's portfolio, because the hosts' record in retail has been poor, while holding it as his biggest personal position.

    Time frame
    the next five years or so
    What they own
    Says he has owned Aritzia since 2020, that it is still the largest position in his personal account, that he has trimmed it only slightly earlier this year, that the stock is a 5x on his average cost, and that he has sat through drawdowns of 30 to 65 per cent. Says he is fine keeping it out of the show's intrinsic value portfolio while holding it personally.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BullishAirbnb

    Holds Airbnb as a compounder with a long runway despite 38 times earnings

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “But needless to say, I think I see Airbnb and Reddit similarly to how you see Aritzia as being really compounders with a very long runway.”

    Episode: TIP853: Aritzia (ATZ.TO): The Women's Apparel Brand Conquering the US, plus Nike, Lulu, and More w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 6:03

    O'Malley uses Airbnb to make the point that he is not put off by an optically expensive multiple when the runway is long. Airbnb trades at over 38 times earnings in the show's intrinsic value portfolio, and he is explicit that they are not afraid of businesses at a premium to the S&P 500, while noting they added it at a lower multiple than it carries today. The position has been a slow grind up, about a third above their cost, and he says the AI fears that gave them their entry point have largely faded while the business has executed better than he expected. He sees it, like Reddit, as a compounder with a very long runway, which for him implies inaction: his rule of thumb is that a rising share price on its own is not a reason to sell, only a broken thesis is, and that when a business keeps getting better his intrinsic value estimate tends to chase the share price up rather than the other way round. The Peter Lynch line he keeps coming back to is that selling your winners and holding your losers is like cutting the flowers to water the weeds.

    What they own
    Says Airbnb is held in the show's intrinsic value portfolio, bought at a lower multiple than today's and now up about a third from their cost.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · TIP851: HEICO Vs. TransDigm: Whose Aerospace Monopoly Is Better? w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    2 statements
    BullishHeico

    Quality edge but priced for it: Heico gets interesting 10-20% lower

    Kyle GrieveThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So my view here is probably that we just watch Heico closely. If the price drops another 10%, 20%, I could see myself getting really interested in adding shares.”

    Episode: TIP851: HEICO Vs. TransDigm: Whose Aerospace Monopoly Is Better? w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:11:20

    Grieve's base case has Heico compounding revenue at about 14 percent a year through a mix of organic growth and roughly three acquisitions a year, EBITDA margins widening to about 30 percent on operating leverage, and a 28x EV/EBITDA multiple - deliberately below the 35x decade median - which gets him to about $550 a share. Running his bull and bear cases with a 20 percent margin of safety gives an intrinsic value nearer $354 and an expected return of about 8 percent, below the Intrinsic Value Portfolio's 12 percent hurdle, so he will not buy it at roughly 30x EV/EBITDA: the market already knows the quality. He gives Heico the edge over TransDigm on business quality, on the balance sheet (net debt about 1.6x EBITDA against 5.8x), on alignment (insiders near 19 percent, with the Mendelson family the largest holders and three financial metrics that must all grow 10 percent to unlock bonuses) and on regulatory risk, since pricing 30-50 percent below the OEM keeps it out of the crosshairs. He also argues the range of outcomes is narrow in both directions: the aftermarket's resilience caps the downside, and the upside is capped because the acquisition pace cannot suddenly triple. The call is therefore to watch and buy lower - a further 10-20 percent fall in the share price would make him really interested in adding.

    Only if
    if the share price falls another 10-20 percent from here
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Not disclosed as a current holding; he says he would have no issue owning either Heico or TransDigm in the Intrinsic Value Portfolio or his personal account.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishTransDigm

    Grew into a flat share price: TransDigm at 18x against Heico's 30x has the bigger upside

    Kyle GrieveThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “TransDigm is also an incredible business, and the fact that it's multiple is just two-thirds of Heico is very interesting to me. I still think TransDigm probably offers a higher upside in terms of returns because of this.”

    Episode: TIP851: HEICO Vs. TransDigm: Whose Aerospace Monopoly Is Better? w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:11:20

    Grieve keeps the Intrinsic Value Portfolio's existing TransDigm model unchanged and says the business has carried on growing while the share price has gone nowhere - down about 16 percent since Michael Lisman became CEO and another 11 percent since the Justice Department blocked the $960m Stellant Systems deal - so on his reading it is more attractive now than when it was first added. TransDigm trades near 18x EV/EBITDA against Heico's 30x, two-thirds of the multiple for what he judges a marginally lower-quality but still exceptional business, and that gap is why he thinks it offers the higher return upside of the pair. The engine is founder Nicholas Howley's three value drivers - cut cost, raise price, win new business - applied to sole-source aftermarket parts on aircraft that stay in service 30 to 50 years, funded with debt, with incentives that vest fully only on 17.5 percent compound growth in the company's own intrinsic-value measure and a share count that has grown about 1 percent a year. He states the hedges plainly: he would still rather own Heico's business model, the 5.8x net debt to EBITDA is real and cuts both ways on deal IRRs, and the blocked Stellant deal shows antitrust can shrink the pool of targets that fit the playbook.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Not disclosed as a current holding; he flags that he owns Perimeter Solutions, another company Nicholas Howley helped build on a similar playbook, as a possible bias in favour of TransDigm's M&A framework.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · TIP850: Walmart (WMT): From Discount Retailer to eCommerce Powerhouse w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    2 statements
    BearishWalmart

    A wonderful business at an abysmal price: Walmart worth about $50 against a $107 stock

    Kyle GrieveThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: five-year exit multiple

    Show quote

    “So if I factor in my bear and bull case, add in a 15% margin of safety, I actually get an intrinsic value of about $50, which is less than half of the current share price.”

    Episode: TIP850: Walmart (WMT): From Discount Retailer to eCommerce Powerhouse w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:10:41

    Grieve's objection is entirely price, not quality. He is happy with the business: return on invested capital slightly above 16% in each of the last three years, about negative $27bn of working capital so suppliers finance the inventory, leverage under one turn of net debt to EBITDA, buybacks that have cut the share count 18% in two decades, Walton family ownership above 50%, and a proxy with 82% of executive pay tied to operating income, sales and return on investment. He also defends the capital allocation the write-offs make look bad -- jet.com as a way to acquire Marc Lore and with him Walmart's e-commerce build, Flipkart as instant presence in India -- and sees the remaining growth in e-commerce (about 23% growth, a quarter of revenue, at better margins than the stores) and international (around 9% compound revenue growth since 2023, about 200 new stores in twelve months, China compounding around 20%). His base case is revenue growth a touch below 5%, US same-store sales of 4-5%, international high single digits, net margins rising a little over 3%, and a 20x exit multiple he concedes is generous for a 5% grower -- which gets him to about $78. Factoring in bear and bull cases with a 15% margin of safety gives roughly $50, less than half the price. Even his bull case without the margin of safety returns about 1% a year, which with the 1% dividend does not beat inflation. The risks he names (labour cost pressure against razor-thin margins, agentic AI shopping commoditising the customer relationship at zero switching cost, and China sourcing and tariffs after $2.9bn of tariff refunds) he considers painful rather than existential. He would get interested at $50 or below as a multiple-expansion play.

    Time frame
    five-year exit multiple
    What they own
    Says he is not interested in being a shareholder at the current price and would get interested at $50 or further below; no position disclosed. He and Shawn O'Malley run the show's Intrinsic Value Portfolio and pass on the name.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishWalmart

    At 40x earnings Walmart has no wiggle room, so the stock can lag the business

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: the coming quarters and years · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “If things don't go perfectly well and more than beat Wall Street's expectations in the coming quarters and years, there's a real chance that the stock lags the performance of their underlying revenue and operating earnings growth.”

    Episode: TIP850: Walmart (WMT): From Discount Retailer to eCommerce Powerhouse w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:06:35

    O'Malley agrees Walmart is about as robust a retailer as exists -- a marketplace of brands with no single-brand risk, unrivalled prices, scale economies shared, and negative working capital -- and says he would not want to compete with it. His problem is what the multiple assumes against a stack of live challenges: supply-chain and tariff uncertainty, agentic AI shopping that could take the customer relationship out of Walmart's hands, labour tightness, buybacks being done at 30-40x earnings so each dollar retires little stock, maturing US growth and Amazon's competition. He notes the scale has not translated into margins: gross margins up about a point since 2005 while operating margins fell from 6% to 4%, a one-third decline, with depreciation and amortisation running at 8% of revenue. And the shareholder return has been a re-rating rather than earnings: since 2012 the stock compounded at almost 12.5% a year while earnings per share grew about 4% over fifteen years and the multiple went from 12x to 38x. At 10x earnings he says those concerns would be more than priced in; at 40x there is no room for error, so unless Walmart beats Wall Street in the coming quarters and years he expects the stock to lag its own revenue and operating-earnings growth. He thinks a durable compounding story would need them to redeploy retail profits into a higher-margin business -- their own AWS -- and says he has seen no evidence they are prepared to try.

    Time frame
    the coming quarters and years
    Only if
    Unless Walmart's results go perfectly well and more than beat Wall Street's expectations in the coming quarters and years.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he does not want to be a shareholder at today's prices and is happy to pass; no position disclosed. He had pitched Lululemon on the show about a year earlier and dropped it from the Intrinsic Value Portfolio after the thesis moved against him.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · TIP848: Meta (META): What the Market Misses? w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    4 statements

    Alphabet gets the incremental dollar over Meta: a more plausible use for the compute

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And honestly, I'd be more excited probably to accumulate shares in Alphabet or Amazon with any incremental capital we invest or some of the other great businesses we already own, which is not to say I don't think Meta won't do incredibly well.”

    Episode: TIP848: Meta (META): What the Market Misses? w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:18:53

    Asked where the next dollar goes, O'Malley says he would rather accumulate Alphabet than buy Meta. The distinction he draws is the credibility of the capex: Meta's spending looks far more speculative to him than Alphabet's or Amazon's, which have at least a more plausible explanation for what they will do with the computing power they are buying. He also uses Alphabet as the historical analogy for market impatience with big spending -- Google once sold off almost 30 percent because investors disliked it expanding beyond search into Gmail, Sheets, Docs, YouTube and Android, and its other bets division is notorious for burning cash, yet few would now call that the wrong decision. He notes they already own Google. The view is comparative rather than a hard valuation call: he is not betting against Meta and expects it will probably do well, but he does not think Meta's margin of safety is wide enough to take the incremental capital.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says they own Google, and that he has previously opted not to invest personally in Meta on ethical grounds.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Amazon also ranks ahead of Meta for incremental capital on how credible its capex is

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And honestly, I'd be more excited probably to accumulate shares in Alphabet or Amazon with any incremental capital we invest or some of the other great businesses we already own, which is not to say I don't think Meta won't do incredibly well.”

    Episode: TIP848: Meta (META): What the Market Misses? w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:18:53

    O'Malley names Amazon alongside Alphabet as where he would rather put incremental capital than into Meta. His reason is the same: Meta's capex looks much more speculative to him, while Amazon has at least a more plausible explanation for what it will do with the compute it is buying. The supporting argument in the conversation is that AWS is the precedent for a high-margin business accepting a permanently heavier capital load and coming out larger in absolute profit, which is the transition all the hyperscalers are now making. He does not put a valuation or price on Amazon, and frames it as a relative preference in a set of businesses they already own rather than a fresh thesis.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Today's compute shortage flips to glut within about two years

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: in two years from now or whatever the timeline is · Not sure

    Show quote

    “With everyone and their mother building a data center right now, it seems pretty likely that in two years from now or whatever the timeline is, we'll be talking about how there's so much more supply than demand and things will flip the other way.”

    Episode: TIP848: Meta (META): What the Market Misses? w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:01:00

    O'Malley's point is that the current imbalance -- demand for compute outweighing supply, which is what makes renting out excess capacity look like an easy win for Meta -- is a short-term condition, not the state of the world. With everyone building data centres simultaneously, he thinks it is likely that within roughly two years the conversation reverses to far more supply than demand. His wider worry is that the commitments are already irreversible: unlike the Metaverse, where Zuckerberg could declare a year of efficiency and cut costs back to normal, the hyperscalers have signed long-dated obligations. He cites Wall Street Journal reporting that Alphabet carries about a trillion dollars of off-balance-sheet liabilities in leases that have not started and purchase commitments for things like power, with Meta close to 700 billion, both up around 800 percent in a year, and describes the Louisiana data centre financed through an SPV in which Blue Owl holds the majority equity, roughly 27 billion dollars of bonds are sold against it, and Meta guarantees the credit indirectly through a long-term lease and a residual value floor. He is careful to give the other extreme its due -- that these firms may be cementing a role in one of the biggest productivity breakthroughs in history -- but the specific forecast he makes is the flip from shortage to glut.

    Time frame
    in two years from now or whatever the timeline is
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Meta is priced for a binary AI outcome; the truth lands in the middle and that is enough

    Daniel MahnckeThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: to 2030 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So if you ask yourself why I build a position despite all the doubts that we're sort of mentioning here about Meta, I think to me it comes down that I believe Meta is just attractively priced because people see AI spend as sort of black and white.”

    Episode: TIP848: Meta (META): What the Market Misses? w/ Daniel Mahncke & Shawn O'Malley

    at 1:10:31

    Mahncke's case is that the market is pricing Meta as a binary: either the superintelligence and cloud vision works and it is a huge success, or the spending is a mistake that costs the company its future. He thinks the realistic outcome is in between -- a slice of excess compute rented out on short-term contracts, internal AI improving the ad engine, and AI agents for the hundreds of millions of small businesses already transacting on WhatsApp and Instagram -- and that on that middling outcome the stock is attractively priced after a roughly 25 percent fall from the year's highs. The part he is most bullish on needs none of the platform vision: AI turning every object in every photo into ad inventory, where asking the AI about a sweater in a photo becomes a two-tap purchase and the seller pays Meta for the conversion. That is new inventory on a scale he calls effectively infinite, against a feed, stories and reels that are all already saturated, and it pays off immediately in the thing Meta is best at. His model has Meta producing essentially no free cash flow from 2026 to 2028 (slightly negative in 2026, heavily negative in 2027, breakeven in 2028) before roughly 90 billion dollars by 2030, and across three terminal-value approaches gives a base-case fair value of about 650 to 750 dollars per share. He is explicit about what he does not like: the money goes to the most uncertain things (AR glasses could take another decade if they ever arrive, cloud and superintelligence more money and as much time), the long-dated off-balance-sheet lease and purchase obligations could drag the business for years, and he came out of the research slightly less bullish than he went in. It is also, he says, nowhere near the bargain it was in 2022.

    Time frame
    to 2030
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he started building a position in Meta in his personal account not long ago and will definitely not sell any of his shares, but will not push it into the show's intrinsic value portfolio because his co-hosts are not convinced.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · TIP847: Alphabet (GOOGL): The Megacap That Still Might Be Underrated w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O’Malley

    1 statement

    Alphabet's intrinsic value will be much higher in five to ten years; hold the position but it is now close to fairly valued

    Shawn O'MalleyThe Investor's PodcastPublished

    Time frame: 5 to 10 more years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “That's to say, in 5 to 10 more years, I think Alphabet, which is the parent company name that we'll use interchangeably today for Google, will have a much higher intrinsic value than it does today.”

    Episode: TIP847: Alphabet (GOOGL): The Megacap That Still Might Be Underrated w/ Kyle Grieve & Shawn O’Malley

    at 3:02

    O'Malley expects Alphabet to have a much higher intrinsic value in five to ten years and keeps it as one of the largest holdings in the show's Intrinsic Value Portfolio. His original thesis, that the market was pricing Alphabet at 17 times earnings as if search were the only segment and ChatGPT would kill it, has played out: search revenue keeps compounding around 14 percent a year, AI overviews and AI mode are monetised, the Apple default-search deal survived the antitrust remedy, Google Cloud reached about $58 billion of revenue at a 24 percent margin with a backlog above $500 billion, subscriptions and YouTube keep growing, and stakes in Waymo and SpaceX have appreciated. He is candid about the new risks: capex of about $200 billion a year has pushed free cash flow negative, buybacks have stopped, the company raised $85 billion of equity and about $98 billion of long-term debt, off-balance-sheet commitments exceed $800 billion, depreciation schedules and non-cash mark-ups on private stakes flatter reported earnings, and the cloud backlog is concentrated in Anthropic and OpenAI, whose ability to pay he is not confident in. His conclusion is that Alphabet is an exceptional business that is now much closer to fairly valued than a year ago, that he has no strong variant view on the return on the AI spending, and that the right move is to let the winner run rather than add or trim.

    Time frame
    5 to 10 more years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Alphabet is the second-largest position (about 14 percent) in The Investor's Podcast's Intrinsic Value Portfolio, added about 18 months earlier and topped up near $150; up roughly 90 percent. Both hosts say the right move now is to hold, not add. O'Malley also says he is an Uber shareholder.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · RWH072: The Making of A Money Master w/ Rob Vinall

    3 statements

    A third of the fund in China: out-of-favour founder-run compounders that clear his 15% owner return

    Rob VinallThe Investor's PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: in the coming years

    Show quote

    “And I'm looking for attractive valuations. And that's the reason above any other why I feel confident investing China today is that it's still a market which is very much out of favor. And you can get very obviously good companies growing nicely and incredibly attractive valuations. So all of those companies you mentioned, I would expect the earnings growth to be at the very least 10% in the coming years, in many cases, much more than that. And most of them are returning at least sort of 5% if not more of their capital in terms of dividends and share buybacks per year. So I get very comfortably to the 15% owner return that I target.”

    Episode: RWH072: The Making of A Money Master w/ Rob Vinall

    at 1:04:27

    Vinall has put about a third of the Business Owner Fund into Chinese equities and frames it as the clearest current example of his setup: he is positive on something the rest of the world is still negative on. The conviction comes from travelling to China annually for roughly fifteen years and going back as soon as the COVID restrictions lifted in 2023, when what struck him was how wrong the received picture was — not a cheap commodity producer devoid of creativity, but rapid innovation and world-class companies across manufacturing, consumer internet and e-commerce. He is deliberate about his own limits: he does not speak the language and visits once or twice a year, so rather than hunting under-the-radar complicated situations he applies the same three criteria he uses anywhere — founder-led management, wide moats, attractive valuations — to obvious large companies, naming Luckin Coffee, Tencent, H World Group, Yum China and DiDi Global. The arithmetic he gives is the point: at least 10% earnings growth (often more) plus 5% or more returned in dividends and buybacks gets him comfortably past the 15% owner return he has targeted since founding the firm. He notes his own co-managing director Andreas Lechner is more negative on China than he is.

    Time frame
    in the coming years
    What they own
    Says Chinese holdings are about a third of the portfolio and four of his top ten positions; names Luckin Coffee (a newer position), Tencent Holdings (formerly held via Prosus), H World Group, Yum China Holdings and DiDi Global, and says he runs roughly ten stocks in total.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Bought Constellation in the software sell-off: a company full of founders, without the stock-comp leak

    Rob VinallThe Investor's PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think a theme that's run through our conversation today is really sort of trying to bet on people who are making a business their lives work. And I really feel that that's very much the case at Constellation Software. Now, obviously, the founder, Mark Leonard, was forced to step down for health reasons. But from what I understand, there's still very much a presence at the company. But above all, I think within the company, it's filled with leaders and in many respects filled with founders.”

    Episode: RWH072: The Making of A Money Master w/ Rob Vinall

    at 1:15:28

    Vinall bought Constellation Software in early March during the software drawdown, and explains it as the clearest expression of the criterion he says runs through his whole process — betting on people who have made the business their life's work. Mark Leonard was forced to step down for health reasons but in Vinall's understanding remains a presence, and more importantly the company is filled with leaders who are themselves founders: the current CEO Mark Miller started the first company Leonard ever acquired, so Vinall says you could almost argue the CEO is more of a founder than the founder, while acknowledging that the acquisition engine Leonard built is what actually makes the company what it is. The second reason he gives is a specific objection to the rest of software: egregious stock option programmes, too much stock-based compensation and too little owner earnings, which is what tilted him to Constellation over the alternatives. The view sits inside his broader framework that he would rather own a narrower moat that is widening than a wide one that is narrowing.

    What they own
    Says he bought Constellation Software in early March; he runs a concentrated fund of roughly ten stocks.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The software wreckage is the opportunity: twenty or thirty good businesses down 60-70%

    Rob VinallThe Investor's PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: the next five or ten years

    Show quote

    “but as a long-term owner of businesses, you want to buy great businesses when they're cheap. It's an ideal market where sometimes you're really scratching around for an idea. Whereas, especially in March of this year, in the software space, the question wasn't, can I find a software company I want to run? It was like, which of the 20 or 30, which are down 60, 70 percent from their previous highs should I be buying now?”

    Episode: RWH072: The Making of A Money Master w/ Rob Vinall

    at 1:13:53

    Vinall describes a market in which the index looks like an ordinary decent year while a handful of stocks have gone to the moon and everything else trades as though there had been a financial crisis, with one corner — semiconductor hardware — driving the gains. For a long-term owner of businesses he treats that as ideal rather than hostile: the problem in software in March was not finding one company worth owning but choosing among twenty or thirty quality names down 60 to 70 percent from their highs. He connects this to a structural change in how the market behaves: share prices now fall 25% in a day on a small earnings miss because everyone front-runs everyone else's selling, so mispricings that used to be infrequent have become common and the old need to outweigh the crowd has inverted. He tempers his earlier description of this as the weirdest market he has seen, allowing that 2008 and COVID were also strange. He is explicit that he is not trying to own the next NVIDIA or Micron and expects to own none of the eventual outsized winners; his target is the large set of companies that will merely produce satisfactory returns over five to ten years, which he says is becoming easier to buy.

    Time frame
    the next five or ten years
    What they own
    Says he bought Constellation Software in early March in this software drawdown, and that software and internet are areas where he has traditionally been strong.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Excess Returns

    94 bullish · 59 bearish30 episodes · 153 statements · 30 speakersLatest

    · Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    17 statements

    Western Digital, one of two US hard-drive makers, is a buy-and-hold-for-a-decade inference play

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: next decade

    Show quote

    “And I can surround it with six companies. And I think you just buy all six and let your chips run for the next decade.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 57:33

    Mortonson says only two US vendors control the hard disk drive market, Seagate and Western Digital, and both are working on very high density drives that play into inference, which needs much more efficient memory and storage. He names a group of six memory and storage companies and says to buy all six and let them run for the next decade; Western Digital is one of the two companies he names in that passage.

    Time frame
    next decade
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Amazon is one of four hyperscale monopolies that are almost impossible to compete with

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “It's very hard to compete with them, Google, Amazon and Microsoft. It's almost impossible. The capital train has left the station decades ago. And they're holding a lot of the engineering cards also, so I'm pretty positive on those four.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 54:15

    Mortonson counts Amazon among the four US hyperscalers (with Google, Microsoft and Meta) he expects to become worldwide AI monopolies with the scale, free cash flow and engineers to win; he says it is almost impossible to compete with them because the capital, data centres and engineering talent cannot be recreated, and he is 'pretty positive on those four'. He expects them to be very profitable once the infrastructure cycle is implemented.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Google is one of four hyperscale monopolies that are almost impossible to compete with

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “It's very hard to compete with them, Google, Amazon and Microsoft. It's almost impossible. The capital train has left the station decades ago. And they're holding a lot of the engineering cards also, so I'm pretty positive on those four.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 54:15

    Mortonson counts Google among the four US hyperscalers (with Amazon, Microsoft and Meta) he expects to become worldwide AI monopolies: their capital, data centres, infrastructure and engineers cannot be recreated, 'the capital train has left the station decades ago', and he is 'pretty positive on those four'. Elsewhere he praises Google for raising capital early and says Google's AI now powers Apple's Siri. He expects these companies to be very profitable once the infrastructure cycle is complete.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    This is not 2000: the AI infrastructure build runs through 2030

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: through 2030

    Show quote

    “I think it's that powerful of a technology that this is going to go, this is going to definitely go through 2030 on the infrastructure build.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 18:09

    Asked whether this is a 2000-style bubble, Mortonson says it is a totally different and more powerful cycle: in 2000 companies were valued off eyeballs, while agentic AI and 'super intelligence' will affect every industry, and he expects the infrastructure build to run through 2030. He argues about 70% of the Global 2000 have not yet upgraded storage, networking and servers, so the infrastructure phase takes years before enterprise adoption, which he sees from 2028. He cites about $800 billion of spend this year and $1.1 trillion next year, and says demand for compute far exceeds supply. Caveats he names: financing (equity and debt windows must stay open, with a year or two of capex drain and negative free cash flow), political regulation, and security as a near-term inhibitor.

    Time frame
    through 2030
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Optical's few makers have pricing power as data centres move off copper

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Those are the names with unbelievable pricing leverage, and those are the names that, quite frankly, can charge any ASP, any price for their product, and they're benefiting massively by free cash flow.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 25:22

    Mortonson sees optical as a secular shift: data centres are moving off copper infrastructure to optical, a different way of engineering them. He says only four companies have manufacturing capacity that is extremely difficult to replicate, giving them unbelievable pricing leverage, the ability to charge any price, and massive free cash flow. He did not name the four companies.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bullish Meta: Muse adoption is surging and the transaction-fee model could be big

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think I'm bullish because he had the courage to go down a range of what he thought was right, but then he had the courage to reverse, and to spend a tremendous amount of money because he saw the initial functionality of Muse internally and said, this could be a game changer.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 54:15

    Mortonson is bullish on Meta because Zuckerberg had the courage to abandon the metaverse and spend heavily once he saw Muse working internally. He says Muse adoption is going straight up though it is still a small part of revenue, and sees a model in which Meta's agents book travel directly with hotels, bypassing online travel agents, and Meta takes an automated transaction fee. Caveats: Google, Anthropic and others are competing, and fights for share among cloud titans tend to drive prices to the floor. He expects Meta's free cash flow, about $10 billion a quarter, to normalise higher after the infrastructure build, and calls it a hyperscale monopoly that cannot be recreated.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishApple AAPL

    Apple is an AI laggard with a hardware cost squeeze and a weak consumer

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I have heartburn with Apple, and I'm probably one of the only people that sees it a bit differently.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 49:20

    Mortonson, who says he takes a minority view inside his own firm, is negative on Apple. He thinks it is up only because it generates about $31 billion of cash a quarter. His reasons: it is essentially a hardware company whose cost of goods is hurt by memory prices up more than triple digits; its top AI people have left; it has not built its own models or infrastructure and is free-riding on others' compute, with Siri now powered by Google; the next generation of AI devices may not be phones; and a weakened consumer is unlikely to upgrade for small improvements, while the new foldable device is hard to manufacture and could cost $2,900. He likes the new CEO but says Apple must stop being an AI laggard. He says some of his accounts are underweight Apple at this level.

    What they own
    Says some of his institutional accounts are underweight Apple at this level; no personal position stated.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Nvidia is among the free-cash-flow giants that are the clear AI winners

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Those companies that have the scale, the free cash flow, the engineers are the clear winners.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 25:22

    Mortonson says the real beneficiaries of the AI build are the companies with free cash flow, naming Microsoft, Nvidia and Micron, and that companies with the scale, free cash flow and engineers are the clear winners. He argues demand for compute is insatiable, with the winners able to supply only about 70% of contracted demand. Separately he notes investor unease with vendor financing by chipmakers ('the bank of Nvidia'), which he calls a problem for the industry's financing.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Microsoft, with Google, Amazon and Meta, is an AI monopoly that is very hard to compete with

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “It's very hard to compete with them, Google, Amazon and Microsoft. It's almost impossible. The capital train has left the station decades ago. And they're holding a lot of the engineering cards also, so I'm pretty positive on those four.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 54:15

    Mortonson says the real beneficiaries of the AI cycle are the large companies with free cash flow, scale and engineers, naming Microsoft (cash flowing about $19 billion a quarter while still spending on capex) among them. He argues the US monopolies Microsoft, Google, Amazon and Meta are becoming worldwide monopolies whose capital, data centres and engineering talent cannot be recreated, so it is almost impossible to compete with them, and he is 'pretty positive' on the four. He expects them to be incredibly profitable once the cycle is implemented, while warning that crowded competition among cloud titans can push pricing down.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Buying the dip in tech now could end in tears; wait for charts to base

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: near term (until key charts base for a few weeks) · Not sure

    Show quote

    “That could be the worst strategy going forward on buying the dip. Quite frankly, they can get destroyed and in my humble opinion, could end in tears depending on all of the other macros that we're dealing with institutionally.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 13:10

    Mortonson thinks the retail habit of buying the dip in tech could be the worst strategy right now: after a sharp one-day fall in the semiconductor index he says it is very hard to catch a falling knife, and investors could get destroyed depending on how several macro risks play out (the midterms and their effect on data-centre timing, a possible third phase of the Iran conflict with Brent around $115, Europe's energy-driven weakness, recession risk for the consumer). His lesson from 2000 is not to buy until key names have based and gone sideways for a few weeks so most of the selling is done. He does not expect a 2000-style capitulation this cycle but says there could be real damage in a few days if the macros go wrong. This is a near-term, tactical caution; he is a strong long-term bull on the AI cycle.

    Time frame
    near term (until key charts base for a few weeks)
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Buy the memory and storage leaders and let them run for a decade

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: next decade

    Show quote

    “And I can surround it with six companies. And I think you just buy all six and let your chips run for the next decade.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 57:33

    Mortonson argues that inference, which he says drives super intelligence, needs far more efficient memory, and that memory is going through an architectural evolution: HBM, then high-density stacked DRAM and NAND, alongside very high density hard disk drives from Seagate and Western Digital. He says the opportunity can be surrounded with six companies and suggests buying all six and letting them run for the next decade. He did not name all six; Seagate and Western Digital are the only companies named in that passage.

    Time frame
    next decade
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI is a large-cap cycle; small-cap tech lacks the cash and engineers

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: next 24 months (M&A cycle)

    Show quote

    “Where I have the biggest worry is, is more on the small cap names. They don't have the free cash flow. They don't have the sales and marketing. They certainly don't have the engineers.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 25:22

    Mortonson says the AI build takes an immense amount of free cash flow and so will be a large-cap cycle, not a small-cap one. His biggest worry is small-cap tech names: they lack the free cash flow, the sales and marketing and the engineers. He expects a large M&A wave over roughly the next 24 months in which small-cap point solutions, especially in security and application software, are absorbed into bigger companies with free cash flow.

    Time frame
    next 24 months (M&A cycle)
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Micron is among the free-cash-flow companies that are the clear AI winners

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Those companies that have the scale, the free cash flow, the engineers are the clear winners.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 25:22

    Mortonson names Micron, which he says is cash flowing $33 billion a quarter, alongside Microsoft and Nvidia as the real beneficiaries of the AI cycle: companies with the scale, free cash flow and engineers are the clear winners. Later in the episode he argues memory (HBM and stacked DRAM and NAND) is going through an architectural evolution that inference demand requires, with memory prices up more than triple digits.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Seagate, one of two US hard-drive makers, is a buy-and-hold-for-a-decade inference play

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: next decade

    Show quote

    “And I can surround it with six companies. And I think you just buy all six and let your chips run for the next decade.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 57:33

    Mortonson says only two US vendors control the hard disk drive market, Seagate and Western Digital, and both are working on very high density drives that play into inference, which needs much more efficient memory and storage. He names a group of six memory and storage companies and says to buy all six and let them run for the next decade; Seagate is one of the two companies he names in that passage.

    Time frame
    next decade
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishTesla TSLA

    Combining Tesla with SpaceX makes one plus one equal four

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think when you combine SpaceX and Tesla, one plus one equals four.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 44:37

    Mortonson thinks combining Tesla and SpaceX would let Musk reuse AI technology across the businesses, and calls it a brilliant strategy: 'one plus one equals four'. He says Tesla underspent on capex and is reallocating to robots and AI, and that what he saw in Austin puts Tesla multiple years ahead of anyone in the US. The near-term problem is that neither company is free-cash-flow positive and they must keep raising money; if they get through that financing cycle he expects them to turn massively cash-flow positive and grow into the valuation.

    Only if
    If Tesla and SpaceX are combined and get through the front-end financing cycle while free cash flow is negative.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Europe is in big trouble: energy shock, budget hole and AI over-regulation

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: long-term

    Show quote

    “Europe's in some big, big problems. They've got some big problems. That's more of a long-term issue.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 6:54

    Mortonson is bearish on Europe's economy. He says Europe is three or four years behind the US in AI and is choosing to regulate rather than adopt the technology, which he calls insane; it has a large budget hole, depends on imported energy, and has not budgeted for Brent at about $115, which is hurting both its bond rates and its economies. He cites a UK data centre cancelled for lack of power. He calls this a long-term problem, and notes that general tech companies have about 35% European exposure on assumed 5% to 7% growth.

    Time frame
    long-term
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    SpaceX is inventing new technology franchises, from Starlink to data centres in space

    Ted MortonsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think what SpaceX is doing on multiple levels, they're inventing technology franchises that don't exist right now. Look what they're doing, you know, with Starlink is a perfect example. I think that is incredibly disruptive.”

    Episode: Baird's Tech Strategist Says This Isn't 2000. So Why Is He Warning Against Buying the Dip?

    at 57:33

    Mortonson names SpaceX as the technology that excites him most: it is inventing franchises that do not exist yet. He calls Starlink and laser communication incredibly disruptive (a threat to AT&T and Verizon), takes data centres in space seriously, and says SpaceX's launch capacity becoming 'almost like an airline' is a huge advantage. Earlier he called a SpaceX-Tesla combination a likely fifth hyperscaler and 'one plus one equals four', with the caveat that neither company is yet free-cash-flow positive.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The S&P 500 Is Only 50 Stocks. 70% of the Index Is in a Correction. Did the Sell-Off Already Happen?

    5 statements

    Still juice in the AI trade, but own it without depending on three stocks

    Paisley NardiniExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the next five to ten years for the winners; the current earnings season for the rate of change · Not sure

    Show quote

    “yes, I want to lean in to the AI trade because that's where the majority of the earnings growth is and the innovation. But how do I do so in a way that I'm not hyperdependent on three stocks in the S&P?”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Only 50 Stocks. 70% of the Index Is in a Correction. Did the Sell-Off Already Happen?

    at 16:49

    Nardini stays in the AI trade on earnings grounds: it is where the majority of the earnings growth and the innovation sit, and the run-up plus the current round of concerns does not mean the juice is squeezed out. Her caveat is concentration, not direction. She argues investors are hyper-fixated on today's constituents and anchored by recency, that the top ten of the S&P turns over -- Microsoft is on her reading the only name there for more than a decade -- and that the leaders of the next five years are probably not the names that led the last five, so picking today's winners leaves a portfolio too concentrated. First movers, she says, typically do not keep the advantage but open the door for others. On valuation she does not see 1999: around 19 to 20 times earnings is mellow against history and not flashing red, and profitability is far better than it was. The risk she does see is an earnings bubble rather than a price bubble -- growth can continue at a decelerating rate, markets are priced for perfection, and companies delivering 30 per cent year-on-year earnings have been marked down anyway. If that rate of change slows further, she accepts a bubble in the broad AI trade could follow.

    Time frame
    the next five to ten years for the winners; the current earnings season for the rate of change
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Speaks as a strategist at Tema ETFs, whose funds are built around structural themes including AI-linked parts of the market.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Bonds are the most attractive in 15 years -- for the income, not the diversification

    Paisley NardiniExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think bonds might look more attractive now than they have for the last 15 plus years. But why do you own them? It's not to diversify. It's maybe to have reliable income in the portfolio.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Only 50 Stocks. 70% of the Index Is in a Correction. Did the Sell-Off Already Happen?

    at 22:03

    Nardini separates the two reasons to hold bonds and keeps only one. With yields in the mid fives she argues bonds pay handsomely and look more attractive than at any point in the last fifteen-plus years. What she will not credit them with is diversification: stock-bond correlations have been positive and bonds have not offset equity risk since 2022, which in her reading is a feature of the cycle -- elevated inflation, geopolitical pressure on supply chains, export pricing -- rather than something that reverts soon. The conclusion she draws is not to sell the bonds but to be honest about the objective: own them for reliable income, and find the diversifying risk elsewhere, which is where she puts real assets, energy, commodities and infrastructure.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Regulated utilities are the contracted-cash-flow way into the power build-out

    Paisley NardiniExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Because a lot of these companies that are building these power infrastructure grids or government entities regulated utilities as well, which were actually more constructive on that part of the market, because you have contractual cash flows from some of these regulatory industries that are helping support and build out this power play.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Only 50 Stocks. 70% of the Index Is in a Correction. Did the Sell-Off Already Happen?

    at 42:34

    Within the power build-out Nardini singles out the regulated end as the part she is more constructive on. The companies and government entities building power infrastructure and grids are largely regulated utilities, and what she likes about them is the contractual cash flows those regulated industries earn while supporting and financing the build-out -- a steadier claim on the same demand that is driving data-centre power needs. It sits inside her broader argument that the US is finally coming due on decades of infrastructure under-investment, and that the power need is real irrespective of AI.

    What they own
    Speaks as a strategist at Tema ETFs, which runs thematic infrastructure and power ETFs.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Constructive on US equities into early 2027 once the midterms clear the uncertainty

    Paisley NardiniExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the 6 to 12 months after the midterm cycle; into early 2027 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “what we would expect is that we'll get through this, and then the 6 to 12 months after this midterm cycle should be quite bullish for the market because the uncertainty has been cleared.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Only 50 Stocks. 70% of the Index Is in a Correction. Did the Sell-Off Already Happen?

    at 7:58

    Nardini reads the current set-up as pressure without a top. Yields backing up into the mid fives, oil and the ROI debate on AI have all hit at once, but the damage is under the index surface rather than at the headline level: the companies that depend on external funding and run thin free cash flow have been penalised while the mega caps have held the index up. On the Fed she expects a slower hiking path rather than an expedited cycle, which she reads as positive for markets overall, with a 75bp hike in late October the thing that would send jitters. On the calendar she notes midterm years carry the biggest average drawdown of the four-year cycle, and that 2026 has so far only had the roughly 9 per cent first-quarter drawdown at index level -- the 15 to 20 per cent typical drawdown may already have happened in the broader constituents. Her forward view is that the 6 to 12 months after the midterms should be quite bullish because the market gets certainty, gridlock included, and that history on her side makes her constructive looking into early 2027. She flags geopolitics and an inflation-driven acceleration of hikes as the wild cards that would break the base case.

    Time frame
    the 6 to 12 months after the midterm cycle; into early 2027
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    US power and infrastructure is the AI trade's under-owned leg, and it works without AI

    Paisley NardiniExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “We at Tema actually view there's a huge opportunity just from pure infrastructure play in the US, that there's so much opportunity to build and produce power sources just to support our daily lives irrespective of AI.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Only 50 Stocks. 70% of the Index Is in a Correction. Did the Sell-Off Already Happen?

    at 35:54

    Nardini's firmest call is on US infrastructure and power. Her case has two legs. The first is the AI supply chain: the baton is being handed from the hyperscalers down the chain, the bottleneck is no longer the chips, and beyond the chips sit the photonics layer that connects them, the data-centre build-out and the power to run it -- exposure that still carries AI beta but spreads single-name concentration risk. The second leg is independent of AI: the US has under-invested in infrastructure for decades, other parts of the world have surpassed it on sustainable, fast and efficient build-out, and the bill is coming due now. The AI data-centre timeline is simply what finally got the problem attention after years of it being treated as a regulatory matter. She argues real assets, energy, commodities and infrastructure are woefully under-owned in advisor portfolios, which hold little beyond stocks, bonds and perhaps a five per cent gold sleeve despite four or five years of inflation, and she sizes thematic exposures like this as 3 to 5 per cent satellites around a passive core. She frames it as a dual-purpose trade: AI beta plus a domestic power and industrial cyclical play.

    What they own
    Speaks as a strategist at Tema ETFs, which runs thematic infrastructure, power and photonics/optical ETFs and has commodity products due out within weeks.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    8 statements

    Korea is the biggest exposure: 70% of the Kospi still below book while value-up reforms land

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think probably there needs to be reforms around inheritance tax to really unwind some of the cross-shareholdings, but 70% of the COSPI index is still trading below book value. And that's despite the run up its head. Obviously, Samsung and SK Hynex have gone to the moon, but we find plenty of other companies that are sitting at 0.6, 0.7 a book, making 15%, 16% return on equity, five times PE. And that looks like a pretty good place to be fishing for opportunities.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 44:30

    Korea is McQueen's largest country position inside Asia ex-Japan, which is in turn his best regional opportunity set, and he says they are buying world-beating companies at five or six times earnings with strong balance sheets. The case is the government's "value up" programme, which he has been following for a few years: boards now carry fiduciary duty to shareholders for the first time, tax changes favour dividend payouts, the government has stepped back from blocking them, numerous companies have raised payouts and more are setting higher return-on-equity targets - the same reflexive loop of government, companies and society resetting norms that he watched work in Japan. He says the process is not complete (inheritance tax reform is still needed to unwind cross-shareholdings) and that Samsung and SK Hynix have already gone to the moon, but 70 percent of the Kospi still trades below book value and he can find companies at 0.6 to 0.7 times book earning 15 to 16 percent on equity at five times earnings. Historically the market was cheap for governance reasons and a government he describes as at times capricious toward foreign investors.

    What they own
    Says Korea remains the biggest exposure within Asia ex-Japan, the strategy's largest regional position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The tangible-capex chain, not the consumer, is where prospects have improved

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And I think you're probably more in things to do with the industrial economy and the commodities that get sucked into that rather than sort of, you know, that we need our sort of third automobile and second dishwasher for the consumer expenditure side of the equation. So I think it's more of that sort of industrial chain, where I think the prospects have probably tangibly improved.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 15:48

    McQueen thinks the companies that supply tangible capital goods have a better and more durable growth path, and that the opportunity sits in the industrial chain and the commodities pulled into it rather than in consumer expenditure - nobody needs a third car or a second dishwasher. His list of what has to be spent on is long: infrastructure and supply chains that did not work through COVID, reshoring and localisation of production, the energy transition and the growth of power grids and demand, a defence budget where the peace dividend has reversed, and AI on top of all of it. The result he already observes is better margins and record order books, which levels the playing field against the intangible-asset companies that won the prior decade. He adds the other side of the trade: the steadier intangible compounders enjoyed a bond-proxy tailwind while yields fell, and rising yields turn that into a headwind. Industrials are also a heavier weight in international indices than in the US, which feeds his international view.

    What they own
    Says the portfolio sits about two-thirds tangible and one-third intangible companies, and that they bought tangible-goods names heavily at the bottom of COVID.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Samsung at just under 3x book, heading toward 1.2x on forecasts because it is printing money

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the next couple of years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Today, it would be just under three. But again, if you believe the forecast, it comes down to about 1.2 in the next couple of years, because it is literally printing money.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 19:53

    Samsung Electronics has been a very big holding, bought when the stock sat at about one times book value 18 months ago - what McQueen calls its floor, the worst-of-the-worst trough valuation. It now trades just under three times book, and he says that if you believe the forecasts the multiple falls back to about 1.2 times within a couple of years because the company is literally printing money. The driver is the memory cycle: commoditised areas like memory and passive components that used to supply PCs and phones sat with excess capacity until the AI wave pushed them into undersupply and pricing power, taking those suppliers from hated to loved very quickly. He frames the AI supply chain as about 14 to 15 percent of the international market and says it is the build-out beneficiaries that are visible, while which companies profit from putting AI to work remains a discovery phase where the honest answer is that they do not know.

    Time frame
    the next couple of years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the strategy has had a very big holding in Samsung Electronics, bought around one times book about 18 months before the episode.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Worth some China: cheap, competitive companies and the only other AI tech stack

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But again, it feels to me as part of a portfolio, you want to have some exposure to China. And you're getting cheap companies. And interestingly, you're getting, if you think about AI, you're probably getting the only other competitive tech stack for AI in the world. And you're buying it at sort of 14 times earnings for companies like Alibaba.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 46:43

    China keeps tapping McQueen on the shoulder as a contrarian, mostly because it keeps underperforming - he calls it the opposite of the idea that the fastest-growing economy gives you the best market. He thinks a portfolio should hold some exposure at this stage: valuations have come down, the companies he meets on the ground are dynamic with good technology, excellent cost competitiveness and improving product quality, and he can find Chinese competitors taking share from Western peers while trading cheaper. On AI he frames China as the only other competitive tech stack in the world, available at about 14 times earnings in names like Alibaba. The caution is explicit and he keeps the position modest: the domestic economy is very weak on the property market with almost no post-COVID bounce, and governance, legal structures and unpredictable tax changes remain difficulties, so China is off-piste for him and approached with care.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says China is off-piste for the strategy and approached with caution, but that a portfolio wants some exposure at this stage.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Financials are still the best sector: 14% ROE and an 8% cash return, no longer at half book

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the next few years (industry projections)

    Show quote

    “So we still see a lot of undervaluation, a lot of scope for improvement to capital usage for those stocks. They've had a decade of regulators raising capital requirements and saying no to things, and it feels like that's starting to come a little bit the other way. So that still feels like from a sectoral perspective, the area we find the most interest.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 49:02

    Financials are McQueen's largest sectoral conviction and he still sees opportunities in financial companies around the world. The engine is the exit from negative and zero rates: when they bought European banks in COVID the hope was a return to 8 percent return on equity, the European average is now about 14 percent and most are pushing higher, while excess capital built up on balance sheets is starting to be returned - industry projections imply a combined dividend and buyback return of roughly 7.5 to 8 percent a year over the next few years. The easy part is over, he says: they are no longer buying at half book. But he sees a lot of undervaluation left and scope to improve capital usage, with a decade of regulators raising requirements and saying no now starting to turn the other way. He also notes financials are a much larger share of international indices than of the US, which is part of why value has worked better abroad, and that Italian banks outperforming the Mag-7 over five years would have sounded absurd beforehand.

    Time frame
    the next few years (industry projections)
    What they own
    Says the strategy has a lot of exposure to financials, bought European banks during COVID, and that the sector is where they find the most interest.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Moving underweight Japan: the large-cap reform story is in the price

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “For us from a portfolio stance today, we've actually been reducing moving underweight now in Japan. Partly thinking that, at least for the larger companies, the market knows all about this. A lot of the transformation seems to be kind of in the price already.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 41:03

    McQueen has been reducing Japan and is now underweight, even though he is a long-standing admirer of the reform: the Tokyo Stock Exchange's rule that boards trading below book must publish a plan to improve, reinforced by societal pressure until everyone complies, has pushed companies to sell excess real estate and cross-shareholdings and to target returns on equity - his own Hitachi holding went from eight times earnings and a first-ever 8 percent return target to mid-teens margins and returns. His reason for cutting is that, at least in the larger companies, the market now knows all about it and much of the transformation is already priced; he still finds opportunities further down the spectrum in mid- and small-caps and is funding them elsewhere in Asia where the same process is starting. The second concern is the currency: the very weak yen has been a massive tailwind for Japanese exporters, and this far from purchasing power parity it could move sharply the other way, so he will not take today's earnings and cash flows as given in perpetuity.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the strategy has been reducing Japan and is now underweight, while still holding mid- and small-cap positions there.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The US-international valuation gap should narrow as the earnings gap already has

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “It's not up to US levels, but the gap has materially closed. I think that's a phenomenon of the things we talked about with interest rates, with better outlook for tangible goods companies that are more heavy in the international indices. To my mind, some of that gap should have closed because the earnings gap has reduced from where it was.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 30:57

    McQueen argues the discount on non-US equities is no longer justified by growth. Through the 2010s international earnings grew about 1 percent a year and international value about half a percent against 8 percent for the S&P; from 2019 to today the US still compounds about 8 percent while international has risen to about four and a half, so the earnings gap has materially closed and in his view some of the valuation gap should close with it. On price to book the US-international spread sits around the 25th percentile of history, and industry by industry developed international is cheaper in 9 of 11 industries, 11 of 11 once emerging markets are included (tech being the one that flips, with US tech slightly cheaper than developed-international tech). He rejects the standard adjustment for the US tech weighting - which closes about half the gap - as artificial, because no one will hold an international portfolio with ASML at 40 percent. He credits the change to a durable regime shift: inflation and positive rates instead of permadeflation, a long list of tangible capital to be spent (infrastructure, supply chains, reshoring, grids and energy transition, defence, AI), and restructuring in Asia; and he notes an S&P holder's tech exposure has gone from 20 to 40 percent, so ex-US is also diversification.

    What they own
    Runs T. Rowe Price's international value strategy, which he plugs on air; the row is the view his own book expresses.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Inflation is probably not going back to zero, and that levels the playing field for value

    Colin McQueenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “We can all get out our crystal balls and try and argue exactly where inflation is going to go, but it's probably not going back to zero.”

    Episode: We Asked T. Rowe Price's $17B International Manager Why Value is Winning Again — and What the S&P 500 Leaves Out

    at 12:11

    McQueen's regime call is that the world has moved from deflation to inflation and that, whatever the exact path, inflation is probably not going back to zero. He declines to forecast the level - everyone can get their crystal balls out - but treats the shift as durable rather than fleeting, the consequence of an intense reset through COVID and the Ukraine war. What matters to him is the second-order effect: a higher discount rate changes the valuation dynamic in favour of cash flows that are nearer rather than further out, and it transforms financial companies whose business models could not work at negative rates in Europe or zero in Japan. He frames the change not as tilting the field in value's favour but as levelling it, after a decade in which value fought with one hand tied behind its back and a third of the world's bond markets carried negative yields.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Tech Is Rolling Over. Yields Are Falling. Why Jim Paulsen is Watching the Walmart Recession Signal

    5 statements

    Bond yields go lower, not higher, and that will surprise most people

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “That will be a big surprise for most right now, is that bond yields will actually be lower and not to this future, rather than higher.”

    Episode: Tech Is Rolling Over. Yields Are Falling. Why Jim Paulsen is Watching the Walmart Recession Signal

    at 58:34

    Says the consensus is positioned the wrong way: with growth slowing and inflation coming off, the Fed has to give up tightening and start easing, and bond yields end up lower rather than higher — which he says will be a big surprise to most people right now (the transcript garbles his "not too distant future" as "not to this future"). His own charts set up the call: the policy index he builds from the 10-year yield, the real dollar and WTI, pushed three months forward, has just rolled the economic surprise index over, and the Walmart indicator that has led Fed turns through this cycle turned down on 15 August. He attaches an explicit warning for equity holders rather than bond holders: everyone assumes stocks rally when the Fed cuts, but that does not happen when the concern shifts from inflation to recession, and he expects a period where rates come down and the market goes down with them before it eventually picks up. He also flags, as something that "caught my eye" rather than a forecast, that stocks stopped beating bonds for years once yields broke 5% at the end of the 1960s and only resumed when yields fell back below 5% — and yields have just broken 5% again.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    New-era spending is the fastest ever versus GDP; it only has to slow for tech leadership to break

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And my problem with tech is it's just too extreme, too much, too fast, it's just out of bounds. It's the likelihood of it keeping up the growth pace that it's on right now is just astronomically low. It just can't do it. And I really think all we need to tip tech stocks and take away tech enthusiasm is if that blue line rolls over a little.”

    Episode: Tech Is Rolling Over. Yields Are Falling. Why Jim Paulsen is Watching the Walmart Recession Signal

    at 20:55

    His case against tech leadership is the growth rate, not the technology or the valuation. Nominal new-era spending is about 14% of GDP, against under 10% in 2015 and about 7% at the start of the 1990s, and while the share has trended up consistently for 60 to 70 years, the last couple of quarters are the fastest increase relative to the economy in post-war history — faster than dot-com managed. He calls that too extreme, too much, too fast, out of bounds, and says the likelihood of keeping that pace up is astronomically low, not because of AI itself but because something that size cannot grow that fast against the economy perpetually. The point that matters for stocks is the derivative: detrended new-era spending tracks tech's relative performance closely, tech outperforms by about 4% in quarters when it rises and not at all when it falls, so tech does not need a bust, only a deceleration — if that line merely becomes less strong he expects a watershed shift in leadership. He adds two conditions on the demand side: much of the usage today is free, including his own, so demand elasticity is untested until the portals start charging, and contacts tell him companies are already right-sizing usage as price tags appear; and depreciation on the capex is still a balance-sheet item that will hit income statements and force more price rises. He thinks AI succeeds over time, just far more slowly than people suggest. The second leg is complacency: this tech cycle has run 20 years against a previous maximum of eight, tech has outperformed in 80% of the trailing 240 months (against 41% at the dot-com top), so one decision — stay overweight, buy every dip — has been right for two decades, and he worries that when it rolls everyone reduces exposure at once and it becomes a rout. He frames the likely damage as a 20-plus percent fall in tech.

    What they own
    None disclosed; the show's closing disclaimer says securities discussed may be holdings of the hosts' firms or their clients.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A fairly nasty correction, led by new-era stocks, but no all-out S&P bear market

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the November-to-April seasonal window; the correction before "another three years in another run" · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm still, though, overall, I'm cautious. I still don't think we're going to have a recession. I still don't think we're necessarily going to have an all-out S&P 500 bear. But I still think it could be a fairly nasty correction, particularly among new era stocks.”

    Episode: Tech Is Rolling Over. Yields Are Falling. Why Jim Paulsen is Watching the Walmart Recession Signal

    at 2:04

    Positions himself conservatively while explicitly refusing the bear case on the index: no recession, no all-out S&P 500 bear, but a fairly nasty correction, concentrated in the new-era names, and he says plainly he may be wrong and will change his mind if so. The pressure he measures is policy: of eight forces he tracks back to 1970 (yields, the yield curve, real money growth, the real dollar, fiscal juice, oil, CPI and real wages), six and a half to seven are restrictive on a three-month average, putting the US in the top quartile of restrictiveness just in the last few months, which historically is where forward S&P returns fall away sharply. He applies the same cut to seasonality: November-to-April periods entered from below the top quartile average about 8.5%, but entered from restrictive conditions average about 3% over the six months, with outcomes as bad as 10 to 18% declines — so the "good seasonal period" everyone is celebrating is a much thinner edge than the Wall Street talk suggests. His leading-indicator work points the same way: the relative performance of retail, industrial, homebuilder and employment-services stocks is heading south while the matching real data (retail sales, ISM, housing starts, job openings) still looks fine, and the policy index he builds from the 10-year yield, the real dollar and WTI, pushed forward three months, has just rolled the Citi economic surprise index over from about 45 to 33. He also notes you cannot find a bond-yield move like this one since 1998 without some downside reaction in equities, and this time there has been none. His most likely path: a 15% correction in the index and 20-plus in tech, inflation dissipating, the Fed easing, a recession scare, and then another three-year run in the bull; the saving grace is the bifurcation itself, since the other seven S&P sectors are up only 2.5% this year and have provided less than money-market returns.

    Time frame
    the November-to-April seasonal window; the correction before "another three years in another run"
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is in a conservative mode in terms of how he would position himself; no specific holdings disclosed.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Inflation comes off even with oil at $100, because the monthly changes go to zero

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I do think that inflation is gonna come down probably even if the crisis continues. And the reason for that is because if it just oscillates at $100 crude oil, then the month-to-month changes are zero.”

    Episode: Tech Is Rolling Over. Yields Are Falling. Why Jim Paulsen is Watching the Walmart Recession Signal

    at 58:34

    Expects US inflation to fall even if the Middle East conflict continues, on base-effect arithmetic rather than demand: if crude simply oscillates around $100 the month-to-month changes are zero, so the annual rate rolls down regardless, and it would take an escalation to $150 a barrel to hold the inflation rate up. He says there is already evidence it is starting: non-energy prices have rolled over and are coming down, parting company with energy after moving together. The call is the first leg of his wider forecast — inflation off, growth slowing, the Fed forced from tightening into easing, bond yields lower — and it sits directly against the recent prints, which he notes came in hot on both the consumer and producer side in the week of recording. (Registry convention: bearish here means he expects the inflation rate to fall.)

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Stress without recession: the Walmart signal and the lagged policy turn point to slower growth

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the lagged impact of yields, oil and the dollar "three to six months" out · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I don't expect real economic growth to go negative or anything, but I do think there's stress in the economy, as suggested by the WRS indicator, and one of those is it might come out in weaker real GDP growth.”

    Episode: Tech Is Rolling Over. Yields Are Falling. Why Jim Paulsen is Watching the Walmart Recession Signal

    at 51:47

    Expects slower economic conditions without a recession. The mechanism is lags: 2025 delivered a big fall in bond yields, a big fall in oil and an even bigger fall in the real dollar, all stimulative, and the pickup in early 2026 is their lagged effect — all three have now reversed, so the lagged impulse turns the other way over the next three to six months. He is unimpressed by the level the data has reached in any case: real retail sales growing modestly, employment growth of half a percent a year over two years, no new jobs but no layoffs, and real GDP no better than 2% even in the good quarters, standards he says would once have produced a much more aggressive policy response. His Walmart recession signal — Walmart's stock relative to general and luxury retailers, which rises when more of the income distribution trades down and which has been rising since well before August — lines up with slower real GDP growth and with stress in the job market, and in this cycle has been very good at leading the Fed: it turned down after 15 August, which he reads as the Fed having to pause again rather than raise, or stop more than that. He is explicit about the bound: he does not expect real growth to go negative, just stress, and he notes the leading indicators (the relative performance of retail, industrial, homebuilder and employment-services stocks) all point south while the backward-looking reports still read fine.

    Time frame
    the lagged impact of yields, oil and the dollar "three to six months" out
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · AI Productivity Is Real. 83% of Stocks Are 10% Off Highs. Why Does Barry Ritholtz Like Bonds Again?

    4 statements

    Avoid the AI buildout's bonds: the hyperscaler name on them may be an SPV

    Barry RitholtzExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Beware of the wacky circular AI funded stuff that it looks like it's Microsoft, but it isn't. There's a SPV or something in the background.”

    Episode: AI Productivity Is Real. 83% of Stocks Are 10% Off Highs. Why Does Barry Ritholtz Like Bonds Again?

    at 1:00:35

    Ritholtz has turned positive on investment-grade bonds but draws a hard line at the paper financing the AI buildout. He sizes the problem earlier in the conversation: half a trillion dollars of AI and data-centre spending is scaling towards four, five, six or seven trillion, and it is being funded with bonds that are theoretically A-rated corporates yielding much more than money-good Treasuries. He does not believe the rating describes the risk, and lists the buildout bonds among the reasons yields are rising at all. His specific objection to the newest structures is that the credit is not what it appears to be: the bond looks like Microsoft but sits in a special-purpose vehicle, so the buyer does not own the balance sheet they think they own. The rule he states for the bond money he does want to put to work is investment grade only, never reach for yield, stay away from junk, and avoid anything circular in AI.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Moore's Law will strand the giant data centres being built today

    Barry RitholtzExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: 20 years from now or even 10 years from now

    Show quote

    “If you just think about how rapidly Moore's Law has worked with semiconductors and GPUs, I just can't imagine that 20 years from now or even 10 years from now, we need a seven football field size data center.”

    Episode: AI Productivity Is Real. 83% of Stocks Are 10% Off Highs. Why Does Barry Ritholtz Like Bonds Again?

    at 10:32

    Ritholtz expects the physics of semiconductors to make today's data-centre footprint obsolete rather than scarce. His argument is the historical rate of improvement in chips and GPUs: once the hardware needed for a given amount of compute is cut in half, or by ninety per cent, the owner of a seven-football-field building in the middle of nowhere needs only five or ten per cent of it, having already spent the money. He frames that as the genuine concern behind the capex numbers, alongside the scale of the equity and debt being raised to pay for it, and ties it back to his doubt that the A-rated AI buildout bonds are really A-rated. He does not claim the spending stops soon; the view is that what is being built will not be needed at this size on a ten- to twenty-year view.

    Time frame
    20 years from now or even 10 years from now
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bonds clear client hurdle rates without financial engineering

    Matt ZeiglerExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “This is the first time in my career, same thing, outside of just when the GFC was ending, where I've looked and gone, bonds are really competitive and you don't have to reverse engineer some concoction to get to these return targets you're looking for.”

    Episode: AI Productivity Is Real. 83% of Stocks Are 10% Off Highs. Why Does Barry Ritholtz Like Bonds Again?

    at 1:03:57

    Zeigler, an adviser who built portfolios for pensions and endowments through the zero-rate years, says the back-up in yields this past quarter has put bonds back in the position of meeting the return targets clients need while carrying less risk than the equity side. His point is as much about what is no longer necessary: through the last decade the way to reach a hurdle rate was to reverse-engineer a concoction, the engineered equity-income substitutes for bonds, and he says that is no longer needed. He treats the last quarter's move as the signal to look less at equity risk, and marks it as the first time in his career other than the end of the financial crisis and the brief 2021-22 window that bonds have looked genuinely competitive.

    What they own
    Answers "Yeah" when asked whether his advisory practice is doing anything in the bond space and says he has been excited about bonds; no sizing or instrument given.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    First time this century bonds are attractive: A-rated, five to seven years

    Barry RitholtzExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so a five, a six, a seven-year duration A-rated, this is the first time this century bonds are attractive.”

    Episode: AI Productivity Is Real. 83% of Stocks Are 10% Off Highs. Why Does Barry Ritholtz Like Bonds Again?

    at 1:00:35

    Ritholtz says he has not been able to say he loves bonds in public in twenty-five years and now can. The arithmetic he gives: over five per cent on the ten-year, and munis at a 4.5 to 4.75 per cent nominal yield that in a high-tax coastal state works out at a tax-equivalent eight to eight and a half per cent, a number nobody would have believed if offered on AA-rated investment-grade paper in 2015 or 2018. He argues the objection to bonds is recency bias from 2022, which he calls the exception to a forty-year bull market, and that the way to own them is a separately managed account where you hold the individual bonds, ignore the week-to-week mark and get par at maturity, then roll into whatever rates are then. Alongside the A-rated five- to seven-year core he likes TIPS for people on fixed income who want a known inflation hedge and munis especially on an after-tax basis. He hedges the timing explicitly: this is not the end of equities and not the bottom for bonds, it is legging in because for the first time he is being paid to wait. The exclusions are junk and the circular AI-funded paper.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has always been an investor in bonds "just not enthusiastically" because he was not getting paid to wait, and that he is now "getting paid to sit in bonds"; at his firm he had refused to rebalance from stocks into bonds in a secular bull market "until now" and is screening client households for the largest deviations before acting.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The Winners That Get Away | Chris Davis and Robert Hagstrom on Holding Great Businesses

    3 statements

    Davis: the cap-weighted index has become a giant momentum fund; buying it blindly late in a bull market is risky

    Chris DavisExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And as I say, the idea of just automatically buying a momentum fund doesn't seem like a good idea at the end of a bull market, and the index has in a way become a very large momentum fund.”

    Episode: The Winners That Get Away | Chris Davis and Robert Hagstrom on Holding Great Businesses

    at 15:37

    Davis says owning the index is an enormously riskier position than it has ever been. Indexing amplifies momentum: the more something rises the bigger its weight and the more passive money it draws, a feedback loop whose collapse is unpredictable and more dramatic the longer it runs. He adds what he calls a 'tinfoil hat' theory that venture capitalists are keeping companies private longer so they can exit into price-insensitive index buying once giants such as SpaceX, Anthropic and OpenAI list, which would push the index multiple and sector concentration higher still. He concludes that automatically buying what has become a very large momentum fund at the end of a bull market is not a good idea; his own fund has only about 30% in technology.

    What they own
    Says his funds have about 30% of the index's technology weighting and have stayed close to the S&P over three to four years.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Davis: Capital One is the most successful fintech in history yet trades at 9-10x

    Chris DavisExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And it's just amazing how far ahead they are as the most valuable and successful fintech company in history, still run by the founder, and yet it trades at nine or ten times.”

    Episode: The Winners That Get Away | Chris Davis and Robert Hagstrom on Holding Great Businesses

    at 43:34

    Davis argues the obvious long-term AI play is the users of the technology rather than its builders, whose returns depend on pricing power that may not survive if there are four or five cloud providers with low switching costs. As his example he cites Rich Fairbank's 2025 annual report for Capital One: the company is far ahead in positioning itself to capitalise on AI, is the most valuable and successful fintech company in history, is still run by its founder, and yet trades at nine or ten times earnings.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hagstrom: hyperscaler capex should peak around 2027, then they go back to being cash-flow monsters

    Robert HagstromExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: second half of 2027 into 2028 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “We may not be in a permanent condition with the hyperscalers that they're going to be capital intensive business forever. But we will return back to being cash flow monsters.”

    Episode: The Winners That Get Away | Chris Davis and Robert Hagstrom on Holding Great Businesses

    at 40:06

    Asked whether heavy capital spending changes what kind of businesses the big tech companies are, Hagstrom argues the condition is cyclical, not permanent, likening it to Amazon's early distribution-centre build-out that sceptics said would bankrupt it. Citing Michael Mauboussin's work and management forecasts, he thinks the capex cycle may peak around the second half of 2027, after which capital intensity falls and the hyperscalers earn subscription and leasing rents across AI models, so returns on capital and free cash flow rebound. He says the market will pick this up before it happens, while conceding nobody will know until it arrives. He also says his firm has trimmed tech to roughly a market weight on margin-of-safety grounds.

    Time frame
    second half of 2027 into 2028
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says EquityCompass is now about market weight tech (about 35% including Google and Amazon) after trimming from about 45%.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    8 statements

    10-year yields broke out above 4.75%: respect it, higher yields over the next year

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: over the next year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think just more importantly, it's to respect that big breakout that we saw as something that supports higher yields, even over the next year, potentially.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 14:07

    Stockton reads the 10-year Treasury yield's weekly closes above 4.75%, its previous high, as a major breakout from a long-term range, followed by strong follow-through to 5% and now 5.25%, resistance going back to 2006-07. She takes it as a sign the secular uptrend in yields has resumed and says the breakout supports higher yields, potentially over the next year, though she expects stair-stepping and consolidation around current levels rather than a straight line. She flags rising yields as a potential headwind for some segments of the equity market.

    Time frame
    over the next year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Keep the opportunistic overweight in tech: the sector ratios still lead

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “So this year has been that kind of year where the opportunistic exposure should have and still, I think, should be in the tech sector just based on the ratios there.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 23:27

    Stockton advocates a diversified base portfolio with opportunistic tilts toward the sectors whose ratios to the S&P 500 are strongest. Leadership this year has been concentrated in technology, especially the AI trade, and she says the opportunistic exposure still belongs in tech on the ratios. Into year end she says tech, semis and the AI trade need not just to perform but to lead, with at least about half the mega caps doing well, for the S&P 500 to hold near its highs.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The secular bull market is alive and mostly well despite the breadth worries

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I mean, listen, the secular bull market is very much alive, and I'd say mostly well at this point, despite all the chatter right now about market breath and otherwise.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 0:52

    Stockton, a technician, says the secular bull market in US stocks is very much alive and the cyclical uptrend is intact, with the S&P 500 and Nasdaq 100 at new highs on concentrated leadership. Breadth has pulled back sharply, but the cumulative advance-decline line is still in an uptrend on her weekly cloud model and is short-term oversold, so she expects a snapback in breadth; narrow leadership has not been a reason to be bearish for years. Caveats: long-term overbought conditions are widespread, some segments (semis, small caps) have monthly momentum downturns, the breadth pullback could be the start of something worse, and her rules-based sector ETF has cut equities to about 50%, which she says hints at a weakening tape for 2027.

    What they own
    Her firm's Fairlead Tactical Sector ETF (TACK) is about 50% in equities and 50% in short- and long-term Treasuries and gold.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Small caps: expect a relief rally, but sell into strength on monthly downturns

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So with the downturn in the monthly stochastics for one, it would put us on more sort of in the mindset, I guess, of selling strength potentially for the small cap arena.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 11:08

    Stockton notes the Russell 2000 is well below its daily cloud and has broken its 50-day average. Small-cap and equal-weight proxies are reaching support (200-day averages, weekly cloud) where she expects at least temporary relief, and she sees early downside exhaustion that could stage a relief rally. But downturns in the monthly indicators, more applicable to the Russell 2000 than to large caps, hint that new highs will be harder to reach, which puts her in the mindset of selling strength in small caps.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Semis emerging from correction: open to positions short to intermediate term

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: short to intermediate term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So we're pretty open to positions in the sector until it tells us otherwise, until we have enough deterioration.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 26:53

    Stockton says semiconductors have started to advance out of their corrective phase, with short-term breakouts above their 50-day averages and healthy short-term momentum, and that corrections within a bull cycle are a time to add exposure. Proxies like SMH still have a good amount of upside just to their prior highs, so she is open to positions until the sector deteriorates enough to say otherwise. Caveat: semis are the source of many of the monthly overbought downturns, so longer-term momentum has deteriorated and they may not make new highs; the view is short to intermediate term.

    Time frame
    short to intermediate term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Healthcare looks to be forming a long-term base against the S&P 500

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “There appears to be a long-term basing phase underway for healthcare versus the S&P 500, so we're intrigued by that.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 20:46

    Going through the sector ratios against the S&P 500, most of which are in downtrends because of concentrated tech leadership, Stockton singles out healthcare as appearing to be in a long-term basing phase relative to the index, which she finds intriguing as a potential relative-strength opportunity. Exploratory interest, not a strong call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Crude's long-term momentum still points higher within a wide $87-$105 triangle

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “So that's what we're watching, and effectively in the boundaries of the triangle, long-term momentum for crude points higher still.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 32:38

    Stockton sees crude oil in a wide triangle formation and says long-term momentum still points higher, citing a monthly MACD shift in favour of higher prices in February. Support is around $87 a barrel, the threshold she uses to judge whether the current pullback persists; the upper boundary is near $105, leaving a good amount of upside. The wide spread between those levels means she expects continued volatility.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishBitcoin

    A major low is in for Bitcoin; it will work higher

    Katie StocktonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: over the next few weeks

    Show quote

    “And I don't know if that's a function of the deep global liquidity or something else, but we do think that Bitcoin will work higher.”

    Episode: Katie Stockton Still Sees a Bull Market. So Why Is Her ETF Only 50% in Stocks?

    at 34:11

    Stockton says her monthly indicators show a major low in Bitcoin: an oversold reading gave way to improved momentum, and across cryptocurrencies she sees double bottoms and base breakouts. Basing phases are often sloppy and prolonged, and she is constructive over the next few weeks rather than the next few days, but she thinks crypto has a cyclical low in place and Bitcoin will work higher. She has just launched a tactical Bitcoin ETF, so this is partly her own product.

    Time frame
    over the next few weeks
    What they own
    Her firm runs the Amplify Fairlead Tactical Bitcoin ETF (BNAV), which holds a 70% base exposure to Bitcoin and levers up to 150%.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Tom Maher on Small-Cap Investing, AI Infrastructure and Opportunities Beyond Big Tech

    2 statements

    Mainstream industrials are recovering, with ISM perking up and heavy-haul freight turning

    Tom MaherExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “But another thing that we've picked up on that's kind of interesting is that in what I would describe as mainstream industrials, we've seen some recovery. And I had the ISM under 50 for a long period of time, it's starting to perk up. And you're picking up that in things that, for instance, some of those companies that would supply sort of machinery or other things into the industrial space. But you even heard from some of the truckers, for example, that unsided or heavy haul loads are starting to pick up. Those are usually indicative of some industrial economies starting to build.”

    Episode: Tom Maher on Small-Cap Investing, AI Infrastructure and Opportunities Beyond Big Tech

    at 5:35

    Beyond the companies literally building the AI data centres or supplying non-IT hardware into them, where he says some of the most impressive upward revisions are, he reports a recovery in what he calls mainstream industrials. His evidence is bottom-up: the ISM has been below 50 for a long stretch and is starting to perk up, machinery suppliers into the industrial space are picking up, and truckers he is involved with report unsided and heavy-haul loads - oversized and industrial equipment - starting to increase, which he reads as an early indicator of industrial activity building. He dates the improvement to late last year and the start of this one, and attributes it to resilience rather than policy: COVID, the tariffs and the Iran war were three shots across the bow of globalised supply chains, with first-year full depreciation helping at the margin. He is careful about the magnitude - not eye-catching growth, but a gradual improvement in growth rates, some from negative to positive, some from modestly positive to a little higher - and pairs it with valuation: with the market fascinated by AI, these companies have come back to the middle of their ten-year multiple range, so they do not have to shoot the lights out to work. He also notes margin gains from the efficiency companies found through the inflation and supply-chain years are adding to earnings growth beyond the top line.

    What they own
    Says he is involved with trucking companies and owns an industrial REIT seeing the same trend; industrials are more represented in his space than in large caps.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    US small and mid caps: earnings acceleration should draw money down the cap scale

    Tom MaherExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “First and foremost, that seems to have reversed to some extent. And it's not necessarily that you're seeing a sort of crash down in the larger cap earnings growth, but you're seeing an acceleration in the smaller cap precincts, which if that follows reason, then you should probably start to see a little more interest in the market space.”

    Episode: Tom Maher on Small-Cap Investing, AI Infrastructure and Opportunities Beyond Big Tech

    at 7:39

    Maher, who runs a US small and mid cap strategy, argues the decade of large-cap dominance was rational because the biggest companies had the better earnings growth, but that this has partly reversed: smaller companies now show accelerating earnings (he cites 20-30% expected growth for small and mid caps over the next few years), which should draw more interest to the space. He adds that the Mag 7 concentration means even a small reallocation is large relative to small and mid caps, that a strong US economy is better captured by domestically focused smaller companies, and that the AI build-out and reshoring need physical construction and industrial work that small and mid caps capture. Caveats from the same conversation: inflation, a Fed that may be raising rates and violent short-term moves keep him with 'one foot on the brake', and his view covers small and mid caps (Russell 2500), not small caps alone.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Manages Hilton Capital's small and mid cap opportunity strategy.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The 10-Year Hit a 24-Year High. Nobody Is Buying Puts. Are You Watching the Wrong Market?

    3 statements

    Max long bonds after the September selloff, but no big rally without a weaker economy

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: the next few months · Not sure

    Show quote

    “From an alpha standpoint, I went max long bonds a point ago. It's not working out, but my horizon is more than tomorrow.”

    Episode: The 10-Year Hit a 24-Year High. Nobody Is Buying Puts. Are You Watching the Wrong Market?

    at 14:41

    Constan reads September's 54bp rise in the 10-year and 39bp rise in the 30-year as the bond market finally catching up to a growth impulse that had already been priced into equities and commodities: consumption plus the AI compute buildout, the capex that buildout requires financed partly with debt, and a government still running a large deficit. Hawkishness from the committee that ended in a hike, and what he calls Bessent's arrogant decision to dare the bond market, were the catalysts rather than the cause. Because that repricing has now happened, he says he is much more constructive on bonds as part of a portfolio than he has been, having been short them, and from an alpha standpoint has gone max long, risking about 3% of the portfolio on a recovery over the next few months. He caps the upside himself: for bonds to generate significant positive returns the economy would have to roll over, and he does not think a brief period of rates above 5% does that - it takes many months at higher levels. He also concedes that if you believe in momentum, yields could keep rising. He says there is no bond market crisis: no institution on the brink, no question over the government's ability to sell debt or pay interest, and the 100% debt-to-GDP doom case is a reasonable worry but not his central case.

    Time frame
    the next few months
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he had been short bonds, wrote a piece about two weeks earlier turning more interested in bonds, and has since gone max long bonds, risking about 3% of his portfolio over the next few months.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Equities cannot accelerate with 5%-plus long yields and the Fed hiking

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But, you know, that's why I'm a little bit more bullish bonds and a little bit bearish stocks.”

    Episode: The 10-Year Hit a 24-Year High. Nobody Is Buying Puts. Are You Watching the Wrong Market?

    at 14:41

    Constan's bearishness is mild and is the mirror of his bond position. His argument is that the market is on what he calls Higher for Longer Island, where equities can still do decently because high rates reflect strong growth, but where acceleration is off the table: he does not think equities break higher with 30-year yields at 5.5%, 10-year yields at 5.25% and the Fed in the middle of a hiking cycle, and sees them at most drifting slightly higher as yields stabilise. With very high growth now priced into every asset rather than just some, he thinks disappointment is more likely than further acceleration. He is explicit that this is not a recession call - he says a recession is a destination he will not go to, and that slowing the economy takes many months of rates above 5%, not a brief period. He names the escape hatch: policy makers blinking, either the Fed easing as growth accelerates and inflation falls, or the administration gunning the economy and giving up on the inflation mandate, which he says would produce a strong equity rally, a strong bond rally and a big dollar selloff. He sees no reason for them to blink yet.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Diesel adds half a point of structural inflation that no ceasefire takes back

    Eric PachmanExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so if we're having any discussions about going down to two, I mean, here's another half point and it's completely structural. And it doesn't depend on opening up the straight or ending the war.”

    Episode: The 10-Year Hit a 24-Year High. Nobody Is Buying Puts. Are You Watching the Wrong Market?

    at 41:24

    Pachman's case is that the refining system, not the crude price, is what sets fuel costs, and that it has broken. He puts the Gulf Coast 3-2-1 crack spread at $85 as he speaks, a level he says should not be happening and did not expect when he was writing about this in June and July; crude has fallen while cracks kept rising, so the oil-to-pump link has snapped. The mechanism is a mismatch between the grades of crude reaching refineries and the grades those refineries were built for, which he compares to shutting Atlanta Hartsfield for months and restarting it intermittently - COVID for the energy supply chain. Diesel is tighter than crude, and inventories that should have been built all summer were drained or held flat, just as the Northeast heads into heating-oil season. Running his published fuel-surcharge model, which is calibrated against carriers' own reported rates in their 10-Ks and 10-Qs, diesel held near current levels for a year is roughly half a percentage point of upward pressure on CPI, and he stresses this is structural, so it survives the Strait of Hormuz reopening or the war ending; Powell, he notes, has said the Fed can manage cycles but not structural inflation. He thinks the pass-through to goods and grocery prices has barely begun - the very early innings - and points to tanker rates above $1m a day against a typical $25,000 as evidence the damage is still being absorbed. He is careful about magnitude: he pushes back on calling it a massive impact and the half point assumes prices stay where they are for a full year.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Ed Yardeni Still Sees S&P 10,000 by 2029. So Why Is He Getting More Cautious?

    5 statements

    5.25% held to maturity beats inflation if productivity does its work

    Ed YardeniExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Time frame: if you held it for 10 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I do agree, five and a quarter percent, if you held it for 10 years, it's probably going to be a pretty decent return even after inflation, because I do think that in my Roary 2020 scenario, productivity will make a big difference to bringing inflation down.”

    Episode: Ed Yardeni Still Sees S&P 10,000 by 2029. So Why Is He Getting More Cautious?

    at 41:41

    Yardeni thinks the 10-year at about 5.25% is a decent real return for a buy-and-hold investor, and the reason is the productivity leg of his own decade thesis: an AI-led productivity boom that he says has not really kicked in yet but is already visible in the data, which brings inflation down over the horizon of the bond. He frames the level as a return to normal rather than higher for longer - 4% to 5%, maybe a little above, is where the 10-year sat for several years before the global financial crisis, and the genuinely abnormal period was the stretch between that crisis and the pandemic when central banks rigged the market with zero rates and QE. He reports that the accounts he talks to increasingly agree, and notes the tell that the clients most frightened of the debt still want to park money in bills, 2-year notes and 10-years. He is explicit that he is not calling the bottom in prices: he thinks we are getting close to a peak in bond yields but wants a stronger sense of it, says we are not out of the woods yet, and sets out a spectrum from good to ugly in which the ugly end is a Dalio-style fiscal crisis - the revenge of the bond vigilantes he named in 1983, now out of the dungeon, with $1.7 trillion deficits heading to $2 trillion and over $1 trillion of interest expense, which could end as it did in Greece in 2010 or, more happily, as a debt scare that scares politicians into fiscal discipline.

    Time frame
    if you held it for 10 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Compute demand has no ceiling because AI made data a fourth factor of production

    Ed YardeniExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Show quote

    “So I think the end demand for compute is to infinity and beyond.”

    Episode: Ed Yardeni Still Sees S&P 10,000 by 2029. So Why Is He Getting More Cautious?

    at 15:17

    Yardeni's argument for the durability of the buildout is that AI has turned data into a fourth factor of production alongside land, labour and capital - and unlike the other three, data is not scarce. Processing data generates more data, from humanoids, self-driving cars and satellites, so demand for compute runs, in his phrase, to infinity and beyond. He frames AI as evolutionary rather than revolutionary: the continuation of a digital revolution that started with IBM mainframes in the mid-1960s, ran through minicomputers and PCs to the late-1990s productivity surge that Word and Excel produced and then exhausted, and is now in another great productivity boom that he says has not really kicked in yet. For monitoring the return on the spending he watches two things only: cloud computing revenues, which he wants growing at a double-digit pace and says are up about 40% year on year at some companies, and backlogs for compute. He rejects the view that AI capex is the only thing propping up the economy, saying the buildout is also forcing overdue work such as replacing a woefully obsolete electric grid, and agrees this differs from the dot-com fibre glut in that capacity is chasing demand rather than running ahead of it - he says nobody has given him a plausible account of why demand stops short of the end of civilisation. The caveat he draws is about who captures it: the hyperscalers and AI companies are at war with each other, competition should compress their margins and pass cheaper compute to customers, which is why he says it is hard to know where in the AI universe to invest.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    No recession through 2029: retiring boomers spend their net worth and AI capex does the rest

    Ed YardeniExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Time frame: through the end of 2029

    Show quote

    “But the basic thesis is no recession. The economy is resilient. The economy will continue to grow, maybe with having rolling recessions, sitting different industries at different times.”

    Episode: Ed Yardeni Still Sees S&P 10,000 by 2029. So Why Is He Getting More Cautious?

    at 5:26

    Yardeni has run the Roaring 2020s thesis since August 2020, when he says it looked delusional, and counts this as the seventh year of it with three to go to the end of 2029. The economy is strong on several cylinders at once: consumers consuming, capital spending strong because of AI, and a federal deficit of $1.7 trillion over the past twelve months. His distinctive leg is demographic. About a third of US households are now 65 or older, holding roughly $100-120 trillion of net worth with another $20 trillion to come from the silent generation; retirements are accelerating, which he reads as evidence those people feel financially secure, and they are spending it - healthcare, cruises, premium class - while also funding adult children who have an affordability problem. For retirees, higher interest rates are welcome because they pay more on money market funds, and the labour market matters less because they are out of it. He rejects the K-shaped economy as a Marxist framing and calls it G-shaped - generational - disputing the Moody's finding that 10% of consumers do 60% of consumption as implausible against what you see at Costco, restaurants and airports. He expects disposable income to flatten while consumption keeps rising, possibly to a negative savings rate by the end of the decade, which he says is fine because balance sheets matter more than income statements for retirees. He lists what the economy has already absorbed - the 2021-23 tightening, the March 2023 banking scare, tariffs, the war, now rising yields - and prices the base case at 70%, naming a Dalio-style debt crisis as the ugly tail.

    Time frame
    through the end of 2029
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    S&P 7,900 by year-end, 8,400 by mid-2027 and 10,000 by 2029 on an earnings-led bull market

    Ed YardeniExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Time frame: 7,900 by the end of this year, 8,400 by the middle of next year, 10,000 by the end of the decade (2029) · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So, in mid-September, I pushed out my 8,400 target for the S&P 500 to the middle of next year and aiming for something like 7,900 by the end of this year. We're still very much bullish on the outlook for earnings and the stock market.”

    Episode: Ed Yardeni Still Sees S&P 10,000 by 2029. So Why Is He Getting More Cautious?

    at 1:10

    Yardeni's case is earnings, not multiples. He argues this year's advance has been earnings-led rather than driven by chasing: earnings have been so strong that investors almost did not believe them, valuation multiples have actually fallen, just by less than earnings have risen, and he coins FIMO - Fabulous Earnings Momentum - to mark it off from the FOMO that drives melt-ups, calling it the healthier driver of a bull market. The arithmetic for the decade view is deliberately simple: by 2029 he expects the market to be discounting $500 a share for the S&P 500 against industry analysts' current $415, and a forward P/E of 20 on that gives 10,000 by the end of the decade, conditional on his base case that the economy is resilient and there is no recession. Nearer in, he is more careful. In mid-September he told clients to proceed with caution - a loud message, he says, from someone usually quite bullish - pushed his 8,400 target out to the middle of next year and set about 7,900 for the end of this year, after oil turned back up to $90-$100, the memorandum of understanding with Iran failed to hold and it became clear the war was not over, which means stickier inflation and central banks still raising rates. He puts 70% probability on the Roaring 2020s base case and 30% on everything else going wrong, and says he thinks we are close to a peak in bond yields but wants a stronger sense of it before saying so.

    Time frame
    7,900 by the end of this year, 8,400 by the middle of next year, 10,000 by the end of the decade (2029)
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Two more hikes as the Fed unwinds last year's insurance cuts

    Ed YardeniExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And now I think the Fed is sort of in the process of reversing at least last year's rate cut. So I think there's two more to go.”

    Episode: Ed Yardeni Still Sees S&P 10,000 by 2029. So Why Is He Getting More Cautious?

    at 50:39

    Yardeni reads the Fed as reversing its own easing and expects two more quarter-point hikes. His history is that he opposed the 100 basis points of cuts in 2024, arguing the economy was stronger than the Fed thought and inflation was not yet at 2%, and the bond yield agreed with him by rising 100 basis points; last year's three insurance cuts on top of the prior four he found no more defensible, and the long yield has since gone where it has gone. The near-term trigger is oil: the backup to higher-for-longer prices spooked the Fed into September's quarter-point hike, which was unanimous, and officials are talking about a couple more. He characterises the new chair, Warsh, as verbally hawkish from the start and as wanting the financial markets to tell the Fed what to do, with three dissenters in July who wanted to raise. He pushes that logic to its conclusion as a joke on himself - he has offered to do the Fed's job from home for a fraction of the cost - proposing an algorithm that lifts the funds rate a quarter whenever the 2-year note sits 50 basis points above it, and then asking why not simply set the funds rate to the 2-year, since the 2-year predicts it so well. The description of September's move he quotes approvingly is that it removed a dose of accommodation rather than tightening into restriction.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · They Beat All US Stock Funds Since 2003 | Michael Baron on the AI Winners Investors Miss

    3 statements
    BullishSpaceX

    Starship takes launch to hundreds of dollars a kilo and nobody catches SpaceX

    Michael BaronExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “When we get to Starship, we think, you know, no one will ever be able to catch and compete with that kind of capabilities, getting down to hundreds of dollars per kilo to get to space.”

    Episode: They Beat All US Stock Funds Since 2003 | Michael Baron on the AI Winners Investors Miss

    at 25:49

    Baron's case is that reusability has already made SpaceX the railroad of space and that Starship widens the gap beyond reach. On his numbers the Space Shuttle cost NASA about $50,000 per kilo to orbit, competitors are around $20,000, SpaceX is around $1,000, and a fully operational reusable Starship gets to the hundreds of dollars. He says roughly 90% of mass to orbit already goes through the Falcon system, with about 5% China and 5% elsewhere, so the company competes with countries rather than companies. The cash flow in the meantime is Starlink, which he puts at around 13 million customers growing about 50%, economic because a $500 dish beats laying fibre at $3,000 to $100,000 a mile; he expects the constellation to grow roughly tenfold from about 11,000 satellites to around 100,000 and each satellite's capability to rise about tenfold, a 100x increase in total functionality. The longer-dated prize he describes is data centres in space -- inference in orbit, training on the ground -- with solar power and the vacuum solving the electricity, siting and cooling problems, which he says only a vertically integrated operator with the lowest cost of access to space can do. He notes the stock broke its deal price of 135 and fell to around 110 after a Starship test because of one re-ignition failure, and treats that pattern of selling off on single setbacks as a misreading of a team that learns and iterates. Expect no shortage of iteration: he says there is nothing in physics preventing what they are trying to do.

    What they own
    Baron Capital has been invested in SpaceX for roughly eight years, alongside Tesla, as part of its investments with Elon Musk; he refers to the company having gone public in early summer and to 'our' cost position relative to the deal price of 135.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BullishTesla TSLA

    Tesla's second leg is software: full self-driving and robotaxi on top of the cheapest vehicle to build

    Michael BaronExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “So we feel that the vehicle is going to accelerate, the profitability of those vehicles is going to accelerate, and there's a huge unlock now coming as this becomes a software business.”

    Episode: They Beat All US Stock Funds Since 2003 | Michael Baron on the AI Winners Investors Miss

    at 13:18

    Baron argues Tesla is moving from a hardware business to a software business and that this is the next unlock after the move from high-end niche production to mass-market volume. His arithmetic: a vehicle sells for roughly $40,000 at about a 15% margin, so about $6,000 of profit, while a full-self-driving subscription at roughly $100 a month doubles the profitability of that vehicle over four or five years; he says about half of buyers are already signing up, which he expects to pull demand forward as well. Beyond the subscription he points to Tesla delivering transport as a service, with a cyber cab he wants below $30,000 and possibly in the low $20,000s, operating at around 30 cents a mile in total and about 60 cents per passenger mile after deadheading -- against a Waymo he says started near $150,000 and may get to $75,000-$80,000, carrying extra sensing hardware that adds cost and complexity where Tesla goes vision-only and vertically integrated. He also treats Tesla as an energy company rather than a vehicle company (a roughly 40GW California facility he describes as fully utilised, 20GW ramping in China, about 50GW planned in Houston) at roughly double the vehicle margin. On volume he says the company is only doing about 2 million vehicles and can do multiples of that as facilities are added. He is explicit that the investment is in Elon Musk and the team he has assembled: without Musk he is not sure Baron would own it.

    What they own
    Baron Capital began investing in Tesla in 2014 and made its allocation between 2014 and 2016, which he says was its last purchase; he is 'at year 12' with no reason to sell. In Baron Partners Fund the position was sized at 8-9% and rose to roughly 40% of the fund before being trimmed back for portfolio-management reasons.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The basket the market calls AI losers is on sale with its fundamentals intact

    Michael BaronExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “FactSet, MSCI, an entire area of our portfolio have been, you know, beaten up and are on sale, even though the fundamentals remain strong and we think that is starting to reverse.”

    Episode: They Beat All US Stock Funds Since 2003 | Michael Baron on the AI Winners Investors Miss

    at 8:02

    Baron argues the market is painting everything with one brush -- AI winner or AI loser -- and has marked down an entire category on the assumption that AI disintermediates it. He says the loser bucket is not purely software: it runs through professional services, some real estate (on the assumption of rising unemployment and less office demand) and financial services. His counter is that AI does not work in a vacuum, it runs on data, so companies with genuinely proprietary data cannot be disintermediated and are instead the mechanism through which others use AI -- he names Shopify (3.5 million merchants and 20 years of platform data), Guidewire in insurance software, FactSet, MSCI and Gartner, and says Baron itself consumes AI through FactSet. On valuation he says many of these names have been cut in half and their PEs cut in half while growth remains high single digit up to around 20%. He quantifies the dispersion he expects to close: the spread between the AI winners and losers was 28 points in 2024 (up 51% against up 23%), 15.5 points in 2025 and 47.5 points in the first half of 2026 -- and he says it reversed over the past two months, which he reads as the start of money moving to the beaten-up names. He does not claim to know why the turn happened and argues for holding both sides rather than only this one.

    What they own
    Describes the names as 'an entire area of our portfolio' and lists Shopify, Guidewire, Gartner, FactSet and MSCI as holdings; says Baron Capital uses FactSet itself.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · We Asked the Data Journalist Who Rebuilt the Jobs Report What the Headline Number Hides

    3 statements

    Refiners are making more money than God and running through maintenance season, so expect more outages

    Eric PachmanExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But if you run your refineries flat out and literally almost 100 percent capacity going into maintenance season when you're supposed to be taking them down and maintaining them, but they're like, dude, we're making more money than God right now because they are. They're just going to keep running them. And what do you expect to happen? Eventually, they're going to break.”

    Episode: We Asked the Data Journalist Who Rebuilt the Jobs Report What the Headline Number Hides

    at 38:41

    Pachman says the energy shortage he has been writing about will probably end up the worst energy crisis anyone alive has experienced, and that we are in its very early innings, comparing what has happened to energy markets with what COVID did to supply chains: oil is not fungible, the crack spread has blown out, and attacks on infrastructure by and around the Houthis, Saudi Arabia, Ukraine and Russia have left a global diesel shortage. His refining point is behavioural. Margins are so good right now that refiners are running at almost 100% of capacity into the maintenance season when the units are supposed to be taken down, so equipment will break; he cites the Whiting outage and the regional diesel spike it caused where he lives and says to expect more of the same unless we get lucky. He reads the price pattern as higher lows and higher highs, with investors only starting to care. He gives no horizon and names no refining company.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Diesel pass-through and a shrinking labour supply push inflation up, and the Fed cannot reach either

    Eric PachmanExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “This is an upward push on inflation that I frankly don't see how the Fed has any control over it.”

    Episode: We Asked the Data Journalist Who Rebuilt the Jobs Report What the Headline Number Hides

    at 38:41

    Pachman argues two upward forces on US inflation are building outside the Fed's reach. The first is diesel. He calculates that diesel touches 44.4% of the CPI basket by weight, and his published calculator, built from shippers' 10-Ks and 10-Qs and from EIA diesel prices used to set fuel surcharges, puts the effect of diesel holding around $7.84 a gallon for a year at roughly 0.46 to 0.65 percentage points on CPI if retailers protect their margins - about 1% on the consumer goods basket and one and a half to 2% on groceries. He thinks the chain reaction that gets diesel there is already running, notes the pass-through lags (longest in rail, at about two months), and says a quarter-point rate move against this is laughable because the causes are outside monetary policy. The second is services. Foreign-born men in the labour force peaked near 25 million in March 2025 and about 2 million have gone since, and the BLS household data show they were employed rather than unemployed or out of the labour force, with no offsetting pick-up in native-born men's participation; combined with over-65s ageing out of a workforce whose prime-age participation is 83.4%, he reads that as an unfavourable mix that has to be paid for in wages, which is what moves inflation from goods into services. He calls structural service inflation very concerning and says nobody is talking about it, while stating plainly that he has no idea of the timing and is reading long-term trends, not making a dated call.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    A jobs print made of fast-food workers is not a strong economy, and the growth counties are rolling over

    Eric PachmanExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm not looking at this and saying that's strong if we added 60,000 fast food and counter workers.”

    Episode: We Asked the Data Journalist Who Rebuilt the Jobs Report What the Headline Number Hides

    at 17:53

    Pachman rejects the reading that August's payroll gain showed a strong labour market. His first objection is composition: the jobs added were concentrated in food services and drinking places, and his wage tool shows fast food and counter workers on about $15 an hour, or $31,200 a year, and retail salespeople on $35,410 - wages he says cannot support a family and cannot recycle into savings the way doctors', lawyers' and software engineers' pay does, so the count alone cannot make the economy strong. His second is that the print may not be real: the establishment survey's response rate has fallen structurally to around 43%, the BLS's own 90th-percentile confidence interval on the monthly change is plus or minus 122,000 on a survey never designed to measure month-to-month change, and his dashboard flags August's 41,900 local government education gain at the 96th percentile of 212 observations, the kind of print that reversed out entirely the last time it appeared. Third, the county labour-force map he rebuilt now shows the hyper-growth suburbs - Delaware County outside Columbus, Douglas, El Paso, Elbert and Denver counties in Colorado - rolling over, extending the rural cycle of structural demise into the places that had been growing; he says the data is early and he will not call it yet, but he does not like it, and that this rolling over may make a long-term problem a shorter-term one.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · He Lost $157,000 in 3 Minutes | Jack Raines on the Lesson Winning Never Taught Him

    2 statements

    Software is discounted because the market overprices AI existentialism

    Jack RainesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I bought a bunch of Figma cause I felt software had like a dislocate, like it was just very obvious to me that software was totally trading at a discount for where it should be because people are overpricing like AI existentialism for software.”

    Episode: He Lost $157,000 in 3 Minutes | Jack Raines on the Lesson Winning Never Taught Him

    at 51:08

    Raines argues software as a group is dislocated: the market is overpricing what he calls AI existentialism - the fear that models displace software companies - and trading the sector at a discount to where it should be. He frames it as a Silicon Valley narrative driving prices rather than the businesses, the same dynamic he describes elsewhere in retail crowds and pod shops amplifying each other, and says being able to be rational about irrational behaviour is where the return is. He expressed the view through Figma rather than the sector, and keeps most of his money in S&P index funds.

    What they own
    Expressed the view through a Figma position; says most of his money is in S&P 500 index funds.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishFigma

    Bought Figma at $17-18 because designers will not give it up for AI tools

    Jack RainesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I bought a ton of Figma at like $17, $18 a share a couple of months ago because I actually use Claude Cote all the time. And I was like, I don't think Canva might be hosed because people might not make PowerPoints anymore, but Figma isn't. And I call a couple of buddies who are designers of big companies, I'm like, hey, are you guys replacing Figma with anything? They're like, no, the high ups at our company are trying to, they tried to say, hey, try AI tools and we threaten to quit because we like Figma. It's like, okay, well, this probably shouldn't be down 85% from the IPO, and collaborative software probably benefits from AI.”

    Episode: He Lost $157,000 in 3 Minutes | Jack Raines on the Lesson Winning Never Taught Him

    at 21:30

    Raines says he bought a large position in Figma at roughly $17-18 a share a few months ago on the view that the market had mispriced it as an AI casualty. His reasoning was that a tool like Canva, whose output is documents people may stop making, is exposed, but Figma is not - and he checked it by calling designer friends at large companies, who said management had pushed them toward AI tools and they had threatened to quit rather than drop Figma. He argues collaborative software is a beneficiary of AI rather than a victim, so a stock down 85% from its IPO was wrong. He notes the position is already up about 80% since he bought it.

    What they own
    Says he bought a large position at about $17-18 a share a few months ago and that it is up roughly 80% since; also says most of his money is in S&P index funds.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    6 statements

    Arms-race capex earns less the more everyone spends, and it will hurt the big spenders

    Jason HsuExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And then so there is a lot of capex expenditure today that isn't bringing more money, it's because someone else is overspending, right? And that's clearly unhealthy, right? That's a form of sort of overspending, crowding, poor overcapacity. And then that is going to be bad for a lot of these companies that are making major capex investment today.”

    Episode: The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    at 33:51

    Hsu splits AI capex into a healthy and an unhealthy dimension and is bearish on the unhealthy half. The unhealthy part is an arms race: each company outspends because it fears being leapfrogged, but every rival's matching spend cancels the advantage, so the marginal return on each dollar falls as the aggregate rises. He extends the overcapacity argument past hardware into software, comparing it to office suites that kept adding features nobody could charge more for because competitors matched them. His conclusion is that a large share of today's capex is not bringing in more money and that this will prove bad for many of the companies making the largest investments. He is careful to separate this from a solvency question, which he dismisses. Note that he draws a connection between this dynamic and the AI-safety slowdown argument, observing that a coordinated pause is also a way out of an arms race a spender might want to escape.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Ignored Chinese state-owned dividend payers work as a fixed-income replacement

    Jason HsuExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “So you really have some incredibly high dividend paying value stocks in the state owned. Because most people, if they think of China, they want to buy growth, right? They don't think of buying power and utility and tobacco and liquor and then banks as particularly interesting or growth oriented. But those companies are massive. They pay enormous dividend because there's not a lot of interest, so they're actually very low PE and therefore very high dividend yield. So they make a great, almost fixed income replacement portfolio, right?”

    Episode: The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    at 27:24

    Hsu describes the Chinese market as a barbell and is positive on the unfashionable end of it. Foreign investors who think about China think about growth and buy the tech entrepreneurs, so the giant state-owned enterprises — banks, utilities, power companies, and the state monopolies over alcohol and tobacco — attract very little interest. That neglect is the source of the opportunity in his account: the companies are massive and pay enormous dividends, so the lack of interest leaves them on very low price-earnings multiples and correspondingly high dividend yields, which he says makes them a near fixed-income replacement inside an equity portfolio. He frames it as the income leg of a deliberate barbell whose other leg is speculative Chinese tech, and returns to it later as the diversification US investors currently lack. The view is about the valuation and yield of a neglected segment, not a call on Chinese growth or on the index as a whole, and he separately notes this year's Chinese market has been caught in the same global wait-and-see as everywhere else, with more volatile reactions.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No solvency risk in AI debt: hyperscaler cash flow covers it even with zero growth

    Jason HsuExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “But what is not a concern is their future cash flow, even if it doesn't grow, is enormous, and that'll more than cover the kind of debt they're flowing today. So there's no financial concern, solvency crisis at all.”

    Episode: The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    at 33:51

    Hsu separates the return question from the credit question and is comfortable on credit. The hyperscalers, he says, are not borrowing because they lack money — they generate large cash flows and are already spending all of them — they are borrowing at good rates because lenders know they are profitable and good for it, and he names Amazon, Meta and an NVIDIA $20bn debt raise as examples of companies flush with cash floating debt anyway. What they are doing is pulling future cash flow forward to pre-spend today on the belief it drives more cash flow later. He concedes the uncertain part is how much extra cash flow that spending actually produces, given the arms race he describes elsewhere. But the part he says is not uncertain is the size of the existing cash flow: even with no growth it more than covers the debt being floated, so he sees no financial concern and no solvency crisis at all. The bullish credit view therefore sits deliberately alongside his bearish view on the returns to the capex itself.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Hardware and energy capture most of the AI rent for about a decade before overcapacity

    Jason HsuExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: a good 10 year period

    Show quote

    “But there's going to be probably a good 10 year period where hardware is going to capture most of the rent.”

    Episode: The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    at 16:27

    Asked whether AI will follow the internet, where the hardware builders captured little of the eventual value, Hsu says this cycle inverts that at least for a long while. His argument is about capacity, not enthusiasm: software can be turned on quickly — assemble a team, run a model, start charging a licence fee — whereas DRAM, GPUs, servers, generators and data centres take many billions of dollars and roughly a five-year cycle to deliver. While that supply is constrained the hardware suppliers can charge what they want, and he puts the rent-capture window at about ten years. He explicitly ties this to energy as well as silicon, arguing the real constraint on AI is the power that drives the technology rather than the technology itself. The end of the trade, in his account, is overcapacity: once everyone's data centre is running and every generator has been delivered, infrastructure becomes cheap and the rent migrates to application companies building custom solutions on top of near-free hardware. So the call is a sequencing call with a built-in expiry, not a permanent preference.

    Time frame
    a good 10 year period
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Frontier models converge to commodity: the value priced into closed labs will not arrive

    Jason HsuExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And right now, open source is so close to these close frontier models. I would say in equilibrium, most of the value is not going to be in the models. There's going to be great convergence and they all are equally good or slightly different in a way that's more taste than it is, you know, like one is superior to the other because one is close and one is open. And what that means is a lot of the value that is now sort of being factored into these close models are actually not going to happen.”

    Episode: The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    at 13:45

    Hsu argues the closed frontier labs are being priced for a durable advantage they will not keep. Chinese open-source models are already close enough that, in equilibrium, differences between open and closed models become a matter of taste rather than capability, and he notes a 5% quality gap stops mattering once everything is good enough, the same way a 5% IQ difference between strong hires does not justify a large price difference. He adds that China is effectively subsidising open-source model development because its commercial interest is in selling hardware and energy, not software, which keeps permanent downward pressure on model pricing. The consequence he draws is that buyers will ask why they should pay for a closed model when they can inspect and deploy an open one, so a large part of the value currently being factored into the closed labs will not materialise. In his framing the rent moves instead to integrators who assemble solutions on top of whichever model is cheapest, and to the hardware and energy providers underneath. He does not dispute the technology's usefulness — only where the money ends up.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The S&P is one bet now: passive holders own the AI trade without choosing it

    Jason HsuExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “Then you look at your S&P 500 It's only that, right? It is predicated on the bubble not bursting. So that is dangerous because a passive investor isn't thinking about a bubble, isn't worried about market efficiency, he assumes diversification. And that is not what is in your S&P 500 portfolio today at all.”

    Episode: The AI Gap Is Closing | Jason Hsu on China, Momentum Crashes and the S&P’s Seven-Stock Bet

    at 36:57

    Hsu's concern is not active investors betting on AI — they do so with their eyes open and may simply be wrong — but passive investors who believe an S&P 500 holding makes them broadly diversified. That belief, he argues, only holds if the market is perfectly efficient and everything is correctly priced; the very fact that everyone is asking whether this is a bubble concedes it is not. As a result the index is predicated on the bubble not bursting, which is a single active bet rather than diversification, and he calls that dangerous. His prescription is that this is the moment for passive investors to be unpassive and actually inspect what they own. He makes the same point historically: market beta is never a neutral thing but whatever is concentrated at the time — internet around 2000, real estate and financials before the global financial crisis, AI today — so holding market beta means making a large bet on the theme of the day. His remedy is multi-factor diversification, deliberately including low-volatility, dividend, value and quality exposures, and he contrasts the US with China, where an investor can at least barbell speculative tech against reliable state-owned dividend payers; in US equities today, he says, there is not even that barbell.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    8 statements

    Avoiding the S&P as an index: one trade now sets the whole market

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Under the proviso that this AI trade rolls over, not the technology, but certainly the equity valuations. So I'm avoiding the S&P 500 as an index.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 24:59

    Rosenberg is avoiding the S&P 500 at the index level because the index has become a single bet. The top 10 stocks are over 40% of the S&P, and outside health care and consumer staples every sector has become correlated to generative AI — utilities via power, industrials via construction, consumer discretionary via Amazon — which he says was not true of the late 1990s, when correlations across sectors were far lower. He expects the AI equity trade to roll over on the grounds that all manias do, noting that in 2000 survivors such as Cisco, Dell, Intel, IBM and Microsoft fell 60-80%, and that the stakes are higher now given the correlations, a mutual fund cash ratio near 1%, 72% of household financial assets in equities against 7% in bonds, and boomers holding around 60% of financial assets in equities at a median age near 70. He is careful to say a 40-50% collapse is not his base case and that he is not out of the market: he stays 50% in equities but in selected sectors and non-US markets, and frames the next year as managing tail risk rather than forecasting an index level.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is 50% equities but not in the S&P 500 index, recently raised 10% cash and expects to de-risk further.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Health care is one of only two places left uncorrelated to the AI trade

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Show quote

    “The only two sectors in the S&P where you can hide will be consumer staples and health care, because they have by far the lowest correlations.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 24:59

    Rosenberg owns health care as a defensive holding inside a US market he otherwise avoids at the index level. His case is correlation, not valuation: with utilities, industrials and consumer discretionary all now trading with the generative-AI complex, health care and consumer staples are the only two S&P sectors with meaningfully low correlation to it, so they are where an investor can hide if the AI equity trade rolls over. He names health care among the North American sectors the portfolio likes, alongside pipelines, gold, hard assets and energy infrastructure. He also notes in passing that medical care prices have been falling in the recent CPI, which he cites as evidence about inflation rather than as part of the sector case.

    What they own
    Names health care among the sectors the model portfolio holds in North America.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Slower growth and falling inflation, with recession odds above what is priced

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Time frame: end of this year and into 2027 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think what's more important is the direction of the economy, which I think that growth is going to be slowing, and I think inflation is going to be coming down.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 53:13

    Rosenberg expects a notable slowing in nominal GDP growth over the coming year, with real growth cooling and inflation coming down — the quadrant he says he is positioned for, and one he holds with more confidence than any call on recession. The mechanism is the consumer: employment growth on both the payroll and household surveys is running flat year over year, real disposable income growth is roughly nil, and spending above 2% is being funded by a savings rate that has fallen from a pre-COVID 8% to about 3%, by credit card borrowing at the low end that he calls desperation rather than strength, and by an equity wealth effect with a 90% correlation to spending. If the stock market wobbles enough for that wealth effect to subside and the savings rate to rise without a hot labour market, the consumer runs into trouble in 2027. He adds that the oil shock is a real-income tax landing on decelerating wages, and that the removal of six years of 5%-plus deficits after November 3 moves fiscal policy to neutral and takes away aggregate demand. He is explicit that recession is not his base case and that he would not be 50% in global equities if it were, but says he is on recession watch with the 2s10s curve at about 35bp and the odds higher than any asset class has priced.

    Time frame
    end of this year and into 2027
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is positioned defensively for slower growth and lower inflation, is 50% in global equities, and would not be if recession were his base case.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still bullish gold: central bank buying plus real rates that have to come down

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Show quote

    “And if those real rates come down, that's going to be good for gold. So it dovetails very nicely to my bullion view.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 45:58

    Rosenberg holds gold as a portfolio balance rather than a trade — no counterparty, coupon, reinvestment or earnings-revision risk. The secular case he gives is a supply-demand gap: demand growing around 2.5% a year against roughly 1.5% supply growth because most of the production has already been mined. The marginal buyer is central banks, whose share of FX reserves in gold bottomed near 10% in the late 1990s and is now about 25%; he would consider trimming at 35-40% and says the day he turns bearish is the first time a central bank says it is done. He adds a cyclical leg: gold's correction to roughly $4,000 came from a back-up in real rates and a firm dollar, and he judges real rates are far too high for the economy to bear and will come down, which together with his bearish dollar view supports bullion.

    What they own
    Says the model portfolio holds 10% commodities including gold alongside base metals and rare earths, and that he has been positive on gold since his first gold report in 2010.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Owns Europe for the balance the S&P has lost

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “What I like about the European stock market is that it's evenly balanced across all sectors. It doesn't have the concentration risks that the S-Wave of 100 does.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 24:59

    Rosenberg holds European equities as part of a deliberate move away from the concentrated US index. His argument is structural rather than cyclical: the European market is evenly balanced across sectors and lacks the single-sector concentration of the S&P 500 (he contrasts it with roughly 40% of the US index in one sector, and notes Canada has the same problem in financials). He adds that the ECB has already raised rates and he does not think it has much more to do, and that European valuations and dividend yields are compelling. He acknowledges political risk has emerged in Europe and holds the position anyway.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the model portfolio has European exposure, added recently.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Rosenberg wants the Treasuries nobody wants: too much Fed tightening is priced in

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Time frame: going into next year, with early November as the catalyst · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So yeah, I think that's one of the reasons why I'm bullish on bonds is based on what's priced in benchmarked against where I see things going. I don't see the Fed ratifying what the markets are suggesting right now.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 1:59

    Rosenberg argues the Treasury market is a re-entry point because the market has swung too far. Having moved from pricing a cut in March to discounting almost two hikes by year-end and roughly a 4.5% funds rate for end-2027 against the Fed's own 3.6-3.8% projection, he does not expect the Fed to ratify what is priced. He rejects the inflation case behind the sell-off: the shock is an exogenous oil supply tax, average hourly earnings at 3.1% are a five-year low, rents and new home prices are falling, core goods are running about 0.6% year over year and M2/velocity show no monetary inflation, so there is no labour-market reaction function to sustain it. About 90% of the back-up in the 10-year from the February low has come from the real rate and term premium — policy uncertainty, not inflation expectations, which are up only 13bp. He sees two catalysts: the September 30 revised PCE data, and early November, when the midterms deliver fiscal gridlock (he puts the odds of the Democrats taking the House at 90%) and the November 4 refunding announcement lets the Treasury flood the market with bills and cut long-end issuance, as it did in autumn 2023. With roughly 280,000 net spec short contracts on the 10-year, he thinks a forced cover would produce a large short-covering rally. He is explicit that this is a setup to prepare for rather than to jump on immediately, and notes he is making the call before the FOMC meeting.

    Time frame
    going into next year, with early November as the catalyst
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the Rosie model portfolio (now the ROSY ETF on the TSX) is 30% bonds with exposure to 2s, that they recently raised 10% cash, and that his likely next move is to add bond duration; says his firm's bond duration model is about as bullish as it was in October 2023.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    Bearish the dollar: reserve managers are rotating out and Washington wants it weak

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Time frame: long-term downtrend

    Show quote

    “So yeah, I'm bearish on the US dollar, and I got reasons to be bearish on the US dollar.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 45:58

    Rosenberg expects the dollar to enter a long-term downtrend. His structural argument is reserve composition: central banks are cutting their dollar allocation and raising their gold allocation, and there is still a large gap between the roughly 20% share of global trade done by the US and the much larger share of dollars sitting on foreign central bank balance sheets — a gap he says is in the process of mean reverting. He adds a policy argument: an increasingly isolated US, with partners such as Canada forging ties with Asia and Europe, and an administration that wants to buy growth from the rest of the world, for which a weak dollar serves the same mercantilist purpose as the tariffs. He calls this a high-conviction theme and says the model portfolio is roughly 70% inversely correlated to the dollar.

    Time frame
    long-term downtrend
    What they own
    Says the model portfolio is about 70% inversely correlated to the US dollar and that this is a high-conviction expression of the view.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long-standing Asia position, and Japan is the part he likes most

    David RosenbergExcess ReturnsRecorded

    Show quote

    “But we have a strong toehold and had for some time in Asia. And we do like Japan a lot.”

    Episode: David Rosenberg on Why He Wants the Bonds Everyone Hates — and Where He's Hiding in Stocks

    at 24:59

    Rosenberg says the model portfolio has held a strong position in Asia for some time and that Japan is the market he likes a lot within it. The rationale he gives is the same one behind his European position: an allocation away from the US index toward markets with better valuations, better dividend yields and less concentration, on the argument that roughly 60% of the global stock market sits outside the US. He does not give a Japan-specific catalyst, valuation figure or horizon in this segment.

    What they own
    Says the model portfolio has held Asian exposure for some time, with Japan a market they like a lot.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Franklin Templeton CEO Jenny Johnson on AI, Private Markets, and the Hidden Risks in Index Funds

    4 statements
    BullishUS economy

    Consumer still strong, no recession worry - the debt is a problem for later

    Jenny JohnsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think the consumer in the US continues to be really strong, so I don't worry about us having sort of a recession or anything like it.”

    Episode: Franklin Templeton CEO Jenny Johnson on AI, Private Markets, and the Hidden Risks in Index Funds

    at 53:31

    Asked whether she is still bullish overall, Johnson says she is optimistic and rests it on the US consumer, which she reads as continuing to be really strong in a market that is roughly 70% consumer-driven; on that basis she does not worry about a recession. She carries one explicit caveat: government debt at $40 trillion, which she says is not a problem until it is a problem and is going to be a problem at some point, but is not one right now. Her stated reading tools are credit-card data - balances, the share of people paying off in full, delinquencies at 30 days - from running Franklin's card business earlier in her career.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The market has not worked out what capital-light businesses turning capital-intensive means

    Jenny JohnsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And that might be too much exposure, especially because I'm not convinced the market has fully figured out how we're dealing with what used to be capital light businesses that are now becoming capital intensive businesses.”

    Episode: Franklin Templeton CEO Jenny Johnson on AI, Private Markets, and the Hidden Risks in Index Funds

    at 38:22

    Johnson's reservation about AI exposure is an accounting one: companies that were capital-light are becoming capital-intensive, and she is not convinced the market has worked out how to deal with that. Her example is that money spent today building data centres does not run through the income statement until the capacity goes online, so the earnings effect is still ahead. She hedges it explicitly - none of us quite know where this comes out - and pairs it with the point that an investor holding several AI names may have more of the portfolio tied to the growth of AI than they realise. It is a caution about how the spending is accounted for and priced, not a call on the level of AI capex.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Investment-grade private credit should pay 100-150bp over public fixed income, and it is here to stay

    Jenny JohnsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “You should expect at least 100 to 150 basis points on investment-grade private credit premium over traditional fixed income products.”

    Episode: Franklin Templeton CEO Jenny Johnson on AI, Private Markets, and the Hidden Risks in Index Funds

    at 17:30

    Johnson expects investment-grade private credit to yield at least 100 to 150 basis points more than traditional fixed income, widening as credit risk increases, and frames that as an illiquidity premium rather than a free lunch. She argues the shift to private markets is structural, not cyclical: regulators will not loosen bank capital requirements, banks cannot lend the way they used to, and companies stay private far longer than they did. She is explicit that the premium is compensation for illiquidity, that tokenising an illiquid asset does not make it liquid, and that these products should reach individuals through advisers who can match them to a client's actual liquidity needs. Her compounding arithmetic (1% extra a year for 20 years leaving about 20% more) is stated on air and not independently checked.

    What they own
    Says on air that Franklin Templeton is a top-10 private markets manager with close to $290 billion in alternatives, and that the firm entered private markets in 2018 by buying a private credit manager. She is selling these products into the wealth channel.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Passive is not a fixed risk: the index changed its own risk profile and nobody said so

    Jenny JohnsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And nobody talked about that changing, or the market index concentrates in seven, you have the MAG-7, and you get a massive concentration, and nobody talks about that risk, right?”

    Episode: Franklin Templeton CEO Jenny Johnson on AI, Private Markets, and the Hidden Risks in Index Funds

    at 38:22

    Johnson's argument is that an index is not a constant risk exposure and that the market underdiscusses what she calls market beta risk. Her examples are that the S&P 500 became more volatile the day Tesla was added, and that the index has concentrated into the Mag-7 without the risk being talked about. Her conclusion is allocative rather than directional on the level of the market: investors should treat passive exposure as something to size up or down as the index's own characteristics change - more when concentration and multiples are low, less when they are high - and complement it with active capabilities. She notes the Mag-7 has been underperforming the S&P 500 as the market broadened out.

    What they own
    Runs Franklin Templeton, which she describes on air as predominantly an active manager with some index products; the case for sizing passive exposure down is also a case for her own firm's products.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Jim Paulsen on the Weakening Economy, Tech Bear Market Risk and the Bull Market Built on Fear

    3 statements

    Paulsen leans toward the 10-year yield falling back to 4% rather than breaking 5%

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm more of the view we could see 4% handle on the 10-year again than I am breaking 5 We'll see.”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen on the Weakening Economy, Tech Bear Market Risk and the Bull Market Built on Fear

    at 18:43

    Paulsen notes that a hard-data-only US economic surprise index has historically led the 10-year Treasury yield during this bull market, and that the surprise index has turned down over the past month and a half as economic reports increasingly disappoint. Extrapolating that historical lead-lag relationship as a symptom of weakening economic growth, he leans toward the 10-year yield falling back to a 4% handle again rather than breaking above 5%, while explicitly flagging he isn't sure he's right.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Paulsen turning incrementally more bearish on the US economy as policy tightening drags on

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “the longer this goes on, the more I get a little more bearish on the whole situation.”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen on the Weakening Economy, Tech Bear Market Risk and the Bull Market Built on Fear

    at 2:33

    Paulsen argues that averaging the economy's headline data conceals a bifurcated picture: one part is genuinely strong (AI/tech-driven earnings and investment) while the rest of the economy, particularly the labor market, is much weaker than commonly appreciated. He points to household employment falling for nearly 18 months, roughly flat non-farm payrolls, a job-market misery index (unemployment rate minus payroll growth) higher than about 88% of the post-war period, and a hard-data economic surprise index that has turned negative after a strong first half of the year. With energy prices back near highs pressuring real purchasing power and margins, and the Fed weighing a further rate hike, he says the longer this accumulation of negative policy and inflation pressure continues on an already-weak segment of the economy, the more it is turning him incrementally more bearish on the overall situation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Paulsen forecasts a 20%+ bear market in tech/telecom, distinct from the broader S&P

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think there's a bear market in tech coming, 20% plus decline in tech and telecom, the blue line companies.”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen on the Weakening Economy, Tech Bear Market Risk and the Bull Market Built on Fear

    at 56:19

    Paulsen splits S&P 500 earnings into three buckets: 'brainiac' technology/telecommunications earnings (nearly half of market cap, growing explosively), commodity-linked 'no-brainer' earnings (a small but fast-rising slice), and the remaining seven sectors, whose earnings are barely growing once inflation is backed out. He argues the tech/telecom bucket is unsustainably extended: new-era companies are financing AI-related capital spending with debt rather than cash flow for the first time, credit spreads tied to that borrowing are already widening, and profit-per-job growth (the main driver of the rally) is entering the part of its historical lag cycle where a flattening yield curve tends to pressure it. On that basis he explicitly is not forecasting a bear market for the S&P 500 as a whole, but does expect technology and telecom specifically to fall more than 20% while the other seven sectors, which have not rallied nearly as much, hold up comparatively well -- netting out to something like a 10-15% correction for the index overall.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · We Asked Fidelity's Ex-President What Made Peter Lynch Great — and Where Private Credit Risk Hides

    3 statements

    Bonds are a bad deal in an inflationary, deficit-heavy world

    Bob PozenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “my view is bonds are a bad deal.”

    Episode: We Asked Fidelity's Ex-President What Made Peter Lynch Great — and Where Private Credit Risk Hides

    at 59:08

    Pozen argues bonds perform badly in inflationary environments, and believes we are currently in an inflationary period with Treasury supply set to keep growing because of persistent federal deficits -- a combination he expects to keep weighing on bond returns. Given that backdrop, his advice is not to hold bonds as a return-seeking investment; if an investor genuinely needs the income, he recommends a laddered approach rather than holding duration risk.

    What they own
    Describes his own portfolio as '90-10' (roughly 90% stocks / 10% cash), i.e. essentially no bond holdings.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Circular AI financing on top of index concentration worries him

    Bob PozenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now I'm a little worried because there's a degree of circularity that has been happening in the AI space for data center”

    Episode: We Asked Fidelity's Ex-President What Made Peter Lynch Great — and Where Private Credit Risk Hides

    at 18:29

    Pozen flags that AI/data-center financing is becoming circular -- one company commits to take up the energy or capacity that another company guarantees the lease for -- layered on top of an index that is already increasingly concentrated in a handful of mega-cap names via passive/index-fund flows. He frames this combination of concentration and circularity as a potential problem, though he stops short of a full bear case.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Most investors should run 90/10, not 60/40

    Bob PozenExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: over a 10-30 year investment horizon

    Show quote

    “I'm still at 90-10.”

    Episode: We Asked Fidelity's Ex-President What Made Peter Lynch Great — and Where Private Credit Risk Hides

    at 51:54

    Pozen's contrarian view (he says most of his peers disagree) is that investors who are not dependent on their portfolio for living expenses should hold far more in equities than a conventional 60/40 mix. He backs this with his own analysis: over 30 years a 90% stocks/10% cash portfolio roughly doubles the ending value of a 60/40 portfolio, bonds have only offset down stock years in about 1 of the last 6 decades and became more correlated with stocks in years like 2022, and historically stocks have fully recovered from their worst drawdowns within about five years -- so an investor who can sit out down years should stay heavily in equities.

    Time frame
    over a 10-30 year investment horizon
    What they own
    States he personally runs a 90% stocks / 10% cash portfolio ('I'm still at 90-10'), occasionally drifting to 95% stocks.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    6 statements

    Like equities on expanding, accelerating profit cycles

    Michael ContopoulosExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “we like equities right now. Their profit cycles are expanding globally, they're accelerating.”

    Episode: Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    at 1:03:37

    Contopoulos likes equities broadly because corporate profit cycles are expanding and accelerating globally, and he doesn't see the Fed as particularly tight -- a supportive backdrop. This equity-bullish view is the counterpart to his bond-bearish view: with limited value in Treasuries (rates headed higher) or corporates (spreads too tight), he is running meaningful equity beta and pairing it with what he considers 'safe yield' (securitized credit) rather than duration or corporate risk on the fixed income side.

    What they own
    States the multi-asset portfolio is 'taking a fair amount of beta and risk on the equity side.'
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Corporate spreads too tight to compensate for risk

    Michael ContopoulosExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “you essentially have no more upside in corporates from a spread point of view”

    Episode: Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    at 22:34

    With corporate credit spreads at all-time tights, Contopoulos argues investors are no longer being adequately compensated for default, downgrade, leverage and liquidity risk relative to Treasuries. He treats this as an unattractive risk/reward at the aggregate/macro level (individual bonds can still offer dispersion-driven opportunities for a picker) and says his macro team's portfolios hold essentially no corporate credit as a result.

    What they own
    States the macro team's portfolios do not own corporate credit ('we don't').
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Reshoring rotation favors small/mid value over tech growth

    Michael ContopoulosExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “It's sort of small, mid-cap value, industrials versus tech growth and those types of sectors.”

    Episode: Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    at 55:54

    As the other side of his small/mid-cap value and industrials call, Contopoulos frames the de-globalization/reshoring rotation as favoring those names relative to the mega-cap tech growth stocks that have led the market for the last decade -- implying relatively less attractive risk/reward in large-cap tech growth from here versus the reshoring beneficiaries. This is a softer, relative-positioning remark rather than an outright short call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Secular + cyclical forces both push yields higher

    Michael ContopoulosExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: over the balance of 2026-27, and over the next 1-10 years

    Show quote

    “I think that the trend, certainly over the balance of 26 and 27, is probably higher. And then over the next 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 years, it's probably higher as well.”

    Episode: Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    at 5:34

    Contopoulos argues the 40-year secular decline in yields (1980-2020) was driven by Volcker-era disinflation plus globalization, and that both have reversed: de-globalization since 2015 is re-importing inflation via reshoring and reduced competition, while today's 'guns and butter' fiscal backdrop (record defense spending plus continued stimulus from the One Big Beautiful Bill, CHIPS Act and IRA) is cyclically inflationary even as unemployment sits at record lows and credit spreads are at all-time tights -- which he reads as the Fed being too easy. He also flags that foreign buyers are starting to question their appetite for US Treasuries. Combining the secular and cyclical forces, he expects yields higher both over the next year and over the next decade, with lower yields only if a recession intervenes.

    Time frame
    over the balance of 2026-27, and over the next 1-10 years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    European de-globalization build-out favors small/mid caps

    Michael ContopoulosExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “In Europe, you have the story of de-globalization translates, again, to a significant amount of investment in small and mid-cap companies that are going to build out independence.”

    Episode: Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    at 55:54

    Contopoulos's broader de-globalization/re-industrialization thesis extends to Europe, where he expects a wave of investment in defense, renewable energy, and domestic tech/pharma capacity as the region reduces reliance on Russian energy, the Chinese consumer, and US defense guarantees. He singles out small- and mid-cap companies as the beneficiaries of this build-out of strategic independence.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Reshoring build-out favors small/mid-cap industrial suppliers

    Michael ContopoulosExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “They're going to do very, very well and have a tremendous amount of operating leverage”

    Episode: Everyone Hates Bonds. Why Two Bond Managers Say You're Hating the Wrong Ones

    at 55:54

    As the domestic counterpart to his de-globalization thesis, Contopoulos expects US reshoring/re-industrialization (e.g., data-center and broader industrial build-out) to disproportionately benefit small and mid-cap industrial suppliers further down the supply chain -- not just the headline builder, but component suppliers like the ones making the ball bearings -- who he expects to see outsized operating leverage after years of underperformance versus large-cap tech growth.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · All-In on the S&P 500 Worked for 18 Years | Jared Dillian on Why It's Still Wrong

    3 statements

    Universal hatred of bonds after 2022 is exactly why he likes them

    Jared DillianExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “they hate bonds with a burning passion today, which makes me like them a lot”

    Episode: All-In on the S&P 500 Worked for 18 Years | Jared Dillian on Why It's Still Wrong

    at 27:03

    A sentiment-contrarian restatement of the bond case he made on Monetary Matters five days earlier. His point is that 2022 is the reason the current setup exists: both legs of a 60/40 fell together, investors were taught to hate duration, and that loathing has persisted — he says people hate bonds with a burning passion today, which is precisely what attracts him. He also concedes where the position is vulnerable, noting that the one real weakness of his five-asset portfolio is rapidly rising rates, the 2022 scenario in which bonds, stocks and gold are hit together and only real estate and cash hold up. Separately he says he is not currently worried about inflation and thinks it is coming down, which is the macro premise the bond view rests on.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    45% of the S&P in the top 10 names — the index has become a tech index

    Jared DillianExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Anytime concentration gets to these levels, it's usually at or near a top.”

    Episode: All-In on the S&P 500 Worked for 18 Years | Jared Dillian on Why It's Still Wrong

    at 25:33

    Dillian's objection is that the diversification index funds were sold on has quietly disappeared. When he opened his first Vanguard account in 1997, indexing was roughly 2% of AUM and the pitch was instant diversification across 500 stocks; it is now close to 60% of AUM, and he notes roughly 45% of the S&P sits in the top ten names, nearly all tech, so in his words the index has turned into a tech index. Anyone wanting non-tech exposure has to go to equal-weight or mid-cap. He adds a crowding mechanism on top of the concentration: with 150 million people in the same trade, a simultaneous exit produces a liquidity stampede, which he says is exactly what the one-month 35% pandemic drawdown was. He is careful to fence the claim — he explicitly declines to make a stock market forecast on the show — but says concentration at these levels is usually at or near a top and that he is not a fan of it.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No permanently high plateau — but explicitly no timing, and he rejects the perma-bear label

    Jared DillianExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: no timing given — 'three, five, ten or 30 years from now, I have no idea' · Not sure

    Show quote

    “to the extent that valuations are high now, they will probably be low at some point in the future. I don't know when that is.”

    Episode: All-In on the S&P 500 Worked for 18 Years | Jared Dillian on Why It's Still Wrong

    at 47:27

    A valuation mean-reversion argument deliberately stripped of timing. Dillian rejects the idea that the market has reached a new normal or a permanently high plateau, and argues that where valuations are high now they will probably be low at some point — while stating outright that he has no idea whether that is three, five, ten or thirty years away. He grounds it in history most investors discount: the market fell 89% from 1929 to 1932, which people treat as a once-in-a-million-year aberration and he does not, and he cites valuation analysts who say even a 30% pullback would leave the market expensive, with a return to 1979 levels requiring something like a 70% drawdown. Context for the low conviction score: he explicitly disclaims being a perma-bear, and notes that excluding the one-month pandemic drawdown there has not been a real bear market in 18 years, which he frames as why his book lands at a bad time rather than as a prediction.

    Time frame
    no timing given — 'three, five, ten or 30 years from now, I have no idea'
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Runs roughly 20% of his own portfolio in stocks and says what he saw on a bank equities floor is why he will not hold 80% in them.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Nvidia Is Betting on Its Customers. Gen Z Is Betting on Sports. Will It All End the Same Way?

    1 statement

    Accounting games around the AI buildout are a late-cycle tell, not a detail

    Cameron DawsonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “And so we cannot ignore the fact that as you start to see more games being played, and then the kind of clarion calls saying, oh, it's not circular financing, just ends up causing us to raise a lot more eyebrows, because it doesn't make you feel good. If things were as great as you say that they are, you should not have to be playing the games that you are playing.”

    Episode: Nvidia Is Betting on Its Customers. Gen Z Is Betting on Sports. Will It All End the Same Way?

    at 27:24

    Dawson argues that financial shenanigans are cyclical -- rarely widespread in the early stages of an economic boom, most prolific at the crest and into the descent -- and that the ones now appearing around the AI buildout sit across all three financial statements. Her examples: Nvidia extending its accounts receivable to help its customers, with the hyperscalers on the other side extending payables in a way that flatters their free cash flow, so that normalising it would have shown even more negative hyperscaler free cash flow; Microsoft lowering its capex guidance by reclassifying financial and operating leases out of operating cash flow into investing cash flow, making its reported capex figure look lower than it is; and spending that reaches neither the balance sheet nor the cash flow statement because it sits inside opaque private SPVs whose players are not known. Her conclusion is about what the behaviour signals rather than about price: the denials that this is circular financing raise more eyebrows, because a business performing as well as claimed would not need the games. She adds that accounting is not something people care about until the peak of the cycle.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    10 statements

    Value leaves the model layer — and OpenAI is the one he worries about, not Anthropic

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think ultimately the value is going to move from the model providers to the infrastructure providers, and then ultimately the companies sitting on top of that, that create great businesses.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 16:39

    Niles expects the model layer to be where value is competed away rather than captured. His historical prior is that builders rarely end up the beneficiaries: no railroads, electricity companies, canal companies or frackers sit in the US top ten by market cap, and Cisco only recently regained its 2000 market cap. The mechanism is price collapse plus open source — cost per token has halved since end-May, and nobody will pay frontier-model rates to summarise email when an open-weight model suffices, in his phrase you don't need a Ferrari to fetch milk. He expects the pattern to rhyme with cheap post-bubble bandwidth enabling Google, Amazon, Facebook and Netflix, so cheap tokens should enable the next great companies at the application layer. Within the layer he is sharply differentiated rather than uniformly negative: he has been negative on OpenAI relative to Anthropic for a year or two and says the revenues now show it, with Anthropic turning profitable in Q2 while OpenAI appears to have lost more than in Q1. He expects Anthropic from enterprise and Google from consumer to squeeze OpenAI between them, and invokes winner-take-most — e-commerce, social, streaming each have one leader — to argue ten thriving models is unlikely.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Hyperscaler CDS at record highs — NVIDIA's now wider than the North American IG average

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “if you look at credit default swaps for all these companies, they're at the highest levels they've ever been.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 43:13

    This is Niles's distinctive early-warning indicator, and it is falsifiable. He checks credit default swaps on the large AI borrowers — Microsoft, CoreWeave, NVIDIA and the rest — every morning, and reports they are at the highest levels they have ever been, with NVIDIA's five-year CDS actually wider than the average North American investment grade CDS. His reason for weighting credit over equity signals is the asymmetry of payoffs: a credit investor lending to Google captures nothing if the equity goes up a hundredfold, so they must be confident of repayment and do correspondingly more work, whereas an equity or venture investor can accept nine zeros for one winner. So when the debt of the largest, most cash-generative companies in the world prices wider than the IG average, he reads that as capital markets telling you something about their ability to absorb the issuance. He ties it to the macro: government debt at $40tn against $33tn GDP, deficits at 6% of GDP, and now AI borrowers competing for the same capital — with the difference from the dot-com build being that this one is debt-funded with circular deals attached. He is careful to note the absolute levels are still low.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The break is certain because the over-investment is rational — so protect the downside

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: beyond the next year; timing unknown

    Show quote

    “when this breaks, it's going to be a bad break. And so, you need to focus on downside protection.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 57:42

    The bearish half of his dual-timeframe view, and he states the conclusion as a certainty rather than a risk. His logic is that over-investment is the inevitable consequence of a genuine revolution: if AI reshapes the world, every player chases it knowing the last one standing earns an inordinate return, so over-investment is definitionally present — and the bigger the prize, the worse the eventual unwind. He points to Anthropic potentially going public near a $2tn valuation as a measure of the prize being chased. His model for how it ends is that someone eventually fails to meet their commitments, one hyperscaler slows capex, and then all of them slam the brakes together because they each privately know they are over-investing. He cites Microsoft's CEO having acknowledged it and paraphrases Larry Page as preferring bankruptcy to losing the race. His reference trauma is specific: the NASDAQ fell 78% from March 2000 to October 2002 in a grinding two-and-a-half-year beat-down even though the internet itself kept doubling each year. The practical advice attached is downside protection and no leverage, citing Korean retail investors who bought levered ETFs on margin.

    Time frame
    beyond the next year; timing unknown
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Software +4% YTD against semis +60% — the disruption trade may have bottomed

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I thought that marked the bottom in software to some degree”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 30:53

    Niles is turning constructive on the group most feared to be AI roadkill, on evidence rather than theory. Three datapoints moved him: Atlassian, supposedly a name being disrupted, rose 35% the day after results; Silver Lake was reported to be pursuing Workday, which he reads as meaningful because a private equity buyer of a roughly $50bn business must underwrite terminal value seven to ten years out using debt at the highest 30-year yields since 2007, a far higher bar than an equity investor who can exit in a day; and Salesforce rose over 20% helped by its Anthropic deal. The valuation backdrop supports it — software up about 4% year to date against the semiconductor index up over 60% — which he frames as margin of safety, and he is wondering whether to get more broadly involved. He has favoured three defensible pockets: security, systems of record, and video games, with security the safest but now consensus and expensively valued. The bear case he is still weighing is real: OpenAI and Anthropic's combined run-rate revenue went from $29bn to $105bn in seven months, which is material against a roughly $1tn software market — unless it is actually being funded out of the $35-50tn knowledge-worker wage pool, in which case it is unnoticeable.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Debt above GDP, war-level deficits, and AI issuance competing for the same capital

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “You've got government debt sitting at 40 trillion, US GDP is 33 trillion. So that's one problem. And you've got deficits at 6% of GDP, which is the highest levels outside of a major war that we've ever had.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 39:29

    Niles treats the long end as the single most important price in the world — he says you can argue that of the 10-year — and reads it as a problem rather than an opportunity, with the 30-year at its highest since 2007. He gives three compounding drivers: government debt of roughly $40tn against $33tn of GDP; deficits at 6% of GDP, the highest outside a major war, which guarantees the stock keeps growing; and a new competitor for capital in the form of AI-related debt issuance from companies like Google that used to be enormously cash generative and are now cash-flow negative for the first time since listing. On policy he expects a hike rather than relief, reading Warsh's Jackson Hole remarks on 65 months of above-target inflation as a signal, with September 16 the likely meeting. He also defends the hike on distributional grounds, arguing that sustained inflation is tolerable for stockholders but punishing for the 40-odd percent who own neither equities nor homes. Read against Jared Dillian's bullish long-bond call in the same week this is the opposing side of the same trade, and it aligns with Jeff Currie's debasement view from different premises.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The shortage-through-2030 consensus fails if China hits its own stated targets

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: by the end of next year · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “CXMT plans on increasing their wafer stars from 300,000 to 500,000 by the end of next year.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 21:21

    Niles targets the specific consensus that commodity memory is no longer cyclical and faces shortages through 2030. His objection is that the bull case does not survive China simply delivering what it has publicly committed to: CXMT taking wafer starts from 300,000 to 500,000 by the end of next year off a base of roughly 8% global DRAM share, and YMTC stating it intends to exceed Samsung and Hynix in NAND over the same period. He notes CXMT has already reported high-bandwidth memory yielding very well and only about a generation behind the leading edge — which matters because, in his analogy, a Ford works as well as a Ferrari outside bleeding-edge applications, so being one generation back is commercially sufficient for commodity demand. He observes memory equities are priced as though the cyclicality has been abolished, which is what makes the setup dangerous rather than cheap. He is explicit this is what he is actively working through rather than a settled position, and he separately notes he does not think NVIDIA is where the problem lies.

    Time frame
    by the end of next year
    Only if
    if China's memory makers hit their publicly stated capacity targets
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    China may break semis before the wider AI bubble — the Japan and Korea DRAM playbook again

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm actually starting to wonder if the semiconductor bubble breaks before then, for one simple reason. I think a lot of investors are vastly underestimating what China is doing.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 21:21

    Niles argues semis could crack ahead of the broader AI trade, and the reason is China rather than demand. He has been looking for a 30-50% semiconductor drawdown, which he frames as the tip of the AI sphere, while noting the damage should be bounded because valuations are nothing like 2000 — Cisco traded above 100x earnings then, NVIDIA is at 15x now. His China case is a historical pattern run twice before: Japan entered DRAM in the 1980s state-sponsored and generations behind, yet caught up to the point that Intel, which once had 75% DRAM share, faced bankruptcy and pivoted to microprocessors; Korea did the same in the 1990s and drove the Japanese out by the 2000s. Now CXMT has listed with roughly 8% of global DRAM and plans to take wafer starts from 300,000 to 500,000 by end of next year, YMTC is about to list and intends to be bigger than Samsung or Hynix in NAND, and CXMT has reported high-bandwidth memory yielding well only about a generation behind. His asymmetry argument is that China is far larger than Japan or Korea ever were and, having been cut off from US chips, treats domestic supply as defence infrastructure on a par with carriers or nuclear weapons — so it is not price-sensitive.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    15x on 2027 numbers versus the S&P at 19x — even if wrong, this is not Cisco in 2000

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: about another year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Nvidia is trading at 15 times. Not that I think Nvidia is where the problem is.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 21:21

    Niles separates NVIDIA from his bearish semiconductor view, saying explicitly that it is not where the problem is. The valuation argument carries it: 15 times calendar 2027 earnings against the S&P at 19 times, versus Cisco at over 100 times at the 2000 peak, so even if the growth estimates prove wrong the downside is not comparable. He thought the last print would be bullish and it was, and it left him more comfortable that there is another year in the trade. His one criticism is governance of disclosure rather than fundamentals: NVIDIA has guided one quarter ahead for its entire history and has now given long-term revenue guidance — 70% growth in calendar 2027 with demand at 100% — which he reads as frustration with the stock's multiple. He warns that is exactly what Cisco did in 2000, guiding 30-50% sustainable growth two years before revenues fell for two consecutive years. Note the tension to hold alongside this row: he is bearish semis as a group into the midterms and bearish commodity memory on China, while carving NVIDIA out on valuation.

    Time frame
    about another year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Pretty negative into November 3rd — seasonality, a Fed hike, Iran and data-center politics stacked

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: between now and the November 3rd midterms

    Show quote

    “that's one of the reasons why between now and the midterms on November 3rd, I'm pretty negative.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 12:19

    Niles stacks several independent negatives into one window rather than resting on a single catalyst. Seasonality: since the modern S&P began in 1957, September is the only month that is down on average and the only one more likely to fall than rise, and midterm years are worse — peak-to-trough losses from July 31 to November 9 average 10% since 1990 against 5% in non-midterm years. Policy: he reads Warsh's Jackson Hole line about 65 months of elevated inflation sitting squarely with the central bank as telegraphing a hike, and expects one on September 16, then a pause on October 28 because the Fed will not want to raise a week before the election. Politics: data centres have become a bipartisan target into the midterms, with a Gallup poll showing 71% opposed to a local data centre versus 53% for nuclear, and he worries about an outcome that empowers politicians hostile to big business. Geopolitics: he expects Iran flare-ups right up to the vote, drawing the analogy to the 1980 hostage timing, since a change in the US political climate serves Iran. His framing is explicitly that no single one of these matters — it is the stack plus valuations.

    Time frame
    between now and the November 3rd midterms
    What they own
    Says that in a period like the present, with a large number of risks, he may run more shorts than longs; runs a long/short book.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    At least another year to run — agentic AI uses 10-100x the tokens of chat

    Dan NilesExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: at least another year

    Show quote

    “I think you've got a long way to go, at least another year, for stocks to go higher.”

    Episode: Bearish Into November. Room to Run After: Why Dan Niles Is Watching Hyperscaler Credit Default Swaps

    at 25:41

    This is the bullish half of an explicitly dual-timeframe view; see his bearish row on the same subject for the other half. His unit economics are improving on both axes that matter: what you can charge per token has fallen about 50% since end-May because of open-weight models, but tokens produced are up two and a half times over the same period, and the big three clouds saw revenue growth accelerate from 35% to 43% year over year between the March and June quarters with operating margins expanding about two points. He also argues the phase change is young — agentic AI was only formalised on January 30, seven months earlier, and consumes 10 to 100 times more tokens than chat-based use, something the internet build had no analogue for. He makes the historical case for staying invested: in 1999 the NASDAQ rose 86% and then another 24% into early 2000, so even knowing a bubble will break within 18 months, exiting early forfeits enormous profit. Two things can be true at once — it is a bubble, and there is still a lot of money to be made first.

    Time frame
    at least another year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The Fed Credibility Narrative Has Turned | Ben Hunt on AI, the Consumer and Financial Repression

    5 statements

    Placeholder short tech, sized up if repression fails

    Ben HuntExcess ReturnsPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I've got small positions being short tech, and small positions being short financials.”

    Episode: The Fed Credibility Narrative Has Turned | Ben Hunt on AI, the Consumer and Financial Repression

    at 26:20

    Hunt is currently running only small, placeholder short positions in tech (and financials) as a hedge against his fear that the Fed and Treasury's 'hamster wheel' of financial repression fails to contain the four systemic risks he lays out (shadow-bank/insurance losses, crowding-out borrowing costs, the Iran war, and a stretched consumer). He puts the odds of a successful containment at roughly 50-50; if the authorities fail, he says he would size up to 'a big short tech position and a big short financials position.'

    Only if
    He would move from a small placeholder short to a big short tech position if the Fed/Treasury are not successful (he estimates roughly 50-50 odds) at containing the four systemic risks and limiting the damage to a garden-variety recession.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    States a current small/placeholder short-tech position in his model portfolio, explicitly sized to grow if his bear case is realized.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Higher-for-longer on gasoline/oil from the Iran war

    Ben HuntExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think you're absolutely getting higher for longer on gasoline prices.”

    Episode: The Fed Credibility Narrative Has Turned | Ben Hunt on AI, the Consumer and Financial Repression

    at 26:20

    Hunt expects gasoline/oil prices to stay elevated for longer, tying this directly to the ongoing 'war without end' in the Persian Gulf, which he calls catalyst number three of his four systemic risks -- exhausted global distillate and crude inventories from the Iran war create a one-way bet toward higher-for-longer oil prices, which in turn feeds the inflation that is squeezing the consumer.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold is the trade on broken Fed/Treasury credibility

    Ben HuntExcess ReturnsPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I think gold is a phenomenal investment”

    Episode: The Fed Credibility Narrative Has Turned | Ben Hunt on AI, the Consumer and Financial Repression

    at 8:48

    Hunt frames gold as 'one divided by trust' -- an inverse bet on central-bank credibility. He argues the Fed (under Warsh) and Treasury (under Bessent) have both just broken their credibility -- Warsh talked tough on inflation at his end-of-July press conference and then didn't hike, and Bessent has been jawboning long-end yields and intervening in FX rather than letting markets clear -- and that a broken 'teacup' of credibility is very hard to fully repair. As long as the authorities keep resorting to this kind of financial repression to manage four looming systemic risks (shadow-bank/insurance losses, crowding-out from AI and sovereign borrowing, an Iran-war oil shock, and a stretched consumer) without real follow-through, he expects the loss-of-credibility narrative to keep supporting gold.

    Only if
    Conviction holds so long as the Fed/Treasury keep resorting to financial repression (artificially low rates, jawboning) rather than genuinely restoring credibility.
    What they own
    States his model portfolio is long gold.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Model portfolio: long energy

    Ben HuntExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm long energy”

    Episode: The Fed Credibility Narrative Has Turned | Ben Hunt on AI, the Consumer and Financial Repression

    at 23:56

    As part of the same financial-repression/four-horsemen thesis, Hunt holds an explicit long-energy sleeve in his model portfolio, expecting energy to benefit from persistent geopolitical and inflationary pressure (the ongoing Iran war keeping oil supply tight) alongside the broader case for hard assets over paper promises from a Fed/Treasury he sees as losing credibility.

    What they own
    States explicit model-portfolio position: long energy (paired with long gold, short the consumer).
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Crowding-out makes higher global rates a one-way bet

    Ben HuntExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “So interest rates all over the world are going up, and this is why.”

    Episode: The Fed Credibility Narrative Has Turned | Ben Hunt on AI, the Consumer and Financial Repression

    at 8:48

    Hunt argues that the US, Japan, UK and EU governments all need trillions in capital to fund growing deficits at the same time hyperscalers need trillions to fund AI buildout -- a crowding-out dynamic where too many mandatory borrowers chase too little lending capacity. He calls it 'a one-way bet on long-dated interest rates' and expects rates to keep climbing across developed markets as a result.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Sticky Inflation. Cheap Volatility. A Less Predictable Fed. Why Aren’t Markets More Worried?

    2 statements

    Inflation nowcast running in the 4s signals avoid bonds

    Aahan MenonExcess ReturnsPublished

    Show quote

    “has basically indicated that you need to avoid bonds”

    Episode: Sticky Inflation. Cheap Volatility. A Less Predictable Fed. Why Aren’t Markets More Worried?

    at 29:08

    Menon's systematic 'inflation nowcast' model treats persistent above-2% inflation as a headwind for bond returns, since above-target inflation pressures the Fed toward tighter policy. His nowcast is currently running in the 4% range and has averaged 3-4% for the year, and backtesting the simple rule (avoid bonds when the nowcast is above 2%, own them when below) from 2000 to present captures most of the historical return to bond timing. On his own data, the current elevated demand-driven inflation reading is a live signal to be out of bonds now.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Vol crush after Warsh clears the way to new highs

    Brent KochubaExcess ReturnsPublished

    Time frame: into September options expiration

    Show quote

    “Probably look at taking out all time highs at this point is what I'd be looking for.”

    Episode: Sticky Inflation. Cheap Volatility. A Less Predictable Fed. Why Aren’t Markets More Worried?

    at 52:58

    Kochuba's options-positioning data shows near-record-low implied volatility and forward vol at 90-day lows heading into September, with put open interest very low, meaning the market isn't hedged. With the Warsh/Jackson Hole event risk passed without incident and the Labor Day holiday shortening the options calendar (accelerating time decay), he expects implied vol to keep compressing, which in his view removes the main headwind to a continued rally and sets up a push to new all-time highs.

    Time frame
    into September options expiration
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Profits Come Now. The Costs Come Later. Kevin Muir on Whether AI Earnings Are the Bubble

    4 statements

    Sees index concentration in the AI theme as dangerously extreme

    Kevin MuirExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the stock market in the index itself is already getting dangerously concentrated, like the most we've seen since 1929”

    Episode: The Profits Come Now. The Costs Come Later. Kevin Muir on Whether AI Earnings Are the Bubble

    at 38:45

    Muir warns that the S&P is now concentrated in a single theme (AI) to a degree not seen since 1929, and that this is being compounded by leveraged ETF products (e.g. triple-leveraged semiconductor and single-country/single-stock vehicles) whose daily-rebalancing mechanics amplify moves in both directions and are large enough to become targets in a selloff -- a structural fragility he thinks is underappreciated on top of the earnings-quality concerns.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Bullish gold again after stepping back in

    Kevin MuirExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I still think it's behaving well. I still like gold. And I think it's gonna continue to surprise to the upside.”

    Episode: The Profits Come Now. The Costs Come Later. Kevin Muir on Whether AI Earnings Are the Bubble

    at 40:02

    Muir has been adamant gold is in a structural bull market since Russia invaded Ukraine in 2022, with the People's Bank of China's ongoing reserve diversification into gold as the core driver (explicitly not real rates or the dollar, which he says stopped explaining gold's moves after 2022). He trimmed into 2025 strength, went flat through the early-2026 blow-off top and pullback, and recently bought back in once gold broke back above its 50-day moving average, which he treats as his technical trigger for a fundamentally-held long-term view; he expects gold to keep surprising to the upside.

    What they own
    Says he recently 'stepped back in' and bought gold a couple of weeks before this taping, after being long since 2022, trimming in 2025, and going flat during the early-2026 blow-off top and pullback.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Calls current AI-driven earnings growth an 'earnings bubble'

    Kevin MuirExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “it is a bubble in terms of that actual earnings”

    Episode: The Profits Come Now. The Costs Come Later. Kevin Muir on Whether AI Earnings Are the Bubble

    at 24:20

    Citing Jim Chanos's framing, Muir argues that hyperscaler AI capex is being accounted for asymmetrically: the revenue benefit to chip and infrastructure suppliers shows up immediately in earnings, while the corresponding depreciation expense is amortized over five to ten years, mechanically inflating reported earnings growth on both the revenue and multiple-assumption sides at once. He thinks this is not a valuation-multiple bubble (stocks 'look cheap') but an earnings bubble, and that because markets are forward-looking, stock prices could roll over before the earnings actually do -- as happened in 2022, when the S&P fell even as trailing/forward EPS were still rising, only stabilizing once earnings finally rolled over.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Thinks bond yields could justifiably be even higher given current fundamentals

    Kevin MuirExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I actually will go take the other side and say, I'm surprised it's not a lot worse”

    Episode: The Profits Come Now. The Costs Come Later. Kevin Muir on Whether AI Earnings Are the Bubble

    at 3:15

    Against the consensus alarm over the long bond backing up roughly 50 basis points, Muir points out nominal GDP growth has risen from about 4-4.5% a year ago to roughly 6.5% now, alongside a large and persistent federal deficit and record corporate bond issuance tied to the AI buildout -- and argues that, given that combination of supply and nominal growth, he is surprised long yields have not risen by more than they have, i.e. he sees the move as fundamentally justified and possibly incomplete rather than as an anomaly to be feared.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Private Equity Chased Software. Big Tech Is Chasing AI. Dan Rasmussen on If They Are Making the Same Mistake Twice

    5 statements

    Prefers private credit over private equity for the next five years

    Dan RasmussenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next five years

    Show quote

    “if I had to bet which is going to do better over the next five years, private credit or private equity, I'd be putting my money in private credit.”

    Episode: Private Equity Chased Software. Big Tech Is Chasing AI. Dan Rasmussen on If They Are Making the Same Mistake Twice

    at 4:35

    Given how over-levered and overpriced many private-equity-owned companies are, Rasmussen thinks private credit -- despite the criticism it draws -- is the better-positioned asset class over the next five years, since at least credit holders are getting cash flow back rather than being subordinated to a debt stack the equity may not survive.

    Time frame
    next five years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Calls the private-equity boom a 'massive train wreck'

    Dan RasmussenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think the whole thing has become a massive train wreck.”

    Episode: Private Equity Chased Software. Big Tech Is Chasing AI. Dan Rasmussen on If They Are Making the Same Mistake Twice

    at 1:48

    Rasmussen argues private equity became the 'ultimate consensus trade' as every endowment, foundation and family office piled in on the claim it was the best-performing asset class, pushing purchase multiples to nearly 20x EBITDA (versus ~15x in public markets and ~12x in small caps) with roughly half funded by debt at 10-14% interest. Now that inflows have stopped, firms cannot sell at those prices to real buyers and are resorting to continuation vehicles and other financial engineering to avoid marking down and distributing, leaving LPs stuck. He also notes publicly-listed PE fund proxies (e.g. HarborVest, Partners Group listed vehicles) actually run about 24-25% annualized volatility -- more than small caps -- undercutting the industry's low-volatility pitch, and now trade at 30-40% discounts to NAV.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    In PE-backed software specifically, prefers holding the debt over the equity

    Dan RasmussenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “You'd rather own the debt than the equity.”

    Episode: Private Equity Chased Software. Big Tech Is Chasing AI. Dan Rasmussen on If They Are Making the Same Mistake Twice

    at 16:44

    With public software comparables (Salesforce, Adobe) down 50-80% and many private-equity-owned software businesses carrying roughly 50% leverage, Rasmussen thinks the equity in those deals faces effective annihilation while the underlying cash flows may hold up for a while -- so for PE-backed software specifically, he'd rather hold the debt than the equity, reinforcing his broader private-credit-over-private-equity view with a sector-specific mechanism (software equity value and multiples have been 'smoked' even where cash flows are intact).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Bullish Japan's below-book, governance-reform-driven value trade

    Dan RasmussenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next three to four years

    Show quote

    “I've been very bullish on Japan and consensus is moving towards me”

    Episode: Private Equity Chased Software. Big Tech Is Chasing AI. Dan Rasmussen on If They Are Making the Same Mistake Twice

    at 56:05

    Rasmussen's Japan thesis centers on the Tokyo Stock Exchange's push for every company trading below (tangible) book value to return excess cash, investment securities and non-core real estate to shareholders via buybacks and dividends. Because Japanese book value is almost entirely tangible, buying below-book small caps is effectively buying real assets at a discount, and he expects the ongoing wave of buybacks/dividends to mechanically close that gap over the next three to four years. He describes this as one of the clearest opportunities he has seen and says he is trying to stay 'as long as possible' on it -- a small-cap, below-book segment of the Japanese market distinct from a broad cap-weighted Nikkei/TOPIX call, which carries almost none of this specific catalyst.

    Time frame
    next three to four years
    What they own
    Describes running this as an active, concentrated long position in small-cap, below-book Japanese equities (not the broad index), saying he is 'trying to be as long as possible' given the clarity of the governance-reform catalyst.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Thinks the yen is bottoming after years of decline

    Dan RasmussenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think the Yen is probably at bottom as well.”

    Episode: Private Equity Chased Software. Big Tech Is Chasing AI. Dan Rasmussen on If They Are Making the Same Mistake Twice

    at 47:56

    Rasmussen has invested through years of yen weakness and says he has been comfortable doing so, but now believes the currency is close to a bottom, pointing to widespread misunderstanding of Japan's fiscal position (gross debt/GDP looks alarming but nets down to roughly 100% once Japan's large foreign asset holdings are counted) and the government's long-running carry trade of borrowing cheaply in yen to buy foreign equities.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · The Rally is Broadening. The Earnings Growth Isn't. Liz Ann Sonders on Which Breaks First

    2 statements

    Favors the market's broadening-out into small caps and international

    Liz Ann SondersExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Small caps doing quite a bit better than large caps.”

    Episode: The Rally is Broadening. The Earnings Growth Isn't. Liz Ann Sonders on Which Breaks First

    at 6:11

    Sonders says she is a believer in the 'broadening out trade' -- equal-weight outperforming cap-weight, small caps outperforming large caps, international outperforming US large caps -- and thinks it has legs because prices are reconnecting to fundamentals and investors are learning the lesson of concentration risk after the extreme dispersion within even the 'Mag 7'/'Neural 9' cohort (Micron the top S&P contributor, Tesla dead last).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Thinks most of the market's AI enthusiasm is justified, even as it broadens beyond mega caps

    Liz Ann SondersExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “there's a tremendous amount of enthusiasm about AI, most of which is justified”

    Episode: The Rally is Broadening. The Earnings Growth Isn't. Liz Ann Sonders on Which Breaks First

    at 34:52

    Sonders says the AI investment story is 'not dead,' just less concentrated than before -- the enthusiasm is now being found further down the cap spectrum and outside the original hyperscaler/semiconductor names, in areas like industrials and materials that benefit from the broader AI buildout. She frames the underlying enthusiasm about AI as mostly justified even as she flags concentration and earnings-durability risk elsewhere in the conversation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · We Asked Andy Constan What Happens If AI Funding Breaks Before the Thesis — And if Warsh Blinks

    5 statements

    Would load up on Treasury duration at a 200bp 2s/10s spread

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I'd load the boat.”

    Episode: We Asked Andy Constan What Happens If AI Funding Breaks Before the Thesis — And if Warsh Blinks

    at 31:55

    Constan argues there is incredibly deep price-sensitive demand for Treasury duration: if the 2s/10s curve reached roughly 200 basis points, an investor could earn about 200 basis points of positive carry on a duration-neutral, interest-rate-neutral position without needing much leverage, which he says would be a level at which he would buy aggressively.

    Only if
    If the 2s/10s Treasury spread widens to roughly 200 basis points (10-year yield ~200bp over the 2-year), he would buy Treasury duration aggressively.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Structurally skeptical the market's aggregate earnings growth math can add up

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long-term / structural, not a near-term timing call

    Show quote

    “there can't possibly be in total winners”

    Episode: We Asked Andy Constan What Happens If AI Funding Breaks Before the Thesis — And if Warsh Blinks

    at 51:14

    Constan's 'not enough pie' framework holds that GDP growth caps how much total corporate earnings can grow, since every claim on the economy (labor income, government spending, corporate profit) draws from the same pie. He calculates that current aggregate earnings forecasts for the AI winners plus the rest of the S&P 500 imply corporations' share of GDP rising from roughly 12% to 19-20%, a shift he thinks is not plausible without an implausibly high GDP growth rate; since that increase would have to come mostly from consumers who are simultaneously threatened by AI-driven job losses, he doubts the market's aggregate long-run earnings expectations can be met even though there will be some genuine massive winners (like Nvidia).

    Time frame
    long-term / structural, not a near-term timing call
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Expects Nvidia's upcoming earnings and guidance to blow past expectations

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next quarterly earnings report

    Show quote

    “I'm sure their earnings and their forecast will be through the roof.”

    Episode: We Asked Andy Constan What Happens If AI Funding Breaks Before the Thesis — And if Warsh Blinks

    at 45:02

    Discussing Nvidia's $500 billion financing-backstop structure for its customers ahead of its next earnings report, Constan says he is confident the company's earnings and forward guidance will again be exceptionally strong, calling Nvidia one of the 'historic winners' of the AI buildout.

    Time frame
    next quarterly earnings report
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Warns a break in AI capital-markets financing would trigger a severe, surprise selloff

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “If it were to happen, it's going to be very severe.”

    Episode: We Asked Andy Constan What Happens If AI Funding Breaks Before the Thesis — And if Warsh Blinks

    at 55:50

    Constan describes AI capex (roughly $600-700B in 2026, an expected ~$1 trillion in 2027) as increasingly funded not by hyperscaler cash flow but by fresh corporate bond and equity issuance -- his 'hamburger thesis,' where companies borrow today against future cash flows they may not be able to repay on schedule. He worries that at some point investors will balk at absorbing the scale of ongoing issuance and capital markets will 'close' before all the needed funding is placed, which historically produces a severe, largely unpredictable market reaction; he stresses he does not think this is imminent and expects the near-term deals (Anthropic, then OpenAI) to get done, but says it is what he is watching and is positioning defensively (staying at risk target, avoiding extra leverage) around it.

    Only if
    If AI-related capital-markets financing (corporate debt/equity issuance funding hyperscaler and frontier-lab capex) stalls before the roughly $1 trillion of expected 2027 funding needs are absorbed by the market.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is managing his own risk defensively around this scenario -- staying at his risk target and avoiding extra leverage -- rather than holding a specific directional trade on it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishSpaceX

    Sees SpaceX as incredibly overvalued and runs a small short

    Andy ConstanExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think it's incredibly overvalued”

    Episode: We Asked Andy Constan What Happens If AI Funding Breaks Before the Thesis — And if Warsh Blinks

    at 58:12

    Constan thinks SpaceX's post-IPO valuation is incredibly overvalued given the amount of new equity supply the eventual unlock will bring to market, and is running a small short as a side bet in his own account, separate from his core macro research and positioning.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Discloses a personal short position in SpaceX opened around $145 in what he calls his 'degenerate account' -- a small, opportunistic side position for 'lunch money,' distinct from his core macro book.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Jim Paulsen Sees a Growth Scare Coming | The 34 Charts That Make Him Cautious

    5 statements

    Long-term still doesn't want investors to exit stocks despite the near-term scare

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: into the 2030s before the next real bear market

    Show quote

    “I don't think you want to cash out of this stock market”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen Sees a Growth Scare Coming | The 34 Charts That Make Him Cautious

    at 1:02:22

    Despite expecting a sharp near-term correction concentrated in tech/comms, Paulsen's longer-term view remains constructive: he thinks the odds favor avoiding an all-out bear market in this cycle, expects the next real bear market not to arrive until sometime in the 2030s, and recommends only a modest defensive tilt (a bit more bonds, a bit less 'new era' exposure, more toward old-era/value) rather than raising cash -- a dual-timeframe view alongside his near-term bearish correction call on the same broad US equities subject.

    Time frame
    into the 2030s before the next real bear market
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Sees meaningful further downside risk in gold

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “there's still a fair amount of downside risk there”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen Sees a Growth Scare Coming | The 34 Charts That Make Him Cautious

    at 49:43

    Paulsen indexes the price of gold against global money supply growth and notes gold has historically reverted back to that money-supply line after running far above it, as it did after 2008, after 2012, and after 2020-21. With gold already off 25% from its highs but still well above the money-supply-implied level (which he pegs around $2,000, or perhaps $3,000 in a more generous read), he thinks there is still meaningful downside risk left in gold from the excessive optimism that built up during the prior gold bull run, though he frames this as a rough, uncertain read rather than a firm target.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Expects tech/comms ('new era') stocks to suffer their own 20% bear market

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Maybe they suffer, collectively, they suffer a full bear market, 20% decline in those stocks.”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen Sees a Growth Scare Coming | The 34 Charts That Make Him Cautious

    at 4:16

    Paulsen thinks the immediacy of AI excitement has discounted too much future growth into current prices, and that the broader S&P correction he expects will be concentrated in the 'new era' plays -- the technology and communications sectors -- which he thinks could collectively suffer a full bear market (a 20% decline), even while the rest of the S&P holds up much better and the overall index avoids an official bear market.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Sees more downside for yields (i.e. upside for bond prices) than upside

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I still think the downside is the bigger place for these bond yields to go.”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen Sees a Growth Scare Coming | The 34 Charts That Make Him Cautious

    at 42:12

    Comparing recent growth, inflation, consumption and investment data to the pre-pandemic (2015-2020) period, Paulsen finds they are essentially unchanged, yet the 10-year Treasury yield sits far above where it traded in that earlier period with a similar macro backdrop. He argues yields are mispriced relative to fundamentals and expects them to fall back toward that pre-pandemic relationship -- i.e. he sees more downside risk to yields than upside, which is bullish for bond prices -- while acknowledging he has been early on this call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Sees a full-fledged >10% S&P correction still coming

    Jim PaulsenExcess ReturnsPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we're going to see a full-fledged correction in the S&P 500, which we didn't see earlier this year yet.”

    Episode: Jim Paulsen Sees a Growth Scare Coming | The 34 Charts That Make Him Cautious

    at 4:16

    Paulsen argues the labor market has stalled (near-zero payroll growth, rising duration of unemployment, falling participation), real income and consumption are weakening once government transfer payments are excluded, and several leading indicators (the Citigroup Economic Surprise Index, the lagged effect of higher oil/bond yields/dollar on the economy) point to reaccelerating growth concerns after a year dominated by inflation fears. He expects that as investor attention pivots from inflation risk to growth/recession risk, the S&P 500 will suffer a full correction of more than 10% that it has not yet experienced this year, even though he does not expect an outright bear market or recession.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    13 statements
    BearishWorkday WDAY

    Workday named among systems of record; no compelling AI product from the incumbents

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I don't look at the products that the major software companies have put out and say, wow, that's really compelling.”

    at 45:23

    Named by Rizzo among the systems of record — Salesforce, ServiceNow, Workday — that become data suppliers to the frontier labs as the application interface shifts from humans to agents. He reinforces the point by saying he has not seen a single compelling AI version of traditional enterprise software from a traditional enterprise software vendor, and that reported ARR gains look like bundling rather than genuine product.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Azure accelerating to 45% is evidence the capex is hitting its inflection

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think you have a lot of evidence that the hyperscale CapEx business is hitting that inflection point.”

    at 8:07

    Rizzo reads the recent quarter as evidence the hyperscaler capex cycle is converting to returns, citing Azure growing 43% and guiding to an accelerating 45%, alongside AWS at 37% and Google Cloud at 82%, all at strong incremental margins. He adds that Nadella publicly amplifying a 30% ROI analysis for the broader hyperscaler universe gives investors comfort that the capital build comes with revenue acceleration and margin expansion. His flagged risk is concentration in the labs: OpenAI is already around 25% of Azure revenue and a higher share of backlog, so a scenario exists where the labs eventually aggregate frontier intelligence and pressure the hyperscalers — though he places that several years out.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishTSMC TSM

    If token manufacturing vertically integrates, all roads lead to TSMC

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “Eventually, all roads lead to TSMC and ASML, and maybe Intel too, right?”

    at 24:57

    Conditional on Rizzo's preferred scenario. He argues token manufacturing may be structurally analogous to semiconductor manufacturing — capital intensive with an increasing cost curve and real synergy between harness design and model training — which would favour vertical integration by the frontier labs, the way it once favoured Intel in CPUs. In that world the economics concentrate in two places: the labs and the chip infrastructure companies. He puts himself at roughly 60-70% in favour of the frontier labs winning over the long run, while noting he could change his mind. He separately names TSMC as a clear example of a 'linchpin technology' — mission critical to its customers' success — which is the first pillar of his stock selection framework.

    Only if
    conditional on the vertically-integrated 'token manufacturing' scenario, which he puts at ~60-70% likely
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Chips lead higher either way — open or closed weights, the compute gets bought

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I do think that means that chips lead us higher.”

    at 24:57

    Rizzo's central positioning call. Whether the world ends up dominated by open-weight or closed-weight models, he argues the investment in chips is immense either way, so semis lead regardless of how that debate resolves. He is explicit that semiconductors remain cyclical — 'we will clearly have a correction at some point,' whether inventory, demand or supply driven — but frames the current setup as a great upcycle, with the driver having shifted from PCs and smartphones to frontier intelligence, which he considers structurally capital intensive because of the scaling laws.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishASML ASML

    ASML as the linchpin: mission critical to its customers' success

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I mean, ASML is a clear linchpin example.”

    at 1:00:11

    ASML is Rizzo's canonical example of a 'linchpin technology' — mission critical to the success of its customers — which is the first pillar of his four-part framework (linchpin technology, innovating in secular growth markets, improving fundamentals, reasonable valuation). He also names ASML alongside TSMC as where the economics concentrate if token manufacturing turns out to be vertically integrated, since the chip infrastructure layer captures value in that scenario regardless of which lab wins.

    Only if
    value accrual argument is conditional on the vertically-integrated token-manufacturing scenario
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Capex accelerates to $1.5-1.6tn next year — against a street looking for 20-30% growth

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next year (2027)

    Show quote

    “I actually think we're going to see an acceleration in capex next year.”

    at 5:16

    Rizzo's explicitly variant call against the street. Hyperscaler capex grows roughly 75% in 2026 to about $800bn; consensus expects 20-30% growth next year (~$1.1-1.2tn), while he expects growth to accelerate beyond the 2026 pace, putting capex at $1.5-1.6tn. He thinks that happens even in a more moderate memory pricing environment, because hyperscaler ROIC is so attractive. Supporting evidence from the recent quarter: AWS accelerating to 37% growth at 50% incremental operating margins, Azure at 43% guiding to 45%, Google Cloud at 82%. He places the cycle at roughly the halfway point by analogy to Netscape-to-2000 versus ChatGPT-to-today.

    Time frame
    next year (2027)
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Logic and CPUs are the most attractive slice as memory pricing decelerates into 2027

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Right now, I think the most attractive place is the logic semis, so particularly the CPUs.”

    at 24:57

    Rizzo's preferred slice within semis, and the long leg of a pair against memory. His argument is timing: memory pricing rose hundreds of percent and took memory from mid-to-high single digits of hyperscaler capital budgets to the mid 30s during 2026, and as that price inflation decelerates into 2027 the budget room rotates back toward logic. He caveats that he is speaking just before the logic names report, so the incremental information from those reports still matters.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Memory: low-single-digit PEs vs decelerating fundamentals — the market daring you to choose

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Fundamentals are decelerating. Revenue growth has to grow less from here. You can't grow 350 percent a year, year over year forever.”

    at 1:00:11

    The short leg of Rizzo's pair against logic, and carefully bounded: he is calling a deceleration in memory pricing, NOT a decline — 'when I say memory prices normalizing, I don't mean that we see a decline, but just a deceleration from this incredible price and growth that we've seen.' He presents memory as the market daring you to choose between valuation and fundamentals: low-to-mid single digit PEs against decelerating growth after a period of ~350% year-over-year growth that cannot persist. He also notes memory beta and logic beta behave as radically different stocks even though both are semis.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Jassy's short-life-asset math: money back in 2-3 years, then 2-3 years of cash flow

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So two to three years to get your money back, and then two to three years of great cash flow.”

    at 8:07

    Rizzo cites Amazon as the clearest articulation of AI capex converting into cash flow. Jassy split capex into long-life assets (property, infrastructure) and short-life assets (chips, networking, data centre spend), and disclosed that the short-life piece — the part investors worry about most — breaks even in two to three years against a five to six year useful life. Combined with AWS growth accelerating to 37% at 50% incremental operating margins, Rizzo argues you are not merely taking management's word on ROIC; you can see it in the revenue acceleration and margin expansion.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishServiceNow NOW

    ServiceNow named among systems of record reduced to data supply

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think if you're an established system of record, you get to be a dumb data pipe into OpenAI or Anthropic, in the world I'm describing.”

    at 45:23

    Named by Rizzo among the systems of record — Salesforce, ServiceNow, Workday — that in his expected world supply data into the frontier labs while the intelligence works on top, with the interface migrating to agents. Part of his broader call that traditional application software is in trouble; he is more comfortable with infrastructure software, citing SAP's data gravity and consumption models like Snowflake as different propositions.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Systems of record become dumb data pipes into the labs as the interface shifts to agents

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And so, I think traditional application software is in trouble.”

    at 45:23

    Rizzo's clearest negative. In the world he expects, established systems of record become 'a dumb data pipe into OpenAI or Anthropic' — they supply the data and the intelligence works on top, with the user interface migrating away from the vendor's own app toward agents or a chat surface. He points to Salesforce's push to go headless as evidence the incumbents know the direction of travel. He adds that he has not seen a single compelling AI product from a traditional enterprise software company, versus dozens of fast-growing AI-native startups, and suspects designing for an ever-smarter model is genuinely different from traditional software design. The budget argument compounds it: if IT spend shifts toward intelligence tokens, he thinks tokens could plausibly reach 100% of a 2026-sized IT budget on some medium horizon.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Google Cloud at 82% growth, 50% incremental margins — and $85bn of equity to fund the build

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And to context of Google Cloud Platform to GCP growing 82%, also at 50% incremental operating margins.”

    at 8:07

    Google Cloud's 82% growth at 50% incremental operating margins is the strongest data point in Rizzo's argument that hyperscaler capex is converting into returns. He separately notes Google issued $85bn of equity to fund the build — one of the most profitable companies in the world raising equity, which he reads as evidence the cycle has moved from free-cash-flow funding into the equity and debt financing stage, though he judges the funding gap manageable against a multi-trillion market cap and modest net debt to EBITDA.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishSalesforce CRM

    Salesforce going headless concedes the interface shift

    Dom RizzoExcess ReturnsRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “The Salesforce's of the world, the ServiceNow's of the world, the Workdays of the world get to put their data into OpenAI, Anthropic and then the intelligence can work on top of it.”

    at 45:23

    Named by Rizzo as an example of an established system of record reduced to supplying data while the intelligence layer runs on top. He cites Salesforce's push to go headless as evidence the company itself understands the direction of travel — that the user interface migrates away from salesforce.com toward agents or a chat surface. Part of his broader view that traditional application software is in trouble, distinct from infrastructure software where he is more comfortable.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Odd Lots

    0 bullish · 1 bearish1 episode · 1 statement · 1 speakerLatest

    · How a Chicago Restaurant Has Stayed Open For Nearly Three Decades

    1 statement

    Restaurant owner: the restaurant business, independent fine dining above all, is one of the worst industries to get into, with negative returns and margins seriously negative since the pandemic

    Richard MottOdd LotsPublished

    Show quote

    “On an economic basis, the restaurant business is one of the worst businesses to ever get in.”

    Episode: How a Chicago Restaurant Has Stayed Open For Nearly Three Decades

    at 24:25

    Richard Mott, who owns North Pond, a Chicago fine-dining restaurant open close to 30 years, and the Spark Shared Kitchen, says that on an economic basis the restaurant business, and independent fine dining in particular, is one of the worst industries to enter. His reasons: it is hyper-competitive with no barriers to entry and no way to build a moat, since nothing is proprietary and any new dish is copied everywhere; an operator who obeys labour, immigration and overtime law runs at a 5 to 10% cost disadvantage to competitors who do not; and owners compete with people who are in it for non-economic reasons, such as wealthy professionals who treat a restaurant as a hobby. He cites failure-rate figures showing independent fine dining as a whole earns a negative return, and later in the conversation says restaurant profit margins since the pandemic are probably seriously negative, after three years in which nearly everyone lost money and a weak recovery. He adds current pressures: wine sales, the most profitable line, fell at his restaurant from about 33% of sales to 24% over the last 18 months as guests, especially younger ones, drink less, which he calls a really big problem for most restaurants; starting cooks cost about 30% more than three or four years ago; and food inflation passes straight through, forcing four price rises in two years. The view is about the economics of the industry, mainly independent operators, not about any listed restaurant stock.

    What they own
    He owns North Pond, a Chicago fine-dining restaurant, and the Spark Shared Kitchen, as stated in the host's introduction.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Prof G Markets

    13 bullish · 11 bearish5 episodes · 24 statements · 6 speakersLatest

    · The AI Bubble Isn't Where You Think It Is

    4 statements

    The AI bubble is in the private labs and startups, not in listed AI stocks

    Ed ElsonProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “These personality differences have led to vastly different prices. In other words, we don't have an AI bubble, we have an AI startup bubble.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Isn't Where You Think It Is

    at 1:47

    Elson argues the bubble sits in privately priced AI startups rather than in public markets. OpenAI and Anthropic plan to list at $1.4 trillion and $2 trillion while losing billions a year, with business models he says may never work; he dismisses Anthropic's 'adjusted' profitability as stripping out training costs. Venture investors set these prices on founder vision and talent rather than margins and profits, so the labs (and peers such as Thinking Machines, valued at four times Snap on a sixtieth of its revenue) have avoided real price discovery. He expects that reckoning to arrive as the startups go public, starting with Anthropic's planned IPO.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Stock market not about to crash: AI implosion risk already priced in

    Ed ElsonProf G MarketsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “First, let me explain why the stock market isn't about to crash. In one sentence, the risks of an AI implosion are already priced in.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Isn't Where You Think It Is

    at 1:47

    Elson says that even with clear stress in AI (CoreWeave's credit blowout, rising build costs, falling token prices), he is not worried about the stock market. Listed AI stocks rose because profits rose, while multiples fell: Nvidia's P/E down 48% in a year, Broadcom 54%, Micron 56%, SK Hynix 49%, and neoclouds such as CoreWeave, IREN and Cipher down over 50%. Big Tech ex private-investment gains trades at a little over 30 times earnings, under 10% above the S&P 500, which he calls cautious optimism rather than dot-com hysteria. The view is that a crash is not imminent, not a call for a rally; he says the big tech names are no longer buys but not sells.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he loaded up on Meta and Microsoft at what now appears the bottom, returning 25% and 40%; now calls them neither buys nor sells.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishAnthropic

    Anthropic's $2 trillion IPO price would halve in public markets; expects a delay

    Ed ElsonProf G MarketsPublished

    Time frame: IPO in a month; possible delay sometime next week

    Show quote

    “What would happen to Anthropic's valuation if it traded in the public markets? Answer, its valuation would be cut in half.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Isn't Where You Think It Is

    at 1:47

    Elson calls Anthropic, with OpenAI, the most overvalued names in AI. At a $2 trillion valuation it trades at nearly 30 times its revenue run rate with no earnings, and he says the profitability shown at its Investor Day holds only on an 'adjusted' basis that likely excludes revenue-sharing and training costs. Applying Nvidia's current price-to-sales multiple would bring it to roughly $1 trillion. With the IPO about a month away, he says he would not be surprised to see it delayed citing market uncertainty next week, because the alternative is cutting the price. This is a view on the private company's valuation and IPO pricing; it has no listed shares yet.

    Time frame
    IPO in a month; possible delay sometime next week
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishOpen AI

    OpenAI's planned $1.4 trillion listing value would halve on public-market multiples

    Ed ElsonProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “Do the same thing to Open AI and its valuation gets halved as well.”

    Episode: The AI Bubble Isn't Where You Think It Is

    at 1:47

    Elson groups OpenAI with Anthropic as the most overvalued names in AI: it plans to go public at $1.4 trillion while losing billions a year, with no earnings to price against and a business model he doubts will work. He says such prices only hold while a greater fool will pay, and that applying Nvidia's price-to-sales multiple would cut its valuation roughly in half. This is a view on the private company's valuation, not a listed stock.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    6 statements

    A wall of neocloud refinancing between 2028 and 2032 that will not clear at prices the business models need

    Paul KedroskyProf G MarketsRecorded

    Time frame: between 28 and 32

    Show quote

    “And I think the way to think about it is much like what was happening during the GFC, the global financial crisis, where all of these banks were saying, listen, there's nothing wrong with our debts and we're not defaulting on our debt. But the market instead was saying here, what you have is a refinancing problem. We see a wall of refinancing ahead. And there's a lot of data out here to show that between 28 and 32, there's a massive wall of refinancing, and it ain't going to happen at the prices that justify your business as it currently looks.”

    Episode: CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    at 10:25

    Kedrosky's view is on the debt of the indebted neoclouds as a group, not on one name. Two forces squeeze it from both ends: AI capex fundraising has pushed up mid-duration Treasury yields, and the more attractive those Treasuries become the harder it is for highly indebted neoclouds to raise — a relationship he says runs in both directions — while Epoch AI's work on token-price deflation, which he puts at roughly a 13-fold annual fall in the cost of tokens over four years, means volumes must double every ninety days just to stand still against a fixed interest bill. He compares the position to the banks in the global financial crisis insisting their debts were sound while the market was pricing a refinancing problem, and says the data show a massive wall of refinancing between 2028 and 2032 that will not happen at prices that justify these businesses as they currently look. He adds that even the public markets are reluctant to take these issuers, citing a withdrawn Australian IPO.

    Time frame
    between 28 and 32
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Fragile, not healthy: real purchasing power falling, nobody hiring, house prices flat for years

    Mark ZandiProf G MarketsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But despite that, it feels highly vulnerable, very fragile, I think would be the right word.”

    Episode: CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    at 30:02

    Zandi grants that the top-line numbers — GDP growth, a 4.2 percent unemployment rate, a stock market that has been rocketing higher — look acceptable, and still calls the economy highly vulnerable and fragile. His reasons: real purchasing power is falling, with inflation now consistently above wage growth and September the sixth straight month of declining real earnings; the labour market is a low-hiring, low-firing standoff where keeping your job is fine but losing it leaves you stranded, and decelerating nominal wage growth tells him the US is not at full employment; and for most households the asset that matters is the house, where prices have gone nowhere for three or four years. He frames the rest as a K-shaped economy in which the spending is done by the stock-owning minority — total shareholder wealth doubled from 35 to 70 trillion dollars in four years on AI — while the roughly two-thirds of Americans who own little stock are hanging on by their fingertips with saving rates as low as they can go, so he expects consumer spending to bend, particularly if the stock market stops rising.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The bubble sits in private markets, in plain sight, and the triggers are everywhere

    Paul KedroskyProf G MarketsRecorded

    Time frame: sometime between now and the first second quarter of next year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So the problem is, is people are looking in public markets for a thing that's sitting in plain sight in private ones. And so we're already there and the triggers are everywhere.”

    Episode: CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    at 13:25

    Kedrosky argues the search for the bubble in public-market multiples is looking in the wrong place: because private markets have become the new public markets over the past five years as public listings disappeared, the problem now sits in private markets, and on his reading it is already there in plain sight with triggers everywhere. He names one exception to the rule — China, where he counts some 880 AI-related listed companies, up from none two years ago, with a combined market capitalisation around three trillion dollars — so the same excess is being built on the public side there and the private side in the US, two waves he expects to pull each other down, together about six trillion dollars of what he calls nonsensical market capitalisation. On timing he refuses precision: he has been saying somewhere between now and the second quarter of next year, defers to Paul Tudor Jones's first half of the year, and says it could be sooner.

    Time frame
    sometime between now and the first second quarter of next year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Iran war's fingerprints are all over inflation, and the pass-through is still coming

    Mark ZandiProf G MarketsRecorded

    Show quote

    “I mean, inflation is uncomfortably high and the Iran war's fingerprints are all over it. Obviously, the higher energy fuel costs go directly to the war. And there's a lot of pass-through going on into the rest of the economy and adding to the inflationary pressures.”

    Episode: CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    at 21:27

    On a September print of 3.7 percent, the highest since May, with core up 0.3 percent month on month and gasoline up 9.1 percent in the month and 34 percent on the year, Zandi says inflation is uncomfortably high and the Iran war's fingerprints are all over it: higher energy and fuel costs go straight to the war and are passing through into the rest of the economy, with tariffs and immigration policy adding to it. He says the pass-through is not finished — fertiliser costs are up, which he expects to reach crop prices and groceries later, and helium prices feed semiconductor and consumer-electronics costs — and that these second-round effects are why his estimate of 2,000 dollars of extra war-related cost per household, built from energy, higher interest rates and the Pentagon's military cost figures, is a conservative one. He adds that he would not fight this inflation with rate rises, since war-driven inflation is not something higher rates can solve, and would weigh the soft labour market more heavily.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    OpenAI and Anthropic alone are already worth more than the Nasdaq's 2000 peak

    Paul KedroskyProf G MarketsRecorded

    Show quote

    “And of course, the answer is the valuation of OpenEye and Anthropic alone combined in the private markets and what we're likely to see as they come public is already more than the peak NASDAQ valuation when it crashed in 2000”

    Episode: CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    at 13:25

    Answering the standard objection that public-market multiples look nothing like the dot-com era, Kedrosky's reply is that the combined private valuation of OpenAI and Anthropic — and what they are likely to be worth as they come public — is already above the peak Nasdaq valuation at the 2000 crash. The transcript renders OpenAI as 'OpenEye'. So on his account the bubble is not missing, it is simply not where people are looking. On the labs' own numbers he says the only two figures he cares about are customer concentration, where he believes more than 80 percent of revenue comes from a handful of AI companies, which would be unprecedented, and what is happening to coding demand, where his hunch is that the coding frenzy that drove early adoption is at its far end and growth now has to come from markets that look nothing like coding; he expects the disclosures to say little about either.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    CoreWeave is in a debt death spiral; the best case is a radical restructuring

    Paul KedroskyProf G MarketsRecorded

    Show quote

    “As people look forward with the increasing cost of CoreWeave's debt, as the spreads blow out, they look forward and say, wait a minute, that has implications for the refinancing in future raises. And so as a result, that becomes the same sort of debt death spiral that you've seen in some sovereigns. And it's just playing out. It took a long time to play out inside of CoreWeave, but it's finally happening.”

    Episode: CoreWeave Is Imploding — And Taking AI Stocks Down With It

    at 4:19

    Kedrosky says nothing about CoreWeave's situation has changed in eight months — it is the most indebted of the neoclouds — and that the market has only now noticed. The debt has to be either refinanced or serviced out of selling tokens to the tenants of the neoclouds, and both get harder at once: as spreads blow out, investors look forward to the refinancings and future raises and mark the paper down further, which is the same debt death spiral seen in distressed sovereigns, except that CoreWeave has no treasury department and cannot print money. Asked directly whether there is a world in which the company does not default, he answers no, and says what he sees instead is at best a fairly radical restructuring of the debt obligations — which is, he argues, exactly what paper trading around 80 cents on the dollar and maturing in 2032 is telling you. He dismisses the CEO's claim that the market is acting irrationally and misunderstands the company as something a CEO has to say, and dismisses the hope of an Nvidia rescue as requiring a wildly implausible first step.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    10 statements
    BullishBroadcom AVGO

    Likes Broadcom 'to some extent' among the mispriced AI chip leaders

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “In Semiland, we talked about the ones we like. So it's primarily Micron, NVIDIA, to some extent Broadcom and SK Hynest.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria, head of technology research at D.A. Davidson, argues there is a big dislocation in chip valuations: the market prices SK Hynix, Micron, Nvidia and Broadcom as if the AI cycle is already over (low forward multiples) while much of the rest of the semiconductor complex trades at 30-50 times as if the cycle runs through 2030. If the cycle does continue, he says these four will capture most of the profit, so that is where the opportunity is. He bases this on companies across the AI value chain reporting strong results, raising guidance and citing better visibility, while conceding investors doubt it can last.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishDatadog

    Among the software winners as AI tools improve

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “You've got Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify, Brownstrike, extraordinarily good companies that are all benefiting from AI tools getting better.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria names a group of software companies he says are doing phenomenally well and will keep doing well because AI tools getting better adds value to their products: Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify and CrowdStrike. He cites accelerating growth and says that, although they have performed well recently, they will be much bigger companies down the road.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishShopify

    Among the software winners as AI tools improve

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “You've got Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify, Brownstrike, extraordinarily good companies that are all benefiting from AI tools getting better.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria names a group of software companies he says are doing phenomenally well and will keep doing well because AI tools getting better adds value to their products: Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify and CrowdStrike. He cites accelerating growth and says that, although they have performed well recently, they will be much bigger companies down the road.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishPalantir PLTR

    Among the software winners as AI tools improve

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “You've got Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify, Brownstrike, extraordinarily good companies that are all benefiting from AI tools getting better.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria names a group of software companies he says are doing phenomenally well and will keep doing well because AI tools getting better adds value to their products: Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify and CrowdStrike. He cites accelerating growth and says that, although they have performed well recently, they will be much bigger companies down the road.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrowdStrike CRWD

    Among the software winners as AI tools improve

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “You've got Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify, Brownstrike, extraordinarily good companies that are all benefiting from AI tools getting better.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria names a group of software companies he says are doing phenomenally well and will keep doing well because AI tools getting better adds value to their products: Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify and CrowdStrike. He cites accelerating growth and says that, although they have performed well recently, they will be much bigger companies down the road.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Borrowing at 9% to earn ~1% on a speculative asset: first to go, equity to zero if AI sputters

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “That's destruction of value. That's the essence of CoreWeave.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 32:12

    Luria calls CoreWeave the poster child for the risks in the AI build-out: it borrows at around nine percent to build a speculative asset that currently returns about one percent, and at best guides to four or five percent, which he likens to taking a margin loan at nine percent to buy Treasuries yielding five. If the AI cycle sputters or turns, he says CoreWeave will be the first to go, unable to make its interest payments, and the equity will be worth zero. The host noted its unsecured notes now yield about 15%.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    A top semis pick: priced as if the AI cycle is over when it will take most of the profit

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “In Semiland, we talked about the ones we like. So it's primarily Micron, NVIDIA, to some extent Broadcom and SK Hynest.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria, head of technology research at D.A. Davidson, argues there is a big dislocation in chip valuations: the market prices SK Hynix, Micron, Nvidia and Broadcom as if the AI cycle is already over (low forward multiples) while much of the rest of the semiconductor complex trades at 30-50 times as if the cycle runs through 2030. If the cycle does continue, he says these four will capture most of the profit, so that is where the opportunity is. He bases this on companies across the AI value chain reporting strong results, raising guidance and citing better visibility, while conceding investors doubt it can last.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSnowflake

    Among the software winners as AI tools improve

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “You've got Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify, Brownstrike, extraordinarily good companies that are all benefiting from AI tools getting better.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria names a group of software companies he says are doing phenomenally well and will keep doing well because AI tools getting better adds value to their products: Palantir, Snowflake, Datadog, Shopify and CrowdStrike. He cites accelerating growth and says that, although they have performed well recently, they will be much bigger companies down the road.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A top semis pick: priced as if the AI cycle is over when it will take most of the profit

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “In Semiland, we talked about the ones we like. So it's primarily Micron, NVIDIA, to some extent Broadcom and SK Hynest.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria, head of technology research at D.A. Davidson, argues there is a big dislocation in chip valuations: the market prices SK Hynix, Micron, Nvidia and Broadcom as if the AI cycle is already over (low forward multiples) while much of the rest of the semiconductor complex trades at 30-50 times as if the cycle runs through 2030. If the cycle does continue, he says these four will capture most of the profit, so that is where the opportunity is. He bases this on companies across the AI value chain reporting strong results, raising guidance and citing better visibility, while conceding investors doubt it can last.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSK Hynix

    A top semis pick: priced as if the AI cycle is over when it will take most of the profit

    Gil LuriaProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “In Semiland, we talked about the ones we like. So it's primarily Micron, NVIDIA, to some extent Broadcom and SK Hynest.”

    Episode: Elon Musk Spent $366M On The Midterms — Will It Work?

    at 33:23

    Luria, head of technology research at D.A. Davidson, argues there is a big dislocation in chip valuations: the market prices SK Hynix, Micron, Nvidia and Broadcom as if the AI cycle is already over (low forward multiples) while much of the rest of the semiconductor complex trades at 30-50 times as if the cycle runs through 2030. If the cycle does continue, he says these four will capture most of the profit, so that is where the opportunity is. He bases this on companies across the AI value chain reporting strong results, raising guidance and citing better visibility, while conceding investors doubt it can last.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Has Nvidia Become Too Big To Fail?

    2 statements

    S&P 500 could reach 8,000 by year-end on the back of strong earnings

    James TaylorProf G MarketsPublished

    Time frame: before the end of the year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I do think we could get to the S&P 8,000 before the end of the year.”

    Episode: Has Nvidia Become Too Big To Fail?

    at 21:01

    Taylor expects third-quarter earnings to be very good and says the consumer and earnings have been strong enough to keep the market up in the teens despite bond yields at a 24-year high. He bought the late-July sell-off as a buying opportunity and sticks to his call that the S&P 500 could reach 8,000 before the end of the year, especially on strong earnings, with clarity after the midterms a possible positive catalyst. His caveats: he is not sure earnings will be good enough to support current valuations, he is concerned about how concentrated gains are in a few AI names and wants to see breadth improve, and he thinks equities would suffer if yields stay elevated for longer. He frames the 8,000 figure as his own opinion, not his firm's.

    Time frame
    before the end of the year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Treasuries and munis look attractive at 24-year-high yields, especially for conservative investors

    James TaylorProf G MarketsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I do think that bonds are starting to look a lot more attractive now, on the municipal side, on the treasury side.”

    Episode: Has Nvidia Become Too Big To Fail?

    at 17:50

    With the 10-year near 5.24% and the 30-year near 5.6%, Taylor says bonds look a lot more attractive, on both the Treasury and the municipal side, and that this is the first time in a long time he has said investors should take a look at them. For conservative to moderately aggressive investors he would be adding individual bonds now to lower portfolio risk and lock in income (tax-free on munis), striking while yields are high because he does not know how long they will stay there. More aggressive investors he would still steer to equities.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Cal Newport: The AI Industry Is Betting On The Wrong Kind Of AI

    2 statements

    Data-centre spending is a bubble that will pop

    Cal NewportProf G MarketsPublished

    Show quote

    “So, typically, bubbles have a way of working themselves out when something pops. And I think that's definitely gonna happen around datacenters.”

    Episode: Cal Newport: The AI Industry Is Betting On The Wrong Kind Of AI

    at 1:05:16

    Asked about data-centre regulation, Newport says the market will sort it out: far more money has been committed to data centres than there are chips, cooling and electricity to ever fill them, and the idea that putting money into data centres guarantees a big return is not a sustainable investment scheme. He expects that bubble to pop and, when it does, to cool the push to keep building. He adds that local opposition is already pushing back and that data-centre projects are being used as a lobbying tool in Washington. No timing given.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    OpenAI and Anthropic's bet on scaling one giant LLM to AGI will not pay off

    Cal NewportProf G MarketsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think it's probably bad news for OpenAI or Anthropix that they're not going to be the largest possible hyperscaled models.”

    Episode: Cal Newport: The AI Industry Is Betting On The Wrong Kind Of AI

    at 50:58

    Newport, a Georgetown computer scientist, argues the frontier labs' business rests on a bet that ever-larger LLMs will reach general intelligence and become the one model every product runs on, protected by a moat no one else can afford to cross. He thinks that bet will not pay off: capability gains have become jagged and confined to structured domains (programming, maths, cybersecurity) rather than rising across the board, enterprise uses beyond coding have proved harder than expected (he cites Microsoft's Copilot), and much of the market will be served by cheaper open-weight or on-device models wrapped in agent frameworks and by modular, specialised systems. That leaves OpenAI and Anthropic exposed to a Christensen-style disruption from many low-cost specialised competitors; he says he hopes that is the outcome. He does not put a date on it and does not frame it as a trade.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The Acquirers Podcast

    29 bullish · 12 bearish11 episodes · 41 statements · 11 speakersLatest

    · Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    7 statements

    Travis: Agree Realty (ADC) is high quality at about 13x cash flow and a 5% monthly dividend

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “But that stock is really, really, it's priced at around $65 per share now. It's about 13 times cash flow, and it pays about a 5% dividend that's monthly. It's just really high quality.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 18:35

    Asked for ideas that fit his newsletter's criteria during earnings season, Travis names Agree Realty (ticker ADC; transcribed 'Agri Realty') as a stock trading at a large discount to where it has been in a while despite good earnings. At around $65 a share it is about 13 times cash flow with a roughly 5% monthly dividend; he cites $2 billion of liquidity, occupancy above 99%, tenants such as Home Depot and Lowe's, and a size small enough to keep growing at a good rate. He discusses it in the context of selling options, where earnings-season uncertainty lifts option premiums.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Travis: Blue Owl Technology's discount to NAV implies nearly half its loans default

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “Basically, what's priced in because it's trading at such a large discount to net asset value, that is if you assume 50% recoveries on its defaults, 48% of the portfolio would have to default.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 12:41

    Travis uses Blue Owl Technology, a BDC with more software exposure than its peers, as his worked example of BDC mispricing. At its discount to net asset value, he calculates that with 50% recoveries 48% of the portfolio would have to default, against current net charge-offs of about 0.1%, a book spread over more than 200 companies with average positions of 0.4-0.7% of the portfolio, loans that run off roughly every three years, and software historically the best-performing sector for these lenders. He concludes the valuations do not make sense. He does not say on air whether he owns it.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Carlisle: the AI-heavy top of the index has to come back a little

    Tobias CarlisleThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Here, I think relative returns look better than they probably are, because I think the top of the index has to come back a little bit.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 16:14

    Carlisle describes the top of the index as the AI capex beneficiaries, the hyperscalers and the semiconductor names, which are 'absolutely flying' and so large a share of the index that it looks healthy from the top. He expects that top end to give back some ground ('has to come back a little bit'), which is why he thinks small and mid caps' relative returns flatter them versus their absolute returns. He calls the current moment 'a little bit of a mania', says some of these prices are so high it is hard to see how an investor makes money even if the businesses work, and that holders of the S&P 500 should know they carry heavy AI exposure. He separately says he thinks AI will be a huge winner as a technology; the bearish view is on the prices of the index leaders, and it is a modest one.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Travis: listed BDC valuations 'truly don't make sense' against their loan books

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “And you can kind of come to, if it's a surviving entity, what it's worth. And these valuations truly don't make sense.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 15:03

    Travis says business development companies, whose portfolios are mostly (90-95%) senior first-lien loans and so well above equity in the capital structure, trade at levels last seen deep in the Great Recession and briefly at the lowest points of COVID. In past episodes of cheapness (2008-09, COVID, 2015-16) they recovered within about a year. Working through a loan portfolio with assumptions for defaults, recoveries and interim cash flows, as he learned to do in the financial crisis, he concludes that for a surviving entity the current prices do not make sense. He contrasts this with the broad market still sitting near its highs.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Carlisle: US small and mid caps are priced on very modest assumptions and are undervalued

    Tobias CarlisleThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Time frame: a year or so, 18 months

    Show quote

    “And I think that there's a large part of the index, it's a large part of the companies that make up the index, particularly in the mid cap and small cap, but very modest assumptions for what they do in the future and that they're really undervalued.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 24:41

    Carlisle argues the index is carried by a narrow group of AI capex beneficiaries, hyperscalers and semiconductor names, while underneath there is 'carnage' in small and mid caps that he sees as a large opportunity: if those businesses keep earning roughly as they have, they are too cheap, and he says absolute returns in 'small and SMIDCAP land' look interesting. Some of them, he says, are being sold not because AI hurts them but because speculators are funding the AI trade by selling what has not gone up. He likens the set-up to late 2022, notes that the S&P 400 mid caps (MDY) and the Russell 1000 below its top 200 are about as low relative to the index as they have been in his data, and says this kind of value tends to take a year or 18 months to work through. He frames it as the value investor's job to buy when the cycle looks ugly.

    Time frame
    a year or so, 18 months
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Travis: the AI-concentrated S&P 500 could fall 50% if the AI trade breaks

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “It's so concentrated now. It's a really interesting thing where it's like, if that damn breaks, man, I mean, you could see absolutely a 50% decline.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 26:08

    Travis notes the S&P 500 is now about 50% AI exposure with the top 15 companies at roughly 47% of the index, and the market trades at one of the highest CAPE ratios in history. For someone managing a retiree's money who wants equity exposure through the S&P, he warns that if the AI trade breaks the index could fall 50%. He hedges it: he says he is bullish on America and not a pessimist, but that there is 'a lot backed into that trade'. He sees phenomenal long-term opportunity in the beaten-down parts of the market instead.

    Only if
    If the concentrated AI trade at the top of the index breaks
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Travis: for a five-year holder, non-office commercial real estate is attractive now

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Time frame: five-year time horizon · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And if you have a five-year time horizon, now is a really attractive time, unless you think that it's going to be 1970s, 1980s.”

    Episode: Why Buffett Would Be Short the “AI Horses” Right Now

    at 18:35

    Setting office space aside, Travis says ordinary commercial real estate is a really attractive buy for anyone with a five-year horizon, unless one expects a repeat of 1970s-80s conditions. He makes the point right after naming Agree Realty as a REIT trading at a large discount, and points to owners such as UDR (with Apollo) and Realty Income bringing in third-party capital to fund growth at a lower cost of capital and with less balance-sheet leverage.

    Time frame
    five-year time horizon
    Only if
    Unless the period ahead resembles the 1970s-1980s; for an investor with a five-year horizon
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The End Is Nigh. Buy Here?

    1 statement

    The market is expensive on every measure, so expect lower returns ahead

    Tobias CarlisleThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Like you don't need to do all of these sort of heroic valuation tricks to get to the answer that the market is expensive anyway, and the implications of an expensive market are lower returns and a little bit of volatility in the future.”

    Episode: The End Is Nigh. Buy Here?

    at 9:02

    Carlisle, describing the research for his book on crashes, says CAPE has problems with its calculation now that earnings have run so far ahead, but that it lines up with Tobin's Q and Buffett's market capitalisation to GNP, and with the market measured against its own trend, so the answer is not far wrong: the market is expensive. He reads an expensive market as implying lower returns and some volatility ahead. He is explicit that this is not a timing call: in the same discussion he says valuation is not a useful timing tool at all, and that the absolute earnings yield, the one measure he finds predictive, works over about ten years across a big data set rather than in any single name.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    7 statements

    Bargains in deep value while the top of the market is overvalued

    Tobias CarlisleThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Time frame: 18 months

    Show quote

    “So what do you think, given the overvaluation of the very top end of the market, I think that there's some really interesting stuff around this and bargains around and the deep value stuff particularly.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 25:22

    Carlisle sets the overvaluation at the very top of the market against what he sees as genuinely interesting bargains in deep value, and says even quality names have been beaten up. He describes a market where anything small, value or cyclical has had a tough year, because long rates keep rising, those companies carry more debt that is less well termed out, and energy near $100 is an extra cost - so they feel the pain first and fall fastest, and in his view recover first and fastest. He notes each cheap name he re-posts has its own idiosyncratic problem (Nike down 80 percent over five years, Lululemon), and that the bond-proxy thesis that let investors pay anything for quality is unwinding. On timing he thinks cycles now turn faster than ever, 18 months is a long time in this market, and much of this will have mean reverted and normalised by then.

    Time frame
    18 months
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    VICI at 10x cash flow with an 8% rising dividend is an obvious undervaluation

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “I mean, you think of people buying rental properties and the type of cap rates you'll get on that, and the headaches that can come with it, versus buying something like that. I mean, to me, that's such an obvious undervaluation.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 14:31

    Travis argues the Las Vegas selloff has left VICI mispriced. On his numbers it trades at 10 times cash flow with an 8 percent dividend that keeps rising (he says they just raised it again), for a REIT at 100 percent occupancy on roughly 40-year leases whose tenants are Caesars Palace and MGM, now diversifying into other assets. He names the concentration in those two tenants as the risk. His comparison is a private rental property: the cap rate and the headaches of being a landlord against a listed vehicle at this multiple, which is why he calls the undervaluation obvious. He adds, as a scenario rather than a forecast, that if the CEO decided buying back stock were the best use of cash he thinks the shares would trade back up to 28.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    A dreary time for the American economy outside AI

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “And it's kind of a dreary time for the American economy outside of AI.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 17:08

    Travis reads the US consumer as squeezed: the inflation print that morning (he and Carlisle refer to 3.7) is in "all the real stuff that matters" and people are feeling it. Employment is good and wages are up nominally, but he does not think quality of living has followed, and he describes people as disillusioned, with the war unpopular even among conservatives like himself and no outcome in sight. He adds that a seven or eight percent mortgage is punishing for this generation and that house prices have not fallen far enough to make sense yet. The conclusion he draws is a dreary stretch for the economy with AI as the exception, not a recession forecast or a dated call.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The market's most profitable leaders at 11x book, past the 2000 peak

    Tobias CarlisleThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I don't know what the right price for those companies is, but 11 times book value is pretty stretch.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 2:59

    Carlisle's own screen work says profitability has been the factor that predicted returns in this market, and that the highly profitable companies leading it - on his description the biggest ten names, the AI and AI-capex beneficiaries, hyperscalers and semis - are now at 11 times book value against a peak of seven times in 2000. He concedes book value is a poor measure, more so as these businesses turn capital-intensive, and says he does not know the right price. His point is the margin for error: at 11 times book you have to be right on the business and right on the forward growth, and he thinks the analysts who are optimistic about that growth have been consistently wrong before. He also notes everything is underperforming a handful of names, which he does not read as a healthy market.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hyperscalers still decent value despite the AI spending

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But ultimately, I think the hyperscalers are still decent values.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 8:53

    Travis thinks the hyperscalers remain reasonably priced even after the capex surge. His worry is on the other side of the trade: the spending is roughly $600 billion while depreciation runs at perhaps a fifth or a sixth of that, so earnings take far less of the hit than free cash flow and what matters in the end is the return on that capex. He also borrows Steve Eisman's point that if confidence in OpenAI and Anthropic slipped, the massive order books at Oracle and others could be questioned, and he doubts the pricing power of AI products when buyers have so many to choose from. Despite all that he lands on the hyperscalers being still decent values, says he thought Meta (transcribed "Meadow") was dirt cheap for a while, and praises Zuckerberg's strategy on its Muse product.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    New long idea on MGM after the Diller bid collapsed and the stock halved

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “So on the value options letter, we just released a trade idea on MGM.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 13:05

    Travis says his Value Options Letter has just published a trade idea on MGM. He had owned the shares before and sold into the agreed takeover by Barry Diller's IAC (transcribed as "People's Inc"), which he describes as the largest shareholder at about 27 percent, at a price somewhere between $45 and $48, because he thought it fairly priced and saw regulatory risk. The deal broke in September, which he attributes to rising rates making the acquisition debt too expensive, and the stock fell to $28-$29 alongside the general misery in consumer-spending names. He now sees the company itself as attractive at that price: MGM generates a ton of free cash flow, has Macau (down a little), a Japan casino development he thinks may be the first of its scale there, and in his opinion less balance-sheet hair than Caesars, whose own Fertitta deal he believes is approved. He grants AI and the proliferation of online gambling touch the business, which MGM plays through BetMGM. No price target and no horizon given.

    What they own
    Owned MGM in the past and sold into the takeover; his letter has just published a trade idea on it. He does not say on air whether he holds it now.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    MSDL at 67 cents on the dollar prices in worse than a depression

    Tim TravisThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Time frame: five years

    Show quote

    “But I mean, that's a hell of an opportunity. You get like a 13% yield.”

    Episode: MGM and VICI: Finding Value in the Las Vegas Selloff | Value Options Podcast

    at 26:23

    Travis owns MSDL and says the market is pricing a credit outcome beyond anything on record. The shares trade at about 67 cents on the dollar of net asset value, which on his arithmetic implies the loan book only recovers about 74 cents on the dollar; at a 50 percent recovery assumption the implied default rate is far beyond a great-recession or depression scenario. Against that, non-performing loans are about 1.8 percent at fair value versus an index average of about 1 percent since 2004, and even in the worst year, 2009, credit losses were about 6.9 percent. The loans are floating rate, so the vehicle earns more as rates rise, though he concedes higher rates pressure the borrowers underneath. He puts the yield at about 13 percent and says the fear is that the dividend is barely covered and may be cut, which in his view would not change the discount to net asset value. He frames it as a position to hold and look back on in five years, and sets it against banks like Citi now trading at a large premium to tangible book.

    Time frame
    five years
    What they own
    Says on air he owns MSDL: "like MSDL, which I own".
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Korea’s Hidden Value: Activism, AI & Golfzon | Ryan Albert

    3 statements

    Korea is the one market where single-digit multiples meet government-driven governance reform

    Ryan AlbertThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm focused on Korea because I personally think that there's no other market in the world with the depth of almost 3,000 listed companies and so many of them trading at basically valuations where that that that their low mid single digits P or sometimes discounts to NAB of three quarters with basically you're pushing on an open door because the government is doing a lot of this door door pushing for you.”

    Episode: Korea’s Hidden Value: Activism, AI & Golfzon | Ryan Albert

    at 43:52

    Albert launched Turton Capital in May with a global mandate but has concentrated it on Korea, because he thinks the Korea discount has one identifiable cause and that cause is now being legislated away. On his reading the discount is simply the price of being a minority partner to family-controlled companies: control means cash stays inside the business through cross-shareholdings, treasury shares bought but never retired and real estate, and because inheritance tax on a gifted controlling stake is assessed off the share price over a window of roughly two months either side of the gift, at up to about 60 per cent, the controlling family has an incentive to keep the price down. What has changed is political. He puts the retail investor base at around 15 million, up from roughly 5 million pre-pandemic, which makes it a voting block, and the new Democratic Party president with a National Assembly majority has pushed a run of reforms through in about eighteen months: directors' fiduciary duty extended from the company to all shareholders, mandatory treasury share cancellation and mandatory cumulative voting for larger companies, the Ministry of Justice guidelines of February on mergers, spin-offs, share exchanges and subsidiary listings, and the amended Capital Markets Act of 20 August requiring a merger value that comprehensively weighs share price, asset value and earnings value rather than a market-price formula the controller can steer. Against that he sees a market of almost 3,000 listed companies, many on low to mid single-digit earnings multiples or at discounts of three quarters to asset value, with the government doing the pushing for the investor. His reference case is Japan from 2013, where he says TOPIX roughly doubled while the Korean index was flat. He states his own bear case as well: nothing has been tested in court, so there is no precedent yet on what happens to a board that fails its duty; much of the change lands in 2027 and could slip to 2028 while short-term investors lose patience; and more than half the market sits in two inherently cyclical companies, which could drag the index down regardless of the reform.

    What they own
    Says he launched his own fund, Turton Capital, in May of this year with a global mandate focused on markets going through governance reform cycles, and that he is focused on Korea and engages with Korean companies himself; no position sizes given on air.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Golfzon Holdings was worth at least 30,000 won a share against a 6,700 won tender offer

    Ryan AlbertThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “I felt that value was at least 30,000 Korean won per share. The tender offer price was at 6,700. So a big divergence between what the offer was and what I felt fair value was of all the assets.”

    Episode: Korea’s Hidden Value: Activism, AI & Golfzon | Ryan Albert

    at 12:41

    Albert walks through his own public campaign at Golfzon Holdings as a live stress test of the Korean reforms. The company is a listed holding company with stakes in golf-related assets; its most valuable one is a 32 per cent minority stake in Golfzon County, which he describes as the largest golf course operator in Korea and which was reported to be in the process of being sold by its 68 per cent owner, the largest private equity fund in Korea. On his appraisal that stake alone was worth significantly more than the whole holding company's market capitalisation, before counting the golf courses and real estate the business owns and its other stakes, which put the shares at about 0.15 to 0.2 times book value. At the end of June the controlling shareholders, holding about 60 per cent excluding treasury shares, set up a separate vehicle and tendered at a premium of fifty-something per cent to a share price that had been depressed by the holdco-opco structure, thin liquidity and investors selling out to buy AI-related names; the offer was 6,700 won, which he puts at 0.35 times book, and it needed roughly 90 per cent to delist. He appraised fair value at at least 30,000 won a share and wrote three open letters, published at golfzonfairvalue.com and picked up by the media, arguing the board had not met the Ministry of Justice's February guidelines on independent committees, external fairness opinions, consideration of alternatives and disclosure, nor the new fiduciary duty to shareholders: it withheld any opinion until days before the window closed and abstained on whether the price was fair while still recommending the tender. The first tender reached 85 per cent, short of 90; a second at the same price drew literally zero shares as investors bid the stock above the offer; the controlling group then announced it was ceasing the delisting and would pursue enhancing corporate value instead, and he notes the share price now sits meaningfully above the tender price. The appraisal is stated in the past tense, as the account of an engagement that has already concluded.

    What they own
    Says "we wrote an open letter to the board" and that he set up golfzonfairvalue.com, where his three open letters are published; he was an engaged shareholder in the situation. No position size stated on air.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Korean consumer goods names look cheap against Western peers, with K-Wave growth and hard assets on top

    Ryan AlbertThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “there's a lot of FMCG companies that I think trade at valuations that are quite cheap versus what they are in Western markets and with K-Wave growing all over the world and they're putting up great numbers and lots of them have a lot of hard non-operating assets. They at least seem to me attractive.”

    Episode: Korea’s Hidden Value: Activism, AI & Golfzon | Ryan Albert

    at 28:19

    Asked for other Korean names, Albert declines to be specific for compliance reasons but says the group that looks attractive to him is Korean fast-moving consumer goods companies. His case has three parts: they trade on valuations he considers quite cheap against what the same businesses fetch in Western markets; K-Wave demand is growing their business all over the world and they are putting up good numbers; and many of them carry a lot of hard non-operating assets. He separates the two returns on that last point. On the operating business alone he sees low to high teens returns on equity; once the non-core assets are included, the cash, the stakes in other businesses and the real estate, the whole-firm return falls to 5 to 10 per cent, and closing that gap is exactly what better behaviour under the governance reform would unlock. He distinguishes these from the Golfzon case, which he treats as unusual for the sheer weight of hard asset value: the consumer names are not at 0.15 times appraised book but at 0.3 to 0.4 times book, with businesses that are actually growing.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Small Caps Are About to Have Their Moment | Jeff Weniger

    2 statements

    Weniger: a ~1.1% S&P dividend yield against a 5.3% 10-year signals overvaluation not seen since 1998-99

    Jeff WenigerThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “1.06 or 1.1 is horrendous. Horrendously bad and indicative of over-evaluation.”

    Episode: Small Caps Are About to Have Their Moment | Jeff Weniger

    at 53:29

    Weniger says the S&P 500 dividend yield of about 1.06-1.1% is horrendously bad and indicative of overvaluation. He allows that buybacks now exceed dividends, but even dividend plus buyback yield is only in the mid-twos. With the 10-year Treasury at about 5.25-5.35%, the 10-year yield is roughly 400 basis points above the dividend yield, last seen in 1998-99. He adds that at about 18.6 times 2027 earnings stocks are 'not bad, but not the greatest', that a 5.63% long bond creates a real opportunity cost for buying stocks, and that 2027 earnings growth could fall short if write-ups on stakes in OpenAI and Anthropic stop flowing through.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Weniger: at 5.63% the 30-year bond is competitive with stocks, against a crowd of bond bears

    Jeff WenigerThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now that suddenly bonds are competitive. I mean, people don't want to hear it. Everybody's a bond bear, but 563 is a lot better than it used to be, frankly, a lot better.”

    Episode: Small Caps Are About to Have Their Moment | Jeff Weniger

    at 49:13

    Weniger notes the 30-year Treasury yield at about 5.63% and says that, while everyone is a bond bear, that yield is a lot better than it used to be and makes bonds competitive with stocks trading around 18.6 times 2027 earnings. Earlier he made the same point in real terms: with inflation at about 3.4%, the long bond yields a couple of points above inflation, which is not the worst prospect if inflation holds there. He frames it as a relative-value observation that depends on inflation staying put, not a strong call on yields falling.

    Only if
    If inflation holds around 3.4%.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    11 statements

    Buying Booking on the Muse selloff: a moat Google and TripAdvisor already failed to breach

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: more than six months to a year

    Show quote

    “Booking is competitively advantage and it would be very difficult for someone to replicate what they've done.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 4:09

    Boyar is buying Booking into the AI-disruption selloff. He says the release of Meta's Muse hit Booking and Airbnb hard, helped by a one-page Goldman desk note - he recalls it as the Investors Inertia basket - which he says took tens if not hundreds of billions of market value out of the group and which he treats as self-serving to the desk's clients. His rebuttal is that the claim Booking will not be necessary is ridiculous on the evidence: Google tried to take the space with far more resources and could not, and TripAdvisor tried and could not. The moat he identifies is supply-side, the inventory Booking has assembled from small and mid-sized boutique hotels and the economics that make listing worth their while, which an assistant does not replicate. Nor, he argues, will Muse handle cancellations, hotel relationships, the intricacies of travel or EU regulation. He expects agents to help these businesses rather than kill them, by making travel easier to book and freeing up people's time. The payoff he states is simply that he can now buy a very high quality business at a discounted multiple and that the market will become rational at some point; he says the opportunity exists because pod shops liquidate on a couple of percent and selling begets selling, which rewards anyone with a horizon beyond six to twelve months. No price target.

    Time frame
    more than six months to a year
    What they own
    Says his firm is buying Airbnb and Booking on the AI-driven selloff, as it did with Salesforce and Microsoft earlier in the year; Booking was a Fresh Look issue constituent.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Discloses he holds Booking while introducing the AI-disruption question

    Tobias CarlisleThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “It's one that I hold as well, full disclosure. It seems to be impacted by AI or that's the perspective anyway.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 3:52

    Carlisle introduces Booking as a name a previous guest has discussed and discloses that he holds it himself, adding that it appears to have been hit by AI fears, or at least that is the perception. The disclosure is all he offers for his own position: at this point he gives no valuation, no price target, no horizon and no rationale of his own, and hands the argument to the guest, who then makes the bull case. Elsewhere in the episode Carlisle describes the market as sharply bifurcated between the AI-adjacent names holding up the index and everything else in a quasi bear market, which is the backdrop against which he raises the name.

    What they own
    Says he holds Booking.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Pool Corp at 15-16x after an 70% derating: extrapolating the downside the way they extrapolated the upside

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: three to five years

    Show quote

    “Now, it's $162 selling at 15 or 16 times earnings, very little leverage, very good management team, very good board, in a good business. And to us, it's 16 times earnings, 15 times earnings, we're willing to take our chances.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 23:30

    Boyar first profiled Pool Corp at 20 dollars in a 2009 issue on consumer stocks during the financial crisis, calls that a generational entry, and says he stopped writing about it as it ran away - it reached 55 times earnings during COVID, which he calls absolutely ridiculous. He has watched it fall from 500 to 400 to 300 to 200 and now 162 dollars at 15 to 16 times earnings, with very little leverage, a management team and board he rates, in a good business, and at that price he is willing to take his chances. The operating case is mean reversion in installations: the industry was building about 120,000 pools a year against a normal 80,000 and is now doing 60,000, so the same human nature that extrapolated the boom is now extrapolating the bust, and a three to five year view should be fine. He adds a takeover angle he puts on the record - low insider ownership, very little debt, a well-run company and an exhausted shareholder base - and thinks buybacks would be a good use of funds, though he is not certain how much they are doing. He is explicit that everything has a price and that his objection was never the business.

    Time frame
    three to five years
    What they own
    Says Pool Corp is a Fresh Look issue constituent his firm profiled in 2009; he does not say whether he currently owns it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Markel at 1.2x book with the underwriting turning and an activist on the register - but not the next Berkshire

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: the next couple of years · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But if you can buy an insurance company that is profitable at 1.2 times book and is going to be able to grow premiums over the next couple of years, I think you'll do fine.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 43:51

    Asked whether Markel is the next Berkshire Hathaway, Boyar refuses the headline - there is only one Berkshire - but says it is an attractive investment he thinks has great days ahead. The setup is a company at 1.2 times book against a historical 1.7 to 1.8, which missed the hard insurance market by failing to grow policies written and got into reinsurance, which he calls a disaster. The turn is a new underwriting leader promoted from the international division, the one part that did work, with early results he calls quite promising and the combined ratio coming down. Activist Chyanna Partners is on the register pushing suggestions he thinks are partly sensible, and he expects Tom Gaynor, who has been skimpy on buybacks, to get more aggressive - and if not, that the activist will make life unpleasant. Repurchasing at 1.2 times book is where he sees the compounding. He notes book value understates the picture because of the industrial businesses and a stock portfolio whose largest position is Berkshire itself. He warns he would not count on multiple expansion alone, though he expects better operations and better sentiment to bring some. He also flags that Markel is not a controlled company, that Gaynor is now chairman as well as CEO - a structure he generally dislikes - and that Japanese insurers have appetite for US insurers, pointing to a 15 percent stake taken in W. R. Berkley, so a bid is possible if the shares stay depressed, though he is explicit that is not the thesis.

    Time frame
    the next couple of years
    Only if
    if the combined ratio keeps falling and the company buys back stock at around 1.2 times book
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says Markel is a name his firm knows well and offers a free report on it; he does not state a current position.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Bought Microsoft earlier this year for the first time in years; still one of the firm's larger positions

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “Earlier this year, if we were on earlier, I was saying for the first time in many years was buying Microsoft because I think it got down to levels that were quite interesting.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 47:03

    Boyar says that earlier this year, for the first time in many years, he was buying Microsoft because it had fallen to levels he found quite interesting. He places it in the group of quality names sold off on AI fears - the same trade he says his firm has since run with Airbnb and Booking. He adds that Microsoft remains one of the firm's larger positions, but largely for historical reasons: they bought it right between 2007 and 2012 and have sold very little since. He gives no price target, no valuation figure for the name and no horizon beyond the firm's general patience.

    What they own
    Says the firm bought Microsoft earlier this year on the AI-fear selloff and that it remains one of its larger positions, held since purchases between 2007 and 2012.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSalesforce CRM

    Bought Salesforce on the SaaS derating - a name they always wanted and could never afford

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “So companies that got caught up in the SaaS pop-ups, CRM was another one. It was a name that we've always wanted to own. It was always too expensive and then it got down to pretty cheap.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 47:03

    Boyar names Salesforce alongside Microsoft as a quality business his firm bought this year once the AI-driven derating of software made it affordable. His framing is that CRM was always a name they wanted to own and was always too expensive, and that the SaaS selloff took it down to what he calls pretty cheap. It sits in the pattern he describes across the episode: businesses sold off on the fear that AI makes them unnecessary, where short time horizons and pod-shop liquidations create the entry. He gives no valuation figure for Salesforce, no price target and no horizon beyond the firm's stated preference for holding more than six to twelve months.

    What they own
    Says his firm bought Salesforce, along with Microsoft, earlier in the year on the AI-fear selloff.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAirbnb

    The AI-disruption case against Airbnb is more absurd than against Booking - the supply is the moat

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: more than six months to a year

    Show quote

    “Yeah. I think that's even more absurd. At least you can make, I think, the argument on booking that Muse could, and I don't think it's true, but Muse could disrupt them. But Airbnb has supply. How is Muse going to go out and are they going to individually ask every homeowner, will you rent out your home for you?”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 7:05

    Asked whether Airbnb falls in the same bucket as Booking, Boyar says the disruption case against it is even more absurd. He will concede Muse could in principle disrupt Booking, though he does not believe it; but Airbnb owns supply, and he asks whether an assistant is going to canvass individual homeowners one by one to list their houses, which he says makes no sense. He argues agents are a help rather than a threat: they make travel easier to book and give people more free time, and Airbnb itself noted on its last earnings call how much AI is saving it and how much more productive it is making the company. He says the market has overshot, driven by short time horizons and by pod shops liquidating on small drawdowns, which creates the structural opportunity for anyone with a horizon beyond six to twelve months. No price target or sizing.

    Time frame
    more than six months to a year
    What they own
    Says his firm is buying Airbnb and Booking on the AI-driven selloff.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Uber wins as long as autonomy isn't winner-take-all, at a below-market multiple on 20-30% growth

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But the thesis on Uber is, as long as there's not just one autonomous vehicle company, they're going to do quite well.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 48:33

    Boyar puts Uber in the bucket of companies the market assumes AI or autonomous driving will disrupt, and calls it an unbelievably interesting name at a below-market multiple for a business growing 20 to 30 percent a year. The thesis is explicitly conditional on autonomy not being winner-take-all: people will not want six different apps, so the aggregator platform keeps the demand. His economic argument against the pure robotaxi fleets is peak demand - you need the cars from roughly seven to ten in the morning and four to seven in the evening and little in between, and at around 100,000 dollars a vehicle it is not capital efficient for Waymo, even owned by Google, to carry enough fleet for the peak, especially in suburban and rural areas, so he expects a hybrid mix for many years. He rates Waymo a formidable competitor that has done a fantastic job, but says it would have to double rides every year for seven or eight years to reach where Uber is today while Uber keeps growing, that Uber is still growing in Waymo cities including San Francisco, and that Waymo's latest funding round valued it close to Uber. He notes Tesla has been promising cybercabs since 2020, is behind on regulation, and that running a fleet means cleaning and back-end operations Uber already has. He adds the delivery business, partnerships with Lucid and others, roughly 10 billion dollars of free cash flow expected next year, and Dara Khosrowshahi buying back stock for the first time in a while. He says he would never bet against Elon Musk; he just does not think this is winner-take-all.

    Only if
    as long as there is not a single winner in autonomous vehicles
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Braves Holdings is a $50 stock worth $88 on the Angels comp, with Malone as an eventual seller

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “If you take what the Angels just went for, which is a decent comp and you use utilize the same metrics, BATRK, which is the symbol for Atlanta Braves Holdings, which is a $50 stock, it would be an $88 stock.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 17:13

    Boyar offers Atlanta Braves Holdings as the second way to play publicly traded sports alongside MSG Sports. It is a few billion dollar market cap owning the Atlanta Braves plus valuable real estate next to the park. Marking it to the recent Angels sale, which he calls a decent comp, on the same metrics gets him from the 50 dollar share price to 88 dollars. The route to realisation is the owner: John Malone, whom he describes as rational, so at some point he or his heirs sell the business. It sits inside the same scarcity thesis he applies to teams generally - about 30 NBA and 30 NHL franchises, billionaires with egos, private equity entering, national TV contracts and expansion fees - and the same caveat that the operating businesses are not good ones and the money is made on sale.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Prefers QSR to McDonald's: Burger King turnaround already working, cheaper, 3-3.5% yield while you wait

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “That's why we like QSR a little bit more. It's also a little bit cheaper. You're getting a 3% yield, 3.5% yield, maybe a little bit more while you wait.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 11:24

    Boyar profiled QSR in his Fresh Look issue a few years ago. He accepts it has badly lagged the S&P 500, though it has done fine absolutely and well against other restaurant stocks, and says he only cares about making money rather than relative rank. The case is a turnaround that is already landing: Burger King North America was the problem child and looks fixed, with same-store sales now positive, run by executive chair Patrick Doyle, who turned Domino's around as CEO - a roughly 20x move - using the same playbook of publicly trashing the product and relaunching it, now applied to the Whopper and its new packaging. He prefers QSR to McDonald's, which he also calls cheap but only at the beginning of its turnaround, because QSR is a little cheaper and pays a 3 to 3.5 percent yield while you wait. He flags Popeyes as the remaining problem - people prefer Chick-fil-A - and says diversification means something is always going wrong. The structural kicker is the Carrol's acquisition of roughly 1,000 stores, which he expects to be refranchised over the next couple of years back to a fully capital-light model. On GLP-1s he concedes a factor but expects the chains to adapt with smaller portions and different items, and expects Americans to keep eating burgers and fries. His conclusion is that in a normalised environment for gas prices and interest rates the stock should do just fine.

    What they own
    Says QSR was a Fresh Look issue constituent that his firm profiled a few years ago; he does not say whether he currently owns it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Both the Knicks and the Rangers for a $10bn EV makes no sense against the Islanders and Lakers comps

    Jonathan BoyarThe Acquirers PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “The enterprise value of the company is $10 billion. So you can buy both teams for $10 billion.”

    Episode: Great Companies, Beaten-Down Stocks: Booking & Pool Corp with Jonathan Boyar

    at 15:06

    Boyar's case on MSG Sports is a sum-of-the-parts discount with catalysts. The whole company, which is now just the Knicks and the Rangers after a decade of spin-offs from Cablevision, carries a 10 billion dollar enterprise value, against a 3 billion dollar minority sale of the far less prestigious Islanders announced the day before and 12 billion for the Lakers in what he thinks was a forced sale. The unlock he expects is mechanical: the Dolans split the company in October into separate Knicks and Rangers vehicles, which lets distinct buyer pools price each and highlights the disconnect, probably followed by a minority stake sale in one or both with the proceeds going to buybacks. He adds a forced-seller angle from a US tax rule denying deductions for the top five employees' pay at a public company - the Knicks being the only publicly traded team - which on 150 million dollars of player pay against 180 million of earnings is a real problem, and he notes changing a law in this Congress is hard. He credits the Dolans as sellers who timed Cablevision's exit at peak cable valuations. The underlying thesis is scarcity: roughly 30 NBA and 30 NHL teams against billionaires with egos and private equity now involved, plus upcoming national TV contracts and expansion fees. He is explicit this is not a cash-flow investment - operationally these are not great businesses and you make your money when you sell, which he concedes can be argued as a greater-fool trade, though he thinks the trend persists for long periods.

    What they own
    Says MSGS has been a great stock for his firm and offers a free report on it; the host describes it as a long-term hold of his.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · From Cartoon Apes to Reddit Mania: Why Crowds Lose Their Minds With Money

    2 statements

    Grant the AI bulls their 2036 endpoint and the capex cycle still dies on the path there

    Jake TaylorThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Time frame: the decade to 2036, with the damage showing up around 2029 · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I do think that 27 percent too much capacity for too long could have serious ramifications for all of this CapEx. Utilization rates drop, pricing drops to be competitive, to just try to get some revenue. Cash flow then drops.”

    Episode: From Cartoon Apes to Reddit Mania: Why Crowds Lose Their Minds With Money

    at 38:19

    Taylor's argument is that the AI compute debate is fought over endpoints when the danger is in the path. He models compute supply and demand as two independent random walks and pins both ends -- perfectly matched today and, by assumption, perfectly matched again in 2036 -- a Brownian bridge. Even with both ends pinned, a 10 percent annual wobble between the two curves implies an expected worst gap along the path of about 27 percent, and a 20 percent wobble implies about 50 percent. He argues supply is the more committed of the two curves (land, power contracts, grid hookups, chips ordered years ahead, debt raised, take-or-pay contracts signed, concrete poured) while demand is adaptive and can collapse when models get more efficient. Overcapacity of that size held for long enough drops utilisation, then pricing, then cash flow, and the lenders behind the buildout are insurers and infrastructure funds with their own obligations who cannot wait for 2036. He points to the late-1990s telecom fiber buildout as the precedent: the endpoint forecast for internet traffic was correct, yet under 10 percent of the fiber was lit by 2002 and Global Crossing and WorldCom went bankrupt first. His conclusion is that you can be right about 2036 and dead by 2029, and that leverage, liquidity and redemptions are what turn a mismatch into a funeral.

    Time frame
    the decade to 2036, with the damage showing up around 2029
    Only if
    Rests on a 10 to 20 percent annual wobble between AI compute supply and demand even if both curves are assumed to start and finish matched; the damage depends on how long overcapacity persists and on who holds the debt when it does.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Took his money out of AI and tech: the earnings that make AI look cheap are fragile and circular

    Alex EdmansThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I do think that part of what makes AI not seem to be a bubble is actually not as fundamental and not as solid as, and that's why when I looked at it, I thought it was now time for me to take out my money, particularly given my investment objective.”

    Episode: From Cartoon Apes to Reddit Mania: Why Crowds Lose Their Minds With Money

    at 42:13

    Edmans argues the AI complex only looks reasonably priced because the earnings denominator is flattered. On headline numbers AI-related stocks trade around 25 to 30 times earnings rather than the 190 times Cisco carried in 2000, so on fundamentals they do not look like a bubble. But those earnings are forward projections, and he thinks two things make them soft: part of them are generated by hyperscaler and Meta spending on AI at a rate their own investors think may be excessive and unsustainable, and part of them include the mark-ups on stakes in private AI companies such as OpenAI and Anthropic, which makes the valuation partly self-referential -- the earnings are high because AI valuations went up, and the earnings are then used to justify those valuations. Strip that out and what looks not overvalued could be overvalued. He says that reasoning, together with an unusually short personal horizon, is why he cut his AI and tech exposure, while accepting he may be early and may look foolish if the hype keeps building.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he reduced his position in AI and tech more generally around six to nine months ago, partly to de-risk ahead of a mortgage refinancing next year at much higher rates, and that his largest personal holding is now an emerging/frontier markets fund.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · A Hedge Fund Manager's Honest Take on Why Most I Zeke Ashtonnvestors Fail |

    4 statements

    Passive S&P 500/Nasdaq-100 flows concentrating in mega-caps create a reversal risk

    Zeke AshtonThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “these things can fall so fast, so hard until something big stops it from falling”

    Episode: A Hedge Fund Manager's Honest Take on Why Most I Zeke Ashtonnvestors Fail |

    at 21:52

    Ashton argues that relentless monthly passive inflows into the S&P 500 and Nasdaq-100 are effectively a momentum trade, since cap-weighting sends most of that money to the largest names -- and that even highly liquid mega-caps cannot absorb those inflows without price impact. He has watched this dynamic reverse violently twice already (the pandemic shock and the tariff selloff), and worries that as long as investors believe putting money in the index every month is the 'prudent' move regardless of price, the concentration keeps building and the eventual unwind gets sharper -- structurally similar, in his framing, to the pre-2008 belief that US home prices never fall nationally.

    What they own
    Has been shifting into names less correlated with the S&P 500/Nasdaq-100 (e.g., a basket of exchange operators) partly to reduce exposure to this dynamic.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Specifically worried about OpenAI's competitive position and capital needs

    Zeke AshtonThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “I specifically am worried about OpenAI because it feels like they've fallen behind”

    Episode: A Hedge Fund Manager's Honest Take on Why Most I Zeke Ashtonnvestors Fail |

    at 13:57

    Ashton singles out OpenAI (distinct from the broader hyperscaler capex worry) as a specific concern: he feels OpenAI has fallen behind competitively, at least until very recently, and believes it still needs on the order of a couple hundred billion dollars of additional capital to bridge to eventual profitability. He connects this to a broader worry about customer concentration in AI infrastructure spending -- much of the CapEx commitment driving hyperscaler and vendor revenue traces back to just OpenAI and Anthropic, so financial trouble at either would ripple through the names exposed to those contracts.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    After ~15 years of ~17%/year S&P 500 returns, historically due for a sharp reversion

    Zeke AshtonThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “it's very common to have an S&P 500, you know, loss of 50% over two years”

    Episode: A Hedge Fund Manager's Honest Take on Why Most I Zeke Ashtonnvestors Fail |

    at 1:00:00

    Ashton notes the S&P 500 has compounded at roughly 17% a year for about 15 years, a historically extraordinary run that investors have come to treat as their normal due for participation. He argues this is not normal -- there are no participation trophies -- and that historically a market that overstays a run like this is followed by something like a 50% drawdown over a two-year period. He flags this as a risk he is actively positioning against even though it has cost him some performance so far.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Maintains ongoing 'disaster protection' index-put hedges, rolled every couple of months, as insurance against this risk -- acknowledges the hedges have cost the portfolio some gains so far and have only paid off briefly during the April 2025 selloff.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Worried an AI-capex disappointment would be a bigger shock to markets than 2000 or 2007-08

    Zeke AshtonThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “it's going to be bigger, I think, relative to the rest of the capital markets than was the case in 2000”

    Episode: A Hedge Fund Manager's Honest Take on Why Most I Zeke Ashtonnvestors Fail |

    at 6:59

    Ashton draws a direct parallel between today's AI buildout and both the dot-com bubble and the 2007-08 housing crisis, but argues the scale is now much larger relative to the overall economy and capital markets -- citing SpaceX's and Anthropic's IPO prospectuses citing multi-trillion-dollar TAMs against a $32 trillion US GDP, and roughly $1 trillion/year of capex from the top five hyperscalers. His specific worry is not that current AI-related valuations are unjustified on trailing earnings (he says the opposite for NVIDIA), but that if AI capex does not eventually convert into a 'killer app' generating a real return on that spend, the resulting unwind would be proportionally larger than the prior two busts he lived through professionally. He hedges this by admitting he does not know that a blowup is inevitable.

    Only if
    Contingent on whether AI eventually produces a killer application that generates a real return on the roughly $1 trillion/year of hyperscaler capex; if it does not, he expects a proportionally larger unwind than 2000 or 2007-08.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Patience Is the Ultimate Edge in Investing | Matt Sweeney

    2 statements
    BullishAnaptysBio

    AnaptysBio: royalty stream gives downside protection, pending trial gives multi-bagger upside

    Matthew SweeneyThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Time frame: concluded by the end of this year · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “In a good trial outcome, in theory, there's multi-bagger potential, depending on how good the trial outcome could be.”

    Episode: Patience Is the Ultimate Edge in Investing | Matt Sweeney

    at 55:08

    Sweeney, who owns AnaptysBio, argues the stock has been structurally transformed by a recent separation of its cash-burning development assets from a royalty stream tied to an existing drug, so screens based on years of cash-burn history no longer describe the business. He values the royalty stream as downside protection and sees a pending clinical trial outcome, which he expects to conclude by the end of the year, as the source of material upside: his own read of the trial is favorable, and a good outcome could be worth several multiples of the current price, though he stresses this is speculative and contingent on the actual result.

    Time frame
    concluded by the end of this year
    Only if
    The multi-bagger upside case depends on a pending trial outcome, expected to conclude by the end of the year, being favorable; a bad outcome leaves only the royalty-stream cash flows.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Explicitly states on air that AnaptysBio 'is a stock I own.'
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNextNav

    NextNav's spectrum keeps getting more valuable while the FCC decision drags on

    Matthew SweeneyThe Acquirers PodcastPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “The reality though is that if this had all happened very quickly, the spectrum probably would have been sold at a price or monetized at a price, I should say, that would have been disappointing in terms of where we are today because the value of the spectrum keeps going up.”

    Episode: Patience Is the Ultimate Edge in Investing | Matt Sweeney

    at 21:48

    Sweeney argues that NextNav's lower-900-band spectrum is becoming more valuable the longer the FCC's decision on its proposed 5G/terrestrial use is delayed, because the broader market for satellite-direct-to-device and low-band spectrum (useful for penetrating walls and tree cover) has become far more sought-after over the past year than when NextNav's FCC process began. He reads the underlying engineering dispute over interference as favoring NextNav (their studies respond in detail to criticism; the opposition does not engage with joint real-world testing) and reads the political signals (a Trump-era executive order establishing a GPS-backup mandate, congressional support) as positive. His view is that a faster resolution would likely have monetized the spectrum at a lower, more disappointing price than is available today, so the delay itself has not hurt the underlying value even though he has been wrong about the timing.

    Only if
    The larger step-up in value ("multiples") depends on the FCC granting NextNav's pending request to use the spectrum for 5G/terrestrial service, which has been under review for about two years with no resolution yet.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · The Caracas Play: Venture capital and private equity investment in Venezuela with Francisco Amador

    1 statement

    Bullish long-run US stock market, but flags overvaluation/lost-decade risk as a real historical pattern

    Francisco AmadorThe Acquirers PodcastPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm very bullish on the US”

    Episode: The Caracas Play: Venture capital and private equity investment in Venezuela with Francisco Amador

    at 34:11

    Amador says he is very bullish on the US stock market broadly, noting it has not had a genuine lost decade since roughly the 1970s. But in the same breath he cautions that this long run of success can create a false sense of permanence -- markets do periodically become overvalued and can go through a decade (or more) of flat-to-negative returns when the economy turns, so the historical record shouldn't be read as proof that a repeat can't happen.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    1 statement

    Net cash, no goodwill, never issued equity — a family-affiliated pesto compounder he won't sell

    Ralph MolinerThe Acquirers PodcastPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Personally for me, unless I'm part of the private buyout, and owning it privately, I do not want my shares bought out. I want to hold this thing for as long as I can.”

    at 47:55

    The highest-conviction personal position on the board this week: Moliner put 100% of his net worth into Armanino Foods in 2021 at age 23-24, on the Pabrai principle that it is easier to make up smaller sums early in life. The business sells frozen pesto to food service — restaurants, cruises, hotels, universities — and from roughly 2010 to 2024-25 generated close to 100% returns on invested capital excluding cash, growing 6-8% at the top line with a 50%+ dividend payout ratio and gross and free-cash-flow margins he considers without a real public comparable. His screen is the thesis: net cash, no goodwill, no equity ever issued — a combination that in his experience only shows up in founder- or family-affiliated companies and reliably indicates a profitable core with a long runway. Governance is now improving after 20 years without an annual meeting: a new CEO, an upgrade to OTCQX in 2024, a stated desire to reach Nasdaq, and a move from a 25,000 sq ft facility held since 1997 to a newly leased 91,000 sq ft plant. He notes it is no longer 100% of his net worth only because he has saved more since.

    What they own
    Invested 100% of personal net worth in 2021; still holds, now a smaller share of net worth only because savings grew. Was previously a paid consultant to the company but states he is not currently contracted.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    The Julia La Roche Show

    49 bullish · 59 bearish15 episodes · 108 statements · 10 speakersLatest

    · #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    10 statements

    Annaly still his biggest position; would buy more below book

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So, you know, Annaly is still my biggest position.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 26:33

    Whalen says Annaly, now back at book value after the bond selloff, remains his biggest position and he would probably buy more if it trades below book. He thinks management has the skill to run the portfolio through the cycle and more tools than a typical mortgage REIT: it issues its own securities and has about 20% of capital in mortgage servicing assets, which gain value when rates rise. He owns it for income, as a levered surrogate for Treasuries paying a 12-14% yield, not for price appreciation.

    What they own
    Annaly is his biggest position, held a long time with a cost basis a little below book; says he will probably buy more if it gets below book value.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gold an asymmetric trade; adding on the price weakness

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So I continue to see it as an asymmetrical trade.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 21:25

    Whalen sees gold as an asymmetrical trade: short-term investors have drifted away and the price has eroded, but global central banks keep buying to diversify reserves away from dollars and gold is now their largest reserve asset. He says the lower price makes it attractive to add for anyone with a long-term view, while warning that short-term traders who need portfolio income should be careful and that gold should be a modest share of a portfolio, not most of it.

    What they own
    Says he may keep adding to his gold holdings because of the price weakness, and confirms he is still adding because it is cheaper.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper one of the most attractive commodities

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “There's some ETFs where you can track copper, which to me is one of the most attractive commodities of all.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 21:25

    In recommending a modest allocation to real assets (precious metals, real estate and commodities), Whalen singles out copper as to him one of the most attractive commodities of all, noting it can be held through ETFs that track it. He gives no further rationale or horizon.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Home prices softening into a buyer's market; foreclosures to keep rising

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “However, home prices are softening. We are going into a buyer's market as opposed to a seller's market.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 9:16

    Whalen says the US housing market is turning from a seller's to a buyer's market as home prices soften. With the Trump administration ending the COVID-era forbearance for defaulted FHA and VA loans, delinquent borrowers get one chance to re-perform before foreclosure or a short sale. So far high prices have let lenders sell the house and pay off the loan, but as prices soften he expects foreclosures to keep rising, gently, back toward pre-COVID levels, and also in business-purpose loans. He notes prices are still 40-50% above pre-COVID and delinquency is still relatively low, so this is normalisation rather than a crash.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Tilted his portfolio toward energy last quarter

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, I balanced my portfolio towards energy at the end of last quarter.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 24:55

    Asked about the gap between falling natural gas and elevated oil and diesel prices, Whalen says he shifted his portfolio toward energy at the end of last quarter and has not changed his other allocations. Elsewhere in the episode he expects refined product prices to stay high for years because Gulf refining capacity was lost and will take years to rebuild.

    What they own
    Says he balanced his portfolio towards energy at the end of last quarter.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Careful with consumer products companies: diesel is squeezing margins

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think you've got to be careful with consumer products companies here because they are suffering a lot of margin pressure due to higher diesel prices.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 24:55

    Whalen warns investors to be careful with consumer products companies because high diesel prices are squeezing their margins: whether durable, non-durable or food, goods reach stores on diesel-burning trucks. He expects this to remain a pain point, consistent with his view that refined product prices stay high into next year.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No release of the GSEs this term; rallies in Freddie Mac common on official comments fade

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: during the Trump term

    Show quote

    “there isn't really a possibility of release of the GSEs during the Trump term. They have done no work. Neither of the GSEs is really prepared to become a private company again.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 1:53

    Whalen argues there is no realistic path to releasing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac from government control during the Trump term: neither enterprise has done the work, the management, or the investment in systems and controls needed to become private again. The US owns about 95% of both on a fully diluted basis and keeps accruing shares as payment for using the government's credit, and a stake below 50% would likely cost them their ratings, so he expects nothing to happen. He calls official comments that lift the common shares a 'pump and dump': each time the regulator or Treasury Secretary Bessent talks about release the stock surges and then falls back. His preferred fix, buying out the common and giving holders preferred on 'a very nice deal', is what he would do, not what he predicts.

    Time frame
    during the Trump term
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Very cautious on all financials as credit problems surface

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: next year

    Show quote

    “So I am very cautious on all of the financials right now.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 24:55

    Whalen says financials are basically an interest-rate play and he expects credit to become a bigger problem than it has been, with higher foreclosure activity next year. After a long period in which low rates subsidised housing and credit, he argues problems in loan portfolios are starting to bubble to the surface, so he is very cautious on the whole sector right now.

    Time frame
    next year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Refined product prices to stay very high for years

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: years

    Show quote

    “So that's why I think you're going to continue to see refined product and derivatives very high prices, simply because it's going to take years to rebuild and repair this capacity.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 30:03

    Whalen argues the world has plenty of crude but not enough refining: about 20% of the world's refined product supply was in the Gulf and has been lost, and rebuilding it will take years, longer if the conflict flares again. He therefore expects diesel, lubricants and other refined products to stay at very high prices, going into next year and beyond, even as natural gas falls. This is a view on product prices, not on crude.

    Time frame
    years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishFannie Mae

    No release of the GSEs this term; rallies in Fannie Mae common on official comments fade

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: during the Trump term

    Show quote

    “there isn't really a possibility of release of the GSEs during the Trump term. They have done no work. Neither of the GSEs is really prepared to become a private company again.”

    Episode: #424 Chris Whalen: Fannie & Freddie Stuck, Foreclosures Rising, Credit Problems Coming

    at 1:53

    Whalen argues there is no realistic path to releasing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac from government control during the Trump term: neither enterprise has done the work, the management, or the investment in systems and controls needed to become private again. The US owns about 95% of both on a fully diluted basis and keeps accruing shares as payment for using the government's credit, and a stake below 50% would likely cost them their ratings, so he expects nothing to happen. He calls official comments that lift the common shares a 'pump and dump': each time the regulator or Treasury Secretary Bessent talks about release the stock surges and then falls back. His preferred fix, buying out the common and giving holders preferred on 'a very nice deal', is what he would do, not what he predicts.

    Time frame
    during the Trump term
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    8 statements

    Visser: compute stays short of demand for three years; agentic compute is the safest place to invest

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the next three years

    Show quote

    “So we will not at any point in the next three years have enough supply of compute for the demand. The demand is infinite. It's exponential.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 51:26

    Visser says that for at least the next few years the safest place to invest is what he calls agentic compute: semiconductors, but also makers of gas turbines and batteries such as Caterpillar and Siemens, and chemical companies. His case is that compute supply will fall short of demand at every point over the next three years because demand is exponential. He rejects the argument that cheap open-source models undercut this: there will be a free tier and a high-end tier, and frontier work like curing cancer needs more compute. On the debt worry he says the debt is fine until compute prices stop rising, and points to hyperscaler and Apple shares at all-time highs as the market's signal that no risk is coming.

    Time frame
    the next three years
    What they own
    Says he created an index ("index four") to capture agentic compute; no personal holding stated.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Bullishcrypto

    Visser: crypto will be the best performing asset over the next year

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the next year

    Show quote

    “This is, in my opinion, a favorite, meaning I think this will be the best performing asset in the next year.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 1:04:37

    Asked for his non-consensus view a year out, Visser answers crypto. His case: money and securities still settle slowly while information is instant, and AI agents will push settlement onto crypto because they will pick the fastest and cheapest route and avoid leaving money with banks; he also argues cryptography is safer than a bank and FDIC insurance could not cover a run. He thinks it likely the S&P 500 is unchanged a year from now and that bonds, venture and private equity disappoint, leaving crypto, a $3.5 trillion asset Wall Street does not cover, as the cheap, under-owned place people turn. He expects wealth advisers' clients and hedge fund mandates to shift toward it, and calls it a favourite priced like a long shot.

    Time frame
    the next year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishBitcoin

    Visser: Bitcoin is the index of a crypto ecosystem set to grow

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And I think the crypto ecosystem is absolutely going to grow because the financial guardrails are just starting now. And Bitcoin is kind of the S&P 500 of that world.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 36:23

    Visser argues that AI is erasing business moats, so companies come and go, while Bitcoin, like gold, is a belief chosen by hundreds of millions of people and has nothing but a moat. He calls it a store of value for the digital economy as agents get involved, and the best-performing asset on a Sharpe ratio basis since 2012. With the Mag-7 turning into low-growth utilities, he expects the crypto ecosystem to grow as financial guardrails arrive, and calls Bitcoin the S&P 500 of that world.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Visser: move into Qualcomm as AI spreads to edge devices

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think they're going to do well and you can start to move into some things like Qualcomm and AMD, things that are going to benefit from edge devices, because it's going to be in your oven or your stove, it's going to be in your telephone at home, it's going to be in your car, it's going to be everywhere.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 53:54

    After saying the semiconductor winners should keep doing well, Visser suggests investors can start moving into names that benefit from AI running on edge devices, naming Qualcomm. His reasoning is that AI will be installed in everything a person owns: ovens, stoves, home phones and cars. The view rests on his broader case of unlimited AI demand; he gives no valuation or price view on the company.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Visser: the Mag-7 turn into low-growth utilities

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, now I think the Mag-7 are spending tons of money on debt. I think they're going to become utility type companies that have a lot of data centers, but not a lot of growth anymore.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 36:23

    Explaining where Bitcoin fits, Visser says the only asset it could not beat by much since 2012 was the Mag-7. He now thinks the Mag-7 are borrowing heavily to build data centres and will become utility-like companies with lots of data centres but little growth, while every company gets disrupted by AI and moats disappear. This is a view on their growth and standing as investments, not a near-term price call, and it sits alongside his separate point that hyperscaler shares at all-time highs show the market sees no debt problem.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Visser: move into AMD as AI spreads to edge devices

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think they're going to do well and you can start to move into some things like Qualcomm and AMD, things that are going to benefit from edge devices, because it's going to be in your oven or your stove, it's going to be in your telephone at home, it's going to be in your car, it's going to be everywhere.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 53:54

    Alongside Qualcomm, Visser names AMD as a stock to start moving into because it should benefit as AI moves onto edge devices, from household appliances to phones and cars. It is an extension of his bullish semiconductor view, which rests on AI demand he describes as unlimited for at least the next few years; he gives no valuation or price view on the company.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Visser: stay with semiconductors after six to seven months of consolidation

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So I would focus your attention on things that I mentioned, the semiconductors, all the things that have worked well, they've consolidated now for about six, seven months.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 53:54

    Visser argues demand for AI is effectively unlimited: adoption of digital agents only began this year, personal agents are next, and Anthropic and OpenAI revenues should keep climbing into the hundreds of billions. With that backdrop he tells listeners to keep their focus on semiconductors and the other AI winners, which he says have been consolidating for six or seven months. He expects 20 to 30 percent corrections along the way from crowding, as in July, and says he does not care if semis go sideways for another four months, because the demand is there and more chips are needed. The risk he names is hacking and government attempts to slow AI down, which he says do not change the bull case.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Visser: bank multiples compress as agents and crypto disrupt deposits

    Jordi VisserThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: next 12 months; multiple compression over the next few years

    Show quote

    “That's what I expect over the next 12 months. And I just think that people are going to view the multiples on the bank stocks as needing to be much lower.”

    Episode: #423 Jordi Visser: Why the AI Bears Are Wrong — and the One Asset He’d Bet On Right Now

    at 13:49

    Visser expects a 'bankpocalypse' that works like the SaaS sell-off: banks keep earning but their valuation multiples compress. Over the next 12 months he expects a steady flow of news about disruption from AI agents and crypto. His mechanism is deposits: banks earn a spread taking money at zero and buying treasuries at about four and a half percent, and personal agents will instantly find customers a higher yield elsewhere, such as Stripe or crypto. He notes the banking index has fallen below its 200-day moving average since mid-September. He stresses this is not a call that banks collapse, but that the multiple compresses over the next few years.

    Time frame
    next 12 months; multiple compression over the next few years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    8 statements

    Double-digit inflation is not a path, it is already here

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: six months (PPI lead time)

    Show quote

    “Well, we're there. If you look at diesel fuel, I tend to look at producer prices more than the CPI, because the CPI is so heavily adjusted and modified by the government agencies to gather this data. I think producer prices really tell you what's going to happen six months from now.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 9:40

    Asked whether he still sees a double-digit inflation path, Whalen says the economy is already there. He reads producer prices rather than the CPI, which he regards as too heavily adjusted by the agencies that collect it, and says the PPI tells you what happens six months out - the September print being the highest since late 2022. Diesel is his lead indicator and was signalling this long before it was recognised; he puts inflation up something like 20 percent over the last 12 months depending on the measure. He expects fuel prices to rise further: the war with Iran stops the Gulf states repairing the facilities that make diesel, gasoline and sulfur, and refiners shift to heating oil later in the year while Europe is short of product for the winter. He does not think energy prices come down in the near term, and even flat prices leave 2026's increase rippling through every part of the food chain, including a farm sector where fertiliser is too expensive to buy, which he says means less food and higher prices next year.

    Time frame
    six months (PPI lead time)
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    No bull case in UWM while the Oak Tree money has to be repaid

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But would I tell you to go buy the stock? Am I going to go buy the stock instead of a dollar today? I would say no.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 22:48

    Asked directly whether there is now a bull case in United Wholesale Mortgage after the decline he had predicted, Whalen says he does not think so and would not buy the stock. He grants the company is one of the most efficient and one of the largest lenders in the country, works almost exclusively through the broker channel, and has just hired a veteran chief investment officer from PennyMac (the transcript renders the name "Vandy Vartage") - changes he calls very positive. The problem is the capital structure against falling volumes: he puts it as finding $165 million for this year's dividend to Oaktree on the rescue capital, and then a billion and a half to pay Oaktree off and get them out, and he does not know whether that is possible. He gives no price target and discloses no position.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Home prices still come down, but inflation blunts the reset

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So what I would say to you is yes, we're still going to see home prices come down, but inflation is a very powerful force right now, and it's making it difficult to build new homes.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 15:49

    Whalen still expects US home prices to fall, but says his and Stan Middleman's "misery on the eights" thesis has changed in magnitude: the 20 to 30 percent give-back of the COVID increase they used to discuss is no longer what he expects, because inflation is a powerful force and is making new homes hard to build. Middleman, whom he calls a very astute observer and met at the Mortgage Bankers Association conference in Chicago, is the one quoted at five to 10 percent down - Whalen's own framing is price compression in higher-priced markets as demand slows, and a mixed bag that cannot be generalised, because real estate is local: New York barely falling while the Carolinas and Florida fall a lot, and some communities already down more. He says the published Freddie Mac averages mislead and points to the Case-Shiller series by community on FRED. Supporting evidence he gives: homebuilders cutting prices and moving unsold inventory into rentals, pricey Miami homes coming up for sale, replacement cost above market value (his own $800,000 Florida house insured by Chubb at $1.5 million), and manufactured homes gaining share on price.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI stocks and the tech complex keep trading off: circular finance has an endpoint

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I do think you're going to see AI stocks and broader technology complex continue to trade off, because, you know, as we wrote in the newsletter this week, this is circular finance.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 8:05

    Whalen expects AI stocks and the broader technology complex to go on trading off, and says the reset is already under way. His reason is the structure of the financing: the companies raise money and then the enterprises that invested in them buy services back from them to boost revenue, which he calls circular or Ponzi-style finance and says is largely illusory, with an endpoint at which the valuations simply cannot be supported. He does not see AI generating the revenue or earnings to justify those valuations, so he expects the valuations to come down, and he names Nvidia and CoreWeave among the stocks already trading off. He adds that he covered semiconductor capital equipment years ago and has been astounded by the run in some of these names, and that there has been a lot of manipulation and game-playing in the stocks. The macro overlay is a slowing economy, higher energy prices and lower consumer activity forcing a reset in technology; his open question is what story Wall Street replaces it with.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rebalanced toward energy, away from consumer products and financials

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “We rebalance to focus more on energy and get away from consumer products and financials.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 23:53

    Whalen says he has rebalanced the portfolio to focus more on energy and away from consumer products and financials. The rationale he gives through the episode is the supply side: the war with Iran keeps Gulf facilities unrepaired, refiners shift to heating oil into the winter, Europe does not have enough product to get through it, and he does not expect energy prices to fall in the near term even if they do not go much higher. Diesel is the price he watches, and he treats it as the input that feeds every other cost. This is a sector allocation statement, with no names and no price target given.

    What they own
    Says the portfolio has been rebalanced to focus more on energy and away from consumer products and financials.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short a couple of bank names as credit costs turn and the Wall Street side slows

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And I am, you know, right now, I'm short a couple of names in the bank space, and I am going to just kind of sit and watch.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 23:53

    Whalen is short a couple of names in the bank space and says he will sit and watch. His read of the week's earnings: the Wall Street side is slowing, Main Street is still doing little, and the one area of loan growth was margin loans and securities lending off the AI boom - so as AI slows, bank results normalise. He notes JPMorgan missed estimates, which it usually does not, and Bank of America took a $1.5 billion anti-money-laundering fine, the largest the OCC has imposed; even where earnings were strong, Goldman Sachs among them, the complex traded off. Looking forward he expects credit costs to rise after bottoming mid-year, with rental property the weak spot, and unrealised losses across the banking sector to go up again, because low-coupon COVID-era loans and bonds are below the cost of funds - he puts Bank of America's liability cost above 3 percent against barely a point of spread on its assets before SG&A. He wants banks to restructure those portfolios into current coupons. On Bank of America specifically, which he banks with and is not short, he says the board needs an operator; he says the same of Schwab's unrestructured bond portfolio.

    What they own
    Short a couple of unnamed names in the bank space; says he is not short Bank of America, which is his own bank; was long Charles Schwab until September and got out with a double-digit gain.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still positive on Annaly, his largest position, and would add below book

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm still very positive. Finally, it's one of the best run mortgage businesses in the industry.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 31:38

    Whalen holds Annaly for income and says he remains very positive on it, calling it one of the best run mortgage businesses in the industry. On his read the stock has traded off about 20 percent from highs where it reached about 1.2 times book value, and now sits a little over book, which is about where he thinks a REIT should be - normally at or slightly below book. He argues REITs exist to pay income, not to be vehicles for stock speculation, since they must distribute 90 percent of income to keep the pass-through treatment, so the de-rating from those highs is in his view a good thing. He would maybe buy more, and says if it keeps trading down and goes below book he might add. He points viewers to the published analyst projections rather than giving his own numbers.

    What they own
    Says he owns Annaly for income, has held it a long time with a cost basis a little below book, and that it is currently his largest position; he might add below book.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Inflation forces the Fed's hand: another quarter point, possibly in October

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the October FOMC meeting, before the midterms

    Show quote

    “And it's going to force the issue with the Fed. The Fed's probably going to have to raise the rates another quarter point.”

    Episode: #421 Chris Whalen: Double-Digit Inflation, Falling Home Prices & a Fed Forced to Hike

    at 10:36

    Whalen thinks the inflation data force the Fed to raise rates by another quarter point, and that the hike could come at the October FOMC, before the midterms. He expects a close vote: he doubts Chairman Warsh votes for a hike but thinks a number of other governors will, and notes that chairmen who lose votes usually resign while he does not think Warsh would. He rejects Janet Yellen's framing on Kathleen Hays's programme that the Fed should hike once and then wait because the factors are transitory - he does not think energy prices come down in the near term. He also argues the Fed's only tool is demand destruction and that high energy prices are already doing it, with drivers driving less and truckers parking rigs.

    Time frame
    the October FOMC meeting, before the midterms
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    9 statements

    The Fed is faking this hiking cycle: one more, then a softer path

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Essentially, they're faking this hiking cycle. They probably get one more in.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 14:48

    McDonald's rate call is that the hiking cycle is largely theatre and that three cuts arrive before three more hikes. The reasoning is that the tightening has already been done outside the Fed, at the consumer level and at a high rate of change: front-end rates up from 3.5 to 4.5 per cent, long mortgage rates at multi-year highs, jet fuel up 60 to 70 per cent, diesel similarly, feeding into shipping costs, with consumer-facing equities from McDonald's to Home Depot down 30 to 35 per cent. A hiking cycle normally starts because the economy is hot, and he says the Fed has never started one with those brands down that much; here it is being started into a wounded consumer. The second constraint is the debt: interest on the debt is 1.1 trillion dollars and another 75 basis points takes it towards 1.2 or 1.3 trillion. So the Fed fakes it till it makes it, because merely convincing the market it will hike does some of the disinflationary work for free, and Warsh needs the credibility of appearing to act with inflation above target for a fifth year. His conclusion is that they probably get one more hike in and then tip their hand to a softer path, and that people close to Warsh and Bessent are far more worried about what is under the surface in financial markets than is visible. He is explicit that the three-cuts-before-three-hikes framing comes from the smart money he talks to around his dinners and Bloomberg chat; the faking-it conclusion and the one-more-hike call he states as his own.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    The consumer has taken four or five left hooks and financial conditions are tightening fast

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “The bottom line is the consumer just got hit with four or five left hooks.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 14:48

    The consumer is the hinge of McDonald's whole argument, and he treats the damage as already done rather than forecast. The blows he counts: front-end rates up from 3.5 to 4.5 per cent, long mortgage rates at multi-year highs, jet fuel up 60 to 70 per cent, diesel up similarly and so in the cost of every truck, and gasoline and heating oil with it. He blames a policy miscalculation on refined products specifically, arguing that crude can be moved around the world but refined products cannot be moved nearly as easily, and that global refining and copper capacity has been cut. The consequence is that financial conditions are tightening at the consumer level at a high rate of change, which does the Fed's work for it, and he reads the equity market as confirming it: Home Depot and McDonald's down 30 to 35 per cent, Netflix 40 to 50, Nike and Lululemon 70, Capital One in pain as a subprime lender, consumer credit risk rising and the leveraged loan market weak in auto finance and telecom. He puts the hit to the economy from rates, oil, gas and jet fuel at about 300 billion dollars, and treats any further slowdown from it as bullish bonds and as the reason a hiking cycle cannot be sustained.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gold from 4,000 to 6,500 once the Fed admits it is on a softer path

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: over like a year and a half · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And once they tip their hand on that hiking cycle, gold is like that beach ball underwater, all of a sudden gold goes from 4,000 to 6,500.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 26:19

    McDonald's gold call is explicitly conditional on the Fed. While the front end of the curve is rising, bills pay an investor enough to stay out of a metal that yields nothing, and the stronger dollar that comes with it holds gold down; but he argues the front end is only up because the Fed and, to a degree, Treasury are flexing muscles they cannot really use, with a wounded consumer and interest on the debt heading from 1.1 towards 1.3 trillion dollars. So gold is a beach ball held underwater, and once they tip their hand on the hiking cycle it goes, in his words, from 4,000 to 6,500, a move he says you could see over about a year and a half if they admit they are on a softer path. The structural support he adds is positioning rather than flows: household ownership of precious metals is around 70 basis points of household wealth against 2 to 2.5 per cent in a genuine commodity bull market, and the S&P now contains a single gold miner, so even a partial rotation out of the 43 trillion dollars sitting in the Nasdaq 100, up from 12 trillion in late 2022, would be enormous relative to the size of the metals complex.

    Time frame
    over like a year and a half
    Only if
    If the Fed tips its hand that the hiking cycle is over and it is on a softer path.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The index crashes next: internally it already has, and bond yields are too high

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think we're going to crash on the index.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 39:58

    Asked directly whether he thinks there will be a crash, McDonald says yes, on the index, and that it is close. His argument is that the crash has already happened underneath: on the internals he thinks 2026 has delivered a 1987-style crash, with hall-of-fame American brands down enormously, Harley-Davidson 30 to 40 per cent, Lennar 45, Nike and Lululemon 70, Netflix 40 to 50, while the S&P sits at all-time highs, and new lows against new highs in the last few weeks has hit one of its most consistent readings since the dot-com crash. What holds the index up, in his telling, is passive flow into a market-cap-weighted index, where 13 cents of every dollar goes into Nvidia and Apple, leaving roughly half the index in AI and a market that gets more distorted as passive grows, plus incentives to keep things smooth through the midterms and the SpaceX and Anthropic IPOs. The mechanical trigger for convergence is the tax-loss selling that peaks at quarter and year end, then reverses into the new year, which is the trade he says managers are now putting on: buy the crashed part, short the index. The fundamental triggers are the tertiary AI financing cracking, which would force the Mag 7 to pull next year's capex assumptions and so its growth, and politics, where Democrats taking the House and Senate would raise the populist threat to data centres. On valuation his point is the discount rate: bond yields are simply too high, 6 per cent doubles money in twelve years and 8 per cent in nine, which are equity-like returns, and the low rates that supported the market for a decade are gone while margins are pressured, as with Apple's memory costs. He expects a 10 to 20 per cent drawdown would itself flip the Fed to cuts, and notes the appetite among family offices for tail-risk funds is exploding.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Silver is his highest-conviction trade for the next 12 months, 50% off the January high

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: looking out 12 months

    Show quote

    “once they tip their hand to a softer path, that's where gold, silver, like silver right now, is probably one of the best looking trades looking out 12 months.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 14:48

    Asked for his highest conviction idea for the next six to twelve months, McDonald names silver, and he puts it as probably one of the best looking trades looking out twelve months. The setup has two legs. The macro leg is the same Fed argument he makes everywhere: while the front end of the curve rises, Treasury bills suck money in and the dollar strengthens, which holds precious metals down, so the metal becomes a beach ball held underwater; once the Fed tips its hand that it is done hiking, that pressure releases. His illustration is the Gulf investor choosing between gold at no interest and a one-year Treasury that now pays 450,000 dollars on ten million, up from 340,000 a year ago. The industrial leg is specific to silver: data-centre demand and a globally ripping solar build-out in both the US and China. He also makes a positioning argument, that household ownership of precious metals is a joke at roughly 70 basis points of household wealth against 2 to 2.5 per cent in a real commodity bull market, with only one gold miner left in the S&P and a tiny index weight in mining, oil and gas and industrials, so a rotation of five or six trillion dollars out of the 43 trillion now in the Nasdaq 100 would move these markets like a seesaw. On price, he notes silver is about 50 per cent off its January high and that the hot money and tourists who made that top have been flushed out; his own trade alerts sold the January rip aggressively and are now buying.

    Time frame
    looking out 12 months
    What they own
    Says his trade alerts, followed by about 2,000 financial advisers, sold aggressively into the January rip and are now buying silver.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Neoclouds forced into the convertible market is the 1999 and 2021 warning sign again

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And what we're noticing is that there's number one, there's an explosion of convertible issuance, but number two, the neo clouds are having, like the terms that they're coming to market with are pretty crazy. And there's multiple issuers. And so we last had them two times we saw this was 1999 and 2021 And in both cases, this was incredibly foreshadowing for an event coming at us.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 3:15

    McDonald's lead point is that the tertiary end of data-centre financing is breaking down, which in his framework is what a real bull market does not do. The hyperscalers can still issue freely in investment grade, but the high yield market has effectively shut for the neoclouds, so they are being pushed to what his first book called the last saloon: the convertible bond market, where buyers will take the paper only because they can short the equity against it. He cites CoreWeave straight bonds yielding about 13.7 per cent against a much lower issue coupon, with the bond down from par to close to 80 inside a year, as evidence that the straight-debt door is already shut. The signal he weighs most is not the level but the pattern: an explosion of convertible issuance, crazy terms, and multiple serial issuers, the configuration he says preceded trouble at Six Flags, Adelphia, Tyco, Enron and Lehman, and which he has only seen twice before at this scale, in 1999 and 2021, both of which foreshadowed an event. Around it he lists other tertiary cracks: two data-centre REIT IPOs cancelled in a week, which he argues would not happen if the payoff on data-centre growth were really strong; triple-C yields up from about 12 to 17 per cent in three months; and weakness in the leveraged loan market in telecom and auto finance. He is careful about the boundary of the claim, repeatedly distinguishing the neoclouds from the hyperscalers, whose own paper is being taken down without trouble. He notes separately that AI companies are privately asking for a federal backstop on their liabilities, which has not come.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Changed his mind on software: would buy puts on IGV after the round trip

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: about a year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So yeah, I'm nowhere near as bullish software. Like I, I'm actually, I would actually buy puts on the IGV right here.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 38:07

    Software is the view McDonald has reversed. His firm was really bullish and bought Workday and a lot of other software names in its trade alerts after what he calls one of the most vicious capitulations he has ever seen at the end of June, when the market decided AI was going to destroy the software sector. He now thinks the trade has played out: the IGV software ETF is back at its old highs, with a large weight in Palantir which he says trades at obscene levels, and the top two components have made incredible moves off the summer lows. His explanation is rotation rather than fundamentals, the same seesaw he describes elsewhere: trillions went into semis, the semiconductor stocks are now starting to underperform as the data-centre financing doubts spread, and if the market does not crash the money has to go somewhere, so it has rotated into software and taken it from maximum risk-off to a crazy level. He is therefore nowhere near as bullish as he was and says he would actually buy puts on the IGV right here, while labelling that a speculative position with a horizon of about a year.

    Time frame
    about a year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says his firm's trade alerts bought Workday and other software names after the June capitulation, that the trade has played out, and that he would buy puts on IGV here as a speculative position.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long duration now offers equity-like returns with better risk-reward than stocks

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So your risk reward to be long bonds versus stocks has improved dramatically.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 30:42

    McDonald says he was early on long duration last time but is now firmer: the risk-reward of being long bonds against stocks has improved dramatically. His list of catalysts is mostly plumbing. The Quarterly Refunding Announcement on 4 November is the near one, where he thinks there is a high probability Bessent kills the 20-year outright, cuts 30-year issuance and shifts supply to the front end, while keeping two guns on the table: the threat to issue less and the threat to buy. The Fed is also due to announce a bill facility in November which, at 10 billion dollars a month, could be switched on to support Treasury, and he draws the parallel to 1946 to 1951, when the Fed and Treasury effectively became one institution to finance a colossal war debt, which he thinks is the regime now with an AI race against China and a data-centre financing problem that may need a federal backstop. The debt ceiling binds in January, with about a trillion in the Treasury general account and extraordinary measures after it, and in the last two episodes of this the Treasury went three to five months without issuing net new debt, which rallies bonds. Last, the roughly 300 billion dollar hit to the economy from rates, oil, gas and jet fuel weakens the consumer and tightens financial conditions, and any slowdown is bullish bonds. His illustration of the opportunity is the Apple 2.55 per cent of 2060 at 47 cents, which goes to 73 if the 30-year yield returns to 4 per cent, about 18 per cent a year over three years, which he would rather own than Apple's equity at ten times sales and a five trillion dollar market cap.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNike

    Nike is a category-five capitulation that could double or triple by the 2028 Olympics

    Larry McDonaldThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: by the Summer Olympics in 2028 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “the probability that something like a Nike is by the Summer Olympics in 2028 is up 100, 150, 200% from here. I wouldn't be surprised.”

    Episode: #420 Larry McDonald: The Market Has Already Crashed. The Index Just Hasn’t Noticed

    at 35:42

    Nike is the mainstream expression of McDonald's convergence trade, and the stock he names when asked for something less niche than silver. His firm's seven-factor capitulation model, which measures the intensity of selling, the distance below the lower Bollinger band and weekly and daily relative strength, reads Nike as a category-five capitulation, the same signal it gave on Intel in 2024 and 2025, now up 150 per cent from that level, Alibaba at the 2022 lows and ExxonMobil in November 2020. He argues the selling is structural rather than informational: these readings cluster at quarter and year end, companies use the moment as a kitchen sink to clear the dirty laundry, and portfolio managers do not want Nike on the sheet going into the new year when they would rather show Nvidia, so they sell it and buy it back after the report. Underneath, he reads the cash flows as adequate protection: 8 billion dollars of cash, 2 to 3 billion of free cash flow and a 5 per cent dividend the free cash flow covers, which he says is not downside protection but is a cover. With the Los Angeles Summer Olympics in 2028 as the catalyst and the brand's hall-of-fame status intact, he says he would not be surprised if the stock were up 100, 150 or 200 per cent from here by then.

    Time frame
    by the Summer Olympics in 2028
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says "we have a stock called Nike", meaning the name is carried in The Bear Traps Report's work; no personal position stated.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    9 statements

    The AI spending rush is overdone: vast spend, falling prices, unproven revenue

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think this whole mad rush into AI has been very overdone.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 21:52

    Whalen calls the market narrow and driven by tech and AI, and says the rush into AI has been very overdone. He points to the circular nature of AI financing and the lack of real revenue, notes Oracle struggling to get power for data centres, and says consumer AI is a giveaway that will not be charged for, while enterprise use, though real and producing cost savings, may not justify a vast spend financed by borrowing. With new entrants constantly offering cheaper versions, the price of AI is falling even as money is raised to fund the build, which he finds worrisome; he expects consolidation, with many of today's AI companies failing or being bought. He frames whether AI pays off long term as still an open question.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Owns Exxon: pricey, but war damage to Gulf refining keeps energy needed for years

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I own Exxon, I own Chevron, I also own Williams, which is a pipeline company for natural gas. All of them are pretty pricey, but they could go higher simply because there's going to be a continued need for energy.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 32:50

    Asked whether to wait for an end to the Iran war before buying energy, Whalen says no. Damage to refining capacity is not going away: even if the war ended tomorrow, it would take years to bring the 25-30% of capacity in the Persian Gulf back online, and attacks on Saudi refining continue. He owns Exxon, says it and the other names he holds are already pricey after Wall Street re-rated them, but could go higher because of a continued need for energy, as nations rebuild local refining self-sufficiency and set aside renewables policies in the short term. He allows that crude prices could fall because there is too much oil, the problem being the wrong grades in the wrong places.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he owns Exxon.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No big bond rally: long yields stay put or go higher on Washington's lost credibility

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: for an extended period of time · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I don't think that's going to be the case this time. I think this market could stay right where it is for an extended period of time. And we could even see long term interest rates go higher, depending on what people see coming out of Washington.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 13:58

    Whalen disagrees with Jim Bianco's call to buy 10- and 30-year Treasuries. He argues yields rose this year not mainly on inflation or the Iran war but because the market does not believe statements from President Trump and Treasury Secretary Bessent, and because nobody in Washington, the FOMC included, will address the federal deficit, which he calls the single biggest factor pushing long-term yields higher. Investors buying bonds in the expectation of a return to 4.25-4.5% will, he thinks, be disappointed: the market could stay where it is for an extended period and long rates could go higher depending on what comes out of Washington. Caveat he gives himself: if the US slips into a mild recession going into next year, the market will expect Fed cuts.

    Time frame
    for an extended period of time
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Financials dead in the water: strong Q3 earnings, but unrealized losses and sub-inflation coupons

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Financial is kind of dead in the water, not really going anywhere.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 4:09

    Whalen says financials are going nowhere. Of the top 100 banks he tracks, only four are up over the past three months; the rest are down from single to low double digits. Third-quarter bank earnings will be strong, carried by markets businesses, but Main Street lending is weak, expenses are rising, and with the 10-year well over 5% unrealized losses on bank balance sheets are becoming significant. The coupons on most bank debt and preferreds are in single digits while inflation, in his view, is close to double digits, so investors do not know what to do with the sector.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishChevron

    Owns Chevron: pricey, but war damage to Gulf refining keeps energy needed for years

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I own Exxon, I own Chevron, I also own Williams, which is a pipeline company for natural gas. All of them are pretty pricey, but they could go higher simply because there's going to be a continued need for energy.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 32:50

    Asked whether to wait for an end to the Iran war before buying energy, Whalen says no. Damage to refining capacity is not going away: even if the war ended tomorrow, it would take years to bring the 25-30% of capacity in the Persian Gulf back online, and attacks on Saudi refining continue. He owns Chevron, says it and the other names he holds are already pricey after Wall Street re-rated them, but could go higher because of a continued need for energy, as nations rebuild local refining self-sufficiency and set aside renewables policies in the short term.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he owns Chevron.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still a seller's market: inflation and replacement costs hold up US home prices

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think it's going to continue to be largely a seller's market in housing in the US, particularly in the Northeast.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 12:34

    Whalen expects US housing to remain largely a seller's market, especially in the Northeast. Inflation is changing the calculus: replacement costs far above market values (his own house would cost about $1.4-1.5 million to rebuild against a market value near $0.9-1 million) make spec building risky, so he expects new construction to slow, which will only support existing home prices further; rents are also rising. Markets that fell earlier this year, such as Central Florida, have already bounced. Caveats: real estate is local, prices have fallen where there is oversupply, some markets may still see a reset, and higher rates are a disincentive to buyers.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Owns Williams, the gas pipeline company: pricey, but energy demand keeps it going higher

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I own Exxon, I own Chevron, I also own Williams, which is a pipeline company for natural gas. All of them are pretty pricey, but they could go higher simply because there's going to be a continued need for energy.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 32:50

    Whalen says he owns Williams, which he describes as a natural gas pipeline company, alongside Exxon and Chevron. All three are pretty pricey after Wall Street re-rated energy, but he thinks they could go higher because there will be a continued need for energy: war damage to Gulf refining will take years to repair, and nations will shift back toward local energy self-sufficiency while renewables policies are set aside in the short term.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he owns Williams.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The mortgage industry is a funeral: volumes and profits down, more consolidation and closures ahead

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Mortgages are a funeral.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 4:09

    Whalen describes the US mortgage lending business as a funeral. With 30-year fixed rates well over 7%, volumes and profitability are down dramatically, vendors and lenders are cutting back, and he expects the industry to keep downsizing well beyond the roughly 50% headcount it added during Covid, with continued consolidation and firms closing. Capital raising has been very hard (he recalls only one financing deal getting done in six months), institutional investors are not interested, and most listed names sit near 52-week lows; nobody is buying even the cheapest stock, loanDepot, because nobody expects rates to fall.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A Democratic Congress after the midterms would be very negative for markets

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the next two years · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “if we go back to the Inquisition that we had under Joe Biden, where they tried to regulate everything and anything in the economy, I think that's going to be very negative for the markets.”

    Episode: #419 Chris Whalen: Mortgage Funeral, No Bond Rally & the Deficit Washington Won’t Talk About

    at 2:00

    Whalen expects the Democrats to take at least one, possibly both, houses of Congress in the midterms, followed by two years of investigations of Trump, his cabinet and family. He notes markets have not done badly under Democrats, but after four years of a pro-business, deregulatory White House, a return to the heavy-regulation approach of the Biden years would in his view be very negative for markets; at best the outcome is a negative for investors.

    Time frame
    the next two years
    Only if
    If the midterms bring back a Biden-era regulatory approach to the economy
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · #418 Ray Dalio on the Risky Period for Investors, Bubble Warnings, and a Coming Debt Squeeze

    4 statements

    Dalio: inflation-indexed bonds, even levered, are attractive at about a 3% real yield

    Ray DalioThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So to some extent gold, to some extent inflation index bonds. I think leverage inflation index bonds is an interesting mix. Because the returns of cash will be relatively low.”

    Episode: #418 Ray Dalio on the Risky Period for Investors, Bubble Warnings, and a Coming Debt Squeeze

    at 26:34

    Dalio says the main thing he wants beyond equities is inflation-hedge assets: some gold and some inflation-indexed bonds. He calls levered inflation-indexed bonds an interesting mix because the return on cash will be relatively low, and notes the real yield on inflation-indexed bonds is now about 3 percent, which he calls a pretty good real yield, with inflation pressures carrying it forward. He did not specify a maturity.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Dalio: hold 5-15% of a balanced portfolio in gold as hard money and a diversifier

    Ray DalioThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “If you were to say I'm going to have the best risk return, you would inject an element of gold into that. But what amount is appropriate balance would be between 5 and 15 percent, would be, in other words, a balance portfolio to be part of a portfolio, I believe.”

    Episode: #418 Ray Dalio on the Risky Period for Investors, Bubble Warnings, and a Coming Debt Squeeze

    at 22:52

    Dalio argues that with a lot of debt there is eventually a devaluation of money, which makes debt assets unattractive. Gold is the asset that is hard money and also an effective diversifier of a stock, bond or real-estate portfolio, so for the best risk-adjusted return a portfolio should include it. He puts the appropriate allocation at 5 to 15 percent of a balanced portfolio. This is an allocation view rather than a price target.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Dalio: the hyperscalers and big AI bets are overpriced

    Ray DalioThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And I think the superscalers and the other ones, you know, which are, you'd say, the big AI bets, they're overpriced, they're expensive.”

    Episode: #418 Ray Dalio on the Risky Period for Investors, Bubble Warnings, and a Coming Debt Squeeze

    at 26:34

    Asked where else he looks for diversification, Dalio separates the companies that will be transformed by AI, raising sales or cutting costs, from the hyperscalers and the other big AI bets, which he calls overpriced and expensive. Elsewhere in the conversation he says stocks are expensive relative to bonds, that the economy is leaning on one uncertain and volatile thing, AI, and that by his indicators there is a bubble. The view is on valuation; he gives no timing for these shares specifically.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Dalio: negative on bonds and short debt as US debt supply outruns demand

    Ray DalioThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But I do think that we have a debt issue. And so that's why when I think of bonds, why I've been negative on bonds, I think that was so be essentially short debt relative to these other positions.”

    Episode: #418 Ray Dalio on the Risky Period for Investors, Bubble Warnings, and a Coming Debt Squeeze

    at 30:04

    Dalio argues the US is late in a long-term debt cycle: the federal government spends about $7 trillion and takes in about $5 trillion, half the gap is now interest, and the debt must also be rolled over, while AI capex adds further borrowing. Foreign holders, chiefly China and Japan, who own about a third of the debt, are pulling back, so supply exceeds demand and yields are pushed up until credit is rationed. He adds that heavy debt loads are eventually devalued, so a debt asset is a poor holding. He says he has been short debt himself and would be short debt relative to other positions, while stressing broad diversification because what is unknown outweighs what is known.

    What they own
    Says he has been short debt.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #417 Nick Nemeth: The Biggest Turn in My Lifetime, Why Credit Contagion Could Hit Everything

    4 statements

    Nemeth: private-credit defaults are high and stress is building, with the middle market a disaster

    Nick NemethThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But I think defaults are high, stress is building, and banks, investors, everyone's having a higher discretion of what deals they actually do and the refinances that actually happen.”

    Episode: #417 Nick Nemeth: The Biggest Turn in My Lifetime, Why Credit Contagion Could Hit Everything

    at 7:57

    Nemeth argues private credit is where years of leverage and hidden inflation have built up. Middle-market borrowers (typically around $50 million EBITDA) are cyclical, low-moat and often software businesses underwritten on assumptions he calls a joke, and he expects defaults to worsen as software contracts roll off; he thinks broadly syndicated loan quality has degraded too. Higher-for-longer yields mean floating-rate borrowers cannot amend and extend forever, defaults are already above 2008 levels on his reading, Level 3 marks are not credible, and lenders are tightening underneath the surface.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Nemeth: with rates sharply higher and risks piling up, the market should be down

    Nick NemethThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So all of that probably deserves, given the rates are sharply headed higher, that the market would be down in a healthy pullback. I don't know about Great Depression, but down.”

    Episode: #417 Nick Nemeth: The Biggest Turn in My Lifetime, Why Credit Contagion Could Hit Everything

    at 48:09

    Nemeth lists risks he thinks the market is ignoring: insurance and private-credit stress, rising yields and borrowing costs, consumers squeezed at the pump, AI progress that he sees as roughly flat since early in the year while capital spending has become egregious, and widening investment-grade spreads. With rates sharply headed higher, he thinks all that deserves a healthy pullback, not a depression. He hedges that he will not argue with the equity market if it keeps rising and that a wide range of outcomes is possible.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Nemeth: most sub-scale life and annuity insurers are uneconomical, with no way out

    Nick NemethThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: within 12 months

    Show quote

    “But the vast majority of insurance businesses are uneconomical, are going to be hurt by AI and people realizing these products are not that good.”

    Episode: #417 Nick Nemeth: The Biggest Turn in My Lifetime, Why Credit Contagion Could Hit Everything

    at 52:02

    Nemeth argues asset-manager-backed life and annuity insurers, about $10 trillion of balance sheets, have loaded up on private credit and CLO mezzanine tranches because it is the only sleeve that clears their cost of capital, while running 20-30 times leverage, choosing their own liability discount rates and holding poorly marked Level 3 assets, with reinsurance links that could spread contagion fast. Within 12 months he expects people to question why most sub-scale players exist; he sees no way out for about a quarter of them, names only Athene, Prudential, MetLife and possibly Lincoln and Jackson as scale players, and says most insurance businesses are uneconomical and will be hurt by AI and by customers realising the products are not that good.

    Time frame
    within 12 months
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Nemeth predicts AAA CLO defaults within 12 months

    Nick NemethThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: within the next 12 months

    Show quote

    “AAA Clo's, going to be defaults there. They said it's never happened and it's going to happen. Within the next 12 months, it's going to happen.”

    Episode: #417 Nick Nemeth: The Biggest Turn in My Lifetime, Why Credit Contagion Could Hit Everything

    at 52:02

    Nemeth sees CLO correlation and rating math as essentially the same as the CDO math before 2008, with rating agencies again missing the ball by treating AAA CLO slices as safer than US government debt. Asked for his contrarian call for the next year, he predicts AAA-rated CLOs will default, something defenders say has never happened, within the next 12 months.

    Time frame
    within the next 12 months
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    8 statements

    Defaults and restructurings coming in private credit as the cost of credit resets

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “It's certainly putting a lot of pressure in private credit and private equity. You're going to see a lot of defaults and a lot of restructurings in that space.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 30:56

    Whalen says he is focused on the credit markets, and that the rise in long Treasury yields is already putting a lot of pressure on private credit, where he expects a lot of defaults and a lot of restructurings. The mechanism is the end of the post-2008 regime in which the Fed could suppress the cost of credit: borrowers financed at suppressed rates now reprice into yields that reflect inflation expectations, which he says will also slow the economy dramatically. He places this inside a broader credit view that corrections start at the bottom - subprime consumers, auto loans, credit cards - and work up to prime borrowers and corporate credit, with the second or third quarter of this year the trough in consumer credit. He flags the insurance sector as a transmission channel, noting how far private credit has pushed into it, and names third-quarter earnings as the read on whether credit costs are in fact going up.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Fed takes back its 2025 cuts and maybe 2024's, then stops

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think, you know, we're going to probably end up taking back the interest rate cuts from 2025, maybe take back some or all of the cuts from 2024, and then kind of leave rates where they are.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 6:40

    Whalen's rate path is up and then flat. He expects the FOMC to stand pat in October and possibly raise in November, and over time to unwind the 2025 cuts and some or all of the 2024 cuts, reaching neutral and leaving rates there - a view he says he shares with Mickey Levy. His reasoning is that the six cuts in two years were probably too low: Powell, he argues, gave the White House essentially everything it asked for and encouraged a boom in stocks and AI, and it is hard to argue that 2025's equity boom was not a result of the Fed's 2024-25 actions. He expects Kevin Warsh to be a hawk who wants to narrow the central bank's role and hold a positive real rate, and hopes Warsh will go to Capitol Hill to talk about the deficit, which Whalen calls one of the drivers of inflation. He is explicit about the limit of monetary policy here: the inflation is coming from scarcity and the wars in Iran and Ukraine, which central bankers cannot affect without driving the economy into recession, and there is very little political tolerance for putting people out of work to fight inflation - this is not the 1980s with Volcker. He also doubts the Fed could push rates down if it tried, because with a $2 trillion deficit and AI capex both being financed, too many borrowers are competing for capital for rates to fall.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Demand destruction from fuel and food prices slows the economy despite the deficit

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think because of consumer reaction to higher prices, you are going to start seeing some demand destruction as prices move higher.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 8:33

    Whalen expects a slowdown driven by price-led demand destruction rather than by policy. He walks through the channels: home building stalls when diesel is $8 or $9 a gallon, because builders already face replacement costs far above purchase prices - he cites his own Florida house, bought for about $800,000 and insured for a $1.4m replacement cost - and cannot build spec homes profitably; truckers may park their vehicles rather than drive at a loss; and farmers facing high diesel and absurd fertilizer prices will cut output next year. On the consumer side he reads the big consumer-products companies, via Adam Josephson's work, as all showing reduced spend and a hunt for value at discount stores, with McDonald's taking a kicking, and expects discretionary spending under a lot of pressure as families are forced to spend more on energy and food. He emphasises the scale of what is being overridden: a slowdown even while the government spends $2 trillion a year more than it takes in. He stops short of a recession call and instead stresses that the long-end repricing will slow the economy pretty dramatically, with affordability now the dominant political issue going into the midterms.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long energy for the next year or two on war-driven scarcity and broken refining

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the next year or two · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But now with this war, with my view that credit is going to become a bigger factor, I think long energy, short financials is probably a good place to be.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 32:56

    The long leg of Whalen's pair is energy equities, and he says he upped exposure pretty significantly in a recent rebalancing, funding it partly by selling Charles Schwab and trimming Annaly, and that he is positioning for the next year or two on higher energy prices. The case is scarcity created by the wars in Iran and Ukraine, which he says has destroyed productive capacity in the Persian Gulf that cannot simply be rebuilt: asked whether new refineries could be built, his interviewee John Dysart told him no, fix the ones we have, because the people and materials for new refining capacity are prohibitively expensive and hard to find. That leaves the US industry, he argues, in a position to supply the world, diesel especially, and he warns against a US diesel export ban as counterproductive. He expects fuel costs to stay high enough to do real economic damage - he talks about $8 or $9 a gallon diesel stalling home building, truckers parking rigs rather than losing money, and farmers cutting output next year under high diesel and absurd fertilizer prices - which is the same force that makes him bearish on credit and financials. He frames the position as what he settled on after struggling to know what to do, having held about 25% of the portfolio in Annaly at one point.

    Time frame
    the next year or two
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he upped the portfolio's exposure to energy stocks pretty significantly in a recent rebalancing, funded by selling Charles Schwab and some Annaly.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long Treasury yields reprice to inflation now the Fed cannot suppress them

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And we're going to see interest rates for long-term treasury bonds and notes that are going to reflect inflation expectations. And that's going to slow the US economy pretty dramatically.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 30:56

    Whalen's view on the long end is that the suppression is over. He argues Treasury yields have been understated since 2008, when the Fed held rates down to help the economy and prevent contagion, and that the recent move is simply inflation expectations asserting themselves - when inflation goes up, rates have to go up commensurately. He thinks measured inflation understates what people live with, preferring producer prices to a CPI the BLS adjusts heavily, and puts most households' experienced inflation at mid to high single digits on gasoline, diesel and food. On top of that sits supply: a $2 trillion deficit financed in the bond market, plus AI and everything else competing for capital, led by the US Treasury itself, which he says makes a scenario where rates fall difficult - if the Fed tried to push yields down now it might get no reaction, because the market clearly wants rates higher. He says he is very concerned about how the bond market has been trading and that the era of a suppressed cost of credit since 2008 is finished. He adds that Treasury under Scott Bessent has managed the optics of the economy and the deficit poorly and that a different approach is needed or rates go to double digits.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Short financials: bank earnings fade as consumer defaults turn up

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: this year and going into 2027 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But now with this war, with my view that credit is going to become a bigger factor, I think long energy, short financials is probably a good place to be.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 32:56

    Whalen says he is bearish on the group he tracks - the top 100 US banks, those above $10bn in assets - after a 2025 he attributes to the Fed, when banks galloping along at double-digit returns was not normal for a bank. The first half ran well on Wall Street trading and investment banking fees, and that non-interest component is cooling now, with banks adjusting guidance for analysts. The rate side is a mixed bag rather than a rescue: rising rates lift the yield on the book but also the cost of funds. The real driver is credit. He argues the era since 2008 in which the Fed could suppress the cost of credit is over, that credit corrections always start at the bottom with subprime consumers and work up, and that the K-shaped economy is becoming an L as inflation reaches the affluent consumer too; he puts the trough in consumer credit at the second or third quarter of this year. He has acted on it: a significant rebalancing over the prior fortnight cut financial exposure, sold Charles Schwab, trimmed Annaly to fund energy, and he has put on a couple of bank shorts, which he says is not something he normally does, expecting those names to give ground as consumer defaults rise through this year and into 2027. He says he is not in a mode to increase exposure to any bank, keeps Flagstar as a turnaround owned in single digits, and would not recommend buying mortgage names at 52-week lows. He flags third-quarter earnings as the test of both credit costs and financial-sector profitability.

    Time frame
    this year and going into 2027
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he rebalanced in the prior couple of weeks to reduce financial exposure, sold Charles Schwab, sold some Annaly, and put on a couple of short positions in bank names; still owns Flagstar as a turnaround and says Annaly remains his biggest position by 2x.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gold becomes how value is defined, and households' primary reserve asset

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I do think that gold is going to be the way we define value in the future, not paper.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 27:24

    Whalen's gold view is monetary rather than tactical. He says gold ought to be at the foundation of the financial system, a position he shares with Judy Shelton, and that the US has a long way to go to get there - it would take legislation making gold money again rather than property, the status he says the Roosevelt administration used to get Americans to stop thinking about it that way. He expects the direction of travel regardless: individuals coming to treat gold as their primary reserve asset the way global central banks already do, holding dollars and other currencies alongside it. He is explicit that this is not a return to the gold standard - every country will keep a fiat currency and they cannot go back - but that gold, not paper, will be how value is defined in future. The remark sits in a segment about Judy Shelton joining the Treasury as counselor, and he references Keith Weiner at Monetary Metals, who pays a yield on physical gold and who sponsors the show.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Private equity caught in the same repricing as private credit

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “It's certainly putting a lot of pressure in private credit and private equity. You're going to see a lot of defaults and a lot of restructurings in that space.”

    Episode: #416 Chris Whalen: Cheap Credit Is Over, K-Shaped Economy Becoming an L, Long Energy & Short Financials

    at 30:56

    Whalen names private equity alongside private credit as being under a lot of pressure from the way the bond market has been trading, and expects a lot of defaults and restructurings across that space. He does not develop a separate argument for the equity side beyond the one he makes for credit: the era since 2008 in which the Fed suppressed the cost of credit is over, long-dated Treasury yields are repricing to reflect inflation expectations, and that will slow the US economy dramatically. Deals underwritten against the old cost of capital are the exposure. He notes the insurance sector as a place private credit has become deeply involved, and says third-quarter earnings will show whether credit costs are rising.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · #415 Dr. Mark Thornton: The Bond Market Is Flashing a Warning Nobody in Washington Wants to Fix

    5 statements

    Commodities, precious metals and energy should beat the index over the next decade

    Mark ThorntonThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: over the next 10 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Mathematically speaking, all of those things should do better, but the policies that we've been discussing with the respect to government, spending, borrowing, and printing are going to help those areas of the market place.”

    Episode: #415 Dr. Mark Thornton: The Bond Market Is Flashing a Warning Nobody in Washington Wants to Fix

    at 49:23

    The mirror image of Thornton's S&P call. Commodities, precious metals, oil and energy-related stocks have returned poorly over the last ten or twenty years, both against stocks as a whole and against their own long-run returns, so on the same mean-reversion arithmetic he says they should do better; commodity companies and commodity stocks are now a very small percentage of the indexes and he expects that to be reversed. The policy leg is what makes it more than arithmetic to him: government spending, borrowing and money printing, and the inflation and higher interest rates that come with them, have a strong tendency to help commodity-based assets. He also expects physical tightness independent of the monetary argument -- conflict in the Persian Gulf aggravating an energy upturn that was already forming, and disruption to fertilizer and chemical production that he says will diminish world food output over at least several crop cycles. For an individual he notes the practical problem of storing a ton of copper or nickel, so the expression is equities in materials, raw materials and commodity companies. He hedges the framing: 'a general rule of thumb based on just the historical norms', not his prediction or advice.

    Time frame
    over the next 10 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Expected return on the S&P 500 close to zero over the next decade

    Mark ThorntonThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: over the next 10 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “The expected return on the S&P 500 is close to zero over the next 10 years because the last 10 years, the return has been much, much higher than the long run historical average.”

    Episode: #415 Dr. Mark Thornton: The Bond Market Is Flashing a Warning Nobody in Washington Wants to Fix

    at 49:23

    Thornton's claim is mean reversion rather than a market call, and he says so: he presents the expected return on the S&P 500 over the next ten years as close to zero as a mathematical proposition following a decade of returns far above the long-run historical average, and insists it is 'not something I made up' and 'not my projections or my predictions or my advice'. The Austrian frame behind it is his business-cycle theory: Fed money and credit with artificially low rates does spark genuine investment and new technology, but every boom so initiated ends in a bust, and he dates this one back to 2009 -- a sixteen-year upward trajectory he likens to the 1920s and the 1960s, when the stock market boomed and unemployment was very low. He notes the indexes are now bloated with technology, which he puts at 40% or more of the S&P 500, and that tech is conventionally cyclical, moving with Fed policy and the business cycle. The macro surface looks good -- low unemployment, available jobs, healthy 401(k)s -- which is precisely what he says Austrians look beneath. His conclusion is relative: real assets should outperform financial assets.

    Time frame
    over the next 10 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Gulf conflict aggravates an oil and energy upturn that was already forming

    Mark ThorntonThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I kind of expect that to continue given the conflict in the Persian Gulf area, that's exasperating a upturn in oil and energy prices that was already starting to form.”

    Episode: #415 Dr. Mark Thornton: The Bond Market Is Flashing a Warning Nobody in Washington Wants to Fix

    at 25:41

    Thornton expects oil and energy prices to keep rising, and separates the two causes. An upturn was already forming before the conflict in the Persian Gulf region, which he says has made it materially worse. He also treats energy as the transmission mechanism into food: diesel at an all-time high is what moves grain from farm to distribution and cattle and meat to market, so there is no let-up coming in fuel, energy or food costs -- compounded by disruption to the fertilizer and chemical industries that he expects to diminish world food production over at least several crop cycles. He raises this in the context of what the younger generation faces, where housing and health care have become unaffordable and food and energy are already very high. The expectation is hedged on his own account: 'I kind of expect', and he puts energy-related equities in the same mean-reversion bucket as commodities generally rather than making a price target.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The 1980-2020 bond bull is over: the long-run trend in US yields is up

    Mark ThorntonThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the long run trend

    Show quote

    “So, the bottoming of interest rates on bonds that occurred around COVID and slightly thereafter, we've pivoted away from that long-run trend that existed downward going back to 1980, bottoming during COVID and all the inflation that was unleashed. And now we're on this upward trajectory.”

    Episode: #415 Dr. Mark Thornton: The Bond Market Is Flashing a Warning Nobody in Washington Wants to Fix

    at 2:45

    Thornton's opening and central claim is that the bond market is the pivotal price in the economy and that its forty-year downtrend has broken. Yields on the 10-year and 30-year US government bond have reached levels last seen a quarter of a century ago, and he reads the bottom made around COVID as the end of the downward trend running from 1980 rather than a pause in it. The driver is fiscal: $40 trillion of federal debt, $2 trillion of annual deficit spending at about 6% of GDP, nothing being repaid and everything rolled over, with interest now the second largest federal expenditure at over a trillion dollars -- so compound interest works against the borrower. He argues this pushes up not just Treasury yields but credit cards, mortgages and corporate bonds, and crowds out private investment, productivity and wage growth, because every dollar the government borrows is a dollar unavailable to entrepreneurs. He is explicit that no market moves in a straight line, so this is a trend claim rather than a path. He expects the Fed to keep matching higher CPI rather than cutting -- the recent hike, on his reading, was forced because the funds rate had fallen to roughly the inflation rate -- until the stock market breaks or a crisis provides cover for renewed quantitative easing, at which point the Fed must monetise the debt. That is the mechanism he calls the on-ramp to hyperinflation.

    Time frame
    the long run trend
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Hard assets are the name of the game and precious metals the most obvious one

    Mark ThorntonThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “and so hard assets really is the name of the game. It's precious metals is the most obvious thing.”

    Episode: #415 Dr. Mark Thornton: The Bond Market Is Flashing a Warning Nobody in Washington Wants to Fix

    at 49:23

    Asked how an investor protects themselves on the road to hyperinflation, Thornton's answer is hard assets, with precious metals the most obvious expression. The reasoning is the fiscal and monetary mechanism he lays out through the interview: $40 trillion of debt, $2 trillion deficits, interest expense over a trillion and rising, no serious discussion of cutting expenditure, and therefore a Federal Reserve that must eventually mop up government debt with newly created money to keep a lid on yields. He is not predicting hyperinflation as a certainty so much as arguing the US is merging onto that highway, and notes the cycle is easy to break in theory -- the Fed stops printing, Congress balances the budget with spending cuts as the US demobilised after World War II -- but politically painful enough that he does not expect it. The paired advice is to be out of short-term debt, especially credit-card debt at high rates, while fixed, inflation-advantaged debt such as a mortgage is acceptable. He stresses that gold does not move in a straight line either.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #414 Andy Constan: Markets Vulnerable to Disappointment, Cautious on Equities, and the 60/40 Strikes Back

    5 statements

    There is not enough pie: S&P earnings expectations claim more GDP than exists

    Andy ConstanThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: his alpha horizon is one to three months, possibly up to six · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I'm a little cautious about the equity market at this stage. From that standpoint of there's not enough GDP and these companies are claiming more than 100% of the pie.”

    Episode: #414 Andy Constan: Markets Vulnerable to Disappointment, Cautious on Equities, and the 60/40 Strikes Back

    at 7:30

    Constan's objection to equities is an adding-up problem he calls the pie. US GDP is about $30 trillion and corporate profits already take an unusually large share of it, in the double digits against a historical 8%. When he totals the earnings and revenue expectations embedded in S&P 500 companies, including the figures AI sponsors talk about, the claims exceed any realistic future GDP. The resolutions he can see are that there are big losers rather than winners everywhere, or that these companies take the income of whole sectors, which then raises the question of how the employees of those sectors keep consuming. He stresses he is a bull on AI itself and that the multiple, around 19 to 20 times, is not bubble-like; the problem is the earnings expectations underneath it. He also argues that growth expectations are now too high in every asset class, that portfolios are heavily and somewhat leveraged overweight US stocks, and that this makes the market vulnerable to a disappointment, which he distinguishes from calling a recession. The caveat he gives is that every dip is still being bought and there is no short-term sign of that breaking.

    Time frame
    his alpha horizon is one to three months, possibly up to six
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is short equities and long long-term bonds, running at 75% of a maximum risk target of about a 4% worst-case loss.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A slight long in the yen alongside short equities and long bonds

    Andy ConstanThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I also have a slight long in the Japanese yen and a slight long, very slight long in short-term bonds.”

    Episode: #414 Andy Constan: Markets Vulnerable to Disappointment, Cautious on Equities, and the 60/40 Strikes Back

    at 21:37

    Constan discloses a slight long in the Japanese yen as a small part of the alpha book he runs alongside his levered all-weather beta portfolio. The book as a whole sits at about 75% of a maximum risk target he defines as a 4% worst-case loss, with short equities and long long-term bonds as the two main positions, the yen and a small front-end rates position as the lesser ones. He gives no rationale for the yen position on air and no horizon beyond the one-to-three-month trading horizon he says is the only place he believes he has alpha.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has a slight long in the Japanese yen within a book running at about 75% of a 4% worst-case-loss risk target.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Long bonds are massively oversold and the 60/40 strikes back

    Andy ConstanThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the next five weeks for the bounce · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now, I happen to think they have gotten massively oversold, and there's a potential that the administration will act in a certain way to suppress long-term interest rates over the course of the next five weeks that could cause these bonds to actually bounce a little bit.”

    Episode: #414 Andy Constan: Markets Vulnerable to Disappointment, Cautious on Equities, and the 60/40 Strikes Back

    at 32:05

    Constan went to his maximum long in long-dated bonds on the Friday before taping, into the sell-off, and says the asset class has been massively oversold. His structural case is the one in his public Substack piece 'The 60, 40 Strikes Back': in September 2020 the 40-year bull market in bonds ended in a parabolic top with 10-year yields at 65 basis points, real yields around 1% and a negative risk premium, so bonds had neither expected return nor the ability to appreciate in a recession. That has reversed. Real yields on the long end are now roughly 2.75% to 3.25%, risk premiums are better, and crucially bonds can appreciate again: a 200 basis point fall in rates would deliver real appreciation at exactly the moment equities are likely to be falling, which is the diversification job they failed to do five years ago. He notes the 60/40 is hated for good reason after five years, but says people declared it dead at the wrong time and it is now part of the conversation again. His nearer-term catalyst is the administration trying to suppress long-term rates over the next five weeks through Treasury buybacks, the November refunding and mortgage purchases.

    Time frame
    the next five weeks for the bounce
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he got to his maximum long in long-term bonds on the Friday into the sell-off, paired with a short in equities, and that the position went against him the morning of the recording.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The hamburger theory: AI capex depends on funding that dwarfs anything historical

    Andy ConstanThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And so that's going to weigh on financial assets. And to the extent that the capital markets can't take, just takes a breather and can't deliver for a few months, that can create a real, a rapid slowdown in the capex.”

    Episode: #414 Andy Constan: Markets Vulnerable to Disappointment, Cautious on Equities, and the 60/40 Strikes Back

    at 7:30

    Constan's second big theme is the financing of the AI build-out, which he calls his hamburger theory: borrowing today to buy data centres and compute on the promise of paying later. He argues the scale of the required capital expenditure is overwhelmingly large relative to any historical funding exercise, so it has to weigh on financial assets, and that the dependence runs the other way too: if the capital markets simply take a breather and cannot deliver for a few months, capex can slow rapidly. This sits alongside, not against, his view that AI is real and that he is a bull on the technology, and it is set against a backdrop he describes as a very strong economy with good earnings. It also compounds his rate view: if real and nominal rates stay high rather than V-topping, the cost of financing that capex rises.

    Only if
    The rapid capex slowdown is conditional on capital markets pausing and failing to deliver funding for a few months; the drag on financial assets from the sheer size of the financing need he states unconditionally.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Betting the central bank kills inflation has been a bad bet for years

    Andy ConstanThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think betting the central bank will kill inflation is a bad bet. Hasn't been a good bet for many, many, many, many years.”

    Episode: #414 Andy Constan: Markets Vulnerable to Disappointment, Cautious on Equities, and the 60/40 Strikes Back

    at 43:30

    Constan reads this cycle's inflation as demand-driven, not supply-driven, and says inflation has now been above target for 66 months. Killing demand-driven inflation requires somebody to decide not to spend, which means borrowing costs high enough to deter them, asset prices low enough that they cannot sell to fund consumption, or job losses, and he sees lower asset prices as the most effective lever given how much consumption is funded by dis-saving. His doubt is about willingness rather than mechanism: through COVID and after, the Fed never let the pain be felt, which is why he counts six episodes of rapidly rising rates that V-topped after a policy pivot, and Powell relieved the pain within months of warning about it at Jackson Hole in 2022. On Kevin Warsh he is 'deeds not words' and the jury is out: the September hike he reads as forced by the data and by Warsh's own hawkish talk rather than as a credibility-generating choice. He also notes the administration is not acting like a party that wants lower inflation, pointing to a proposed $5,000 cheque and to efforts to suppress long-term rates through mortgage and Treasury repurchases, while allowing that fighting inflation was never the administration's job.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    10 statements

    Trimmed Annaly from 16% to 11% on rebalancing, but widening MBS spreads are good for the mortgage REITs

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And I don't dislike Annaly. I'm not worried about where we are in terms of interest rates, because these guys know how to trade spreads.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 23:48

    Asked whether he had sold Annaly, Whalen says he trimmed it in the quarterly rebalance rather than changed his mind: the position was 16% of his portfolio at the start of last quarter and is now 11%, and the profitable proceeds went into energy stocks. He says he does not dislike the company and is not worried about where interest rates are, because the managers know how to trade spreads. His positive point is the spread cycle: rates were rising while spreads came in, and now spreads are widening, which he says is actually good for REITs that invest in mortgage-backed securities. He notes he owns no mortgage stocks where he has a consulting relationship and has none with Annaly.

    What they own
    Says Annaly was 16% of his portfolio at the start of last quarter and is now 11% after a quarterly rebalance, with the profitable proceeds moved into energy stocks; he has no consulting relationship with the company.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Contrarian call: energy-driven demand destruction has the Fed cutting, not hiking, from late 2026 into 2027

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: end of this year going into 2027 · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “If we start seeing significant demand destruction in this country, and I think that's a possibility end of this year going into 2027, then you're going to see the Fed cutting interest rates.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 19:04

    Against a consensus of economists calling for more hikes, Whalen expects cuts. His path runs through energy: as fuel and food prices rise past a threshold, the driver of a semi or the farmer parks the equipment because the work no longer pays, discretionary consumption gives way to essential spending, the economy slows and people are laid off. He puts significant demand destruction as a possibility from the end of this year into 2027, and says that once employment is the pressing problem the labour half of the dual mandate goes to the top of the list and the Fed stops worrying about inflation - noting that in wartime central banks have historically kept rates low and helped with financing, as in the Second World War. He argues the framework inherited from Humphrey-Hawkins is not built for a supply shock, that a 2% target is not credible while the deficit runs at $2 trillion, and that October's expected hike is about the Fed's credibility rather than fighting an inflation a central bank cannot reach. He says he posted this prediction on X and drew a lot of pushback.

    Time frame
    end of this year going into 2027
    Only if
    Conditional on significant demand destruction in the US - truckers and farmers parking equipment and consumers cutting discretionary spending as fuel and food prices rise - which he puts as a possibility from the end of 2026 into 2027.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    The dollar keeps its transaction role and loses its store-of-value role

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: long term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “No, people are going to keep using the dollar, but they're not going to use it as a store of value because they see the budget deficit and they know that long term the dollar is going to lose value.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 10:52

    Whalen separates the dollar's two jobs. He expects it to remain the primary means of exchange in global trade, for oil and commodities, but not to be used as a store of value, because holders see the budget deficit and conclude the dollar loses value over the long run; the top 20 central banks are already holding fewer dollar securities. He notes the dollar has rallied over the past month as rising interest rates pull money in, and frames that as a short-term trade and the tension an investor has to hold alongside the medium-term direction. He adds that statements like the President's UN speech, including threats to annihilate Iran, are injurious to the dollar long-term, and warns that watching the day-to-day will drive you crazy.

    Time frame
    long term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Double-digit inflation is baked in: refining capacity, diesel and an 8x fertilizer price feed the grocery bill

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So our prognostications about double-digit inflation, unfortunately, are going to be proven right. I can't tell you how sorry I am to say that, but it's going to be very painful and it's going to have huge political repercussions in this country and in Europe.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 16:31

    Whalen says his forecast of double-digit inflation is going to be proven right and that it is already baked into the cake with nothing that can be done about it, while conceding it has not yet shown up fully in the data. The mechanism is the loss of refining capacity rather than any shortage of crude: there is plenty of oil, but oil is not a generic commodity and a refinery cannot run any grade, so with Persian Gulf capacity damaged - the Gulf supplied roughly half the world's refined product as the price leader - and Saudi cargoes unable to transit the Red Sea and Suez after the Houthis took a port city, Europe cannot easily source crude its refineries can process into heating oil. Two channels reach the shopper. Transport is diesel, and almost everything in a grocery store arrives by truck. And sulphur, a refining by-product of heavy sour crude, supplies about half the world's fertilizer feedstock; with fertilizer prices up eight times in twelve months, farmers will skip application - he cites an estimate that a third of this year's fertilizer use will be absent next year - so yields fall in the US, Russia, Ukraine and elsewhere while farmers also pay more for diesel and raise their prices. He says new refining capacity takes years and is prohibitively expensive, so the fix is a truce that lets the existing facilities be repaired, which he thinks will be difficult, and he expects severe political repercussions in the US and in Europe, where gas and heating oil for the winter are short.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Still very long silver alongside gold on the same reserve-shift argument

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: medium to long term

    Show quote

    “And that to me is the medium, the long-term trade. And that's why I'm still very long gold and silver.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 9:42

    Whalen names silver only as a position held alongside gold; the argument he gives is the monetary one for the metals as a whole. Central banks and other holders are allocating away from dollars, which he expects to end in a multilateral currency world resembling the period before the First World War, with gold as the foundation of the system and reserves held in metal rather than dollar securities. He calls that the medium and long-term trade and says recent softness on higher yields is the reflexive short-term reaction of investors who live in the fiat world. He offers no silver-specific supply, industrial or ratio argument in this conversation.

    Time frame
    medium to long term
    What they own
    Says he is still very long gold and silver.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Rotating rebalancing proceeds into drillers and majors: energy is the trade for the next couple of years

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: the next couple of years

    Show quote

    “Looking at some of the drillers, I'm looking at the majors because unfortunately I think energy is going to be doing pretty well. It may start to attract political attention as a result. But unfortunately the energy trade I think is going to be really at the top of the list for the next couple of years.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 22:16

    In his quarterly rebalance Whalen liquidated about a third of his positions and has been putting the proceeds into energy equities, looking at drillers and at the majors, because he thinks energy will do well and that the energy trade will be at the top of the list for the next couple of years. The reasoning is the same refined-product shortage he describes elsewhere in the conversation: damaged Persian Gulf refining capacity, rerouted crude, and years of lead time and prohibitive cost to build replacement capacity, with California's shuttered refineries now dependent on Chinese and Korean product that may not be sold to them. He notes the one drawback he sees is political: the trade may start to attract political attention as prices rise, and further out he expects demand destruction if prices go far enough. He names no individual energy company.

    Time frame
    the next couple of years
    What they own
    Says he rebalances every quarter, has liquidated about a third of his positions this time, and has been buying energy stocks with the proceeds; he publishes the portfolio to premium subscribers and will post it next week.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishCharles Schwab SCHW

    Sold Schwab at about an 11% gain because banks are going nowhere this year

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: this year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I got out of Schwab. I had made about 11% on our Schwab position. Banks are going nowhere this year.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 22:16

    Whalen has exited Schwab in this quarter's rebalance, saying he made about 11% on the position and that banks are going nowhere this year, and he moved the proceeds into energy. He does not argue the shares fall from here - his stated reason is an absence of return rather than a decline - and he gives no company-specific criticism. The other exits he names in the same rebalance are SpaceX and two or three positions he does not list.

    Time frame
    this year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has sold his Schwab position in this quarter's rebalance, having made about 11% on it.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The long end has structurally reset on fiscal credibility, and only the Fed buying in size could reverse it

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “We have to address the core issue, which is the budget deficit, the credibility of our government, and the silly statements that keep coming out of Washington. Those are the reasons that we have higher interest rates to be honest with you.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 5:33

    Whalen reads the 30-year Treasury's highest yield since 2004 and the 10-year through 5% as a structural reset rather than an air pocket, and says it has nothing to do with the Fed. The causes he names are the credibility of the United States, the budget deficit, and statements on rates and policy from President Trump and the Treasury Secretary that in his view do not make sense and frighten investors. He thinks the Fed chair has already lost the 10-year and the 30-year: the only institution that could manipulate the long end is the Fed buying securities directly in size, which he does not think would help, Treasury buybacks are far too small to matter, and having Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac buy mortgage securities would not work because they would have to hedge the book and have little capital to absorb the alternative. He calls last week's 25bp hike lame and about the Fed's own credibility rather than a real influence on markets. The corollary he draws for housing finance is that mortgage rates above 7% are the new normal - roughly the 10-year plus two points - and that the industry faces consolidation and job losses as the post-crisis QE subsidy does not come back.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still very long gold: reserves move from dollars to metal in a return to a pre-WWI currency world

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: medium to long term

    Show quote

    “However, if you look at the structural changes in the market with global central banks, the Chinese, the Russians, all the rest of it, it's very clear that people are allocating their money to gold instead of dollars. And that to me is the medium, the long-term trade. And that's why I'm still very long gold and silver.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 9:42

    Whalen's core view is monetary. He expects a return to something like the period before the First World War, where countries competed on the value of their money and gold was the foundation of the system, and he says China's embrace of gold rather than pretending it is irrelevant is the significant tell. He argues Americans have been conditioned for a century to treat gold as no longer important, while in practice sellers of Treasury securities are buying gold with the proceeds; he does not expect currencies to become explicitly metal-backed, but does expect central banks to hold reserves in gold instead of dollars. He acknowledges gold has come off a little over the past week as higher yields pull the reflexive, yield-chasing money, and treats that as short-term noise against the structural allocation shift by the Chinese, the Russians and others, which he calls the medium and long-term trade. He states he is still very long gold and silver.

    Time frame
    medium to long term
    What they own
    Says he is still very long gold and silver, and publishes his portfolio to premium subscribers of his blog.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Overbuilt markets correct while supply-starved cities keep rising - Orlando starter homes back from $1m to $300-400k

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But other parts of the country where you've had a lot of construction and you have an imbalance between supply and demand, they're going to correct. Down here in Florida, anything between the interstates is correcting right now.”

    Episode: #413 Chris Whalen: Bonds, Gold, Energy, & the Coming Food Shock

    at 30:01

    Asked why he is confident house prices fall when the Treasury is flooding the market with paper and inflation is rising, Whalen answers that prices are already falling across much of the country and that the split is a supply one. Where supply is short, as in New York, prices and rents keep going up. Where there has been a lot of construction and supply has run ahead of demand, prices correct: in Florida, everything between the interstates is correcting now, and in Orlando entry-level homes that reached close to a million dollars are back to three or four hundred thousand. He credits a Southern California mortgage broker he follows with the same framing. The rate backdrop is the other half of his case: mortgage rates above 7% are the new normal, buyers have to get used to where rates were 15 or 20 years ago, and the QE-era subsidy to housing is gone.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    6 statements

    Rising long-end yields are the pin, and the risk he is most certain about

    Michael PentoThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But the biggest risk out there, 100 percent without a doubt is rising interest rates on the long end of the yield curve. That's going to pop all the bubbles. So keep an eye on that.”

    Episode: #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    at 43:53

    Asked for the biggest under-covered risk, Pento answers without qualification: rising interest rates on the long end of the yield curve, which is the pin that pops all three bubbles. The upward pressure comes from several directions at once -- Treasury yields sitting well below the roughly 6 percent nominal GDP they normally track, almost six years of missed inflation targets, federal insolvency with debt at 720 percent of revenue, foreign creditors abandoning dollars and Treasuries after sanctions and confiscations, the Bank of Japan selling Treasuries to support the yen and closing the carry-trade spread, and the loss of the zero-rate global anchors in JGBs and Bunds, now above 3 percent. He also frames it as a policy conflict he expects the bond market to win: Warsh wants the free market to set rates, less balance-sheet control and less forward guidance, which means much higher yields, while Treasury Secretary Bessent is draining the TGA and running a quasi operation twist to talk long yields down. Bessent's ammunition is capped at a few hundred billion of the roughly 950 billion in the TGA, after which he is out of tools, so Pento thinks Warsh and the free market win. Crucially he expects long rates to stay high even through the bust, because the monetisation required would itself be inflationary.

    What they own
    Says his portfolio is concentrated in the one-to-three-year part of the curve rather than the long end, and that he holds no long-duration sovereign exposure in that position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Equities need to fall more than 50% just to return to equilibrium

    Michael PentoThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: 2027 is going to be a very difficult year

    Show quote

    “Because the correction that has to happen, just to bring prices back to equilibrium, is over 50 percent on equity prices and about 25 to 30 percent at a minimum in the real estate market.”

    Episode: #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    at 27:22

    Pento's central claim is that three bubbles -- equities, real estate and credit -- exist concurrently for the first time in history, and that on his numbers equities alone need to fall more than 50 percent simply to return to equilibrium. The scale argument is that total equity market cap is now about 235 percent of GDP against roughly 140 percent at the Nasdaq peak, and that unlike 2000 this is not an idiosyncratic Wall Street bubble. The mechanism is credit: every bubble in his history is burst by the bond market, and the pin this time is long-dated yields. He lists the forces pushing yields up -- nominal Treasury yields well below the roughly 6 percent nominal GDP they normally track, almost six years of inflation above target, debt at 720 percent of federal revenue and about 123 percent of GDP with two trillion dollar deficits as far as the eye can see, foreign creditors stepping back from dollars and Treasuries, the Bank of Japan selling to defend the yen and unwinding the yen carry trade as the JGB and Bund anchors move from zero to over 3 percent, and a Fed under Kevin Warsh that he expects to hike three more times (skipping October, going in December and January) while halting balance-sheet growth. He also argues no remediation is available at the old scale: with deficits heading to four to six trillion in a recession through automatic stabilisers alone, the Fed would have to monetise something like six trillion, so long rates stay high rather than falling to cushion the fall. He says he is not a Cassandra, is not using hyperbole and has not been net short in a long time, but that the setup has never been more onerous and the clock is ticking.

    Time frame
    2027 is going to be a very difficult year
    What they own
    Says he is net long and actively participating in the bull market, not net short (which he defines as 51 percent short), with total shorts about 5 percent of the portfolio via two CTAs; he manages over 1,100 accounts for more than 800 client families and last gave a timeline at the end of 2021.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Precious metals are the one thing you must own through hyperstagflation

    Michael PentoThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: many years, maybe a decade or more, could be decades · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So you have to own precious metals there. That would be the most important thing I would own in the portfolio.”

    Episode: #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    at 34:40

    Pento's allocation framework sorts the world into five sectors from deflation and depression through to hyperstagflation, and he says his back-testing puts precious metals first in sector five, the regime he expects: no real growth alongside very high inflation. The mechanism he gives is real rates. If the Fed is printing trillions to cap nominal yields, nominal yields rise slowly rather than falling, while inflation rises much faster, which is a recipe for real interest rates to plunge -- and that is the condition in which precious metals do best. He names base metals, agriculture and energy alongside them as the other things to own in that regime, but singles out precious metals as the most important, and pairs it with the point that in hyperstagflation bonds do very poorly, so the passively managed 60/40 portfolio is the most dangerous thing to hold. He currently holds about 10 percent of the portfolio in precious metals, both physical metal and miners.

    Time frame
    many years, maybe a decade or more, could be decades
    Only if
    Conditional on his sector-five hyperstagflation regime arriving -- no real growth with very high inflation as the Fed monetises debt to cap yields, driving real interest rates sharply negative.
    What they own
    Says precious metals are about 10 percent of the portfolio, held both as physical metal and as miners.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The front end is his biggest position: priced for hikes, with the cuts still to come

    Michael PentoThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, that means there's a tremendous amount of upside in my portfolio there, because if the economy breaks, he's going to be cutting from wherever he is at the time, four, four and a quarter percent, back down to one percent.”

    Episode: #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    at 36:20

    This is the one long position Pento argues for outright, and it is about 40 percent of the portfolio. He has recently moved from a heavy cash weighting out to one-to-three-year sovereign paper. The setup is asymmetric on his reading: the short end has already priced in three to four rate hikes, so the downside is limited -- he doubts Warsh gets all of them in before 2027 breaks the economy, and thinks three or four is the maximum the Fed would want in any case. The upside is that when the economy breaks, the Fed cuts from four or four and a quarter percent back toward one percent or even zero, which he calls a tremendous amount of potential gain for him and his clients. It is the deliberate complement to his long-end view: he wants duration at the front of the curve, where policy cuts show up, and none at the back, where he expects yields to keep rising.

    What they own
    Says about 40 percent of the portfolio is in one-to-three-year sovereign notes, moved there recently from a heavy cash position; the rest is international and domestic dividend payers, a long-short NASDAQ momentum ETF, and about 10 percent precious metals.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Housing needs to fall 25-30% at a minimum, from a worse starting point than 2006

    Michael PentoThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: 2027 is going to be a very difficult year

    Show quote

    “Because the correction that has to happen, just to bring prices back to equilibrium, is over 50 percent on equity prices and about 25 to 30 percent at a minimum in the real estate market.”

    Episode: #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    at 27:22

    Pento counts real estate as one leg of his triumvirate of bubbles and puts the equilibrium correction at 25 to 30 percent at a minimum. His starting-point evidence is that the home-price-to-income ratio is higher today than it was at the 2006 peak. The trigger is the same one he applies everywhere: rising long-end yields on a heavily indebted economy, with total non-financial debt as a share of GDP close to an all-time record. He also treats the consequence as reflexive rather than contained -- a housing decline of that size alongside a 50 percent equity fall raises the question of which banks stay solvent, and he expects double-digit unemployment in that scenario. He notes that 2007 is the precedent: a 5.25 percent Fed funds rate popped the last real estate bubble.

    Time frame
    2027 is going to be a very difficult year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Not a recession but a depression, followed by years of what he calls hyperstagflation

    Michael PentoThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: 2027, then many years, maybe a decade or more, could be decades · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And for those reasons, double digit unemployment, sharp drop in GDP, a flush in asset prices, a credit bubble that bursts. For those reasons, I say with reluctance, depression.”

    Episode: #412 Michael Pento: 2027 Will Be a Very Difficult Year – Here's Why

    at 27:22

    Pento uses the word depression deliberately and says he reaches it with reluctance: double-digit unemployment, a sharp drop in GDP, a flush in asset prices and a credit bubble that bursts. The comparison he draws is unfavourable to 1929 -- the market took 15 years to get back to even then, but that was an idiosyncratic Wall Street bubble with no credit bubble and no housing bubble alongside it, and the gold standard restrained the response. What he expects instead is many years, maybe a decade or more, of what he calls hyperstagflation, because he does not believe Warsh will stand by while banks and pension plans fail; the Fed capitulates back to zero rates and QE, monetising perhaps ten trillion rather than four. On the near term he sees the pressure already building: the bottom five quintiles of consumers have absorbed nearly six years of inflation on top of a 30 percent post-COVID price jump, the savings rate is back to 3 percent, and Brent and WTI back near 100 dollars plus higher borrowing costs across credit cards, autos, student loans and mortgages make a slowdown in consumption, GDP and earnings per share highly likely in 2027. He has named 2027 for the first time since the end of 2021, and says his last timeline call, 2022, was right.

    Time frame
    2027, then many years, maybe a decade or more, could be decades
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    11 statements

    Hates consumer discretionary: interest-sensitive names tanking as the cost of capital rises

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I hate technology. I hate consumer discretionary.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 36:41

    Noble is short the consumer side of the market as the other leg of his rotation call. His reasoning is that beneath flat headline indices there is huge dispersion — energy and gold stocks flying while consumer discretionary and interest-sensitive names tank — and that a rising real cost of capital keeps that going. He argues the economy has only looked fine in nominal terms because government deficit spending is force-feeding it, that housing is already in trouble, and that profit margins and earnings are far above trend because the public-sector deficit is the mirror image of the private-sector surplus. He also names valuation directly: an investor who bought Costco and Walmart at 45 times earnings on a flat market call deserved to lose money. He gives no horizon.

    What they own
    Describes himself as finding good shorts alongside his longs and says his longs are outperforming his shorts; no individual short names or sizes disclosed.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Wildly bullish on energy stocks — the reflation side of a rotation, not a recession, call

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm passionately bearish on consumer stocks, but I'm wildly bullish on gold and energy stocks. So it's kind of a schizophrenic stock picker's perspective.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 13:53

    Noble's central call is rotation rather than recession: he wants to own the reflationary assets — energy and precious metals — and be short the interest-sensitive and consumer names. He says oil will keep rising until the stock market breaks, partly because of the Middle East, and that even if prices only stay where they are the year-on-year comparisons keep headline inflation near three and stop it falling. He describes the position as already working: gold stocks and energy stocks have been up 30, 40, 50 per cent this year, which is why he says he does not much care what the index does, because his longs are outperforming his shorts. He calls this a high-conviction view and pairs it with gold and cash as the replacement for a conventional allocation.

    What they own
    Says his longs are outperforming his shorts and that gold stocks and energy stocks he owns are up 30 to 50 per cent this year; no individual names or sizes given.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Risk-reward completely wrong: limited upside, significant downside with the S&P near its high

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And I just think the upside in markets is very limited, and the downside is potentially quite significant.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 36:41

    Noble declines to forecast an index level — he calls that a fool's errand in a market of stocks — and explicitly says he has not been calling for a bear market. His objection is risk-reward: with the S&P within a few per cent of its all-time high, the market is not discounting the negatives he sees — rising real rates, rising oil, an AI cycle he expects to reverse, private credit, the mid-term elections — and profit margins are far above trend while valuations are not cheap. If nothing blows up, he says, an investor makes a few per cent in what he calls American pesos; if it does, they get taken to the cleaners. He describes the market as in a very dangerous phase and getting closer to a bear market without being one yet, and prefers gold, energy and cash to index exposure.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Would not be surprised by a 6 per cent 10-year: rates are not restrictive and supply is relentless

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “It wouldn't surprise me if the 10-year is at 6 Right now, we're at 5”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 8:48

    Noble thinks the 10-year yield, already through 5 per cent, can go to 6. His case is that the rise is not an anomaly but a return to pre-GFC normality after rates were abnormally depressed for far too long, and that current rates are still stimulative rather than restrictive, given that the two things driving the economy — deficit spending and hyperscaler AI capex — are not interest-sensitive. Supply is the harder problem: he frames the federal government as a borrower with five trillion of income, seven to seven and a half of spending, forty trillion of debt and sticky three per cent inflation, whom no bank would lend to at these real rates. He expects no hard default but a soft one — printing to get the bonds away — and argues that even a recession need not rally bonds, because the deficit would explode and demand for funds with it. He tells investors to walk away from putting 40 per cent of a portfolio in the US bond market.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Half the index is tied to tech and it is a horrible place to be

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “when you think about half the index, roughly speaking, is tied to tech. And I think it's a horrible place to be.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 36:41

    Noble says the 60-40 portfolio that served investors for a decade is now badly positioned because roughly half the equity index is tied to technology. His objection is not the technology itself — he says he uses AI — but whether AI is worth the trillions being invested: work backwards from trillions of spending to the profits needed to justify it and, in his view, you cannot get there. The alternative he thinks the market is not pricing is that AI turns out to be a roughly hundred-billion-dollar opportunity, the Chinese do it at 95 per cent off, it becomes a commodity and margins are meagre. He describes the worst case as dot-com's excesses combined with the Ponzi-finance character of the financial crisis, citing Julian Garen's estimate that mal-investment this cycle is twenty times the dot-com peak, while stressing that an investor does not have to believe that scenario to be cautious.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Best case stagflation, possibly a stagflationary recession

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think you're looking at best case stagflation and it may be a stagflationary recession.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 26:17

    Pressed to speak as a macro economist rather than a stock picker, Noble says the best case is stagflation and that it may be a stagflationary recession. The mechanism he describes is that inflation stays sticky near three rather than returning to two, because the administration is unwilling to take measures that would slow the economy while it has a great deal of debt to sell, and because rising oil lifts the coming quarters' comparisons. Meanwhile real rates and the global cost of capital rise as demand for capital rises everywhere. He says the economy is being force-fed by deficit spending, which is why nominal growth still looks acceptable, and that this is what keeps a recession from arriving sooner — his call is rotation, not recession, though he says the country is slouching towards one. He also argues rates would not fall much even in a recession, because the deficit would explode.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Own gold instead of the 60-40 portfolio: only gold measures the other assets honestly

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I would run that walk from the typical asset allocation, own gold, own energy stocks, have some cash.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 36:41

    Noble treats gold as the unit of account rather than one more asset. His argument is that the government has no politically available way out of an intractable deficit other than printing: it cannot cut spending, will not raise taxes, and has to keep the bond market functioning, so more debt means more liquidity and a falling value of the money. He illustrates it with the same TLT chart priced three ways — in dollars, in Turkish lira, and in gold — and says that measured in gold both the US bond market and the S&P look far worse than their nominal charts suggest, which he calls money illusion. From that he tells investors to walk away from the conventional 60-40 allocation, roughly half of whose equity side he sees as tied to technology, and instead own gold, own energy stocks and hold cash, the cash so there is liquidity to deploy when the correction he expects arrives. He gives no price target and no horizon.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil keeps rising until the stock market breaks

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I think oil price is going to continue to go up until the stock market breaks.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 3:25

    Noble expects crude to keep rising alongside interest rates until something in the equity market gives way. He ties it to a Middle East situation he sees no easy way out of — the administration, in his description, got into something it is in over its head on — and says that wherever oil settles, at 110 or 95 or elsewhere, prices will be considerably higher than they would otherwise have been. He also makes the second-order point that even flat oil from here lifts the next few quarters' year-on-year comparisons, which is part of why he thinks inflation stays near three and sticky rather than falling to target. The end state he describes is rates and oil rising until the market breaks and a recession follows.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Private credit's problem has not improved while attention moved elsewhere — the clock is ticking

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But just because we haven't talked about it, the press hasn't talked about it, you think the problem's gotten any better. As a matter of fact, did you see the thing the other day? Blue Owl just announced they wrote something to zero.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 23:19

    Noble raises private credit and private equity himself as one more thing that can go wrong, arguing that the market can only focus on one hot potato at a time and has spent the last month on the Middle East and AI instead. His point is that inattention is not improvement: he cites a Blue Owl write-down to zero as evidence the problem is still there, says the clock is ticking, and makes the arithmetic point rhetorically — rising interest rates are straightforwardly bad for private equity companies and for companies that owe a lot of money. He offers no specific exposure, no named vehicles beyond that one example, and no timing.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The AI capex boom stops and reverses — one hyperscaler cutting back is all it takes

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “And so if the AI thing stops, which I believe it will, and goes into reverse, I think you will see a recession and probably a very nasty one at that.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 9:40

    Noble believes the AI capital-spending cycle stops and then reverses, and that a recession — probably a nasty one — follows, because away from AI the rest of the economy is not growing much. The trigger he names is small: one hyperscaler announcing it is cutting back on capex, and the whole thing goes into reverse. He also argues the boom is distorting reported profits, because chip and GPU purchases are recognised as revenue immediately by the sellers while the buyers' depreciation is amortised over years, which he says has produced not a valuation bubble but an earnings bubble. He is explicit that his own caution does not depend on this call — he says the dispersion trade has been working regardless — and he does not put a date on it.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Housing is in a world of hurt and the correction has already started

    George NobleThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Housing is in a world of hurt now.”

    Episode: #411 George Noble: Market Is Entering a Dangerous Phase

    at 31:51

    Noble says a housing correction is not a forecast but something already happening, and that housing is in a world of hurt. He places it among the problems that have not yet come to bear alongside student loans, and ties it to the rate path he expects: mortgage borrowers are exposed to whether they fixed long or stayed short, and he teases the host about her own mortgage on exactly that point. It sits inside his broader argument that a rising cost of capital compresses valuations of every interest-sensitive asset. He offers no magnitude and no horizon, and his evidence here is assertion rather than data.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    8 statements
    BullishCharles Schwab SCHW

    Owns Schwab as growing, low-credit-risk quality with self-help left in the bond book

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “You wanna own quality. I own Schwab because they keep growing. I think it's one of the more interesting plays in the bank complex because they don't take a lot of credit risk.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 24:51

    Whalen owns Schwab and has not lightened the position. He likes it because it keeps growing and because, unlike most of the bank complex, it does not take a lot of credit risk; the risk it does carry is in the investment portfolio, which he says management seems to be paying somewhat better attention to, though he thinks they could still do better. He sees unrealised self-help there: if Schwab restructured its bond investments it could probably pick up a point in yield, which would drop straight to the bottom line. His explanation for why that has not happened is reputational -- management teams do not want to take the hit of admitting they got the COVID-era portfolio wrong, and he names Bank of America's very badly managed bond book as another case of the same low-hanging fruit being left alone. He frames the position inside a wider stance of owning quality and setting the portfolio up for a period that may have no strong trend, in a year when bank stocks have been pretty much dead and none of the large caps is in a leadership position.

    What they own
    Says on air that he owns Schwab, that it is one of his two bank positions (with Flagstar), and that he has not lightened up on either.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil and diesel stay high or go higher as conflict reroutes global supply

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “The actual rate increase is not going to do much for inflation. Inflation is going to continue to rise. Oil prices are going to stay high if not go higher. Diesel fuel, all the things we talked about are going to go higher.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 5:10

    Whalen expects oil prices to stay high if not go higher, with diesel fuel and refined products rising too, and says the Fed's rate increase does nothing about it because this inflation is coming from supply rather than demand. His reasoning is geopolitical. He says the conflict with Iran was started by an administration that was not prepared to finish it, the Houthis have begun to take control of the Red Sea, and the medium-to-long-term consequence is that the oil and refining industries have to redeploy assets away from the Persian Gulf -- the most efficient producer of oil and byproducts, and the source of Asia's fuel and petroleum products. Rebuilding those industries elsewhere takes a long time to fix. He adds that the Russia-Ukraine war has had a huge impact on the availability of both crude and refined products because Ukrainian strikes have hurt Russia badly, that the war is not going to end because neither Putin nor Iran has any incentive to negotiate, and that Europe will not have enough heating oil supply this winter. He compares it to the 1970s oil crises but says this one is much broader, and does not expect stability or rationality in these markets for quite some time. He gives no price target.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Has been adding to silver over the past six months

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I've been adding to gold and silver both over the past six months.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 24:51

    Whalen says he has been adding to silver alongside gold over the past six months, while taking profits in some of his more cyclical positions and otherwise leaving a deliberately boring portfolio alone, positioning for a period that may have no very strong trend and in which no obvious opportunity is presenting itself. He treats the two metals together and offers no argument specific to silver; the only reasoning he gives covers both, namely that metal does not track the normal markets and cannot be thought about the way Western traders think about stock prices, with Asian buyers wanting physical delivery. No price target, position size or horizon is given.

    What they own
    Says on air that he has been adding to silver over the past six months.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Private credit's use of insurance balance sheets ends in failed carriers and real losses

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “But then you look at situations like 777 or like Guggenheim, where the managers are in a hurry and they pile on the leverage, they put a lot of dubious assets into the insurance company and then the insurance company ends up failing. That's what we're seeing a lot of.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 13:57

    Whalen's bearish case on private credit runs through the insurance companies it has taken over. A typical insurer earns a low-to-mid-teens return on equity if it does everything right and does not cheat; the private credit industry, he says, has used insurance companies to accumulate wealth much faster than is normal, with managers in a hurry piling on leverage and putting a lot of dubious assets into the carrier until it fails. He names 777 and Guggenheim as examples and says this is what is being seen a lot of. The mechanism is simple: if an insurer bought the debt of a private-equity-owned portfolio company and that company goes bankrupt, the insurer loses money it does not have the capital to absorb, and it has broken the asset-liability duration match that a life book depends on. What he expects to follow is carriers that cannot pay their annuity holders, litigation against the principals that goes on forever, state regulators forcing the surviving carriers in each state to pass the hat and take over the failures, and annuity, life and other policyholders losing part or all of their money in many cases. He is careful to say most of the industry is frankly very well managed and that the problem is some very big companies that have started to cheat. He separately notes that with rates where they are, there is already huge stress in private equity and private credit. He reaches this after being read a Jeffrey Gundlach formulation by the host -- private credit is the fuse, insurance companies are the bomb -- and saying he agrees with it, but the mechanism, the named cases and the consequences he sets out are his own.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Expects rates to keep rising: the Treasury is the dog, the Fed is the tail

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think the market is going to continue to do what it's doing, which is that we see higher rates.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 4:10

    Whalen expects the market to carry on doing what it has been doing, which is higher rates. He argues the Fed has become close to irrelevant to this: it could have raised the funds target by a full point and it would not really matter, especially to the long end of the yield curve, because what is happening is a reset of fifteen years of Fed action that pushed rates to very low levels, and because a deficit of $2 trillion a year -- 6% of GDP or more -- is now the defining factor. The Treasury is the dog and the Fed is the tail, he says: the Treasury is by far the biggest borrower in the market and investors now watch the refunding rather than the central bank. He reads the bond market as reacting negatively to the fiscal behaviour coming from the administration. He notes a counter-signal -- corporate spreads have been coming in, which tells him buyers are still hungry for paper -- while warning that many non-bank issuers, private equity portfolio companies and mortgage companies among them, are having a hard time raising money at all. The one circuit-breaker he sees is eventual: he thinks the Fed will be forced back into quantitative easing and into monetizing the federal debt because Congress cannot fix the deficit, even though the current chair does not want to do it. He has been telling people in the mortgage industry that they may not see lower rates and have to get used to it.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Has been adding to gold over the past six months

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “I've been adding to gold and silver both over the past six months.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 24:51

    Whalen says he has been adding to gold (and silver) over the past six months, while taking profits in some of his more cyclical positions and otherwise leaving a deliberately boring portfolio alone. He frames it as positioning for what he calls the age of uncertainty: a period in which there may not be a very strong trend in markets and in which, unlike last year, nothing obvious is banging on his door as the place to put new money. Earlier in the same conversation he argues that gold does not track the normal markets, that you cannot think about gold and silver the way Western traders think about stock prices, and points to buyers in Shanghai, India and other Asian countries who want to take delivery of the physical metal. He gives no price target, position size or horizon.

    What they own
    Says on air that he has been adding to gold over the past six months.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Annaly is a top position and a survivor of the coming mortgage consolidation

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “One of my bigger positions is Annaly, obviously. They're doing quite well. I think they're going to be one of the survivors in the coming consolidation in the mortgage space, simply because they're an investor.”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 24:51

    Annaly is one of Whalen's larger positions and the place he has put most of his liquidity -- he says he now owns no T-bills at all -- because it holds government-insured securities and, in his description, is an investor rather than an originator: it buys assets, levers them up and manages the spreads, so it does not have a lot of credit risk. He expects it to be one of the survivors of the consolidation he sees coming in the mortgage space. Asked by a viewer whether flattening rates would change his stand, he says not right now, because the position is about spreads rather than the level of rates: what matters is the gap between eight-to-ten-year Treasury yields and mortgage-backed security yields, plus the large mortgage servicing rights book, which he says is going nowhere given where rates are, with prepayments running below 6% a year. He calls Annaly by far the best managed REIT in the industry against hybrid peers such as Rhythm Capital and says the valuation reflects that, notes it outsources servicing and is also an issuer, and adds the caveat that a REIT is owned for income rather than capital appreciation. His condition for staying happy is that they maintain the dividend.

    What they own
    Says on air that Annaly is one of his bigger positions, that he owns the common and not the preferreds, that his basis is about 0.9 times book, that he has put most of his liquidity into it and now owns no T-bills, and that he would probably buy more if it traded off.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Expects a significant correction in US home prices between now and 2028

    Chris WhalenThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Time frame: between now and 2028

    Show quote

    “We're going to see an environment where we're going to see real defaults. We're going to see the cost of credit that is real. I think you're also going to see a significant correction in home prices between now and 2028”

    Episode: #410 Chris Whalen: Age of Uncertainty - Falling Home Prices, Cracks in Private Credit, & Sidelined Fed

    at 11:45

    Whalen argues US housing is in the middle of a reset from fifteen years in which the Fed held interest rates at very low levels and people got used to it. He says more than half the houses in the country fell in price over the last twelve months, and that the entire stock of 150 million-plus units is slowly starting to turn and will correct downward in price over the next couple of years, with a significant correction between now and 2028. The era in which asset prices only went up and making money was almost automatic is over, in his view, replaced by an environment of real defaults and a real cost of credit. In the housing sector specifically he expects death and destruction this year and next, with companies going out of business and higher default rates. The complication he stresses is that because inflation is going to be persistent, the Fed may not be able to ride to the rescue the way it has in past housing downturns, so rates may not come back down to bail the market out. He credits the call to his friend Stan Milliman, who he says predicted this ten years ago and has just put his own Florida house up for sale.

    Time frame
    between now and 2028
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · #409 Danielle DiMartino Booth: Fed Is Hiking Into Recession, Consumers Tapped Out, & Credit Tightening

    3 statements

    Hyperscaler earnings are flattered by mark-ups on OpenAI and Anthropic funding rounds; the E in the P/E is at risk when the AI trade ebbs

    Danielle DiMartino BoothThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So in that sense, the E in the price to earnings ratio, the earnings in the price to earnings ratio is very much at risk once you start to say, well, if these hyperscalers earnings, a huge proportion of them are based on rounds of funding that say, open your eyes, we're at $2 trillion.”

    Episode: #409 Danielle DiMartino Booth: Fed Is Hiking Into Recession, Consumers Tapped Out, & Credit Tightening

    at 30:58

    DiMartino Booth argues that a large share of hyperscaler earnings is an accounting artefact rather than operating profit: under current rules each new funding round for OpenAI or Anthropic flows straight to the bottom line of the hyperscalers that hold stakes in them, which is why reported earnings have looked so robust for quarter after quarter. She calls it exploiting a loophole and says it is not real. As long as the market keeps rising the stocks can keep moving higher, but the earnings in the price-to-earnings ratio are at risk once investors recognise the dependence on private funding marks, and she points to token prices already falling and to companies stepping back from per-employee AI spending as signs the AI trade could ebb.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Peak AI investment may already be in: the inflation-adjusted growth rate of AI capex has collapsed, so the other side of the boom could come fast

    Danielle DiMartino BoothThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Given the actual hard economic analysis that we've done, I think the greatest risk right now is that we've seen peak AI in terms of investment, in terms of investment to grow the US economy. If that's the case, we could see the other side of the AI boom much more quickly than anybody's anticipating.”

    Episode: #409 Danielle DiMartino Booth: Fed Is Hiking Into Recession, Consumers Tapped Out, & Credit Tightening

    at 29:39

    Asked for the one risk keeping her up at night, DiMartino Booth names the possibility that AI investment has already peaked as a contributor to US growth. Building on Bloomberg Economics work suggesting AI was effectively all of nominal GDP growth, her firm's analysis found that on an inflation-adjusted basis the AI investment trend has already turned, with the growth rate of AI investment collapsing on a second-derivative basis. If that holds, she expects the other side of the AI boom to arrive much sooner than anyone anticipates, which matters because AI spending is what has been holding up the market and the top-of-the-K consumer depends on that market staying elevated. She frames it as a risk conditional on her reading of the data rather than a certainty.

    Only if
    If her firm's finding that real AI investment growth has already turned down holds
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    The US is already in recessionary territory: long-term unemployed now outnumber job switchers, and the economy cannot take higher rates

    Danielle DiMartino BoothThe Julia La Roche ShowPublished

    Show quote

    “Meaning, we are already in recessionary territory when you look at the scarring that's occurred in the job market.”

    Episode: #409 Danielle DiMartino Booth: Fed Is Hiking Into Recession, Consumers Tapped Out, & Credit Tightening

    at 9:38

    DiMartino Booth argues the US economy is already in recessionary territory and that the Fed is hiking into it. Her evidence is labour-market scarring: in the August jobs report the share of unemployed Americans out of work 27 weeks or more surpassed the share of 'job leavers' out of work five weeks or less, a crossover she says normally occurs in the teeth of a recession, contradicting Chair Warsh's claim that job creation is keeping pace with the labour force. She cites Bloomberg work showing higher unemployment in AI-displaceable jobs, real retail sales that remain weak beneath nominal price increases, gasoline about $1.20 above February, data-centre-driven utility bills, households trading down from beef to chicken, falling sentiment even in the top income tercile, airlines cutting capacity as unit ticket sales fall, credit-card lending standards tightening as banks realise commercial real-estate losses, 57 percent of second-quarter cash-out refinancers giving up a low mortgage rate, and three straight months of more than 70 bankruptcies of companies with over $2 million of liabilities, with more Chapter 11s converting to Chapter 7. She cannot foresee a backdrop in which households or small businesses withstand much higher rates, and expects the top-of-the-K consumer to pull back once the market that supports them stops levitating, which would show up as job losses.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Top Traders Unplugged

    8 bullish · 4 bearish3 episodes · 12 statements · 4 speakersLatest

    · SI423: Why Trend Following Might Outlast the AI Arms Race ft. Mark Rzepczynski

    4 statements

    France's sovereign debt is losing its standing as a European safe asset

    Mark RzepczynskiTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But now the question comes in, this is that, you know, is France a safe asset by any stretch of the imagination?”

    Episode: SI423: Why Trend Following Might Outlast the AI Arms Race ft. Mark Rzepczynski

    at 46:01

    Rzepczynski opens the episode saying the protests and riots in France are having a big impact on how people view safe assets, specifically the bond market. In discussing convenience yield, he notes that Germany's Bunds have been Europe's safe asset and that the liquid French market was a near alternative, then asks whether France is a safe asset 'by any stretch of the imagination', even relative to Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece, suggesting the southern periphery may be less risky than once thought. He ties this to France's rising debt-to-GDP and budgets not under control. The view is put as a rhetorical question about safe-asset status rather than a yield target.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Trend following has no alpha half-life, unlike crowded machine-learning strategies

    Mark RzepczynskiTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The nice part about trend following is, is that we may not have the same thing as an alpha half life, because you don't know where trends are going to go.”

    Episode: SI423: Why Trend Following Might Outlast the AI Arms Race ft. Mark Rzepczynski

    at 1:02:13

    Rzepczynski cites research finding that with over 90% of hedge fund managers using machine learning, trained in the same schools on the same techniques, alpha half-lives are shortening and 13F filings show positions converging, a crowding 'Red Queen' problem. He argues trend following is different: because nobody knows where trends will go and the strategy accepts trendless periods as a cost of doing business, it does not have the same alpha half-life, so it should endure beyond this crowding. He adds that machine learning can be used to capture trends, but sees trend following as distinct from the push to use ML to create alpha. Earlier he argues that geo-economic fragmentation decouples markets and raises the diversification available to trend followers.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Speaks as a trend-following practitioner and researcher ("we as people who are trend followers"); no specific holding stated.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    US public debt ratios keep rising because budgets aren't under control

    Mark RzepczynskiTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “And the public has not. And that's what we're seeing with France and the United States, some of the other advanced countries, their overall debt to GDP ratios are increasing. For a simple reason, this is that they haven't really sort of got their budgets under control.”

    Episode: SI423: Why Trend Following Might Outlast the AI Arms Race ft. Mark Rzepczynski

    at 39:27

    Rzepczynski cites the BIS credit-to-GDP early-warning work: consumers and businesses have cleaned up their balance sheets, but public-sector credit to GDP keeps rising in the US, France and other advanced countries because they have not got their budgets under control. He adds that fiscal policy should run primary surpluses after recessions but is not, and that interest has become a major share of the federal budget, dwarfing other spending. He links this, with private-market borrowing crowding out public markets, to his view that today's higher bond yields are a return to normal rather than an oddity.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    May be in another commodity supercycle driven by underinvestment

    Mark RzepczynskiTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So we, and we may be in another supercycle again, because what we'll find out is that there are periods where there's underinvestment in commodities markets, so there's less capital expenditures than there's going to be, you know, a grind of prices moving higher across a number of different markets”

    Episode: SI423: Why Trend Following Might Outlast the AI Arms Race ft. Mark Rzepczynski

    at 35:33

    Rzepczynski distinguishes crises from longer upheavals such as commodity supercycles, several of which have occurred since the 1980s. He suggests we may be in another one: periods of underinvestment and low capital expenditure in commodity markets lead to a grind higher in prices across many markets until a reversal, as happened after the last supercycle ended in 2007-2008. He states it as a possibility, not a firm forecast, and gives no horizon.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    6 statements

    Equity vol is cheap against credit, rates and commodity vol; own longer-dated calls

    Christian Mueller-GlissmannTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I think equity volatility is a bit cheap here. No doubt.”

    Episode: UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    at 42:22

    Mueller-Glissmann, head of asset allocation research at Goldman Sachs, says equity volatility looks cheap benchmarked against credit spreads, rates volatility and commodity volatility. He attributes the low level to dispersion and to tech harvesting roughly 30% annualised earnings growth, which makes downside volatility hard to generate without a second-derivative earnings decline. He sees convexity in both directions (earnings, AI applications, the reaction to bonds) and leans toward upside convexity being cheap into year end, suggesting slightly longer-dated calls, including in tech, where single-stock vols reset after the summer momentum unwind.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Own farmland as debasement arrives

    Cem KarsanTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “And this is why I agree with your asset allocation, you have to own gold, you have to own farmland, you have to try and have debt on your real estate.”

    Episode: UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    at 1:02:22

    Karsan expects debasement within the next year as the US, unable to escape its debt while competing with China, meets the next downturn with massive QE and a cap on long-end yields, creating a structural inflationary loop. As real-asset protection he says you have to own farmland, alongside gold and leveraged real estate.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A wall of worry he expects to be climbed eventually, despite near-term rate and AI risk

    Christian Mueller-GlissmannTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm leaning to the slightly more optimistic side eventually, but I agree in the very near term, the potential for the negative spillover from rates, the potential for uncertainty on AI.”

    Episode: UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    at 42:22

    Mueller-Glissmann describes a wall of worry around the midterms, the Middle East war, the bond sell-off and AI earnings, which can either be climbed or end in a capitulation that adds risk premium to equities. He leans slightly to the optimistic side eventually, calling it a boom rather than a bubble and an earnings bubble in parts rather than a valuation bubble, but concedes near-term risk of negative spillover from rates and uncertainty on AI, and stresses diversification over market timing.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The structural cycle has turned against long-duration bonds

    Christian Mueller-GlissmannTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “So putting it all together, the structural cycle has become less friendly for long-duration bonds.”

    Episode: UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    at 32:01

    Mueller-Glissmann argues the structural cycle has turned against long-duration bonds: innovation and the AI capex boom crowd out bond demand and raise real yields, higher and more volatile inflation is bad for bonds, central banks cannot return to negative rates and QE easily, and fiscal and debt-to-GDP concerns weigh on top. The market is still finding a new equilibrium for the 10-year (5.3-5.4% against a 300-year average of 4.7%). For portfolio diversification he prefers the belly of the curve rather than long duration.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Own gold: debasement is coming within a year

    Cem KarsanTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “And this is why I agree with your asset allocation, you have to own gold, you have to own farmland, you have to try and have debt on your real estate.”

    Episode: UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    at 1:02:22

    Karsan, the host, argues there is no way out of the US debt problem while competing with China without debasement that leans on the dollar's exorbitant privilege, and says it is no longer years away but coming in the next year. He expects the next downturn to be met with massive QE plus a cap on the long end of the curve, driving a structural inflationary loop and direct government investment in equities. In that world he says you have to own gold and farmland and carry debt on real estate, holding the same broad position as the government.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Constructive on gold as a hedge against a loss of trust in governments

    Christian Mueller-GlissmannTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “And we've been quite constructive on gold as a portfolio diversifier to deal with broad geopolitical risk.”

    Episode: UGO13: How Much Longer Can AI Carry the Market ft. Christian Mueller-Glissmann

    at 58:22

    Mueller-Glissmann says gold has a convexity when there is a problem with trust: in the 1970s in central banks, in the financial crisis in the financial system, and since COVID in governments globally, which he thinks has supported gold. With bonds becoming a less reliable diversifier because of fiscal concerns and political volatility, he and his team have been constructive on gold as a portfolio diversifier against broad geopolitical risk, while avoiding trying to time day-to-day political moves.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · SI421: Taking CTAs Mainstream ft. Andrew Beer

    2 statements

    In an equity bear market he would bet on managed futures making money

    Andrew BeerTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Time frame: over the next year (in an equity crisis); the allocation case is made over ten-year horizons · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But again, if your focus is on a crisis, and you're worried about the equity market's going down 40% over the next year, I would put my money on Managed Futures making money during that period.”

    Episode: SI421: Taking CTAs Mainstream ft. Andrew Beer

    at 35:11

    Beer argues managed futures (the SocGen CTA index of the 20 largest trend-following funds) are among the most valuable diversifiers an allocator can hold. The index rose in all three equity crises of the last 27 years (the dot-com bust, the GFC and 2022) while the usual diversifiers (bonds, REITs, commodities, gold) each failed in at least one. He says this is structural, not luck: the funds make money on big price moves away from consensus and cut losing positions instead of holding them, which also kept the index's maximum monthly drawdown to about 16 percent. He is candid about the weaknesses: a Sharpe ratio of about 0.34 after fees, lumpy returns with multi-year flat spells, wide dispersion between managers and no persistence of returns, so the drawdown control only holds for a diversified set of funds. The view is conditional on an equity bear market.

    Time frame
    over the next year (in an equity crisis); the allocation case is made over ten-year horizons
    Only if
    If equities fall about 40 percent over the next year
    What they own
    Runs a managed-futures asset management business offering ETF products, as he says on air ("what's an ETF for God's sakes", "I used to pitch this actually in the ETF space"); this is his own business's strategy. Firm not named in the transcript.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bonds no longer earn their place as the 40 in a 60/40 portfolio

    Andrew BeerTop Traders UnpluggedPublished

    Show quote

    “And the amazing thing about bonds right now is bonds have no value today. Like it's, you know, you look at kind of a reasonable period of bonds, it just doesn't help you. You should just forget about bonds and just own stocks.”

    Episode: SI421: Taking CTAs Mainstream ft. Andrew Beer

    at 55:14

    Beer says the 60/40 portfolio was a historical accident built on a 20-year bond bubble, when bonds were the 'Superman of diversifiers' with a maximum drawdown under 4 percent. Over the full 27-year record, he says, US investment-grade bonds have a positive correlation to equities of about 0.36 and fell 15 to 20 percent alongside stocks in 2022, so as a diversifier they 'just don't help you' today and an allocator might as well own stocks for the same risk. He also notes a possible bond-market tantrum building at the time of recording, which 'may reverse tomorrow'. The view is about bonds' value as a portfolio diversifier; he says he still owns bonds himself for the regular coupon.

    What they own
    Says on air he has been critical of bonds for ten years but still owns bonds 'because I love the coupon like anybody else'.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Macro Hive Conversations

    15 bullish · 3 bearish4 episodes · 18 statements · 4 speakersLatest

    · Ep. 381: Tomasz Nadrowski on Energy Chokepoints, Asymmetric Warfare, and Critical Minerals

    1 statement

    Western Hemisphere oil production is the winner of the Iran war as Persian Gulf dominance fades

    Tomasz NadrowskiMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “If there is a winner of this war, this is going to be the Western Hemisphere oil production. It's Brazil, Argentina, Venezuela, Guyana, US, Canada. It's astounding.”

    Episode: Ep. 381: Tomasz Nadrowski on Energy Chokepoints, Asymmetric Warfare, and Critical Minerals

    at 17:36

    Asked what would signal easing in crude and refined-product markets, Nadrowski says the good news is the large amount of new oil capacity coming on in the Western Hemisphere, and that if the US-Iran war has a winner it is Western Hemisphere production: Brazil, Argentina, Venezuela, Guyana, the US and Canada. He expects the Persian Gulf producers to lose some of the dominance they held until this year, with strategic consequences, since buyers will have to build capacity suited to that crude. He sees Europe as the natural customer because much of the new supply sits on the Atlantic seaboard, and doubts it will easily solve the supply problems of Japan, Taiwan or South Korea given the Panama Canal constraints. The view is on the region's oil output and market share, not on the oil price or on any named company's shares.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Ep. 379: Paul Cavey on East Asia's AI Tech Boom, Semiconductor Exports, and Macro Dynamics

    4 statements

    The Taiwan dollar is very weak relative to Taiwan's fundamentals

    Paul CaveyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “From a sovereign debt point of view, the government balance sheet, there's basically very few places in the world that are better than Taiwan, which presumably should have some relevance for currency in the markets, even though it hasn't yet.”

    Episode: Ep. 379: Paul Cavey on East Asia's AI Tech Boom, Semiconductor Exports, and Macro Dynamics

    at 48:59

    Cavey argues the Taiwan dollar is cheap in real effective terms. It has traded in a 28-33 band against the US dollar for 30 years and sits in the middle of it today, even though the current account surplus is around 25% of GDP, real growth has been in double digits and, in past export upcycles, the currency rose to the strong end of the band. The government is running a balanced budget with debt projected below 20% of GDP, which he says should matter for the currency even though it has not yet. He sees the central bank's reluctance to tighten (real rates are negative across the curve) as partly about managing the currency, and he flags capital controls and the China risk as caveats he is setting aside. A valuation view with no timing.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishKorean won

    The won is still very cheap even after its recent appreciation

    Paul CaveyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “So in Korea, the currency has been appreciating at least over the course of the last couple of months or so. Again, remains very cheap in many ways, but it has been appreciating.”

    Episode: Ep. 379: Paul Cavey on East Asia's AI Tech Boom, Semiconductor Exports, and Macro Dynamics

    at 17:24

    Cavey argues the Korean won remains cheap relative to what is happening in the Korean economy. Korea is enjoying a huge positive terms-of-trade shock from memory-chip prices: nominal GDP growth is running at 25-30% year on year and the trade surplus is around 26% of GDP and still rising, yet the currency has moved little relative to the size of these changes. He notes the Bank of Korea has hiked and that, unlike Taiwan, Korean policymakers explicitly welcome appreciation as part of their inflation response, and later adds that 1350 to the dollar is still not expensive. Caveats: how far the won moves depends on how sustainable the semiconductor shock proves, which he says tech analysts are better placed to judge, and the non-tech economy (autos facing Chinese competition) would push back against a much stronger currency. It is a valuation view, not a timed forecast.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Expect the BOJ to hike about once a quarter rather than every six months

    Paul CaveyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “But I think it does make sense to think one every quarter rather than one every six months.”

    Episode: Ep. 379: Paul Cavey on East Asia's AI Tech Boom, Semiconductor Exports, and Macro Dynamics

    at 32:12

    Cavey expects the Bank of Japan to pick up the pace of rate hikes to roughly one a quarter. His reasoning: the cycle is gaining momentum as manufacturing, lifted by AI-related demand, joins an already firm services sector; inflation indicators look strong into the second half of the year, the BOJ itself says inflation will rise, and the yen remains weak. He frames past BOJ caution as a sequence of hikes each followed by a shock (the 2024 yen spike, Liberation Day tariffs, the Iran war). Caveat: he thinks the bar for 50bp moves or back-to-back hikes remains very high, because the BOJ explicitly wants to avoid aggressive tightening while exiting deflation. Bullish here means the policy rate rises.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    China's property market still has no floor in sight

    Paul CaveyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “Property market still looks extremely weak. Sales haven't started to rise.”

    Episode: Ep. 379: Paul Cavey on East Asia's AI Tech Boom, Semiconductor Exports, and Macro Dynamics

    at 39:43

    Asked where China's property market stands, Cavey says it still looks extremely weak. Property starts are down about 85% from the peak and the pace of decline has picked up again this year; on current rates there would be zero starts within two years, which he notes is not literally feasible, and sales have not started to rise. While the pace of decline in some macro indicators (starts, M1 relative to M2) has slowed and the argument for stabilisation is that the fall is nearer its end, he finds that unconvincing and sees nothing that looks like a solid floor. He reads the latest targeted mortgage easing as consistent with an incremental policy reaction function that tries to prevent nastiness without changing direction.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Ep. 378: Apurv Jain on Alternative Data, Real-Time Macro Nowcasting, and AI's Economic Role

    1 statement
    BullishUS economy

    Nowcast says US growth is above trend, with no stagflation

    Apurv JainMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “So the models are actually saying the US economy is fine. So the growth is above trend. And we have been seeing that for the last few months.”

    Episode: Ep. 378: Apurv Jain on Alternative Data, Real-Time Macro Nowcasting, and AI's Economic Role

    at 31:16

    Jain reports what his firm's alternative-data nowcast currently measures rather than a forecast: the US economy is fine and growth is above trend, and has been for the last few months. The stagflation worry that came with the war earlier in the year did not show up in the data and still does not. On inflation he says the second-order effects everyone was concerned about are mostly not high -- corporate pricing intentions are subdued and wage pressure is not high -- and that almost every central bank has now come round to the view that services are not driving a big piece of inflation, though he does see inflation expectations ticking up slightly again on energy and the length of the war. He is explicit about the one thing the data shows as stressed: consumer financial anxiety is relatively elevated, especially in the US, and the K-shaped economy is real, with anxiety for the bottom third extremely elevated even though aggregate income and spending are fine and retail sales have been strong. He adds that elevated consumer anxiety is not a good sign for incumbents in the midterms. The measurement, he says, runs roughly two to three months ahead of official data because government statistics are lagged.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    12 statements
    BearishUS dollar

    A US "hair cutting regime": premium valuation down, financing cost up, dollar weaker

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: yearly, multi-year moves; two to five years

    Show quote

    “And so we are arguing that the US is going to be under a hair cutting regime, right? Premium equity valuation comes down, cost of financing goes up, as we've seen with the treasury market, dollar weakens, and the rest of the world outperforms.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 1:30

    A dollar decline is one leg of Pelosky's structural call that leadership in global equities is changing hands away from the US, which led from the 2009 bottom through 2024, to the rest of the world. His argument is that everything is on the US side of the boat -- all the money in the world has flowed into the United States over the past five years and everyone is severely underweight ex-US -- while the rest of the world offers relatively the same or better earnings growth at a much cheaper multiple, with EM at a 50% discount. As that unwinds he expects the US premium equity valuation to compress, its cost of financing to rise (which he says the Treasury market has already shown), the dollar to weaken and non-US markets to outperform. He frames these as multi-year rather than multi-quarter moves and expects the EM outperformance already 18 months old to extend another two to five years.

    Time frame
    yearly, multi-year moves; two to five years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    The digital eats the physical: no AI without copper

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “And our view is very clear that the digital eats the physical. Without the physical, without copper, without silicon, without silver, without lithium, there is no AI.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 19:55

    Pelosky's commodity case runs through AI rather than around it. His formulation is that the digital eats the physical: without copper, silicon, silver and lithium there is no AI, no agentic economy and no physical AI, so exposure to the physical inputs is exposure to the same spending super cycle driving the equity story. He holds it directly through the miners and indirectly through ILF, which he notes is 30% materials and energy and one of very few ETFs offering that kind of commodity content. Copper is also named first in the list of where TPW's global multi-asset model is positioned across the AI complex -- copper, electrification, semis, cyber, cloud and memory -- and he cites the copper and lithium content of Chile and Peru as part of what he is buying in Latin America. TPW has been overweight commodities alongside its equity overweight for some time.

    What they own
    Says TPW is overweight commodities, owns copper in its global multi-asset model, and holds commodity exposure via ILF and directly through the miners.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Semis at 16x, a discount to the S&P, with the ROI question about to be answered

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: through Q3, Q4 and into 2027

    Show quote

    “And I would just remind people that semiconductors, for example, are trading at less than 16 times forward earnings. Okay, so the S&P is about 18, semis are at 16, and mags, the mag 7, are all of a sudden starting to perform again. So if semis are going to do well, which we think they will, and the AI return on investment question is answered in the affirmative through Q3, Q4, and then I think people will position in front of that for 2027”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 34:29

    Pelosky points out that semiconductors trade below 16 times forward earnings against about 18 for the S&P -- a discount he attributes to investors not being positioned in the space because they doubt the AI return on investment. He thinks that question is being answered in the affirmative through Q3 and Q4, after which investors will position ahead of 2027, and because tech is such a large part of the index that is a central reason he thinks the market could deliver what he calls a face-ripper rally: people simply are not there. He rejects the standard objection that semis are cyclical and that cheap is when you sell, arguing the spending super cycle on AI, defence and climate elongates or obviates the cycle through 2030. He notes the Mag 7 are starting to perform again. TPW is positioned across the whole complex -- copper, electrification, semis, cyber, cloud and memory -- deliberately, because that is where investors have had real questions.

    Time frame
    through Q3, Q4 and into 2027
    What they own
    Says TPW's global multi-asset model is positioned across copper, electrification, semis, cyber, cloud and memory.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Stocks up 5-10% into the first half of next year, driven by earnings not multiples

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: between now and the first half of next year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “we could see, you know, stocks up 5%, 10% between now and, you know, the first half of next year, I think pretty reasonably. That's not hard to do when you're growing earnings at 20% to 25%. There's no, you know, we're not making a case for multiple expansion, right? We're making a case for earnings driven stock price appreciation.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 34:29

    Pelosky argues the market has spent months discounting a long list of bad news -- a 5% 10-year, $100 oil, a Fed hike, Middle East conflict, a chaos agent in the White House, even the extinction of humanity -- and has refused to go down in any meaningful way at the index level, which he reads as the important signal because he watches the asset price reaction rather than the news. On his numbers the S&P is cheaper than it has been in a decade: 2027 forward earnings of about $420 against 7600 on the index is 18 times forward, below both the five- and ten-year averages, while Q3 US earnings growth is forecast at 25%. He sees the setup as coming out of the worst seasonality into the best (October and November being the two best months in midterm years), into an earnings season at 25% growth, with the market about to roll its attention forward to a 2027 that also looks good on the sell side's own numbers. He is explicit that this is not a call for multiple expansion but for earnings-driven appreciation, and stresses he does not normally put numbers on forecasts. He published the view under the title "Face Ripper Rally Ahead".

    Time frame
    between now and the first half of next year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Runs TPW Advisory's global multi-asset model portfolio, which he says is significantly overweight equities, overweight commodities and significantly underweight fixed income, but underweight the US within equities.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Has not owned a Treasury in four years and stays bearish

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “And so we've been bearish on treasuries. We haven't owned treasuries in our global multi-asset model. As you know, we offer a model portfolio delivery service. We have not owned a treasury in four years.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 11:11

    Pelosky has been structurally underweight fixed income and has held no Treasuries at all in TPW's global multi-asset model for four years, treating fixed income as a source of cash instead. His reasoning is that the direction has been unambiguous -- yields higher, prices lower, bonds underperforming -- and that a global macro investor who did not beat a stocks/bonds/commodities benchmark over the last couple of years has no excuse, because not owning bonds was the obvious call. He does not read current yields as a threat to risk assets: he is in the camp that says as long as nominal growth is above interest rates things are fine, and US nominal growth has hit 7%, with Europe and Japan at six to seven percent and higher than in years. He is careful to say he is not a bond expert. He notes the sentiment pendulum has just swung -- the 10-year hit 5% and the next headlines were about it being a great entry point -- without endorsing it, and expects perhaps one more Fed hike against three priced by the market.

    What they own
    Says TPW Advisory's global multi-asset model portfolio has owned no Treasuries for four years and is significantly underweight fixed income, using it as a source of cash.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Owns South Korea for memory: 100%+ earnings growth at five times earnings

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: through 2030 and beyond

    Show quote

    “And so we own South Korea because we want to have exposure to memory because earnings growth is like 100% plus and it's trading at five times earnings.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 15:16

    Pelosky owns South Korea as his way into memory semiconductors, on earnings growth he puts above 100% against a market trading at five times forward earnings -- against 18 times for the S&P. He argues the reason it is priced that way is that investors have been trained for years that semis are cyclical and that cheap is precisely when you sell them, because the cycle is about to end. His claim is that this time is different: the tripolar world spending super cycle on AI, defence and climate carries the global growth long cycle through 2030 and beyond, so the semiconductor cycle is either considerably elongated or obviated altogether by the need for spending to continue. He concedes South Korea is very AI-focused, which is part of why the discount exists.

    Time frame
    through 2030 and beyond
    What they own
    Says TPW owns South Korea in its global multi-asset model as its memory exposure.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Prefers credit risk to duration: nominal growth at 7% says the economy is fine

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “And so we want to take credit risk because we think the economy is fine because nominal growth hit 7% in the US.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 11:11

    Pelosky's fixed income expression is to take credit risk rather than interest rate risk. He holds HYGH, the interest rate hedged high yield ETF, precisely because hedging out the rate move gives a pure read on credit, and he says what it showed him in the week before recording is that the credit market, and the high yield part of it in particular, is perfectly fine with rates where they are. The underlying reason is nominal growth: he argues that as long as nominal growth runs above interest rates the economy holds up, and US nominal growth printed 7%. He contrasts this directly with Treasuries, which he refuses to own. The open question he flags is whether the Fed is in a one or two hike cycle like 1997 or the start of a multi-hike cycle like 2022-23 that ends in recession; he leans to the former, expecting about one more hike against three priced in.

    What they own
    Says TPW has a position in HYGH, the interest-rate-hedged high yield ETF.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The AI return-on-investment question is being answered in the affirmative

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: through Q3, Q4 and into 2027

    Show quote

    “And so we really think that that's another really important point, that the ROI question for AI is being answered in the affirmative.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 34:29

    Pelosky treats the return on investment question -- how anyone makes money on all the money being spent on AI -- as the single thing that has kept investors out of the tech complex, and says it is in the process of being answered, in the affirmative. If it is, he argues the rationale for not owning a lot of the tech space simply goes away, and since tech is such a large share of the index that repositioning is what could produce a much stronger market than people are ready for. He places AI inside a broader frame: the tripolar world spending super cycle he introduced in April, in which all three regions are spending aggressively, public and private, on three existential issues -- AI, defence and climate -- spending he calls unprecedented and ongoing because governments will not have the option not to spend. That carries his global growth long cycle through 2030 and beyond and drives what he describes as an unprecedented globalised earnings boom, with JP Morgan's work showing 80% of ACWI expected to have positive earnings growth in 2026, the highest since coming out of COVID. He has positioned TPW's portfolio across the entire AI space accordingly.

    Time frame
    through Q3, Q4 and into 2027
    What they own
    Says TPW's global multi-asset model is positioned across the entire AI space -- copper, electrification, semis, cyber, cloud and memory.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Iran conflict was a Super Bowl ad for clean energy

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: next three to five years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “the Iran conflict was a Super Bowl-type ad for clean energy. And if you think about it, right, I mean, all of a sudden, the idea of depending on shipping your energy from thousands of miles away through straits that can be blocked by somebody standing there with a drone or two, versus having your solar farm with a battery, providing your power, secure power, cheap power, power you control, is a game changer.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 25:43

    Pelosky argues the Iran conflict made the security case for renewables better than any marketing could: energy shipped thousands of miles through straits a drone can close, against a solar farm with a battery delivering secure, cheap power you control. He says it is already showing up in rapid adoption rates, especially in emerging markets, and sees leapfrog potential over the next three to five years for EM countries to bypass the fossil fuel era entirely. He is candid that the trade has not worked: clean energy, where TPW has exposure across the space, has not performed as he expected, which he puts down to Chinese dominance and such intense domestic competition there that companies cannot make much profitability, leaving investors gun shy, particularly in solar. His response has been to consolidate rather than exit -- concentrating the clean energy positions into ICLN, LIT and BAT, wanting more battery exposure specifically, because batteries like solar keep getting cheaper and solar plus storage reducing intermittency is what he calls the golden ticket for solar. Climate is one of the three existential spending buckets in his super cycle thesis.

    Time frame
    next three to five years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says TPW has clean energy exposure across the space in its TPW 20 thematic model, recently consolidated into ICLN, LIT and BAT, and also holds XLE and XES in traditional fossil fuels.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still tremendous upside in China as it defeats deflation

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “There's still, we think, tremendous upside in China. We think China is defeating deflation. As it defeats deflation, that provides pricing power for corporates.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 19:55

    Pelosky is heavily invested in China and says the position has not worked to the extent he expected, but he is remaining steadfast. He does not own the main index: with forty or fifty US-listed China ETFs to choose from he has picked three separate positions in A-shares, technology and biotech. The case is that China is beating deflation, which restores pricing power to corporates; that the US-China splintering of the tech stack means he wants to be exposed to China tech specifically; and that China's current five-year plan pushes aggressively into biotech, where he sees tremendous opportunity. Underlying all of it is his view that China has by far the world's best industrial policy mix, which he argues is what it now takes to be competitive, and that it dominates and will keep dominating physical AI -- he also owns humanoid robotics with China exposure in TPW's thematic model. He contrasts this with Europe moving too slowly and the US, in his view, not really in the game.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says TPW holds three separate China positions -- A-shares, technology and biotech -- and that they have done okay but not as well as expected; also holds humanoid robotics with China exposure in the TPW 20 thematic model.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Likes Brazil on 200-300bp of cuts, commodities and clean power

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Time frame: over the next year

    Show quote

    “And they have a rate cutting cycle that we think is going to continue. And as I said, 200 to 300 basis points of rate cuts in Brazil over the next year. And the surprise could be that the currency appreciates, not depreciates. So we like Brazil a lot.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 19:55

    Pelosky's Latin America exposure is ILF, which he concedes is buying the region wholesale after saying he prefers to pick within regions, and it is mostly Brazil and Mexico. On Brazil the case is a rate cutting cycle he expects to continue -- the central bank cut in the week before recording, and he cites Morgan Stanley's expectation of 200 basis points over the next year, putting his own range at 200 to 300 -- plus tremendous commodity endowment, very clean power, and Brazil becoming an offshore production platform for China in batteries and EVs. He thinks the surprise could be currency appreciation rather than depreciation. He does not think the presidential election next month changes the dynamic: the race is tight, the market would prefer the challenger and Brazil's Wall Street favours Bolsonaro, but the incumbent is well known either way. He also likes the vehicle for its commodity content -- 30% of ILF is materials and energy, which he says is hard to get elsewhere.

    Time frame
    over the next year
    What they own
    Says TPW holds ILF, the Latin American ETF, which is mostly Brazil and Mexico.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Buy European weakness: a ceasefire in Iran makes Europe the big beneficiary

    Jay PeloskyMacro Hive ConversationsPublished

    Show quote

    “Our view is that much as we expect to cease fire in Russia, Ukraine, we expect one in the U.S.-Iran conflict, and Europe will be the big beneficiary. So we would be adding, if we weren't already overweight Europe, into that weakness.”

    Episode: Ep. 377: Jay Pelosky on the Tripolar World, the Spending Super Cycle, and the Global Earnings Boom

    at 25:43

    Europe has underperformed badly on the energy shock -- Pelosky notes it is down roughly double the S&P over the past month or two, reflecting its sensitivity to oil and refined products. He treats that as the entry point rather than the reason to leave, because he expects ceasefires in both Russia/Ukraine (in print calling for one by year end) and the US-Iran conflict, with Europe the main beneficiary of either. Underneath the region he does not buy the index: he has been very bullish European banks, holding EUFN as a core position for years on consolidation and M&A potential, a move towards consolidating trading platforms, and the prospect of Europe keeping capital at home as trade wars turn into what he calls capital wars. He owns Spain, which he calls TPW's new global growth model country -- renewable resources giving cheap power, drawing foreign investment including Chinese, with labour force growth through immigration -- and Poland, on a large discount even to Europe and as the cleanest play on Ukraine reconstruction. His reservation is that Europe is moving far too slowly on industrial policy relative to China.

    What they own
    Says TPW has been overweight Europe for years, with EUFN (European banks) a core holding, plus positions in Spain and Poland.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Masters in Business

    11 bullish · 0 bearish3 episodes · 11 statements · 3 speakersLatest

    · Embracing the Bond Market: Masters in Business with Robin Wigglesworth

    3 statements

    The US can carry far more debt than most Americans realize, though a 6% deficit is not good

    Robin WigglesworthMasters in BusinessPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think the US has far more capacity to carry debt than most Americans certainly realize.”

    Episode: Embracing the Bond Market: Masters in Business with Robin Wigglesworth

    at 1:10:00

    Wigglesworth says debt to GDP says little about a country's ability to carry debt, and that the better gauge is debt service as a share of GDP: around three and a half percent for the US, up from about two and a half a few years ago but below most developed countries, with trouble historically showing up only around five percent. The US government is small relative to the economy, so it can tax more and probably spend a bit less. Wigglesworth is explicit that a 6 percent deficit with a healthy economy and no crisis is unambiguously not a good thing, and cites a CBO path to around five percent in 10 to 12 years, but expects countries usually reverse course before that becomes a problem (the UK in 1980), with Canada in the 1990s as the case where debt service snowballed before austerity. The view is that US federal debt is sustainable, not a call on Treasury prices or yields.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hyperscaler borrowing is big but the issuers print money and could issue lots more

    Robin WigglesworthMasters in BusinessPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “It's like big numbers, but these are incredibly large, successful big companies. YouTube still prints money, Amazon still prints money, Facebook, WhatsApp still prints money. It's fine. They could even issue lots more.”

    Episode: Embracing the Bond Market: Masters in Business with Robin Wigglesworth

    at 1:05:27

    Wigglesworth puts AI hyperscaler bond issuance at around 500 billion dollars this year after about 200 billion last year, and says that is not a worry in itself because the issuers are very large, highly cash-generative companies that could borrow much more, and the rating agencies are already looking through to their off-balance-sheet commitments. Oracle looks like the weaker member of the herd but not an imminent disaster. The caveats are explicit: the AI boom is increasingly debt- and off-balance-sheet-financed, which historically has not ended well, the market is still in the foothills, and Wigglesworth says they have been wrong before. The view is on the hyperscalers' credit, not their shares or the AI capex cycle as a whole.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    Talk of the dollar losing its reserve role is an overreaction; there is no alternative

    Robin WigglesworthMasters in BusinessPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think it's both an overreaction and there is no alternative. So I think even if there was an alternative, I think people underestimate the immense force of inertia and how slowly things change.”

    Episode: Embracing the Bond Market: Masters in Business with Robin Wigglesworth

    at 1:14:21

    Asked whether tariffs, the quarrels with Canada and Greenland and the Iran war mean the end of US hegemony and of the dollar and Treasuries at the centre of global finance, Wigglesworth calls that an overreaction. Even if an alternative existed, inertia is immense and these things change slowly; and in practice there is none: Europeans hold some 15 to 16 trillion dollars of US assets and there is nowhere else of that depth to put it, nor would investors trust Beijing more than Washington. Wigglesworth places himself on the very relaxed end of the spectrum while allowing that this may be wrong, and notes a visceral feeling among Europeans and Asians that the US should face consequences. The view is on the dollar's and Treasuries' central role, not a forecast of the exchange rate.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    7 statements

    Tax-loss selling has taken munis too far; he is buying

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Show quote

    “We're seeing a lot of Munis being sold to harvest losses to offset gains somewhere else in somebody's portfolio. That's created a pretty good buying opportunity for us.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 51:36

    Asked about municipal bonds for a high-tax-state resident, Michele says he loves them, absolutely loves them, and that the market's weakness is the opportunity rather than the warning. The yield is high — the question puts a New York national-plus-state portfolio near 4.5 to 5 percent, a taxable equivalent above 8 percent — and he says the market has come under pressure and has gone too far. Two mechanical pressures explain it: munis like to fund themselves before year-end, so supply is heavy, and with yields backed up over the year prices are down, which has brought on the tax-loss harvesting season, with a lot of munis sold to book losses against gains elsewhere. That selling, he says, has created a pretty good buying opportunity for them. On underlying credit he points to rainy-day funds: a decade ago states had blown through their budgets and had none, and after the COVID payouts those funds are flush again.

    What they own
    Speaks as a buyer: says the tax-loss selling has created a pretty good buying opportunity 'for us'.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    Capex is broader than AI — defence, energy security, supply chains — and profits look good globally

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Time frame: the next decade plus · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So we see capex as being more broadly based than simply AI. When you look at corporate earnings and corporate profitability, they look pretty good, and they actually look pretty good globally.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 53:45

    Behind his firm's fourth-quarter 2026 outlook, which puts the probability of continued expansion at 85 percent, Michele puts the capex cycle first: businesses tell him they are investing, and when he asks sovereign borrowers about spending plans the list runs past technology to military and border defence, to energy independence and security, and after the tariffs to manufacturing and supply lines — so he sees the capital-spending impulse as much broader than AI alone, with corporate earnings and profitability looking good in the US and globally. He frames the wider environment as a healthy return to a world with a real cost of capital, where the neutral funds rate is around four and a quarter and money is no longer free, and says the next decade plus looks pretty good though not a straight line. The caveat he volunteers is the last eighteen months of the presidential term: he thinks it unlikely the administration keeps Congress, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act has come and gone, and if there is no further fiscal impulse while energy prices and tariffs stay high he asks openly whether the landing is soft or harder, noting the US has not had a recession in seven years.

    Time frame
    the next decade plus
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Local emerging market debt is the hidden gem: 9 percent nominal, 5 percent real, 90 percent locally owned

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Show quote

    “Emerging market debt, we love. We look at the local emerging market debt that's been issued over the last decade, and it looks terrific to us.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 45:13

    Michele calls local-currency emerging market government debt the hidden gem in his portfolios today, and the reason is institutional rather than cyclical. The Brady-bond lesson he was taught early — that emerging markets borrow your money, confiscate it and make you chase them — is on his account the wrong way to think about it now: the junior central bankers who did internships with him in the early 1990s are the people running those central banks today, they began hiking a year before the developed-market central banks in 2021, and he rates them every bit as good as, arguably sharper than, their developed-market peers. The market structure follows from that: these sovereigns fund themselves in their own currency with full yield curves, close to 90 percent of the local debt is held by locals, pension funds and insurers support the long end and wealth platforms the front end, so the bonds do not depend on cross-border flows and crossover buyers like him are the residual 10 percent. The basket he describes runs close to 9 percent nominal and 5 percent real yield.

    What they own
    Says the firm owns Mexico, Colombia and Brazil, mixes in Czech and Poland, and bought some of a new South African issue at close to a 10 percent yield; he puts the basket at roughly 9 percent nominal and 5 percent real. Also says he is wondering about hard-currency debt for Paraguay after hearing its president speak.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    For the first time in his career he cannot name an alternative reserve currency

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So today we sit here and really the dollar is the only reserve currency out there. Nobody wants to fight it for now.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 17:37

    Michele says the official institutions he meets keep asking the same question — we are over-allocated to US dollar assets and US fixed income, what is the alternative reserve currency — and that for the first time in his career he cannot think of one. He walks the graveyard of candidates: the yen in the late 1980s when Japan was buying Pebble Beach and Rockefeller Center; the euro at its launch, which he thought would match the scale of the US until monetary union without fiscal union proved not so good; the renminbi after China borrowed and spent to create the aggregate demand the world needed in 2009; and then gold, which central banks have been buying but cannot use to deliver price stability, since on his account gold reflects the outcome of their policies rather than giving them a lever over them. His conclusion is that the dollar is the only reserve currency out there and nobody wants to fight it for now. He adds separately that he sees a digital dollar in the stablecoin world, backed by the Treasury and supported by the Fed, as almost inevitable, while doubting crypto itself becomes mainstream.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A legitimate non-bank lending channel, and healthy for the bond market

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Show quote

    “I love it. I love the fact that a legitimate non-bank lending channel has been opened up.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 40:25

    Michele welcomes the growth of private credit even though he sits inside a bank that might prefer to keep those loans on its own balance sheet, and he says explicitly that markets evolve. His precedent is the mortgage market: a 1980s mortgage came from a bank, which sold it on to Fannie, Freddie or Ginnie and recycled the capital, and today the largest mortgage lender is not a bank at all but Rocket, with banks and non-banks coexisting. He expects the same in direct lending, and sees convergence already — larger borrowers weighing a public bond against a direct loan, and inside his own firm a partnership where the commercial bank, the largest lender to corporate America, sources and originates loans that asset management then looks at as a fiduciary and puts into client portfolios where they fit. He calls the public-private convergence healthy for the bond markets. Set against this is his own warning elsewhere in the conversation that he does not want to reach for the marginal borrower with a problematic business model for an extra point of income.

    What they own
    Describes a partnership between his asset-management group and JPMorgan's commercial bank that puts originated private loans into client portfolios.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Happy to finance the AI buildout: demand high, capacity short, and standing still risks becoming Nokia

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Time frame: five years from now · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm excited about what it could do five years from now, and I'm happy to finance a lot of these borrowers in this space.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 34:20

    Asked whether the market is pricing AI credit correctly and whether the space is over-allocated, Michele's answer is that he is happy to lend into it. His firm invests in all the hyperscalers across the capital structure, in asset management and on the banking side, so he says he sees every facet: demand is super high and the ability to deliver capacity to meet it is super low. That leaves a borrower two choices, borrow against a pristine balance sheet and deliver capacity fast enough to monetise the demand, or build out of excess cash flow, which most though not all of these companies could do — and on his reading the second choice carries the real risk, of becoming the next BlackBerry or Nokia while somebody else gets there first. He grounds it in three years of using the technology inside JPMorgan, where he says it is everywhere and all-consuming and the difference from two or three years ago is extraordinary, and in the internet analogy: nobody in 2000 could have imagined the smartphone that arrived seven years later. He concedes he does not know what AI will do in five or ten years. He also notes he is surprised how many client businesses are only starting that journey.

    Time frame
    five years from now
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the firm invests in all the hyperscalers across the capital structure, in both asset management and the bank, and that he meets hyperscalers looking to borrow as 'a tiny sliver of the solution'.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Normalisation, not higher-for-longer: a 3-6 percent Fed with 4.5 percent as the bogey

    Bob MicheleMasters in BusinessPublished

    Show quote

    “I do think somewhere in the three to six percent range strikes me as where the Fed should be. So is it four and a half percent is a neutral point. I think that that's a good bogey to put out there right now as we kind of feel around for what is normal again and again, I consider that healthy.”

    Episode: Financing In The AI Boom: Masters in Business with Bob Michele

    at 26:16

    Michele's rate view is that the last quarter century was the aberration and the policy rate is going back to a normal level, not to zero. He reaches for the Fed's own first dot plot in 2012, where the long-run neutral funds rate was four and a quarter percent, built from a 99-year average real funds rate of two and a quarter plus a two percent inflation target, and says that is the world we are headed back to and already in. He puts the plausible range at three to six percent with four and a half as the bogey while the market feels around for normal, explicitly rejecting both the 10 percent average of 1976-2000 and the sub-3.25 percent 10-year of the last 25 years as the right anchor. He expects this Fed under Chair Warsh to be more vigilant on inflation than on growth — the opposite weighting to the post-crisis era — partly on demographics, with the 1991 birth cohort now the largest and about to dominate earning, spending and saving, and says that if the Fed has to respond to oil and second-round war effects with much higher rates, it will. He calls this healthy, and says it lets him hand clients investment-grade portfolios yielding above six percent, or close to seven percent slightly below investment grade, instead of two.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Balancing Conviction and Risk: Masters in Business with Maria Vassalou

    1 statement

    The productivity gain lands in old economy sectors, not just the tech firms

    Maria VassalouMasters in BusinessPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “A lot of the productivity gains will be in the use of this technologies in other products. And I think some of the more, you know, old economy sectors, for instance, can greatly benefit from this technologies and become very attractive in terms of their investment potential.”

    Episode: Balancing Conviction and Risk: Masters in Business with Maria Vassalou

    at 34:09

    Vassalou argues that the investment consequence of ageing populations and falling fertility is that the investments that work from here have to do three things: use technology to raise productivity even with less labour, cater to the needs of the cohort that is ageing, and sit in an economy whose infrastructure lets those productivity gains actually be realised. Her point is that this is not a trade in the technology companies. An investor can take it at any point along the chain, the infrastructure, the development of the technologies or their application, and much of the productivity gain will show up in the use of these technologies inside other products, which is why she thinks some of the older, non-technology sectors can benefit greatly and become very attractive on investment potential. She frames it as a long-horizon structural judgement of the kind her research institute works on, and is explicit elsewhere in the conversation that the institute does not call the index or the next month.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Merryn Talks Money

    24 bullish · 22 bearish12 episodes · 46 statements · 9 speakersLatest

    · French Bond Markets and AI Neoclouds Feel The Pressure

    4 statements

    France pays more to borrow for a rational reason: nobody is in charge, so the ECB has no case to step in yet

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Whereas it's actually perfectly rational to want to charge France more to lend it money.”

    Episode: French Bond Markets and AI Neoclouds Feel The Pressure

    at 9:16

    Stepek holds that the widening gap between French and German borrowing costs is justified rather than a panic the ECB should fight. In his reading the French problem is not that the debt is so high but that essentially nobody is in charge, and nobody will know who is for at least six to eight months. Since the ECB says it can only intervene against irrational spreads, and it is perfectly rational to charge France more to lend it money, he expects nothing to change until a much sharper move, such as a day when the euro drops sharply against the dollar or the pound, forces the question of whether the euro itself is at risk. He thinks the spill-over into Italy is arguably not deserved. No horizon is given beyond the six to eight months of political uncertainty.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    If you are choosing whom to lend to in AI, the neoclouds are the highly leveraged start-ups where cracks show first

    Sam UnstedMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The Neo Clouds are, in some respects, they're almost sort of start-ups, but really big start-ups or really valuable start-ups because they are highly leveraged to how everything goes.”

    Episode: French Bond Markets and AI Neoclouds Feel The Pressure

    at 13:03

    Unsted draws a bond-market corollary for anyone worried about how much money the AI industry is borrowing: ask whom you want to lend to. Unlike the hyperscalers, the neoclouds are in some respects very large, very valuable start-ups, highly leveraged to how everything goes. He cites Nscale, a UK company trying to list in the US, which has had pushback on its valuation and lost Microsoft from a large data-centre project, with more than 80% of its revenue coming from Microsoft and Anthropic, which he calls an extremely leveraged business. The neoclouds need their IPOs to shore up balance sheets for the build-out, while grid connections, power and commodities make that build-out slow, so he sees them as the first to get pushback that things may have moved too fast. The view is on lending to these companies, framed as a question of where cracks appear first; no horizon is given.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The hyperscalers spend enormously on AI but have the cash, so they are the safe side of AI lending

    Sam UnstedMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “the hyperscalers, yes, they are spending an enormous amount of money, but they've got the money. And if they need to borrow some money, they can because they generate huge amounts of cash, even with the capex that they're doing.”

    Episode: French Bond Markets and AI Neoclouds Feel The Pressure

    at 13:03

    Set against the neoclouds, Unsted treats the hyperscalers as the creditworthy side of AI borrowing. They are spending enormous amounts, but they have the money, and if they need to borrow they can, because they generate huge amounts of cash even after their capex. Elsewhere in the episode he asks whether a lender would rather fund a politically troubled France or a Microsoft throwing off enormous cash and growing around 25%. The view is on lending to these companies as a relative choice, not on their shares; no horizon is given.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    France's political mess won't be cleared up by the election, and lenders now have Microsoft-type borrowers to choose instead

    Sam UnstedMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “You've got France over here, where as you just mentioned, the politics is a real mess at the moment, and the election is unlikely to clear any of that up, so the political risk is really high.”

    Episode: French Bond Markets and AI Neoclouds Feel The Pressure

    at 8:02

    Unsted argues French government debt is the weak spot investors will single out. France's politics are a real mess and the coming election is unlikely to clear any of it up, so the political risk is really high; he calls it drastically high and says the market is not far off panic. That matters more now because sovereign borrowers are competing, perhaps for the first time, with a new set of borrowers from the AI trade, such as a Microsoft throwing off huge cash and growing around 25%, and with only so much money to go around investors will use anything that divides the weaker borrowers from the stronger. He notes that German yields are falling while French and Italian yields rise, and that the gap between French and UK yields has narrowed from about 150 basis points in May to about 30. He caveats that French yields are not yet at levels that would make holders despair, that the move is not yet disorderly, and that the ECB stepping in is a long way off. No horizon is given beyond the election next year.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · The Case for Buying Small Caps Now

    5 statements

    UK small caps are the cheap outlier in an already cheap asset class, Widdowson says

    Stuart WiddowsonMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “if you look around the world Merryn, small caps generally, particularly small caps are very cheap. UK is an outlier within that. If you believe in reversion to mean they're still upside on rating.”

    Episode: The Case for Buying Small Caps Now

    at 34:03

    Asked whether small-cap value is the anti-AI trade, Widdowson will not go that far - he says the only certainty is that nobody knows until it happens - but he does make the valuation case: small caps are very cheap around the world and the UK is the outlier even within that, so on a reversion-to-mean view there is still upside on the rating. The supporting mechanism he describes earlier is that the forced selling has largely run its course: open-ended UK funds meeting redemptions were the marginal sellers, and buybacks and M&A are now more than compensating for the remaining outflows, which he says makes illiquidity work for the holder rather than against. He runs a concentrated UK small-cap investment trust, so this is his book. His own discipline, as he puts it, is to pick a style, stick with it and not get greedy.

    Only if
    The upside on rating is stated as conditional on believing in reversion to mean.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Co-founder and managing partner of Odyssean Capital, manager of the Odyssean Investment Trust, a concentrated UK small-cap vehicle of about 330 million pounds holding 18 stocks with an average hold of three to five years and up to 20 percent allowed overseas.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Evan-Cook sees inflation plus 5 to 7 percent from small caps over the next decade

    Simon Evan-CookMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: the next 10 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So it's been sustainable returns they've been delivering. And there's no reason to think that over the next 10 years, they can't keep delivering you inflation plus 5, 6, 7 percent.”

    Episode: The Case for Buying Small Caps Now

    at 16:30

    Evan-Cook's forward case rests on what has not happened: European, UK and US small caps have made money over the last ten to fifteen years but have not over-delivered, so their returns have been sustainable rather than borrowed from the future. On that basis he sees no reason they cannot keep delivering inflation plus 5, 6 or 7 percent over the next ten years, which he puts at a nominal 9 to 11 percent, with perhaps another one or two points on top from a good active manager. He contrasts this with the position of multi-asset allocators who find equities expensive and bond markets compromised, and his answer is that picking good stocks out of this part of the market solves the problem. He is explicit that the underlying valuation work is Research Affiliates', not his own. He also argues a rotation out of concentrated AI positions into neglected areas need not drag everything down with it, citing 2000, when 50 UK funds that stuck to their valuation discipline rose as the tech market sold off - conditional, in his words, on it being purely a rotation rather than an economic event or a war.

    Time frame
    the next 10 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Fund manager at Downing running a fund of funds with about 35 holdings; he says the funds he has picked, including an emerging-market value fund bought in July, rose while the market fell during the recent AI wobble.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishZotefoams

    Widdowson's new holding: Zotefoams bought at about 60% of real asset value

    Stuart WiddowsonMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: three to four years (the trust's target-price horizon for all holdings)

    Show quote

    “So we think it's a very rare, super, super asset-backed business. We think we've probably got in at around 60% of the real asset value. It's a growth story, and we bought in very cheap.”

    Episode: The Case for Buying Small Caps Now

    at 22:16

    Zotefoams is the one new position Widdowson says stood out for the trust this year, and he calls it a very rare, super asset-backed business bought cheap, at around 60 percent of what he judges the real asset value to be. The case has three legs as he gives it: the assets, where the plant is well invested, virtually fully depreciated and has a useful life he puts at 2060, so the company can grow and pass on inflation without needing to reinvest much; growth, with new capacity going in near Nike's shoe factories in Vietnam - Nike is a customer for specialist mid-layers - freeing up UK capacity; and self-help, with a relatively new chief executive and finance director who are incentivised to perform. On his numbers the PE is about 11 times with a little debt, so EV/EBIT around eight or nine, and he argues stated book value is materially understated, pointing to the insured and replacement value of the Croydon site being a multiple of its carrying value. His sell discipline is a three-to-four-year target price and a 15 percent annualised return hurdle.

    Time frame
    three to four years (the trust's target-price horizon for all holdings)
    What they own
    Held in the Odyssean Investment Trust; he says it was this year's standout addition and that they bought in very cheap, at around 60 percent of real asset value.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Widdowson has been very bearish on domestic UK companies and owns internationals listed here instead

    Stuart WiddowsonMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “We've been very bearish about the prospects for domestic UK companies for some time. We're not great fans of what we see around ourselves, not just in the corporate environment but in our home lives.”

    Episode: The Case for Buying Small Caps Now

    at 12:49

    Widdowson says his firm has been very bearish on the prospects for domestic UK companies for some time, and that they are not great fans of what they see around them in the corporate environment or in their home lives. The portfolio consequence is explicit: they looked for international companies that happen to be headquartered in the UK, so they were not betting on the UK economy, which he says has proven to be the right call and is part of why decisions taken two or three years ago have come good over the last twelve months. Note that this is a view on UK domestically-exposed companies, not on the UK small-cap market as a whole, which he is bullish on and invested in.

    What they own
    Says the trust deliberately owns international companies headquartered in the UK rather than domestic UK businesses, and was not betting on the UK economy.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Widdowson: developed-market small caps are among the cheapest assets in the world

    Stuart WiddowsonMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Developed market small caps are some of the cheapest assets around, quite a small caps of cheapest assets around in the world today.”

    Episode: The Case for Buying Small Caps Now

    at 15:28

    Widdowson's asset-class call is that developed-market small caps are some of the cheapest assets anywhere today. He accepts the rotation story the host puts to him - money leaving expensive US mega caps and AI for neglected stuff - as an aspect of it, but his own argument is valuation plus a change in behaviour he can see in his client base: wealth managers have moved in the last six months from "I know it's cheap, I don't care" to "I know it's cheap, I think it's starting to move, I had better own some". He cites research, which he credits to the other guest rather than to himself, putting forward real returns from this starting point as potentially very attractive over ten years while US mega caps may only just beat inflation. The transcript garbles the middle of the quoted sentence.

    What they own
    Runs the Odyssean Investment Trust, a concentrated UK small-cap portfolio, and says up to 20 percent of it can be held overseas.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Markets Wrap: AI Jitters, Budget Expectations and UK Housing Rebound?

    2 statements

    The jitters are the market finally asking the question she has been asking for months: can the revenues justify the capex

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “we've talked a lot over the last few months about our worries around the level of CapEx, our worries about how much the big companies have to make in the way of revenues and profits to justify the CapEx and to live up to the valuations, et cetera. So it should be no surprise that the market as a whole is starting to ask a few questions around this now.”

    Episode: Markets Wrap: AI Jitters, Budget Expectations and UK Housing Rebound?

    at 0:38

    Somerset Webb restates a worry she says the show has carried for months: the level of AI capital expenditure, and how much revenue and profit the big companies have to generate to justify both the spending and the valuations built on it. She treats the week's jitters in the AI part of the market, which she notes is now effectively the whole market, as the market belatedly asking that same question rather than as news. She reaches for 1873 rather than 1929 or 2008 for the shape of it: a collapse in Vienna that looked like a one-off and took a good year to translate into the full unravelling of the railway capex boom, and she wonders aloud whether Korea, whose market peaked months ago, is this cycle's Vienna. Her co-host adds the proximate signs, investors going from wanting AI at any price to being picky, an Australian data-centre IPO pulled at the last minute for asking too much, and tightening financing conditions as Treasury yields rose, while cautioning that nothing yet marks it as a broken moment.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Pensions in the inheritance tax net could make UK housing rebound faster than expected

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: from April, when pensions enter the inheritance tax net · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I think that's actually pretty compelling and logical argument for housing rebounding possibly faster than we expect.”

    Episode: Markets Wrap: AI Jitters, Budget Expectations and UK Housing Rebound?

    at 6:38

    Stepek endorses a contrarian case he credits to Simon French at Panmure Liberum, that the UK housing market bounces back faster and sooner than anyone expects, and says he finds the argument compelling and logical. The mechanism he picks out is tax rather than rates. From April private pensions come inside the inheritance tax net, which overturns a decade of planning built on spending the pension last because it was the asset you could pass on free of inheritance tax. With that gone, people have more reason to hand money over before they die, and the obvious outlet is a deposit for a child or grandchild. The same change cuts the incentive to downsize, because in relative terms the family home is still the inheritance-tax-advantaged asset, so you now run the pension down before taking equity out of the house. He adds the first-home policy on top, though he expects less from it, and sets all of this against a supply side where it is too expensive for housebuilders to build: a demand-side boost into a market that cannot add stock. He is sour about the politics of it, saying politicians are lapsing back into pitching proposals that boost house prices without improving the market at all. His co-host notes separately that affordability has already improved for buyers with a twenty per cent deposit, thanks to falling prices and rising real wages.

    Time frame
    from April, when pensions enter the inheritance tax net
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Portfolio Reset: Episode 1

    1 statement

    We like gold

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “So that is very good, and of course, we like gold and well done gold.”

    Episode: The Portfolio Reset: Episode 1

    at 1:15

    Running through 10-year returns on $10,000 by asset class, Somerset Webb notes gold turned it into about $32,000, beating global bonds, property, commodities and emerging markets though not the S&P 500, and says that of course she and her co-host like gold. A brief, unelaborated statement of preference; no horizon or position is stated.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    11 statements

    Rozencwajg: pure-play, long-reserve-life oil producers are the main beneficiaries

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: next six months

    Show quote

    “In that environment, who benefits? It's the oil producing companies, and particularly the pure play companies with long reserve life.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 39:16

    Because he expects crude to rise to close the gap with refined products, Rozencwajg says the crude producers, especially pure plays with long reserve lives, will benefit most; his fund is 'in the upstream molecules'. He contrasts them with integrated majors such as Shell and BP, whose refining earnings would partly offset upstream gains, and with diversified miners that give less upside capture.

    Time frame
    next six months
    What they own
    'We're in the upstream molecules': his fund holds upstream producers, including Suncor and CNQ.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: gold bull market not over, new highs this cycle and possibly $10,000 by around 2035

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: this cycle; by 2035

    Show quote

    “I don't think that the gold bull market is over. I think that we're going to make new highs this cycle.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 16:17

    Over the long cycle Rozencwajg expects gold to make new highs, suggesting holders will be glad they kept it by around 2035 and floating an eventual $10,000 an ounce (a double from roughly $5,000). He concedes the case for gold as long-term portfolio ballast against financial repression and fiscal stress. This bullish view is explicitly long-term: over a two-year horizon he expects gold to fall further first (see his separate bearish row), and his fund has cut its gold-miner exposure sharply.

    Time frame
    this cycle; by 2035
    What they own
    His fund cut gold mining stocks from close to 30% of the portfolio last year to about 5%; he holds miners, not bullion.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCameco

    Rozencwajg: owns Cameco as the bellwether uranium producer

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “We own Cameco, which is the big bellwether up in Canada.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 43:16

    As his main equity expression of a bullish uranium view, Rozencwajg says his fund owns Cameco, the Canadian bellwether, noting there are few companies producing uranium in real size today. He has more reservations about Kazatomprom (tax changes, geopolitics, deteriorating geology) and avoids the listed small-modular-reactor companies.

    What they own
    His fund owns Cameco.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Rozencwajg: crude must rise toward diesel as refiners restart; long term, US shale has peaked

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: next six months; long term

    Show quote

    “But the big thing that's going to move is $100 crude is going to come up to match that.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 39:16

    Short term, Rozencwajg argues the Hormuz closure took about 10 million barrels a day of crude offline for over 200 days, and the apparent 6 million barrel a day fall in demand is really lost refining capacity (Russia, the Gulf, and Chinese policy cuts) since demand is modelled from refinery runs. Diesel near $200 sits about $100 above $100 crude against a normal gap of about $20, so as refiners come back he expects crude to rise roughly $80 to close the gap, over the next six months or so. Long term he says US shale has peaked, following earlier Hubbert-style peaks in the US (1971) and the North Sea/Cantarell, each of which tipped the market to the bulls, while oil demand still grows about a million barrels a day.

    Time frame
    next six months; long term
    What they own
    Co-founder and portfolio manager of Goehring & Rozencwajg, which runs a natural resource equities strategy. Positioned in upstream oil producers.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUranium

    Rozencwajg: uranium on a steady long-term uptrend, volatile around it

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “But uranium, I think, is going to continue to move much higher.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 41:48

    Rozencwajg, who says his fund bought uranium at the bottom of this cycle at $18 a pound, expects the price to keep moving much higher. He sees it as the easiest commodity market to understand: supply and demand both take a long time to change, visibility is good and the market will be tight. The trend should be up and to the right but punctuated by bouts of retail and hedge-fund euphoria and pessimism, so he prefers to hold through the swings rather than trade them.

    What they own
    His fund has held uranium exposure since about $18/lb; it owns Cameco and, in smaller size, Kazatomprom.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: Suncor is a big holding, a long-life oil-sands beneficiary of higher crude

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “We really like the oil sands, Suncor and CNQ are two big holdings of ours.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 39:16

    Rozencwajg names Suncor as one of two big holdings in the oil sands, which he describes as very well run with roughly 100-year assets that almost never decline and whose capital is already spent, so they would be among the biggest beneficiaries of the crude price rise he expects.

    What they own
    A big holding of his fund.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: rotate out of refiners into upstream oil producers

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: next six months

    Show quote

    “Certainly today, even if you were smart enough to have bought the refiners, today I think what you should be doing is rotating from the refiners into the upstream companies.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 39:16

    Rozencwajg admits he should have owned refiners since the start of the crisis but did not. Now he argues the refining-driven gap between product and crude prices (diesel about $100 over crude against a normal $20) should close mainly by crude rising as refining capacity returns, so the refiners' advantage fades while producers gain. His recommendation is relative: rotate from refiners into upstream companies.

    Time frame
    next six months
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: stay clear of listed SMR companies, priced on 2030s revenue hopes

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: for the time being

    Show quote

    “And the problem with the publicly listed ones right now, is that they're awfully expensive on sort of the promise of revenue sometime in the 2030s. So I would stay clear of them for the time being.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 44:39

    Rozencwajg says some small-modular-reactor technology is excellent and will be the next generation of reactors, but others are hype and hope, and the publicly listed SMR names are very expensive on the promise of revenue in the 2030s. He would stay clear for now and his fund does not own them; he thinks the eventual winner may be the private TerraPower. The view is valuation-driven and for the time being, not a call against nuclear power itself.

    Time frame
    for the time being
    What they own
    His fund does not invest in the SMR companies.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: commodities are at the very beginning of a 10-15 year capital-cycle bull market

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: 10 to 15 year cycle; 'end the decade happy'

    Show quote

    “And when you follow those rules and apply them today, they tell you that today, unlike 2012, we very much are in the early stages of a strong bull run.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 0:08

    Rozencwajg argues commodity cycles are driven by a 10-15 year lag between the price signal and new supply, a lag he says is lengthening because easy resources have been found and environmental baseline studies take years. On his preferred measure, the ratio of commodity prices to stock prices (the GSCI against equities, extended back to 1900), commodities are close to the cheapest they have ever been, cheaper only at the 2020 bottom, which he reads as capital having been drained from the extractive sectors. He therefore says the complex is at the very beginning of a large cycle, unlike 2012 when the capex boom was about to flood the market with supply. He notes each commodity has its own capital cycle (lithium had its capex boom early and is lagging) and that the asset class is very volatile; for retail investors he suggests 10-15% across the cycle, more for those who can stomach drawdowns.

    Time frame
    10 to 15 year cycle; 'end the decade happy'
    What they own
    Co-founder and portfolio manager of Goehring & Rozencwajg, which runs a natural resource equities strategy.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: CNQ is a big holding, a long-life oil-sands beneficiary of higher crude

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “We really like the oil sands, Suncor and CNQ are two big holdings of ours.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 39:16

    Rozencwajg names Canadian Natural Resources (CNQ) as one of two big oil-sands holdings, describing it as very well run with roughly 100-year assets that almost never decline and whose capital is already spent, so it would be among the biggest beneficiaries of the crude price rise he expects.

    What they own
    A big holding of his fund.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rozencwajg: gold retracement has further to go over a two-year tactical horizon

    Adam RozencwajgMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: two-year tactical view · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I do think that there'll be a better entry point now before then, I think gold will move lower before it moves higher.”

    Episode: Why the Commodity Bull Market Is Just Beginning

    at 16:17

    Rozencwajg expects gold to fall further before its next leg up. His reasons: the gold-to-oil ratio hit about 90 barrels per ounce in January, an extreme that favours oil; Western speculative money piled into bullion ETFs and, being trend-followers, could liquidate as prices fall; silver's catch-up rally in January, which in his partner's work typically signals a top in both metals; and the Fed under Warsh is now in a hiking cycle that he does not think gold has priced in (gold sold off on the first hike). Normal post-signal retracements run 20-45% over about two years; at roughly nine months and 20% in, a bottom now would tie the shallowest retracement since 1971, so he suspects it has lower to go. He frames this as a probability call for someone with a two-year tactical view and says long-term holders using gold as ballast can reasonably keep it.

    Time frame
    two-year tactical view
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    His fund cut gold mining stocks from close to 30% of the portfolio to about 5%.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · What to Do If Your Mortgage Rate Jumps

    1 statement

    UK flat prices are near the bottom and worth a look for buyers

    Anthony EmmersonMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think we are at that point where things are starting to look interesting and worth getting involved in. Because I don't think that they can fall much further without sort of triggering a bit more of a wider problem.”

    Episode: What to Do If Your Mortgage Rate Jumps

    at 10:40

    Emmerson, a London mortgage broker, argues that UK flats have fallen significantly further than family houses because supply exceeds buyers: developers are building flats to fit more units on land, and a landlord survey he cites says around 48% intend to sell within twelve months or at remortgage as cheap 1-3% loans roll onto 5-6% rates and tax changes bite. Buyers have held off expecting prices to keep falling, but he thinks flats are nearing the point where they cannot fall much further without triggering a wider problem, so first-time buyers should run the numbers now because the right time to buy is before the bottom. He frames it as 'nearing' and 'might be worth' doing the calculation, and warns buyers to watch ground rent and service charges.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · How to Outsmart Your Investing Instincts

    2 statements

    Cut his tech weighting: hyperscaler capex and gains on their own AI stakes flatter the earnings denominator

    Alex EdmansMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I myself have chosen to reduce my weighting in tech more generally, partly because I do think it's slightly overvalued, but also partly because of my refinancing needs and my objectives in a year from now.”

    Episode: How to Outsmart Your Investing Instincts

    at 35:22

    Edmans argues the headline price-earnings ratio on AI-exposed tech, around 25 to 30, understates the real multiple because the denominator is suspect. Hyperscaler earnings carry very large capital expenditure, with those companies now under pressure to spend less, and in some cases the earnings are lifted by unrealised gains on the companies' own AI investments, Microsoft's stakes in OpenAI and Anthropic among them. If those earnings are temporarily inflated, the true multiple is much higher than it looks. He stops short of calling it a definitive bubble, because unlike Cisco in 2000 at a price-earnings ratio of 190, roughly three times Microsoft's and four times Intel's, the valuation is not clear-cut on its face. He describes himself as cautious but more quietly cautious than in previous bubbles, and he has acted on it: he reduced his tech exposure six to nine months before this conversation and has cut his weighting in tech more generally, partly on the slight overvaluation and partly because he refinances a five-year mortgage next year at a much higher rate and so now has a short-horizon objective.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Said on air that he reduced his tech exposure quite a lot six to nine months ago to lock in gains, and has chosen to reduce his weighting in tech more generally; invests nearly always through funds rather than single stocks.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    A bubble in AI, in the hyperscalers and in the capex: retail should pull back, not put money in

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “That's an AI bubble. There's a bubble in hyperscalers. There's a bubble in CapEx and retail investors should really be careful now. Now is the time to pull back, not put in.”

    Episode: How to Outsmart Your Investing Instincts

    at 34:44

    Somerset Webb names AI, the hyperscalers and the capital expenditure behind them as a bubble, and says retail investors should be reducing exposure now rather than adding to it. She reaches it through the mechanism she sets out earlier in the conversation: the market is not a closed zero-sum game, because the stock price is a signal companies act on. When prices are very high it is cheap and easy to raise equity, and even a company sitting on cash reads a high price as the market telling it to do more of what it is doing. So overvalued companies over-invest, which produces overcapacity, supply problems and a crash in the real economy and not only in the financial one. She offers the AI buildout as the live example of that pattern, in answer to Edmans asking whether there is a sector right now that is very highly valued and might be spending a lot.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Markets Wrap: The Triple Lock, Bond Yields and Housing

    4 statements
    BearishUK gilts

    Out of the spotlight for now, but the gap between Burnham's ambitions and the money ends in a collision

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “At some point, we're going to have to marry up this gap between the political ambitions and the actual money in the bank that we've got. I don't really see how those two can be married up without some sort of collision with either taxpayers or the bond market.”

    Episode: Markets Wrap: The Triple Lock, Bond Yields and Housing

    at 10:59

    Stepek thinks the calm in gilts is a reprieve rather than a verdict. He grants the starting point: the bond market is not especially worried about gilts relative to the premium it has demanded in the recent past, Britain's problems are many but none has got noticeably worse, and the attention has moved to France - he notes how much it helps simply to be out of the spotlight. But he will not call it approval of the Burnham government, and the unresolved arithmetic is what he expects to bind. The political ambitions and the money actually in the bank have to be reconciled at some point, and he does not see how without a collision with either taxpayers or the bond market. Near-term, the budget is coming and it is still unclear how the ambitions get funded, with the global forces pushing yields up everywhere - led by the US, and inflation - still in place. He also doubts the denials about an early election: Burnham kept pointing at 2030, which is past the next election, and says the current manifesto has tied his hands, which to Stepek points at going to the country, probably in 2027, to get the sign-off. On the triple lock reform itself he is unimpressed fiscally - it moves the state pension to average earnings growth over the long run, saves some billions against the old trajectory but not many, and is paired with a gesture at taxpayer-funded social care that he expects to be a bottomless pit.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    You buy a new build, you lose: 16% gone the moment you turn the key, unless the market is storming

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Okay, John, the other thing that I find it hard to feel optimistic about is the housing market. Obviously, things are pretty bad in the housing market.”

    Episode: Markets Wrap: The Triple Lock, Bond Yields and Housing

    at 12:54

    Somerset Webb finds the UK housing market hard to feel optimistic about, and says things in it are plainly bad: sellers cannot get what they paid, prices have been cut and cut again, and the statistics show both volumes and prices falling. Into that comes another Help to Buy, which she judged an absolute disaster the first time. Her structural objection is to the new-build premium rather than to the subsidy mechanics: the only way to make money on a new build is in an absolutely storming market, because the moment you buy a new flat it becomes a second-hand flat - on the last numbers she saw, about 16% of the purchase price is gone as you turn the key in the door. So unless there is a massive bull market, you buy and you lose, which makes a scheme that puts buyers into new flats with a 2.5% deposit a way of delivering negative equity. Her co-host supplies the evidence from the previous scheme - roughly 45% of Help to Buy flats sold in the 2024-25 fiscal year lost money on the purchase price - and the exit problem, where the taxpayer's equity loan is repaid off a valuation that can exceed the price actually achieved.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bond yields won't fix themselves until politics is fixed - and the politics is rubbish

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “Every country suffering from high bond yields that are not related to great economic growth, suffers from horrible politics and politicians that will not confront their fiscal problems. So you're not going to see a proper turnaround until you see either superbly fast growth across Europe, not holding my breath, or politicians who will genuinely confront their problems.”

    Episode: Markets Wrap: The Triple Lock, Bond Yields and Housing

    at 12:15

    Somerset Webb's claim is that this is one condition, not many national stories: every country with high bond yields unrelated to strong economic growth has horrible politics and politicians who will not confront their fiscal problems, so yields will not fix themselves until the politics is fixed. She sets two exits and dismisses one of them on the spot - either superbly fast growth across Europe, on which she is not holding her breath, or politicians who genuinely confront their problems. Britain is her illustration rather than an exception: Andy Burnham keeps saying he will make difficult decisions, but what she heard in the speech was a promise to make some decisions at another time, which she says is a different thing, and her co-host notes the decisions are all placed in 2030. Her reading of the triple lock reform is that the fuss is out of proportion to the money - deck chairs on the Titanic - because the state pension is no longer the only thing between pensioners and poverty now that auto-enrolment gives everyone in work a defined contribution pot, and pensioners have gone from the group most often in poverty in the UK to the group least often in it. The one constructive possibility she allows is that a national social care service, if Burnham wins an election and delivers it, would have to be funded by a broad new tax, which could break the UK's habit of loading tax after tax onto a small group of the wealthy who can get on a plane.

    Only if
    No proper turnaround in yields until either superbly fast growth across Europe or politicians who genuinely confront their fiscal problems
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Help to Buy again, into a real-terms correction: hard to see why anyone would buy or build

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “And it's hard to see why A, anyone would buy into this market, and B, why anyone would still want to build into this market.”

    Episode: Markets Wrap: The Triple Lock, Bond Yields and Housing

    at 15:28

    Stepek says nothing makes the new scheme different - it is Help to Buy again, launched under the name Your First Home, with a 2.5% deposit topped up by a taxpayer-backed 20% equity loan, so a buyer effectively has 22.5% down and access to a cheaper mortgage, which he suspects matters less to the government than the hope it gets builders starting flats again. He finds that unconvincing against the backdrop, and the record of the last scheme is why it worries him: roughly 45% of the flats sold under Help to Buy in the 2024-25 fiscal year lost money against their purchase price, flats being the ones that lose while the houses were not too bad. With only 2.5% of equity, a loss leaves the buyer trapped, and those who bought in the 2020s are already in negative equity. The equity loan makes the exit worse. A sale needs an independent RICS valuation that lasts only three months, so at current sale times he can see buyers paying for two or three of them, and the repayment is struck off the valuation rather than the price - valued at £300,000 and sold at £280,000, the government is still owed its share of £300,000. He contrasts 2013, when the scheme landed into tight mortgage finance, little supply and builders with recovering balance sheets, with now, which he places well into a real-terms correction, so he cannot see why anyone would buy into this market or build into it. His one concession is that the housebuilders take it as a catalyst and as proof they are still politically favoured.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    9 statements

    The fund stays centred on AI picks and shovels because they are earning the money now

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: the next 18 months at least

    Show quote

    “I would say that within the position of the portfolio that we very much still centric on the AI infrastructure companies, the pitch and shuffle, just because like we do think like, if they are already making the money today, rather than hoping them to make the money off tomorrow, then I think you get paid.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 24:53

    Yiu's portfolio is still built around the AI infrastructure companies, and his reason is the margin of safety in cash today rather than cash hoped for. He separates two bubbles: the unlisted model builders, which he says are on bubble valuations, and the hardware suppliers, whose earnings are real. He concedes those suppliers are over-earning -- but over-earning is not the same as earnings going to zero, and he draws the COVID parallel with the digital winners that kept a permanently larger business. His durability argument is structural: for these earnings to collapse you would need every AI spender to stop at once and build their own, and the customer commitments already made cannot be pulled quickly. He puts the visibility at 18 months at least and says he is watching 2028-29 onwards.

    Time frame
    the next 18 months at least
    What they own
    Says the Blue Whale Growth Fund's roughly 30-position portfolio remains centred on AI infrastructure companies.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Most listed pure-play quantum names do not survive, even though quantum is the real risk to GPUs

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But unfortunately, when you look at some of the more independent quantum computing companies that are listed in the stock market today, I think they are probably a bit more speculative in a way that I think most of them are not going to make it.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 32:00

    Yiu takes quantum computing seriously as a technology and not at all seriously as a listed opportunity today. He argues the biggest risk to his AI exposure is not China, not competition and not whether AI is real, but quantum: if quantum computing arrives, you do not need GPUs, and he cites Alphabet and IBM pointing at something around 2030. That makes it a thing to watch closely. But the independent quantum companies listed now he calls speculative, and he expects most of them not to make it -- some will be very successful, and picking which is hit and miss. The fund's rule is to wait for a company to have proven itself profitable before buying, so he says it is too early to call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNewmont

    Newmont pays even if gold goes nowhere, which a gold ETF does not

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: the next two or three years

    Show quote

    “But for a gold miner such as Newmont, because they have a lot of reserve, but again, they are very efficient to mine the gold out, assuming that the gold prices doesn't change for the next few years at $4,000, they will still make a lot of money.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 18:30

    Yiu bought Newmont last year as the fund's way of owning the gold thesis, and the point of choosing a miner over metal is the margin of safety. He says the reserve base, valued against mining costs and inflation over time, trades at a discount to the current gold price, so at a flat $4,000 gold over the next two or three years an ETF holder makes nothing while Newmont still makes a lot of money. The company itself he describes as the biggest gold miner in the world at about 5% of production, with most assets in North America, which he calls a pretty safe jurisdiction. He accepts the other side plainly: if the gold price falls, the position is wrong.

    Time frame
    the next two or three years
    What they own
    Says the fund initiated a position in Newmont last year.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    European defence is the fund's cleanest holding that owes nothing to AI

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “We really like European defense just because this is also a new normal that European Union have concluded that actually we do need to spend some money to defend ourselves on the back of Trump's policies. And this is going to be a much more prolonged kind of investment cycle into European defense.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 13:44

    Asked whether there is any way left to step out of the AI boom, Yiu's first answer is European defence, which the fund holds. His case is that the European Union has concluded it has to pay to defend itself in response to Trump's policies, and that this is a new normal rather than a spike -- a prolonged investment cycle rather than a one-off budget. The attraction for him is the independence: if the cost or direction of AI changes, he argues it should have no bearing on a European defence budget, because the spending is needed regardless.

    What they own
    Says European defence is a holding in the Blue Whale Growth Fund.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishSpaceX

    SpaceX is in a valuation bubble, unlike the listed AI hardware names

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I think you also need to differentiate the amount of a few probably major companies, because if you're referring to the likes of SpaceX, OpenAI or Anthropic, I would definitely say that they are in a valuation bubble, right?”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 8:50

    Asked whether the AI complex is running an earnings bubble rather than a valuation bubble, Yiu says the question has to be split by company. SpaceX he groups with OpenAI and Anthropic as names he would definitely call a valuation bubble: mostly unlisted, unprofitable today, growing revenue fast, with profitability projected several years out, so what is being paid for is future expectation and the payback period. He contrasts that with the listed hardware suppliers, where the money is being earned now, and notes a valuation bubble is the easier of the two to burst because it only needs expectations to change. Separately he calls the space ecosystem a genuinely exciting future area that is too early for the fund today.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishEli Lilly

    GLP-1 is the healthcare position that owes nothing to AI, with a billion-person cohort

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “So Eli Lidi, I would say also, if you think about hatching against AI, I think that is totally not related to AI, that it could continue to think about the world population. Twenty percent of the world population potentially could be part of that customer cohort, which is very big. It's like a billion people.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 22:28

    Yiu splits the fund's healthcare exposure in two. The biologics equipment side is an AI story he is deliberately patient about -- promising, but regulation makes it ten years away rather than two. Eli Lilly and GLP-1 is the other side, and he says it is completely unrelated to AI, which is exactly why it works as a hedge against the AI trade going wrong. His sizing of the opportunity is the addressable population: he puts up to 20% of the world, on the order of a billion people, in the potential customer cohort, and argues the drugs are genuinely game-changing beyond weight loss. The transcript renders the company "Eli Lidi" and "Eli Liddy" and the drug class "GOP1".

    What they own
    Names Eli Lilly among the fund's healthcare holdings.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gold is one of only two hedges against governments borrowing from the future

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Gold is going to be a good hedge against the depreciation of fear currency in general.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 16:46

    Yiu reaches gold through his follow-the-money framework: spending comes from consumers, enterprises and governments, and the government side is running deficits across Japan, the US, the UK and Europe that he describes as borrowing from a future nobody can repay. He says there are only two asset classes that protect against that quantitative-easing dynamic -- crypto and gold -- and that gold is a good hedge against the depreciation of fiat currency, which the transcript renders as "fear currency". He rules crypto out for the fund as too hard to understand. He notes the gold price has been weak recently and puts that down to technical factors.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Crack spreads stay wide even if oil falls, because the shut refineries do not come back

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So even though maybe oil price might come down, the end product, which is the product we end up paying for, could remain at a very elevated level, just because of supply and demand imbalance within the refinery are very now constrained.”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 20:24

    Yiu has started building a small early position in a refiner he names as Marathon, on the view that the crack spread is elevated for a structural reason rather than a cyclical one. Refining capacity has been shut or damaged through the geopolitical disruption, and he argues it does not simply switch back on if there is a deal with Iran tomorrow, because rebuilding that infrastructure is expensive and slow. So the crude price can fall while gasoline and other fuels stay high -- which he says is bad for the consumer and good for the refiner's margin. He treats it as the same follow-the-money pattern as AI hardware: constrained supply is what lets the seller charge.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the fund has recently started building a small position, at an early stage, in a refiner he names as Marathon.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishOpen AI

    OpenAI is a valuation bubble; the money is being made by the suppliers, not the model builders

    Stephen YiuMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I think you also need to differentiate the amount of a few probably major companies, because if you're referring to the likes of SpaceX, OpenAI or Anthropic, I would definitely say that they are in a valuation bubble, right?”

    Episode: The Stocks That Could Survive an AI Bust

    at 8:50

    Yiu draws the line between the companies spending on AI models and the companies being paid by that spending. OpenAI he groups with Anthropic and SpaceX as names he would definitely call a valuation bubble: not yet listed, not profitable, revenue growing very quickly, profitability projected a few years out, so the price is entirely future expectation. His own money goes the other way, into the picks and shovels that are already earning. He is consistent about why: model building is a trial-and-error business where a lot do not survive and a few become very successful, which he says suits a venture portfolio of a hundred names, not a 30-position high-conviction fund that needs more certainty about the direction of travel.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Is the Stock Market Sending a Warning?

    3 statements

    Record highs masked by a handful of chip stocks: the market looks fine on the surface and isn't underneath

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now, as John says, and I agree, it's a very small sample sale, doesn't mean anything, but it doesn't feel good, does it? Having the market led by companies like this, people constantly think, oh, it's a new high, it's a new high, it's a new high, everything's fine, but underneath everything kind of isn't.”

    Episode: Is the Stock Market Sending a Warning?

    at 0:31

    Somerset Webb reads the market's narrowing leadership as a warning. She points to Tuesday's Nasdaq rise, more than half of which came from four chipmakers, and to work by Bloomberg's John Authers showing that a stretch of outperformance this concentrated has no parallel since the late 1990s, plus a trader's statistic that the only two other days on which the S&P 500 rallied at least 1% to a new high while more stocks made new lows than highs were in July 1929 and December 1999. She accepts the sample is tiny and proves nothing, and that breadth is a poor timing tool, but holds that a market dragged along by a couple of very large companies while everything else is flat or drifting down is not normal, and that the run of new highs is hiding what is happening underneath. No timing and no horizon is attached.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Too much capex, not enough revenue: expects a reaction inside 12 months, with the Anthropic IPO the trigger point

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Time frame: next 12 months · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Whereas I must admit, I'd be surprised if we don't get some reaction in the next 12 months because apart from anything else, the anthropic IPO is meant to be coming anytime soon.”

    Episode: Is the Stock Market Sending a Warning?

    at 4:17

    Stepek restates his standing argument that AI spending is running far ahead of the revenue it would have to produce to earn a reasonable return on capital, citing a white paper by a manager he names on air whose conclusion is that the revenue is unlikely to materialise and that a reality check comes at some point. He parts company with that author on timing: the author would not confidently predict a reversal inside the next 12 months, while Stepek says he would be surprised if there were no reaction in that window, because the Anthropic IPO is expected shortly and is a natural moment for investors to ask whether the economics work. He also says he is on crash alert for at least six months from The Economist putting Nvidia on its cover earlier in September, a magazine-cover indicator he says works because the title is so widely read rather than because it is bad. Separately he agrees the S&P 500 and the Nasdaq are expensive and concentrated, while arguing that narrow breadth is a weak timing signal that often simply widens out again. What he predicts is a reaction, not a quantified fall.

    Time frame
    next 12 months
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The data centres are not going up: chips sit in boxes while power, heat, water and protests delay the buildings

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “That means that while the money is being technically spent, it's not necessarily clear that the infrastructure is being built at the speed that's supposed to be. And if I was going to worry about something else, you know, beyond Armageddon and that kind of thing, that's what I would worry about. The data center's not going up.”

    Episode: Is the Stock Market Sending a Warning?

    at 5:11

    Somerset Webb's own worry is not the size of AI capex but whether the physical capacity behind it actually gets built. She says she keeps seeing data centres fail to be completed, with a share of purchased chips never activated because they are waiting on buildings that are going up more slowly than planned, held back by local protests, electricity hookups, heat and water. Her conclusion is that money being technically spent does not mean the infrastructure is arriving on schedule, and that this is what she would worry about. She adds two points against the usual consolation that a bust at least leaves the infrastructure behind: AI is physical in a way the internet build-out was not, so the physical side is where to look for what happens next, and, citing Alec Cutler, the chips inside a data centre go obsolete quickly, so what is left is a big building. She does not say what it means for any security, noting on the hyperscalers that she and Stepek are moving outside their competence.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Is Buy-to-Let Still a Good Investment?

    1 statement

    Not becoming a buy-to-let landlord: tax and regulation have taken the appeal out

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “Personally, I'm not going to become a buy-to-let landlord in a hurry.”

    Episode: Is Buy-to-Let Still a Good Investment?

    at 18:03

    On the 30th anniversary of the buy-to-let mortgage, Somerset Webb says the trade no longer appeals to her. Her argument is that the two things that made it work have both gone: the capital gains that let late-1990s landlords break even on cash flow and still make money have turned into capital losses across much of the UK, and the tax treatment that made leverage cheap has been dismantled - George Osborne's 3% stamp duty surcharge on second homes and the tapering of mortgage interest relief to a 20% credit, which can leave a higher-rate landlord paying tax on a property that loses money. She adds that the compliance burden is now a barrier in itself, with the Renters' Rights Act, energy performance rules and heavy fines making it hard to enter cold, and that eviction and arrears risk now argues for holding a diversified portfolio rather than a single flat. Her guest's data is the backdrop rather than her case: two-thirds of the 30-year total return came from rental income, not capital growth, and buy-to-let purchases have fallen from about 16% of homes sold a decade ago to just under 10% this year.

    What they own
    Says she is not going to become a buy-to-let landlord in a hurry; states no existing property position.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Can Governments Afford These Interest Rates?

    3 statements

    Buying gold makes a lot of sense as governments slide toward financial repression

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “I mean, yeah, I mean, I think buying gold is perfectly reasonable, valid. And we've said it a million times, but it makes a lot of sense.”

    Episode: Can Governments Afford These Interest Rates?

    at 9:40

    Stepek agrees that buying gold is reasonable and makes a lot of sense, a view he says the pair have stated many times. The context is the debt-interest squeeze on governments and the drift toward financial repression: he notes the Bank of England halted active sales of long-dated gilts and may adopt a Bessent-style operation twist through the Debt Management Office, which he describes as 'very financially repressiony', and he expects further capital nudges or even capital controls to be floated at the UK budget. In that world holding gold is the sensible response.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI is real but massively overhyped, and too much capital is being spent on something that will not work

    John StepekMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I mean, I'm still coming down on, it's a big technological deal that's been massively overhyped, and we're probably, sorry, I was about to swear that spending too much capital on something that's not going to work.”

    Episode: Can Governments Afford These Interest Rates?

    at 3:09

    Stepek positions himself between the two camps: he rejects the view that AI is nothing, comparing that to those who said the internet was no better than a fax machine in 2000, but also rejects the extinction narrative pushed by the labs, which he reads partly as hype ahead of big IPOs and partly as an attempt to shift liability onto regulators. His conclusion is that AI is a big technological deal that has been massively overhyped and that too much capital is probably being spent on something that is not going to work. He adds that the rising cost of credit is what could actually bring the AI bubble down, if it is one. Hedged with 'probably'.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Every big economy needs rates below inflation to carry its debt, so every currency's purchasing power falls: buy gold

    Merryn Somerset WebbMerryn Talks MoneyPublished

    Show quote

    “So at some point, either inflation has to go much higher or rates have to stop falling again, or this debt interest burden becomes unsustainable. So the purchasing power of every currency will fall soon by gold.”

    Episode: Can Governments Afford These Interest Rates?

    at 8:21

    Somerset Webb argues that rising rates are pushing the interest burden on government debt higher everywhere, as a share of tax revenue, and that the only historical way out of large public debt is financial repression, holding interest rates below inflation or below nominal growth. Because every major economy is now in the same position, she expects a coordinated 'great global devaluation' rather than repression in one or two countries: either inflation goes much higher, or rates fall again, or the debt-interest burden becomes unsustainable. In each case the purchasing power of every currency falls, and her conclusion is to buy gold. The transcript renders the last phrase as 'soon by gold'.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The Compound and Friends

    52 bullish · 17 bearish12 episodes · 69 statements · 10 speakersLatest

    · An Economy So Good No One Can Live In It with Jill Schlesinger⁠

    3 statements
    BullishUS economy

    No multi-year US recession is coming: the banks are not over-levered, and even big corporate failures would only dent the economy

    Jill SchlesingerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “But I don't see that in this country right now, we don't have big over levered banks. We might have some companies that are barring a lot of money. But like, you know, if any of these companies go broke, it would hurt the economy, but we're not going into a multi-year recession. It's not gonna happen.”

    Episode: An Economy So Good No One Can Live In It with Jill Schlesinger⁠

    at 1:15:05

    Asked whether the midterms matter, Schlesinger says she keeps trying to imagine the risk nobody is considering, such as France blowing up and an EU bailout setting off a cascade, but concludes there is too much money in the world for France to trigger anything and that a shock will come when it comes, if it does. For the US, Schlesinger sees no setup for a deep downturn: the country does not have big over-levered banks, and although some companies are borrowing a lot of money and a failure among them would hurt the economy, Schlesinger states flatly that the US is not going into a multi-year recession. The view rules out a long recession; it does not rule out a slowdown or a market sell-off.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    Labor demand is still strong three years into AI, so the economy and high-end spending will not reset without a bigger shock

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “So that's the other big reason why this doesn't reset. Because there's still a ton of demand for labor. Three years into the age of AI and we're really not seeing any change.”

    Episode: An Economy So Good No One Can Live In It with Jill Schlesinger⁠

    at 42:36

    Brown argues the US economy is not heading for a reset. With little immigration the labor pool has shrunk, so demand for workers remains very high in most industries, with healthcare demand off the charts, and three years into the age of AI employers are holding on to staff. Wage growth is below the unnatural 2021 pace but still positive, strongly so in some industries. Brown reasons that as long as people have jobs, earn money and see their investments grow, they will keep spending and upgrading, and doubts an ordinary stock market correction would change that; it would take something more substantial. Brown adds that behaviour tends to change only when people see coworkers losing jobs, which is not happening.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    The hard data says the US economy is generally OK despite the anxiety: charge-offs falling, jobless claims near record lows

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And Jill, for 15 quarters, they've been saying the same thing. They're not lying to us. OK, so what's going on? There is a lot of anxiety. Despite the fact that the economy is generally OK.”

    Episode: An Economy So Good No One Can Live In It with Jill Schlesinger⁠

    at 24:30

    Batnick grants that there are real reasons for economic anxiety: gasoline and diesel are getting very expensive and mortgage rates are beyond unaffordable. Against that, Batnick points to the hard data from companies that serve everybody: Bank of America's consumer net charge-offs are falling, initial jobless claims were 194,000, among the lowest readings since the 1960s, and bank executives have said the same thing about the consumer for 15 quarters, which Batnick takes at face value. The conclusion is that the economy is generally OK even though people feel anxious and some are struggling; Batnick blames much of the gap on media and algorithms that reward negativity.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    6 statements
    BearishNetflix NFLX

    Batnick sold Netflix and does not find the bull case convincing

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Okay, so the bulk case, and it's not a very convincing one. I sold the stock, you sold half of it.”

    Episode: Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    at 7:22

    Batnick sold his Netflix position for a 20 percent loss in a taxable account, above where his co-host sold, and says the bull case is not a very convincing one. His objection is the trajectory rather than the quarter: four straight quarters of revenue deceleration, 11.8 percent year on year and the slowest since 2023, with guidance 0.2 percent below the midpoint and the advertising platform's 2026 revenue expectation cut to $2.7bn from about $3bn. Margins, he concedes, are fine. The structural point is the time-spent chart the street has been circulating, which he says keeps getting worse because YouTube is eating their lunch. He is not permanently bearish: he says sentiment cannot possibly get worse and there will be a buy-in eventually, but will not guess whether that is at 64 or 44, with the stock already down 52 percent and a record number of shares bought back at higher prices.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he sold the stock for a 20 percent loss in a taxable account, taking the write-off, and did it at a higher price than his co-host.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Brown on Anthropic's filing: revenue is outgrowing expenses, which is what the float needed

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: the next couple of weeks for the flotation

    Show quote

    “Their revenue growth is starting to outpace their growth in their expenses, which is like exactly what they need to show in order to float this thing in a couple of weeks. And they showed it.”

    Episode: Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    at 13:12

    Reading the revised S-1 reported that day, Brown says the headline the media led with - about $80bn of losses in the first half - is the wrong number, partly because a large share of it is the change in fair value of convertible notes and other instruments rather than operating cash burn. The number he says matters is that revenue growth is starting to outpace expense growth, which is exactly what the company needed to show to float in a couple of weeks, and he says they showed it. His framing of the loss is that it was spent on purpose to buy growth, not the result of a product falling out of favour. He is explicit that this matters market-wide: the labs have to go public and raise the money to honour the spending commitments the rest of the AI trade is relying on.

    Time frame
    the next couple of weeks for the flotation
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Brown: whoever funds it and at whatever price, AI usage is not going to stop

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Like regardless of who finances it and at what price, the tailwind here is that the usage is not going to stop.”

    Episode: Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    at 16:43

    Brown separates the financing of the AI buildout from the demand for it. Credit is repricing - his co-host notes CoreWeave's debt and the worst-rated AI bonds at 17 percent and expects new capital formation to slow - but Brown's point is that the tailwind is usage, which does not stop regardless of who finances the capacity or at what price. He contrasts it directly with Netflix, where people are genuinely not turning the product on, and says there is no demand problem for AI anywhere in sight. He allows one way this could break: the price war Steve Eisman warned about, where the labs cut what they charge consumers and it spirals. He says that may yet happen but has not really happened yet.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishNetflix NFLX

    Brown halved Netflix: it cannot win the attention argument

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “They can't win, you cannot win that narrative if you're Netflix. You just, you simply can't.”

    Episode: Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    at 6:36

    Brown's problem with Netflix is not the financials - he says they are doing great and the margins are good - but that the conversation has moved from streaming share against Paramount and Disney to time spent against TikTok, Instagram and YouTube, a comparison he says Netflix simply cannot win, which is why he thinks management no longer wants to discuss hours spent and now publishes engagement metrics only once a year. The trigger for acting was the week before the recording: the head of content and the head of the studio were fired along with the studio's second chair, followed by a thousand layoffs, which he reads as something you do not do ahead of a good quarter. He says he rode the stock down from 100, averaged down, sold half at about 70, and that the after-hours fall on the print is not enough to make him buy it back. He is candid that he broke his own rules and is still wrong.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he rode the stock down from 100, averaged down, and sold half his position at about 70 that day, with a mea culpa on CNBC; still holds the other half and says it is not down enough for him to buy back.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Brown sees a year-end rally in tech if the AI financing chain holds

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: year-end · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And so the fact that this stock is not 80, it's 150, I think bodes really well for a year-end rally, especially in tech and all of the related data center sectors.”

    Episode: Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    at 11:25

    Brown reads SpaceX trading at 150 rather than 80 as evidence the AI financing chain is intact, and says that bodes really well for a year-end rally, especially in tech and the related data-centre sectors. His reasoning is about everyone's earnings estimates rather than about SpaceX: the hundreds of billions of committed GPU rental and data-centre spend coming out of the frontier labs, some of it guaranteed, has to actually happen market-wide, so what he says the market needs is for SpaceX to hold up and for Anthropic to float and raise the money to honour those commitments. He says nothing heard from either company that day suggests it is off track. The condition is explicit, which is why this is a conditional call rather than an unqualified one.

    Time frame
    year-end
    Only if
    Requires SpaceX to hold up and Anthropic to go public and raise the money to honour its spending commitments; he says nothing yet suggests it is off track.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSpaceX

    Brown: SpaceX is a data-centre business now, which is why the shorts keep losing

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “And people that have tried to conventionally compare this to either like an aerospace and defense business or look at the Starling piece and try to come up with an analog to AT&T and Verizon, you're already screwed because that's not where the story is going. The story is now going to the data center business, which turns out he's pretty good at that.”

    Episode: Doubt but No Fear, SpaceX Reports, Netflix Cleans House, AI Bond Vigilantes, Bending Spoons

    at 9:43

    Brown argues the way to value SpaceX has changed and that anyone still framing it as aerospace and defence, or pricing the Starlink piece against AT&T and Verizon, is already beaten, because the story has moved to the data-centre business - and on his reading Musk is good at that. He treats this as the repeatable pattern that has destroyed the Elon bears: rather than defend a number under attack, Musk launches a new category, executes enough that the market can picture the addressable market, and the old bear point stops mattering, as he says happened when Tesla's European deliveries gave way to robots. The print behind the comment is revenue of $14.6bn, up 161 percent, with the super-intelligence line going from $2.5bn last quarter to $7.5bn. He notes Musk's own guidance of $500bn to $1tn of annual recurring revenue by the end of 2027 and says Musk does not have to hit it, only to make people believe it is possible.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · How OpenAI Could Cause a US Recession With Steve Eisman

    5 statements
    BearishUS economy

    A bad recession if AI falls apart, but not another financial crisis

    Steve EismanThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “Now, like I said, whatever does happen, it's not going to be a great financial crisis. You were talking about institutions leveled 40 to 1 It's not like that anymore. But could we have a bad recession if AI really falls apart? You bet.”

    Episode: How OpenAI Could Cause a US Recession With Steve Eisman

    at 46:56

    Separates this from 2008 by who sits at the centre of it. An AI bust is the General Motors story, not the JP Morgan story: if GM goes bankrupt, people are laid off, suppliers fail and there is a recession in that part of the country and maybe beyond; when JP Morgan goes down, planet earth burns, which is why the government had to bail everybody out so people could get their money out of the bank. The banks are fine and nothing is levered 40 to 1 any more, so he rules out a repeat of the financial crisis — but he says a bad recession is very much possible if AI really falls apart, and he does not want to go through any of it again. The systemic weight sits on the two private labs rather than the listed neoclouds: he says CoreWeave is not important enough to sink the AI story while Anthropic and OpenAI are, and that if OpenAI went bankrupt tomorrow — a case he states explicitly he is not predicting — the US economy would go into recession immediately. His reason is concentration the whole way up the chain: Nvidia grew revenue over 100% but discloses that 70% of accounts receivable is five customers; 70% of the hyperscalers' AI revenue is Anthropic and OpenAI, which is 25 to 30% of their total cloud revenue; and half of Oracle's backlog is OpenAI. He also notes the market is pure narrative and there is only one narrative that matters, so what happens to the AI narrative is what happens to the stock market.

    Only if
    Conditional on the AI story breaking down. He names OpenAI going bankrupt tomorrow as the extreme case and says in the same breath that he is not making that prediction.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    If the neoclouds cannot fund the build, the hyperscalers come out stronger

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And arguably, if the CoreWeaves and the Nebius of the world are not able to sell debt and supply as much compute as they want to, the ball just goes back into the court of the hyperscalers and Amazon, Alphabet, Microsoft, they were in an even stronger position than they were in a year ago when maybe debt was cheaper or there was a bigger appetite for bonds.”

    Episode: How OpenAI Could Cause a US Recession With Steve Eisman

    at 19:01

    Argues the financing squeeze decides who builds, not whether the demand shows up. Enterprise demand is not changing: the live audience in front of him has just spent two days going into all the investment banks on Wall Street, and he says every one of them will have a substantially larger budget for AI, AI-related projects and AI-related hiring in 2027 than in 2026 or 2025. Consumer demand is not changing either — ChatGPT, and Gemini making every Google search an AI search by default — and he says nobody who has made the technology part of their life goes back to working the way they did in 2022. So the bond prices and the difficulty of selling debt do not really touch the demand side; what changes is who gets to build the capacity to serve it. If the CoreWeaves and the Nebiuses cannot sell debt and supply as much compute as they want, the ball goes back into the court of the hyperscalers — Amazon, Alphabet, Microsoft — who are in a stronger position than a year ago when debt was cheaper and the appetite for bonds was bigger. He floats it as an idea for his guest rather than a hard call, saying "arguably"; Eisman agrees the hyperscaler position has strengthened but answers that the business is so concentrated on Anthropic and OpenAI that in a price war none of it matters.

    Only if
    Conditional on the neoclouds — he names CoreWeave and Nebius — being unable to sell debt and supply the compute they want to.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Token maxing is over and a price war is starting; the labs have no moat

    Steve EismanThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “So token maxing is done. You've got open weight models that are a tenth the price. They're not as good as the models, but you don't need a Mercedes Benz for every road trip. So they're losing market share. There's pretty good evidence that a price war is starting.”

    Episode: How OpenAI Could Cause a US Recession With Steve Eisman

    at 1:12

    His bear case on the frontier labs is pricing, not capability. Token maxing — the phase when enterprise software users were ordered by their companies to use AI 24-7 and to hell with the cost, which he dates to the spring and illustrates with Uber going through its entire AI budget in three months — is done. Open-weight models now do more or less the same job at a tenth of the price, and since you don't need a Mercedes-Benz for every road trip he says the labs are losing market share and there is pretty good evidence a price war is starting; he is already hearing Claude is cutting price. Underneath it he sees no moat anywhere in the business (the transcript renders it "motes"): a model is the best one day and people switch the next, unlike Google, where not being on Google was unthinkable, and a trillion dollars is being spent on a business with no switching costs. He reads the labs' public calls to be regulated as a tell — petrified founders hoping to shape rules that keep the Chinese open-weight models out and leave them a duopoly — and calls the claim that LLMs will destroy planet earth plainly a lie, since an LLM is a word-retrieval system predicting the next word and is not sentient. He points at the numbers as early confirmation: OpenAI said annualised revenue at the end of September was $50bn against $70bn claimed a month before, and Anthropic's $16.8bn quarter grew 43% in three months against 140% in the second quarter. Usage-based pricing makes it worse for them, he argues, because it is more expensive, so cost-conscious companies push employees onto the cheaper models and force the labs to cut price — which he calls the bear case and says we are potentially seeing the beginning of.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    House prices are going down as boomer supply and foreclosures arrive

    Steve EismanThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: "it takes time. It takes years"

    Show quote

    “They can't afford it. They can't afford it unless the price goes down. If the price came down, they could afford it. So I think housing prices are going to go down.”

    Episode: How OpenAI Could Cause a US Recession With Steve Eisman

    at 44:28

    Says house prices are going to come down, that they have already started to, and that this is how the lock-up ends. Housing has not been this unaffordable maybe ever, and he insists it is not just mortgage rates: the cost to insure a home, to pay utilities and to pay property taxes has all exploded, and one estimate he was given puts the all-in monthly cost of buying a house today 50% above five years ago. The market is locked because owners cannot sell and buyers cannot pay, and the roughly 70 million people of his co-host's age who would want houses cannot afford one unless the price falls — if it fell, they could. The supply that breaks the deadlock is arriving from two places he names: boomers dying, and foreclosures rising for the first time in a long time and up quite a lot. Falling rates would help but he says we have a long way to go from here, and the prohibitive costs he lists are not a rate problem. On timing he is explicit that it takes years, and that a falling housing market is too slow to stimulate the economy. He agrees with the show's framing that this is the worst housing environment since the financial crisis, with a third of the economy at depression level and nobody caring because of AI.

    Time frame
    "it takes time. It takes years"
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    In a full price war Oracle goes down with OpenAI's backlog

    Steve EismanThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “Let's just say that it does. Anthropics revenue growth turns negative. Nobody's going to fund them. They got to cut back on their commitments. Oracle goes right down the toilet, because half of Oracle's backlog is just from OpenAI.”

    Episode: How OpenAI Could Cause a US Recession With Steve Eisman

    at 22:34

    Walks the transmission mechanism, explicitly as an assumption rather than a forecast: in a full-blown price war the labs' revenue growth turns negative, nobody funds them, they have to cut back their commitments, and Oracle goes right down the toilet because half of Oracle's backlog is just OpenAI. He treats the share price as already pricing the distrust rather than the backlog: the stock went from $230 to $330 in two days when the reported backlog jumped by about $300bn in three months (the transcript renders these prices as $2.30 and $3.30), then back to $230 and on to $130 after a sell-side note he attributes to Gil Luria at Davidson pointed out the entire $300bn was OpenAI. His reading is that you cannot hinge your future on a company that bleeds cash like a lunatic, and that people no longer trust the backlog. He says twice in the same turn that he does not know whether the price war happens — the claim is the chain, not the timing.

    Only if
    Conditional on a full-blown price war among the frontier labs: "Okay. Let's assume it. Okay. I don't know if it's going to happen."
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Josh Rings the Bell, Fifteen Year Changes, Bank Earnings, Internals Are Fine

    5 statements

    Base case: an October shakeout in stocks

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: October

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I don't think that's gonna continue for much longer. On the show last week, I said, my base case for October is we're gonna get a shakeout.”

    Episode: Josh Rings the Bell, Fifteen Year Changes, Bank Earnings, Internals Are Fine

    at 41:41

    After the S&P 500 went 53 sessions without a 1% decline, the longest stretch since January 2020, Brown says he does not think the calm will last much longer and repeats his base case of an October shakeout. He expects earnings-driven sell-offs to be the excuse, cites the weak reaction to bank earnings as possibly part of it, and points to energy prices with no end in sight amid military action around Yemen, adding that he thinks an October surprise is coming. A short-term tactical call, separate from his long-run bullish stance.

    Time frame
    October
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Washed-out breadth plus midterm seasonality: not the time to get bearish

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: from the midterm election to the following June

    Show quote

    “But given the setup of everything washed out of the midterm seasonality, I don't think now is the time to get bearish.”

    Episode: Josh Rings the Bell, Fifteen Year Changes, Bank Earnings, Internals Are Fine

    at 50:38

    Batnick argues that market breadth is thoroughly washed out (by Denise Chisholm's smoothed participation measure) while the S&P 500 sits at an all-time high and the equal-weight index is only about 4.5% off its high; he says he has written about the 'bullish washout' since 2017 and that breadth deterioration usually means the market has already done much of the work. He adds that Q4 has been unusually strong in midterm years and that the S&P 500 has risen from the midterm election to the following June every time in the sample, while cautioning it is not a guarantee. On that setup he does not think now is the time to be bearish.

    Time frame
    from the midterm election to the following June
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Energy stocks could run much further and longer than people think

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And when you see energy stocks running up, which many of them are now doing, I want you to remember this could go way further and way longer than you might actually think is possible. Like, this absolutely could run.”

    Episode: Josh Rings the Bell, Fifteen Year Changes, Bank Earnings, Internals Are Fine

    at 15:49

    Brown notes that energy shrank from about 12% of the S&P 500 in 2011 to about 2% today, from a top-three sector to roughly the size of real estate and utilities. With many energy stocks now running up, he says the move could go much further and last much longer than investors think possible. No horizon is given.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Fifteen years and counting: stop crying and buy more stock

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “Yes, but my shtick on the show for 15 years and counting, including today, is stop crying and buy more stock.”

    Episode: Josh Rings the Bell, Fifteen Year Changes, Bank Earnings, Internals Are Fine

    at 10:52

    Looking back over 15 years in which the US stock market grew about sixfold while the economy roughly doubled, Brown says his stance for the whole period, including today, has been to stop worrying and buy more stock, while admitting there were times he was nervous or cautious. He frames US equities as the engine of American household wealth (millionaire households, 401(k) balances) and says the market has cover to rally in midterm years once the election is over. This is a long-run stance; he separately expects a short-term October shakeout.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishCitigroup C

    Not a dip buyer in Citi after a break below the 200-day

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “This is a clear violation. First off, it's a failure at the 50 day, and then it's a violation below the 200 day, and you see momentum confirming falling to a 36 RSI. I'm not a dip buyer here.”

    Episode: Josh Rings the Bell, Fifteen Year Changes, Bank Earnings, Internals Are Fine

    at 24:08

    Citigroup fell 5.6% on its earnings day, from over $140 in late June to about $124, after a barely-beat quarter against high expectations: investment banking fees down 13% sequentially, a larger reserve build, credit card profit hit by rewards and provisions, and soft fee income. With the stock having been up as much as 38% year to date, Brown reads the chart as a failure at the 50-day and a break below the 200-day moving average with momentum confirming (RSI 36), and says he is not buying the dip. Short-term, technical.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    6 statements

    Timmer: European banks, freed from negative rates, are one of his favourite sectors

    Jurrien TimmerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And actually, we're seeing this in the European banks right now. That's been one of my favorite sectors.”

    Episode: This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    at 1:04:39

    Timmer calls European banks one of his favourite sectors. They were held back for years by negative rates and policy, and positive yields are now very good for them: payouts are growing fast, with a payout ratio of about 88%, and from April 2025 until a few weeks before recording they outperformed the S&P 500 by as much as the AI trade did. He uses them as an example of a diversifier that can still be hit when stocks and bonds wobble together, noting that they have recently sold off.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Timmer: gold's sell-off will pass; global money supply puts fair value at $5,000 and rising

    Jurrien TimmerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think that will pass. And based on global money supply, 5,000 to me is the right number and rising.”

    Episode: This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    at 51:15

    Timmer says gold no longer tracks inverted real yields. Since 2022 it has followed global M2, which is growing 7-9% a year, plus central-bank buying. In 2025 tourists and speculators rotating out of Bitcoin pushed it to about $5,600, above the roughly $4,800 his money-supply model justified. Then the Iran conflict made gold a reserve asset for sale, as Gulf states that could not sell oil sold gold, and it fell to about $4,039 before recovering to around $4,200. He expects that selling to pass and puts the right level at $5,000 and rising. He also says he expects gold and Bitcoin both to go up, with Bitcoin going up more.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Timmer expects US inflation to average at least 3% over the next five years

    Jurrien TimmerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: over the next five years

    Show quote

    “If you buy a five-year tips and you hold it to maturity, you're getting like 2.6% real plus whatever the inflation is going to be over the next five years, which is probably, my view is going to be at least 3%.”

    Episode: This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    at 27:38

    Timmer argues that the savings-glut, secular-stagnation era of low inflation is over and was the historical exception. Oil feeding into sticky inflation is the main driver of the current bond sell-off, and he notes real bottlenecks such as tanker rates up about tenfold. His own estimate is that inflation will run at least 3% over the next five years, which is why he finds TIPS real yields of about 2.6% attractive. Elsewhere he describes the current environment as inflation running at 3-4%.

    Time frame
    over the next five years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishBitcoin

    Timmer: Bitcoin's winter is over after a confirmed double bottom near $60K; it should outrun gold

    Jurrien TimmerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think gold's, I think Bitcoin is going to, I think they're both going to go up and Bitcoin is going to go up more, even though we're still kind of looking for a narrative.”

    Episode: This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    at 52:33

    Timmer reads Bitcoin through a power-law, log-time framework in which each cycle is a smaller wave. The 2025 peak at about $126,000 fell a little short of where the model said it should go, and he had marked $60,000 as a buying level for the winter. Price hit about $58-60K but too early for a winter that usually lasts nine to twelve months, held there until a month or two ago, then broke above $80,000, which he says confirmed a double bottom. Priced in gold, the pattern looks equally constructive. He expects both gold and Bitcoin to rise and Bitcoin to rise more, though he admits the move has no clear narrative yet. He calls Bitcoin a maturing asset that will rise less and fall less than in past cycles.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Timmer: at 5.3%, 10-year Treasuries offer an 11-to-minus-1 risk-reward

    Jurrien TimmerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so bonds, I think they're attractive, right? The risk-reward of owning 10-year treasuries is like 11 to minus 1, right?”

    Episode: This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    at 1:01:49

    With the 10-year yield at about 5.3% and real rates near 2.9%, Timmer calls Treasuries attractive. If yields fall 100bp an investor earns the 5% coupon plus about 6% from duration, and if they rise 100bp the loss is only about 1%, with the return driven by a real rate that can be locked in. He would not hold them as a full 40% allocation, because when the risk-free asset competes with equities the stock-bond correlation turns positive. He also says yields could easily reach 6%, which tempers the call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Timmer loves short-to-intermediate TIPS: a 2.5% real yield with only 2.5 years of duration

    Jurrien TimmerThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “And so I love short to intermediate term tips right now because they have a duration of 2.5, and they have a real rate of 2.5.”

    Episode: This Is Where the Rubber Meets the Road, with Jurrien Timmer

    at 1:02:51

    In his 60-20-20 framework (60% equities, 20% bonds, 20% diversifiers), Timmer says short-to-intermediate TIPS are the sweet spot: about a 2.5% real yield for roughly 2.5 years of duration. Holding a five-year TIPS to maturity locks in about 2.6% real plus inflation, which he expects to be at least 3%. He prefers them to a full 40% bond allocation because bonds and stocks are now positively correlated when the cost of capital rises.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    7 statements

    The one warning he is taking seriously: American Express, Walmart and TJ Maxx getting mauled is not nothing

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “If there's one area inside the market whose warning I am paying attention to, I would say it's the consumer discretionary stocks.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 50:42

    Against his own bullish stance on the index, Batnick singles out the consumer discretionary stocks as the one part of the market whose warning he is actually heeding. He works through the obvious objections first and discards most of them as idiosyncratic or explainable: he is not particularly worried about the specialty retailers, O'Reilly can be explained, McDonald's is not necessarily a read on the economy, Home Depot is the known weakness in housing, and Pepsi is a rate story because a 3 per cent dividend yield cannot compete with a 5 per cent Treasury. What he cannot explain away is American Express, which he calls an important stock that is getting mauled, along with Walmart and TJ Maxx. Brown reads Amex as the signal because it covers the top and much of the middle of the K-shaped consumer rather than just the housing-exposed bottom. Batnick's conclusion is deliberately limited: all right, not nothing.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The orders are the orders: guidance is being ratcheted up, and the political backlash will not stop the construction already underway

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Time frame: next year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “when these companies come out and tell you Micron just recently, what their guidance is gonna be for next year, and not only is it not being tempered, it's actually being ratcheted up. Like I sort of believe them. I think the orders are the orders, and more importantly, the replacement cycle.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 23:39

    Brown says he broadly believes the companies building out AI infrastructure when they raise rather than temper next year's guidance, citing Micron's recent guidance, and that what matters more than the order book is the replacement cycle. He grants the political problem in full: data centres are unpopular with almost everyone except the people who live in Northern California and the private credit firms funding them, the objections run from environmental to the fear that a plant built next to your town will also take your job, and it is politically popular in both parties right now to call for moratoriums and for governors to harass developments with environmental red tape. His answer is that enough construction is already in progress that it will not be stopped, and enough states and municipalities do want the projects. He also rejects Michael Burry's version of the bear case, that the buildout rests on an accounting trick because the chips will depreciate faster than the guidance assumes, saying it feels like it is melting like an ice sculpture.

    Time frame
    next year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Calling a VIX spike: equity vol cannot stay flatlined at 16 with this much volatility in bonds and currencies

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Time frame: this month · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think we're going to get a VIX spike this month. I think we're going to get an October surprise.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 48:01

    Brown predicts a spike in equity volatility and an October surprise, and is candid that he cannot justify it from the data, saying it is not based in any sort of reality other than his own mind. The reasoning he does offer is Jeff DeGraaff's chart at RenMac: the VIX has literally flatlined since March at around 16.4 while the JP Morgan global FX volatility index and the BofA MOVE index show plenty of volatility in currencies and bond yields, so the stock market is in a coma while everything around it moves. He adds the seasonal and event case: the market has produced these episodes every year, there was one in March, October has historically carried a lot of volatility, and the midterm elections and a slow-motion interest-rate shock are ahead. He does not think the shock comes from technology earnings; he expects any trouble to surface at the financials, and says that if the banks report a gangbusters consumer with no lending losses in sight he will shut up and be wrong. He explicitly separates this from the breadth argument, saying he is not taking his cues from the internals and does not believe large caps have to catch down. He would welcome the spike because he has money to put to work. Pressed at the end of the show he widened the window from October to sometime between then and Thanksgiving, which Batnick called moving the goalposts.

    Time frame
    this month
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Said on air he has money to put to work and would welcome the volatility; also said his firm is having conversations with clients who are egregiously overweight equities relative to their own plan.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still long Valero after a 120% year: diesel, and a refining capacity base nobody has added to since the 1970s

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Show quote

    “Full disclosure, we're still long Valero in Porterhouse.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 57:24

    Brown discloses that his firm's Porterhouse strategy remains long Valero after the stock went from $100 a share in late 2024 to just over $400, a gain he puts at 120 per cent this year. Batnick says they had to trim the position for the first time since inception because it breached their maximum weighting, and that it is still the biggest position in the strategy. The driver Brown credits is not crude: oil is higher but there is no natural gas component and diesel is a big part of the positive story. Structurally, he notes no new refinery has been built in the United States since roughly the 1970s, so Valero, Phillips and Marathon between them own all the refining capacity, and they are the top three performers in the XLE this year. He raises the one tail risk himself, that a jurisdiction could invite bids for new refining capacity and dissolve the advantage by the stroke of a pen as the FHFA did to FICO's monopoly, but calls that far-fetched. He presents the position mainly as vindication of his firm's best-stocks-in-the-market screening process rather than as a forward call.

    What they own
    Said on air that his firm's Porterhouse strategy is still long Valero; Batnick added it is still the strategy's biggest position and had to be trimmed for breaching a maximum weighting.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Staying bullish: the narrowing breadth everyone reads as a warning is the signal that works the other way round

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm listening. The market is telling me to stay bullish.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 19:49

    Batnick refuses to turn bearish and says the market's own message is to stay long. He concedes the surface case against: the sell-side indicator is 30 basis points from a sell signal, equity ETF inflows have cooled sharply, the advance-decline line is crashing, the equal-weight index is bleeding, stocks above their 200-day moving average have fallen from about 75 per cent to 40 per cent in a hurry, only one in three stocks is beating the index after 60 per cent were in the spring, and there are plainly real risks in front of everyone. His answer is that the un-broadening is being read backwards. On Duality Research's work, when the S&P technology sector pulls away and the other 493 diverge to the downside, that has not been a sell signal in this cycle; the rest of the market has caught up to the index. The genuine warning in the data is the opposite configuration, technology weakening while the rest of the market takes the baton, which is what the spring and summer broadening looked like. He also reads the flows as risk-appetite confirmation: money is leaving defensives like staples and going into technology and speculative growth. He allows that the pattern is not set in stone for ever and could reverse in an instant, but says the buyers are behind it for now.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Cathie Wood might be back: a composite of ARK's funds has broken out and the flows are going risk-on

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I made the case two weeks ago. I think Cathy might be back.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 52:14

    Batnick repeats a case he first made two weeks earlier, that Cathie Wood's funds are working again. The evidence he cites is a chart shown at JC Parets' event that averages ARK's roughly 70 ETFs, the genomics fund, the flagship, and the rest, into one composite, which Brown calls a technical breakout. Batnick's argument is positioning over opinion: don't tell me what you think, show me your portfolio. Money is leaving defensive areas like staples and going into risk-on areas, technology and specifically the speculative stocks ARK fishes in, which he reads as where risk appetite actually is rather than what the sentiment indicators say. He hedges it twice: the market can have this backwards and could reverse in an instant, and it is too short-term for a victory lap, but the buyers are behind it for now and he thinks that is notable.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Staples are not defensive any more: squeezed by oil, the bottom of the K, and a 5% Treasury against their 3% dividend

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsRecorded

    Show quote

    “They're not growth, but they're not defensive right now. They're contending with high oil prices, the consumer weakness at the bottom of the K, and competition for investors who would normally love a 3% dividend from them, but not if they can get a 5% yield on a treasury.”

    Episode: Sell-side Indicator (BofA) is almost on Sell, Vix is still asleep, the Bear Case revisited, FICO massacred | WAYT?

    at 54:46

    Brown argues consumer staples have lost the defensive role investors still assign them, and that the traditional XLP-versus-XLY read on risk appetite no longer works. His case is that staples are now a rate-sensitive trade rather than a defensive one: investors are choosing between the roughly 3 per cent dividend the sector pays and a 5 per cent yield available in Treasuries, and the Treasury wins. On top of that the sector is contending with high oil prices on the cost side and with weakness in the bottom of the K-shaped consumer on the demand side, so it offers neither growth nor protection. He extends the same argument to utilities when Batnick presses him. His view of what has replaced them is that investors wanting defence in 2026 are buying Apple, Microsoft and Nvidia instead, using the mega-caps as the easy button out of muscle memory. Batnick disputes that part flatly, insisting staples are low-beta names and therefore defensive by definition, and refusing the idea that the Mag 7 is defensive.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    6 statements
    BearishTesla TSLA

    Tesla's valuation is ridiculous and rests on Elon's storytelling

    Ed ElsonThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think that the valuation of Tesla is ridiculous.”

    Episode: Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    at 58:08

    Elson says Tesla's valuation is ridiculous. His explanation for why it persists is not the business but the narrator: Elon Musk is a tremendous storyteller, people buy the story, and that is what sustains the price. He makes the point while conceding the other side of the argument put to him on air, that a storyteller who holds shareholders' faith can keep refinancing and end the debate about the numbers, as happened at Tesla in 2017. He does not say what he thinks the shares are worth, give a horizon, or disclose a position. Later in the episode he separates his view of Tesla's robotaxi from his bullishness on Waymo, saying Musk has promised the product for over a decade, keeps kicking the can down the road, and is now shipping it with an assistance person in the front seat, which he says means it is not autonomous.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The bubble is in the private AI labs, not in AI

    Ed ElsonThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “We have an AI lab bubble. I think that we have bubbles in pockets of the market.”

    Episode: Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    at 53:05

    Elson argues the mispricing sits specifically in the private frontier labs rather than in AI as a whole. He says he does not think there is an AI bubble as such; the bubble is an AI lab bubble, confined to pockets of the market, and the private markets are where it is worst because those investors are, in his words, the most delusional about it always working out. His case against the labs is the numbers: a roughly $2 trillion company and a roughly $1.5 trillion company both losing billions a year on an operating basis, with two customers accounting for about a quarter of the business in one of them, sold on a $28 trillion total addressable market rather than on financials. He rejects the argument that this is simply what startups do, saying the stakes and failure rates make the risk enormous and that the pitch asks for a price he does not find compelling. He expects significant selling when they list, and points to SB Energy pulling its offering as evidence that public-market investors are more discerning than private ones. He wants one AI company to show profitability before being comfortable with the story, and says he would not bet on an Elon-style storyteller premium accruing to Sam Altman or Dario Amodei.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    SpaceX still ridiculous even after halving from the IPO

    Ed ElsonThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think the valuation of SpaceX is ridiculous.”

    Episode: Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    at 58:08

    Elson says SpaceX's valuation is ridiculous and that it remains so even after the stock was cut in half following its listing. He says he predicted that halving, and that what worried him was the people who bought at the top: in at 200, out at 100. He has since seen a bounce and says he will wait to see where it goes from here. He attributes the original price to Musk's ability to tell a story rather than to anything in the numbers, and says he is not willing to bet on that storyteller premium persisting -- the same reason he will not bet on it for the private AI labs. He gives no fair value, no horizon and discloses no position.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long-standing Google bull because of Waymo

    Ed ElsonThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I've been bullish on Waymo for a long time, which means I've been bullish on Google for a long time. I think Waymo is a miraculous company.”

    Episode: Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    at 1:08:06

    Elson says he has been bullish on Waymo for a long time and that this makes him bullish on Google, which owns it. He calls Waymo a miraculous company and says robotaxis are a genuinely good thing, criticising New York City for trying to keep it out. He separates this from Tesla's robotaxi effort, which he dismisses as a decade of slipped promises now arriving with a chaperone in the front seat, which he says is not an autonomous vehicle. The bull case he states is the technology working and being deployed, not a valuation or an earnings estimate; he gives no price or horizon.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bought Meta at $560 when the market punished it for renting data centres

    Ed ElsonThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I told you I bought Meta at the low of $560.”

    Episode: Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    at 53:05

    Elson says he bought Meta at its low of $560 because the stock had become so oversold. The sell-off, as he describes it, came from the view that Meta was renting out data centres and had no product of its own, which he thought was wrong. He credits Zuckerberg with handling the launch of Muse well: holding it back until the company knew what the product was and had worked through the safety issues, and then shipping something aimed at making life easier rather than at the frontier. He contrasts that with the private labs, and groups Meta with the hyperscalers he says were trading cheaply while the bubble inflated elsewhere.

    What they own
    Says on air that he bought Meta at the low of $560.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Bought Microsoft when the SaaSpocalypse punished it

    Ed ElsonThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I bought Microsoft before that because they were getting punished for this after the SaaS apocalypse.”

    Episode: Is Gen Z Completely Cooked? With Ed Elson

    at 53:05

    Elson says he bought Microsoft before buying Meta, because it was being punished in the SaaSpocalypse sell-off. His reasoning is the same valuation argument he makes about the hyperscalers generally: the AI bubble he sees is confined to the private labs, while several of the large listed companies exposed to AI were actually trading cheaply at the time. He gives no target, horizon or further rationale for the position beyond the price being wrong.

    What they own
    Says on air that he bought Microsoft, before the Meta purchase; no price or size given.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Bad feeling, weak internals, confidence collapse, Nvidia breaking out | WAYT?

    4 statements

    Don't buy the utilities dip: not actually cheap, and the 10-year pays more than the dividend

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think the smart money is going to opt for that rather than the risk of a utility delivering a capital return in excess of that. So I think it's a dip that you want to avoid rather than take advantage of.”

    Episode: Bad feeling, weak internals, confidence collapse, Nvidia breaking out | WAYT?

    at 1:08:45

    Brown's closing 'make the case' segment argues against buying the pullback in utilities, using XLU as shorthand for the sector. He grants the sector has fallen a lot this year and screens cheap against its own recent past at a 17.3 PE versus a five-year average near 23, but says that is short-sighted: the ten-year historical average multiple is closer to 12, so buying the dip means paying roughly a 36 percent premium to the long-run multiple. The elevated five-year average, in his reading, was a distortion created by the AI data-centre power narrative, which had investors treating regulated utilities as growth stocks - a story he does not think is intact. The second leg is yield competition: the trailing dividend yield is about 2.94 percent against a 10-year Treasury he puts at 5.25 percent, so he expects money to choose the bond over the risk of a utility total return beating it. He adds that the technicals point down, noting that Entergy, the only utility in his firm's Porterhouse concentrated momentum strategy and on his screens the best-looking name in the group, has acted badly since entering and is likely to be dropped at the next rebalance. His conclusion is a dip to avoid - dead money at best, materially worse at worst - with a willingness to revisit if it gets much cheaper.

    What they own
    Says he holds one utility name, Entergy, in his firm's Porterhouse concentrated momentum strategy, and expects it to be dropped at the next rebalance.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Single-product health and fitness gadget stocks go to zero; he won't buy the Aura IPO

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm doing this a long time. I have never seen anyone make money from buying a health tech kind of gadget IPO. It just, it just, like it just, it's a, especially when it's one product. But you have Peloton, you have GoPro, you have Fitbit, SoulCycle. I was here for all of it. They all go to zero.”

    Episode: Bad feeling, weak internals, confidence collapse, Nvidia breaking out | WAYT?

    at 52:06

    Prompted by Aura postponing its IPO, Brown says he has never seen anyone make money buying a health-tech gadget flotation and that he will not buy this one, while saying he is rooting for the deal and has nothing against the product. The pattern he points to is a single-product consumer hardware company whose revenue peaks shortly after listing and then decays: GoPro listed in 2013, peaked at 1.6 billion dollars of revenue in 2015, fell to 651 million last year, went from 50 or 60 dollars in mid-2015 to 60 cents, and this September agreed a merger paying 1.14 dollars in cash plus a small equity stub. He lists Peloton, Fitbit, SoulCycle, Town Sports and Bally's as the same story, and adds that Weight Watchers is on its way to zero. He explicitly declines to put a view on Planet Fitness, saying he knows nothing about the company. He gives no horizon and names no short.

    What they own
    Says he will not be buying the Aura IPO.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Nvidia is coiling under 235 and the longer it tests that level the more powerful the breakout

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Today, the stock closed around 228 And the longer it knocks on that 230, 235 breakout level, the longer that testing process takes place, the more powerful, I think, the eventual breakout would be.”

    Episode: Bad feeling, weak internals, confidence collapse, Nvidia breaking out | WAYT?

    at 2:48

    Brown reads Nvidia as a stock that wants to break out. After the May run-up on hyperscaler earnings and capex guidance it pulled back in what he calls an orderly way to the 200-day moving average near 199-200, bounced there twice, and has since consolidated below the 235 breakout level, closing around 228. His argument is that the longer the stock knocks on 230-235, the more powerful the eventual break would be, and that RSI at 58 leaves plenty of room before momentum looks stretched. On fundamentals he argues the multiple is compressing rather than expanding: he puts this fiscal year's free cash flow at roughly 96 to 98 billion dollars and says next year it could be 360 billion on 680 billion of revenue, drawn from hyperscaler capex plans rather than company guidance alone. He defends Jensen Huang's capital allocation, including the ecosystem investments critics object to, and says shareholders should not want the company to be an enemy of the administration. He does not give a price target or a horizon.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishLife360

    Spent four hours on Life360 and couldn't get past the risk that Apple just builds it

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “There's no escape from the idea that Apple just says, what is this bullshit? We could do that. I can't escape that conclusion, so I can't afford it.”

    Episode: Bad feeling, weak internals, confidence collapse, Nvidia breaking out | WAYT?

    at 57:15

    Brown says he is a paying Life360 customer who expects to keep paying - he has two teenagers, tracks their location and speed, and jokes he will pay for it until they are forty - and that he spent four hours looking at the stock. He could not get past the platform risk: nothing stops Apple deciding the product is trivial and building it itself. That conclusion is what keeps him out of the shares. He gives no price, no horizon and no short; the view is a decision not to own rather than a call on near-term results.

    What they own
    Says he pays for the Life360 service personally but has not bought the stock.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Erik Hirsch, CEO of Hamilton Lane, on the Explosive Growth of Private Markets

    4 statements

    No cockroaches in the books we can see; default rates around 2%

    Erik HirschThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I got plenty of private credit fund managers, so I'm looking through their books, including our own, where I go, 99% of the stuff is performing. I'm not seeing any cockroaches. Things are fine.”

    Episode: Erik Hirsch, CEO of Hamilton Lane, on the Explosive Growth of Private Markets

    at 22:21

    Hirsch's position is that the private credit panic is running ahead of the data. He can see inside manager books, including Hamilton Lane's own, and says 99% of the paper is performing, bankruptcies are not rising materially and default rates sit around 2%. The large publicly traded private credit managers have been explicit on earnings calls about how little has flipped from cash pay to PIK. He does not claim the industry is clean: he says there are absolutely portfolios that are too risky, not diversified enough and written to questionable standards, and that a lot of the firms that spun out during the boom have never operated in a down cycle. His argument is that the spread between the good and bad books is wide enough that painting the whole asset class with one brush is wrong, and that the retail withdrawals -- Apollo Debt Solutions capping at 5% after 14.7% asked out -- are a story about an immature investor base reacting to headlines rather than about impaired loans, which is why institutions are still putting money in while individuals pull it out. He expects that in five years there will be both great and terrible examples of private credit, and that the marks today are broadly holding up.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Speaks as CEO of Hamilton Lane, which manages private markets money and launched a semi-liquid credit product seeded by a pension fund during the private credit headlines.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Private credit survives the scare and ends up a lot bigger in five years

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: in five years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I don't think that in five years we're going to say, holy cow, do you guys remember private credit? That was cute or whatever. That was ridiculous. I think it's going to be a lot bigger than it is today.”

    Episode: Erik Hirsch, CEO of Hamilton Lane, on the Explosive Growth of Private Markets

    at 23:34

    Batnick's view is that the private credit story is being written as a blow-up when the analogue is B-REIT. There were genuinely massive problems in real estate, particularly offices, CalPERS put in a large infusion, and four or five years on the vehicle is still there and doing fine rather than at zero. He reads the current episode the same way: a juicy story the media is right to chase but which the data has not yet borne out, and if there were real inklings of a problem it would be headline after headline. He is explicit that he is not claiming there is no smoke and no trouble ahead, and he frames the row from limited knowledge of the industry -- he is a public markets investor and says so. He also thinks the outflows are rational behaviour rather than evidence: with marks barely down, an investor who fears problems and can get a dollar for a dollar has every reason to take it. His conclusion is directional on the asset class's size in five years, not on near-term returns.

    Time frame
    in five years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Stock halved while every line went up and to the right; buying it back and buying it personally

    Erik HirschThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: long term

    Show quote

    “But long term, the growth is continuing for good firms like ourselves, and that's not going to stop. And so at some point, the market will realize, like, oh, okay, this is actually real and sustainable, and we'll go back.”

    Episode: Erik Hirsch, CEO of Hamilton Lane, on the Explosive Growth of Private Markets

    at 41:44

    Hirsch says the public market has this one wrong and he is putting money behind that view. On his account every operating line at Hamilton Lane is moving up and to the right -- incentive fees of about $175m in fiscal 2026 against roughly $54m in 2022, plus management fees, margin and earnings -- while the shares have almost halved, and in the most recent quarter the firm took about $640m of net inflows in its semi-liquid funds, ended above $19bn there, gated nothing and saw positive net flows in ten of twelve funds. His reading of the discount is that public markets swing to extremes and are pricing a belief that the outflows continue and the growth cannot, which he says the numbers do not support. He argues the growth continues for good firms and the market eventually re-rates them. The disclosure is the strongest part of the row: the firm has been buying back stock and he says he has been buying personally. He offers no target price or timing beyond "long term" and "at some point".

    Time frame
    long term
    What they own
    Says on air that Hamilton Lane has been buying back its own stock and that he has been buying personally, and notes it is all publicly available. He is the company's CEO.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The returns are taken before the IPO now, so public-only is a shrinking opportunity set

    Erik HirschThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “The money is not going to get made in a major way by the public holders. It's already been made by the private holders. That's who was backing these businesses when they were a couple billion dollar valuation, not when they're now a trillion dollars. And so if you want exposure to the entire set of the economy and if you want diversity, if you want all those things, you're going to have to come to the private markets.”

    Episode: Erik Hirsch, CEO of Hamilton Lane, on the Explosive Growth of Private Markets

    at 41:44

    Hirsch's core argument is about where the compounding happens. The number of public companies is not growing, few companies want to list, and nobody has to: there is enough private capital to finance a business indefinitely. He uses SpaceX as the example -- his cost basis is a tiny fraction of where it trades, and he expects the same pattern with Anthropic and the AI names -- to make the point that the large gains accrue to whoever backed the business at a couple of billion, not to whoever buys it at a trillion. The corollary he presses on investors leaving privates is that they have to finish the sentence: every dollar of savings then sits in an increasingly correlated, mega-cap, AI-driven public index. So exposure to the whole economy and genuine diversification, on his account, now requires the private markets. He is candid about the industry's problems elsewhere in the conversation -- distributions down, holding periods up, three to five years of lagging public markets, dispersion between managers as wide as it was twenty years ago -- and he would never recommend accessing the asset class through an index, since manager selection is the whole game.

    What they own
    Speaks as CEO of Hamilton Lane, a listed private markets solutions provider with about $146bn of AUM and over $1tn including assets under advisory; says the firm holds SpaceX at a cost basis far below the current price.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    7 statements

    A proxy-processing near-monopoly in its second-worst drawdown since the GFC on a bear case about tokenised shares

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “There are a lot of things that just don't make a heck of a lot of sense for it. And it's been a sentiment driven name.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 40:06

    Boyar puts Broadridge in the category he likes best: boring, ingrained, regulatory-mandated businesses. It handles proxy voting, which companies are required to do by the SEC, and the show cites roughly 80% of all proxy votes and 63% of total revenue from that line, plus a cluster of small ancillary businesses -- filing shareholder-lawsuit claims for money managers, for a fee -- that it cross-sells. He and the host agree it is effectively a monopoly and a tollbooth. The stock has gone from 280 to 160, down about 25% this year and in its second-worst drawdown since the financial crisis, and Boyar's read is that this is sentiment rather than analysis: the bear case being pushed is that tokenised shares will remove the need for proxy services, which he says does not make a heck of a lot of sense. He is clear about what he does not have. He generally wants a catalyst and admits that here he would have to stretch for one -- the best he can offer is investors eventually realising that AI and tokens are not going to kill the business. He allows that at roughly $20bn enterprise value it is a real business that could be acquired, and notes many of the names he finds this way end up acquired, but does not lean on that. He separately contrasts it with Fiserv, another boring back-office financial business that fell apart, and says Broadridge is a legitimate, well-run company rather than that kind of situation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    From 55x at the COVID peak to 15x -- a maintenance-revenue distributor at crisis-era multiples

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “We're like, wow, it could get a little cheaper and it has, but it is a cheap, cheap stock now.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 52:21

    Boyar's Pool Corp case is that a COVID-era demand pull-forward has now fully unwound in the multiple. Revenue grew at roughly 27% annualised during the COVID era as everyone built a pool at once; that normalised, new US pool construction has averaged about 60,000 units over the last two years, the lowest in over a decade, and the stock went from above $500 to $167. At roughly 15 times earnings it is trading where it traded in the financial crisis, after 9/11 and in the dot-com bust -- against 55 times at the COVID peak, which he uses as his own illustration of the Coca-Cola-at-60-times problem. What he thinks the market is mispricing is the mix: this is a low-capital-intensity wholesale distributor of chemicals, filters and equipment, and the revenue is mostly maintenance rather than new construction -- close to an annuity, since an installed pool has to be treated every summer. On the business itself he cites extremely low leverage, no controlling shareholder, and a board he calls fantastic whose members all have distribution backgrounds. He is honest about the timing: his firm wrote it up this summer at 17-18 times thinking it could get cheaper, and it did. He will not claim the bottom in new construction is in -- he says there are signs but they do not know. He also explicitly rejects a buyout as the thesis: a private-equity firm could take a run at it, but he would rather own and compound a great business over time.

    What they own
    Says his firm wrote it up for subscribers this summer at 17-18x, having first recommended it at $20 in 2009.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    16x for the only casino in Japan from 2031, with Diller likely to come back for it

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: if you can take a two or three year view

    Show quote

    “I think that MGM is going to be just fine. I think people are going to want to visit casinos. I think there's a temporary problem.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 1:02:31

    Boyar declines to have a view on the sports-betting names -- he says those stocks are in trouble and expects the prediction-market operators to be regulated -- and points at the casino operator instead. MGM is down about 10% on the day because Barry Diller pulled his bid through IAC; Boyar thinks he comes back, having gone from a $48 bid to $38 with the stock now at $33. But he is explicit that the deal is not the thesis, because he expects the business to be fine either way. The asset he thinks the market is not paying for is Japan: from 2031 MGM will have the only casino in the country, with at least a four-to-five year head start on anyone else simply because these take so long to build, and he says the revenues there should be reasonably close to what the company earns in Vegas -- and that analysts are not putting that in their forecasts. He notes MGM does not fully own it and has a Japanese partner. At roughly 16 times he calls it a great business on an undemanding multiple, and treats the current weakness as temporary, citing Canadians staying away from Vegas as something that changes. He names the risk without dismissing it: MGM has a China business and the China worries dragging down Wynn and Las Vegas Sands do worry him a little, which is exactly the case, he says, for sizing a position to its risk.

    Time frame
    if you can take a two or three year view
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI agents can't replicate the inventory, the boutique-hotel relationships or the EU compliance -- the selloff is a buying opportunity

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “Muse just can't snap their fingers. If Google couldn't do it, if TripAdvisor couldn't do it, I see no reason why they will be able to do it.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 44:12

    Boyar thinks the AI-agent threat to Booking is, in his words, a really dumb rationale, and that the stock's September fall from 215 to 157 is basket selling rather than analysis. His case rests on what an agent would actually have to replicate. Booking's advantage is in the long tail: relationships with small boutique proprietors, some of whom do not even have websites, whom the company helps run their businesses -- and he says that is precisely why he prefers it to Expedia. There is also inventory, which he argues is extremely hard to assemble worldwide and cannot be conjured by a model, a loyalty programme that gives travellers reasons to book through the platform, and a heavy European regulatory regime around travel that an agent will not navigate itself. He points to the track record of the threat: ChatGPT launched Instant Checkout in September 2025 and by March said it was not that easy, Google tried and could not do it, TripAdvisor tried and could not do it. He also notes Glenn Fogel has run the company since 2004 and has repeatedly transitioned it through episodes where the market declared it dead. His conclusion is that agents will end up routing through Booking, making this a positive for the business rather than a negative, and that the basket selling in the Goldman consumer-inertia basket -- which also swept in Airbnb and several banks for reasons he cannot follow -- will turn out to be a great buying opportunity. He does not claim a clean catalyst: he says lower oil would help, an Iran resolution would help, and general AI-disruption fear fading would help, with no one concrete thing.

    What they own
    The host states on air that Booking is a company Boyar owns, and Boyar does not dispute it.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishComcast

    Cheap at 5-6x EBITDA with the Roberts family looking ready to exit, but the least interesting name on his list

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But at five or six times EBITDA, it's pretty cheap.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 57:59

    This is the weakest of Boyar's recommendations and he says so. He notes Comcast is controversial inside his own firm, with some people liking it and some not, and that his research service covers a range of styles from GARP to somewhat deep value -- Comcast sits at the value end. The positive case has two legs. The first is structural: he reads the Roberts family as looking like they are ready to potentially exit, and the company is splitting into NBC Universal and the Comcast broadband business. The second is price: at five or six times EBITDA he calls it pretty cheap. Against that he is direct about the asset quality. Broadband is a tough, tough business facing lots of competition from fixed wireless and Starlink, even allowing for Starlink's problems inside cities. Asked the bottom line, he says yes, people will make money here -- but that it is probably less interesting than the other names he brought, which is why this carries the lowest conviction of the set.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Growing 20-30% a year with $10bn of free cash flow coming -- the bear case is silly, just be patient

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think it's almost impossible if it's going to continue growing at 20% to 30% a year for the stock to stay the way it is. I can't tell you what the catalyst is, but you have a great business, and this is one that you hold on to.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 30:05

    Boyar's Uber argument is that the business and the stock have come apart and that arithmetic eventually forces them back together. He says it is almost impossible for a company compounding revenue at 20-30% a year to keep trading where it does, even though he cannot name the catalyst, and he calls the bear case silly. On the fundamentals he points to free cash flow he recalls from memory as roughly $10bn in 2027 against a market capitalisation he and the host both call insane in comparison, real robotaxi partnerships on the streets of multiple cities with multiple partners, guidance untouched since January, and management doing everything right. He puts weight on the insider buying: Dara Khosrowshahi, who had been a seller until recently, bought roughly $10m of stock himself and the CFO about $5m, alongside a corporate buyback, and Boyar calls that a great signal to the market. Asked what he would tell management, he says invest in the business, keep a cash cushion and buy back as much stock as they possibly can, and that a tender offer is not a terrible idea. He is candid about the cost of the position: every year Uber is either his best or his worst performing stock, the market has given no credit to the autonomous-fleet investments, and he concedes it hasn't been that long and he simply has to be patient. He frames it as one of the rare genuine buy-and-holds because the fundamentals of the business are great, and warns that exiting to wait for a turn risks having to buy it back 20% higher.

    What they own
    Names it among the stocks he still owns and likes, alongside MSG Sports and Atlanta Braves Holdings, and says it is either his best or his worst performing stock every year.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Halfway through the turnaround McDonald's is just starting, with 3G staying and a 3-4% yield to wait on

    Jonathan BoyarThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think they're going to stay for a long time. I think they've built a great business that they're getting paid a 3-4% yield while they wait.”

    Episode: People Hate These 5 Stocks But They'll Be Wrong with Jonathan Boyar

    at 56:43

    Boyar's argument is that Restaurant Brands is further along the same road its peers are only now starting down, and is being priced as though it is not. He credits Patrick Doyle, recruited by 3G as executive chair, with the fix: Doyle ran the Domino's turnaround, where he publicly admitted the food was bad, reworked the recipe and the app, and the stock compounded roughly twentyfold. At Burger King North America the problems were franchisee unhappiness, poor unit-level economics and weak same-store sales; same-store sales have now improved and he puts the company about halfway through the recovery that McDonald's -- which he and the hosts note is in free fall, down 29% from its February peak -- is only beginning. He does not claim immunity from the sector's problems: GLP-1 drugs are hitting the category, and the company has to absorb 20-25% beef inflation like everyone else. What makes it work for him is that it went into this with a cheaper multiple than its peers, that 3G has owned it since 2011-12 and he expects them to stay a long time, that shareholders are paid a 3-4% yield while waiting, and that the company will have opportunities to buy other restaurants. He notes Burger King goes private roughly every five to seven years but treats that as colour rather than thesis, pointing out that at a $45bn enterprise value a take-private is harder now.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    8 statements

    Meta to $1,000 next year - and he will not be on board

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: next year

    Show quote

    “The stock is 750 It'll be at a thousand dollars next year and I won't own it.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 19:24

    Batnick calls the Muse launch a monster breakout and a game changer and predicts Meta goes from roughly $750 to $1,000 next year, while saying he will not own it. His reasoning is that a $1.4tn stock moving toward $2tn in three weeks shows how wide the range of outcomes on the whole AI buildout still is: investors had thrown in the towel at 16-17x forward earnings because the capex-without-ROI fears looked reasonable, and a hit app resets the earnings base and the multiple at once. He notes Meta already had around $50bn of AI monetisation through Reels that nobody was discussing.

    Time frame
    next year
    What they own
    Says he does not own it and will not; believes he bought and sold it within the last two months.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Disbelief is already in NVIDIA at 16x forward earnings

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “There is so much disbelief that even if they're right, even if the earnings are not sustainable, I really feel like that's mostly in the price.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 27:20

    Batnick points out that NVIDIA - in his framing the single stock that personifies the AI trade - trades at about 16 times forward earnings, a discount to the S&P, because the market disbelieves the sustainability of the earnings. His view is that even if the sceptics are right and the earnings are not sustainable, most of that is already in the price at that multiple. He hedges explicitly, saying not all of it is priced and that NVIDIA could still fall 30%, and Brown adds that the same discount shows up across semiconductors and at Broadcom.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Taking the other side of ARKK: the portfolio management, not the pond, is the problem

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “Not only do I not agree, I want to take the other side. I want to tell you that what she'll do, unfortunately, this has been the history, she will sell her winners and buy more of her losers.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 1:00:52

    Brown explicitly takes the other side of Batnick's ARKK pitch. His objection is not the holdings but the process: Wood's history is to sell winners and add to losers, and when social media criticises a position she treats that as a cue to buy more, which he says has often not worked out for ARKK shareholders. He adds that technical analysis of ARKK is close to meaningless because it is an actively managed fund whose holdings can turn over at any time rather than a static index, and notes the top holdings are all well off their highs and in long-term downtrends. He proposes tracking both the return and the actual portfolio turnover from today to settle it.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Meta's Muse-driven re-rating has further to run after a consolidation

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: into year end · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think we'll get a consolidation period, but I don't think it's over.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 19:00

    Brown argues the Muse launch is too large an event for the move to be finished. Meta added roughly $400-450bn of market value in three weeks as the app hit number one on both app stores, and he reads that as the market reversing an 18-month downtrend built on the view that the AI capex had no return. He expects a consolidation period after a 28% month-to-date move rather than a resumption of the downtrend, and thinks new highs follow, on the argument that Meta is exceptionally good at monetising products and that analysts are still raising both earnings estimates and the multiple they will pay.

    Time frame
    into year end
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    First-time bond buyer: 5% on the 10-year is an attractive real return

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I haven't owned bonds in, I don't know, ever. To me, this just seems like prudent asset allocation. Bonds are offering an attractive real rate of return, and if stocks keep going up, fantastic.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 50:39

    Batnick, who says he has never owned bonds, is buying the 10-year at a 5% yield as asset allocation rather than as a rate call. He is explicit that he does not need to call the top in yields - if the yield goes to 5.8% he will be happier - because the payoff is asymmetric from here: a move from 5% to 6% costs roughly 3.5% of total return against the 5% cushion, while a recession or an equity wobble that takes the yield to 4% delivers a large gain. He contrasts that with equities, where there is no cushion and the instrument can go to zero.

    What they own
    Says he has never owned bonds before and is buying now at a 5% ten-year yield.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNetflix NFLX

    Sticking with Netflix on live events and the NFL despite calling it his worst trade of the year

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I insist on making money here. I actually think I'm going to, because of the live events, the NFL, and their increasing penetration into things that bring in a lot of new users who then don't churn out.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 33:11

    Brown concedes Netflix is his worst call of the year - he averaged down from a first purchase near $100 to an $81 average against a $73 price, and says he should have sold after the December death cross - but he is not selling. His case forward is engagement: the live-event slate and the NFL are pulling in new subscribers who then do not churn, Evercore's survey has US penetration at a multi-year high of 63% and live-event viewership up to 60% of users in September from 42% in March, and the company bought back $4.7bn of stock in Q2 with $25bn of authorisation left. He accepts the bear case - a Wells Fargo target of $57 on falling viewing hours, HSBC's argument that YouTube's move into the living room has no answer - and says the stock cannot reach $110 without a major change.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Owns it; first purchase around $100 in summer 2025, averaged down to an $81 average price against a $73 stock, and says he is not selling.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Buying the 10-year at 5% - the juiciest part of a normal curve

    Josh BrownThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: 10 years

    Show quote

    “And actually, the 10 year is the juiciest part of the curve from my perspective. Like this is, first of all, look at the improvement from the blue line to the dark blue line to the light blue line. Look how much higher the yield is now than it was one year ago. And quite frankly, that is what you should be doing. If you have excess cash that you don't know how to invest today, and your time horizon is 10 years, and you can't afford loss of principle with that cash for one reason or another, this is now a great option for you. It's a way better option than it was a year ago.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 53:03

    Brown says he has bought bonds and that the 10-year is the best point on a now normally shaped curve. His argument is that a 5% ten-year is not the anomaly the media treats it as - the 2010-2020 rate regime was the aberration and 5% is close to where rates sat for most of recorded history - so an investor with a ten-year horizon who cannot risk principal should lock it in. He adds that missing a better yield later is not equivalent to a loss on a stock: a buy-and-hold bondholder gets the 5% regardless of where yields go, and can reinvest coupons or ladder in at higher yields. He notes the 10-year yield from here depends less on the Fed than on Iran and the Strait of Hormuz, given a three-month correlation with WTI at 65%.

    Time frame
    10 years
    What they own
    Says on air "I bought bonds."
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    ARKK is the leveraged bet if risk appetite returns

    Michael BatnickThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So if the risk on comes back into the market in a meaningful way, I think that ARKK is going to massively benefit, and it looks like it's going to break out.”

    Episode: Meta’s Muse launch, Josh is wrong on Netflix, internals weaken, 10-year bonds at 5%, Buffett steps away

    at 1:00:40

    Batnick makes the case for Cathie Wood's ARKK on sentiment and setup. He sets it up with positioning: the AAII survey has the fewest bulls in a year and the largest one-and-a-half-year rise in bears, pushing the bull-bear spread to its lowest since May 2025, and he argues it would take very little for sentiment to turn once the market starts moving - which he says it already is. Given that, he thinks ARKK benefits disproportionately if risk appetite returns in a meaningful way, because the pond Wood fishes in - innovation, crypto, genetics - does not change much, and her top six holdings, led by Tesla and SpaceX, are already working. He flags the risk himself: it could fail here, and it could be setting up a double top.

    Only if
    If risk appetite returns to the market in a meaningful way.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    8 statements
    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Nvidia at 16 times will be re-rated someday, the way Apple was once the App Store was credited

    Tom LeeThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: someday

    Show quote

    “I think it is, anyone who owns Nvidia should take comfort. I mean, you're paying 16 times and you're paying 50 times to buy Costco and 48 times to buy Walmart and the market is going to flip it someday.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 31:12

    Lee tells Nvidia holders to take comfort despite the stock failing to respond to a run of exceptional quarters. He compares its multiple of about 16 times with Costco at 50 times and Walmart at 48 times, and argues the market will eventually flip that relationship, as it did for Apple when investors finally credited the App Store and its control of the platform and the multiple doubled. If Nvidia charged a membership fee the multiple would be 50, he says. He sees the discount as reluctance rather than a verdict: many fund managers hold underweight or zero AI exposure because they thought it was a bubble, but he regards AI as a structural story, so the institutional world and family offices still have room to buy.

    Time frame
    someday
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The tech bull market is young and multi-year: chip demand is 13 to 1 against supply and earnings are underestimated by 25 to 30 percent

    Dan IvesThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: multi-year

    Show quote

    “But ultimately, quarter by quarter, these companies are going to continue to prove out that this is, we still believe this bull market is young. I mean, we're going to have a multi-year tech bull market ahead of us.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 11:48

    Ives says the tech bull market is still young and expects a multi-year tech-led bull market. His evidence: for the first time in 30 years the US is well ahead of China in technology; demand for AI chips runs about 13 orders for every chip that can be produced, with no true equilibrium until early 2029 at the current pace; every dollar of capex carries a five-to-six dollar multiplier across software, infrastructure and cybersecurity; and 1,200 to 1,500 data centres are to be built over the next five or six years even if 10 to 15 percent are voted down. He thinks investors underestimate earnings by 25 to 30 percent over the next few years and that white-knuckle moments such as the AI-slowdown scare, circular-financing worries or oil are interruptions, not the end. The risk he names is political: data-centre projects being cancelled by politicians, which he says hands the advantage to China.

    Time frame
    multi-year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishPalantir PLTR

    Palantir could be a four- or five-bagger over three to four years on free cash flow: a trillion-dollar name

    Dan IvesThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: over the next three to four years

    Show quote

    “I think it's a, I mean, I view it as like, this is a stock that could appreciate four or five X from here over the next three to four years, given the cash flow.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 50:09

    Ives says Palantir could appreciate four or five times from here over the next three to four years and calls it a trillion-dollar name. His argument is that investors massively underappreciate how advanced the technology is and, in particular, the free cash flow: what began in government has changed the enterprise sales cycle and will transform how enterprises spend, and on a free-cash-flow basis he does not consider the stock that expensive. He groups it with Dell and Cisco as companies finding their next gear.

    Time frame
    over the next three to four years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Software stocks are downstream beneficiaries of AI, not victims of a boogeyman; the SaaSpocalypse was a sentiment error

    Tom LeeThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I mean, one, I think investors now understand software stocks are downstream beneficiaries of AI. You know, they're not victims of a boogeyman.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 35:27

    Six months after the SaaSpocalypse, when large software companies fell 20 to 60 percent on the fear that LLMs would displace them without any of them missing a quarter, Lee says investors now understand that software stocks are downstream beneficiaries of AI rather than victims of a boogeyman. He attributes the earlier collapse to how easy it has become to hit a kill switch and take an allocation to zero on a narrative, as happened during COVID and every time the Fed hints at hiking.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Financials are a big winner from AI and blockchain: the best banks will be valued like technology companies

    Tom LeeThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think the financial industry is actually a big winner of AI and tech. Their multiples go up.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 44:35

    Lee argues the financial industry is a major beneficiary of AI, physical AI and blockchain rather than a victim. Everything that happens in the real economy has to be represented on a financial ledger, and the industry knows it is not equipped for robots making micropayments, so a real innovation cycle is under way, much of it built on blockchain, with Robinhood, BlackRock and JPMorgan treating it as the future. He thinks the best financial companies will turn into technology stocks and be valued accordingly, noting that JPMorgan already knows roughly 70 percent of its earnings on January 1, a visibility he compares to Costco's, which trades at 50 times. His conclusion is that financials' multiples go up.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishApple AAPL

    Apple will be front and centre of consumer AI: a fifth of the world will reach AI through an Apple device and investors have yet to price the monetisation

    Dan IvesThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Show quote

    “I think it's something that's, investors are just going to start to appreciate is the consumer AI revolution takes hold, how Apple is going to be able to monetize.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 46:51

    Ives argues that Apple's lack of a data-centre capex budget or its own frontier model is turning from a perceived weakness into an advantage. He expects about 20 percent of the world to access AI through an Apple device, and compares the coming re-rating to the early days when investors did not credit services and the App Store: as the consumer AI revolution takes hold, investors will start to appreciate how Apple monetises its installed base through AI-enabled devices, with the new CEO taking over from Tim Cook.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The semiconductor sell-off on the AI-slowdown scare is a buying opportunity a month out

    Dan IvesThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: a month from now

    Show quote

    “But the reality is we're going to look out a month from now, and I view these as opportunities relative to the stock selling off on this moment.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 30:46

    With semiconductor stocks about 19 percent below their highs after the weekend call by Anthropic's CEO for the industry to slow down, Ives says he views the sell-off as an opportunity when looked at a month from now. He reasons that Anthropic and OpenAI are so far ahead that no one catches them without regulatory capture, that China is not slowing down, and that the underlying demand picture, with chip demand far exceeding supply, is unchanged by the political debate.

    Time frame
    a month from now
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A massive rally is likely to start the day after the Fed hikes: pessimism is high, earnings are strong and the market has got cheaper

    Tom LeeThe Compound and FriendsPublished

    Time frame: starting tomorrow · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But I think this is setting up for a really bullish moment, because we know pessimism is high, and we know earnings are in good shape. And if the Fed delivers the hike, which is like a 90% probability, it probably takes out future hikes, because the markets relieve the Fed's doing something. So I think the probability of a massive rally starting tomorrow is really high.”

    Episode: Tom Lee and Dan Ives Explain Everything

    at 6:47

    Speaking the day before the September FOMC decision, Lee argues US equities are set up for a very bullish moment. Pessimism is high after a wall of worry (the Strait of Hormuz closure, tariffs, sticky inflation, the 10-year at 5 percent, a Fed hike, a shut housing market, the AI-slowdown scare and a 19 to 20 percent drawdown in semiconductors), yet the S&P sits only a few percent off its high while earnings are up about 25 percent this year against a market up about 10 percent, so the market has become cheaper. If the Fed delivers the expected quarter-point hike, roughly a 90 percent probability, he thinks it removes future hikes from the debate because the market is relieved the Fed is acting, and he puts a high probability on a massive rally beginning the next day. He adds that a top rarely forms when investors want a low P/E while earnings are rising, and that the two things that end bull markets, a bona fide bubble or Fed intervention, are not present: the market is already raising the cost of data-centre money, so a debt bubble cannot form.

    Time frame
    starting tomorrow
    Only if
    If the Fed delivers the expected 25 basis point hike
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Market Huddle

    38 bullish · 20 bearish6 episodes · 58 statements · 6 speakersLatest

    · LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    18 statements

    The next leg in gold comes when central banks blink; he thinks that is setting up

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But ultimately, it is when the environment goes a little further than they want it to go, that's where the next legging gold comes in. And I think we're setting up for that now. And so we're sharpening pencils in that space.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 1:02:26

    Mullin rode gold through 2025 into early 2026, cut the weight when retail enthusiasm peaked, added again into August and trimmed again because the move was too sharp and showed how crowded the trade had become, which he says created the current vulnerable patch. He argues gold needs central banks, the US in particular, to blink: if the economic backdrop forces a turn from hikes to cuts once conditions go further than policymakers want, that brings the next leg up. He thinks that is setting up now and is preparing to add.

    Only if
    Central banks, the US in particular, blink and pivot from hikes to cuts
    What they own
    Took the gold weight down after the run, rebuilt it into August and trimmed again; did not go to zero.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishEuro

    Short the euro against the yen on potential French credit problems

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And then I had a great long burgundy, white burgundy lunch with Vincent and decided to express the trade, long yen versus euro.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 21:46

    Mullin explains that while looking for who was vulnerable to a risk-off environment and to credit problems around the world, he and contacts identified France and its potential impact on the euro. He had leaned toward expressing the yen trade against the dollar but chose to do it against the euro instead. The position sits in the fund's volatility book as a hedge.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Long yen versus euro (short euro leg) in the fund's volatility book.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Energy is important again: depleted buffers, AI power demand and a shift to energy pragmatism

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “Yeah. But I think that where we come out on the other side is energy is important again. It's not just important because of this geopolitical backdrop. It's important because data centers and AI and all of technology indeed doesn't run without it.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 37:12

    Asked what excites him most, Mullin picks energy. He says it was egregiously under-owned in late 2025, around 2.7% of the S&P 500, when consensus expected $50 oil, and that this year's geopolitical shock depleted the strategic and Chinese inventory buffers that had held oil at $60. Beyond geopolitics, he argues energy matters because data centres, AI and national security need it, and that the anti-fossil-fuel mood that peaked around 2022 is ebbing toward energy pragmatism, starting in the Americas. He likes buying energy in jurisdictions with bad energy policy on the bet that it gets less bad, and says China's countercyclical buying around $70 to $75 Brent makes the equity case for his energy companies spectacular.

    What they own
    Runs a long book of high-dividend resource equities with energy longs; says he has long-held positions in a couple of Canadian energy names.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A Balkanized world that must secure its own supply chains means structurally higher inflation

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “If that doesn't change that decision-making process, I don't know what it is, so it has to lead to a higher inflationary environment.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 27:14

    Mullin argues that the past 20 to 25 years rewarded long-duration assets because a unipolar, US-led order kept trade open, inventories lean and inflation low. After Russia's invasion of Ukraine and the Balkanization of Russia, China and North Korea, he says the need for national resilience and sturdier supply chains has to lead to a higher inflationary environment, though not a return to the 1970s. Later he adds that every government running fiscal deficits at the same time makes higher inflation baked in. He concludes that bonds are much less useful in a 3% to 4% inflation world than in a 1.5% to 3% one and that legacy portfolio allocations are exposed to that regime change.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Wants a basket of the half-dozen good next-generation copper projects, leaning in after recent weakness

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “I don't think there are 50 good copper projects. I think there may be half a dozen. And we want to hold a basket of those and be ready to kind of lean in when those stocks get beat up, which they kind of have been over the last couple of months.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 42:45

    Mullin says the junior mining sector has been beaten up but his interest is narrow: a short list of large next-generation copper projects in good jurisdictions that could interest the majors. He thinks there may be only half a dozen such projects, wants to hold a basket of them and lean in when they get hit, and notes the smaller developers have underperformed over the last couple of months, which is where he sees the opportunity.

    What they own
    Wants to hold a basket of copper development projects; says he would focus there if buying.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Rare earths and strategic metals are getting crowded; government money will bring oversupply eventually

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: not right around the corner · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think you want to be pretty discerning in terms of the ones that you invest in because oversupply is, winter is coming at some point. It's not right around the corner, but it's gonna come.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 55:32

    Mullin says rare earths and strategic metals have become a more crowded room in resources. With four or five countries seeking self-sufficiency and offering guarantees, offtakes or contracts that could bring hundreds of billions of dollars into an industry used to $5 to $10 billion of capex, he expects oversupply eventually, comparing it with the late-1990s uranium boom when hundreds of new companies mostly disappeared. He says it is not imminent, that processing rather than mining is the bottleneck, and that deposit economics vary hugely between light and heavy rare earths, so investors must be discerning.

    Time frame
    not right around the corner
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the fund had some early exposure to rare earths, tungsten and gallium.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Long yen against the euro and the dollar: the most crowded funding trade is the one that flips in a risk-off

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Yeah, so we actually, we're long yen versus euro and actually long yen versus dollar.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 21:46

    Mullin is long the yen against both the euro and the dollar as part of the fund's volatility book. His reasoning is that the yen, used by the world as a funding currency, is the most one-sided crowded position in currencies, and that it is where positioning could reverse in the risk-off environment he thinks may be coming. He presents it as a hedge expression rather than a standalone forecast.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Long yen versus euro and versus dollar in the fund's volatility book.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long yen against the Swiss franc as a risk-off hedge

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so in a risk off stock market, I was kind of expecting Swiss franc yen to do poorly.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 21:14

    Muir, the host, argues that being long the yen against the Swiss franc is an inexpensive hedge: because Swiss investors carry a higher currency hedge ratio on their foreign stock holdings than Japanese investors, he expects the yen to gain on the franc in a risk-off stock market.

    Only if
    In a risk-off stock market
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Independent North Sea producers at two to three times cash flow and 15% yields need only less-bad UK policy

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “I think the North Sea and the UK, North Sea in particular is a fantastic example of that. 80% windfall tax rates and those sorts of things, crushing domestic industry, losing tax revenues, losing employment and putting out a business, most of your industrial sector, it's just bad business. And I think politicians are realizing that regardless of whatever green cred you want to go with, if people are finding it hard to afford food and their businesses are going under because they can't afford the energy, you're likely going to be a former politician. And so I think there is movement underway in some of these areas. And if you can buy companies at two or three times cash flow and 15 percent dividend yields and you don't need any other catalyst, then people can go from max stupid to only 7 on a scale of 10 stupid. Yeah, I think that may just work.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 38:49

    Mullin's example of buying energy where policy has been worst is the UK North Sea. He argues that 80% windfall tax rates have crushed the domestic industry, cost tax revenue and jobs, and that politicians are realising voters who cannot afford food or energy will turn them out. With the remaining independent North Sea oil and gas producers at two or three times cash flow and 15% dividend yields, he says no other catalyst is needed than policy going from maximally bad to somewhat less bad. He declined to name the companies.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Tanker rates at $800,000 to $1m a day will not last

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Yeah, and look, I don't think rates are going to stay here by any stretch of the imagination.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 53:23

    Mullin has been constructive on tanker rates for almost two years, partly as a hedge for his energy longs, and says Middle East Gulf VLCC rates have outperformed US Gulf refining cracks about fourfold, with spot rates of $800,000 to $1 million a day on short voyages and one-year charters at $125,000 to $150,000. He says he does not expect rates to stay at these levels, and argues the money is in telling tanker companies apart (fleet mix, routes and how much freight is sold forward) rather than buying whichever has lagged.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Holds TLT calls in the volatility book as a hedge for the past couple of weeks

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “TLT calls is part of our vol book right now, as is long yen, as is a couple of other things that we packed in there.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 20:16

    Mullin says that over the last couple of weeks long bonds, held as TLT calls, have been part of the fund's long-volatility book alongside long yen. He frames it as one of several cheap convex hedges chosen so that a turn to a volatile, risk-off environment is not missed through picking the wrong instrument, not as a structural call on bonds; elsewhere in the conversation he argues bonds are less useful in a 3% to 4% inflation regime.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    TLT calls are currently part of the fund's volatility (hedge) book.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    China has deflated its property bubble; from growth at the low end of its range, it is almost all upside

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: for now

    Show quote

    “But I think it's kind of all almost all upside on China for now, which is kind of a neat spot to be in.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 46:12

    Mullin argues that China saw a property bubble and deliberately popped it, letting Evergrande and others go bust, and that Chinese growth is now at the low end of its 30 to 40 year band. Having digested that contraction, he sees upside if Beijing turns to pro-growth policy, modest infrastructure support and domestic AI data-centre build-out. He also describes China as countercyclical in commodities: slowing at $105 to $110 Brent and aggressively rebuilding inventories at $70 to $75.

    Time frame
    for now
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short Swiss franc against yen as a cheap risk-off hedge

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think that the Swiss franc yen is a great short.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 21:14

    Muir, the host, says one of his big beliefs is that short Swiss franc against yen is a great inexpensive hedge. His reasoning is that Swiss investors hedge more of their currency exposure on foreign stock holdings than Japanese investors do, so in a risk-off equity market he expects the franc to weaken against the yen.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A decade of starved resource capex means any demand pickup brings an outsized price response

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And so when we do get the demand side, the price response is going to be all the worst because the supply is constrained.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 31:09

    Muir, the host, argues that gold miners, copper miners and other resource companies have had negligible expansion capital for a decade or two because capital markets starved them after the 2005-2012 boom. So when demand does arrive, he expects the price response to be larger because supply is constrained.

    Only if
    When demand picks up
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Constructive on resources in a supply-driven bull market that does not depend on China

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “I like the fact that I can be constructive on a number of facets of the resources spectrum and not have it be a China story.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 46:12

    Mullin calls the current resource market a supply-driven bull market, unlike the demand-driven 2000s cycle: by his numbers resource-sector capex is down about 50% in nominal terms and about 75% after inflation since 2012-2014, so the projects needed for 2025-2035 production were never started. He adds that this tech boom is more materials-intensive than the 2000s one and that governments now want supply of their own. He says he can be constructive on many parts of the resource spectrum without it being a China story, with China a potential upside rather than the driver.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNickel

    Among the bigger metals, generally positive on nickel

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “In the bigger metals, we've been generally positively inclined towards nickel versus some of the other ones.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 55:32

    Asked about strategic metals, Mullin says that among the larger base metals the fund has been generally positively inclined toward nickel relative to others. He gives no further rationale on air.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Long vol is the emptiest room around: allocators have tried to purge volatility, so anti-correlated convexity is neglected

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “Yeah, look, I think long vol may be the emptiest room around.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 16:16

    Mullin, founder of Marathon Resource Advisors, argues that allocators have spent years trying to strip volatility out of every part of their portfolios, building portfolios out of dozens of low-vol components, so anything volatile is treated as fringe. Citing an AQR paper in praise of high-volatility alternatives, he holds that a small allocation to a highly volatile but uncorrelated or anti-correlated asset can offset much of the damage the rest of a portfolio takes in a sell-off. He notes that the long-volatility specialists have dropped out of the conversation and says that when you stop hearing about them is probably when you should start paying attention. He admits it is not top of mind while markets grind higher.

    What they own
    Says the fund has always carried a long-volatility book of about 1.5% to 2%, using VIX calls and call spreads, out-of-the-money options on currencies, commodities, ETFs, high yield and utilities.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short big-cap copper majors and diversified miners on economic headwinds and weak-hands AI holders

    Robert MullinThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “We're actually short some of the big cap developed copper companies, the global majors and sort of diversified miners.”

    Episode: LONG VOL: THE EMPTIEST ROOM AROUND (Guest: Robert Mullin)

    at 42:45

    Mullin says the fund is short some of the large-cap producing copper companies, the global majors and diversified miners. His reasons are some economic headwinds and that part of their holder base is AI-focused investors who added copper as a low-conviction diversifier. He adds that copper has held up surprisingly well given oversized, strategic US inventories built on tariff fears and a still-moribund Chinese construction market, and that this is why he holds the shorts.

    What they own
    Short some big-cap copper majors and diversified miners.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    14 statements

    What ends the AI trade is an earnings miss, not systematic selling

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: the earnings season starting now

    Show quote

    “I'm like, I don't want to sit here and when people ask me, AI, is it going to be as revolutionary as you think? And I'm like, I don't even care because the reality is that it's not going to be as profitable as the market thinks.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 36:17

    Muir's bear case is about profits, not about whether AI is revolutionary: he says he does not care how revolutionary it turns out, because it will not be as profitable as the market thinks, and that profitability is what is being traded. He expects the irrefutable evidence to be an earnings miss as the sector goes into reporting season with the highest earnings growth rate in recent history already priced in, and says how much good news is in the price is continually underestimated. He rejects Ceresna's suggestion that systematic selling is the trigger - CTAs, vol-control and the tax-aware long-short funds will be coincidental amplifiers rather than the cause - and dismisses attempts to pinpoint CTA sell triggers at a particular index level. He is short the Nasdaq against long small caps while saying this.

    Time frame
    the earnings season starting now
    What they own
    Says on air he is short the Qs / NDX against long small caps.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Index vol is too cheap because correlation is at zero: buy it when you can

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “And to me, I look at this and say, this VIX and the stock market index vol is getting tossed away for too cheap given how much these markets are moving, right?”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 1:03:05

    Muir argues index volatility is being given away. Realised correlation in the S&P is the lowest in modern history on UBS's numbers, and he borrows Vincent Deluard's shadow-VIX exercise: take the implied vols of the individual stocks and reprice the index at a normal correlation and the VIX goes from about 15 to about 35. Single-stock implieds are high because single stocks are moving - he points at Microsoft falling 36 percent and recovering - while index vol is priced as if nothing is happening. Correlation among index members can only fall to zero and is already about there, so in his view the surprise can only come the other way. He concedes to Ceresna that single-name and semiconductor vol have come in recently, and that one-month measures are distorted by the earnings cycle, but holds that correlation weighs on index vol to an extraordinary and underappreciated degree. His rule: buy your straw hats in winter, buy volatility when you can and not when you have to.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Semis have done a V-formation; losing 540 on the SMH is a full bear-market signal

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And we're at a huge support line where if these semiconductors give out this 540 level, that's like full on bear market signals on breakdowns.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 13:21

    On Ceresna's read the semiconductor ETF (SMH) has been flattered by NVIDIA's push to fresh highs but failed to retest its own high even as a double top, and has since completed what he calls a V-formation - wiping out its entire previous rally attempt, which to him is evidence of very motivated sellers, since dip buyers normally prevent that in an orderly bull market. The basket now sits on a large support line, and he says a break of the 540 level would be a full bear-market breakdown signal. He adds that NVIDIA itself has done the same V after fulfilling its upside targets around 250, which is the first negative thing to happen to the stock, and that NVIDIA's weight in the ETF makes the rolled basket more concerning rather than less. This is a technical call, with the level stated and no fundamental claim attached.

    Only if
    A full bear-market signal is conditional on the SMH breaking the 540 support level; the V-formation and failed double top are what he reads now.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long small caps against short Nasdaq on record-extreme positioning

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “Actually, and it's funny you say that, Patrick, because over the last three days, I've been in my chat talking about how I am actually long, small, short cues, or the short NDX.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 31:43

    Muir says he has been long small caps and short the Qs (the NDX) for the last three days, a pair he has been discussing in his chat. The trigger is positioning: on the COT heat map the Nasdaq large-spec score finished the week at the 100th percentile on one-, three- and five-year lookbacks, while the Russell sits at the zero percentile with gross shorts at roughly a ten-year extreme. He reads the Nasdaq extreme as the last gasp of the scramble into the generals, and notes that long CTA positioning there will make a turn worse. He does not give a target or a horizon, and he treats small caps as the funding side of the Mag-7 trade that unwinds violently if there is an accident.

    What they own
    Says on air he is long small caps and short the Qs / NDX, put on over the three days before recording and discussed in his subscriber chat.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Systematic selling in the index is what finally turns the Mag-7

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “The systematic traders, I feel, will be the fuel that turns the Mag-7. In other words, if this S&P is dragged down to a level where systematic selling starts hitting the bid, then the index selling will trigger the downturn in the hyperscalers of the Mag-7s, which will sell signals on those charts, and it might become a self-manifesting kind of turn point that actually puts it all together.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 35:34

    Ceresna's mechanism for the last standing leg of the market: the Mag-7 do not break on their own fundamentals but because index-level systematic selling drags them. If the S&P is pulled down to where systematic sellers start hitting the bid, the index selling turns the hyperscalers, which triggers sell signals on their own charts and becomes self-manifesting. He watches the 50-day moving average as the arbiter of trend rather than trying to pinpoint CTA triggers (he cites sources putting them near 7,600 and 7,700, originally 3 percent off the high), and notes the S&P already shows negative positioning while CTAs have flipped short in the Nasdaq. He labels this speculation himself, and Muir disagrees, arguing systematic sellers will be coincidental rather than the trigger.

    Only if
    Conditional on the S&P first being dragged down to levels where systematic selling begins; he calls the sequence speculation.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Private credit is where the bodies are, and it gets worse into year end

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: into year end

    Show quote

    “That's where the bodies are going to be. And it's a huge asset class. It's underappreciated again, in terms of the disasters waiting to happen there.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 1:07:59

    Looking at the BDC income ETF (BIZD) breaking to lower lows, Muir says this is where the bodies are going to be: a huge asset class whose disasters are underappreciated again now that nobody is talking about it, after it was the supposed epicentre at the start of the first quarter. He says the reality is that those vehicles are a disaster, suspects they get worse into year end, and asks why anyone would own them; he credits a fellow analyst he calls Paula Macro as one of the few still on it. Earlier in the episode he names private credit first on his list of candidates for a financial accident. The chart under discussion is the listed BDC basket, but his words are about the asset class behind it.

    Time frame
    into year end
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishTesla TSLA

    Tesla is the only Mag-7 name that is explicitly bearish

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “This is actually the only Mag-7 that is explicitly bearish.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 28:39

    Going name by name through the Mag-7, Ceresna puts Tesla alone in an explicitly bearish technical position: the entire rally has been no more than a Fibonacci retracement, and even the flying-car reveal - a roadster with SpaceX rockets that flips and lands, promised for 2028 - produced no bullish follow-through, which he treats as the tell. He qualifies the significance: it is one stock in seven, and over the last two months Tesla has been recovering and holding rather than contributing to the downside. Muir adds that nobody is short it any more because of the belief Musk folds it into SpaceX and because of the robotics story, which Ceresna lets stand.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Healthcare breaking out and taking the flows, with no election risk showing

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “Anyway, beautiful break out, a lot of them are working. And so it's not everything bearish. There's actually places you can find bold trends that are very clean, and they are working and taking flow when other areas are distributing.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 47:16

    Ceresna points to XLV ripping to 52-week highs and continuing to take huge flows as part of this week's rotation into defensives alongside consumer staples and a little utilities, and calls it a beautiful breakout where a lot of the names are working - clean bull trends while other areas distribute. The risk he raises against his own view is the usual politicisation of healthcare into an election, which he had been worried about with a likely Democratic sweep, but he says there is literally no sign anyone cares this time; Muir answers that the pattern belongs to presidential elections rather than midterms and that the president remains there to veto, so Ceresna sets the worry aside. He treats the rotation as evidence of a regime change toward slowing growth with high inflation, where defensives take the flow.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Screaming bull market in oil hidden by a shorted front month

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “Oil markets are in a screaming bull market right now. The Middle East is fucking a shit show, and it's only likely to get worse.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 1:14:12

    Ceresna says the flat front-month WTI chart everyone watches is deceptive and that oil is in a screaming bull market everywhere else on the curve. His evidence: WTI around the $97 level of 9 September and $94 in July looks static, but the selling has been concentrated in the front month, where COT gross shorts are at a decade extreme (overall large specs only at the 31st percentile) even as prices rise. Behind it the December contract has broken to all-time highs, the April 2027 contract has rallied $21, about 31 percent, in 70 days, and the whole backwardation is flattening, which he reads as the market saying the right price of oil is higher; Brent is near its highs and Dutch TTF gas is breaking out. The driver is the Middle East escalating materially, which he expects to get worse, and he thinks there is an extraordinary opportunity because the trade is being ignored. Elsewhere in the episode he says he believes crude is about to rip and raises $120-$140 and even $150-$200 scenarios as what could force six or seven hikes to be priced - though he frames those levels as hypotheticals rather than a forecast.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    The AI story already died: every AI infrastructure basket has broken down

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “The thing is, is that the AI story actually already died.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 13:21

    Ceresna's chart tour says the AI trade is already broken everywhere except the hyperscalers. The data centre and digital infrastructure ETF (DTCR) peaked with the Kospi, made a sequence of lower highs failing at the 50-day and has lost its whole consolidation; the AI supercycle ETF (AIS) has broken its August and September lows; the DRAM ETF peaked with the Kospi and rolled over after failing at Fibonacci zones; the AI power and infrastructure ETF (AIPO) peaked in June and is at fresh lows. He treats the Kospi's June blow-off and 44 percent crash, followed by a 36 percent multi-month bounce and a fresh breakdown, as the epicentre of the bubble and a mirror of the Nasdaq in 2000, and argues the AI bubble actually burst in the summer with another leg now setting up. What hides it is index composition: Apple and NVIDIA at 52-week highs and the Mag-7 ETF in a stunning bull trend carrying the S&P while, on a Goldman figure he cites, the median S&P 500 stock is 16 percent off its 52-week high and only one stock in five was above its 50-day at the 1 October low.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A rip-roaring ag bull market is coming, timing unknown

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: one of these days (no date given) · Not sure

    Show quote

    “There is going to be a rip-roaring bull market in eggs one of these days, and it's going to be, fortunes are going to be made, right?”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 1:20:02

    Muir says the ag story can march to its own drum and that one of these days there will be a rip-roaring bull market in the complex (the transcript renders "ags" as "eggs" throughout) in which fortunes are made, after meeting an ag bull while travelling and following up with others. His reasoning is deflated real prices against rising instability: wheat discounted by the inflation of recent years sits at all-time low real levels, while the world becomes less stable, the climate issue grows, fertiliser is unaffordable and El Nino is in play. He is explicit about not knowing the timing - it may not be this El Nino or Ukraine episode - and says there are moving parts he does not understand as well as he should, but thinks an accident here would move prices further than people expect and that everyone should be learning this market. No position disclosed.

    Time frame
    one of these days (no date given)
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Really bearish: the scramble into the generals is the last hurrah

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “And I, Patrick, am really bearish, and I think that this is a start of something much more ominous.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 7:07

    Muir reads the rally since Warsh's Jackson Hole speech as a narrowing scramble rather than strength: on his numbers the Mag-7 was up 7 or 8 percent and the Nasdaq 5 while the equal-weight S&P was down 3 and small caps down 6. He explains it as AI bought as a safety play once investors saw higher rates choking off the rest of the economy - buying the only thing growing that is less exposed to rate hikes - and says that as it happened credit spreads widened and rising funding costs for the neoclouds put the whole thing in jeopardy. He calls it a mad scramble into the generals as a last hurrah and says this is the start of something much more ominous. He is more worried about a financial accident than anything else, listing private credit, SPVs, double- and triple-levered ETFs, the correlation trade and a tax-aware long-short fund as candidates, and notes concentration like this has only been seen around 1929, 1962 and 2000 - while adding the contrarian caveat that crashes need nobody to be worried about them.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bearish credit spreads, and it only gets worse

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “I am bearish credit spreads, and it's only going to get worse.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 1:07:20

    Asked whether the next leg down in junk bonds comes from spreads rather than rates, Muir says yes and that he is bearish credit spreads with worse to come. He has been pointing at widening spreads through the episode as the thing that turned the AI scramble - rising funding costs for the neoclouds putting the buildout in jeopardy - and he puts credit at the centre of the financial accident he is most worried about, alongside SPVs, levered ETFs and the correlation trade. No level, instrument or horizon is given; it is a direction-of-spreads call.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    In a real financial accident the front end goes to 1% and the long end revolts

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And I know this is going to sound absurd, but in a real risk-off financial accident, I think rates in the US are going to 1% at the front end.”

    Episode: AI STORY ALREADY DIED

    at 58:00

    Muir's rate call is explicitly conditional on a financial accident, which he says you have to believe in for the trade to make any sense: in a true risk-off accident he thinks US front-end rates go to 1 percent, with the Fed leading and cutting faster than anyone expects. He thinks the long end would not like that - the Fed rushing to cut while the long end revolts - so he prefers levered front-end futures (SOFR) to owning 30s, which is the reflex trade. He says plainly that if you do not think an accident is coming the trade is stupid and rates are not going to 1. Separately he notes almost all G7 curves price three to four hikes over the coming year and that he is in the camp that two is more probable than six, so the front end finally offers carry to the long - though he concedes Ceresna's point that ripping oil could get six priced in before only two are delivered.

    Only if
    Only in a true risk-off financial accident; he says if you do not believe one is coming, the trade is stupid and rates are not going to 1 percent.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    6 statements

    If Republicans keep the House, the US stock market flies

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: after the midterms · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “You don't think the stock market rallies? I think the stock market flies.”

    Episode: WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    at 50:20

    Muir rejects the idea that divided government is good for markets, arguing that the One Big Beautiful Bill is designed to have fiscal support come off after the midterms and that a Democratic House would control committees and subpoena power. In the scenario where Republicans somehow keep the House, he expects the US stock market not merely to rally but to fly.

    Time frame
    after the midterms
    Only if
    Republicans keep the House in the 2026 midterms
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Europe's growth paths are foreclosed by energy costs

    Marvin BarthThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “So, you know, Europe has this serious growth problem in that all of their potential paths of growth are foreclosed. The return on capital is terrible.”

    Episode: WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    at 1:25:17

    Barth says Europe's energy policies leave its energy costs on the order of five to seven times those of US or Chinese manufacturers, so it cannot be competitive in manufacturing (hence Germany's malaise) or in AI, which he says is all about energy; its engineers end up working elsewhere. With every path to growth foreclosed and a terrible return on capital, he sees Europe as geopolitically isolated, short of resources and alliances, and politically fracturing. This row is the view on the European economy; his view on European government debt is a separate row.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    Very bullish on the US economy's investment-led growth

    Marvin BarthThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “And you know, from our previous conversations, we've been, you know, very bullish on the US economy and the underlying investment-led growth and where this is going and what that means for our star.”

    Episode: WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    at 1:08:53

    Barth says he has been very bullish on the US economy because of a broad investment boom, which he argues is much wider than AI, with AI only accentuating it; earlier in the conversation he says he expected the economy to be 'on fire'. He ties this to a higher neutral real interest rate (r-star) of about 2 to 2.5% and to his view that higher real rates and term premia are the fair consequence of that growth plus greater fiscal and monetary uncertainty. No horizon is stated.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Super bullish on Canada because Carney is opening up energy and resources

    Marvin BarthThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “so I am super bullish on Canada for exactly this reason. So as much as I dislike Mark Carney, I'm actually super bullish because he is doing these things.”

    Episode: WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    at 1:17:51

    Despite strong personal dislike of Prime Minister Mark Carney, Barth says he is super bullish on Canada because Carney's government is opening the floodgates to energy and resource development, building pipelines so Canada can sell oil to buyers other than the US, which he says is what the US itself wants. He argues the anti-American sentiment is what allows Carney to get these projects done, that pipelines will take four or five years to build, and that in four to eight years Canada will be far more productive and produce far more oil. The view is on the country and its economy; he names no Canadian equity or instrument.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    European government debt is unsustainable; a disaster waiting to happen

    Marvin BarthThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “And there's no credit. So this is what makes this terrible. You have an unsustainable debt situation across Europe as a whole.”

    Episode: WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    at 1:26:23

    Barth argues Europe as a whole carries extraordinarily high debt with no growth path to service it: energy costs five to seven times US or Chinese levels make it uncompetitive in manufacturing and in AI compute, return on capital is terrible, and debt dynamics depend on real growth versus real interest costs. Germany's balance sheet was the one fiscal anchor and Merz has spent it, mostly on green programmes; populist politics and immigration disputes are fracturing political unity. Unlike 2011-12 there is no credible German balance sheet behind the ECB to stop a run, so he calls Europe a disaster waiting to happen and says he would express it as a short in European long-dated debt against a long in US long bonds (that pairing he ties to a Republican Congress after the US midterms).

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long US long-dated Treasuries vs short European long-dated debt if Republicans hold Congress

    Marvin BarthThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: post-election · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I would absolutely post-election if it is a Republican Congress, especially on a long short US versus Europe basis, where there's no plan for consolidation, I would absolutely harvest that term premia on the US as a long versus short on European long-dated debt.”

    Episode: WHAT WOULD JACKSON DO? (Guest: Marvin Barth)

    at 1:08:53

    Barth says that for the first time in years the Treasury curve looks like a reasonable buy: in 2023 he set out a fair-value curve built on a 2 to 2.5% neutral real rate plus 1980s/1990s-style term premia, and by September the whole curve was converging on about 5% on a forward basis, matching it; term premia have since risen again after strong data. He expects a Republican-controlled Congress to start fiscal consolidation (more progressive income tax, spending cuts, possibly entitlements), and so after the midterms, if Republicans keep the House and Senate, he would harvest the US term premium by owning long-dated US debt against a short in European long-dated debt, where he sees no consolidation plan. The long side is the US long end; the European short is a separate row.

    Time frame
    post-election
    Only if
    Post-midterm election, if Republicans keep the House and Senate
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · THE REAL EDGE IS IN PEOPLES’ HEADS (Guest: Ahmed Husain)

    2 statements

    Ride the AI capex build, don't sit it out because it is a bubble

    Ahmed HusainThe Market HuddlePublished

    Time frame: two or three years ahead · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But as Soros used to say, if you see a bubble forming, you ride it, you don't run away from it, you buy it. And so I don't think we're in the early innings anymore, and clearly it's more dangerous. You're sort of going up there, but you don't know if there's two or three years ahead. I think we'd still have two or three years ahead, but again, this is not a market prediction.”

    Episode: THE REAL EDGE IS IN PEOPLES’ HEADS (Guest: Ahmed Husain)

    at 55:32

    Husain treats the bubble label as a reason to stay invested rather than to step aside: as long as the market keeps calling AI a bubble there is a wall of worry to climb, and fading that consensus is how he says the money gets made. His case is that essentially all of America's capital expenditure and all of its GDP growth now runs through one build, roughly a trillion dollars moving, so refusing to engage with it on the grounds that it is a bubble means declining to look at the only place large amounts of money are changing hands. He accepts that capex cycles end in overinvestment -- he cites Alastair Nairn's history of canals, roads and railways -- and says explicitly that this is no longer the early innings and is clearly more dangerous than it was, but he thinks there are probably still two or three years to run and would ride it rather than run from it. He hedges the horizon heavily ("this is not a market prediction") and pairs it with a warning not to put the whole portfolio in one trade.

    Time frame
    two or three years ahead
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air that his investment book is roughly 30-40% AI related and that where you need to be invested within AI changes over time.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gold miners are 30% of the book, the ballast against the AI leg

    Ahmed HusainThe Market HuddlePublished

    Show quote

    “So let's get into specifics, and this is not an investment device, but you know, right now, my investment book is like 30, 40% AI related, 30% gold miners, 20% commodities, coal, metal, things like that.”

    Episode: THE REAL EDGE IS IN PEOPLES’ HEADS (Guest: Ahmed Husain)

    at 54:51

    Asked how he squares calling AI a bubble with not being all-in on it the way Dan Ives or Tom Lee are, Husain answers with his actual allocation: roughly 30-40% AI-related, 30% gold miners, 20% other commodities including coal and metals, and the rest value bets. The gold miner weight is the deliberate counterweight to the AI leg rather than a separate macro call -- his stated principle is to build a portfolio that is anti-fragile so that being wrong on any one idea does not blow him up, and he says there is money to be made in gold miners too rather than getting married to a single trade. He argues the rationale for the allocation size and the diversification, not a target price or a catalyst for the metal or the miners.

    What they own
    Says on air that gold miners are about 30% of his investment book.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    12 statements
    BullishCocoa

    Cocoa can go a lot higher than 6,000: a West Africa-concentrated crop facing weather and fertiliser problems

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Like, now I'm not saying we're going to go all the way back to those highs. Those are pretty, pretty intense. But I think you can go a lot higher than 6,000, though.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 1:12:50

    Cocoa is mostly a West African crop, so weather and fertiliser shortages produce 'crazy moonshots' like 2024. After a 70 to 80% collapse in 2025 he is still buying dips and thinks the price can go a lot higher than 6,000, without calling for a return to the 2024 peak; if tree disease follows the weather, 'all bets are off again'. He notes from his own 2022-2024 cocoa trade that he exited too early because positioning looked crowded, and that in weather-driven ags the positioning data should be thrown out.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A very inflationary backdrop: energy, food, tariffs and technology are all pushing prices up at once

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “So it's a very, very inflationary backdrop. I mean, if you look at a now cast for nominal growth, it has an eight handle. So if nominal GDP is eight, diesel six bucks, like yeah, you're gonna have a bunch of inflation.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 15:28

    Taylor calls himself a 'hardcore inflationist'. Core CPI printed 0.3% and super-core 0.5% for August, annualising above 5%, and that is before the September oil surge feeds through. He lists the drivers: $6 diesel finding its way into everything, tariffs, technology inflation from AI-related memory and import prices (where deflation is the norm), and El Nino lifting agricultural prices. Nominal GDP nowcasts carry an eight handle. If the war continues he expects inflation to go well above 3 to 4%, and worse still if El Nino hits crop prices. Bullish here means he expects US inflation to rise.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishCopper

    Copper positioning is at a five-year high and everyone loves it, which in his experience precedes a bad time

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “In my experience, if everyone loves copper, it's about to have a bad time. And to your point, everyone loves copper. So it definitely deserves a lot of caution here for people that are along.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 1:02:33

    Taylor likes copper's fundamentals but says his experience with the metal is that when everyone loves it, it is about to have a bad time, and with large-speculator net positioning at the 92nd to 99th percentile and gross longs at five-year highs, everyone loves it now. The chart has been surfing its trend line and 50-day average, so a break would be an obvious exit for crowded longs, and he dislikes the tariff speculation in the trade because he cannot handicap it. A tactical caution rather than a structural short.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Ags are mid-innings; a basket works but the tropical crops (rice, sugar, cocoa) are the best bet

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Yeah, I mean, to me, like a basket of them is going to be fine, but I think the more tropical ones are the best bet. So for that, for me, it's the combo of rice, sugar, cocoa. To an extent, coffee, coffee's kind of been ugly lately.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 1:14:21

    Taylor sees the grain and softs breakout as mid-game rather than over: weather (El Nino) is a legitimate game changer for crop quality globally, and pullbacks to retest breakouts are possible without ending the move. He prefers crops that are not grown everywhere, because wheat and corn shortfalls are easier to make up, so his basket is rice, sugar and cocoa, with coffee able to come back. He warns that in a genuine weather event crowded positioning does not matter, but that the worst El Nino fears may not materialise for every crop.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Loves gold medium and long term; a new low is possible short term if the war drags on, and it rips if the war ends or yields are suppressed

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: medium and long term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I'm a big fan of being involved. I love it, medium and long term.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 55:51

    Taylor ties gold's path to the Middle East. It ripped when the Treasury Secretary threatened to monetise, and fell back when he retreated from that. If the war ends he expects gold to 'rip big time', and if policymakers respond to 5% yields by throwing the Treasury General Account at the curve or doing any form of QE, it rips again. The caveat is that if the war rages on for a few more months gold could put in a new low first, so he frames the chart as 'choose your own adventure' with an ugly head-and-shoulders inside a clean breakout. He is a big fan of being involved medium and long term.

    Time frame
    medium and long term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSugar

    Sugar is his favourite trade of the year and can make a new high: a localised crop with a bad Indian harvest

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Show quote

    “Sugar's literally been my favorite trade of the year. Like I still have calls to put on back when we were under 15 I'm not touching them. Like now, I've trimmed up some of the Delta 1 stuff, but I think this can go to a new high.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 1:11:40

    Sugar is Taylor's favourite trade of 2026. After a three-year bear market that halved the price to a 13 handle, El Nino and fertiliser disruption through Hormuz have turned the crop story, and unlike wheat and corn, which are grown almost everywhere and so easier to substitute, sugar is localised and the Indian crop is 'just as bad'. He still holds calls bought when sugar was under 15 and is not touching them, though he has trimmed delta-one exposure. He thinks it can go to a new high and warns that once weather drives an agricultural market, crowded positioning stops mattering.

    What they own
    Holds sugar calls bought when the price was under 15; has trimmed some outright (delta-one) exposure.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mag 7 will not carry the market while the war keeps rates up: interest expense is now a real line item for them

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I don't think Max Evan is going to save us as long as the war is going on. I think the cost of capital is now a thing for them. Now, they can pay it. They got some runway while they can still pay it, but it's going to start impacting earnings.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 41:19

    With breadth collapsed, Taylor says it is 'Mag-7 or bust' for the index. His view is that as long as the war keeps energy and rates rising, the cost of capital starts to sting the hyperscalers: they used to be large net interest earners and are now borrowing trillions to build AI capacity, so interest expense becomes a headwind the market has not priced. He also thinks earnings are flattered because gains are booked while capex is spread over time. He is not calling for a large decline, notes the basket has not taken out its May highs in September, and says the whole call flips if the war ends and rates pull back. The transcript renders 'Mag-7' as 'Max Evan'.

    Only if
    Applies while the Iran war keeps energy prices and rates rising; if the war ends and rates pull back he expects the group to be fine.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Front end is getting attractive: the market prices about four hikes and he does not think the Fed delivers five

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And even though I'm a hardcore inflationist right now, like are they gonna hike five times? I don't think so. So despite how much I think inflation is gonna be a problem, I think the front end is actually starting to get attractive.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 15:28

    With 3.6 hikes priced along the SOFR curve and the two-year effectively an over/under on four hikes, Taylor says the market has caught up to the inflation reality he was pounding the table on a month earlier. Even as a self-described hardcore inflationist he does not expect five hikes, so betting on fewer hikes than priced now makes sense to him and he is looking at the two-year from the long side for the first time. He also flags the downside case for the economy: super-core inflation at 0.5% month-on-month while wages are not rising means real incomes are falling, so consumption and growth can crack, which would also favour the front end. He explicitly cannot get there on the long end and would only consider calls on 10-year futures rather than owning them.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is 'looking at the two-year and surprisingly getting interested from buying it instead of selling it for once'; no position stated.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Open to tactical longs in semis after the 25 to 40% washout, with defined risk because an overbuild bust is coming eventually

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I think calls and some of this stuff can make sense. Or outright longs where you have a pretty tight stop.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 49:27

    After the second-quarter blow-off in semiconductors and the Korean index, the 25% index drop and 40% KOSPI drop were, in his view, an over-levered positioning unwind (3x ETFs) rather than a fundamental break: earnings and outlooks are still strong and valuations do not look bad. He is 'very open' to tactical longs on AI trades, via calls or outright longs with tight stops, especially with implied volatility on names like Nvidia at one-year lows. The reason for defined risk is his conviction that every technological revolution overbuilds until it hits a wall, which will be a nasty event for the group; he has no view on timing, 'next month or five years'.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Still holds December 2026 nat-gas puts: too much associated gas, a mild shoulder season, $3 is the target

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: into the winter contracts · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Yeah, so I put on some puts for December 26 Early this year, and I still have them, because I think we still have downside.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 1:04:59

    North America has too much gas and cannot get rid of it: associated gas production from the oil patch has ripped higher even though oil production has not, and he expects a long, mild shoulder season. He put on December 2026 puts early in the year when the contract was near $4, still holds them, and thinks the contract can go to $3. The risk is weather: a big cold shot east of the Rockies in November would send it to $5, and if it reaches $3 the short will be wildly consensus and should be taken off.

    Time frame
    into the winter contracts
    Only if
    Depends on a mild October-November; a significant early cold shot invalidates the trade.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Holds December 2026 natural gas puts put on early in 2026.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    KROP: a two-year base in an illiquid ag-tech ETF with China's ag-tech push and expensive food as tailwinds

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So this is just one that I like because I can keep a tight stop because of this chart pattern. And I don't know, it might be able to go on a really nice run if the whole agriculture space is early or mid innings as we discussed.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 1:19:03

    KROP, an ag-tech ETF that 'like nine people own', shows his favourite pattern: something that dies and goes sideways for two years. About 11% of it is Chinese, where ag-tech was just added to the five-year plan, and he expects precision-agriculture investment to pay off once food is expensive and weather is a headwind. He likes it because the base lets him keep a tight stop, and it could run if the agriculture cycle is early or mid innings. The ETF is thinly traded.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil keeps rising as long as the Iran war and the Hormuz disruption last; it is binary on the war ending

    Chase TaylorThe Market HuddleRecorded

    Time frame: rest of the calendar year · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But as long as the war is on, oil is going to keep going higher. Once the war is off, it's going to go a lot lower. It's truly that binary, I think.”

    Episode: A GIFT TO ANYONE PAYING ATTENTION (Guest: Chase Taylor)

    at 5:03

    Taylor has been long oil through the year via the December 2026 contract and has been migrating into May 2027, which he says is 'wildly mispriced' in the 70s given the backwardation, and he points to the USO-style ETF monetising roll yield at about 30% annualised. His view is explicitly binary: with the Houthis controlling Bab al-Mandab and Iran the Strait of Hormuz, oil keeps going higher while the war continues, but once the strait is normalised he expects a 'pretty nasty surplus' by 2027 as Saudi, UAE, Iran and Latin America all maximise production, taking prices back toward the 50s, and he would exit oil 'for a long time'. He puts 65% odds on strait flows normalising by year-end and has already trimmed what was an 'absurdly long' oil position heavily, because the point at which policymakers panic is when the trade is most likely to end. Chinese demand has pulled back and only US production lagging would keep him bullish after a peace deal.

    Time frame
    rest of the calendar year
    Only if
    Bullish only while the Iran war keeps the Strait of Hormuz disrupted; on a settlement that normalises strait flows he expects a surplus in 2027 and a move back toward the 50s.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Has been long oil all year, mainly the December 2026 contract, now migrating to May 2027; has trimmed heavily from an 'absurdly long' position.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · PRICKLY BEAR

    6 statements

    Short the market: everyone is already long, so even Nvidia's blowout guidance cannot find new buyers

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And the reason it's the perfect response is because you're nervous about the market, you think it's behaving badly, but you're going to give it some time to think out, and you're not shorting it like me.”

    Episode: PRICKLY BEAR

    at 52:28

    Muir discloses that he is short the equity market. His read of the tape after Nvidia guided to about 70% growth is that the hyperscalers and the rest of the semiconductor complex barely moved because 'everyone's already long': if everyone already owns it there are no new buyers whatever the story. He adds that the three-month VIX collapsing to a 17 handle with an FOMC, quad witching and the midterms inside the window means nobody is worried, and 'buy your straw hats in the winter'. He notes wryly that the trade may only work because Ceresna is not shorting alongside him.

    What they own
    Says he is short the stock market.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Has held energy stocks 'forever' and loves them on the higher-shelf oil thesis

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “But I've held that forever. I mean, holy, like, I've been trying not to look at my energy stocks. I love them.”

    Episode: PRICKLY BEAR

    at 1:19:45

    Responding to Ceresna's case that oil now sits on a higher shelf of $80 to $90 and that energy equities are being repriced for sustainably higher profits, Muir says he has held that view forever, owns energy stocks and loves them, while joking that both hosts agreeing means it will not work.

    What they own
    Owns energy stocks and says he has held them 'forever'.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Secular gold bull market: got long again on the break of the 50-day downtrend, the Treasury intervention was just the catalyst

    Kevin MuirThe Market HuddleRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I contend that we're in a secular gold bull market. And, and to me, I know everyone was laughing at me when I was like, it broke that 50 day downtrend. And I was like, I got to get long again.”

    Episode: PRICKLY BEAR

    at 36:31

    Muir contends gold is in a secular bull market that 'is going to continue to be in a bull market for a long time', and he got long again when it broke its 50-day downtrend after a six-month, 25% correction. He was not surprised by the violent rally after the Treasury's long-bond buyback: investors who worry about the Treasury suppressing rates sell Treasuries and buy gold, and he suspects the Greenwich crowd did exactly that. His underlying reason to own it is that since the West zeroed Russia's reserves in 2022, other countries have to diversify reserves, mainly into gold, which is why gold led every other metal and even the miners for years.

    What they own
    Says he got long gold again when it broke the 50-day downtrend.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper still bullish on real shortages, but at the 99th percentile of positioning plan your exit

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so copper is still bullish. And I'm not in any way actually bearish copper yet. But what I do say is everyone that is smart should be planning an Irish exit.”

    Episode: PRICKLY BEAR

    at 59:15

    Copper is toying with 52-week highs on genuine fundamentals (shortages, inventories) and large speculators are at the 99th percentile, with the rise driven by real long buying rather than short covering, which is what real crowding looks like. Ceresna's rule is not to fade a crowded trade while price keeps rewarding it: copper measures to about 7.75 on a breakout and Freeport-McMoRan has broken out toward 85 to 90. He is still bullish and explicitly not bearish yet, but says anyone smart should be planning an 'Irish exit' because the crowd will all leave at once.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Gold's six-month, 25% correction looks like a decisive trend reversal after the Treasury's bond intervention

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And this six-month, 25% correction in gold that we've seen, it looks now like a decisive reversal of trend.”

    Episode: PRICKLY BEAR

    at 30:50

    Ceresna reads the Treasury's long-bond buyback as the match that lit a six-to-seven-week gold base: the dollar broke down enough to neutralise its bull breakout and gold sentiment flipped decisively bullish within days, even though bonds and the dollar themselves barely moved. He thinks the six-month, 25% correction now looks like a decisive reversal, and that the real confirmation, and the bigger money, comes when silver, platinum and palladium start running too, which may not happen until the fourth quarter.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Super bullish energy stocks, neutral oil: a higher oil shelf reprices the equities for sustainable profits, another 30% possible this year

    Patrick CeresnaThe Market HuddleRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: this year

    Show quote

    “And so, I actually would say you have to be super bullish energy stocks and be more neutral oil itself, where like oil is going to be up here and sticking around, but energy stocks, they could have another 30% run this year.”

    Episode: PRICKLY BEAR

    at 1:17:23

    Ceresna's case is that the sustainable fair value of oil no longer sits under $70: the June positioning washout removed the longs and nobody rebuilt them, so sell-offs have no one to shake out, and with 400 million barrels drawn from global inventories he sees an $80 to $90 shelf for the rest of the year, with $100 possible if conditions warrant, and no return to $60 or $70. Rather than press oil itself, which he calls a premium-harvesting vehicle with manageable downside, he wants the equity side: energy companies are being repriced for more sustainable long-run profits because the industry is not going back to unprofitable shale price levels, and he thinks the stocks could run another 30% this year.

    Time frame
    this year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Meb Faber Show - Better Investing

    41 bullish · 33 bearish12 episodes · 74 statements · 12 speakersLatest

    · StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    12 statements
    BearishEuro

    Europe is where Japan was in 2011-12: the euro goes much weaker, through a chain of crises

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “It's going to be a chaotic sequence of crises that will eventually get the euro much, much weaker. Maybe 0.8, 0.6.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 26:58

    Deluard argues Europe is where Japan was in 2011-12, only uglier: an ageing population, rising social spending, little room for new debt, no political appetite for growth through immigration, and productivity plans that cannot offset what he calls a negative productivity shock from dearer energy and Chinese competition in industrial exports. He concludes that a much weaker euro is the only route out, as the falling yen was for Japan after 2012. He expects it to be messier than Japan's coordinated version: it needs many countries to agree, every decision creates transfers between them, inflation makes a weaker currency unpopular, and the US administration is focused on trade balances and has little patience for Europe. So he expects it to happen through a sequence of crises, starting with the French debt crisis now and probably something in Germany later, taking the euro to perhaps 0.8 or 0.6, and he pairs it with long Korean won against the euro.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    UK equities: the first market to turn, and the long leg against the eurozone

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “One specific market I'm looking at, which is unusual for a French man, is the UK. When things start to turn around, it will be in the UK first.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 41:48

    Deluard says the UK is the market he is looking at, because it tends to be ahead of the rest of Europe: it had its populist shock and its debt-market crisis earlier, and he sees its budget balance improving and its government somewhat more competent. He argues the UK would benefit from a eurozone debt crisis as capital looks for somewhere to go, that the Bank of England can react faster than the ECB, and that the market is unloved: he says UK defined-benefit pensions have cut domestic stocks from 50% to 5%, and that MSCI UK is about 2% of world market cap, below the UK's share of GDP. He likes the index's mix of energy, health care and banks. He says things are not all rosy in the UK and frames it as a pair trade, long UK equities against short eurozone equities.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    France ticks every box for a sovereign debt crisis

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: certainly not before the election

    Show quote

    “Perfect hit for France. We hit every single marker of a sovereign debt crisis.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 53:10

    Deluard lists what he sees as the ingredients of a sovereign debt crisis: high debt, a large primary deficit financed by foreigners in a currency the country cannot print, an economy that does not grow, and unpopular politicians who can neither raise taxes nor cut spending. He says France meets every one. He argues French debt traded close to Germany for years on the assumption that France would sort itself out, though its fundamentals were poor for a decade; now the periphery has improved and France stands out, with the most negative gap between its borrowing cost and its growth. He says the French bond market is already under pressure, partly from Japanese managers bringing money home, does not see the ECB able to help until France has an election and a government, and does not see it solved before the election. He calls the situation very serious.

    Time frame
    certainly not before the election
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Health care is the rotation theme Deluard likes most, though too small to carry the market

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The one that I'm personally most excited about is health care.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 25:27

    Discussing a summer of churning markets in which investors rotated through refiners, tobacco, cheap stocks and back to AI, Deluard says health care is the sector he is personally most excited about. He immediately qualifies it: tech and tech-adjacent names are so large in the index, and health care's S&P 500 weight is near an all-time low, that even if a new leadership emerges it will not be enough to carry the market. The row is a sector preference inside an overall bearish equity view, not a call that health care lifts the index.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    French luxury multiples have halved; a place to deploy capital eventually, not yet

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: at some point · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So at some point, I think you could make some money on this. I wouldn't rush to trade, but that would be how I would deploy capital.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 41:48

    Although Deluard does not expect European equities to do well while the debt crisis worsens, he points to French luxury as an example of value emerging: he says the multiples on names such as Hermes and LVMH have roughly halved while the businesses remain good, with high margins and strong balance sheets. He thinks money can be made there at some point and says that is how he would deploy capital, but that he would not rush into the trade.

    Time frame
    at some point
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    1 out of 5

    Eurozone stocks struggle as the European debt crisis worsens

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “My hesitation with that is that I think the debt crisis in Europe gets worse. And it's hard for me to see equities really perform well.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 41:48

    Deluard says that if Europe follows Japan's playbook of a weaker currency and suppressed rates, a currency-hedged European equity trade could eventually work as it did in Japan, but his hesitation is that he expects the European debt crisis to get worse, which makes it hard for him to see eurozone equities perform well. He says he is not keen to add to equity portfolios now and expects opportunities to emerge over time, and he uses eurozone equities as the short leg of a pair trade against long UK equities.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishKorean won

    Long the Korean won against the euro on a flood of current-account surplus

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “So there's a simple currency trade. You go long the one against the euro.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 35:41

    Deluard's case for the Korean won rests on terms of trade: Europe pays more for energy and gets less for its industrial exports, while East Asia is seeing the opposite. He says South Korea and Taiwan run current-account surpluses of about 25% of GDP, expected to persist through 2030, with Samsung earning about a billion dollars a day. He argues sterilisation and intervention cannot contain flows that large for long; the money will leak into consumption, public investment and military spending, pushing up both rates and the currency. His trade is long the won against the euro, which he says is already up about 15% over the past month, and he says a reopening of the Strait of Hormuz would send it much higher. He also floats a rates version, expecting the Bank of Korea to have to raise rates.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Whatever the next shock is, the policy response will make it inflationary

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “I don't know what the next shock will be, but I know it will be inflationary because the policy reaction will be inflationary.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 17:09

    Deluard argues that inflation is a political and historical process more than a one-off shock: shocks are neutral in themselves, and what decides the outcome is the policy reaction, citing COVID as deflationary in China but inflationary in the US because of stimulus checks. In what he calls an inflationary era, he expects any shock to be met with inflationary policy. He backs this with what he calls an effective oil price of $150-200 a barrel once refining, transport and insurance are added to the price paid in Asia, Chinese producer prices rising 5-6% alongside a rising yuan, and agricultural prices up 25-30% this year with diesel and fertiliser shocks and an El Nino risk. He names agriculture as the shock he worries about most, and suspects official CPI understates true inflation.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bullishcrypto

    Korean surplus money may be holding up crypto, and there is more to come

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: at least three years of these mega surpluses; a multi-year process · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And if that's the case, there's a lot more where that came from.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 53:10

    Deluard notes crypto has held up despite rising real yields and a likely Democratic sweep, which he thinks should be bad for it. He offers a possible explanation: South Korea has the highest share of crypto owners, a strong gambling culture and a history of bank failures, and is receiving a flood of surplus money from chip makers' earnings and bonuses. If some of that Korean surplus is being recycled into crypto, he says, there is much more to come, since he expects at least three years of very large surpluses that will take years to reach households. The view is explicitly conditional on that explanation being right.

    Time frame
    at least three years of these mega surpluses; a multi-year process
    Only if
    If the resilience of crypto prices is due to recycled Korean trade surpluses flowing into crypto.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Turning bullish on bonds, mostly as the other side of a bearish stock call

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: on the year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now, I started the call by saying I'm kind of turning bullish on bonds and it's mostly because I'm bearish on stocks.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 39:38

    Deluard says he is turning bullish on bonds, mainly because he is bearish on stocks, after years of wanting no duration in the portfolio. He regards higher yields as normalisation after a decade of negative term premiums and QE, and says a yield around 5.2% is not crazy with inflation near 4% and real growth near 2%. He does not expect yields to fall meaningfully; his case is that the coupon gives enough buffer, especially in the belly of the curve, that a holder should still be up on the year even if yields keep rising. The view is on the asset as a carry-and-buffer position, not a call for falling yields.

    Time frame
    on the year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Turning bearish on US stocks after being bullish since COVID

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: the rest of the year; the next two years for the absence of a policy put · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm turning bearish on stocks. I mean, that summarizes it.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 6:31

    Deluard says that after being bullish on equities and on nominal growth almost all along since COVID, he is now turning bearish on US stocks and flipping his equity and duration positioning, while keeping his debasement trades. His case: the index is at all-time highs while, by his count, more than 70% of US stocks trade below their 200-day moving average, and he expects that divergence to resolve with the top catching down. Bond yields have reached levels he thinks are becoming a problem for stocks, and credit spreads are widening in consumer names rather than tightening, which he reads as something other than a pure growth story. Growth in personal income tax collections has slowed from about 8-9% at the start of the year to about 5%, which he puts at roughly the true inflation rate, so most people are making no real progress; consumption has held up because people are drawing down investment and 401(k) accounts, which he compares with home-equity extraction in 2006-07 and says cannot last. He also argues that stock correlations near zero have suppressed the VIX, which he recalculates at around 40 under normal correlation, and that any normalisation would mean a correction if not a bear market. He expects a blue sweep in the midterms and no Fed or fiscal put for the next two years. Caveats: he calls it a dangerous call after a long bull market and says the market may be kept going until the Anthropic IPO and the midterms.

    Time frame
    the rest of the year; the next two years for the absence of a policy put
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long the yen: Japan is growing out of its debt problem, and it hedges a stock sell-off

    Vincent DeluardThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “The Japanese yen would be one that I like.”

    Episode: StoneX' Vincent Deluard: The S&P Is Hiding a Bear Market | #655

    at 35:41

    Deluard says he likes Asian currencies and names the Japanese yen first. He argues Japan is coming out of its debt trap: rates are rising, money is flowing home (he says Japanese managers repatriating funds caused much of the recent pain in French government bonds), and tax collections have grown about 7% a year for ten years, so with rates around 4% and growth around 7% the gap between the cost of debt and growth is very negative, which he reads as no debt crisis. He also likes the yen as a defensive asset that tends to rise when stocks fall, and since he is worried about the stock market he sees being long the yen as a hedge.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    13 statements

    More cautious on Europe: no AI story, worst hit by energy, and an ECB that may be over-tightening

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And then be more cautious in Europe, just because it doesn't have the AI story, but it really gets hurt the hardest from an energy shock.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 27:20

    Willer wants Europe underweight inside a portfolio that is positive on the AI bubble. Europe lacks anything AI-related, so it misses the leg he expects to carry markets; it is the hardest hit by an energy shock; and the ECB may be over-tightening, raising rates without an AI boom and before oil's second-round effects have shown up, with French spreads already reacting. He adds the currency should weaken and that French equities usually sell off into a presidential election the market reads as unfriendly. He is careful about how far to take it: he is not extremely bearish Europe and would not make it a big short, because the correlation of every market with the S&P is so high that only China ever decouples meaningfully. It is a relative call, the other leg of his US-over-Europe trade.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Clear long-run bull case for gold, but not while the Fed is early in a hiking cycle

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: the very big picture · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So in the very big picture, there is a clear bull case for gold. I just wouldn't pick it up while people are concerned about a hawkish fad, and now us being early in a potential hiking cycle here.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 31:45

    Willer separates gold's horizon from its entry point. Short term, he says gold trades off the US two-year and nothing else, and the two-year is telling you not to touch it while the market worries about a hawkish Fed early in a hiking cycle. The long-run case is reserve diversification by central banks rather than retail demand: when Putin wanted out of the dollar he bought euros, renminbi and gold, and euros proved sanctionable while the renminbi is not a store of wealth China can offer, which leaves gold. Citi's line is that gold bottomed when the Bank of England finished selling and will probably peak when the PBOC finishes buying, and China has a long way to go if it really wants to cut its dollar holdings. He also expects gold to go straight up whenever the equity bubble peaks and the Fed reverses towards zero and buys the back end, which is not his base case for next year.

    Time frame
    the very big picture
    Only if
    Would not buy it while the market is worried about a hawkish Fed and the hiking cycle is early; the bull case is the very big picture and the trigger is the Fed turning.
    What they own
    Says he would not pick gold up here; also says investors who were under-owned now have a lot more of it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper in a good spot: global data momentum rising, only the strong dollar missing

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “And right now, it is moving higher. And it's not just the US. Actually, European data has been improving. Global data has been improving. So it's really a good spot for copper.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 36:28

    Willer trades copper off Citi's global data change index, a measure of macro momentum in the data, on the finding that copper's Sharpe ratio is much higher when that index is rising than when it is not. It is rising now, and not only in the US: European and global data have been improving too. The one leg missing is the dollar, since copper's best environment pairs rising global momentum with a weak dollar and he expects a somewhat stronger dollar, so this is not the hyper-bullish configuration. He adds the structural layer of AI and the energy transition on top, while cautioning that nothing matches the scale of the old China cycle. He also defends copper as a macro signal in its own right, arguing the copper-gold ratio stopped working only because gold went on a tear, and that copper rising is itself telling you global data momentum is strong and central banks may have more to do than is priced.

    What they own
    Says Citi likes copper; no instrument or size given.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Not yet in bonds: wait until there is one hike left, not three

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: until the Fed is further along the hiking cycle; bonds addable next year · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But we're still cautious. We still want to see the Fed being further along the hiking cycle before we would consider looking at bonds again.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 9:25

    Willer is not ready to own duration. His rule of thumb is that you sell bonds about six months before the first hike of a cycle and buy them back when there is only one hike left, because nobody knows which hike is the last and the market keeps adding hikes until the Fed sounds close to done: if the Fed has three hikes left and three are priced, you wait. Since he reads the chair as hawkish and the Fed as nowhere near over-tightening, he thinks it is too early, and says this applies to the front end as much as the back. He is explicit that this is a timing call rather than a valuation one: on a long enough horizon the 3.3 per cent real yield in the thirty-year looks interesting against an equity market he thinks will have a meaningful setback within five years, and he expects to be able to add bonds, possibly aggressively, next year once the hiking cycle is behind us. He also argues Treasuries will do their job in the next deflationary shock, whether that is the bubble bursting or AI working so well that unemployment goes to ten per cent.

    Time frame
    until the Fed is further along the hiking cycle; bonds addable next year
    Only if
    Would look at bonds again once the Fed is far enough along the hiking cycle that only one hike is left; sees that as probably next year.
    What they own
    States Citi's research stance: still cautious on bonds, would not yet receive the front end and is not discussing the back end.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The Warsh shadow rate is at its highs: a hawkish chair with more hikes to come

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think we're capturing something with our war shadow rate. And right now it's at the highs. We think that means he's hawkish.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 9:25

    Willer argues the new Fed chair is hawkish, against the early hypothesis that a president would only appoint a dove. Citi built what he calls the Warsh shadow rate by z-scoring every indicator Warsh said at Jackson Hole he does and does not care about and summing them: it tracked Fed funds precisely under Greenspan, Warsh's favourite central banker, and has since led rather than coincided with policy. It now sits at its highs. He adds that the last meeting was unanimous despite the doves, so the chair has enough sway over the committee, and that the Fed is nowhere near over-tightening. His framework is that the first hike is not a problem and the last hike is, and his trading rules assume several hikes still to come: the market keeps pricing in more until the Fed sounds close to done. The transcript renders Warsh as "war", "worst" and "wash".

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    Dollar-bullish bias on three of four model legs, with the entry point the problem

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So we have a dollar border bias, and on the short term, the US, of course, we're extremely oversold.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 20:27

    Willer runs the dollar off a four-part model against the euro: relative equity performance, relative rates, relative terms of trade and Citi's regional macro data momentum. Three of the four favour the dollar and one favours Europe. Relative equities he treats as a call on how long the AI bubble runs, and since he thinks it is not done, US equity outperformance over a Europe with nothing AI-related continues. Terms of trade carry a large oil component, and while he expects oil back to about seventy eventually, he thinks that takes time, so it stays dollar-supportive for now. On rates he argues the ECB is much closer to a policy mistake than the Fed, hiking without an AI boom and on oil prices alone into an economy more energy-sensitive than America's, with the French spread widening as the evidence. The caveat is in the quote: short term the move is extremely stretched, so this may not be the entry point. The transcript renders "bullish" as "border".

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    States Citi's stance as a dollar-bullish bias, trading from the dollar-bullish side, while noting the dollar is extremely oversold short term.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishCrude oil

    Iran resolves and oil goes back to $70, feeding the end of the hiking cycles

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: next year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Almost certainly the around situation will be resolved, which means that oil will be back to $70.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 41:35

    Willer expects the Iran war to be resolved and oil to return to about seventy dollars, on the grounds that the whole conflict started from a position of big oil oversupply. He allows he could be out on the timing and elsewhere says the end game may be clear but getting there could take quite some time, which is why the oil-heavy terms-of-trade leg still favours the dollar for now. The consequence matters more to him than the level: because some central banks effectively target oil, a lower oil price brings the hiking cycles to an end and starts easing cycles in places, which in turn is what lets him add bonds and buy gold. He also notes that if you want to hedge the opposite case, Iran re-escalating, oil is the only instrument and implied volatility makes it expensive. The transcript renders "Iran" as "around".

    Time frame
    next year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    It is a bubble, and you buy it: another year of it is the base case

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: year end and another year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “You tell them it's a bubble, but you buy it. And the difference is that you give back a fair chunk of the money that you make while you're in a bubble on average, right? So for us, it's not a reason to be bearish, it's just saying, you know what? Eventually, we could have a fairly severe sort of payback time.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 1:35

    Willer says Citi's price-based bubble test, borrowed from GMO and triggered when a market runs more than two standard deviations above its long-run real trend, put US equities in bubble territory around the middle of last year. His conclusion is to own it rather than fight it: calling something a bubble is not a reason to be bearish, only a reason to expect that a fair chunk of the gain is handed back later. He wants to be positioned through the midterms, which he sees costing about five per cent on average and being made back quickly, and then through what he argues are unusually strong November and December seasonals that get stronger in a good year because investors press rather than take chips off. He thinks the level of rates almost does not matter for the S&P, only the volatility of the rates move, and the S&P has shrugged off the recent rise in the MOVE index. He expects the bubble to keep giving for another year and calls that the base case, while warning the payback grows with how far it inflates first: don't be over-levered, carry some hedges, and be conscious it will land badly, possibly back to the levels of mid-2025.

    Time frame
    year end and another year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Korea rejoins the AI trade once levered retail positioning is cleaned out

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So Korea is definitely on the list to again rejoin the AI story. It's just having it positioned and cleaned out a bit more after this huge ramp up followed by a very significant fall.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 27:20

    Willer wants to own Korea again but not yet. The case is DRAM: Citi's fundamental analysts think memory stays in short supply for quite some time, and he says that to be consistent with being positive on AI and on US equities he has to be positive on Korea and Taiwan too, even though they diversify him very little. What holds him back is positioning. Korea rose eighty per cent in a single quarter, driven mostly by highly levered Korean retail investors, which he says usually ends badly, and as far as Citi can tell the positioning is still not extremely clean after the ramp and the significant fall that followed. He would rather buy it once that has washed out, while allowing that the wash-out may not come.

    Only if
    Wants levered Korean retail positioning cleaned out further after the 80 per cent quarter and the subsequent fall before buying; says it would be easier to buy if that happens.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Short credit is the cheap hedge against the bubble bursting

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think credit will be a good hedge because again, when the equity bubble bursts and you get into a recession scenario, credit will really underperform and it will just not cost you very much because spreads are already so tight and supply is endless as far as the eye can see.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 40:27

    Willer offers credit as the hedge that fits his own bullish equity call, and concedes the tension in it: if you are bullish equities you can hardly be bearish credit. His argument is asymmetry of carry rather than an imminent default cycle. Spreads are already so tight, and supply is endless as far as the eye can see, that they will not tighten much from here, so the hedge costs very little to hold; and when the equity bubble bursts into a recession, credit really underperforms. He contrasts it with hedging the Iran risk, where the only instrument is oil and implied volatility makes that expensive, and with the general problem that no single hedge covers every downside scenario he can envisage.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says Citi does not love credit here and suggests it as a hedge, without naming an instrument or a position.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Brazil is the rare idiosyncratic trade: deep rate cuts plus a market-friendly government

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “It's a commodity story that benefits from lower rates and the new business-friendly government. And I mean, it's not super cheap, but it's cheaper than it's on average has been over the last 15 years.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 24:33

    Brazil is the position Willer likes most for a reason that has nothing to do with the AI bubble: almost everything else in macro now trades off oil prices and the AI story, a two-factor world, and Brazil is genuinely idiosyncratic. The election looks settled on the prediction markets and the incoming government should be market-friendly and deregulating, trying to restore fiscal order even if that proves hard. The bigger lever is rates. Brazilian real rates run between nine and ten per cent, and the reason the central bank never had a weak enough economy to justify cuts was the loose fiscal stance; with fiscal pulled back, he thinks cuts can be aggressive beyond what is priced. That gives a commodity market geared into falling rates and a friendlier government, at a valuation cheaper than its own fifteen-year average without being outright cheap.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Eighteen years of nothing in Brazil is the setup he likes

    Meb FaberThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “And so you build up this like huge base of just grumpers, and here's where we are, which I love. I think that's a great sign.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 26:01

    Faber volunteers his own read on Brazil off the back of his guest's case for it, and his reason is sentiment rather than fiscal or rates. He points out Brazilian equities have gone nowhere for about eighteen years in total-return terms, long enough that an entire generation has been burned repeatedly by false breakouts, leaving a large base of disillusioned holders. He treats that as the signal: he loves markets that have gone nowhere for decades because, as he puts it, they build up mechanical potential saved up to break out and start a new regime. He is explicit that what he likes is being early against a grim consensus, not a forecast of the fundamentals.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The real appreciates on repatriation and stays a carry trade for a while yet

    Dirk WillerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “So there is a fair amount of potential for Brazilians bringing their money back. And of course, the real should appreciate.”

    Episode: Citi's Dirk Willer on Why You Buy the Bubble | #654

    at 26:52

    Willer expects the real to appreciate on top of the Brazilian equity story, and treats the currency as an added kicker to it rather than a separate trade. The flow he points to is domestic: there is a lot of Brazilian money abroad that can come home under a market-friendly government. He acknowledges the crowding, that investors are already long the real because it is a great carry trade, but argues it takes a long time for rate cuts to undermine a carry trade that wide, so the cuts he expects do not immediately undo the currency. He cites the 2002 Lula election as the pattern he is working from: enough risk premium before the event, and the real strengthened very aggressively almost the day Lula arrived and moved to the centre.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Andrew Ang: Should AI Agents Run Your Asset Allocation? | #653

    3 statements

    Ang: private credit's 10-12% yield is worth far less after tax than equities

    Andrew AngThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “What's the return in private credit that's needed to match your 10 percent in equity? You need like 14, 15 percent yield there.”

    Episode: Andrew Ang: Should AI Agents Run Your Asset Allocation? | #653

    at 30:08

    Ang, saying he will 'be a bit opinionated', argues that private credit attracts investors with a 10-12% yield that looks like or better than the long-run 10% equity return, but all of it, including payment-in-kind interest, is taxed as ordinary income every year. On his maths a 10% private-credit yield is worth roughly 7% in equity terms for a taxable investor, so private credit would need a 14-15% yield to match equities. The view is about taxable investors judging the asset class on its pre-tax number, not a forecast of credit losses.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Ang: most new income-enhanced yield products are not very good

    Andrew AngThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “A lot of these are just not very good. You're much better off selling off the appreciated stock on your own rather than receiving this yield from these new types of income enhanced products and all of those generally are taxed as income.”

    Episode: Andrew Ang: Should AI Agents Run Your Asset Allocation? | #653

    at 30:08

    Ang is critical of the popular yield products that engineer income from option trades or by realising capital gains or returning capital. His point is that the payouts are generally taxed as income and interrupt tax-deferred compounding, so a taxable investor is usually better off holding the stock and selling appreciated shares when they need cash. The argument rests on his research on the tax drag on US equity returns, which he puts at roughly a third of returns lost to tax over 30 years.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Ang: we are not going back to a 2% inflation world

    Andrew AngThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “One area I think that we're not going back to a 2% inflation world.”

    Episode: Andrew Ang: Should AI Agents Run Your Asset Allocation? | #653

    at 44:01

    Asked what is on his mind looking out to 2026-27, Ang says inflation will not return to 2%. He draws the portfolio consequence himself: the strategies that did well over the last 30 years, bonds in particular, may not be the right holdings when inflation stays above 2%, and fixed income needs extra levers such as tax-loss harvesting or restructured payoffs. He calls the right portfolio for that world a big open question rather than giving a specific trade.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    9 statements

    Korea has run hard but still has good companies below book

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “There is still, to your point, many pretty good companies trading below book value there. So that's not something you'll find everywhere.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 16:26

    Iben has owned Korea on and off for years and says that even five years ago good companies were available at a third of book. He describes taking the position up when the market fell 25% on the president's attempt to seize control, on the reasoning that the democracy held, the market did not recover with it, and the businesses were the same -- Hyundai making good cars, LG making good products, Korea Telecom and LG Plus as good as Verizon and AT&T at two-thirds less. The market reversed quickly and has since had a huge run, partly from the starting undervaluation and partly because Samsung and SK Hynix are, in his words, in the stratosphere and now about half the market -- two stocks his firm does not own. Consistent with a process that trims all the way up as the asymmetry narrows, he says he owns far less Korea than before the move. What keeps the view positive rather than closed is that many pretty good companies still trade below book value there, which he says is not something you find everywhere. He notes MSCI classifies Korea as emerging and FTSE as developed, so most investors bucket it as EM and therefore do not own it.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the firm took Korea to 19% of the portfolio after the 25% drawdown, owns far less of it since the run, and does not own Samsung or SK Hynix.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    When Brazilian rates fall the stock market runs and the bond crowd misses it

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “if rates drop in Brazil, the stock market will run up, and then people will wish they hadn't been in the bond market.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 32:20

    Iben spent two months in Brazil over the summer doing research with about twenty people and reports meeting exactly zero investors who were bullish on their own stock market -- the kind of reading he treats as the opportunity rather than the warning. The local objection he heard was that rates went up and the currency fell, and that with 12%-plus available in bonds there is no reason to own equities. His answer is the one he lived through at the start of his career, when US money market funds paid 22% and he was telling people that cheap, growing stocks were a gift from God: the people who stayed in the fund earned zero as rates fell to zero and missed a 40x run in equities. He expects the same sequence in Brazil, so the call is conditional on rates falling. He also thinks the currency is misjudged -- Brazilian inflation is similar to US inflation while Brazilian rates are 12 to 14 against four, so he questions which currency ought to do better. The wider draw is scarcity: Brazil and Argentina have good agricultural land, plenty of oil and plenty of minerals, and he thinks people are starting to appreciate it.

    Only if
    Conditional on Brazilian interest rates falling from the current 12-14% level.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Emerging markets are not a risky niche, they are most of the world

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “In their mind, oh, this is a small, risky niche. We say, no, it's not small. It's almost the entire world. It's most the people, most the land, most the resources. There's a lot of good companies.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 12:20

    Iben argues investors think about emerging markets in binary terms -- that a phone company in Korea is treated as no less risky than a chemical company in Zimbabwe -- and that the category is dismissed as a small risky niche when it is most of the world's people, land and resources, full of good companies. His own portfolio reflects that: rather than buying countries he buys phone companies, railroads and hydroelectric utilities, businesses he considers genuinely safe that happen to be domiciled in Korea, China or Brazil. The method underneath is appraisal rather than a country view -- work out what a business is worth, then risk-adjust for the country, the debt and the management, and ask not whether something is good or bad but whether the discount demanded should be 10%, 30%, 50%, 70% or 90%. He looks for places that deserve to trade a third cheaper and trade two-thirds cheaper. The asymmetry is the point: in genuinely hated things the downside is capped at 100% while the upside is not, and he thinks you are far more likely to get the upside. He cites Templeton putting a third of his book into a hated Japan at three times earnings, and clients begging to be taken out of the US after the financial crisis at what turned out to be exactly the wrong moment.

    What they own
    Describes a portfolio built on non-US phone companies, railroads and hydroelectric utilities in markets such as Korea, China and Brazil.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Platinum is too cheap for anyone to build a mine at this price

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “So there's a commodity that's too cheap. Nobody's going to build meaningful mines at this price. And it's still used. The internal combustion engine did not go away. And it's used as a monetary.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 5:13

    Platinum is Iben's clearest incentive-price argument. He says the biggest platinum producer told his firm that morning that roughly $2,500 is the price at which people would start thinking about building a platinum mine, against a spot price of about $1,800 -- so no meaningful new supply gets built here, which is the condition under which he says the price must rise. He adds that the metal has historically traded at a premium to gold because it is scarcer (a claim he found still posted at the Victoria and Albert Museum's minerals exhibit), yet at the time of his visit platinum needed to more than triple just to catch up with gold. Demand has not gone away: the internal combustion engine is still here, and platinum also functions as money, with one-ounce coins minted by both Canada and the US. He also uses platinum as his example of how unowned the whole complex is -- at a conference table of about thirty people, every hand went up when asked who liked platinum and every hand went down when asked who owned it. His firm has been rotating into it, and he thinks the commodity cycle is only halfway through at best.

    What they own
    Says his firm has cut gold from 20-something percent of the portfolio by two-thirds, moving the proceeds into platinum, copper and similar.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Farmland bought cheap enough that the inflation catch-up is free upside

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “We buy farmland and metals and other things too cheap, if we're wrong, about this money flowing through the system over time. But if you get the price of corn and wheat and sugar beets and everything else catching up, then there's a lot of free upside, we believe.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 9:58

    Iben buys farmland through listed companies rather than privately, and says the US opportunities exist but are less compelling than what he finds abroad. His example is Ukraine -- not anyone's first choice, but home to some of the best farmland in the world, where he owns a couple of companies trading at 80 to 90 percent discounts to Midwest land on an enterprise-value-per-hectare basis. The macro overlay is Cantillon's point that money printing is inflationary but not neutral: dumped at the top of the river it reaches some people immediately, others much later and some never, but historically scarce needed things -- metals, energy, food, farmland -- eventually catch up with the money that has been put into the system. Crucially he says he does not pay for that macro view. He buys the land cheap enough that being wrong about the money flowing through costs him little, and if corn, wheat, sugar beets and the rest do catch up the upside is free. He puts farmland and timberland in the same bucket as commodities-but-different: things that have not kept up with inflation at all and where he thinks intrinsic value is sitting.

    What they own
    Says the firm owns a couple of Ukrainian farmland companies trading at 80-90% discounts to Midwest land on an EV-per-hectare basis, and that almost everything the firm does is public.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Rotating out of gold into platinum and copper

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “We used to have 20-something percent in gold, and that's dropped by two-thirds, that going into platinum and copper and other such stuff.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 18:40

    Copper is where Iben has been moving money as gold has done its job -- the firm's gold weight has fallen by two-thirds from twenty-something percent, with the proceeds going into platinum and copper. His copper case is a mispricing argument rather than a cycle call: a company can have forty years of copper underground, and if it announces production slipping by three or four months the market kills the stock, even though the value of forty years of reserves has not dropped one bit. He thinks the whole complex remains underowned -- oil, gold, copper and the rest are still a single-digit percentage of the indexes despite gold going from $35 to over $4,000 -- and that the cycle is at best halfway through. He also ties copper directly to the AI story he is otherwise sceptical of, noting it is hard to run AI without copper and energy, which is part of why he thinks he is getting a free double in the undervalued businesses he owns while others swing for the fences. He is explicit that gold, uranium and copper are no longer the freebies they once were.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the firm still owns some gold, uranium and copper, having cut gold from 20-something percent by two-thirds into platinum and copper.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Trillion-dollar AI valuations require a denominator that stays huge year after year

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “the valuations on these AI stocks and a lot of other ones are things that are very rich. I mean, if a trillion or two trillion or five trillion is in the numerator, the denominator has got to be huge. And so to assume that year after year it stays huge is not in my DNA.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 23:57

    Iben's objection is arithmetic, not scepticism about the technology. He grants that AI is real and will change life, and then asks whether that makes these companies worth $2 trillion apiece when they are years from profits, if they ever get there -- because a numerator of one, two or five trillion demands an enormous denominator sustained year after year, which he is not willing to assume. His frame is that bubbles form around the real thing, never around something people recognise as a fad: canals, railroads, telephones, semiconductors and the internet were all genuine, all still with us, all made life better, and every one of them was a bubble. He invokes Templeton's line that "this time it's different" are the most dangerous words in the language, and says people confuse exciting businesses with good investments. His own tell is the poker table: if you look around and cannot spot the sucker, you are the sucker. He says his edge is being able to buy when it makes him feel sick to his stomach, so rather than short the expensive end he owns massively undervalued businesses and lets other people swing for the fences -- noting that it is hard to run AI without copper and energy.

    What they own
    Says his firm does not own Samsung or SK Hynix, the two stocks he describes as in the stratosphere and now about half the Korean market.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The US market is the most expensive it has ever been; two-thirds of the index on a fifth of the economy

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “Now it's pretty much you must own the US. You must own the dollar. The US is two-thirds of the entire market. Does one-fifth or less of the economy deserve to trade at 65% of the market? I think history will prove no. That's a challenge. The US market's the most expensive it's ever been by almost any metric you can name.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 12:20

    Iben separates the quality of the country from the price of its stock market: he says the US is great, he wants to own it, the economy will probably do fine over the long run -- and none of that answers the question of valuation. His evidence is historical. Someone told in 1929 that the US would be the greatest economic miracle of the next century would have been right and would still have lost 90% of their money over four years, because the market went from too expensive to too cheap. The same is true of the Nifty Fifty in 1972, right for forty years but down 75% over the next ten. In 1999 you would have been right about Microsoft and Amazon and still lost 90% in Amazon within two and a half years, while most other tech names never came back. Against that he sets the arithmetic: the US is two-thirds of the entire world market on a fifth or less of the world economy, and he expects history to prove that undeserved. He notes the same bifurcation as 1999 but more extreme, and picks late 1972 or early 1973 as the closest analogue -- an extreme high with inflation picking up, fiscal policy and money supply out of control, global skirmishes, and a handful of very expensive stocks dominating the index. His practical conclusion is that you cannot beat the market by looking like it, and that in 1929, 1972, 1999 and now is exactly when you should not own what is a big part of the index.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gas is too cheap to keep supply coming with demand where it is

    David IbenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Natural gas prices are pretty low. Demand for US and Canadian gas seems to be in a good place right now. We would think it takes a higher price than this to keep the supplies going.”

    Episode: Dave Iben: The World Is on Sale While America Trades at a Premium | #652

    at 5:13

    Iben applies the same incentive-price test to North American gas as to the metals: prices are low, demand for US and Canadian gas looks well placed, and he thinks it takes a higher price than the current one to keep supply coming. This sits inside his broader argument that the market systematically misprices scarce things -- that in commodities alone analysts fix the price to the dollar and then assume the commodity falls every year, so the longer-lived the reserve the cheaper they will sell it to you, whereas every other industry is modelled assuming the dollar loses value. He is careful to distinguish his position from liking commodities generally: he wants undervalued commodities that will run out if prices do not rise, and says gold, uranium and copper, which the firm still owns, are no longer the freebies they once were.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Roger Ibbotson - Why Isn’t Everyone Rich? | #651

    1 statement
    BearishSpaceX

    Post-IPO share supply from VC and PE holders leaves SpaceX with poor long-term prospects

    Roger IbbotsonThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Time frame: long-term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So, I think the long-term prospects of SpaceX are not positive at all. Basically, I think there's been, there's a lot of supply on the market now, of people who want to get out of SpaceX, who actually have had huge returns.”

    Episode: Roger Ibbotson - Why Isn’t Everyone Rich? | #651

    at 35:24

    Ibbotson says he is confused by how the market is pricing the newly public mega-cap names, SpaceX among them, and that people do not seem to know how to value things like that at all. His specific concern is share supply rather than the business. Less than 5% of the stock was issued in the offering, so roughly 95% is old stock: a big chunk held directly by Elon Musk and a lot of the rest by the private equity and venture capital investors who backed the company privately. Those holders put in small amounts and are sitting on very large gains, and he expects them to want to cash out eventually, which leaves a lot of supply on the market from people who want to get out. On that basis he says the long-term prospects of SpaceX are not positive at all. This is the ordinary supply-and-demand mechanism he says he has studied all his life applied to a single name, not a judgement about the company's operations or its addressable market, and he gives no price, size or dated target.

    Time frame
    long-term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · FT’s Robin Wigglesworth: Why Bonds, Not Stocks, Rule Everything Around Us | #650

    3 statements

    TIPS' duration risk can overwhelm their inflation protection

    Robin WigglesworthThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “the duration on those suckers is immense.”

    Episode: FT’s Robin Wigglesworth: Why Bonds, Not Stocks, Rule Everything Around Us | #650

    at 36:44

    Wigglesworth pushes back on the common assumption that inflation-protected Treasuries automatically do well when inflation rises, pointing out that their duration is immense -- so a rise in real yields can swamp the inflation-linked coupon benefit, as happened in 2022 when TIPS were 'taken to the woodshed' despite rising inflation.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Private credit is structurally a good idea and safer for the system than bank lending

    Robin WigglesworthThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I actually think private credit as an asset class is fantastic.”

    Episode: FT’s Robin Wigglesworth: Why Bonds, Not Stocks, Rule Everything Around Us | #650

    at 44:03

    Despite flagging a lot of near-term froth, Wigglesworth's structural view is that private credit is a genuinely good idea: he wants lending done by locked-up investment-fund capital rather than banks funded by short-term deposits, and thinks each dollar of lending that moves from a regulated bank to a private-credit fund is safer for the financial system overall -- citing agreement with figures like Marc Rowan and Jon Gray that private credit helps de-risk the system rather than add to it. He expects it, like most good ideas, to survive the current bad patch and keep growing.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A nasty, not-yet-visible credit cycle is building in private credit

    Robin WigglesworthThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “I think there's the credit cycle now that's quite nasty and we just can't see it.”

    Episode: FT’s Robin Wigglesworth: Why Bonds, Not Stocks, Rule Everything Around Us | #650

    at 44:03

    Alongside his structurally bullish long-run view, Wigglesworth is explicit that the private-credit boom has been very frothy: too much money chasing too few deals, underwriting standards slipping, and distress being hidden through payment-in-kind restructurings. He believes a credit cycle is already underway that has not yet become visible, and expects a lot of individual losses and embarrassment even though he does not see it as a systemic threat.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    6 statements

    Healthcare offers defensive diversification with an AI-beneficiary angle

    Inigo Fraser JenkinsThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “a few things point to healthcare from a strategic perspective.”

    Episode: Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    at 36:14

    Within a portfolio still strategically overweight equities, Fraser-Jenkins looks for sector-level defensiveness and singles out healthcare: supportive demographics that should sustain pricing power, a plausible case the sector is a net AI beneficiary, and a valuation multiple that is low relative to its own trading history against the market, with the main offsetting risk (health-policy uncertainty) being uncorrelated to AI-trade risk.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Strategic overweight US equities despite high valuations

    Inigo Fraser JenkinsThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “I think it pays to be strategically overweight for US equities in a global equity portfolio.”

    Episode: Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    at 1:09

    Fraser-Jenkins defends US equity exceptionalism (while explicitly declining to defend dollar exceptionalism) on the combination of AI likely lifting US productivity and margins more than elsewhere, more favorable demographics than Europe or China, and a multi-decade rise in US corporate profit share of GDP that he no longer expects to mean-revert. He concludes it pays to be strategically overweight US equities in a global portfolio, even though valuations on a Shiller P/E basis look fully priced and forward real returns should be lower than history.

    What they own
    Describes this as AllianceBernstein's house strategic asset-allocation view (an explicit 'overweight').
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Firm has held a strategic overweight to gold through this year's sell-off

    Inigo Fraser JenkinsThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “we've been overweight gold for some time, not too worried from a strategic standpoint about the sell-off happened this year, although it's still up this year.”

    Episode: Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    at 21:33

    Fraser-Jenkins argues gold's correlation to equities is close to zero at any inflation level, unlike bonds, whose correlation to equities has flipped positive since 2022, which makes gold a genuine diversifier for portfolios that can no longer rely on bonds to hedge equity risk. He frames the firm's gold position as part of a broader strategic-overweight-equities stance rather than a standalone bet, has held it through this year's sell-off, and estimates a long-run real return of roughly 1% given gold's historical real return plus incremental official-sector buying from BRICS nations, especially China.

    What they own
    States AllianceBernstein has been strategically overweight gold for some time.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long government bonds unlikely to keep working as an equity hedge

    Inigo Fraser JenkinsThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “I have a strong view on this, which is that if we're talking about government bonds anyway, long-duration government bonds, I think it's likely they will not perform the diversifying role that they performed historically.”

    Episode: Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    at 15:42

    The negative stock-bond correlation of roughly the last 20 years is the historical anomaly rather than the norm, in Fraser-Jenkins's reading of 200 years of data -- for most of history that correlation was positive, as it has been again since 2022. He expects structurally higher and more volatile inflation, driven by deglobalization, high starting debt levels and the shift from defined-benefit to defined-contribution pensions reducing structural demand for long-duration bonds, to keep flipping the stock-bond relationship, meaning investors need to look elsewhere for genuine portfolio diversification.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    Dollar risk is really a depreciation-vs-gold story, not vs other currencies

    Inigo Fraser JenkinsThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “I think that the depreciation story is really a depreciation story against gold.”

    Episode: Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    at 1:09

    Fraser-Jenkins declines to defend dollar exceptionalism the way he defends US equities: rising US debt-service costs, the weaponization of the dollar after the Russian invasion of Ukraine pushing BRICS nations to try to de-dollarize, and unpredictable policymaking all argue for de-risking dollar exposure. He argues there is no real currency alternative to the dollar, so the risk isn't depreciation against other fiat currencies but specifically against gold.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Case for exposure to an unloved energy sector as a real-return/income source

    Inigo Fraser JenkinsThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished

    Show quote

    “I think there's a case to have exposure to it, again, in the context of wanting to find different kinds of sources of real return in portfolios.”

    Episode: Why Gold Stopped Being a Commodity (AllianceBernstein’s Inigo Fraser Jenkins) | #649

    at 38:12

    Energy has shrunk to roughly 3% of the US equity market, but Fraser-Jenkins argues there is a case for exposure -- directly through commodities and through the equities linked to them -- particularly for income- and free-cash-flow-focused investors, as part of a broader push into real assets and commodities for inflation protection now that bonds are a less reliable diversifier.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    7 statements

    AI-capex-tied tech gets rerated down toward utility multiples, not utilities up toward tech

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “do technology companies, especially the ones most tied to the capex sort of wave, get rerated to look more like utilities? I obviously think the latter.”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 19:04

    Kedrosky argues that continuing maintenance capex — which he attributes to Michael Burry's point that this is not a one-time build — turns orthodox technology companies into something structurally resembling utilities: heavy fixed obligations, perpetual reinvestment to stay at the cutting edge, and balance sheets now carrying debt where the historic attraction of tech was a pristine balance sheet and cash-flow generation. He poses the resulting question as a fork — either utilities rerate up toward technology valuations, or the AI-capex-exposed technology companies rerate down toward utility valuations — and picks the latter explicitly. NOTE FOR REVIEW: the fork is stated as a question before he answers it, so the utilities half must not be read as a bullish utilities call; he chose the tech-derating branch.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    A supply tsunami lands in early 2028 and semis behave the way semis always behave

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: early 2028

    Show quote

    “once you lock in supply, my friend, prices are going to zero”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 28:53

    Kedrosky points to unprecedented cash inflows into the Taiwanese chip manufacturers translating into what he describes as a tsunami of supply arriving in early 2028. His argument is structural rather than company-specific: semiconductors are the most capital-intensive boom-bust industry on earth, and once supply is committed it must clear because fixed costs have to be covered — inventory is not held back. He pairs this with evidence of present-day hoarding: a study showing GPU utilisation in one large GPU-rental warehouse sitting at only 35–40% even at peak load, which he reads as double- and triple-ordering by buyers afraid of being caught short, and therefore as a latent flood of product back into the market. He treats the prevailing 'semiconductor super cycle' narrative — that RAM never comes back and GPUs are a durable duopoly — as the standard this-time-is-different story that accompanies such moments.

    Time frame
    early 2028
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Data-centre debt is now a larger IG share than financial services

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “something like 15 to 18 percent of the investment grade marketplace is now data center related”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 19:04

    Kedrosky cites a JP Morgan figure that roughly 15–18% of the investment grade market is now data-centre related — which, were it a sector, would make it larger than financial services by share of IG. He frames this as a reversal of what made technology attractive as credit in the first place: the pristine, debt-free balance sheet and cash-flow generation have been replaced by growing debt plus perpetual maintenance capex. He connects the same flows to the long end of the sovereign curve, arguing lenders increasingly prefer a data centre backed implicitly or explicitly by a prime-credit hyperscaler on a twelve-year renewable lease over lending to a sovereign, and that this is one reason term rates pushed higher — an inversion of the textbook expectation that sovereign issuance crowds out private borrowers.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A $5.5tn IPO wave is funded by selling the most liquid winners, months in advance

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “there was going to be a lot of pressure on the winners, that some of the most liquid names were going to get sold”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 23:57

    Kedrosky argues the coming issuance from a narrow set of private companies — SpaceX and Anthropic among them — is larger than all IPOs post-World War II combined in inflation-adjusted terms, and that he now sizes it nearer $5.5tn than the $4tn he first used. His mechanism is a funding one: large long-only and index funds do not hold idle cash, so buying a large allocation means selling something first, and what gets sold is liquid, overlapping in factor exposure with what is being bought, and often the best performers, because managers lock in gains. Crucially the selling has to happen weeks or months ahead and quietly, to avoid price impact. He modelled this in March–April, predicted pressure in the April–June window, and reads it as a structural contributor to the unwind in situational-awareness-heavy books rather than a purely idiosyncratic event.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI-assisted chip design collapses the incumbent barrier — 'vibe chipping'

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the notion that some kind of tribal knowledge protects you as a chip manufacturer is going away”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 28:53

    Kedrosky reads the ASIC startup EDGED as the leading indicator of a structural change: it completed initial design verification in 42 days against a normal six-to-seven months, and its first design worked, which historically almost never happens. He attributes this to chip design code sitting precisely in the sweet spot of what large language models do well — a tight grammar with rapid gradient descent and a real cost to being wrong — the same properties he uses elsewhere to argue software was an unrepresentative first domain for AI. His conclusion is that new designs will reach fabs at rates never seen before, that low-power edge inference chips will 'come out of nowhere', and that accumulated tribal knowledge stops protecting incumbent chip manufacturers. He notes the irony that AI transforming chip production is itself one of the mechanisms that pricks the AI bubble. REVIEW: semiconductors is used here for the incumbent-moat claim, distinct from the row on the 2028 supply cycle; consider whether these should share a subject page.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Token deflation of 70–80% a year forces frontier labs to grow 400% just to stand still

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “You're in a terrible situation, my friend. This is among the most difficult things in capitalism is just to stand still. I need to grow 400 percent year over year.”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 19:04

    Kedrosky's core economic claim about the frontier model companies is arithmetic rather than sentiment. He argues tokens are the first hyper-deflationary commodity in the history of modern economies, falling roughly 70–80% a year under both technology-curve and capital-inflow pressure. If unit price falls 80% year over year, unit volume must rise about 400% simply to hold revenue flat — before any growth Wall Street expects, and before servicing fixed obligations that are now substantially debt-funded. He describes the labs as being in a 'wily coyote' position, and cites OpenAI's reported 18% quarter-over-quarter growth being received as a disappointment as evidence of the gap between the arithmetic and expectations. He is careful to separate this from model usefulness: the deflation is toxic to the frontier companies' economics while being hugely beneficial to consumers.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The AI buildout crossed into external financing in H1 2026 — the Minsky handoff has already happened

    Paul KedroskyThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “whenever these things become financialized and it becomes divorced from the underlying application, you need to pay a lot of attention. And that's the moment we're in right now.”

    Episode: Paul Kedrosky: AI is the First Bubble With Every Ingredient at Once | #648

    at 12:43

    Kedrosky argues this is the first episode in US history sitting at the intersection of every force that produced the largest bubbles — loose credit, a genuine technology story, a real-estate component and a policy angle — where prior manias had only some of them. His specific marker is a financing crossover: through the first half of 2026, more than half the funding for data centres and hyperscaler buildout stopped coming from internal cash flows and shifted to external sources (ABS, private credit, sovereigns, SPVs). He notes the bull argument inverted itself without anyone noticing — the same people who said the spending was safe because it came from cash flow now say it is safe because sophisticated outside investors are funding it, which he calls motivated reasoning. He is explicit that this says nothing about whether large language models are useful; he thinks they are 'wildly useful', and that a genuinely good technology story is a required ingredient of these episodes rather than a counterargument to one.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Jerry Parker on Big Game Hunting in the Market | #647

    4 statements

    Persistent multi-year downtrend in the yen remains a live trend position

    Jerry ParkerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “it's one of those trades that just keeps on giving and keeps going down.”

    Episode: Jerry Parker on Big Game Hunting in the Market | #647

    at 40:44

    Parker describes the yen as one of the long-running trend trades that has 'kept on giving' -- a sustained depreciation the fund has stayed positioned for (short yen / long USDJPY) -- comparing it to other multi-year trend trades he has seen in his career such as Swiss franc versus the yen.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Gold trend currently pointing down

    Jerry ParkerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Gold and silver sinking.”

    Episode: Jerry Parker on Big Game Hunting in the Market | #647

    at 1:46

    As a systematic trend-follower whose 'view' is defined by the current price trend rather than fundamentals, Parker describes gold as currently sinking as of taping -- i.e. the trend signal his fund follows is bearish -- in contrast to what he describes as a strong recent run in equities.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Stocks showing good trends currently, including in individual names

    Jerry ParkerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think stocks are looking pretty good overall.”

    Episode: Jerry Parker on Big Game Hunting in the Market | #647

    at 1:46

    As a systematic trend-follower, Parker's 'view' is a direct read of what is currently trending rather than a fundamental thesis. As of taping he says equities are looking pretty good overall, with good trends showing up especially in individual single-stock trend positions -- Chesapeake/MFUT trades single stocks rather than just indices, which is where a lot of the fund's recent gains have come from.

    What they own
    Describes MFUT/Chesapeake as currently carrying long single-stock equity trend positions that have been a source of recent gains.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Silver trend currently pointing down

    Jerry ParkerThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Gold and silver sinking.”

    Episode: Jerry Parker on Big Game Hunting in the Market | #647

    at 1:46

    As a systematic trend-follower whose 'view' is defined by the current price trend rather than fundamentals, Parker describes silver as currently sinking as of taping -- i.e. the trend signal his fund follows is bearish -- in contrast to what he describes as a strong recent run in equities.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · David Booth: 45 Years to $1 Trillion at Dimensional | #646

    2 statements

    Gold's ~5x in 45 years is unimpressive next to equities' ~100x

    David BoothThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: 45 years

    Show quote

    “Yeah, but you missed out on over 100 investing in the market. I mean, five doesn't sound like very much.”

    Episode: David Booth: 45 Years to $1 Trillion at Dimensional | #646

    at 27:43

    Responding to gold bugs celebrating gold's roughly five-fold rise (from about $800/oz when Dimensional started to over $4,000 today) over the 45 years DFA has existed, Booth points out the S&P 500 compounded to over 100 times its starting value over the same stretch -- consistent with his long-standing efficient-markets view that a diversified, low-cost equity portfolio beats holding gold by a wide margin over the long run.

    Time frame
    45 years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Small-cap value due for its historically-best 12-month stretch

    Meb FaberThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next 12 months · Not sure

    Show quote

    “That's my prediction is UVA, Small Cap value, next 12 months, we're going to see the return. It's already got started. Great year so far this year.”

    Episode: David Booth: 45 Years to $1 Trillion at Dimensional | #646

    at 34:06

    Meb points to Fama-French return data showing that, looking back 100 years, the market is entering what has historically been the strongest 12-month window for small-cap value (with the single best month around January), and small caps have already had a strong year. He frames it as his own prediction that small-cap value delivers over the next 12 months, though earlier in the same episode he had hedged that he 'would never explicitly use this as a forecast' when first presenting the seasonality data.

    Time frame
    next 12 months
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    12 statements

    Recommends a meaningful Japan allocation to diversify away from US equity concentration

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: wait 10 years

    Show quote

    “you put 15 percent in Japan and you sprinkle five among EM”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 31:57

    With the US at roughly 70% of global equity market cap -- a level Gromen compares to Japan's own concentration peak in the late 1980s before it reversed -- he argues the average investor's 60-70% weight to US equities is too concentrated, and floats a specific rebalancing example: roughly 50% US, 15% Japan, 5% sprinkled across EM, on the view that markets don't announce tops in advance and being positioned differently from the crowd is itself a source of excess return.

    Time frame
    wait 10 years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Stocks soar in nominal/dollar terms as real rates go negative

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: 5 to 10 years

    Show quote

    “I think stocks are going to have a great 5 to 10 years in dollar terms.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 9:31

    The structurally negative real rates Gromen expects to persist for 5-10 years are, in his framework, 'great for stocks' in dollar terms -- even though he separately notes equities have lost purchasing power measured against gold since 2022. The bullish call here is specifically the nominal/dollar-denominated return.

    Time frame
    5 to 10 years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    5-10%+ physical gold allocation, funded by cutting bond duration

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: 5 to 10 years

    Show quote

    “I think five to 10% everyone should have in physical gold, I think number one, and I would just replace your duration with physical gold for the moment.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 18:40

    Gromen argues real rates must go structurally negative over the next 5-10 years because the US cannot service roughly 120% debt-to-GDP and rising deficits at current rates, and because reshoring under what he calls 'Hamiltonian economics' is inherently reflationary after decades of disinflationary offshoring. In that regime gold is the asset that benefits while bonds are hurt on a real basis. He recommends a baseline 5-10% physical gold allocation for everyone, funded out of the duration/bond portion of a portfolio, and says he personally holds over 25% of his own portfolio in gold.

    Time frame
    5 to 10 years
    What they own
    States he personally holds over 25% of his own portfolio in physical gold: 'I'm over 25% and I sleep very well at night.'
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Long bonds lose on a real basis as real rates must go structurally negative

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: 5 to 10 years

    Show quote

    “It's terrible for bonds. It's terrible for bonds on a real basis.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 9:31

    Because negative real rates are, in Gromen's view, the only mechanically feasible way to bring the roughly 120% debt-to-GDP load down without politically impossible austerity (echoing how the US delevered after WWII), he expects long-dated Treasuries to keep losing in real terms even if nominal prices hold up -- consistent with the 1901-1981 period when long bonds lost about 1%/year on average in real terms.

    Time frame
    5 to 10 years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Names PAVE as a way to express the electrification/infrastructure thesis

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “The Grid and PAVE ETFs, GRID, PAVE.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 41:18

    As a concrete expression of his bullish electrical-infrastructure/reshoring thesis, Gromen says he has recommended the GRID and PAVE ETFs to clients for roughly 3-4 years, naming the type of industrial companies inside them (Eaton, Parker-Hannifin, Danaher, Illinois Tool Works-type names) as positioned to get demand and pricing power as the US reverses two decades of stagnant grid capacity.

    What they own
    Says he has recommended these ETFs to clients for roughly 3-4 years and has 'no relationship with either one' (no compensation tie).
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Cheap, comparable Chinese open-source models are a real risk to AI-company valuations

    Meb FaberThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “If China is equally good or even in the same ballpark, but they decide, hey, we're going to do this way cheaper open-source, that to me seems like a pretty big risk for these companies too.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 45:32

    Meb argues the 'bear case' for leading AI companies is unglamorous but real: he personally uses three different frontier chatbots interchangeably and often gets the same answer from all of them, so if Chinese open-source models reach comparable quality at a much lower price -- which the token-usage data Gromen showed him suggests is already happening -- that undercuts the differentiation the leading AI companies are priced for.

    Only if
    Contingent on Chinese open-source models remaining at or near parity with US frontier models while undercutting them sharply on price.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Names GRID as a way to express the electrification/infrastructure thesis

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “The Grid and PAVE ETFs, GRID, PAVE.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 41:18

    As a concrete expression of his bullish electrical-infrastructure/reshoring thesis, Gromen says he has recommended the GRID and PAVE ETFs to clients for roughly 3-4 years, naming the type of industrial companies inside them (Eaton, Parker-Hannifin, Danaher, Illinois Tool Works-type names) as positioned to get demand and pricing power as the US reverses two decades of stagnant grid capacity.

    What they own
    Says he has recommended these ETFs to clients for roughly 3-4 years and has 'no relationship with either one' (no compensation tie).
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI lab / frontier-model valuations collapse once Chinese competition is taken seriously

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “your thousand time sales is going to two time sales.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 46:29

    Gromen argues frontier AI companies are priced for a world with no serious competitive threat. He points to a chart showing US-company token usage on Chinese open-source models rising from roughly 3% to 45-50% of open-router volume in 18 months, and argues that once 'serious people' are openly debating whether China is catching up on both cost and quality, valuations at 10x-40x+ sales cannot hold -- drawing a direct parallel to how cheap Chinese competition gutted incumbents in manufacturing industries he watched happen from Cleveland.

    Only if
    Contingent on the ongoing narrowing of the cost/quality gap between Chinese and US frontier AI models continuing -- he frames it as already underway, not hypothetical.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI capex borrowing crowds out Treasury financing and worsens the fiscal problem

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next two to five to ten years

    Show quote

    “AI is borrowing massive amounts of money, competing with Besant for money, to driving up capital costs on the US Treasury at a time where we can't afford rates much above 4.7%.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 42:43

    Separately from the technology's usefulness, which Gromen calls real and revolutionary, he argues the financing side of the AI buildout is a fiscal problem: AI companies are increasingly debt-funding capex, competing with the US Treasury for capital and pushing up rates the government cannot afford, while the white-collar labor displacement AI causes erodes the income-tax base that funds roughly half of federal receipts -- a 'snake eating its own tail' dynamic he expects to push toward a fiscal crisis and more money-printing.

    Time frame
    next two to five to ten years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Industrial/electrification demand case for silver alongside copper and aluminum

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “you're going to need silver.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 36:22

    As part of the electrification/grid-buildout thesis, Gromen names silver -- along with aluminum, copper and stainless steel -- as one of the metals that buildout will require, suggesting investors think of that metals basket as an equity-sector expression of the broader reshoring/electrification trend.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Grid buildout has 5-15 years of runway independent of the AI trade

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next 5 to 10 to 15 years

    Show quote

    “I love electrical infrastructure, anything tied to that because it's not just AI.”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 31:57

    US electrical generation was roughly flat from 2004 to 2023 despite GDP growth, which Gromen reads as a symptom of two decades of financialization and industrial offshoring rather than a real ceiling. He expects a genuine reversal now that reshoring is underway, driven by more than just AI/data-center demand, and calls it 'open field running' for the next 5 to 15 years.

    Time frame
    next 5 to 10 to 15 years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Small allocation to manufacturing-heavy Europe as a reshoring-adjacent idea

    Luke GromenThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: wait 10 years

    Show quote

    “sprinkle a little bit with Germany and Poland and Hungary, and so where they still make stuff in Europe”

    Episode: Luke Gromen: The Bull Market That Loses You Money | #645

    at 31:57

    As part of the same diversification-away-from-US-concentration idea, Gromen suggests a small allocation to the parts of Europe that 'still make stuff' -- Germany, Poland, Hungary -- since the US cannot reshore its industrial base without help from countries that retain manufacturing capability, and China is off the table as a partner.

    Time frame
    wait 10 years
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    2 statements

    Widest US-vs-world valuation gap in history is the case for systematic global value

    Meb FaberThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “as of 2026, the valuation differential between the US stock market and the rest of the world is at one of the widest points in history”

    at 0:57

    PROMOTIONAL CONTEXT — this is a fund profile of Faber's own ETF, not an interview. The stated view: the valuation gap between the US market and the rest of the world is near its widest in history, so a systematic global value approach should be positioned to benefit if leadership rotates. GVAL screens ~45 developed and emerging countries on long-term valuation measures (10-year CAPE plus dividend and cash-flow based metrics), takes the cheapest markets, then picks the most undervalued names among each country's 30 largest. The resulting portfolio is deliberately unlike a cap-weighted index — Q1 2026 country tilts to Austria, Poland and Colombia, more financials and materials, less technology, and a PE in the low teens against MSCI ACWI in the low 20s. He is explicit that he does not claim to know when leadership changes.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Faber is co-founder and CIO of Cambria, the fund's manager — this episode is a profile of his own product.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A decade of top-10 outperformance inverts a 66-year base rate — concentration can flip to headwind

    Meb FaberThe Meb Faber Show - Better InvestingPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “if the environment shifts, growth expectations begin ratcheting down, investors become leery of high valuations in favor cash flow or global diversification, concentration can turn from a tailwind into a headwind”

    at 0:57

    PROMOTIONAL CONTEXT — stated within a profile of Faber's own fund. The view is conditional by construction: concentration has been a tailwind, but if growth expectations ratchet down and investors turn wary of high valuations, it flips to a headwind. He supports it with the long-run base rate — GMO's finding that from 1957 to 2023 the ten largest S&P names underperformed an equal-weighted index of the remaining 490 by 2.4% a year, against the last decade's 4.9% a year of outperformance — plus the S&P's top ten at 39.3% of index weight as of May 2026 and nine of MSCI ACWI's top ten being US companies. He explicitly declines to time it: leadership 'could be next quarter or years from now, or it already may have shifted.'

    Only if
    if the environment shifts and growth expectations ratchet down / investors turn wary of high valuations
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Exchanges (Goldman Sachs)

    18 bullish · 9 bearish10 episodes · 27 statements · 12 speakersLatest

    · Why Oil Prices Are Surging Despite Recovering Supply

    5 statements
    BearishCrude oil

    Brent forecast at $90 by year-end and $80 in 2027 as the war risk premium fades

    Daan StruyvenExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Time frame: end of this year; 2027 annual average · Not sure

    Show quote

    “although the risks to our base case price forecast, which sees Brent at the end of this year at 90, and in 2027 annual average at 80, the risks to our forecast are clearly skewed to the upside.”

    Episode: Why Oil Prices Are Surging Despite Recovering Supply

    at 2:05

    Struyven, head of oil research at Goldman Sachs, sets out the bank's base case that Brent, now around $112 a barrel, falls to $90 by the end of this year and averages $80 in 2027. The argument is that the oil market was balanced last month, that fair value for Brent is about $85 a barrel after accounting for low inventories, and that essentially all of the recent rise is a risk premium of roughly $27 a barrel driven by shipping attacks, Houthi strikes on infrastructure, precautionary buying by refiners and portfolio hedging by investors. If there is no significant escalation after the midterms, Struyven thinks it reasonable to assume the premium moderates somewhat, though a quick removal would probably need a diplomatic solution the market sees as sustainable. Caveats are heavy: Struyven calls the risks to market prices increasingly symmetrical and the risks to the forecast clearly skewed to the upside, citing a sharper drop in exports from more shipping attacks, damage to oil infrastructure, or a stickier risk premium.

    Time frame
    end of this year; 2027 annual average
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Net upside risk to European gas (TTF) this winter on low storage and depressed Middle East LNG

    Daan StruyvenExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Time frame: this winter · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And while we characterize the risks to market prices for crude as fairly symmetrical, we do see net upside risks to European natural gas prices.”

    Episode: Why Oil Prices Are Surging Despite Recovering Supply

    at 7:59

    Struyven sees net upside risks to European natural gas prices this winter, unlike crude where the risks are called fairly symmetrical. Three reasons: European inventories are very low and gas is much harder to store than crude; LNG exports from the Middle East are running at only about a third of 2025 average levels; and weather is the other big swing factor. In Struyven's scenarios, a significant recovery in Qatari LNG exports would bring TTF down to around 70 euros, while exports stuck at current lows would push TTF into triple digits, up to about 150 euros per megawatt hour, with the effect spilling over into European power prices. Struyven does not expect a return to the 2022 peak of around 300 euros, because European gas demand is about 20% lower and supply outside the Middle East, including from the US, has risen significantly.

    Time frame
    this winter
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper to 15,600 by end of next year, another 10% upside, as the US and China compete for metal

    Daan StruyvenExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Time frame: by the end of next year

    Show quote

    “So copper prices are up 35% year over year. We see another 10% of upside by the end of next year to 15,600.”

    Episode: Why Oil Prices Are Surging Despite Recovering Supply

    at 10:00

    Struyven forecasts a further 10% rise in copper to 15,600 by the end of next year, after a 35% gain over the past year. The argument is that the US and China are competing for a limited amount of metal: US traders are importing and stockpiling copper ahead of possible US import tariffs, while Chinese demand for refined copper is rising because recycled scrap supply is weak. With both pulling on the metal, inventories outside the US are low, and Struyven expects further tightening and price upside as those forces continue. Demand comes from data centres and tech, defence, electrical equipment, carmakers and solar, with power-related uses especially tight because of data-centre demand.

    Time frame
    by the end of next year
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishGasoline

    More room for gasoline prices to rise as refiners switch output to diesel and jet

    Daan StruyvenExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Show quote

    “the gasoline market is tightening very quickly and there's more room for price upside down on the gasoline side, given the lower starting point for prices and the switching behavior by refiners.”

    Episode: Why Oil Prices Are Surging Despite Recovering Supply

    at 5:01

    Struyven argues the combined supply shock from Russia and the Middle East began mostly as a diesel shock, because both regions specialise in refining diesel and produce heavy, diesel-rich barrels. With diesel margins very high, refiners are shifting output away from gasoline towards diesel and jet fuel, so the gasoline market is tightening quickly. Given gasoline's lower starting point, Struyven sees more room for price upside there than in diesel. The view is given in the context of high US pump prices heading into the midterm elections; no horizon is stated.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Significant gold upside on central-bank buying and an end to Fed hikes

    Daan StruyvenExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Show quote

    “we do see a significant upside to gold prices in your base case because of central bank buying and an improvement in the rates environment.”

    Episode: Why Oil Prices Are Surging Despite Recovering Supply

    at 11:38

    Struyven says the structural bull case for gold is unchanged: over the last three months central banks have been buying at about five times the pre-2022 average, the pace before Russia's reserves were frozen. Struyven concedes that higher rates are a cyclical headwind for investor demand and for prices, but in the base case of Goldman's economists the Fed is done hiking after a last hike in December, and some of those hikes are already priced in. On that basis Struyven sees significant upside to gold prices from central-bank buying and an improving rates environment. No horizon is stated.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Why Markets May Be Pricing in Too Many Fed Rate Hikes

    2 statements

    AI is pushing the profit share of GDP up and corporate margins with it

    Robert KaplanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Show quote

    “AI is accelerating that, okay? The share going to labor is more muted. And so that's the other reason why you've got more resiliency among companies and that the prospects for their margins and corporate profits to improve is increasing.”

    Episode: Why Markets May Be Pricing in Too Many Fed Rate Hikes

    at 11:01

    Kaplan argues the share of US GDP going to corporate profit is rising and that AI is accelerating the shift, while the share going to labour stays muted. He presents that as the reason companies are showing more resilience than the rate cycle would suggest and why the outlook for margins and profits is improving. He draws the distributional consequence explicitly: households that own financial assets capture the gain, while low-to-moderate-income workers are getting nominal wage gains but struggling to make ends meet - a dynamic he says the FOMC is aware of and one that makes the labour market a poorer guide to policy than usual, since this is an infrastructure boom running into supply shocks from tariffs, curtailed immigration and oil rather than an overheating labour market.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Two more Fed hikes to neutral - fewer than the market is pricing

    Robert KaplanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Time frame: October and December meetings, into 2027 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And if I were on the committee, my mindset would be, let's move in September. I would probably be inclined, unless there's a reason to act in October, I'd be inclined to skip October. We'll see if they do. And then look again about moving again in December. Then I want to take a fresh look and see whether or not we need to do more. The reason two moves resonates with me, that gets you to four, four and a quarter. There are three and three quarters to four right now.”

    Episode: Why Markets May Be Pricing in Too Many Fed Rate Hikes

    at 3:54

    Kaplan backs the September hike, the first in three years, and expects the tightening to continue but to stop close to neutral. His path would be: skip October absent a reason to act, look again in December, and take a fresh view from there - two moves in total, which takes the funds rate from 3.75-4% to 4-4.25%. He puts nominal neutral at around 4-4.25% (a real rate of plus or minus 1-1.25% plus inflation), so one further move would only make policy slightly restrictive. He thinks the market prices more hikes than is currently likely, and reads the gap as a risk premium for two things: an unfamiliar reaction function under Chair Warsh, and the possibility that the Iran war keeps oil elevated long enough to bleed into 30 or 40 other items. His reason for the muted path is the split economy: AI infrastructure and defence spending are booming and are not financed at the funds rate, while autos, housing and low-to-moderate-income consumer businesses are already sluggish, so the one tool he has bites only on the part that is not overheating. Month-over-month inflation running near 3% rather than cooling to 0.2 is what justified acting at all; a resolution of the oil shock would cause him to rethink.

    Time frame
    October and December meetings, into 2027
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Rich Friedman on the Rise of Private Markets and AI Investing

    2 statements

    Would rather service the data centres than own them: the capex number is too big to earn on

    Rich FriedmanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Published

    Time frame: the next three plus years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'd rather be servicing the infrastructure that's being put into the data centers than necessarily owning these data centers, because if 4 trillion gets invested over the next three plus years to what's been invested, could that have a good return?”

    Episode: Rich Friedman on the Rise of Private Markets and AI Investing

    at 29:10

    Friedman doubts the returns available from owning the AI build-out and prefers to invest in the businesses that service it. His argument is arithmetic: with roughly $4 trillion expected to be invested over the next three-plus years on top of what has already gone in, he questions whether that capital can earn a good return, calling the numbers just too big. He places this in a broader scepticism about the cycle — AI is the most hyped thing he has seen in his business career, and while it has capabilities never seen before, his read of past technology waves is that they underperform the promise and take far longer to arrive than expected, citing that two decades after the 2000 bubble much of what was promised finally exists. He is explicit that he is not a technologist or a visionary and that the outcome will take a long time to prove out; he also notes employment data does not yet show AI taking jobs, and that the US economy is okay with AI and would not be without it. This is a stated preference about where to put money, not a call on AI technology failing.

    Time frame
    the next three plus years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says business services, including servicing data-centre infrastructure, is where his firm has found interesting deals in the $500m to $1.5bn range.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The PE industry's crisis is exits, and the buyers for the inventory aren't there

    Rich FriedmanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Published

    Show quote

    “So, you know, I'd say, you know, the crisis today in the PE industry is exits. It's not operating performance.”

    Episode: Rich Friedman on the Rise of Private Markets and AI Investing

    at 26:31

    Friedman, who built Goldman's merchant bank and has run private equity since 1992, says the problem in the industry today is not the companies but the way out of them. Operating performance across portfolios is about as good as it could be; what has broken is exits. He does not expect the public market or strategic buyers to absorb the lion's share of what he describes as three to five trillion dollars of assets sitting in inventory and needing a home, and says everything has slowed. He speculates that the resolution may have to come through industrial transactions between PE firms themselves rather than conventional sales or listings. He frames this against an industry he says has become industrialised, with hundreds or thousands of competitors — 'a lousy industry from a standpoint of looking at how many players, how much money, how much opportunity' — while still arguing the underlying business of finding and improving companies works, and noting that in his own mid-sized sweet spot deals currently draw only two to four serious bidders rather than ten or twenty.

    What they own
    Speaks as chairman of Goldman Sachs Asset Management and founder of its private equity business; says they recently signed a couple of mid-sized deals and target five to seven investments a year.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Why Global Bond Yields Are Surging

    2 statements

    It takes a fundamental to beat a fundamental - the global bond sell-off is not a dislocation

    George ColeExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Show quote

    “So my view is it's going to take a fundamental to beat a fundamental. And so if you want to get yields lower, you've got to have some sort of pathway to lower inflation, I think, is the most obvious way to think about what would get yields lower.”

    Episode: Why Global Bond Yields Are Surging

    at 19:03

    Cole's view is that this year's sell-off across the major government bond markets is fundamentally driven rather than technical, so it will take a new fundamental to reverse it. His evidence for that is the unusually low volatility of the move - both realised and the implied volatility priced into the market - which he says makes it much harder to argue this is a non-fundamental or unsustainable move. He describes an overlapping set of drivers: large deficits and debt levels at historic highs since the pandemic; borrowing to finance AI capex, which increasingly competes with governments for the same pool of savings; resilient growth across major economies this year; and, most recently, a renewed push higher in energy prices following the war in Iran. With fewer savings and more investment, he argues, the market clears at higher interest rates, so higher rates are part of the environment while those pressures persist. He names what would change it: a credible pathway to lower inflation, most proximately through oil, refined products and European gas, and further out an AI investment cycle that undershoots expectations or delivers its disinflationary productivity gains faster than expected. He is explicit that the sell-off is broad across the curve and across the US, UK, Germany and Japan, and that supply management - the US Treasury's larger long-end buybacks, the UK DMO cutting 30-year issuance - moves relative pricing but not the macro level of yields.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Sustainable 2% inflation puts Japanese yields at the high end of their decades-long range

    George ColeExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “On the flip side of that, we're seeing maybe now the prospect of something like sustainable 2% or something close to it in Japan in inflation. And that's something we haven't seen for several decades. And so it does look like Japanese yields might be at a higher end of the range relative to what they've seen in recent decades.”

    Episode: Why Global Bond Yields Are Surging

    at 15:58

    Cole singles Japan out as one of two market-specific exceptions to his broad developed-market view. Because Japan now has the prospect of something like sustainable 2% inflation - something it has not seen for several decades - he thinks Japanese yields look likely to sit at the higher end of their recent-decades range. He states it as a shift in the distribution rather than a point forecast. The other exception runs the other way: in Germany, he argues the risk that sovereign credit spreads reopen inside the euro area, and the tighter financial conditions that would create for other European borrowers, probably keeps the distribution of Bund yields lower, which is why the German curve is not yet back to pre-global-financial-crisis levels. Throughout the conversation he treats Japan as one of the four benchmark government bond markets alongside the US, UK and Germany, all of which have pushed to multi-decade high yields this year.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Inside the Revival of Venture Capital Liquidity with an Industry Pioneer

    1 statement

    Venture secondaries can outgrow the primary market: trillions of illiquid NAV, 14-year holds and distributions cut in half

    Hans SwildensExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded

    Show quote

    “We think that the venture growth market on the secondary side of the market can be larger than the primary side of the market.”

    Episode: Inside the Revival of Venture Capital Liquidity with an Industry Pioneer

    at 19:07

    Swildens argues the venture secondary market is structurally undersized and will keep compounding until it is bigger than the primary market it trades against. His starting point is the size of the problem: McKinsey has put the illiquid NAV sitting in prior venture funds at over a trillion dollars and others at over three trillion, the average venture-backed company now takes 14 years to go public, and annual distributions out of venture funds have fallen from a traditional 20 per cent or so to five to 10 per cent over the last five years, so capital just compounds on itself illiquid. Even if M&A and IPO activity accelerates from here and normalises to something like 50 IPOs a year, he says that is nowhere near enough liquidity to return the capital, which forces the activity into tenders inside primary rounds, continuation vehicles and LPs selling fund interests. He sizes the opportunity against today: his estimate is a venture secondary market of around $170 billion this year, against a primary market that might deploy a trillion dollars this year and has averaged $300 to $500 billion over the last five to 10 years, so there is a multiple of growth available. He adds that in every other asset class the secondary market is larger than the primary, and points to a new multiplier he says has never happened before, secondary market participants themselves now getting liquidity through further secondary transactions. He also notes the market has become self-reinforcing in a way that cuts the other way for public listings: by giving founders and employees liquidity, secondaries remove the need to go public and let companies stay private longer. Swildens founded and runs the business he is describing, Industry Ventures, a venture secondary specialist with roughly $7 billion in assets under supervision that combined with Goldman Sachs Asset Management in January 2026, so this is his own book.

    What they own
    Founder of Industry Ventures, the venture secondary specialist whose market this is, with roughly $7 billion in assets under supervision; combined with Goldman Sachs Asset Management in January 2026 and he now runs it there.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The Outlook for Data Center Power Demand as AI Token Use Grows

    3 statements

    Hyperscaler capex forecasts revised sharply higher again

    Brian SingerExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Hyperscaler spending for 2029 was projected at 1.5 trillion. It's today at 2.1 trillion.”

    Episode: The Outlook for Data Center Power Demand as AI Token Use Grows

    at 4:54

    Singer highlights that hyperscaler capex forecasts keep being revised sharply higher in just a few months -- their 2029 hyperscaler spending projection moved from 1.5 trillion to 2.1 trillion -- alongside a roughly 25% increase in projected 2030 data-center capacity build-out and higher AI-server shipment estimates from GS's TMT team. He reads this as confirmation the AI capex cycle keeps accelerating rather than slowing, since efficiency gains haven't yet caused hyperscalers to pull back R&D and infrastructure budgets.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    GS raises behind-the-meter power forecast

    Carly DavenportExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: by 2030

    Show quote

    “we think you'll see about 30 gigawatts of behind-the-meter gas capacity by 2030”

    Episode: The Outlook for Data Center Power Demand as AI Token Use Grows

    at 16:45

    Davenport says GS Research recently raised its behind-the-meter forecast to about 30 gigawatts of behind-the-meter gas capacity (just over 20 gigawatts of power delivery) by 2030, roughly 20% of their total US data-center demand estimate. She frames behind-the-meter as a genuine and growing way data-center power gets served, driven by interconnection-queue delays and physical/political pushback in grid-constrained markets like Texas, even while noting large customers ultimately prefer a grid connection and tend to treat behind-the-meter as a bridge solution rather than a permanent one.

    Time frame
    by 2030
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Utility/IPP balance sheets healthy enough to keep funding buildout

    Carly DavenportExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we think they're in a very healthy place balance sheet wise as well.”

    Episode: The Outlook for Data Center Power Demand as AI Token Use Grows

    at 26:16

    Davenport says regulated utilities are funding a 60% jump in five-year capital investment for data-center-driven power demand while maintaining roughly 100bp of cushion versus credit-downgrade thresholds, aided by proactively funding 30-50% of incremental capital with equity. Independent power producers serving the same buildout are also seeing credit upgrades (Vistra moved to investment grade, Constellation already investment grade). She reads this balance-sheet resilience as supportive of continued power-infrastructure investment keeping pace with data-center demand.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Building AI Systems for Capital Markets

    1 statement

    Scaling laws make trillion-dollar AI infrastructure spend a justified bet, not a wild one

    Chris ChurchmanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So what that means is two things. Firstly, it justifies spending trillions of dollars on infrastructure, because you can say that's not a wild bet.”

    Episode: Building AI Systems for Capital Markets

    at 20:53

    Churchman argues that the empirical reliability of AI scaling laws (grounded in the 2017 Transformer paper and the Kaplan and Chinchilla scaling-law results) is what makes today's enormous AI infrastructure capex defensible rather than speculative: because small-scale experiments have been shown to predict outcomes at up to ten orders of magnitude larger scale, a firm can run a small test, see it work, and reasonably expect the same relationship to hold when it scales up to a trillion-dollar data center. That predictability is also what lets AI labs justify building and pitching that spend to investors, and separately lets the labs accelerate their own R&D, since the bottleneck is now the number of small-scale experiments they can run rather than reading papers or interpreting results, and those experiments reliably forecast larger-scale performance.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · What the US-Japan Currency Intervention Means for the Yen, Rates, and the Dollar

    5 statements

    Offshore yuan as one of three pillars of a weaker-dollar call

    Praneet ShahExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: going into the autumn

    Show quote

    “you've got gold, you've got CNH, you've got yen, all of them are now starting to appreciate against the dollar”

    Episode: What the US-Japan Currency Intervention Means for the Yen, Rates, and the Dollar

    at 24:07

    Shah expects a broad, steady drift lower in the dollar heading into the autumn, driven by the path of US inflation and the Fed's reaction function rather than reserve-currency flight. He names gold, offshore yuan (CNH) and the yen as the three 'pillars of the broader dollar' already showing this move and expected to keep appreciating against the dollar.

    Time frame
    going into the autumn
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold as one of three pillars of a weaker-dollar call

    Praneet ShahExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: going into the autumn

    Show quote

    “you've got gold, you've got CNH, you've got yen, all of them are now starting to appreciate against the dollar”

    Episode: What the US-Japan Currency Intervention Means for the Yen, Rates, and the Dollar

    at 24:07

    Shah expects a broad, steady drift lower in the dollar heading into the autumn, driven by the path of US inflation and the Fed's reaction function rather than reserve-currency flight. He names gold, offshore yuan (CNH) and the yen as the three 'pillars of the broader dollar' already showing this move and expected to keep appreciating against the dollar.

    Time frame
    going into the autumn
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Conditional path to sustained yen strength

    Karen FishmanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I do think that we could see stronger yen levels for longer if we do see some follow ups to this event.”

    Episode: What the US-Japan Currency Intervention Means for the Yen, Rates, and the Dollar

    at 19:42

    Fishman says the July intervention alone only buys time -- historically the yen has resumed weakening once official buying stopped, as happened after the standalone April/May intervention. But she sees a path to sustained yen strength if the BOJ delivers a rate hike at its September meeting, combined with either a fresh source of safe-haven demand (e.g. a growth scare) or a shift by Japanese investors back into domestic assets, reversing a decade-long trend of rising foreign-asset holdings that she says has kept the yen undervalued on GS's own models.

    Only if
    BOJ delivers a rate hike at its September meeting, plus either a fresh safe-haven catalyst or a structural shift of Japanese investors back into domestic assets
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Structural yen-strength case if policy gets it right

    Praneet ShahExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: the next few years · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I do think there is something there where policymakers, if they get the decisions right, can reverse this trend and actually create some structural yen strengthening in the next few years.”

    Episode: What the US-Japan Currency Intervention Means for the Yen, Rates, and the Dollar

    at 21:32

    Shah argues the yen's 45% five-year depreciation (an 8% compounded annual decline) is a momentum trade currently working against Japanese investors, but the valuation case is stacked in the yen's favor: the currency is roughly 25% undervalued on a long-term basis, and a hedged 10-year JGB now yields about 100bp more than a currency-hedged 10-year US Treasury for a Japanese investor. If policymakers can successfully encourage Japanese capital to reverse course and repatriate into undervalued domestic bonds and equities, he sees that as capable of reversing the multi-year weakening trend into structural yen strength.

    Time frame
    the next few years
    Only if
    Japanese policymakers succeed in reversing outbound-investment momentum and inducing Japanese investors to repatriate into undervalued domestic assets
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    GS baseline: continued modest yen weakness vs USD

    Karen FishmanExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we're projecting some further modest dollar strength against those low yielding currencies, like the euro and like the yen”

    Episode: What the US-Japan Currency Intervention Means for the Yen, Rates, and the Dollar

    at 24:58

    Fishman's house baseline is for the dollar to extend modest structural strength against low-carry, low-yielding currencies including the yen (and the euro), even after the July intervention, because the broader backdrop -- range-bound rate differentials, low FX volatility, decent global growth -- remains conducive to carry trades that favor higher-yielding currencies over the yen. This is a baseline forecast, distinct from the conditional upside scenario for the yen she lays out earlier in the same conversation.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Dipan Patel on Permira’s ‘Artisanal’ Approach to Private Equity

    1 statement

    PE industry-wide DPI shortfall is a real structural problem

    Dipan PatelExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the industry has not been delivering that, and it's not been delivering that for coming up to a handful of years now”

    Episode: Dipan Patel on Permira’s ‘Artisanal’ Approach to Private Equity

    at 17:30

    Patel says the private-equity model only works if the industry delivers roughly 20-25% DPI (distributions to paid-in capital) per year, and that the industry overall has been stuck around 10%, a shortfall that has persisted for several years and that he calls 'problematic' for the business model's ability to function and flourish. He contrasts this with Permira's own 22% DPI over the trailing 12 months, attributing the gap to having genuinely desirable businesses with long growth runways rather than to process or incentive design -- implying the broader industry's liquidity/exit backlog is a real structural issue, not noise.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    5 statements

    Tight spreads, mid-cycle, 2%+ growth: the base rate says credit disappoints while equities win

    Steven TananbaumExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “The average is you do not do very well in the credit markets, and you do very well in the equity markets. And that's exactly how it's playing out through July.”

    at 20:40

    Tananbaum reasons from base rates about the current setup: starting the year mid-cycle with tight spreads and growth above 2%, the historical average outcome is poor credit returns alongside strong equity returns — and he says that is exactly how 2026 has played out through July. He separately notes AI financing is already pressuring investment grade, which has widened 8-10bp in a week, and expects materially more dispersion ahead ('I would be shocked if we didn't see more dispersion').

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Software CREDIT: create good businesses at 30 cents on the buyout dollar

    Steven TananbaumExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “you can get companies that were bought for a dollar and create them for 30 cents. With those stats, it seems very provocative.”

    at 25:46

    A credit view, not an equity view. Tananbaum is looking at software companies with high retention and growing revenue whose debt matures in 2028 and 2029, where the debt can be created at roughly 30 cents on the dollar against the price paid in the original buyout. He lists it as one of three public opportunities where he expects dispersion to throw up value.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hard to see AI accelerating from here — the question is what a deceleration does to growth assumptions

    Steven TananbaumExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “it's hard to see how it's going to actually accelerate from here. So the issue is that it de-accelerates, what's going to be the impact?”

    at 19:09

    Tananbaum's stated biggest issue, framed as a risk rather than a call. Because AI has become such a large driver of the economy, he finds it hard to see acceleration from here, and the question that follows is what happens to growth assumptions when it decelerates. He is explicit that the economic transmission worries him more than the direct market impact, and notes AI financing is already pressuring investment grade spreads.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    30-year TIPS near 3% real are 'somewhat of a gift' — asymmetry is -4% vs +18%

    Steven TananbaumExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think that it's just good absolute value. I think it's somewhat of a gift here.”

    at 25:46

    Tananbaum's top public opportunity. With 30-year TIPS near 3% real, he frames the asymmetry as roughly -4% downside against +18% upside on a tightening from 325bp toward 250bp, and puts the probability of it working at better than 50%. He anchors on history: real yields have usually sat in the low 2s since 2000, so this is a good entry price, and getting a high-probability inflation-adjusted risk-free return at these levels compares very favourably with the mid-4s he sees on equities.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishSpaceX

    SpaceX credit 50-60bp wider may be one of the easier opportunities

    Steven TananbaumExchanges (Goldman Sachs)Recorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “You see something like SpaceX is wider by 50, 60 basis points already. And that might be just some of the easier opportunities out there as a result.”

    at 19:09

    A credit observation rather than an equity call, and hedged. Tananbaum notes AI-related financing has pushed SpaceX spreads 50-60bp wider and suggests that indiscriminate widening may be creating some of the easier opportunities available. His broader frame is that AI financing sits overwhelmingly in investment grade and private credit rather than high yield (only ~2% of the below-investment-grade index), so the pressure is showing up in high-quality paper.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Forward Guidance

    18 bullish · 16 bearish7 episodes · 34 statements · 9 speakersLatest

    · The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    7 statements
    BullishBitcoin

    Bitcoin is a debasement winner once the first, painful phase is over

    QuinnForward GuidanceRecorded

    Time frame: the next phase · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Honestly, like the fundamental, we know where we're going to get to with gold and Bitcoin and the basement. Like we know that's the next phase. It's just you have to get through this first phase.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 8:55

    Quinn names Bitcoin alongside gold as where the market ends up once policy turns to currency debasement, calling that the next phase. Quinn is explicit that the first phase, margin calls and choppy price action, has to be survived before then, and later in the episode adds that Bitcoin rallies keep washing out on leveraged perpetual-futures longs until a positive liquidity impulse arrives. No date is given.

    Time frame
    the next phase
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    A very meaningful tightening is running through the US economy

    QuinnForward GuidanceRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “You put that all together, it just feels to me like there's a very meaningful ratcheting and tightening of the economy right now.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 23:14

    Quinn's framework is that the US economy was generally weak outside a few subsectors, with the AI investment boom making the top line look strong. Now that boom is being questioned (Meta and Tesla guided capex lower, and the market doubts the frontier labs' recurring revenue), while longer-dated oil and diesel ratchet higher, first lifting inflation and then cutting consumer purchasing power. Higher bond yields have pushed mortgage rates up and pending home sales to some of the lowest levels in years, and the SOFR curve prices several more hikes on top of one already delivered. Quinn concedes the recent fall in yields may be a small release valve but says financial conditions are tightening meaningfully regardless.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil keeps moving higher: the buffers are gone and almost nobody is positioned for it

    Felix JauvinForward GuidanceRecorded

    Show quote

    “Long-winded way of saying, I think oil continues to move higher.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 4:16

    Jauvin expects crude oil to keep rising and calls it the area least understood by the market. The argument is a supply-and-demand one that has outgrown the Strait of Hormuz: with global inventories and the US Strategic Petroleum Reserve drawn down (Jauvin puts the SPR at about 70 days of demand, the lowest in over 20 years), the buffers that capped earlier geopolitical spikes are gone, so any re-escalation meets no price-suppression valve. Refining is running flat out and skipping maintenance, and crack spreads so wide that refiners keep buying crude, which Jauvin reads as a structural, persistent floor under the price; fiscal relief such as fuel-tax cuts and consumer stimulus only keeps demand hot. Positioning supports the trade: futures length is thin and volatility low, so there is little froth. Jauvin favours offshore (Brent) over WTI exposure because of the risk that US export bans spread from refined products to crude, and points to the backwardated curve as a built-in cushion, since a long futures holder earns the roll yield if prices stay put. The way out, in Jauvin's words, is through: either much higher prices from new escalation or prices high enough to destroy demand. Jauvin also says equity markets will struggle to bottom durably until oil durably tops.

    What they own
    Opens the show saying they have been 'max long for the longest for a couple of months and continue to be. It's just not stocks', without naming the asset in that line; later signs off with 'Keep your oil and Bitcoin.'
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Allergic to bonds; after the growth-scare rally they go back to being unattractive

    Felix JauvinForward GuidanceRecorded

    Time frame: at some point · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So at some point, bonds go back to being like really not attractive.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 4:16

    Jauvin says they avoid bonds and reads this week's sharp Treasury rally as largely short covering in a crowded trade plus some growth fear. With oil and inflation rising while nominal yields fall, real rates dropped sharply, which Jauvin sees as making bonds less attractive. Beyond the near-term margin calls and risk shocks, Jauvin expects the policy answer to this stress to be fiat debasement and debt monetisation, and on that path bonds return to being 'really not attractive'. The timing is left open ('at some point').

    Time frame
    at some point
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says 'I'm always allergic to bonds, so I just avoid it.'
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Bullishcrypto

    Likes crypto fundamentally: bottoming signals, but too early on liquidity

    QuinnForward GuidanceRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I really like crypto fundamentally right now.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 44:30

    Quinn likes crypto on fundamentals, citing bottoming signals: early-stage crypto venture funding has all but disappeared and Andreessen Horowitz renamed its crypto fund, while a handful of projects are real businesses generating revenue and cash flow and deciding whether to return it or reinvest. The caveat is timing: as a trader Quinn worries about getting through the macro turmoil in one piece, and says rallies in the right coins keep getting crowded on leverage and reversing until a positive liquidity impulse, the starting gun, arrives, which may take several more washouts.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold gets to its debasement phase; the hard part is surviving the first phase

    QuinnForward GuidanceRecorded

    Time frame: the next phase · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Honestly, like the fundamental, we know where we're going to get to with gold and Bitcoin and the basement. Like we know that's the next phase. It's just you have to get through this first phase.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 8:55

    Quinn says the destination is known: the policy response to the current energy and market stress is currency debasement, and that next phase favours gold. The problem is the path: first comes a phase of margin calls and choppy losses, and Quinn weighs getting in early and bleeding through it against raising cash, holding some oil longs and waiting for the starting gun. Quinn sets no date and acknowledges the near-term pain.

    Time frame
    the next phase
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Next month's inflation report shows further acceleration

    Felix JauvinForward GuidanceRecorded

    Time frame: next month's inflation report

    Show quote

    “By the way, I think next month's inflation report continues to show acceleration.”

    Episode: The Only Way Out Is Through | Weekly Roundup

    at 25:33

    Jauvin expects the next US inflation report to show inflation still accelerating. The point is made while arguing that lower mortgage rates will not be enough to revive a tightening economy: a drastic policy response is hard to get while inflationary pressure, driven by oil and refined products such as diesel, is still building. Jauvin notes the rates market has only moved from pricing about five hikes to three and a half or four, nowhere near pricing cuts.

    Time frame
    next month's inflation report
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Where Is The Crypto Alpha Hiding This Cycle?

    2 statements

    Patel-O'Connor's hunch: the opportunity is still at crypto seed stage

    Rajiv Patel-O'ConnorForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So my hunch is like there's probably more opportunity for people to do seed stage stuff.”

    Episode: Where Is The Crypto Alpha Hiding This Cycle?

    at 29:01

    Patel-O'Connor's reasoning is about supply of capital rather than supply of talent. There are a lot fewer seed-stage founders than two or three years ago, which he attributes to a right-sizing of the capital being deployed at that stage, but he says the number of outlier, extremely high quality founders at the earliest stages has not dramatically decreased. That mismatch is why his hunch is that there is probably more opportunity in seed-stage work. He pairs it with a view on the other end: growth-stage crypto companies now have traction he calls quite durable rather than raising purely off narratives, and as they keep compounding he expects additional participants - generalist growth funds not really in crypto today - to come in and allocate to them. He states it as a hunch, which is why the conviction here is low.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    General partner of Framework Ventures, an SF-based firm doing mostly early-stage venture plus some liquid token investing.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Cheong: seed-stage crypto is where the opportunity is, because everyone got burned

    Arthur CheongForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: one to two years for the 50x uplift he describes · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think C stage is a lot of opportunity right now, because everyone got so burned.”

    Episode: Where Is The Crypto Alpha Hiding This Cycle?

    at 27:26

    Asked whether crypto venture money should move from seed towards growth, Cheong argues the opposite. His case for seed - the transcript renders it "C stage" - is that everyone got so burned there that the competition has gone, whereas late-stage deals are heavily overlapped because so few of them happen and most allocators can get an allocation in the ones that do. He does not pretend it is cheap risk: founder quality is still hard to come by and he says AI is taking away the good founders, so you are underwriting a lot of risk. What pays for it is the speed of the uplift - he says crypto, like AI, can give you 50 times in one to two years from a seed entry and he cannot think of another industry that can. He prefaces the whole answer by saying he is not a venture guy: his own fund is liquid-only, concentrated in 5 to 10 names against an ideal of 10 to 20, and he says he would welcome a larger universe of tokens to buy.

    Time frame
    one to two years for the 50x uplift he describes
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Founder and CEO of Defiance Capital, a liquid crypto fund investing since 2020; he says explicitly that he is not a venture investor and that his book is 5 to 10 names.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    8 statements

    Would not own the equity: capital-intensive businesses that dilute, and a backstop rescues the debt

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: long-term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “That said, I wouldn't want to be an equity holder. I mean, easy to say that now when they're all deep in the hole, so don't trade off that. But long-term, probably not a good business to be an equity holder in”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 28:07

    Quinn separates the capital structure of the neocloud and AI data-centre operators: he would not want to hold the equity even where he thinks the debt is money good. His reasons are the business model and the dilution it forces. These are extremely capital-intensive companies, mostly former Bitcoin miners that pivoted to AI, and almost all of them have restructured at some point already; a five or ten billion dollar company that needs that much new capital to finish its projects has to issue equity or debt or both. He also argues a government or hyperscaler backstop is not a bull case for the equity: the 2008-09 backstops made money for people who bought distressed debt at cents on the dollar, while equity holders took drawdown after drawdown and were diluted. He flags that it is easy to say this once the shares are already deep in the hole.

    Time frame
    long-term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Genuine tightening is already running through the economy, and the Fed is barely the cause

    Jack FarleyForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But it feels to me like there's some genuine tightening happening now in the economy. And very little of it has to do with the Fed hiking. It's all these other variables.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 19:43

    Farley argues the US economy is being tightened now by variables outside the Fed's control, and that the slowdown is coming but will take time to show up in the data. The things doing the work, on his read, are diesel and energy prices where they sit, the long end of the Treasury curve, and mortgage rates, all of which he calls contractionary and ratcheting; he points to a Jurrien Timmer chart showing financial conditions tightening more aggressively. He also thinks the economy is on a tightrope because top-line growth is almost entirely the AI buildout, with everything else weak, so the slower ARR growth in the frontier labs feeds through to data centres, the neoclouds, the semis and memory. He treats this as a slow burn rather than something to position aggressively for: he sold his TLT calls and says he would rather wait than pay premium while it plays out.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he had TLT calls, sold them when the premiums doubled, and is now flat on the long end; says he has not shorted bonds as a trade yet.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A relief window in small caps, but not a new bull market

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: early next year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But, you know, is this a new bull market that's going to be resuming? I don't really think. I think there's a lot of structural issues to contend with as we head into early next year.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 17:31

    Asked whether the record short position in the Russell and the cracks in the AI trade can reignite small caps and the equal-weight market, Quinn says he does not really see it. He allows a tradable window: those sectors have been sold off for two months, and if the AI trade's demand for debt capital is dampened then rates can fall and that is stimulative for housing and the rest of the real economy, so there is money to be made playing the rotation for a few weeks. What he rejects is the durable case. On his read the economy is running five per cent deficits, is dependent on the AI buildout for most of its growth, has had negative real wages for seven straight months, and leans on the wealth effect of the top decile for over half of consumer spending. He sees slowly decelerating growth with a lot of structural issues into early next year, not a resumed bull market.

    Time frame
    early next year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Higher-quality neocloud debt is probably money good because a hyperscaler can backstop it cheaply

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “my general leaning is the debt on a core weaver, a core scientific or the higher quality ones is probably money good because these companies are minuscule compared to the Mag 7 market cap.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 28:07

    Quinn's leaning, which he prefaces by saying he is no expert on this part of the market, is that the debt of the better neocloud and AI data-centre names is probably money good even with spreads blowing out. The argument is relative size: these companies are minuscule next to the Mag 7, so for NVIDIA or a hyperscaler to backstop them would be like an individual buying a Starbucks, and they are sitting on assets the hyperscalers need. He expects that is roughly what happens, with the hyperscalers waiting for the assets to get cheap enough first, and he says buying the debt into going-out-of-business scares is probably money good assuming the backstop arrives.

    Only if
    Assumes these companies get backstopped by a hyperscaler or NVIDIA; he applies it to the higher-quality names, not the whole group.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Shorted the long end for a week-or-two trade after an extreme positioning rinse

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: a week or two

    Show quote

    “I actually shorted some of the long end today for a trade. You know, I might hold this for a week or two, because, again, I think that the economy is still okay.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 4:10

    Quinn says he put on a short in the long end of the Treasury curve on the day of the hot PPI print, as a tactical trade he might hold for a week or two rather than a position. The logic is positioning rather than fundamentals: weeks of record bond shorts were washed out in a violent flight-to-safety bid driven by the hot inflation data colliding with the cracks in the AI financing trade, and he thinks that rinse went to an extreme. He adds that the economy is still okay and that he does not think policymakers will let the AI trade implode, so he does not expect the growth scare that a sustained long-end rally would need. He is explicit that this sits alongside a view that the cyclical high in yields is probably in, so the short is a scalp against a stretched move, not a call for new highs in yields.

    Time frame
    a week or two
    What they own
    Says he shorted some of the long end that day for a trade, and may hold it for a week or two; separately says he bought SOFR hard the previous day and dumped it the same day.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil stays elevated for quite some time; supply, not demand, is setting the price

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: quite some time

    Show quote

    “oil prices are not coming down, and they are not going to come down for quite some time.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 17:31

    Quinn argues the oil price is not going to fall back for quite some time, and treats that as one of the cracks sitting outside the Fed's remit. His reason is physical supply disruption rather than demand: he points to tankers being struck in the Strait of Hormuz and says re-escalation is coming, so the idea that oil magically comes down does not survive contact with the shipping picture. He adds that natural gas has now joined oil, and reads the whole commodity complex as saying inflation will persist.

    Time frame
    quite some time
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Inflation keeps accelerating; next month could be another hot print

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: next month

    Show quote

    “We had it and it had been speaking on for weeks actually that we expected a hot print. And we think actually next months could be another, you know, month of acceleration.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 4:10

    Quinn says he had been calling for a hot inflation print for weeks before this week's CPI and PPI, and that the acceleration is not finished: he expects next month to be another month of acceleration. The driver he points to is commodities rather than wages or services, with oil pressing into the upper bound of its range and natural gas now joining in, which he reads as the commodity complex telling you inflation will be around for a while. He treats the market as having been positioned the wrong way into the data, with record bond shorts and no allowance for a fourth straight month of acceleration.

    Time frame
    next month
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Slowly decelerating growth into next year, with the tightening coming from outside the Fed

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: into early next year; what is to come in 2027

    Show quote

    “I see more of a slowly decelerating kind of slowing growth, you know, slowing growth and eventually slowing inflation environment”

    Episode: The Bond Market Is Pricing In Something Worse Than Inflation | Weekly Roundup

    at 17:31

    Quinn expects a slowly decelerating economy rather than either a re-acceleration or a crash, and thinks it takes little or no further Fed tightening to instigate it. The restriction he points to is not the policy rate but everything around it: the ten-year above five per cent, the two- and five-year above four and a half, high-yield and AI-related credit spreads widening for weeks, and oil and natural gas prices that are not coming down. He argues the real economy has already been choked for two months, with the Russell down eight weeks in a row and regional banks, housing and restaurants crucified, that real wages have been negative for seven straight months, and that without the AI buildout growth would be running near one per cent. He expects inflation to slow eventually, after the near-term acceleration, and puts the structural reckoning in early 2027 while warning that the usual mistake is to assume it arrives faster than it does.

    Time frame
    into early next year; what is to come in 2027
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · America’s AI Boom Is Squeezing Main Street | Weekly Roundup

    5 statements

    The 30-year has broken out: 4.6% is probably not a level we get back to for years

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: the next few years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So then like you think about it and you're like, is 4.6% on the 30 year, even a level we're going to get back to in the next few years. Like when you look at the chart, this is a multi-year breakout out of a, you know, out of a pretty interesting pattern that like probably not.”

    Episode: America’s AI Boom Is Squeezing Main Street | Weekly Roundup

    at 34:53

    Quinn's view is that the cost of money has reset structurally higher and will not come back down. The 30-year yield has gone from 4.6 percent to 5.6 percent in roughly six months, which he reads as a multi-year chart breakout rather than a spike, and he doubts 4.6 percent is a level the long bond returns to in the next few years. His reasoning is that the data keep coming in hot, oil and inflation are still rising, and policymakers keep stimulating into capacity constraints, so each attempt to pull yields down feeds commodities and makes the yield problem worse; even an end to the Iran war would not pull yields back. He grants that yields mean-revert to some extent but says they are in a steady uptrend, and that the damage already done to financed buyers, homebuilders, regional banks and small caps is the measure of what will eventually have to be repaired.

    Time frame
    the next few years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Jobs and inflation keep printing hot for the next few months

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: the next month or two or three · Not sure

    Show quote

    “It's interesting though, because like playing this out, I do think that the data will continue to come in hot, both probably jobs at least for the next month or two or three and inflation too.”

    Episode: America’s AI Boom Is Squeezing Main Street | Weekly Roundup

    at 15:18

    Quinn expects the incoming data to stay hot on both jobs and inflation for the next few months, and thinks the Fed speakers talking dovishly into this week's softer print will end up with egg on their face the way Waller did twice before. He frames it as a policy trap rather than a forecast of a shock: every tool used to support equities and pull yields down - the August intervention, continued buybacks, liquidity - flows straight into commodities, and he points to the day's trading, where the move lower in yields lifted oil and the Nasdaq together. A diesel export ban would make it worse, in his reading, because producers would cut refinery utilisation and reduce supply while the ban subsidises the end consumer, stoking demand into supply constraints. That is why he sees no path to a lower long end.

    Time frame
    the next month or two or three
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishBitcoin

    Front-running the debasement that repairing Main Street will require

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: long-term

    Show quote

    “So that's another thing that I think you're right in terms of like balance sheet expansion, monetization, like long-term bullish debasement, Bitcoin, etc.”

    Episode: America’s AI Boom Is Squeezing Main Street | Weekly Roundup

    at 34:53

    Quinn's long-term case for Bitcoin is debasement. He argues the cost of money has reset structurally higher and that the damage this has already done to financed households, homebuilders, regional banks and small caps is a measure of how much balance-sheet expansion, monetisation and printing will eventually be required to put the non-AI part of the economy back on its feet. He treats the current bid in debasement assets as front-running that printing rather than a response to today's liquidity, and adds the extra catalyst that yields are in a steady uptrend policymakers will have to answer. The horizon is long term; he names no price and no size.

    Time frame
    long-term
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Everything outside AI is already in recession, and that was a policy choice

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Show quote

    “The question, it really is political because everything is in a recession. Look at prices of everything except AI in Mag-7.”

    Episode: America’s AI Boom Is Squeezing Main Street | Weekly Roundup

    at 25:15

    Quinn's view is that outside AI the US economy is already in recession: there are no jobs being created outside AI-linked sectors, no equity gains outside AI and the Mag 7, and essentially all the capex growth is AI. He argues this is a political choice - policymakers chose to stimulate into an AI-only economy, which became self-fulfilling because it crowded everything else out. He adds a structural reason it cannot be fixed by stimulus: the economy is capacity-constrained in power, electricity, oil and commodities, so a genuinely hot Main Street alongside the AI boom is not available - real demand from the rest of the economy would put rates near 10 percent. Because monetisation cannot fix supply constraints, he expects the supply problems either to heal themselves or to be papered over with debasement, with the midterms as the incentive to keep supporting markets in the meantime.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Nominal GDP is a hell of a drug: US equities keep working while nothing breaks

    Aidan GarribForward GuidancePublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So it's like the market just keeps running higher as long as nothing is actually breaking and Trump's giving away $5,000 checks and the labor market's not cracking. The US equities, I think, can continue to do well here.”

    Episode: America’s AI Boom Is Squeezing Main Street | Weekly Roundup

    at 24:31

    Garrib argues the US equity market can keep grinding higher because nothing in the chain is breaking yet: nominal GDP is running near 6.6 percent on the back of hyperscaler AI capex, the hyperscalers are now layering agent products on top of the buildout so investors keep imagining new use cases, fiscal transfers are still going out (he cites $5,000 cheques), and the labour market has not cracked. He is explicit that the strength is narrow - it is the AI-linked section of the market rather than the whole index - and that the rest of the world, with no hyperscaler capex and real supply constraints to absorb, looks far more questionable. He also notes what would undo it: growth is concentrated in data-centre and power construction, hyperscaler capex growth is forecast to fall from over 90 percent this year to roughly 30-35 percent next year, and a good part of that spend is memory and chip price inflation rather than real activity.

    Only if
    as long as nothing is actually breaking, fiscal transfers keep going out and the labour market does not crack
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Bond Market Pain Isn't Over | Weekly Roundup

    4 statements

    The break in AI probably shows up in private credit first

    DCPForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “and I think it's probably private credit. I think it's probably something in that zone, that black, that black rock group, or some of their peers, some private equity that's getting involved.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Pain Isn't Over | Weekly Roundup

    at 21:57

    Pressed on where the AI break actually manifests, DCP points not at the AI companies themselves but at their financing: private credit, the big alternative managers he names as "that black rock group" and their peers, and the private equity firms getting involved in AI. He offers Oracle as a possible casualty, noting its bonds are underwater by at least ten basis points and that it has just declared a force majeure. Separately he lists private credit again among the places where the stress from higher rates will show up, alongside commercial real estate and the spread it will take to keep financing AI capex. His broader point is that rising rates make this self-reinforcing: it becomes a simple IRR and NPV calculation on financing cost, and at 9% or 10% the deals stop working.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The stress from higher rates shows up first in regional lending

    DCPForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So the stressors that you're going to see are going to manifest in regional lending.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Pain Isn't Over | Weekly Roundup

    at 41:12

    DCP thinks the economy can handle five and three quarters to six percent on the 10-year and six and a quarter or higher on the 30-year, but that it will crush anyone who has to refinance out of something, and he expects the damage to surface in regional lending first. He points to KRE sitting right on its 200-day moving average and probably punching through it that day, and notes Warsh has specifically called out regional lending, which is why he expects that to be where the stressors manifest, whether the channel turns out to be commercial real estate, private credit, or the spread required to keep financing AI capex. He also notes he watches smaller corporate bankruptcies in the one to twenty million dollar range and thinks they start kicking in soon, with SBA 7(a) working capital loans already at 12-13%, while by contrast he sees no stress in the repo or swap markets and the TGA balance is comfortable.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Higher yields is still the pain trade until something materially changes

    DCPForward GuidancePublished

    Show quote

    “I'll stick with my thesis that until I see something materially change, it's still the pain trade with higher yields.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Pain Isn't Over | Weekly Roundup

    at 19:55

    DCP lays out a checklist of what would have to happen before the bond market could flip to a favourable long, and judges each one unlikely: the Fed signalling hikes are done (not going to happen), AI capex slowing (possible, with Oracle a curveball), crack spreads rolling over (the one he thinks matters most), material weakness in the indices, and a spike in unemployment (unreasonable, because a shrinking pool of available workers means employers hold on to staff and the economy would already be in recession before unemployment spiked). Absent one of those, higher yields remain the path of least resistance. He puts the level at which rates would actually offset the inflationary pressure from AI capex and diesel pass-through at a 30-year in the sixes and around five and a half on the front end, roughly another 50 basis points, and notes ZB is down almost ten full points in two and a half months. He watches 103 on ZB: through 103 and 103-12 he thinks there is a good chance of trading to par, which is roughly a 6% yield and a level not seen in decades, and he expects any blow-off capitulation in bonds to come around par. He also expects the curve to steepen further and for that to be a bear steepener, notes the SOFR strip now prices four hikes with no cut until December 2029, and expects PCE to come in hot for the next two months.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI is the most likely thing to break first, and that is what reverses yields

    DCPForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So, of all the things that I expect to break first, AI is probably the thing that I think triggers a reversal in yields.”

    Episode: The Bond Market Pain Isn't Over | Weekly Roundup

    at 21:57

    DCP argues there is an enormous amount of cash sloshing around from employee retention credits, PPP, COVID stimulus and now AI, and that it is being increasingly concentrated into AI. Of everything in the market he expects AI to be what breaks first, and he thinks that break is what finally reverses the rise in yields, because it would bring expectations of QE straight back in and move the Fed from hiking to talking about cuts. He puts AI in the same category as the 2008 subprime mortgage crisis and the dot-com market, all of them examples of leverage and greed manifesting to ridiculous levels, while conceding AI may not be there yet: unlike mortgage-backed securities and parts of the dot-com boom, none of it has turned a profit and the companies say they will not show one for at least three years, so the only money being made is buying the leader and hoping to get out before it is over. He says explicitly that we are not there yet and that he is not forecasting a crash, and that he would probably not work out what the trigger was until it hit him in the face.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    7 statements
    BearishUS economy

    Team stagflation: the inflation problem gets worse as the shock passes through

    Vincent DeluardForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think that's ultimately what we're talking about is a persistent inflation problem that I agree with Quinn, is not getting better and will probably get worse as we get to pass through.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 16:30

    Deluard puts himself on 'team stagflation' for the US: a persistent inflation problem that he expects to worsen as the commodity shock passes through into wages and then into services, making the Fed's path much harder. He notes six months of negative real wage growth, with nominal wages slowing while inflation rose, against a labour market he believes is genuinely tight (he cross-checks the BLS data against the Daily Treasury Statement and thinks the jobs are real). He rejects the optimistic reading — a Greenspan-style productivity story in which fear of being replaced by AI holds wages down and shifts the Phillips curve, making the inflation transitory — on the grounds that the lag is just people not yet needing the money after the May rally, and that once savings are depleted they will ask for the raise. He frames the policy mix as structurally stagflationary: tariffs raising input costs, expensive wars, restricted immigration and no deficit discipline, and says stagflation would be the default at the end of a long expansion if the AI investment boom were taken away. On the fiscal side he sizes the 2026 'stealth midterm stimulus' at $300-400bn including the SPR release, tax reform, tariff refunds and accelerated capex depreciation, and warns that a good chunk of the earnings growth supporting the equity market comes from that stimulus rather than AI productivity, and will not be renewed next year. He notes real-time tax withholding growth has already slowed from 6-7% to 4-5%.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The yen bears miss it: Japan's devaluation worked and the house is now fixed

    Vincent DeluardForward GuidancePublished

    Show quote

    “And I think that's the part, I think a lot of the yen bear don't get. It's like Japan fixed its house.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 36:06

    Deluard argues the 15-year yen devaluation — from about 80 to 165 nominally, closer to 65% once the inflation differential is added — achieved what it was meant to, and that yen bears have not registered the result. His evidence is fiscal: Japan's primary budget is in balance, tax collections are growing at 6%, and net of Bank of Japan holdings debt to GDP has fallen from roughly 200% to 150%. In the R-minus-G framing he uses, Japan now has growth in tax receipts above its funding cost, so it has no debt crisis, which means it can tolerate higher rates and a stronger yen and the BOJ can keep tightening. He adds that the devaluation was achieved without much inflation, that the banks have been rallying, and that Japan's large foreign asset position cushioned the hit to living standards through capital gains on overseas assets. He expects Japan to reap the reward of a better position than the market thinks, and this is the long leg of his short-euro trade.

    What they own
    Published recommendation rather than a disclosed personal position: says he structures the euro short mostly against the yen.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    The Fed is turning hawkish into peak growth, and the props come away after the midterms

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: into 2027, with the data slowing three to six months after real rates rise

    Show quote

    “So I definitely think it's much dicier than probably the market's appreciating.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 8:11

    Quinn's view is that the Fed is turning its most hawkish exactly at peak growth, and that what has been holding the economy up is about to be withdrawn. He lists the 2026 supports as politically timed into November: large OBBB consumer refunds that are waning, a near-record SPR drain that held oil prices and pump prices down, and tariff refunds jammed into a short window — alongside a gradual withdrawal of Fed support as reverse repo balances went from $40bn a month to zero, with a hawkish path pushing real rates up across the whole curve. After the midterms he expects a divided Congress geared towards more taxation and regulation and less friendly to AI, with less political capital for the administration, and therefore waning growth impulses into 2027. He stresses the lag: real rates rise and the data slows three to six months later, so it may not show in the growth numbers for another two or three months, and anyone deciding off that data is looking backwards. Meanwhile inflation stays sticky through year end because of oil, which he thinks causes both growth and inflation problems if it keeps rising. He also flags the housing market as effectively dead with mortgage rates back at highs, and says he does not see rates falling far enough to revive refinancing even in a slowdown, so things have to get worse there before they get better. He notes he is trying to fade his own contrarian instinct to keep buying dips.

    Time frame
    into 2027, with the data slowing three to six months after real rates rise
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    Leans dollar higher: the chart looks coiled and the US holds the advantages

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: a big picture weekly, monthly type of time horizon · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Like, I kind of, I lean towards a dollar moving higher, which funny enough, I'm still bullish gold though, because I think, you know, you have these countries hiking into energy shock.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 54:45

    Against his co-host's suggestion that the real debasement trade is hiding in Europe, Quinn leans the other way on the dollar. His reasoning is twofold. Historically, he says, it is hard to fight upward dollar pressure through a slowdown. Structurally, he asks what actually gets the dollar lower when the US is advantaged in energy, advantaged in AI and advantaged in most of what drives the big capital flows at this stage. He adds a technical read that the dollar chart looks coiled, storing energy for a move on a weekly-to-monthly time horizon. He holds this alongside a bullish gold view, which he acknowledges is an odd pairing, on the grounds that other countries are hiking into an energy shock. He frames it as a lean rather than a firm call.

    Time frame
    a big picture weekly, monthly type of time horizon
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishEuro

    Short the euro for a decade: Europe is where Japan was in 2012

    Vincent DeluardForward GuidancePublished

    Time frame: a big macro call that may last a decade · Not sure

    Show quote

    “And in the piece, I recommended doing it, adding a little bit of long US dollar, short euro and long Brazilian real short euro, so you can actually fit that carry into a position that you can hold for a long time.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 49:09

    Deluard's central call, which he says may be a macro trade that lasts a decade, is that Europe will end up doing what Japan did after Abe: debase the currency until tax collections grow faster than social spending. His argument runs through terms of trade rather than productivity — China deflated the price of industrial exports while pushing up raw material costs, which degrades a nation's standard of living, and no European competitiveness report (Lisbon, Draghi) fixes that when the population is ageing, social spending is rising and the economic model is broken. Once the wrong answers are removed, he says devaluation is the only one left. He expects Europe to get there clumsily, through a sequence of political crises beginning with the French presidential election in the spring and then the German election, rather than through the coordinated Ministry of Finance / BOJ / government push that made Japan's version work. He is also explicit about the obstacles: the conditions are far worse than 2010-12 (inflation, war, a US Treasury already complaining about a weak yen), the ECB under Lagarde he regards as an obstacle rather than a help, and the common currency with fragmented debt markets makes it harder than it was for the BOJ. He structures the position mostly against the yen, adding long dollar and long Brazilian real legs so the carry is small enough to hold for a long time, and says the economic outcome is too early to tell and probably needs a different US administration.

    Time frame
    a big macro call that may last a decade
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Speaks as a StoneX strategist; says he recommended the short-euro basket in a published report, not that he holds it personally.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still bullish gold even while leaning the dollar higher

    QuinnForward GuidancePublished

    Show quote

    “Like, I kind of, I lean towards a dollar moving higher, which funny enough, I'm still bullish gold though, because I think, you know, you have these countries hiking into energy shock.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 54:45

    Quinn stays bullish gold despite leaning towards a higher dollar, a combination he himself calls funny. His stated reason is that central banks outside the US are hiking into an energy shock — tightening into a supply-driven squeeze rather than into strength. It sits alongside the rest of his macro view in this conversation: sticky inflation through year end because of oil, waning fiscal stimulus after the midterms, and real rates rising across the curve, all of which he thinks makes the outlook dicier than the market is pricing. He also says he would want a steeper yield curve to rebalance the economy healthily and sees no appetite for that in a fiscally dominant world. He gives no target or horizon for gold.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Contrarian long UK equities: everyone hates England, including the English

    Vincent DeluardForward GuidancePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And I think UK equities will be exactly that. They are massively on their own. They are cheap.”

    Episode: The Fed Is Hiking Into A Growth Slowdown | Weekly Roundup

    at 59:34

    Deluard pitches UK equities as his contrarian trade, and specifically as the correlated hedge to his bearish Europe view — he wants something that moves with a European crisis but does better through it, rather than an unrelated hedge. His sentiment evidence is that UK private sector defined benefit pension funds have gone from owning 50% UK equities to 5%, which he calls the worst self-hatred since the Brexit vote and, crucially, a level from which the selling cannot continue. He says the index is cheap and composed of the three sectors he likes — energy, healthcare and financials. His structural argument is that the UK is roughly ten years ahead of the continent in the same crisis, having started with Brexit, and that one central bank gives it far more policy flexibility than a 27-member table can manage. He notes he used to express bearish-Europe views through the Swiss franc but now worries the SNB will be forced to intervene and buy the bonds he is trying to avoid. He is careful to say the UK is 'not great, but better', not that it is out of trouble, and that he gets trashed every time he raises the idea, which he reads as confirmation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Presented as his contrarian idea and a published pair trade against Europe; no personal holding stated.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Market Is Mispricing A Correlation Shock | Dean Curnutt

    1 statement

    Own S&P volatility and VIX calls until further notice: index vol is being held down by never-seen-before stock correlation that will snap back

    Dean CurnuttForward GuidanceRecorded

    Time frame: till further notice

    Show quote

    “That's why I just like owning S&P vol. And I like VIX. I like VIX calls, VIX call spreads. My call for doing it systematically was, listen, just don't wake up one day and fire some premium at a trade. Put it on till further notice, because I see enough things that can go wrong.”

    Episode: The Market Is Mispricing A Correlation Shock | Dean Curnutt

    at 48:18

    Curnutt argues that equity optionality is priced too low relative to the uncertainties and says he holds that view with very strong conviction, while admitting he cannot time it. His mechanism: realised correlation among S&P stocks has run at 5 to 15 percent for about a year and a half, against roughly 35 to 40 percent in a normal benign market and 75 to 90 percent in crises, with no historical comparison. That low correlation suppresses index realised volatility, which in turn holds down the VIX, because the marginal price-setter of implied vol is a quant hedging against realised moves rather than anyone forecasting a crash. He suspects bank QIS short-correlation products and the dispersion trade reinforce the regime and that those positions now carry no margin of safety. Against that he lists the risks: an energy shock feeding inflation while the Fed tries to ease, a long end of the Treasury curve that has become the source of risk to equities after $860 billion of new debt in four months, Treasury Secretary Bessent's rhetoric toward the bond market, hyperscaler credit that is too cheap for them and may require much higher rates to slow, and the top seven or eight stocks at over 35 percent of the index whose daily correlation he expects to prove very high after the fact. His prescription is to own S&P volatility, VIX calls and VIX call spreads systematically rather than firing premium at a single trade, and to keep the hedge on until further notice.

    Time frame
    till further notice
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Hidden Forces

    3 bullish · 1 bearish2 episodes · 4 statements · 2 speakersLatest

    · Why Younger Generations Are Convinced They Are Falling Behind | Philipp Carlsson-Szlezak

    2 statements

    Renting in New York City beats buying an apartment for building wealth

    Philipp Carlsson-SzlezakHidden ForcesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But from a financial and economic perspective, there are many ways of demonstrating that renting in a place like New York City is better for wealth building than pouring your money into one of those apartments that will never turn to profit.”

    Episode: Why Younger Generations Are Convinced They Are Falling Behind | Philipp Carlsson-Szlezak

    at 34:30

    Carlsson-Szlezak argues that someone who could not buy in New York City 15 years ago was probably not hurt financially: many NYC apartments have had negative real, and even negative nominal, returns over 10 to 15 years, and after leverage, maintenance fees, property tax and carry costs are often total loss makers. He grants that home ownership holds a special place in people's minds, but from a financial and economic perspective he holds that renting in a place like New York City is better for wealth building than buying one of those apartments. He frames it as a hunch that applies in many cases rather than every case.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Over 20 years the equity market will keep building wealth; not a bubble about to pop

    Philipp Carlsson-SzlezakHidden ForcesPublished

    Time frame: over the next 20 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm not in the camp that, you know, this is a bubble about to pop, but certainly, valuations are pretty strong. They've actually come down, valuations, but earnings are very strong. We can discuss all that on the equity market side. I'm trying to say, if I had to place a bet over the next 20 years, and can you build wealth in the equity market, I would have unequivocally said yes.”

    Episode: Why Younger Generations Are Convinced They Are Falling Behind | Philipp Carlsson-Szlezak

    at 22:22

    Asked whether relying on stocks rather than home equity makes young people's wealth more precarious, Carlsson-Szlezak, BCG's global chief economist, says nobody can see the future and the equity market may well undergo a correction soon. He is not in the camp that this is a bubble about to pop: valuations are strong, though they have come down, and earnings are very strong. If he had to bet on building wealth in equities over the next 20 years, he would unequivocally say yes. Historically equities have been a formidable way of building wealth, and over 10 to 30 year periods where setbacks are smoothed out he sees no reason the market stops being that vehicle. He declines to say whether equities will beat housing, calling that speculative.

    Time frame
    over the next 20 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Is It Time to Start Buying Bonds? | Jim Bianco

    2 statements

    Stuck in a 3% inflation world: goods deflation is over, so inflation can't come down

    Jim BiancoHidden ForcesPublished

    Show quote

    “Inflation, I've been arguing that inflation has been running above trend now for five years, and we'll continue to do that, not because the fear that inflation is going to go up, but because we can't disinflate.”

    Episode: Is It Time to Start Buying Bonds? | Jim Bianco

    at 5:03

    Bianco expects US inflation to stay above trend. From China's WTO entry in 2001 until COVID, goods prices fell about half a percent a year and offset services inflation; since COVID, deglobalisation, tariffs, wars and supply-chain problems have turned that into goods inflation of about 1.8%, while services inflation is in the high threes. That leaves the US stuck around 3%. His point is less that inflation will rise than that it will not come down, though he fears 4-6% if a geopolitical shock sent oil sharply higher.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Positive on bonds for the first time in six years: yields now match a 5-6% nominal economy

    Jim BiancoHidden ForcesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So now that they finally move to the appropriate level, I think that's the most efficient for the economy, and that's why I'm liking bonds again.”

    Episode: Is It Time to Start Buying Bonds? | Jim Bianco

    at 41:38

    Bianco says he has turned positive on the bond market for the first time in six years. His frame is that yields should match nominal GDP: with roughly 3% inflation that he expects to persist (goods disinflation is over) and about 2.5% real growth, the US is a 5-6% nominal economy, and every yield from the five-year note to the 30-year bond has moved into that 5-6% range for the first time in 20 years. Bonds were expensive when yields were too low; at these levels they are no longer expensive, though he explicitly does not call them cheap. He argues yields are being driven mainly by demand for capital and the growth outlook rather than by the debt and deficit, which he treats as a chronic rather than acute problem, and notes the 10-year's 225-year average is 5.9% against about 5.3% now.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    In the Money with Amber Kanwar

    67 bullish · 13 bearish10 episodes · 80 statements · 10 speakersLatest

    · Software Stocks Crashed. This CEO Says the Business Has Never Been Stronger

    1 statement
    BullishKinaxis

    Kinaxis CEO: room to double and triple the business, fundamentals strengthened through the SaaSpocalypse

    Razat GauravIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: coming 3 to 5 years

    Show quote

    “We have a tremendous opportunity to double and triple the size of business we have today.”

    Episode: Software Stocks Crashed. This CEO Says the Business Has Never Been Stronger

    at 38:14

    Gaurav, who became CEO of Kinaxis in January, is bullish on his own company. He says that while the stock fell about 30% in the SaaSpocalypse sell-off, the business was getting stronger: pipeline, bookings, win rates and yields were all improving, the first half beat consensus and guidance, and momentum continued into Q3. He argues LLMs do not replace Kinaxis because its value is the supply-chain model, system of record and optimization engines that LLMs are surfaced through, that seat-based revenue was always under 15% of revenue so AI pricing shifts do not hurt it, and that margins remain healthy (EBITDA 25-27%). With zero debt, over $300 million in cash, about 450 customers and nearly $500 million in ARR, he sees a tremendous opportunity to double and triple the size of the business organically, while stressing he is not an expert on stock prices and that growth should be pursued sensibly over a 3-5 year aspirational horizon. He also says a US dual listing is intended, timing to be published.

    Time frame
    coming 3 to 5 years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    14 statements
    BullishCanaccord

    Canaccord still mispriced on a sum-of-the-parts, though he has trimmed the position

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So I think it's doing really well. It's a good management team. I think it's still mispriced.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 43:53

    Canaccord was another of Omelchak's March picks, up about 6 per cent against a TSX up 8 per cent. His original thesis was that the underlying results, investment banking in particular, were doing well and that news might come on monetising the UK wealth business. He concedes he was wrong on the timing of the UK wealth sale, which is still being worked on, but says the news can come at any time, the assets continue to perform and are still very cheap, and on a sum-of-the-parts basis there is still good upside. He also says plainly what he did with the position: when the shares popped on media reports that a UK wealth sale might be coming, he felt some good news had started to be priced in on a sum-of-the-parts basis and used it to reduce a bit, while insisting he is an investor rather than a trader. His conclusion is that the company is doing really well, has a good management team, and is still mispriced, but he notes he had a lot of other exceptional ideas competing for the capital.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he reduced the position a bit when the shares popped on reports of a possible UK wealth sale, having traded a little around it; he picked it on this podcast on 3 March 2026.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Badger will beat estimates by a lot next year as revenue per truck is mis-modelled

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: next year

    Show quote

    “So I think the expectations for revenue per truck are very, very conservative, and they're going to be significantly higher next year. That's just on that side of the equation. So the estimates are too low. I believe they're going to beat the estimates by a lot next year.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 56:05

    Badger Infrastructure, the former Badger Daylighting, is the biggest hydrovac excavation operator in North America, and Omelchak's case is partly demand and partly a modelling error he thinks the sell side is making. On demand, hydrovac is now the industry standard because high-pressure water and suction avoid damaging buried pipe and the regulatory and punitive costs that follow a strike, and it is used on almost everything, road widening included, not just data centres; on his firm's maths there is about 4 trillion dollars of North American investment to be announced over the next eighteen months, and even haircutting that to 3 trillion for the cost of capital leaves a boom that is not in the company's numbers. On the estimates, last quarter showed 23 per cent organic growth and 14 per cent growth in revenue per truck, while sell-side models assume very low revenue-per-truck growth. He argues revenue per truck has two drivers that are both improving and both misunderstood: utilisation, where a six-person team is going branch to branch on route optimisation and refuelling efficiency with much more still to do, and price, which management said last quarter is looking good and has only just started to rise. So he states plainly that the estimates are too low and that the company will beat them by a lot next year. New truck builds are going up as fast as they can and the industry is absorbing them. On top of that, LNG Canada Phase 2 has just been announced and Badger plays there, Canadian operations are finally doing well, and a possible Alaska LNG award would need hundreds of hydrovac trucks, which nobody is talking about yet; even if Badger did not win it, he says it would tighten the whole industry.

    Time frame
    next year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Bearishgoeasy

    Still staying away from goeasy after the loan losses he had warned about

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “So I'm staying away from GoEasy still. I think there's a lot of work to do going forward.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 32:08

    Omelchak reiterates the negative view on goeasy he took on his previous appearance in March, days before what he and the host both call the GoEasy fiasco. His concern then was the loan portfolio; he says that concern has since materialised, with the company revealing losses on recreational-vehicle loans and the shares falling from about 100 to 50 after an earlier fall from 200. He takes no pleasure in it, calling it unfortunate for shareholders, but his position today is unchanged: he is cautious, he is staying away from the stock, and he thinks there is a lot of work still to do from here. The contrast he draws is with Propel Holdings, which got caught in the same sell-off and which he separates sharply from goeasy as a different business run differently.

    What they own
    Says he is staying away from the stock and holds no position; he had flagged the portfolio concern on air in March before the losses were disclosed.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Bullish5N Plus

    5N Plus: a major buying opportunity after a transitory maintenance shutdown

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I think it's a major buying opportunity for 5N Plus.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 14:02

    Omelchak describes 5N Plus as a Montreal-based global supplier of specialised metals for mission-critical uses: the materials that go into satellites and solar panels, where he says the main competition comes from China. He treats its sourcing arrangements as the moat, arguing they cannot be replicated elsewhere, which makes the company a requirement for any developed country that wants its own satellite capability, and reads the whole position as a sovereign-capability play. The share price pulled back over the summer for reasons he considers temporary: the business was running so hot that it overworked employees and overheated equipment, forcing a maintenance shutdown, and he believes those problems are transitory in nature and will be fixed in short order. On the demand side he points to defence budget commitments and European satellite programmes with billions of dollars flowing towards them, and expects 5N Plus to be a key solution provider to several NATO countries. He thinks it can become a billion-dollar revenue business, against roughly 550 million projected now and 250 million a couple of years ago, and adds that it has deliberately held back some sales to First Solar, which he expects to be released over the next six to twelve months.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Electrovaya could be a multiple-fold opportunity if the data-centre storage business lands

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: over the next several years · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So I believe that Electrovaya, if they succeed with their energy storage business, that can become a multiple fold opportunity over the next several years, as a matter of fact.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 20:41

    Omelchak has been invested in Electrovaya for about the past twelve months and frames it as a transformed company rather than the old lithium-ion story. He credits the CEO, the founder's son, who has a PhD in material science from Cambridge, with already remaking the business and finding new avenues: defence, robotics and above all data centres, where the company is working on short-duration high-energy backup power that can serve any large industrial operation. The new plant in Jamestown, New York, built with US tax credits, will triple revenue at a higher margin, and the Amazon agreement signed in the summer, under which Amazon took warrants convertible if the company reaches 180 million US dollars of revenue within a reasonable time frame, he reads as a validation from a customer that already uses the batteries and rates their safety and durability record. His case for the shares is explicitly conditional and long-dated: one data centre could absorb the entire Jamestown capacity, and if the energy storage business works he thinks they can open another one, two or three Jamestowns in the US and grow multiple fold from there. On the recent sales miss and the tightened 2026 forecast he says the market's expectations for this fiscal year may simply have been too high, that the company is already growing its top line at 30 per cent, and that the relevant years are fiscal 2027, 2028 and even 2029, by which point he has no doubt the Jamestown capacity will be filled. He warns the buyer has to be comfortable with the volatility of the stock and has to be willing to underwrite where the company will be two years out.

    Time frame
    over the next several years
    Only if
    If Electrovaya succeeds with its energy storage business, in particular the data-centre backup power product.
    What they own
    Says he has been investing in Electrovaya for about the past 12 months and that he is comfortable with the stock's volatility; no size given.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Propel: AI-native subprime lender re-accelerating originations with an expanding market

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “But I'm actually quite excited about Propel.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 32:08

    Omelchak separates Propel Holdings from goeasy, with which it was sold off in sympathy, and is positive on it now. His case rests on underwriting discipline and optionality. Propel is a global diversified fintech lending platform, mostly across US states with a presence in the UK and a small one in Canada, still subprime but built AI-native from day one, which he says gives it superb analytics and the ability to stop lending the moment credit deteriorates. It did exactly that: management told him they saw concerns in August 2025 and pulled back originations, and were punished by the market for not growing, which he treats as the right decision for the business and the kind of disconnect that creates a buying opportunity in an often irrational market. Originations are now growing again at about 25 per cent a year with no credit issues visible, and he argues the addressable market is expanding precisely because consumers are being squeezed and banks are getting more cautious about lending to them. On top of that, new US states, strong UK performance, and a lending-as-a-service business that keeps loans off the balance sheet for a fee with no credit risk, which grew 100 per cent year over year last quarter and which he expects to become a meaningful part of the business in the next twelve to eighteen months.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishEnerflex

    Enerflex is now one of his biggest bets on behind-the-meter gas power for data centres

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm super excited about Enerflex. We have been investors in the company for some time, and recently we increased it to making it really one of our biggest bets, frankly.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 51:20

    Enerflex is the pick Omelchak has put the most capital behind: he says his firm has been an investor for some time and recently increased it to one of their biggest positions. The argument is that the binding constraint on the North American data-centre build-out, where hundreds of billions are being spent whatever one thinks of the merits, is access to power, and that the answer increasingly has to be behind the meter rather than the local utility, because utilities pass the cost into local rates. Natural gas is the proven way to deliver stable power at a known price, and Enerflex, a global operator of natural gas energy infrastructure with about 4,500 employees, does exactly that. The order book moved very fast: a first 450 megawatt data-centre contract on 1 October for delivery in fiscal 2027 and 2028, which he believes has a few hundred megawatts of upside still to be announced, then a further award of more than a gigawatt from another data centre, taking committed data-centre backlog to 1.75 gigawatts against management's earlier target of 2 gigawatts of near-term opportunities, which he expects them to raise to 3 or beyond when they report. He calls it a complete game changer. He also pushes back on the idea that this is a crypto-style pivot: about two-thirds of the business is recurring maintenance and aftermarket work that generates good free cash flow, the core business outside data centres is growing nicely, and the reason they win gigawatt contracts is that they secured the equipment in advance when access to equipment has been the hard part for everyone else. He accepts the shares will be lumped in with the AI data-centre trade and move on whatever Anthropic or OpenAI says on the day.

    What they own
    Says his firm has been an investor in Enerflex for some time and recently increased it to "really one of our biggest bets".
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishMatr

    Matr is attractive on multiples and free cash flow now the leverage and tariff problems are behind it

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “In this case, if you look at the multiples at which it's trading and look at free cash flow generation, I think it's quite attractive, as a matter of fact.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 37:32

    Asked whether the boat has been missed on Matr, the former Shawcor, after the shares tripled, Omelchak says the past matters but the future matters more, and on the multiple it trades at and the free cash flow it generates he finds it quite attractive. The company makes materials that go into critical infrastructure across several business lines; it spent heavily expanding capacity, mostly in US plants, was hurt by tariffs and, in his view, took on too much leverage in the past, which is why the stock was hit so hard. He argues those concerns are now passed: growth has resumed, margins are expanding, some segments are growing more than 30 per cent, and roughly two and a half years of investment is finally paying off, leaving a business he thinks can now grow its top line in double digits with margin expansion on top. It benefits from infrastructure spending and from data-centre build-outs. His confidence is partly about the management team, which he trusts to have learned its lesson on leverage and to stay focused on execution, and he notes they are deleveraging quickly. He expects it to continue working.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Magellan Aerospace: off the radar, spare capacity, and cheap two years out

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: if you look two years out

    Show quote

    “I think that can go to 16%, even 17% adjusted EBITDA margin. So that is happening. At the same time, it's very cheap based on my numbers, if you look two years out.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 49:56

    Magellan Aerospace is the first of Omelchak's three new picks: a Canadian-listed aerospace and defence company with a 1.7 billion market cap, limited liquidity and a 75 per cent shareholder in Murray Edwards, which he says is exactly why a lot of funds will not look at it and it falls under the radar. On his research Edwards is a committed long-term holder with no plan to sell, and he is not aware of any plan to take the company private, though he says he cannot speak for him. The operating case is spare capacity plus a defence offset cycle: the Winnipeg plant makes submarine components and missile parts, and when Canada awards a large contract abroad, as it did this year with the submarine order to a German company, the winner has to place content inside Canada under a credit system, so he expects more large contracts from European and other NATO-based companies to land in Canada with Magellan a major beneficiary. The numbers he cites are a record level of requests for proposals, which he expects to convert into revenue, very high incremental margins, and a jump in adjusted EBITDA margin to 14 per cent last quarter from about 8.5 per cent a year earlier, which he thinks can reach 16 or even 17 per cent. On his own numbers the stock is very cheap if you look two years out. The shares have run over the past year but pulled back since August, which he treats as the opening.

    Time frame
    if you look two years out
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Build Canada is a generational opportunity and he is as excited as a year ago

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Some of the names which everybody talks about have been discovered by the marketplace, but there is so much happening. This is a generational opportunity, in my opinion.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 7:45

    Omelchak's whole portfolio is built on one theme he picked up about a year ago, which he calls Build Canada: after years of under-investing in mission-critical infrastructure, not taking advantage of the natural resources industry and not unleashing the country's energy potential, Canada has had a sea change in government commitment and procurement. He insists on separating the hype from the evidence and says his test is data: backlogs and management conversations. Bird Construction's backlog growing 40 per cent was the first signal, and he stresses it was broad-based rather than one contract, which he re-confirmed in meetings with other management teams; he says managers now tell him project approvals are moving faster than they have seen in their careers, one project one approval, and that they would not say so unless they were seeing it on the ground. The second leg is price: when he started, the theme was not in the share prices, so in his words it was all upside with almost no downside. A year on he says he is as excited as he was then. Some of the names everyone talks about have been discovered and he is correspondingly less keen on those because they have run up, but he thinks a number of companies have not been talked about at all yet. He is explicit that this is his theme selection method rather than a market call: he picks industries and situations that do not bet on overall market direction, and he wants the odds hugely in his favour rather than a 50-50. He does think the country has to move much faster and that there is much more to be done.

    What they own
    Runs LionGuard Capital; says his fund is built on the Build Canada theme, has no direct commodity and no direct AI exposure, and has outperformed the TSX and the Nasdaq this year.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    FTG's aerospace and defence backlog is booming and he thinks it is still accelerating

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “It's incredible what is happening with Ftg. The backlog is growing at massive percentages year over year. And what's interesting is that, I believe the business is not slowing down. Actually, I think it's probably accelerating even further from this point on.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 38:18

    Firan Technology Group is a Canadian aerospace and defence small cap that has been around for decades, and Omelchak says the business is now booming: the backlog is growing at massive percentages year over year, the company is winning more large contracts, including contracts of a size it has never seen before, and those are coming in at healthy margins. His forward claim is that this is not slowing down but probably accelerating from here, driven both by Canadian defence spending and by the wider aerospace cycle, where Boeing and Airbus replacement demand and backlogs have grown a lot and few companies in the world can build cockpit and wiring assemblies at scale, so FTG is taking more than its share on existing relationships. He notes the CEO is a sizeable shareholder after many years in the job. The risk he identifies is entirely execution, and on that he thinks they are covered: they invested ahead of time and have spare capacity in their plants. Pressed that he only knows the past, he says he can only read what the numbers tell him, and that the last quarterly report made the market look like it is accelerating.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Calian Group is highly mispriced with 60% of the backlog in Canadian defence

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm certainly getting more excited with my position in Calian Group. I think it's highly mispriced right now.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 41:22

    Calian Group was one of Omelchak's March picks and is the laggard of the three, down about 3 per cent, which he treats as the opportunity rather than the verdict. He says the backlog has increased a lot since March, reported results have been excellent and margins have expanded, so he sees no reason for the share price to have been flat for six months and is getting more excited about his position. More than 60 per cent of the backlog is Canadian defence, they are working with other NATO countries, and they have just announced a large UK contract to train British forces; he expects big contract announcements at any time. He has no good explanation for the lag beyond market inefficiency and investors anchoring on the company's historical multiples, which he argues have nothing to do with a business this different: the right lenses are EBITDA and free cash flow, and while the stock looks expensive on fiscal 2026 numbers, he thinks it should do exceptionally well from here if you look at 2027 and 2028. He also flags honestly that one large front-loaded contract flattered last quarter, but says results were very good even excluding it.

    What they own
    Holds it: refers to "my position in Calian Group" and says he is getting more excited about it. Picked it on this podcast on 3 March 2026.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Lumine is attractive on free cash flow after the halving, but he is not pounding the table

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The Lumine generates good free cash for you after the correction. It's quite attractive right now.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 27:35

    Omelchak holds a qualified positive view on Lumine Group, the Constellation Software spin-out focused on media and telecom software, whose shares have roughly halved over the past year on SaaSpocalypse fears. He is open that the position hurt him in fiscal 2025, but argues the business has got better rather than worse since: no slowdown, continued smart acquisitions, and capital deployed at what he calculates is at minimum a 25 per cent after-tax internal rate of return, which he calls a tremendous compounding machine. He adds that competition for the assets they buy has fallen away as private equity has run into its own problems, leaving them a natural strategic buyer with a record of lifting acquired companies' margins. On the AI question that is doing the damage to the multiple, his answer is specific to the end market: telecom is conservative, hard to integrate new AI-native vendors into, subject-matter and relationship driven, so the odds of disruption are quite low and certainly lower than for the average technology company, and in any case Lumine is not betting on subscriber growth, only on continuing to do work the telcos do not want to do, such as billing. Management is also using AI internally to lift margins and look for organic growth. He is careful to cap the conviction: asked whether he is pounding the table, he says he is not, and he does not know when the market will give them full credit, but given recent execution he is not throwing the table away on a company like Lumine either.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he held Lumine Group and got hurt quite a bit on the position in fiscal 2025; he does not state a current holding or size, and says he is not pounding the table on it now. The host also discloses on air that she owns the stock.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Still a Bird Construction shareholder after a 155% run, but trimmed on the multiple

    Andrey OmelchakIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I reduce my position. I'm still a shareholder in Bird. I really like what they do.”

    Episode: Canada Is Finally Waking Up. These Stocks Could Soar

    at 46:39

    Bird Construction is Omelchak's big winner from March, up about 155 per cent, and the name he used as evidence for the Build Canada theme in the first place: a 40 per cent backlog increase, broad-based rather than one contract, in a business that is essentially 100 per cent Canadian. He says it continues to surprise to the upside on backlog growth and on management's execution, margins have risen a lot over the last couple of quarters, management is guiding EBITDA margins to 8 per cent and he thinks there is a path to 9.5 and even 10 per cent over the next several years, with a large exclusive data-centre contract for Bell announced and, in his words, much more coming. What has changed is the price rather than the business: the stock has been discovered by investors who now see the infrastructure build-out as a generational opportunity, and the multiple is elevated by historical standards even looking three years out, so he expects it may be a sideways game for a while until it moves higher. On that basis he has reduced the position while remaining a shareholder, says he would love a pullback to buy more, and frames the trim as his job of reallocating capital to the best risk-adjusted opportunities rather than a loss of belief in the theme or the management team.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has reduced the position but is still a shareholder, and would buy more on a pullback. Picked it on this podcast on 3 March 2026.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    11 statements

    New pick IPCO: Blackrod could make it 'another MEG'

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: seven years or something like that

    Show quote

    “They are going to be another MEG. They will be about the size of MEG on a per-flowing barrel production basis.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 1:02:56

    Smead's first new pick is International Petroleum (IPCO on the TSX), bought early this year. He underwrote about a 15% annual return over three years as its 30,000 barrel Blackrod SAGD project comes online, valuing it on EV per flowing barrel against the MEG deal, and says it has done better because oil prices rose and Athabasca's takeout set a much higher SAGD comparable. His stated 'dream' scenario is that IPCO repeats Blackrod and adds more, reaching about 80,000 barrels there in roughly seven years plus its other assets, which would make it about the size of MEG, a kind of company he calls hard to find. He likes that the Lundin family owns a large stake, that the project is on time and on budget, and that the company bought back stock even ahead of a growth project. Caveat: the half-gas Suffield asset makes it not a true pure play.

    Time frame
    seven years or something like that
    What they own
    Started buying IPCO early this year.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishBarclays

    New pick Barclays: ~0.8x book, low-teens ROE and buybacks below book

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So if they can sustain their low teens returns or grow them, things like this don't end up trading below book, particularly when you're buying back stock.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 1:09:24

    Smead's second new pick is Barclays. He says investors worry about what rates will do to the business and about bank exposure to private credit and subprime auto lenders, but he sees a bank that trades around 0.8 times book while heading for low-teens returns on equity, possibly back to 15% if run more efficiently, and that has bought back roughly US$3.7bn of stock at or below book. Buying back below book grows book value per share faster than return on equity alone. If it sustains or grows low-teens returns, he argues it will not keep trading below book. He also notes it has a good credit card franchise and a historical strength in capital markets, and may play a part in European bank consolidation.

    Only if
    If Barclays can sustain or grow low-teens returns on equity.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Cenovus is his biggest holding: a cash generator the market underrates

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “As he says in Captain Phillips, we're the cash generators now. That's us. Those are those companies. That's Cenovus. That's Strathcona. And I think people underwhelm how good these businesses are operating, running.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 27:26

    Smead calls Cenovus one of the new 'cash generators' and says people underrate how well it is run. He argues the company is good at 'winning the peace': after its MEG deal it recovered tax losses within a year and grew Christina Lake production, and it is now paying a record multiple for Athabasca, which he reads as optimism that you would not show unless you thought pipeline capacity was coming. He values the SAGD assets on enterprise value per flowing barrel and notes these businesses offer around a 15% free cash flow yield, with returns delivered mainly through buybacks of minority holders, which he prefers to dividends for tax reasons. He also credits CEO John McKenzie as the industry's voice with a federal government that now wants to do business.

    What they own
    Says Cenovus is the biggest holding across all of his firm's books, US and non-US; the largest in the ex-US fund.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Capex cycles never reward investors; won't touch the hyperscalers

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Do I think all the risk taking is meaningful and going to reward people? No, I don't.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 57:59

    Smead does not think the AI build-out will reward the people taking the risk. His framework is that capex cycles are good for the economy but never reward investors (he cites energy in the 2010s, where $90 oil coincided with investor losses, and the telecom boom, where Nortel no longer exists), which is why he will not own the hyperscalers. He says the hyperscalers used to be the world's big cash generators and that is over for now. He argues so much money is going into data-center projects priced at Treasuries plus 200-300bp that it competes with mortgage funding, and that if the hyperscaler capex game ends there could be a nasty bear market in risk assets even while the US economy does well.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Avoids gas-weighted producers: worse economics than oil

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “What I think we learned is we don't really like the gas business.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 30:58

    Smead says he does not want to own gas businesses, having sold Whitecap, which he calls a gas play with liquids, after about 15 months. His reasons: the gas futures curve is in contango while oil is in backwardation, so oil required more faith and was priced lower; Montney and Duvernay assets fetch far less per flowing barrel than SAGD because they are less profitable; local gas prices (AECO, Waha) pay producers poorly, and gas cannot be trucked or railed, so the value lies in distribution, not in getting it out of the ground. He notes that since spring 2025 oil names have broadly beaten gas names, with exceptions such as Peyto.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still owns Canadian oil producers for high returns at low multiples

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Okay, we are there because we get really attractive returns on capital and we haven't been paying the appropriate multiples to buy those. And we just continue to watch these cash flow and reward us per share, etc.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 45:33

    Smead says he is in Canadian oil producers not out of loyalty to energy but because they earn attractive returns on capital at multiples that have not reflected them, and keep rewarding shareholders per share. His framework: capex cycles never reward investors (he avoided energy in the 2010s drilling boom), and once the capex cycle ends you go where capital is scarce and returns are high, which has been the oil business. He expects consolidation into about three large Canadian oil companies, and argues oil stocks are only about 3% of global indices and still under-owned by the buy side. He sees the current ~$25 WCS differential as a near-term blowout tied to Gulf Coast refining space and expects it to normalize toward the low teens. Caveat: he says he will change his mind when the facts change.

    What they own
    About a third of his portfolio is Canada, mostly Canadian E&Ps.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    European banks are a consolidation story with structurally higher returns

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I mean, this is not your grandparents' European banking anymore. It's a fundamentally different business with fundamentally different returns.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 11:51

    Smead holds a big stake in European banks and argues they are a fundamentally different business from the money-losing banks of the past. He sees UniCredit's Commerzbank deal as a pivotal moment that will be followed by a 'tsunami' of deals, and expects others (he names Santander and Credit Agricole, which he does not own) to act. His thesis is that a fragmented market lacking a full banking union is being consolidated by the free market, and scale brings higher returns, a cheaper cost of capital and easier access to capital, much like the SAGD roll-up in Canada. He says the roll-up is just starting and that European banks offer better returns than Canadian banks at similar or lower multiples. Concerns raised by the host (Brexit, energy prices, wars, rates) he says were all present over the past four years too.

    What they own
    Says his firm owns a big stake in European banks.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Strathcona: a SAGD cash generator the market underrates

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “As he says in Captain Phillips, we're the cash generators now. That's us. Those are those companies. That's Cenovus. That's Strathcona. And I think people underwhelm how good these businesses are operating, running.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 27:26

    Smead names Strathcona alongside Cenovus as one of the new cash generators and says people underrate how well these businesses are run. With Athabasca being bought at C$130,000-140,000 of enterprise value per flowing barrel, up about 70% in a year for SAGD assets, he points out that Strathcona is one of only two pure-play SAGD companies left and that it can grow barrels at C$30,000-35,000 per flowing barrel while being valued far higher. He also cites its rail terminal, which realizes about $6 better than the differentials and gets cash faster, so it is less exposed to the current wide WCS spread. He credits Adam Waterous as a thinker and capital allocator he follows.

    What they own
    Says his firm owns Strathcona and got involved in summer 2023.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Tamarack: easy money made, but holding a big position to compound

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I think the easy money has been made. Again, we like the returns of the business, okay.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 38:42

    Asked whether to buy Tamarack Valley at current prices, Smead says the easy money has been made but he still likes the returns on capital the business produces, which he calls fabulous. He holds a big position (about 6% of his ex-US portfolio) and plans to sit patiently and compound rather than trim. What could enhance returns: scaling more in the Clearwater, and Spur coming together with it at some point. He notes it trades at a high EV per flowing barrel because it is growing production, which will bring that number down, and he credits management's 2025 plan to buy back about 10% of the stock a year as a sign of good capital allocation.

    What they own
    About 6% of his ex-US portfolio; first bought in spring 2025.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    West Fraser: best capital allocator in lumber, bought while nobody is optimistic

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “They're the best capital locators. If you look at the history of this stock, it's been the best compounder in the space.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 53:41

    Smead is sticking with West Fraser Timber despite it falling about 8% since he picked it. He calls management the best capital allocators in lumber and the stock the best compounder in the space, with rational buybacks and a small dividend over the roughly ten years he has owned it. He concedes housing is weak and rates have moved the wrong way, but says everyone knows that; he argues housing demand tracks marriages and family formation rather than the 10-year yield, that data-center borrowing is crowding out mortgage funding, and that a bear market if the hyperscaler capex game ends could pull yields and mortgage rates down. He notes Berkshire is buying Lennar as a counter-cyclical investor and says he added to West Fraser in the last couple of quarters because nobody is optimistic.

    What they own
    Has owned the stock about ten years and added to it in the last couple of quarters.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    New pick Auto Trader: 50%+ returns on capital at ~12x free cash flow

    Cole SmeadIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “For a business that produced over 50% returns on capital, I don't mind paying that multiple at all.”

    Episode: He Got Canadian Energy Right. Here's What He's Saying Now

    at 1:14:41

    Smead's third new pick is Auto Trader (AUTO in London), a former darling that sold off about 40% with asset-light software-like stocks on AI fears. He says it earns about $400m of profit on roughly $750m of capital, over 50% returns on capital, and trades at about 12 times free cash flow, which he is happy to pay. He lists the worries: the economic environment, the fear that AI could replicate the business, and an idiosyncratic misstep where a new product that matched buyers to cars irritated its dealer customers. His argument is that the price compensates for those risks given the returns. He got involved within the last year.

    What they own
    Says his firm got involved in the last year.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Big Short” Investor Steve Eisman Isn’t Calling a Crash—But He Sees One Big Risk

    3 statements
    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Eisman likes Nvidia as long as the AI story holds

    Steve EismanIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “I mean, look, I like Nvidia, as long as the AI story remains.”

    Episode: Big Short” Investor Steve Eisman Isn’t Calling a Crash—But He Sees One Big Risk

    at 30:58

    Asked for his high-conviction ideas, Eisman names Nvidia first, and he says on air that he owns it. The view is tied explicitly to the AI narrative continuing. Earlier in the conversation he sets out what worries him: 70% of Nvidia's receivables come from five customers, those customers depend heavily on OpenAI and Anthropic, token-maxing has ended, open-weight models are taking share and there are no moats among the model makers. If OpenAI or Anthropic got into trouble, he says, the whole chain would unwind. He says he cannot handicap that risk and is watching, but that shorting the trade loses a lot of money because the narrative is so powerful.

    Only if
    as long as the AI story remains
    What they own
    Says he owns Nvidia ("I own Nvidia, for example").
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Eisman owns a small position in Meritage Homes as a cheap bet on lower rates

    Steve EismanIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So if rates were to go down, I think that stock would just be like a coiled spring, but rates have to go down. If they don't go down, the stock's not going up.”

    Episode: Big Short” Investor Steve Eisman Isn’t Calling a Crash—But He Sees One Big Risk

    at 21:21

    Eisman says homebuilder stocks are cheap and he owns one, Meritage Homes (MTH), which he recommended in January. The stock has fallen because of higher rates and he puts it at roughly 80% of tangible book value. His view is explicitly conditional: if rates fall the stock would rebound sharply, but if rates do not fall it will not go up. He describes the position as small.

    Only if
    only if interest rates go down
    What they own
    Says he owns MTH, recommended it in January, and that the position is small.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishEli Lilly

    Eisman likes Eli Lilly: it has won the diet-drug wars

    Steve EismanIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I like Eli Lilly, because I think that they've won the diet drug wars, and there's no evidence that that's going to change anytime soon.”

    Episode: Big Short” Investor Steve Eisman Isn’t Calling a Crash—But He Sees One Big Risk

    at 30:58

    One of his high-conviction ideas. Eisman's argument is that Eli Lilly has won the competition in weight-loss drugs and that nothing he sees suggests that position will change soon. He gives no price target or horizon beyond 'anytime soon'.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    15 statements

    Vinokur: Talen is an AI-adjacent power play with a huge margin of safety

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: two years out, three years out

    Show quote

    “Now, for a company that's trading at, let's say, a seven and a half multiple to that trajectory, we think that's reasonably cheap. And we think that at this valuation, you have a huge margin of safety, and they're not done growing.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 59:06

    Vinokur sees Talen as an AI-adjacent bet on escalating US power demand from data centres, after two decades of roughly 1-1.5% demand growth. He rates management highly for assembling and recapitalising assets, adding acquisitions and cutting costs, and cites the company's projection of $40-plus of free cash flow per share by 2028; at about 7.5 times that, he calls the stock reasonably cheap with a huge margin of safety. He acknowledges political and regulatory worries over power prices and rate sensitivity explain the discount, but notes most power is hedged through 2026-27, and looks for a big gain over two to three years if the company's numbers hold.

    Time frame
    two years out, three years out
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Vinokur: Blackstone, KKR and Brookfield are not at their lows yet

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, that depends if you think they're on the low just yet. Do you? We don't.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 22:34

    Asked whether to buy Blackstone, KKR and Brookfield after their fall, Vinokur says he does not think they are at the low. He calls them wonderfully managed but says valuation rules: credit funds have stopped redemptions, private-equity exits are harder with IPO and M&A pipelines slowing, and if bond yields keep backing up M&A could have a tantrum and asset-gathering could slow. On his own numbers KKR might earn about $7 a share by the end of the decade, worth roughly $100 at 15-16 times, and even an optimistic 2035 path implies only 7-8% annual returns from today's price, below the 10-12% he wants, so he needs a bigger discount.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Vinokur would love to buy back Toll Brothers, the luxury homebuilder

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I would love to buy Toll Brothers again, because I think management there is fabulous.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 35:18

    Asked about homebuilders, Vinokur says he likes Toll Brothers. He bought it in spring and sold after 60-70 days for close to a 20% gain when rising 30-year mortgage rates threatened earnings revisions, and would love to buy it again because he rates management highly. As a luxury builder it serves the upper part of a K-shaped economy, whose buyers he thinks are less sensitive to mortgage rates, which may make it more resilient.

    What they own
    Owned Toll Brothers for about 60-70 days this spring and sold for close to a 20% gain; does not own it now.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Vinokur expects a washout, 'oh my god' moment in US stocks within two to four weeks

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: next two to four weeks

    Show quote

    “And so, I would say that in the next two to four weeks, I think you're going to have some kind of a...”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 9:20

    Vinokur sees a very narrow market in which a handful of mega-caps carry the S&P 500 while the average stock has had a horrific time, and he warns that when markets get this narrow accidents tend to happen. Reading advance-decline lines, mid- and small-cap behaviour against large caps and sector flows, he expects some kind of washout or panic moment within the next two to four weeks, which he would then treat as an opportunity to deploy cash from a long list of names he wants to buy lower.

    Time frame
    next two to four weeks
    What they own
    Has raised cash in his firm's growth model portfolios to roughly 28-30%, up from 7-8% in April or May.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Vinokur owns no Canadian banks: 10x levered, 2.5-2.8% yields, relying on multiple expansion

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “So really, what are you relying on? You're relying on multiple expansion at this point because the GDP in Canada is lackluster at best”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 20:14

    Vinokur owns none of the Canadian banks and calls them very expensive. Granting that they are diversified, he stresses they are 10-11 times levered, so a value investor should want a 5-6% dividend yield to be paid for that risk, whereas yields were around 2.5-2.8% before the latest pullback. With Canadian GDP lacklustre and limited room for further ROE or net-interest-margin expansion, he argues owners are now relying on multiple expansion. He prefers life insurers for financial-services exposure with less credit risk.

    What they own
    Owns none of the Canadian banks; prefers exposure to life insurers.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Inflation stays higher for longer, with deficit spending and the sovereign debt pile behind it

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And the reason is, is because we are in a higher, for longer, I think inflationary environment. And given the fact that you've got massive deficit spending in the US and a massive debt pile, we're talking sovereign debt, not corporate, the average corporate's actually in not bad shape, but everything keys off of the sovereign, at least for now.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 10:45

    Asked whether the 10-year will test 5% and fall back as it has before, he gives higher-for-longer inflation as his reason for thinking it will not. His case is fiscal rather than cyclical: massive US deficit spending and a massive sovereign debt pile, with the explicit distinction that this is sovereign and not corporate debt, the average corporate being in not bad shape, but everything keying off the sovereign for now. He hedges the call itself ('I think'), and the consequence he draws is a rebuilt term premium in bonds rather than a forecast for any inflation print.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Vinokur sold Alphabet and won't buy back: no margin of safety amid the AI spending race

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “However, do you have a margin of safety at the current price? Not in our opinion.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 46:12

    Vinokur bought Alphabet around $158-160 when it was cheap and sold near $285-290. He is not getting back in: Alphabet no longer throws off the free cash flow that funded buybacks because of its AI spending, and he has no good sense of the return on that capital in a race with Meta, Amazon and Microsoft where spending seems to matter more than returns. He compares it to past manias (telecom and fibre in the late 1990s, marijuana) that did not end well, while granting that the balance sheet is not impaired; at the current price he sees no margin of safety.

    What they own
    Sold Alphabet at roughly $285-290 after buying around $158-160; does not own it now.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Sees the 10-year dip to or below 5% and then go back up, with 5.5-6% the top end

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “My intuition tells me that we may go back down to 5 percent, maybe even breach below 5 percent, and then go right back up again.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 10:45

    He opens by saying he has no crystal ball, then gives his read: the 10-year may go back down to 5% or briefly below it and then rise again, because the backdrop is higher-for-longer inflation with massive US deficit spending and a large sovereign debt pile behind it. He is explicit that the problem is sovereign rather than corporate, and that the average corporate balance sheet is in not bad shape, but that everything keys off the sovereign for now. With a term premium now embedded in the 10-year he puts the top end at 5.5-6% and expects violent moves in both directions until the market finds equilibrium. He frames the institutional logic as the reason the old range is gone: nobody wants to own ten-year paper at 3-3.5% when that is the rate of inflation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Vinokur still owns Lincoln National: under book, under 5x earnings, 4.5% yield

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: next couple of years

    Show quote

    “So, we think this is a business that could grow its earnings to $10 a share in the next couple of years.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 48:03

    Vinokur still owns Lincoln National, a life insurer in retirement, life, disability and annuities. He notes it trades under book value and at less than five times forward earnings, with a dividend yield around 4.5%, and thinks it could grow earnings to $10 a share in the next couple of years. He sold it in 2021 over rate-shock and credit worries common to life cos, but says a large capital infusion bought at a premium (he believes from Bain) and a new CEO's cost work have left it very well capitalised and insulated.

    Time frame
    next couple of years
    What they own
    Still owns Lincoln National; has owned it several times and sold it in 2021.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Vinokur sold Bank of America near the high and is looking to buy it back

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “And now we're looking to buy it back. So Brian Moynihan is a great manager. So nothing wrong with the business.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 16:47

    Vinokur sold Bank of America at about $63-64, close to the high, because it looked fairly valued and he worried about net interest margin and Q2's dependence on investment-banking fees as IPOs were deferred. After the pullback he is looking to buy it back: he sees nothing wrong with the business, rates Brian Moynihan as a great manager, prefers banking to the more cyclical investment-banking business, and values its large deposit base if liquidity drains from the system.

    What they own
    Sold Bank of America at about $63-64; looking to buy it back.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishFICO

    Vinokur on FICO after a 75% fall: still a falling knife

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “But I think right now you're catching a falling knife.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 41:42

    Vinokur never owned Fair Isaac, partly because monopolies tend to get broken up and because at a $2,000 share price and around 40 times earnings there was no margin of safety. After the housing regulator's challenge to its credit-score monopoly and a roughly 75% fall, he may now look at whether the company can repair relationships and offers enough margin of safety, but with no clarity on where regulation lands he thinks buying now is catching a falling knife and he will not step in immediately.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    The hyperscaler spending race ends badly and the winners are not knowable in advance

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And we've seen this movie before. It happened in the marijuana craze. It happened in the telco craze and the fiber optics craze in the late 90s. It never ends well. And you don't know who the winners are going to be.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 46:12

    He describes Meta, Amazon, Alphabet and Microsoft as in a race to the finish where the amount spent seems not to matter - they just have to spend - and says he has no good sense of the return on investment on that capital. He puts it in a line of spending manias he has watched: the marijuana craze, the telco craze and the fibre-optic build of the late 1990s, which never ended well and in which the winners were not knowable in advance. The one difference he allows is the balance sheets, which unlike the 1990s are still great, with no impairment he can see at a company like Google. The conclusion he draws for his own portfolio is to own the leaders with real visibility to earnings and a margin of safety rather than anything on the periphery or the cusp of the trade, because when the music stops the companies with a business plan but no real business are where investors get hurt.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Vinokur: Uber's network effect, buybacks and innovation make it a pick

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “We don't see that going away anytime soon, and we see Uber being able to innovate and bring new products, new services to the buy.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 57:59

    Vinokur thinks Uber's roughly 30% fall from its 2025 peak reflects market sentiment and its consumer orientation and smaller size rather than the business. He calls it a network-effect colossus operating in 80-90 countries with rides, Eats and acquisitions, praises CEO Dara Khosrowshahi and the decision to partner with autonomous-vehicle developers rather than build its own, and points to revenue growth, free cash flow and a board accelerating buybacks with about $16 billion still authorised. A core of loyal users makes it a toll booth he does not see going away, with room to keep launching new services.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Vinokur picks Amazon over Alphabet as the more diversified business

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “And so I'm saying, well, if I want to own a business and I have to pick one right now, I'm picking Amazon versus alphabet, but it doesn't mean I can't change my mind.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 52:29

    One of Vinokur's top picks. He sees Amazon as the default place people go to buy things, with Prime and the network effect of hundreds of millions of users feeding ancillary businesses (Prime Video, music, advertising) and AWS as the 'big nugget'. He argues Amazon is a more diversified business than Alphabet if AI and cloud spending stopped and free cash flow fell to the bottom line, so it deserves a slightly higher multiple; on that valuation call he picks Amazon over Alphabet, while leaving room to change his mind.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishMcDonald's

    Vinokur is starting to look at McDonald's but won't own it at this valuation yet

    Mike VinokurIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “So I think so far the conclusion is we don't want to own this business at this valuation yet.”

    Episode: The S&P 500 Is Hiding a Much Uglier Market

    at 28:38

    Vinokur is starting to look at McDonald's but is not there yet. He thinks its core customer sits in the lower part of a K-shaped economy and is struggling while inflation in diesel, food and wages pushes up costs; price increases lift revenue but may not reach the bottom line if volumes cannot grow. On risk-reward and margin of safety he does not want to own it at the current valuation, which he stresses is about valuation, not the brand.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    6 statements

    Chartwell is the same seniors-housing tailwind as the US names, at a discount instead of a premium

    Jeff OlinIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “I mean, and so you can buy Chartwell, and not just Chartwell, but Chartwell as our top pick, with similar growth prospects at a discount to net asset value.”

    Episode: Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    at 56:05

    Olin's top pick, and the argument is supply and demand plus a valuation gap. On demand, the leading edge of the baby boom turned 75 in 2021, which he reads as twenty years of tailwind at about 4% annual growth in the relevant population; on supply, new construction has been de minimis because the economics do not work, and he says supply may actually have fallen as dilapidated buildings were demolished. He is careful that this is the market-rate seniors-housing segment, not rent-regulated nursing homes. Operationally he points to low leverage, a management team that has met its targets, and occupancy back to 95% -- which he does not think is the ceiling, because some of the company's retirement communities run close to 100%, so he expects cash flow to increase. The valuation leg is the contrast with the US: he says the fundamentals are similar on both sides of the border and Canada actually has a higher proportion of over-80s than the US, yet US seniors-housing REITs trade at large premiums to net asset value (he cites Welltower, over $100bn of market cap, at a 120% premium to NAV, which he says is 'against our religion'), while Chartwell is available at a discount to NAV with comparable growth prospects. He also notes it is not exposed to tariffs.

    What they own
    Calls it 'our top pick' and his top Pro Pick on the show; it was also one of his picks a year earlier, which he says is up about 7% since.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Grocery-anchored strip retail: no new supply, 15-25% renewal rent increases, and the M&A bid is in the US

    Jeff OlinIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “We have a much more favorable view on gross reanchored necessity based retail.”

    Episode: Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    at 12:59

    Olin separates retail property into regional malls, B+/A- malls, grocery-anchored centres, power centres and strip centres, and says the demand and supply drivers hit each one differently. His preference is grocery-anchored, necessity-based centres -- anchored by a Safeway, Publix or Kroger with limited or no fashion exposure, and ancillary tenants doing things that cannot move online: 'you can't get your hair cut online.' The supply side is the core of it: virtually no new supply, because the construction economics do not work, and on renewals he is seeing 15% to 25% rent increases. He argues the format is defensive against both tariffs and recession, and that the e-commerce fear was wrong twice over -- people still shop in grocery stores, and the centres have themselves become e-commerce depots. He frames First Capital, taken out by a Kingsett/Choice consortium at a 22% premium to where he picked it, as the poster child, and says that with grocery-anchored stocks having come off this year he now sees more M&A opportunity in the United States than in Canada, where he names only Plaza. His sector pick on fundamentals rather than M&A is Invent Trust, Sunbelt grocery-anchored centres he calls high quality, well managed and cheap.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishBsr

    Sunbelt apartments through Bsr, at a 23% discount, for a 2027 rent-growth recovery

    Jeff OlinIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: 2027; a medium-term view · Not sure

    Show quote

    “For those with a median term view, I think Bsr is a good choice.”

    Episode: Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    at 28:52

    Olin frames Bsr as a well-managed Sunbelt US apartment portfolio much like the Lantower assets, high quality, with strong management and a well-covered distribution yield, which he says trades at a 23% discount; he calls the team good capital allocators and shrewd operators, and says Vision has toured a lot of the real estate. The diagnosis is that the US apartment problem is supply, not demand -- unlike Canada, where he says the problem is demand -- with employment growth in the Sunbelt markets keeping demand strong while too much new supply forced developers into concessions that pressured the whole market. He believes supply has peaked, so if that new product gets rented up the US apartment picture looks much better in 2027 and rent growth returns to much more positive territory. Hence the horizon caveat he attaches himself: this is a medium-term call, not a this-quarter one.

    Time frame
    2027; a medium-term view
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCsquare

    The boring colocation data-centre IPO at $16 against a $25 NAV

    Jeff OlinIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: a year from now

    Show quote

    “So this in our view is a screaming value as a conservative data centre play well sponsored with Brookfield management. And I think you can, you look at this a year from now, you can pound the table on this name today.”

    Episode: Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    at 1:01:48

    Olin likes this one precisely because it is not an AI story. The company is in colocation and interconnection -- where internet traffic and e-commerce transactions are switched -- rather than, as he puts it, the big sexy North Dakota inference and training modules. His claim is that even if AI turns out to be worth nothing, the traditional cloud and telecom hotel colocation business still delivers 40% demand growth, and that the company has roughly ten years of growth available by intensifying use of its existing data centres where it already has additional power, so the growth does not depend on greenfield development. On price: a summer 2026 IPO that was marketed at $24-$27 and priced at $21, trading at $16, against his NAV of $25, with Brookfield as sponsor and still a large owner. He attributes the weak aftermarket to leverage worries and to the company not yet having reported a quarter, and argues investors are not being forward-looking enough -- the debt-to-EBITDA multiple a year out looks dramatically different from today's. Note the company name here is as the transcript renders it; the first quarterly report was expected in November.

    Time frame
    a year from now
    What they own
    Confirms it is one of his data-centre positions ('It's one of them, certainly') when the host introduces it as his data-centre play.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishBrookdale

    Brookdale is an operator turnaround worth $19 against a stock near $11

    Jeff OlinIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Brookdale is an occupancy growth story. We believe they're going to meet their targets of increasing occupancy this year. And this stock, in our view, is worth $19 a share.”

    Episode: Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    at 57:12

    Olin's case rests on the operator rather than the real estate. Brookdale is a corporation, not a REIT, and the largest operator of US retirement communities; his point from his own years as a pioneer in the Canadian business is that seniors housing is an operating business more like hotels, where the best real estate deal still loses money under a poor operator. The change he is underwriting is management: a CEO one year into the job who came from Sunrise and from hospitality operations before that, with BCG earlier, whom he met in New York the week before and describes as hands-on and as having completely shifted the culture. From there it is an occupancy story he expects to hit its targets, with the balance sheet risk receding -- he says leverage is down about 30% by the end of this year and the company is not reliant on capital markets. On the apparent revenue decline he notes the new management is exiting a leased portfolio that was not making money, which cuts revenue but also expenses, so cash flow improves. Against a stock around $11 he puts fair value at $19 a share. He frames it against the US seniors-housing REITs trading at premiums to NAV, so this is the cheap way into the same demographic tailwind.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Industrial property inflected two months ago: rent growth positive again, supply rolling off

    Jeff OlinIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “We have seen a dramatic inflection in industrial in North America in the last two months.”

    Episode: Is Real Estate Dead Money? This Investor Says Absolutely Not

    at 48:56

    Olin says North American industrial real estate turned in the two months before the interview, and that he has acted on it. The sequence he describes: prolific rent growth during and after the pandemic, when he carried large industrial weights; rent growth then softening; and now rent growth inflecting positive again with net absorption and demand rising sharply while new supply comes down. On that he says Vision has come back into industrial in a big way. Within the sector he prefers small and mid-bay space over the large modern logistics boxes, because all the new supply has gone into the 750,000-to-million square foot state-of-the-art product while infill low-clear-height space is the last mile for e-commerce, cannot be replicated, and has been getting the highest rent growth. His vehicle of choice is Dream Industrial, which he has held throughout, taking some profits around $14-$14.25 and buying back below $13: cheap, a well-covered dividend, Canadian real estate driven by local consumer demand rather than tariff-exposed trade, and about 40% of the portfolio in the Netherlands and Germany where markets are doing well. Asked to choose between Dream Industrial and Granite he prefers Dream, citing Granite's Austrian automotive concentration and a large Pennsylvania lease he believes Samsung is leaving.

    What they own
    Says Vision has 'come back into industrial in a pretty big way'; has held Dream Industrial throughout, took profits around $14-$14.25 and bought back below $13.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    8 statements

    Tourmaline has never been more vulnerable to a bid

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: more than the next 12-18 months

    Show quote

    “I think they've never been this vulnerable right now, to a bit.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 48:27

    Tourmaline is one of Szybunka's picks again despite a 4% total return since his last appearance, and he frames the underperformance as a natural gas subsector problem rather than a company problem. Since the end of 2014 production has grown from about 100,000 barrels a day to 650,000 while the market capitalisation has only gone from $12bn to $24bn, which is why he says the company has never been this exposed to a takeover bid. What he is buying is the resource: Tourmaline is signing 20-year take-or-pay agreements to move gas and propane to Asia, so he argues the economics should be judged on delivered global prices rather than on AECO, which the market assumes stays near zero forever. He says a bid is not needed for the story to work: with the forward strip in the hole you rarely get bottom-of-cycle multiples on a bottom-of-cycle commodity, these companies generate nearly the same cumulative five-year free cash flow as the oils relative to enterprise value, and he expects the gas curve to surprise to the upside on power-driven demand. He is adding while others get negative and frames it as a favourable downside-to-upside skew.

    Time frame
    more than the next 12-18 months
    What they own
    Says they are pushing chips in while everyone is getting negative, and brought the name as one of his picks.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Large North American gas producers are mispriced against a global gas crisis

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: multi-year, with inflections into 2028-2029 and 2030

    Show quote

    “So we are putting chips in big boy natural gas resource, that's where the super majors are going to go, that's where the big contracts are, that's where governments are going to come in to investment grade to sign 20 year contracts.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 27:50

    Szybunka's main against-the-grain position is in the large owners of North American natural gas resource, which he argues are mispriced relative to what is happening globally. Global gas is around $25 while North American gas is $1 to $3, European inventories are short going into winter and Asia is tight. Behind that he sees a multi-year power theme he cannot see being supplied, a large part of which is gas, with US export capacity ramping from about 10 Bcf/d toward 30 to 35, and roughly 10 Bcf/d of new in-basin Canadian demand by 2030 that is not in forecasts. He wants the big producers specifically, not small intermediates in Alberta selling into AECO: the companies that own 15 to 75 years of inventory are the ones signing 20- and 30-year investment-grade LNG deals with Asia and power contracts with utilities, Meta and NVIDIA, and contracted revenue makes earnings less cyclical, which he expects to expand multiples. The subsector has been the worst place to be this year, with the largest names flat to down 20%, which is why he is adding; he says the call is not that gas prices go bananas but that the resource is mispriced, with several ways to win including more M&A.

    Time frame
    multi-year, with inflections into 2028-2029 and 2030
    What they own
    Says they are putting chips into big natural gas resource and own both Canadian and a lot of US resource on that theme.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still positive on Canada as policy, pipelines and capital all turn

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “we've been very positive Canada. We've been 90-plus percent Canada the last handful of years while it's been unpopular to do so. We're still positive Canada.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 13:05

    Szybunka has run his funds more than 90% Canadian for years while that was an unpopular stance, and says he is still positive on Canada even though the weighting has come down. His argument is rate of change: after 10 to 15 years of the rate of change going against Canadian energy, policy has turned from headwind to tailwind, pipeline egress is opening, and tax and royalty rates are down. Capital is arriving, with major players taking stakes in West Coast LNG projects and a reported approach from Abu Dhabi's XRG for a stake in LNG Canada. He points out Canadian energy equities have already outperformed the US for four or five years even while investors stayed negative on Canada, and that more people at the party is not itself a reason to turn negative. The balance sheet backdrop supports it: sector cash flow is up 77% year to date and debt has fallen from $80bn at the start of 2020 to $40bn, which he expects to drive consolidation. He is more selective than before, favouring intermediates and lagging subsectors over the large caps that have already run.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says his funds have been 90-plus percent Canadian for the last handful of years and remain positive on Canada.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Energy is six years into a 15-year cycle and the flow of funds has not arrived

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: six years into a 15-year cycle

    Show quote

    “Now, we still like the setup for the sector. We're only 3.8 percent like we haven't had our full funds trade.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 23:00

    Szybunka says energy is six years into a 15-year cycle and has only just moved out of the disbelief stage into the start of the optimism wave, so the move so far is not the move. Two structural themes that were absent a year ago now sit underneath it: what he calls the biggest energy shock since World War II, whose geopolitical risk he expects to persist for quarters and years rather than fade when the Strait of Hormuz normalises, and energy demand tied to AI and technology, where energy is the bottleneck. Positioning is the reason he thinks it can keep re-rating: energy is still only 3.8% of the S&P 500, up from just over 3% when he was last on, so the flow of funds has not happened yet. He also notes capital arriving in the sector itself, from super-majors pivoting back to hydrocarbons to national oil companies taking stakes in LNG. Within the sector he is no longer bullish on everything, trimming what has run and moving to lagging subsectors, but the sector-level call is that the multi-year run is still early.

    Time frame
    six years into a 15-year cycle
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Still holding Abaxx: the exchange is worth more than the P&L shows

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: multi-year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But I think the multi-year thought process around something like this being very valuable, given what's going on on energy security and physical inability for ships to move on water and stuff, I think that they're on the right track as it relates to what they're building.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 41:19

    Canoe still owns Abaxx after a round trip from the $5.75 at which it took its stake to about $60 earlier this year and back to roughly $16, through a capital raise and a short report alleging inflated trading. Szybunka's defence is that the attack is aimed at the here and now, that the company is not profitable and is paying incentives to get commercials and banks trading on its exchanges, while standing up an exchange is inherently a multi-year process: it took five years to establish the physical exchange in Singapore, and liquidity does not appear because a contract launches. He concedes both sides may be right on the profitability argument and that the real problem is the disconnect between a multi-year plan and day-to-day capital markets. What he thinks is being missed is asset value: compressed to roughly $800m of market capitalisation from almost $2bn, the question becomes what a working physical commodity exchange is worth to a country or partner that would otherwise have to build one, which he ties to energy security and ships being unable to move. He offers no per-share valuation and says there are partnerships to be had.

    Time frame
    multi-year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says Canoe still owns the stock, took its big stake at $5.75 a share, and is the largest institutional shareholder; the weight has been trimmed as the stock rose.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishSchlumberger SLB

    SLB sits in front of a global spending cycle the market is not pricing

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: 12, 18, 24 months

    Show quote

    “So Slumber Day's earnings were up here 24 months ago. Now they're down here. Yes, they're getting affected by straight to Hormuz. But you can just see how we're inflecting back up the other way. And you want to be in front of that rate of change.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 58:51

    SLB is Szybunka's way of owning the start of a capital spending cycle that he says is mostly outside North America. He points to the UAE leaving OPEC and committing $150bn over three and a half years to lift production from three and a half million barrels a day toward five or six, Iraq talking about going from four million to eight, nine or ten over five to seven years, plus spending in Venezuela and Argentina's shale build-out. SLB's earnings are well below where they were 24 months ago and the stock has not moved, which he attributes to the market focusing on today's Middle East cash flows, but he wants to be positioned 12 to 24 months ahead of the inflection. He also argues the market is missing a contracted AI data-centre business inside SLB, and that contracted revenue deserves a higher multiple, so there are ways to win that do not depend on the rig count, though he expects the rig count to come his way too.

    Time frame
    12, 18, 24 months
    What they own
    Brought SLB as one of his three picks on the show.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No investment cycle in service land, so spending tightens it fast

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “And so I think all of that in a mixer is going to be a tailwind for service from this juncture.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 1:00:40

    Through the first half of this cycle the economic rent went to the producer: with a weak oil price before the Strait of Hormuz disruption, service companies handed their pricing over, and the US rig count fell a long way over 24 to 36 months while production did not, on efficiency gains. Szybunka thinks that reverses from here. There has been no investment cycle in service land, so when everyone puts the spending pedal down at the same time the market tightens quickly. He also expects consolidation among the service companies themselves, because the spreads are widening and cash is building while their producer customers keep getting larger, and the service companies need to do something to win back economic rent. He frames the whole subsector as one where the relative performance has not even started, citing SLB against the S&P 500, and says this is where an energy manager moves after starting the cycle in large caps.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Athabasca's 50-70 years of resource is mispriced on a one-year multiple

    David SzybunkaIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: the next five to ten years

    Show quote

    “But that longevity of the resource is really mispriced. The market and analysts are focused on, well, this trades at seven times and the peer group trades at six.”

    Episode: The Energy Trade Isn’t Over, It’s Changing: What to Buy Now

    at 55:06

    Athabasca is the biggest name on the oil side of Szybunka's funds and has been held for multiple years. The stock has drifted from $12 to about $10 since the start of April while peers such as Whitecap ran 25%, and he thinks the reason is that analysts judge it on a one-year multiple, seven times against a peer group at six, when the asset base carries 50 to 70 years of resource against 10 to 20 for others. His organising idea is resource scarcity: whoever already owns the resource is in a good position, and whoever has to go and buy it now faces a cashed-up, competitive market where land sales are contested, so that longevity should close the valuation gap over time even though he cannot say how. He notes Athabasca owns some of the best plays in Western Canada and questions why it is buying back its own shares rather than being acquisitive, and he expects sector M&A to pick up as valuations diverge, cash builds and debt falls. A takeout is not his reason for owning it; he says he would own the assets for the next five to ten years.

    Time frame
    the next five to ten years
    What they own
    Says Athabasca is the biggest name on the oil side in his funds today and has been a position for multiple years.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    11 statements

    GM at six or seven times earnings, with a software business that could double profits by 2030

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: by 2030

    Show quote

    “And even now, it's trading at six or seven times earnings. So we think that there's a huge opportunity with GM and we're sticking with it.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 33:08

    Asked to choose between the US automakers, Reid picks GM without question. The operating case is that GM has become the better operator: gross operating margin around 14 to 15 percent against Ford's roughly 10 percent, a three-year stock chart up around 150 percent against Ford's 5 percent, and in Mary Barra a leader he thinks has made the right moves and is willing to reverse when wrong -- he cites backing away from EVs, where he thinks they got the timing rather than the direction wrong. The part he thinks is underappreciated is that GM is turning into a software company: management guides OnStar and personal autonomy to about 30 billion dollars of revenue by 2030, which is unremarkable against total revenue but carries a 70 percent margin, so on his arithmetic the services business alone could double GM's profitability by 2030. With the stock at six or seven times earnings he calls it a huge opportunity and says they are sticking with it.

    Time frame
    by 2030
    What they own
    Says they own GM and are sticking with it.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCitigroup C

    Citi has run hard and still only trades at 1.1x book with half the returns of its peers

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Even though they're trading now at much higher levels, they still trade just north of book value. I think about 1.1 or 1.15 of book value. They were under book value for a long period of time. They've got a ways to go.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 28:11

    Reid calls Citi a fantastic turnaround and argues there is still room ahead even after the run. They bought it at the point when management recognised the problems and was ready to act: Jane Fraser came in saying she would simplify the business, get back to basic banking and exit the geographies that had been perennial problems, and in his view she has done all of it, she is a straightforward and good leader, and it is showing in the results. The valuation case is that the stock still trades just north of book value at about 1.1 to 1.15 times after years below book. The operating case is that return on tangible common equity is still only around 13 percent, roughly half what Morgan Stanley or Goldman earn in the mid-twenties, so the gap itself is the upside. He is clear they still have work to do, but calls it a good franchise that is getting better.

    What they own
    Says they bought Citi when Jane Fraser took over and still hold it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Qualcomm's unloved handset franchise has bought its way into the AI trade

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “And they've been very busy. They did a deal very recently in the last few weeks with Amazon, and if you look at the stock, you're starting to see Embers there. It's starting to do well.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 20:44

    Reid frames Qualcomm as a position they took when it was unloved and where the thesis is now playing out. The market saw it as a supplier of chips to a decelerating handset business whose biggest customer, Apple, was always threatening to design its own chips. His firm's argument was that Qualcomm's portfolio would let it into the AI trade, and he says that is exactly what has happened, via the Snapdragon 2 product -- an inference chip rather than a training chip, more of an agent chip -- plus a deal with Amazon in the last few weeks. He says you can see the embers in the stock and it is starting to do well. He accepts the volatility that comes with it (the stock doubled from April to May and has come back from about 240 to below 200) and says he tolerates that by holding enough positions, chosen as natural hedges, that no single company's specific risk dominates.

    What they own
    Says they own Qualcomm, bought when it was unloved as a handset chip supplier.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    EMCOR books 30% more work than it bills, at about 20 times earnings

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Their business is booming. Their book to bill, which is a number of orders they get to the revenues that they produce, is running around 1.3 right now. So they're getting 30% more orders than they are fulfilling those orders.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 50:36

    EMCOR is Reid's second AI-infrastructure pick, a services company that manages the electrical and mechanical buildout of facilities -- heating, venting, piping, lighting, communications -- rather than making anything. The evidence he leans on is the order book: book-to-bill around 1.3, meaning 30 percent more orders than revenue fulfilled, so both the business and the backlog are growing, and there are many projects going on. He adds that it is quite profitable and, at about 20 times earnings, fairly reasonably priced, which he contrasts with the more expensive Ciena. He concedes the political and self-imposed threats to data-centre spending are real -- AI CEOs talking about slowing the frontier, local opposition in places like Texas, a possible Democratic sweep at the midterms -- but argues slowing is not cessation: if a technology adds to growth and is profitable it gets built, and there will always be somewhere willing to host the data centre.

    What they own
    Brought EMCOR as one of three fresh Pro Picks on the show; did not state a position size.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrowdStrike CRWD

    CrowdStrike owns its space, but it is a one-or-two-position-only stock

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And every, you know, every once in a while, a franchise comes along that really owns their space. And that's CrowdStrike. George Kurtz has done a wonderful job in managing this company.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 39:59

    Reid concedes CrowdStrike is a high multiple stock and that owning it sounds like arguing against his own valuation discipline, but he holds it because once in a while a franchise comes along that genuinely owns its space, and he thinks CrowdStrike is one, well managed by George Kurtz. The caveat is size: in his view a portfolio can afford maybe one or two CrowdStrikes, not more, and the way he holds it is by trading around the position rather than letting it run. He cites the 2024 outage as the test of the franchise -- the stock was cut about 44 percent in weeks over what turned out to be a bad patch -- and says the questions he asked were whether the core issue was repairable and what the reputational damage to client retention would be. Watching Kurtz travel the world calming clients answered the second, and they bought, adding in the high 200s. They have bought and trimmed it two or three times since, most recently trimming in April or May.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says they own CrowdStrike, have bought and sold it two or three times in the last two and a half years, added in the high 200s after the 2024 outage, and trimmed most recently in April or May; it now sits at a record high.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Nvidia's fundamentals kept compounding while the stock lagged, leaving a sub-20 multiple in 2027

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: 2027 · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But with the stock price not growing as fast, their valuations have become much more reasonable. So, I think if you look at what's likely to happen in 2027, they're likely to move to a sub 20-multiple, or at least sometime in 2027, which with their growth rates is pretty amazing.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 23:03

    Reid's argument is that Nvidia has quietly become cheap relative to its own growth. Fundamentals have grown just as impressively as in past years, he says, but the stock price has not kept pace -- up about 20 percent this year, around record highs, far less explosive than investors are used to -- so the multiple has compressed. On his numbers that puts Nvidia on a sub-20 multiple at some point in 2027, which he calls pretty amazing given the growth rate. He reads the compression as the market being unsure and worried about Nvidia's growth potential rather than as a signal he agrees with, and he is explicit that none of us can see the future and that no company is guaranteed to keep doing what it has done or even what it says it will do, which is why he manages the company-specific risk through portfolio construction rather than conviction alone.

    Time frame
    2027
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says they own Nvidia and still own it.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Adding to health care, where biotech, devices and insurers have all put in a bottom

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, we're adding to our health care portfolio, and it's working out quite well. We were perhaps a little bit early in our allocation to health care.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 16:00

    Reid says he is adding to health care and that the allocation, which he began earlier than the turn, is now working. His read is that biotech companies, medical device companies and insurers have all shown a bottom and are all well off it, and he names Elevance as a holding that had problems and seems to have turned the corner. On why it took so long, he argues health care could not catch a bid while communication services stocks were so well loved that there was nothing left for buyers to rotate into; the recent correction in that group is what freed money up. He notes health care is up about 9.5 percent so far this year.

    What they own
    Says they are adding to their health care holdings, were a little early in the allocation, and hold Elevance.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishVerizon VZ

    Bought Verizon as the defensive redeployment out of trimmed financials

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “Yeah, it has pulled back a little bit, but it is a defensive position. Pays a very, very good dividend. It's well known for that, about a five and a half percent.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 13:45

    Verizon is the new position Reid bought with the proceeds of getting more defensive. He is explicit about the role it plays rather than making a growth case: it has pulled back a little on the same Meta Muse AI disruption fear that hit the financials, and it is a defensive holding paying a well-known dividend of about five and a half percent. It sits inside a portfolio he describes as slightly more defensive than earlier in the year, where he has trimmed Goldman Sachs by about 33 percent and Morgan Stanley by about 25 percent, mainly because they had become too large a share of the portfolio.

    What they own
    Says they bought Verizon as a new position, funded as they got more defensive.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishNetflix NFLX

    Netflix is yesterday's story: YouTube has twice the share and the financial model is hard

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So for those reasons, I'd stay clear of Netflix. I think it's yesterday's story for now.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 36:50

    Reid accepts Netflix crushed the other streamers but says that is the past tense and he invests for the future. His case against it has three parts. Share: YouTube already has twice Netflix's share and is taking more. Growth mix: domestic subscriber growth is decelerating, so total growth is driven by international, which is a low-margin business. And the financial model: original content is expensive to make, and while the accounting looks favourable because production costs are amortised over the life of a film, the actual impact on the company is cash up front. He also thinks the attempted Warner Brothers purchase looked desperate and agrees that viewing habits are shifting to short form. He owns Google, and therefore YouTube, instead.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he owns Google, and therefore YouTube; does not claim a Netflix position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCiena

    Ciena: optical networking taking data-centre share, down 40% with the AI trade

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “So, we think that it's a good opportunity here. As you say, has fallen pretty sharply, along with the rest of the AI trade, but it is growing well.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 47:37

    Ciena is the first of three AI-infrastructure ideas Reid brought to the show, and his case is that the business is compounding while the stock has been marked down with the whole AI complex on fears that AI spending slows. On the business: optical networking transmits data as pulsating light, and against Ethernet's hard wire it is faster, more efficient and free of the electromagnetic interference you get when many devices talk inside a data centre, so it is taking a lot of share in data-centre buildout; Ciena controls a good piece of that market and is growing 20 to 30 percent after years of no growth. He adds that the financial structure amplifies it: operating leverage is very high, so each incremental revenue dollar drops more to profit against a fixed cost base. He concedes it is not an inexpensive stock, and notes the stock peaked this year and is down about 40 percent. They have owned it throughout and trimmed it four or five times on the way up to stay in control of the position.

    What they own
    Says they have owned Ciena throughout and trimmed it four or five times in the last year; brought it as a fresh Pro Pick.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The US market is not as expensive as the bears say, because margins have stepped up

    Gordon ReidIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “In terms of the market pricing, I don't see the market as expensive as some.”

    Episode: Billion Dollar Fund Manager is Getting Defensive- Here Are 10 Stocks He Still Likes

    at 6:23

    Reid pushes back directly on the view that the US market is objectively expensive. His case is that corporate profitability has stepped up rather than simply been re-rated: margins that ran at 11.5 to 12.5 percent two or three years ago are now hitting 15 percent, and even stripping out the low-capital, high-margin tech and communication services mix you are still north of 14 percent, which he attributes to companies becoming more efficient (AI helping) and to better management. On multiples, he contrasts today with the internet bubble, when companies traded at 80, 90 and 100 times earnings; after the correction in communication services since May, many of these companies are in the low-to-mid twenties, which he calls sustainable, while conceding some names are priced more richly. He is cautionary rather than complacent -- the US deficit is one of his biggest long-term worries, and he has become slightly more defensive through trimming -- but he would not take chips off the table.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Runs a US large cap portfolio at Goodreid Investment Counsel; says they are slightly more defensive than early in the year, done through trimming, but would not take chips off the table.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    10 statements

    Sticking with Manulife as the single life insurer position, at about a 5% portfolio weight

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “and that's been a good performer for us for the last few years, and we still like the future ahead for manual life relative to the other life insurers.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 12:46

    Bushell holds one concentrated life insurer position rather than a basket, at about a 5 per cent weight against roughly 15 per cent in banks, and says Manulife remains the one he prefers among the life companies. It has been a good performer for several years, and he uses it as his example of the firm's willingness to hold through long stretches of underperformance: it was unloved for seven or eight years while they accumulated at $20 to $25, then moved to $60, with a 5 per cent dividend yield and dividend growth clipped along the way. Life insurers have been outperforming the banks recently in a rising rate environment, but he says that move is not enough to change the weighting either way. Transcript renders the name as 'manual life'.

    What they own
    About a 5 per cent portfolio weight, roughly a third of the bank weighting; accumulated at $20-25 and held to $60. The host states separately that she personally owns Manulife.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Tourmaline is the way to own a higher floor price for Western Canadian gas

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “We are coming from such a low base that if the floor price on gas goes up 50 cents to a dollar, you're going to want to own Tourmaline. It's not there yet, but I think that's the case I would make.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 46:29

    Bushell bought Tourmaline the day ARC Resources was taken out, to keep exposure to the Western Canadian natural gas export theme. The call is explicitly conditional on the gas price floor rising by fifty cents to a dollar, which he says has not happened yet. His reason for expecting it is supply concentration: Qatar is about 20 per cent of global LNG from a single 293-square-kilometre complex with no way to pipe the gas out, so the world needs more diverse supply points and Canada can be one. He prefers Tourmaline to ARC in two respects — it is cleaner without ARC's Attachee project problem, and its marketing division is already diversified across LNG projects and benchmark prices — while conceding it gives up condensate exposure he valued, which oil expansion projects will need. He acknowledges the stock has not worked for a long time and that special dividends will slow as the company pulls back spending because realised prices have disappointed.

    Only if
    The case depends on the floor price for Western Canadian natural gas rising by 50 cents to a dollar; he says it is not there yet.
    What they own
    Bought it the day ARC Resources was taken out, as the replacement for that position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Pembina's opportunity set has improved: LNG Canada phase two and a possible Trans Mountain stake

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “And they're just the largest processor of gas in Western Canada. And so more volumes means more gas to be processed. The bigger that network gets, the more Pembina will benefit.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 41:15

    Bushell still owns Pembina and says its opportunity set has got a lot better over the past twelve months, to the point he would pick it again. The near-term catalyst he names is a final investment decision on LNG Canada phase two, which he thinks is coming shortly and which may or may not be in the price; his broader argument is that one opportunity begets more, because as the largest processor of gas in Western Canada Pembina captures rising volumes as the network grows. On Trans Mountain he is deliberately loose: whether a full greenfield line or an expansion, and whether Pembina consults or takes a stake in the existing system, he thinks the complementary assets line up well and that it will not prove a bad investment given the current enthusiasm for building another pipeline. He offers no target and no horizon.

    What they own
    Holds it; a past idea from an earlier appearance that is up 31 per cent, and he says he has been adding to Pembina, TC Energy and Enbridge in client portfolios.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Brookfield Infrastructure on the pullback: inflation-protected cash flows at a 5% yield

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “But when I look at their suite of assets and a 5% dividend yield, I don't see many better opportunities out there right now.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 42:22

    Bushell likes Brookfield Infrastructure more after the rate-driven pullback and calls it his favourite Brookfield name. He says he is surprised it sold off with rates, because a lot of its cash flows are inflation-protected, and suggests the Western Canadian element of the asset base is liked by investors but poorly understood because it sits inside the Brookfield wrapper — the company is not a pure Western Canadian play. He also flags the ongoing reorganisation of the corporate shares and the partnership units, on which he says the firm has had somewhere between ten and fifty client emails: the spread between the two has collapsed, with the corporate shares coming down to the unit price rather than the other way round. He holds the units for clients wherever possible, and says that on the asset suite plus a 5 per cent yield he does not see many better opportunities available now.

    What they own
    Holds the partnership units for clients wherever possible; a past idea from October 2025 that is up 10 per cent.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Worried about a wider sell-off that pulls everything down, with tech debt issuance the new pressure on rates

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I like where our portfolio is at, I'm worried about the broader market and the implications of a wider sell-off that would pull everything down ala 2008 or even sort of the first part of 2020”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 6:52

    Bushell separates his comfort with his own holdings from his view of the broad market, and says he is worried about a wider sell-off on the scale of 2008 or early 2020 that would pull everything down. The mechanism he emphasises is new: technology companies have become large long-dated debt issuers, competing with long government bonds and pushing yields higher, and the whole capital-spending cycle — buying chips, building data centres — is now built on that debt. Given the weightings involved, he thinks a slowdown there is a bigger concern outside his portfolio than inside it, and wonders whether the Canadian banks are more tied to the tech trade than people think through the fees they earn underwriting those bonds. The view is hedged in two directions: he watches it with some detachment, and says that even if he knew a sell-off were coming he does not know what he would do dramatically differently.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the portfolio holds about 5 to 8 per cent cash and that he wants opportunities to come to him rather than chasing anything at these levels.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAltaGas

    AltaGas: lower yield after a 30% run, but more dividend growth and LNG-linked volumes ahead

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “But I think we're getting more dividend growth out of AltaGas going forward. And I think it's very defendable if and when markets have a weak point.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 51:06

    Bushell accepts the host's point that AltaGas is up about 30 per cent on the year and no longer the cheap entry he usually looks for, and argues the growth ahead justifies holding it anyway. Its processing facilities are smaller than Pembina's but sit in northeastern British Columbia and are directly linked to LNG, so they will supply those volumes; it is also adding export capacity for propane, butane and ethane and can vertically integrate those volumes, giving both more processing and more export. The third leg is its US utility, which he calls growthier than more stable utilities because of the accelerated replacement work it has to do, and which adds stability to the story. He expects more dividend growth from here and says the position is very defendable if and when markets weaken.

    What they own
    An existing holding and one of the three ideas he brought to the show; part of the Canadian energy export theme the portfolio is heavily invested in.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Early innings for Canadian energy exports — the country has undersold itself for too long

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: still early innings

    Show quote

    “So we're heavily invested there and we believe that this is still early innings for the expansion of export opportunities, especially on natural gas, but also on oil for Canada.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 50:31

    Bushell's central position is Canadian energy infrastructure supplying a world that is running short of secure energy. He argues resilience is draining out of the global system — Russian supply in question, the Middle East unresolved, French filling stations running dry of petrol or diesel — and that this is more acute on the product side than the crude side. Canada, in his account, has undersold itself for so long that even a modest role is a significant opportunity, and the cleanest and quickest path is natural gas export. He is explicit that he cannot bank on new pipelines being approved — he says he is more open to it than he was a few weeks ago but there is a lot to get through, and US administrations can change — so the position rests on processing and export volumes rather than on a specific project. He says the portfolio is heavily invested in the theme across Pembina, Enbridge, TC Energy, AltaGas and Tourmaline and that it is still early innings.

    Time frame
    still early innings
    What they own
    Says the firm is heavily invested in the theme and has been adding to TC Energy, Pembina and Enbridge in client portfolios for the first time since about this time last year.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Aecon at $45-50 after a bad storm: nuclear, transit and no more fixed-price contracts

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “but I still really like the company at these levels.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 26:44

    Bushell owns Aecon and, unusually for a manager who likes to buy cheap, still likes it after a move from the $8-10 range where he accumulated to $45-50. The original thesis was that Canada is underbuilt, plus the nuclear business and a then-busy fibre-to-the-home business; the fixed-price mega-project contracts were then blown up by pandemic inflation, extended timelines, wild labour costs and shut airports where the company holds concessions. What has changed is that the company says it will no longer take fixed-price work — build on its terms, with protection — and that nuclear is back in a big way with few capable competitors left after the industry shrank, alongside a significant transportation opportunity with Metrolinx. He says adding more would require coordinated market stress to get a better entry level.

    What they own
    Owns it, accumulated in the $8-10 range after starting to buy pre-pandemic around $17; would need a better price to add more.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishEnbridge

    Enbridge at a near-6% yield after the rate-driven pullback: defensive cash flow, not a competition story

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Show quote

    “So the company with nearly a 6% yield today after the pullback, I think is pretty defensive going into a pretty uncertain environment here.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 47:45

    Bushell wants holdings that defend clients in an uncertain environment, and says Enbridge at nearly a 6 per cent yield after the pullback is one. He credits the utility acquisitions of three or four years ago — poorly received at the time — with adding the stability and balance that make it defensive now. On the competition worry from new pipelines he agrees only somewhat: the mainline system will be tough to beat, so cash flow may fluctuate but is in his word rateable, meaning highly certain. He reads the surprise Blackstone transaction as Blackstone needing to sell rather than Enbridge hunting the asset, which knocked the share price and, he suspects, means a good deal for Enbridge. He prefers it to TC Energy at these prices but not by a lot, and frames the case as starting on first base at a 6 per cent yield and working from there.

    What they own
    Owns it and has been adding to Enbridge, TC Energy and Pembina in client portfolios for the first time since about this time last year. The host states separately that she personally owns Enbridge.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishTelus

    Telus at a ten-year low: washed out, far from broken, and coming out of its capex lump

    Ryan BushellIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: a really long period of time; dividend increases probably five years away

    Show quote

    “So to me, I think it looks pretty good with a great leadership team and a company that is far from broken.”

    Episode: Rates Are Going Up. Are Canadian Dividend Stocks Still Safe?

    at 19:25

    Bushell is sticking with Telus at a more-than-ten-year low and says he has rarely seen a company so washed out. His case is that it owns one of only two fibre networks in Canada, that everything in technology is becoming more data-intensive, and that those pipes must have long-term value; he rates the Telus and BCE fibre footprints as the best of any telecom in the world relative to population, ahead of a US carrier like Verizon. He compares it to Enbridge in 2017-18, when a record capital programme with cash flow not yet arrived drew analyst and hedge-fund calls to cut the dividend — Enbridge slowed dividend growth instead and grew out of it — and says Telus is now coming off the other side of its fibre-to-the-home build into the harvest phase. He calls new chief executive Victor Dodig transformational, comparing the arrival to George Cope at BCE in 2008-09, and expects the dividend to be re-increased, though probably in about five years. He dismisses the Starlink disruption argument on the grounds that satellite is not viable at a sensible price in dense urban areas, while saying he is open to being proved wrong. He expects the stock to stay depressed through tax-loss selling season.

    Time frame
    a really long period of time; dividend increases probably five years away
    What they own
    Owns it for clients and is sticking with it; says he will tax-loss sell it for clients this year to offset a large gain in ARC Resources and will be very happy to repurchase at $12 or lower. Quotes the price at $12.75 and a nearly 5 per cent yield. The host states separately that she personally owns Telus.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Why One of the World’s Biggest Gold Miners Is Doubling Down on Canada

    1 statement

    Constructive on gold near and long term: rate-hike selling is a knee-jerk, debasement is the long game

    Ammar Al-JoundiIn the Money with Amber KanwarPublished

    Time frame: both near term and long term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But in the long run, I am, and even in the short run, I'm very constructive on gold. Look, I don't know where it's going to be next week or next month, but I am constructive on gold, both near term and long term.”

    Episode: Why One of the World’s Biggest Gold Miners Is Doubling Down on Canada

    at 30:11

    Al-Joundi expects gold to do well both near term and long term. He explains the recent pullback since the Iran war as a short-run mechanical reaction: war lifts oil, oil is read as inflationary, expected inflation lifts interest rates, and higher yields on dollars pull money out of non-yielding gold. He does not think that changes the long-run case. Governments are printing money faster than economies can absorb it, so hard assets rise; he puts the US federal debt at about $41 trillion, roughly $500,000 per taxpaying family, and argues that of the four ways out (raise taxes, cut spending, default, devalue the obligation) only devaluation is realistic, which favours hard assets and gold as a currency. He adds that Russia's removal from SWIFT after invading Ukraine pushed gold back toward being treated as a reserve currency, and thinks the Bank of Canada will probably buy gold again. He calls himself a hard-asset bug rather than a gold bug and declines to predict where the price goes next week or next month.

    Time frame
    both near term and long term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Speaking as the CEO of Agnico Eagle, a gold producer with 30 years in the business; no personal holding stated on air.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    MacroVoices

    21 bullish · 19 bearish6 episodes · 40 statements · 8 speakersLatest

    · MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    11 statements

    Trade of the Week: short Deutsche Bank against long JPMorgan on European banking stress

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: April 16th, 2027 call overlay · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So in this trade, we're expressing a preference for JP Morgan's earnings resilience against Deutsche Bank's exposure to more challenging European environment.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:15:51

    The short leg of Ceresna's equal-dollar pair: Deutsche Bank's US-listed shares (around $32.39) against JPMorgan. European financials have gained more than twice as much as US financials since the Liberation Day lows, and he positions for the market to reassess the durability of Europe's banking recovery as France's fiscal and political stress raises questions about funding costs and credit quality. Because a short has theoretically unlimited loss, he suggests an optional April 16, 2027 $36 call (about $2) on Deutsche Bank, one per 100 shares short, which caps that leg's loss at about $5.61 a share.

    Time frame
    April 16th, 2027 call overlay
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil remains in a clear bull trend beyond the front month, and the rally is unloved

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “What we are continuing to see is that oil is actually still in very clear bull trend outside of these front month contracts here in the US.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:28:12

    With WTI near $100 and Brent approaching $112 at fresh highs, Ceresna says oil remains in a bull trend: the front-month WTI contract has consolidated for a month, but further out the curve, to April 2027, prices have risen without a correction and backwardation is flattening. Inventories remain depleted and the market tight, and Commitment of Traders positioning is only at the 23rd percentile on a three-year look-back, so he calls it an unloved rally that speculators could chase on a breakout. He flags the open questions of keeping oil stable through the midterms and a possible re-escalation after them.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A recession is coming no matter what once AI spending and fuel subsidies fade

    Anas AlhajjiMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “So the recession is going to happen no matter what. The moment that AI spending is going to stop, and those subsidies basically decline.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 39:30

    Alhajji says oil demand is already falling in response to high diesel, gasoline and jet fuel prices: US oil demand over the first seven months of the year was flat year over year against forecasts of 110,000 to 160,000 barrels a day of growth. Recession has so far been held off in Europe, the US and other advanced economies by hundreds of billions of dollars of AI and data-centre investment and by fuel subsidies (about $16 billion in the EU in the second quarter alone). Since the EU cannot subsidize itself out of the crisis and AI spending cannot go on forever, he expects a recession regardless, arriving when AI spending stops and the subsidies decline. He notes the data do not show it yet and that it will likely be recognized only after the fact.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Gold still in a distribution cycle near $4,000, vulnerable to a break toward $3,600-3,800

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: For now · Not sure

    Show quote

    “For now, the selling pressure continues, and we remain trading along these lows. Highly vulnerable for a further breakdown.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:31:03

    Ceresna says gold is trading around its summer lows near $4,000 and silver at its 2026 lows, and that tight liquidity plus dollar and interest-rate headwinds keep both in a distribution cycle. For now he sees gold as highly vulnerable to a further breakdown; a break of $4,000 would point to support at $3,600 to $3,800, which he would treat as a tactical buy-the-dip zone. He keeps a strong long-term bull case but expects it to need a different macro regime, so the bearish view is short-term.

    Time frame
    For now
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishEuro

    Sell the euro against Europe's peripheral currencies as a positive-carry hedge on France

    Louis-Vincent GaveMacroVoicesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “For me, the smartest trade at this stage is to sell the euro against all the European peripheral currencies. Now, I like those trades because most of those are actually positive carry trades.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:06:18

    Gave argues France is in something like an emerging-market debt crisis: taxes already near 44% of GDP leave no room to raise revenue, most of the debt is held by foreigners, and it is issued in a currency France cannot print. Rather than shorting French debt against German debt, which costs about 150 basis points of carry and gets crushed if the ECB monetizes French debt, he calls selling the euro against the peripheral European currencies (Norwegian and Icelandic krona, Hungarian forint, even sterling) the smartest trade, because those positions earn roughly 150 to 500 basis points of positive carry. He frames it partly as a hedge against things blowing up and stresses investors should not fall prey to the most catastrophic scenarios.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    Weak euro bounce leaves room for the dollar index to reach 103

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And if it is, the window remains open for the US dollar to continue higher. And we're going to see 103 on the upside as we go.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:26:20

    Ceresna notes that euro, pound and Canadian dollar positioning was at the zero percentile of its look-back, and that after an October dollar swing high the pound and Canadian dollar retraced about half their sell-offs while the euro barely bounced. Because the euro is the largest component of the dollar index, a euro that cannot rally while the others bounce leaves the window open for the dollar to move higher, and he expects 103 on the upside. The call is tied to further euro weakness.

    Only if
    If the euro has more downside after failing to rally with the other currencies
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Uranium stocks to keep distributing until AI stocks find a durable bottom

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: For now · Not sure

    Show quote

    “For now, I'm expecting some further distribution to remain there until we see a more durable bottom on many of these AI stocks that remain in a sell cycle.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:32:32

    Ceresna sees a divergence: the physical uranium price is stable, but uranium equities have been basketed with AI trades and are breaking to 52-week lows as the AI baskets sell off. Despite a strong long-term nuclear story, he expects further distribution in the stocks until many of the AI stocks still in a sell cycle find a more durable bottom, and says it is not yet clear where the next key buying opportunity is. The view is on the equities, not the uranium price.

    Time frame
    For now
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Trade of the Week: long JPMorgan against short Deutsche Bank, equal dollars

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So in this trade, we're expressing a preference for JP Morgan's earnings resilience against Deutsche Bank's exposure to more challenging European environment.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:15:51

    Ceresna's Trade of the Week takes Louis-Vincent Gave's argument that France's fiscal and political problems can spread through Europe's financial system. European financials (EUFN) are up about 57% off the Liberation Day lows against about 27% for US financials (XLF), so if those pressures undermine Europe's banking recovery the relative leadership can reverse. He buys JPMorgan (around $334.58) and shorts Deutsche Bank's US-listed shares (around $32.39) in equal dollar amounts, about 10.3 Deutsche Bank shares per JPMorgan share, a relative view on JPMorgan's earnings resilience rather than an outright market call, with meaningful company and market risk left in the pair.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Junk bonds remain structurally weak as high-yield spreads break out

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “And so we're seeing at this moment that junk bonds remain structurally weak.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:23:57

    Ceresna says that while Treasuries have bounced off a short-term low, junk bonds remain technically weak: they first sold off with rates, but in recent weeks credit spreads have risen and broken out, with high yield commanding an extra risk premium over Treasuries, CoreWeave among the contributors. He also notes the private credit ETF BIZD breaking to fresh lows, and reads the stress as passing from Treasuries to the riskier part of the bond market. The view is on high-yield credit specifically.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Refinery attacks will keep blowing out crack spreads and could bring a Europe-wide diesel crisis

    Erik TownsendMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “The refinery situation I think is going to cause crack spreads to continue to blow out. And I think you could have a diesel crisis in all of Europe.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:10:46

    Townsend, the host, argues the West already lacked refining capacity before the wars, and that attacks on refineries in Russia and the Gulf, some of which appear to be destroyed rather than damaged, cannot be quickly replaced because a new refinery takes about 10 years to build. Since crude has no user other than refineries, he expects the squeeze to show up in refined products: crack spreads continuing to blow out and possibly a diesel crisis across Europe. He has floated a scenario in which crude stays near $100 while crack spreads 'go to the moon' and diesel prices push the world into depression; he also sees the back of the oil futures curve catching up to the front as a sign the market expects this to last.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long the Norwegian crown against the euro: positive carry plus an oil kicker

    Louis-Vincent GaveMacroVoicesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So you have a twofer in going long the Norwegian crown and short the euro.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Dr. Anas Alhajji + Louis-Vincent Gave: Developing Crises in Middle-East and France

    at 1:06:18

    Among the ways to sell the euro against Europe's peripheral currencies, Gave singles out the Norwegian crown as a 'twofer': the trade earns positive carry, and if oil prices shoot up massively the crown should benefit as well. He presents it as a smarter expression of European stress than shorting French government debt, and partly as a hedge.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    6 statements
    BullishUranium

    Uranium is dirt cheap under $100 a pound and that changes in the next few years

    Erik TownsendMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: over the next few years; the deficit in the 2030s

    Show quote

    “Now, right now, we don't have a problem. We got plenty of uranium, as far as I'm concerned, dirt cheap, well under $100 a pound. I think that will change though over the next few years.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    at 25:27

    Says there is no uranium problem right now — plenty of it, dirt cheap, well under $100 a pound — but that this changes over the next few years. His reasoning is supply-side and structural: uranium mines take a full decade from discovery to production and nobody will ever invent a way to mass produce them, centrifuge enrichment plants cost almost as much and take almost as long to build as oil refineries, and the HALEU market now forming needs roughly four and a half times the raw uranium and six times the enrichment work (SWU) per unit of fuel as the 4.5% low-enriched uranium that fuels today's light-water fleet. He adds that every uranium expert he has interviewed expects a structural supply deficit in the 2030s on the demand from today's reactors alone, before any mass production of new ones, and he treats enriched uranium rather than reactor technology as the binding constraint on scaling nuclear — solvable only by recycling spent fuel and moving to fast-spectrum reactors.

    Time frame
    over the next few years; the deficit in the 2030s
    What they own
    Discloses on air that he is an early investor in Alo Atomics, the private reactor company his guest co-founded, and that it is the biggest private equity position he has ever held; he repeats the disclosure at the close and says nothing in the interview is investment advice.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Sells a January 2028 $70 put on Centrus to commit to owning the enricher 50% lower

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: to the January 21, 2028 expiry (464 days); "long-term"

    Show quote

    “So, to sum this up, we're putting on a long-term conviction. A commitment to potentially own the center's shares, 50 percent cheaper than where it's currently trading today.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    at 58:08

    Takes the week's trade from Arafat's point that reactor production can only scale if the enriched-fuel supply chain scales alongside it, and names Centrus Energy (spoken as "Centris", symbol LEU) as the supplier that enriches uranium and is expanding domestic enrichment capacity for both the existing fleet and advanced designs — a long-term thesis on nuclear growth and on the strategic importance of secure fuel supply. He will not buy the shares outright: the sector is under substantial selling pressure and he says nobody knows how deep or prolonged the correction will be, so he uses the combination of a lower share price and elevated implied volatility to be paid for a commitment to own lower down. With the stock around $122 he sells the January 21, 2028 $70 put (464 days, a LEAP) at a $10.25 midpoint, $1,025 per contract: a strike about 43% below the market, an adjusted cost base nearer $60 if assigned, and a 14.6% return on the obligation if it expires unexercised. He states the trade-offs himself — maximum profit is the premium, a strong recovery leaves him without the shares, a lower price is not a guarantee of value, losses remain possible, the position can move against him before assignment and margin requirements can rise — and says to size it to the ability and willingness to fund the full share purchase.

    Time frame
    to the January 21, 2028 expiry (464 days); "long-term"
    What they own
    Presents it as the show's "where's the trade" idea and says "I'm looking at selling the January 21, 2028, $70 strike put" and "we're putting on a long-term conviction"; no existing holding in the shares is disclosed.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI growth stalls once the credit funding it slows; CoreWeave is the first sign

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: the next few weeks and months · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Well, this is really about the fact that AI has been sucking up so much credit in order to create growth. And inevitably, the growth will start to potentially stall when their access to credit also slows.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    at 1:01:21

    Reads the CoreWeave session — shares down close to 16% while its outstanding bonds yielded up to 15%, effectively junk — as the first sign of the thing the whole market is trying to time: when the financing cycle behind AI gets stressed. His argument for why one borrower can turn the market is that AI has been absorbing so much credit to manufacture growth that the growth itself stalls once access to that credit slows, which is the domino effect he is watching for. The selling that followed hit the NASDAQ's AI names specifically while defensives ripped — utilities, consumer staples, health care and bonds all advancing — and positioning was extreme going in, with the NASDAQ in the 100th percentile on the commitment of traders report against small caps pinned at the bottom. He does not call the top: one day does not make a new trend, and he frames the rotation as something to confirm over the coming weeks, including whether CTA and systematic sell triggers on the NASDAQ and S&P 500 force long positioning to deleverage.

    Time frame
    the next few weeks and months
    Only if
    Conditional on AI borrowers' access to credit slowing — the financing cycle getting stressed, of which he treats CoreWeave as a first, unconfirmed sign.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Behind-the-meter data-centre demand makes a one-gigawatt-a-year reactor factory woefully insufficient

    Erik TownsendMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: over the next few years; the behind-the-meter market over the next five to 10 years

    Show quote

    “Now I have done that arithmetic and I think there's already considerably more demand just from the AI data centers alone over the next few years.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    at 8:09

    Has done the arithmetic himself and says demand for behind-the-meter nuclear from AI data centres alone, over the next few years, is already considerably more than the industry plans to supply. The scale he sets it against: the first Texas factory under construction is 100 reactors of 10 megawatts electric a year, one gigawatt, while the gap others have identified objectively is 125 gigawatts needed from 2026 to 2030 with only about 25 gigawatts that the grid and everyone else can pull together — so one factory addresses roughly 1% of a problem already established by other people. Where critics call one gigawatt a year overkill, he calls it woefully insufficient. He thinks the demand story only really starts at what he calls the nuclear Henry Ford moment: when a modular plant off an assembly line costs less than coal and gas and deploys as quickly, at which point he contends demand explodes overnight because almost every government on earth wants off fossil fuels. His stated risks are not the reactor technology but the fuel cycle and China — Beijing already has more light-water reactors planned or under construction than the entire US fleet, has the world's most advanced high-temperature gas-cooled reactor in service, and he expects state funding to try to outspend the whole US industry.

    Time frame
    over the next few years; the behind-the-meter market over the next five to 10 years
    What they own
    Discloses on air that he is an early investor in Alo Atomics, the private reactor company his guest co-founded, and that it is the biggest private equity position he has ever held; he repeats the disclosure at the close and says nothing in the interview is investment advice.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    Dollar still a clean bull trend; a dip towards 101 would be absorbed

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The dollar index could easily absorb a pullback down towards 101, but so long as dips are being bought, I would still consider technically a clean bull trend.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    at 1:06:35

    On the hot CPI print the dollar index ripped to a higher high, printing almost 103, and by this morning it was pulling back. He still reads it as a primary bull trend on the technicals: a pullback towards 101 would be absorbed easily, and so long as dips keep being bought the trend is clean. The caveat he states is intermarket rather than technical — if the risk-off signals he has just walked through (the reversal in yields, the bid in defensives, widening junk spreads) follow through, the question becomes whether they start to pressure dollar flows — and he says it is very premature to jump to any conclusions there.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Treasuries may be the defensive asset as growth expectations get curtailed

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so, this stacked with the fact that we continued to see junk bond credit spreads widening, there's further evidence that there's some sort of a risk-off scare occurring, and potentially treasury bonds may be a defensive asset in this period.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #554 Yasir Arafat: Mass Manufacturing Nuclear Power Plants

    at 1:04:56

    On the day of a hot CPI print, yields first rose and then reversed hard — close to a 25 basis point peak-to-trough move in both the 10-year and the 30-year. He reads that reversal, arriving at this inflection point alongside the CoreWeave-led crack in AI credit, as intermarket evidence that the regime may be shifting from expanding growth and inflation to curtailed expectations. The December 2027 SOFR contract looks to him to have double-bottomed and turned as the market pulled next year's rate hikes off the table, and junk credit spreads kept widening; stacked together he calls that further evidence of a risk-off scare, with Treasury bonds potentially working as a defensive asset in this period. He is explicit that one day does not make a new trend and that he is watching for follow-through.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · MacroVoices #553 Brent Johnson: Disparate Housewives

    5 statements

    Johnson started buying gold near $4,100 and expects a big move, probably higher, within weeks

    Brent JohnsonMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: next few weeks · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I actually think the gold is going to make a fairly big move in the next few weeks. I think it probably goes higher, but if I'm wrong and it goes lower, I would probably be a buyer of that low.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #553 Brent Johnson: Disparate Housewives

    at 7:47

    Gold has lost its momentum and its narrative, sits near $4,100 at a support area, and has just had a golden cross (50-day moving average crossing the 100-day). With the dollar stretched and the euro washed out, Johnson thinks gold is about to make a fairly big move in the next few weeks, probably higher, and calls this the area to start nibbling. He allows that a break of support could take it another 10% lower, and that a dollar index at 110 would probably push gold toward $3,700, but says he would buy that low too.

    Time frame
    next few weeks
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he bought some gold for a client the day before recording.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishUS dollar

    Johnson: a short-term pullback is possible, but the dollar can go much higher over the longer term

    Brent JohnsonMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: longer term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But more of the longer term, I still think that we can go back to much higher levels on the dollar.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #553 Brent Johnson: Disparate Housewives

    at 5:02

    Johnson, who has long called for a stronger dollar, explains the dollar index breaking above 100: the Warsh Fed raised rates rather than cutting, and there is nowhere better for capital to go. Europe has a war on its border, weak growth and no fiscal union; Japan has problems; China is closed and in a trade war with the US. The world earns, borrows and stores money in dollars, which creates a structural bid, and growth hopes from AI push US yields up, which also draws capital. Rates are rising faster elsewhere, so the US, as 'the big stack at the table', can absorb more pain than everyone else. Near term he says stretched momentum and positioning could produce a pullback and a bounce in the euro and gold. Over the longer term he expects much higher levels, and in a sovereign-debt-crisis end game he thinks the dollar is more likely to shoot higher than lower. He no longer predicts an imminent super-spike, because policymakers have been able to kick the can further than he expected.

    Time frame
    longer term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Ceresna: rising real rates and dollar funding stress keep gold heavy in the near term

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: short to intermediate time frame · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But technically, there's no reason to assume here that the precious metals are imminently going to turn bullish.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #553 Brent Johnson: Disparate Housewives

    at 1:00:26

    Ceresna concedes there is a big long-term bull case for gold, but on a short-to-intermediate horizon he sees technical deterioration and a macro regime that does not support higher gold: real rates are rising and dollar funding stress is evident. Price action is heavy with no follow-through across the precious metals. A further rise in crude could add stress and produce a short-term break below $4,000, which he says would become a long-term buying opportunity. The bearish view is near-term only.

    Time frame
    short to intermediate time frame
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishEuro

    Ceresna: the euro has broken support and has room to fall to 1.10 or 1.08

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Show quote

    “The euro has cleared almost all the major support lines, and is at this point looks like it has room to weaken even down to 110 or 108 as they continue to be the net energy importer and the most vulnerable for the supply disruption and it's manifesting on the currency volatility.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #553 Brent Johnson: Disparate Housewives

    at 56:34

    Ceresna reads the dollar's decisive breakout as backed by a decisive breakdown in the euro, which has cleared almost all its major support levels. He thinks it has room to weaken to 1.10 or even 1.08 because Europe is the net energy importer most exposed to supply disruption, and that shows up in currency volatility. He calls a rising dollar the current macro regime and sees no immediate catalyst to reverse it, while allowing that there are reasons the dollar could weaken in the long term.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Trade of the week: a November 70-cent Canadian dollar futures put to express dollar strength

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesRecorded

    Time frame: November 6, 2026 expiry

    Show quote

    “With the Canadian dollar trading around 70.37 US cents, I'm looking at buying the 70-cent put option, expiring on November 6, 2026, with about 29 days remaining.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #553 Brent Johnson: Disparate Housewives

    at 49:20

    Ceresna takes the guest's preference for the US dollar over the Canadian dollar and expresses it as short-dated, defined-risk short exposure to the Canadian dollar. He likes the pricing: implied volatility is below 5% for a currency that just moved about 3.5% peak to trough in 27 days. The idea is to buy the 70-cent put on Canadian dollar futures expiring 6 November 2026 for about 22 pips; a fall to 69 cents would make roughly 3.5 times the premium. He acknowledges that a near-term US dollar pullback could lift the Canadian dollar and that the trade needs timely downside follow-through, which is why he prefers the put to an outright futures short.

    Time frame
    November 6, 2026 expiry
    What they own
    Presented as the show's trade of the week, an idea rather than a disclosed holding.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    9 statements

    A corrective phase, not the end: the central-bank reallocation out of dollars hasn't finished

    David RosenbergMacroVoicesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The day I see that the central banks say we're done in this diversification, that will be the day that the fundamental bull market ends and we're not there yet.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 44:32

    Rosenberg says gold is in a corrective phase and the secular story is not over, and he has been adding back. He wrote his first gold report at Gluskin Sheff in February 2010 with gold at $1,000, dates the bull market to the 1999 Washington Agreement that ended a decade of central bank selling at around $250, and counts roughly a dozen large corrections along the way. This year's drawdown he attributes to two correlations rather than to fundamentals: the run-up in real rates and a weak dollar turning strong, which makes a tough year for anything priced in dollars except oil. The single fundamental that defines the bull market is central bank reserve reallocation out of US dollars into bullion, and it has continued through the weak patch; gold's share of world central bank FX reserves peaked near 70% in 1980, fell to about 10% by 1999 and is back to roughly 30%, so the mean reversion is incomplete. His stated sell signal is the day central banks say the diversification is done, and he says that day has not come. He cut the gold position in his model portfolio earlier this year and started adding again during this correction, and he reaches for October 1987 as the analogy for how a violent drawdown looks on a long-term chart afterwards - while noting that second bear market ran on until 1991.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Cut the gold position in his model portfolio earlier this year and has started adding again in this corrective phase
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Buy the January SPX 7,430 put: cheap left-tail cover through earnings, two Fed meetings and the midterms

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: to 14 January 2027 expiry, about 105 days · Not sure

    Show quote

    “That creates a reason to consider protection against a broad equity correction.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 51:20

    Ceresna's trade is a defined-premium hedge against a broad equity correction rather than a bearish bet outright. His reasoning starts from Rosenberg's argument that the energy shock damages growth more than it creates lasting inflation: if wages do not keep pace with necessities households have less to spend elsewhere, and with higher borrowing costs on top the squeeze is already visible in housing, retailers and other economically sensitive parts of the market, while the indices stay supported by a handful of very large companies. The question he poses is how long those leaders hold up if the weakness underneath keeps spreading. The timing argument is that three-month volatility is still near the bottom of its one-year range while the fourth quarter brings a full earnings season, two Fed meetings, the midterm elections and possibly greater clarity on the Strait of Hormuz, so carrying protection through that calendar is cheap relative to the events in it. The structure, with the S&P around 7,653: buy the 14 January 2027 SPX put at the 7,430 strike, about 105 days out, roughly 3% out of the money, around 30 delta, quoted at 136 index points - just under 2% of index notional with risk limited to the premium. He prefers owning the put outright rather than spreading it so as to keep positive gamma and vega and capture both the equity downside and a volatility repricing; break-even at expiry is near 7,300, about 4.7% below the reference, though a sell-off with a volatility expansion could be monetised well before then.

    Time frame
    to 14 January 2027 expiry, about 105 days
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Presents the SPX put purchase as the trade-desk recommendation for the week
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Split government is not typically good news for equities - and the fiscal support ends on 3 November

    David RosenbergMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: after the 3 November midterms

    Show quote

    “And then when you go to the midterms and you get the split government, not typically good news for equities, and bonds tend to like it because of the gridlock.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 30:42

    Rosenberg's political-arithmetic read is that a move to split government is not typically good news for equities, while bonds like the gridlock. His comparisons run the other way round: after the November 2024 red wave the stock market surged and the Treasury market was spanked, because a clean sweep made the one big beautiful bill - depreciation allowances, income tax refunds, no tax on tips - a certainty; the same pattern held after Trump's 2016 win, when the bond market puked and stocks surged on the coming tax cuts; and after the 1992 Clinton sweep gave way to divided government in 1994, there was the mother of all bond rallies. He says the fiscal stimulus has been a positive for the stock market and that it comes to an end after 3 November, with no more stimulus in the economy and the depreciation allowances and tax refunds not extrapolable. He also argues the index is hiding the damage already done: 50% of S&P 500 market cap sits in 20 stocks, and while the Mag 7, Nvidia and Apple look fine, the average and median US stock is down 15% from its 52-week high, with regional banks, homebuilders, retailers, restaurants, hotels, cruise lines, theme parks and small caps all weak. The parts of the index most closely tied to Fed policy are already down 10% from the recent peak, which he reads as proof the bond market is transmitting after all, for anyone willing to dig beneath the surface.

    Time frame
    after the 3 November midterms
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The energy shock is a tax increase, not inflation, until it reaches wages - and it isn't

    David RosenbergMacroVoicesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Until that happens, until I see the labor market respond, I'll take the other side of the bet that this is going to be a major sustainable inflationary problem for the economy.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 7:26

    Rosenberg takes the other side of the inflation trade and says he will keep taking it until the labour market gives him a reason not to. His test is whether a price shock feeds into wages: the 2021-23 episode was not transitory only because it did, in a post-COVID labour market where the quits, hiring and job-opening rates were all surging and the government had paid people more not to work, so firms had to bid labour back. That condition is absent now - wages are decelerating in nominal terms, the ADP report showed a 90,000 headline with no acceleration in wage growth, and John Williams said in a 29 September speech that the Fed sees no evidence the price shocks are entering wages. He points to the tariffs as the completed experiment: the net effective tariff rate rose by the most since the early-to-mid 1930s, yet core goods CPI went from 1.5% year over year a year ago to below 0.7% now, a four-year low, because exporters, importers or margins absorbed it rather than wages. Diesel and refined product he expects to stay elevated rather than keep rising, and since inflation is a rate of change, a level that merely holds falls out of the data in twelve months; freight pass-through is about a 5% impulse against labour's 30% of retail cost. Without the wage channel the shock acts like a tax increase, compressing real wages and real demand so that the other 80-85% of prices - discretionary goods and services - come under downward pressure. He says he will reserve judgment until collective bargaining agreements and average hourly earnings start to escalate, naming average hourly earnings as the number that matters most.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishEuro

    Euro through the 113 handle opens 110 and even 108, which only accelerates the dollar

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “Now with the euro breaking down below the 113 handle, we have a situation where the euro could head down to 110 or even 108, which would only accelerate this US dollar strength.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 59:26

    Ceresna has the euro breaking down and sees 110 or even 108 once it is through the 113 handle, which he says would only accelerate the dollar strength already underway. The US dollar index has broken to 52-week highs and the cross doing it is the euro, which has broken to 52-week lows, with momentum building in the trade. Two drivers: rate differentials, which have been widening over the last few weeks, and terms of trade, where he argues Europe is disproportionately hit by the stresses coming from the Strait of Hormuz, adding further fuel to the breakdown. He reads the combination of rising rates and bond markets under stress as a sign of genuine funding stress around the world and as further evidence of growing macro strain heading into the midterms.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    One of the few who hasn't thrown in the towel on bonds: gridlock on 3 November, refunding on the 4th

    David RosenbergMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: the two-year period between the midterms and the 2028 election

    Show quote

    “I want to see bond yields come down because I'm one of the few that have not thrown on the towel.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 30:42

    Rosenberg says he is one of the few who has not capitulated on the bond market, and he has two dated catalysts. The first is 3 November: the Democrats look likely to take the House and the prediction markets now put the Senate above 50%, which puts spending bills in opposition hands and ends six years of fiscal stimulus. The one big beautiful bill - depreciation allowances, large income tax refunds, no tax on tips - was a one-off that cannot be extrapolated, and he argues the bond bears have not factored its expiry into their analysis. His historical base rate: when one-party power swings to a divided government after a national election, 80% of the time over the following two years the economy slows, inflation falls and bond yields fall, and he will take those odds. The second is 4 November, the Treasury refunding announcement, which he says nobody is talking about - in early November 2023 Janet Yellen cut bond and note issuance and flooded the market with bills after a similar run-up in long rates, and the 10-year rallied 100 basis points from late October to the end of December. He thinks Bessent will do something similar, not an operation twist but a shift in where along the curve the Treasury issues, and that the supply lever matters far more than the $6 billion buyback programme in a market turning over a trillion dollars a day. He frames the setup the way he framed equities in January 2009: the market has been terrible but it is under-owned, with near-record short positions in Board of Trade futures and options, and everyone fixated on inflation. He concedes he is probably early, as usual.

    Time frame
    the two-year period between the midterms and the 2028 election
    What they own
    Says he already owned a lot of two-year notes and has started to dip his toes in further; also runs a model portfolio behind the Rosie ETF listed on the TSX
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long-term bull case intact, but gold is range-bound into the elections and may need to wash out

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: long-term, with range-bound consolidation into the elections · Not sure

    Show quote

    “At this point, we were bullish gold and still long-term, the bull case is quite intact.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 1:01:48

    Ceresna keeps the long-term bull case on gold while expecting nothing from it in the near term. The damage, as he reads it, is macro rather than fundamental: higher real rates and a rising dollar, plus the failure of the July-August setup in which easing messaging from Bessent and a possible operation twist had convinced many gold investors they were at an inflection point. That never materialised, and gold has given back to roughly the summer lows after surrendering the $4,200 area. He thinks a retest of the $4,000 support line is likely, and sets out the open question as whether this is gold establishing a trading range and basing formation until macro conditions turn favourable, or whether tight liquidity conditions produce one more leg down that washes it out temporarily to something like $3,800. On the technicals he wants price sustained north of $4,500 to pivot the trend back to the bull side and says the bulls have a lot of work to do to turn it up. Into the elections he anticipates gold is far more range-bound and consolidating in the weeks to come.

    Time frame
    long-term, with range-bound consolidation into the elections
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A $50 trillion asset class is deflating and nobody is talking about it

    David RosenbergMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “In this $50 trillion asset class called residential real estate, it's deflating. Nobody's talking about it. And residential rents are still deflating.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 37:35

    Rosenberg's complaint is that a $50 trillion asset class is deflating in plain sight while the inflation debate is about diesel. Housing, he says, is in a recession: the homebuilding stocks are priced as though the whole economy were in a deep one, builders are discounting their product heavily and there is still eight and a half months of inventory supply, and new home prices are down 8.5% on average over the past year. Residential rents are deflating too, and he argues the multifamily market is still badly overbuilt because construction plans from a few years ago assumed demographics that no longer hold - with migration curtailed there is no population growth in the United States, leaving excess supply of residential units and continued downward pressure on rents. He notes Kevin Warsh's Jackson Hole speech mentioned AI eight times and housing once, and asks whether his audience lives in a data centre or a house. The investment consequence he draws is for inflation rather than for housing itself: plug current rents and home prices into the CPI in real time and the index would be close to zero with core well below 2%, and he expects that to come through with lags because shelter weighs far more than energy.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The market has priced four more hikes the Fed never signalled

    David RosenbergMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “I already owned a lot of two-year notes because I don't think the Fed's going to be raising rates four times.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #552 David Rosenberg: Navigating The Noise

    at 30:42

    Rosenberg owns a lot of two-year notes because he does not believe the Fed will raise rates four more times. He says the market has repriced from one or two cuts in February to three or four further tightenings on top of the hike already delivered, and that the Fed never actually signalled that - the market inferred it from ineffective communication. His account of the move is regime change rather than deficits: Kevin Warsh has been tight-lipped and so his words carry more weight, has come across hawkish, and has not unveiled a framework, leaving the guesswork to the market, with the 10-year rising six or seven basis points whenever he opens his mouth. Warsh focuses on headline inflation and on the share of the PCE deflator rising faster than 3%, a statistic Rosenberg thinks treats a bag of peanuts as equivalent to an automobile; when Warsh was applying for the job he favoured the Dallas Fed trimmed-mean measure, last at 2.3%, and was dovish. Rosenberg reads the first hike as the rookie-chair pattern going back to Miller, Greenspan and Yellen, who all tightened at the first opportunity to flex inflation credentials - the last chair to cut at a first meeting was Arthur Burns in 1970, with a recession starting. He notes Williams pushed back on 29 September, says over 100 basis points across the Treasury curve is explained by this reset from an accommodative to a tighter Fed rather than by supply, and admits Fed policy has him confused.

    What they own
    Says he already owned a lot of two-year notes
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · MacroVoices #551 Michael Every: Decoding The Global Geopolitical Puzzle

    5 statements
    BullishCrude oil

    Trade of the week: a January USO 150/180 call spread for renewed crude strength at 3-to-1

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: January 15th, 2027 expiration, about 113 days

    Show quote

    “So this week, I wanted to position for renewed crude oil strength, but with a defined premium budget.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #551 Michael Every: Decoding The Global Geopolitical Puzzle

    at 46:30

    Ceresna takes the view that the pullback in crude is an ordinary ebb-and-flow correction rather than a genuine improvement in the physical picture. Crude ran from roughly $80 to $105 in two weeks, clearly overshot, and is now approaching a 50% retracement and the 50-day moving average -- no different, he says, from early August. The geopolitical situation remains highly suspect, global inventories are substantially depleted, and he thinks the only way that clears is through demand destruction; a move back to $110 or $120 is completely on the table. The options backdrop is what makes him want to express it with defined risk: the oil volatility index has retreated toward the low end of its recent range, so the premium is affordable even though the risk premium has not disappeared. The structure is a bull call spread on USO, referenced at $148.30, buying the January 15 2027 $150 call at about $15.50 and selling the $180 call at about $7.25, an $8.25 net debit on a $30 wide spread, close to 3-to-1 risk-reward, with about 113 days for the thesis to develop. He is explicit about the trade-offs: the upside is capped at $180 -- roughly $120 crude -- timing still matters, and if USO finishes at or below $150 the whole premium is lost. He frames it as capital-efficient upside with the downside limited to the premium committed, and says whether oil breaks out above the 90 level is one of the most important things to watch into next week.

    Time frame
    January 15th, 2027 expiration, about 113 days
    What they own
    Presents it as the show's trade of the week, a USO January 2027 150/180 bull call spread at an $8.25 net debit.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Three-month VIX at its year lows with the election and an earnings cycle inside it -- buy the insurance

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: three-month volatility, out to the end of December

    Show quote

    “In other words, right now, the cost of insuring is about as cheap as it's been all year. And there is no rush or worry in these markets to pay a premium to buy that downside insurance. And I find that the most fascinating part is that you can actually buy reasonable insurance in your portfolio. You can stay long, but use this low and cheap volatility to dampen any potential downside risks.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #551 Michael Every: Decoding The Global Geopolitical Puzzle

    at 51:39

    Ceresna's point is about the term structure rather than the spot level. Thirty-day VIX is around a 15 handle, but what he finds striking is the three-month measure, which runs out to the end of December and therefore captures the elections, the next jobs numbers and the entire October earnings cycle -- and it is trading at its lows for the year. Given how vulnerable he thinks the market is underneath the surface, with breadth collapsing and yields rocketing, he reads that as the market showing no rush or worry about paying up for downside protection. The trade he draws from it is not to get short: he says you can stay long and use cheap volatility to dampen the downside, because reasonable insurance is actually purchasable here. It sits directly alongside his equity view -- that a ten-year pushing to 5.25% or 5.50% could be the catalyst for a 10% correction into the midterms -- which is what makes the cheapness of the hedge the anomaly he wants to exploit.

    Time frame
    three-month volatility, out to the end of December
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper bulls are all in at the 100th percentile, and the dip-buying says respect the trend anyway

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: for now · Not sure

    Show quote

    “This stage, even in spite of the crowding, I want to respect this prevailing bull trend for now.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #551 Michael Every: Decoding The Global Geopolitical Puzzle

    at 1:03:33

    Ceresna acknowledges the contrarian setup and then declines to take it. Positioning in the commitment-of-traders data is crowded to the 100th percentile on the long side, and bullish copper is a consensus sentiment view as well -- normally the conditions for a reversal. The test came with the tariff announcement, which spurred a quick 7% correction and asked the question of whether the bulls were being shaken out. They were not: buyers came in immediately, bought the dip and drove price straight back to 52-week highs. He argues a recovery that fast shows ample bulls still on the sidelines ready to put money to work on dips, and that as long as dips keep being bought the way they were a week ago, the bulls remain in control. He notes measurements pointing to targets up to 7.75 on the upside. His caveat is the crowding itself: being long to the 100th percentile does not automatically make the contrarian trade the right one, but it is why he frames the view as respecting the trend for now rather than a position with an open horizon.

    Time frame
    for now
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Five mega-caps are carrying the index while 72% of stocks sit below their 50-day; higher yields are the catalyst that breaks it

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: going into the midterms · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “If we have a scenario where these yields continue to press, and let's say the 10 years heading to five and a quarter or 550 on the upside, it may just be enough to break the ability for the bulls to hold the line here and could be the ultimate catalyst for a correction.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #551 Michael Every: Decoding The Global Geopolitical Puzzle

    at 51:39

    Ceresna's bias is that the S&P's surface strength is a breadth illusion that higher yields will expose. On the chart alone the index looks unambiguously bullish -- a month-long flag that held the 50-day, previous highs acting as support, a clean breakout candle, a pullback still above the Fibonacci retracement zone -- and he concedes a break to 52-week highs could carry it to 8,000-8,200. Underneath, the equal-weight index never rallied during the up week and is breaking to a lower low, the Russell 2000 is on full sell signals, financials are breaking to lower lows, and only 28% of stocks are above their 50-day moving average, meaning 72% are trending down. Roughly five mega-cap names are carrying the index on market-cap weighting alone. He frames the outcome as binary: either yield pressure is relieved, breadth widens and the index pushes to 8,000-8,200, or the broad market keeps deteriorating until the mega-caps join the selling and a 10% correction runs into the midterms. Asked which way he leans, he points to yields -- a ten-year heading to 5.25% or 5.50% would, he thinks, break the bulls' ability to hold the line -- and says that scenario is in the driver's seat. He ties the transmission out explicitly: higher mortgage rates, tighter financial conditions and a stronger dollar all raise the valuation hurdle for equities, and what matters is the speed of the move in yields rather than the level.

    Time frame
    going into the midterms
    Only if
    Conditional on the 10-year yield continuing higher, toward 5.25% or 5.50%; he says if instead yield pressure is relieved, breadth could widen and the S&P could push to 8,000-8,200.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Oil's selloff is priced on hope, and both wars are far closer to escalation than to peace

    Michael EveryMacroVoicesPublished

    Show quote

    “So unless we are now pricing for peace in our time, which is as true in the Middle East as it is in Russia with Ukraine, unless you have discrete and distinct knowledge of when these wars will end, you are just hoping if you're going to try to start to price in the fact that everything is going to get better.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #551 Michael Every: Decoding The Global Geopolitical Puzzle

    at 2:04

    Every argues the recent fall in crude is driven by hope that is not justified by the facts on the ground, and that anyone pricing improvement is simply hoping rather than forecasting. His case is that the escalation logic is intact on both fronts. On Iran, he says the US economic blockade is working, which gives Iran every incentive to escalate militarily elsewhere, directly or through proxies -- the Red Sea, the Houthis, the East-West pipeline, Yanbu -- and that the important point is not that those attacks happened but that they can be repeated indefinitely: Yanbu, Riyadh and Aramco can be hit again and again, and the already-damaged East-West pipeline remains imminently hittable. He rejects the administration's line that Iran will agree a peace deal right after the US election as making no sense, and says his base case is the opposite: escalation once the election is out of the way, win or lose, and probably a broader coalition with Israel and the GCC rather than a US strike alone. On Russia-Ukraine, he reads Ukraine's strike on Russian diesel refineries days after Trump publicly warned against it as real defiance, and thinks the two wars are converging into what is effectively the same conflict. Asked to make it binary on a buy-sell basis, he says both are far closer to escalation than to peace. He also flags a genuine diesel crisis as a realistic prognosis, given inventories, a Western refinery base that has been closing rather than building for years, and the Middle East disruption that he expects to come roaring back. He is careful to say he is a cross-asset strategist, not an energy expert, and cites his colleague Joe DeLaura's concern rather than his own supply-demand work.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · MacroVoices #550 Harley Bassman: In FED We Trust

    4 statements

    Own long-bond volatility, not direction: a January TLT strangle because fiscal credibility, less Fed guidance and mortgage convexity point to a more volatile bond market

    Patrick CeresnaMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: January 15, 2027 expiry, about 120 days

    Show quote

    “So this week, I want to own uncertainty through long volatility rather than pick the direction. So, I'm looking at the iShares 20-plus-year US Treasury bond ETF, Ticker TLT, trading around $81.27 at the time of recording.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #550 Harley Bassman: In FED We Trust

    at 47:00

    Ceresna's trade of the week is to be long US Treasury bond volatility rather than to bet on whether yields rise or fall. He reasons from the interview: concerns about fiscal credibility, a Fed withdrawing forward guidance, and mortgage convexity all point toward a more volatile bond market. TLT January implied volatility has rebounded from about 10 percent to roughly 12 percent but remains at the bottom of its one-year range, so he thinks further repricing is justified. The structure is a January 15, 2027 long strangle on TLT (around $81.27): buy the $85 call for about $0.82 and the $77 put for about $0.97, strikes roughly 5 percent either side, total cost about $1.79, just over 2 percent of notional, with about 120 days to expiry. It gives positive vega and two-sided convexity; the trade-off is time decay, a roughly 7 percent move either way needed to break even at expiry, and loss of the whole premium if TLT stays range-bound.

    Time frame
    January 15, 2027 expiry, about 120 days
    What they own
    Presented as the show's 'trade of the week' from Big Picture Trading, where Ceresna trades daily; framed as a structure he is looking at, not a stated personal holding. Big Picture Trading offers MacroVoices listeners a free trial, so the segment has a promotional element.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Mortgage bonds get worse if the curve keeps inverting: the stack has recouponed into negatively convex paper and spreads are already out to 110

    Harley BassmanMacroVoicesPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “What you've seen happening right in the last month over here, two months, three months, is the yield curve flattening. So mortgage bonds are becoming more negatively convex, and that's why you have this wider spread from basically mid-95 to 110 If the curve keeps inverting, it's going to get worse.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #550 Harley Bassman: In FED We Trust

    at 23:02

    Bassman warns that agency mortgage-backed securities will underperform further if the yield curve continues to flatten or invert. A mortgage bond is a covered call, and an option is most convex at the strike: three years ago 71 percent of the market carried coupons of 3.5 percent or lower and traded around $79, far from the call strike, so the market had little negative convexity and traded tight to Treasuries. Recouponing since then, with over a trillion dollars of Fannie 5.5s now outstanding, has moved 37 percent of the index into 5 percent or higher coupons that sit near the strike and are very negatively convex. The par mortgage spread to the 10-year has widened from the mid-90s to about 110 basis points, partly because volatility rose but mainly because a flattening curve makes the embedded option worth more. If inversion continues, the spread widens further, and because mortgages are a quarter of all fixed-income issuance the effect spills into the wider bond market. He notes the damage is self-limiting: as prices fall the bonds move away from the strike, convexity fades and they trade more like Treasuries, at lower prices. His advice to anyone in the mortgage market is to be careful.

    Only if
    If the yield curve keeps flattening or inverting
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hyperscaler bonds are money good even if the AI labs go bust; the risk sits with the equity, not the debt

    Harley BassmanMacroVoicesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Look, Anthropic is not borrowing the money. The other guys are borrowing the money to use Anthropic's products. So, can Anthropic go bust? I sure, but that's an equity problem, not a bond problem. And I think the hyperscalers, I think Meta, Google, Amazon, Microsoft, Oracle, they have plenty of cashflow coming on through to make the coupon payments and pay these things back over time. It doesn't mean their stock's not going to go down, but I think the bonds are solid.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #550 Harley Bassman: In FED We Trust

    at 16:14

    Bassman thinks the debt issued by the hyperscalers to fund AI capex is solid. His argument is that the frontier labs such as Anthropic are not the borrowers; Meta, Google, Amazon, Microsoft and Oracle are, and each has an underlying profitable core business generating enough cash flow to cover coupons and repay principal over time, barring a Standard Oil-style breakup. If Chinese open-source models undercut the labs, that is an equity problem for the labs, and if the buildout resembles Global Crossing, where only one or two of the five win, that hurts equity holders and profits rather than bondholders. He allows that the borrowing can push rates higher and that spreads could widen by 50, 100 or 200 basis points, and explicitly declines to comment on the stocks, which he says may well fall. The view is on the bonds only, and he hedges it with 'probably'.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishBitcoin

    Bitcoin goes to zero at some point: it is an act of war against sovereign states and worthless as a transactional tool

    Harley BassmanMacroVoicesPublished

    Time frame: at some point

    Show quote

    “Just to make the big comment here, I do think that Bitcoin at some point is going to zero. It's an act of war against a sovereign state.”

    Episode: MacroVoices #550 Harley Bassman: In FED We Trust

    at 44:51

    Bassman states that Bitcoin will at some point go to zero. He gives two reasons: it amounts to an act of war against a sovereign state's monetary authority, and as a payments rail it is worthless, handling roughly 750,000 trades a day where Visa does that many every minute. He contrasts this with US-dollar stablecoins, which he supports because they create demand for Treasury securities at a time when Japan has been selling, and argues no rival stablecoin can displace them because the underlying asset must be as liquid as the coin. No timing is given beyond 'at some point'.

    Time frame
    at some point
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The Real Eisman Playbook

    33 bullish · 78 bearish18 episodes · 111 statements · 13 speakersLatest

    · AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    10 statements
    BearishComcast

    Nothing to like at Comcast: 144,000 broadband customers lost as competition stays intense

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Comcast, the cable company reported, and nothing to really like here.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman finds nothing to really like in Comcast's quarter. The EPS beat came from media, Peacock and good free cash flow, but the thing investors care most about is broadband subscribers, and Comcast lost 144,000 customers. Eisman reads that as competition remaining intense, and the reason the stock is down more than 20% this year.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Meta's quarter was strong, but $825bn of AI commitments with no positive cash flow is the worry

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now, that is a huge commitment from a company that no longer has any positive cash flow.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman calls Meta's results quite strong: revenue of $64.6 billion up 26%, an EPS beat, and average price per ad up 14%, which suggests its AI products are helping advertising. Eisman criticises the quarter on two fronts. Costs rose 68% against 26% revenue growth, and while Meta has momentum from the early success of its agentic AI app Muse, Eisman holds that LLMs and agentic AI apps have no moats, so it remains to be seen how Meta does when Muse is challenged. The point Eisman thinks the market focused on is that Meta has agreed to spend about $825 billion in future leases and contracts, mostly for AI computing power and infrastructure, a huge commitment from a company that no longer has any positive cash flow.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    SpaceX's quarter was strong; the capex bill, costlier capital and a Tesla merger are the problem

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “My concerns about SpaceX are not this quarter's results. It's the CapEx.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman calls SpaceX's quarter quite impressive, with revenue up 161%, Space nearly breaking even, Starlink profits up and the SI (AI) division swinging to a $431 million profit, with little to nitpick beyond SI's reliance on Anthropic renting compute. The concern is capital spending: quarterly capex of $29.6 billion, up 185% quarter on quarter, and much larger plans behind it, including a $100 billion budget for Starbase Louisiana, the capex for Grok models and data centres, and Starlink turning from a cash cow into a cash drain as it moves to compete with carriers such as T-Mobile. SpaceX will have to raise multi-billions in capital, an amount Eisman does not yet know but calls huge, and CoreWeave has shown the environment for raising AI capital has worsened, so the cost has gone up and could be a big future problem. Eisman also calls the proposed merger with Tesla a very bad idea: the combined company would be incredibly complex, difficult to manage and very hard for investors to understand.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishIBM

    IBM is too small to matter and its software and consulting face AI disintermediation

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “This is no longer an important company.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman says IBM, once the most important tech company in the world, is no longer an important company. At a $240 billion market cap it is too small to challenge the large tech companies in any meaningful way, and it is now mostly a software and tech consulting business, both of which run the risk of being disintermediated by AI. The quarter beat on revenue and earnings per share, but Eisman dismisses it: revenue grew a paltry 5%.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishMoody's

    Long-time Moody's holder: the ratings oligopoly with S&P, though rates still bite

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Full disclosure, I've owned the stock for a long time because Moody's and S&P occupy a powerful oligopoly.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman has owned Moody's for a long time because Moody's and S&P occupy a powerful oligopoly in credit ratings. Eisman qualifies it: the oligopoly does not make the company immune to market forces, especially interest rates, since rising rates chill bond issuance. This quarter showed it, with EPS of $4.14 against $3.60 a year earlier but below the $4.27 estimate, because revenue at Moody's Investors Service, the ratings business, fell 1% on slower bond issuance.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Stated on air: has owned Moody's stock for a long time.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    French sovereign bonds are in big trouble at 120% debt to GDP, and nobody has to own them

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “French sovereign bonds are in big trouble.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman says French sovereign bonds are in big trouble, and not only because of the riots: France's debt to GDP is 120%, which Eisman calls too high. The market is already showing it, with the premium of French 10-year bonds over Germany up 16 basis points this week to 175 basis points, the widest since the 2011 European sovereign debt crisis. Eisman meets the objection that US debt to GDP is also 120% head on: lower US debt would be better, but the dollar is the world's reserve currency and the global financial system functions on Treasuries, so large investors everywhere must own them. No one has to own French sovereign bonds.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    More likely than not US home prices fall in most of the country for several years; buying is no wealth builder

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Time frame: for the next several years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “In fact, I think it is more likely than not that housing prices will go down in most parts of the country for the next several years.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Answering an audience question on whether to buy a house, Eisman calls the housing market locked: owners refinanced into 3% to 3.5% mortgages during COVID, mortgage rates now exceed 7%, and for a buyer to match the seller's monthly payment the price would have to be roughly half the seller's purchase price, which will not happen while sellers are employed, so existing home sales are at multi-decade lows. Insurance, property taxes and local fees add to the cost, and Eisman thinks housing is unaffordable for most Americans even at lower mortgage rates. Eisman thinks the days of creating wealth by buying a home are over and that it is more likely than not prices fall in most parts of the country over the next several years. The caveat Eisman gives: if rates come down and supply loosens as the homeowner population ages, demand and buyers will increase. Eisman would only buy a home expecting at best to get the money back, says renting is no longer a waste of money, and that buying is probably now a waste of money.

    Time frame
    for the next several years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishTesla TSLA

    Tesla grew revenue 0%, and its future rests on autonomy where Eisman sees no real sign of success

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “The future of Tesla hinges on the success of autonomous driving. And I have to say, there is no real indication that Tesla is really succeeding here.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman calls Tesla's results not great: total revenue grew 0% for a company sold as a growth company, automotive revenue fell 1% to $20.5 billion, energy generation and storage fell 16% to $2.9 billion, and earnings per share of $0.48 were down 4%, with services up 33% the one bright spot. Eisman says the future of Tesla hinges on autonomous driving and sees no real indication that Tesla is succeeding there. Eisman also describes the business as an EV maker that has lost massive market share to the Chinese, an autonomous division that is questionable and a solar business that is not that great, which is part of why Eisman opposes merging it with SpaceX.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    With CoreWeave debt at 15%, data-centre economics don't work and fixed income wants math, not stories

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “We shall see if CoreWeave can change its current bad fixed income narrative, but that's going to be tough.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman argues the AI narrative has moved to the fixed income markets. The cost of CoreWeave's debt has climbed from 9% to 15%, and that move took down the whole AI complex over two weeks, overwhelming the earnings results. Building AI data centres has turned tech from a capital-light to a capital-heavy model; hyperscalers such as Google can carry it, but neoclouds like CoreWeave and Nebius do not have strong balance sheets, so a 15% yield means future debt is raised at 15%, if it can be raised at all, and at that cost Eisman believes the economics of an AI data centre do not work. Unless the AI fixed income environment improves, building data centres will be prohibitively expensive for some. Fixed income investors care about math, not stories, so Eisman thinks it will be tough for CoreWeave to change its bad fixed income narrative, and says to keep watching the price of CoreWeave debt to see whether it does. A view on the debt and the financing, not on the shares.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishNetflix NFLX

    Netflix is going ex-growth: streaming is mature and YouTube won the new formats

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “YouTube has conquered these newer aspects of media, and Netflix has been slow and stubborn.”

    Episode: AI Narrative Switched, Debt Yields Spike | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:31

    Eisman says Netflix is in the process of going ex-growth. The quarter met revenue expectations at 11.8% growth with a small EPS beat, but fourth-quarter guidance for revenue and earnings per share was below the Street, and the company is going through wrenching changes, having laid off employees and removed its Chief Content Officer and Chief Film Officer. Eisman's diagnosis: streaming was revolutionary and is now mature, media is no longer just films and series but short-form video and podcasts, and YouTube has conquered those newer formats while Netflix has been slow and stubborn.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    10 statements

    Memory chips get commoditised eventually, Moses says - he just cannot date it

    Danny MosesThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: at some point · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Is this a commodity? Is this going to be a commoditized product? And the answer is yes, at some point, because all you got to do is build a fab and start making these chips at some point.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 12:08

    Moses expects memory to end up a commodity. He says he knows what is going to happen to memory chips but not when, and that the answer to whether this is a commoditised product is yes at some point, because the barrier is only building a fab and starting to make the chips. He notes Micron's low earnings multiple as the market already pricing that question rather than today's earnings, and frames it inside his wider point that competition has not yet arrived in AI hardware - NVIDIA's gross margin staying in the high 70s is something he would not have believed two years ago. The call is directional on the product, with the timing explicitly left open.

    Time frame
    at some point
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Meta is one of the few AI names Moses wants to own, on pullbacks

    Danny MosesThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “For example, I love Alphabet, Amazon, Met and Microsoft on pullbacks. Why? Because they have an incredible business.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 14:43

    Moses says the AI build-out is a real secular story but that the capex arithmetic will not work for everyone, as it did not for the fibre-optic buildout of 1999-2000. His way of owning the theme is the handful of businesses that can stop spending at will: Meta, which the transcript renders as "Met", is one of the four he names, and he wants it on pullbacks rather than at any price. The reason he gives is the quality of the underlying business and the fact that the capex, which he notes has turned free cash flow negative in some cases for the first time, is a spigot these companies can turn off whenever they see fit. No horizon or price is given.

    Only if
    Wants to buy on pullbacks, not at the current price.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Alphabet is one of the few AI names Moses wants to own, on pullbacks

    Danny MosesThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “For example, I love Alphabet, Amazon, Met and Microsoft on pullbacks. Why? Because they have an incredible business.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 14:43

    Moses says the AI build-out is a real secular story but that the capex arithmetic will not work for everyone, as it did not for the fibre-optic buildout of 1999-2000. His way of owning the theme is the handful of businesses that can stop spending at will: Alphabet is one of the four he names, and he wants it on pullbacks rather than at any price. The reason he gives is the quality of the underlying business and the fact that the capex, which he notes has turned free cash flow negative in some cases for the first time, is a spigot these companies can turn off whenever they see fit. No horizon or price is given.

    Only if
    Wants to buy on pullbacks, not at the current price.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Eisman: rates higher for longer, because AI issuance is crowding out Treasuries

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: higher for longer

    Show quote

    “I agree that the level of underlying rates is going to be higher, longer. The fact that 500 billion of AI issuance is taking place this year and growing, is crowding out.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 9:09

    Eisman expects the level of underlying rates to stay higher for longer, and the reason he gives is new: roughly $500bn of AI-related issuance this year, and growing, is crowding out the Treasury market. He says a private-sector borrower large enough to crowd out Treasuries has never happened before, but that this one is that big. He separates this from the deficit argument, where he is relaxed because the world's financial system runs on Treasuries and he sees no serious alternative; the pressure he is pointing at comes from the supply of competing corporate paper, not from loss of faith in the government's credit.

    Time frame
    higher for longer
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Eisman expects a long period of very troubled times for private equity

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: a long period

    Show quote

    “I think the private equity business is going to go through a long period of very troubled times.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 27:28

    Eisman's argument is that the industry grew post-GFC for two reasons: the banks pulled back and somebody had to replace them, and institutions scarred by losing about 40% in 2008 moved money into a vehicle they could pretend was not volatile because it is not priced every day. He says the volatility is the same as in public markets, only unobserved. Now the exits are not happening - he notes holding periods have gone from three or four years to seven and maybe ten - and rates keep going higher, which he says breaks a business that only really works at low rates because it is a leveraged business. On that basis he expects a long period of very troubled times for the industry.

    Time frame
    a long period
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Amazon is one of the few AI names Moses wants to own, on pullbacks

    Danny MosesThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “For example, I love Alphabet, Amazon, Met and Microsoft on pullbacks. Why? Because they have an incredible business.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 14:43

    Moses says the AI build-out is a real secular story but that the capex arithmetic will not work for everyone, as it did not for the fibre-optic buildout of 1999-2000. His way of owning the theme is the handful of businesses that can stop spending at will: Amazon is one of the four he names, and he wants it on pullbacks rather than at any price. The reason he gives is the quality of the underlying business and the fact that the capex, which he notes has turned free cash flow negative in some cases for the first time, is a spigot these companies can turn off whenever they see fit. No horizon or price is given.

    Only if
    Wants to buy on pullbacks, not at the current price.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishNVIDIA NVDA

    Eisman's worry on NVIDIA is customer concentration, not the AI story

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Well, Nvidia is the largest company in the world, and 70% of its revenue comes from five customers? There's a tremendous amount of concentration risk.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 21:22

    Eisman says the thing that concerns him about NVIDIA is concentration risk: revenue was up about 110% in the quarter reported roughly a month before the recording, but the 10-Q showed 70% of accounts receivable coming from five accounts. He draws the parallel to a software analyst he worked with at Oppenheimer who refused to take a company public on three customers, and points out that this is the largest company in the world. He adds that much of the chain depends on the health of OpenAI and Anthropic, which he says nobody can handicap because there are no financials. He is explicit that he is not telling anyone to short the AI trade - he calls that insane - so this is a flagged risk rather than a price call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he is not telling people to short the whole AI trade and that doing so would be insane.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Eisman: the days of making money on a house are completely over

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “But don't expect to make money buying the house. I think those days are completely over.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 10:01

    Eisman says that if you find a house you like and can afford the payments and the taxes, buy it - but do not expect to make money on it, because those days are completely over. The mechanism he gives earlier in the conversation is the mortgage rate: at 7.5% people are simply not buying homes, which makes housing a big negative and something he would be very nervous about right now. He treats the house as shelter rather than an investment, and makes no call on any listed housing stock.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Microsoft is one of the few AI names Moses wants to own, on pullbacks

    Danny MosesThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “For example, I love Alphabet, Amazon, Met and Microsoft on pullbacks. Why? Because they have an incredible business.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 14:43

    Moses says the AI build-out is a real secular story but that the capex arithmetic will not work for everyone, as it did not for the fibre-optic buildout of 1999-2000. His way of owning the theme is the handful of businesses that can stop spending at will: Microsoft is one of the four he names, and he wants it on pullbacks rather than at any price. The reason he gives is the quality of the underlying business and the fact that the capex, which he notes has turned free cash flow negative in some cases for the first time, is a spigot these companies can turn off whenever they see fit. No horizon or price is given.

    Only if
    Wants to buy on pullbacks, not at the current price.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Moses calls CoreWeave the WeWork of the AI trade

    Danny MosesThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “CoreWeave, which I think is vulnerable. It's really like a we work of kind of the trade.”

    Episode: Big Short Reunion w/ Danny Moses: Rising Rates, AI & Private Equity | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 80

    at 16:39

    Asked which AI-linked names are not financially sound, Moses names CoreWeave and compares it to WeWork: it buys the chips, has a handful of large clients, and has moved towards renting capacity out on shorter terms, which he says leaves a potential mismatch on its balance sheet against roughly $51bn of debt including leases. His objection is the absence of a demonstrated path to profits, and he says plainly that he has not done enough analysis to know whether the company can make money. He is not calling for a short: he says the AI trade overall is not something he wants to short, only that CoreWeave is not the stock he would use to express the theme.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says on air he does not want to own CoreWeave to express his AI theme, and that the AI trade overall is not something he wants to short.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    7 statements

    Nobody has to own French sovereign bonds, and France has no plan to cut spending

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “In other words, no one needs to own French sovereign bonds, but many large institutions need to own US treasuries.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    Says the news from France is particularly bad, and not just the riots: investors are losing confidence in France's ability to manage its deficit, and the French 10-year spread over the German 10-year is at 140 basis points, a multi-year high. Debt to GDP is 120%, which he calls a dangerous level, and there is no consensus or desire among French politicians to cut expenditures — Marine Le Pen, who he says may become the next president, is campaigning to cut the retirement age from 62 to 60. He meets the obvious objection that US debt to GDP is also 120% head on: it is a problem there too, but a lesser one, because the dollar is the world's reserve currency and the global financial system runs on Treasuries, with the multi-trillion-dollar repo market using only Treasuries and large institutions parking cash in them. Until there is a large, safe and liquid alternative, the US has the luxury of time, though not endless time. France has no such demand underneath it: no one needs to own its bonds. This is the bearish leg of an explicit pair — the US Treasury leg is recorded as its own row.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Not much margin for error in bank valuations; a poor entry point

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “To invest in banks at these valuation levels requires you assuming that the investment banking cycle remains very strong. I said exactly that when the banks reported second quarter results and I reiterated, there is just not much margin for error at these valuation levels. To me, it's just not that great an entry point.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    Likes the quarter and not the price. The big banks posted strong results on extremely strong investment banking and trading, with returns at or near record levels, and he calls this a pretty golden age for investment banking: trading volumes high, AI creating massive financing needs, M&A strong, so the banks are partial beneficiaries of the AI boom as companies with AI financing needs come to Wall Street. Credit quality is benign. His objection is valuation: only some of the froth has come out since the July peak and frankly not that much, so buying here requires you to assume the investment banking cycle stays very strong — he says he made exactly this call on the second-quarter results and is reiterating it. On the names he values by return on tangible common equity: Goldman, JP Morgan and Morgan Stanley at 2.6 to 3.4 times tangible book on returns above 20%, against Wells Fargo, Bank of America and Citi at 1.2 to 1.8 times on 12 to 16%. He singles Wells Fargo out as the one he would not look at, because it misses on revenue every other quarter and has not grown revenue in multiple quarters; notes Bank of America's poor quarter (fixed income trading down 17%, a $1.2bn anti-money-laundering fine, the stock down over 4%) while saying its 15% return means the company is fine long term; and credits Jane Fraser's Citi with good results at an 11.5% return. Higher rates are the drag on the fixed income trading line across the group as clients pause.

    What they own
    None disclosed; the show's own disclaimer says the hosts and guests may hold positions in stocks discussed.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The Starlink threat to the Big Three carriers is probably overblown

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So the telepocalypse is probably overblown. But as we know, narratives are powerful, and this one is not going away.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    Coins "the telepocalypse" for the sell-off that took AT&T, Verizon and T-Mobile down 9 to 13% on Friday 9 October, and says the threat behind it is probably overblown. The trigger was Starlink, SpaceX's most profitable division, buying 14 MHz of 800 MHz spectrum from Grain Management, which he says will definitely improve its US service but as best he can tell still leaves it not nearly good enough against the carriers. To close the gap Starlink would have to build a terrestrial network, which can be unbelievably expensive; the economic route is a deal to run on one of the Big Three's rails, and he says none of the three has any interest in helping. His hedge is the narrative: powerful, and not going away. He reads T-Mobile's 25% fall this year (against Verizon up 5% and AT&T down 9%) as de-rating rather than deterioration — a better company than the other two that used to carry a multiple in the 20s, double its competitors', and now trades at 14 times 2026 earnings.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    Seventeen years of crisis calls have been wrong; bank credit says the economy is still okay

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Since the GSC, many commentators have tried to predict the next crisis. This is it, they say, and then it isn't. Perhaps the most important story of the past 17 years is how powerful and resilient the US economy has become.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    His conclusion from this quarter's bank results is that the economy is still fine and that the resilience itself is the story of the past 17 years — commentators keep saying this is the next crisis and then it isn't. He builds it from the data rather than the narrative: the four broad lenders (JP Morgan, Citi, Wells and Bank of America) are the best concurrent window into credit, and non-accruing loans show no deterioration on either the consumer or the commercial side. JP Morgan's total non-accruals were $9.4bn, down 7% year on year and flat sequentially; Bank of America's $5.7bn, up 3% year on year and down 4% sequentially. Nothing like the large consumer non-accrual increases that preceded the financial crisis. He is explicit about what this does and does not prove: a credit cycle may still emerge, but it is not visible in the banks, and whatever goes wrong next he does not think it will be in the banking system, which is extremely well capitalised. So the banks are not the leading indicator this time — he has said "as the banks go, so goes the economy" before and says not this time — and it is AI and private credit, both far more opaque than bank disclosure, that will determine whether and when there is a recession. He says he is starting to think the entire future of the US economy hinges on the success or failure of AI.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Fixed income is losing confidence in neocloud debt; CoreWeave's bonds yield 15%

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Its market cap is only 43 billion, but it has taken on 35 billion plus in debt, and it has additional capital lease obligations of 10 billion. This is not a company with a great balance sheet, to say the least.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    Calls the CoreWeave credit story the key news of the week and the clearest sign of stress in the AI narrative. The balance sheet is the problem: a $43bn market cap against more than $35bn of debt and another $10bn of capital lease obligations, raised at a 9% coupon that was already very high, on data centres devoted solely to AI in competition with hyperscalers whose balance sheets are vastly larger. The market has moved: the debt has fallen below 90 cents on the dollar for a yield around 15%, which he reads as the fixed income markets quickly losing confidence. The equity complex followed on Wednesday — CoreWeave down 15%, Nebius down 10%, the whole AI complex lower as investors suddenly got afraid of AI debt levels — and Treasuries caught a safety bid on the same day despite worse-than-expected inflation data. He puts AI-related debt alongside private credit as the place the next problem emerges, and says this is why he is now much more focused on the fixed income markets, the continued reaction to CoreWeave, and whether there is contagion to other parts of AI. He pairs it with his doubts about what the labs disclose: OpenAI's claimed $50bn of annualised revenue at end-September, down from a claimed $70bn, on a measure he says he cannot interpret and that he thinks exists to help them raise money.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Private credit's software exposure may be the harbinger of a credit cycle

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Yes, there are definite problems in private credit with respect to overexposure to software. And perhaps these software issues are harbingers of an approaching credit cycle.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    Puts the next credit problem outside the banks and inside private credit, where he says the problems are definite rather than suspected: the asset class is overexposed to software, and software is getting hit by AI. He allows that these software issues may be harbingers of an approaching credit cycle. What makes it hard to call is disclosure rather than size — bank credit data is voluminous and transparent (JP Morgan's earnings supplement runs 29 pages of it) while private credit is much more opaque, which he says makes future economic weakness much trickier to foresee. It is one of the two places, with AI-related debt, where he says trouble could emerge now that he no longer treats the banks as the leading indicator.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Institutions have to own Treasuries, which buys the US time France does not have

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “but many large institutions need to own US treasuries.”

    Episode: Market Cracks Under AI Debt Burden | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:45

    The long leg of the France comparison, recorded separately because he states it as a contrast. US debt to GDP is also 120% and he concedes that is a problem, but a lesser one, because the dollar is the reserve currency and the entire global financial system functions on Treasuries: the multi-trillion-dollar repo market banks use takes only Treasuries, and large institutions park money in them. Until a large, safe and liquid alternative exists, that structural demand gives the US the luxury of time — his own caveat is that it is not endless time, so this is a view about who is forced to own the paper rather than a call on yields. He notes the behaviour in the week as evidence of the safety bid: rates fell on Wednesday even though inflation data came in worse than expected, because investors bought Treasuries as a safety play against the CoreWeave news.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Gary Marcus on AI Doomsday Fears, Hacking, & the Fight for Control | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 79

    2 statements

    Token maxing is over; open-weight models leave OpenAI and Anthropic nervous

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “I have a conspiracy theory which I'm going to share. Let's see what you think about it. Token maxing is over.”

    Episode: Gary Marcus on AI Doomsday Fears, Hacking, & the Fight for Control | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 79

    at 37:37

    Eisman's thesis is that token maxing is over and that open-weight models have taken considerable, if unmeasurable, market share, so OpenAI and Anthropic are nervous about their future. He suspects their talk of existential risk is partly an attempt to manufacture a crisis that produces regulation they can shape into a duopoly, and notes the irony of warning about the end of the world while preparing IPOs. The view is on the frontier labs' competitive position, mostly private companies.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The AI labs' finances don't make sense; agents, their one hope, are unreliable

    Gary MarcusThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “So one meta story is still the one that we keep talking about, that we've talked about before, which is the finances don't make a lot of sense.”

    Episode: Gary Marcus on AI Doomsday Fears, Hacking, & the Fight for Control | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 79

    at 2:22

    Marcus says the finances of the AI companies still do not make much sense. Their one hope of making money is agents, which use far more compute because they make many calls, but agents are not reliable: they cannot follow instructions consistently, still hallucinate, and have been involved in around a dozen publicly known hacking incidents across several labs. He argues the obvious fix, suspending agents that can acquire permissions until they are reliable, is resisted because of what it would do to these companies' economics. The view is on the labs' business model, not on the usefulness of AI in general.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    6 statements

    Eisman: France is no longer a safe haven; no one needs to own French debt

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Until there is a serious alternative to treasuries, the US has the luxury of time. France does not. No one needs to own French sovereign debt.”

    Episode: Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:56

    Eisman says France, once viewed as a sovereign safe haven, no longer is: debt to GDP has reached 120%, French rates are marching higher and there is zero consensus on what to do, with a presidential candidate proposing to cut the retirement age to 60. The US has similar debt to GDP but is protected by the dollar's reserve status and the financial system's reliance on Treasuries as collateral; France has no such buyer of last resort, so no one needs to own French sovereign debt.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Eisman: higher rates will break the economy, and we are getting closer

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “At some point of higher rates, the economy breaks. What that point is, no one knows, but I'm getting convinced that we're getting closer.”

    Episode: Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:56

    Eisman attributes the 10-year yield's move from 4.5% to 5.25% in the quarter to roughly $500 billion of AI debt issuance crowding out Treasuries and to the Fed's September hike as insurance against war-driven oil inflation. Higher rates raise federal debt costs, hurt an already weak housing market, corporates raising debt (including AI issuers) and consumers who borrow. He says nobody knows the breaking point, but he is getting convinced the economy is getting closer to it, pointing to 7.5% mortgage rates and distressed leveraged loans at their highest since the pandemic.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Eisman: to diversify away from AI, buy short-term Treasuries

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “My suggestion is that if you want to park money that will be immune to AI fluctuations, I would just buy short-term treasuries. The yield is decent and they are safe.”

    Episode: Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    at 7:43

    Answering listeners who ask how to diversify away from AI, Eisman argues the S&P 500 is now largely one AI trade (InfoTech near 40%, well over 65% once Google, Amazon, utilities, AI-linked industrials and financiers are added) and that bonds do not help much either, since over half of this year's corporate issuance is AI-related. His suggestion for money meant to be immune to AI fluctuations is short-term Treasuries: the yield is decent and they are safe.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Eisman: still not ready to buy bank stocks; too early while rates rise

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “I'm still not ready to buy bank stocks. If interest rates continue to march higher, fears of a recession will rise. Bank stocks never do well when investors are worried about a recession. I just think it's too early.”

    Episode: Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    at 7:43

    Eisman had flagged in mid-July that bank stocks were at peak valuations (Goldman at about three times tangible book, Morgan Stanley at four) and that any hiccup in the investment-banking cycle would cause a correction, which is what happened: the large banks are down more than 20% from their mid-July peak after Bank of America's CEO said higher rates had hurt fixed-income trading. He is still not ready to buy: if rates keep rising, recession fears will rise, and bank stocks never do well when investors worry about a recession. He thinks it is too early.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishGlasshouse

    Eisman sold Glass House after the CFO resigned: 'something is wrong'

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Why would a CFO plan to resign at the height of a growth story? Something is wrong.”

    Episode: Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    at 7:43

    Eisman sold his long position in Glass House Brands after a steep decline in the stock followed by the CFO's resignation. The company says the resignation was planned, but he asks why a CFO would plan to resign at the height of a growth story and concludes that something is wrong. He adds that when he becomes obsessed with a stock's daily moves it is best to sell and perhaps come back later.

    What they own
    Sold his long position in Glass House Brands after the stock's decline and the CFO's resignation.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishPayPal

    Eisman: PayPal's franchise is obliterated; management should have taken the $60 bid

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “PayPal competes against giants like Apple Pay and Google Pay, its franchise value has been obliterated. Management should have sold, the stock is now in the low 50s.”

    Episode: Q3 2026 Market Recap: Energy Up, Utilities Crushed, and Software Flipped | The Weekly Wrap

    at 7:43

    Eisman is bewildered that PayPal's management rejected an unsolicited $60-a-share bid as too low. He argues the payments space has become notoriously difficult and that PayPal, competing against giants like Apple Pay and Google Pay, has seen its franchise value obliterated. With the stock back in the low 50s after a 22% third-quarter rise on the bid, he thinks management should have sold the company.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · 5% Rates, Bessent's Failed Gamble & What Comes Next w/ Krishna Guha | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 78

    3 statements

    Housing is ground zero: bombed out at 7% mortgages with no turn in sight

    Krishna GuhaThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “Housing is completely bombed out because mortgage rates are 7%. And there's no indication of that turning around anytime soon.”

    Episode: 5% Rates, Bessent's Failed Gamble & What Comes Next w/ Krishna Guha | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 78

    at 34:47

    Guha's answer to where long rates start to hurt is that the damage has already begun in the rate-sensitive half of the economy. With the 10-year around 5.25 percent as they record, borrowing costs are crowding out activity that would otherwise have been done in other sectors, and he names housing as ground zero: mortgage rates at 7 percent have left it completely bombed out with no indication of a turn any time soon. The framing is an economy of two halves. AI investment is far less rate-sensitive, because a project expected to return 500 or 10,000 percent does not much care whether it borrows at 6 or 9 percent, while a mom-and-pop store or a home buyer cares enormously. He puts the long-term borrowing cost that would significantly impair AI investment itself much higher - perhaps a six-handle - so on his reading housing and the rest of the old economy keep taking the strain long before the AI side feels it.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS economy

    Markets now trade on oil and the 10-year, and we are getting closer to the Rubicon

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And people are starting to get really nervous, because at some point of long-term rates, the economy starts to slow. What that rate is, no one really knows, but we're certainly getting closer to the Rubicon.”

    Episode: 5% Rates, Bessent's Failed Gamble & What Comes Next w/ Krishna Guha | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 78

    at 48:38

    Eisman's own read, given in his closing summary, is that the market now moves on two things only - the oil price and the 10-year yield - and that the 10-year marching from 4.5 percent to well over 5 percent in a very short time is what matters. He grants that nobody, Guha included, knows the level of long-term rates at which the economy starts to slow, but says we are certainly getting closer to that line, which is why people are getting nervous. He also sets out why the policy backstop looks thinner than it used to: Warsh wants quantitative easing confined to emergencies, thinks the balance sheet is too large and dislikes forward guidance, which on Guha's argument leaves the market to its own imaginations; and Bessent's buyback programme has clearly failed, because $6bn against a $40tn Treasury market is a butter knife brought to a gun battle, long rates have risen anyway and, on Guha's reading, the attempt cost credibility.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Tariff inflation drops out and oil does not stick, so inflation keeps grinding down

    Krishna GuhaThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “My view on inflation is still relatively constructive. I do think it's heading down. I do think that the tariff inflation is going to drop out of the numbers fairly soon.”

    Episode: 5% Rates, Bessent's Failed Gamble & What Comes Next w/ Krishna Guha | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 78

    at 3:31

    Guha separates his own inflation view from his defence of Warsh's rate rise. His view is constructive: the data cooled over the summer, he expects the tariff contribution to drop out of the numbers fairly soon and says it is already going that way, and he sees no evidence that the oil shock creates a lasting inflation impulse - even though refined product has run far ahead of crude, with diesel behaving as if oil were nearer $200. On that reading inflation should keep coming down gradually from here. He still calls the hike defensible as insurance rather than necessity: Warsh's judgement is that more than five years above the 2 percent target risks households and businesses writing higher inflation into wage and price setting, and with the jobs market in good shape it is a cheap moment to buy that insurance. The risk to his own view is therefore expectations rather than oil or tariffs.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Why Private Equity's Software Bet Is Going to Zero | The Weekly Wrap

    4 statements
    BearishFICO

    FICO has lost its mortgage monopoly and VantageScore adoption accelerates from here

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Time frame: over the coming months

    Show quote

    “This change probably puts Vantage Score at a competitive advantage over FICO. As a result, Rocket Mortgage, one of the largest mortgage lenders in the United States, announced that it would be defaulting to Vantage Score. I expected over the coming months, the adoption of Vantage Score will accelerate by a lot.”

    Episode: Why Private Equity's Software Bet Is Going to Zero | The Weekly Wrap

    at 1:00

    Eisman says the FICO short thesis -- that it risks losing its mortgage monopoly -- has now played out. Bill Pulte at the FHFA, the regulator of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, posted that he was combining the LLPA grids for FICO and VantageScore, removing the 20-point haircut on VantageScore, which Eisman says probably hands VantageScore a competitive advantage. Rocket Mortgage, one of the largest US mortgage lenders, responded by announcing it would default to VantageScore, and Eisman expects VantageScore adoption to accelerate a lot over the coming months. The stock fell more than 25% on Tuesday and is down more than 60% year to date. He frames the cause as self-inflicted: FICO raised prices 1,600% over five years, angered the whole mortgage ecosystem and lost its monopoly in under a year, which he calls as bad an outcome as a company can produce. He adds that CEO William Lansing, in the job since 2012, should be fired immediately and that his still being there is evidence the board is window dressing.

    Time frame
    over the coming months
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Cybersecurity is the software sector AI does not disintermediate

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “cybersecurity has a good shot at surviving the SAASpocalypse. Public cybersecurity companies have done very well”

    Episode: Why Private Equity's Software Bet Is Going to Zero | The Weekly Wrap

    at 1:00

    Eisman singles out cybersecurity as the exception to his bearish software view. His reason is demand: given all the hacking AI models have been doing lately, he thinks cybersecurity has a good shot at surviving the SaaSpocalypse, and notes the public cybersecurity companies have already done very well. He applies the test consistently through his buyout review, marking McAfee and Proofpoint as probably not vulnerable to AI intrusion while calling Citrix, Zendesk and Anaplan vulnerable, and when he assumes most software is down roughly 50% from its peak he flags cybersecurity as a very large exception. He also notes that neither of the software buyouts whose equity has already been wiped out -- Pluralsight and Medallia -- was in cybersecurity. He names no cybersecurity equity as a holding, gives no horizon and hedges the claim as a good shot rather than a certainty.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI need not kill software to hurt it -- slower growth and weaker pricing is enough

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “However, AI does not have to destroy a software company for it to have an impact. It could simply slow seed growth and make it more difficult to raise prices. That would hurt future profitability and valuations.”

    Episode: Why Private Equity's Software Bet Is Going to Zero | The Weekly Wrap

    at 1:00

    Eisman's point is that the bar for damage is lower than the original SaaSpocalypse narrative assumed. That first version -- AI wipes out all existing software -- drove software stocks down universally from last summer until early this summer, and has since given way to a rally. He says the story has not gone away, it has morphed: the current narrative is that companies whose software is deeply embedded in enterprises will be fine, naming ServiceNow and Salesforce as possible examples, while consumer-facing B2C names like Intuit, Booking and Expedia are at risk, and some B2B companies too. He is explicit that it is still very early and he is monitoring it. His own addition is that AI does not have to destroy a software company to matter: slowing growth and making price increases harder is enough to hurt future profitability and valuations. He also notes the stocks are down not because the business models have broken -- they have not -- but because investors fear they will, and that the same multiple compression applies to the private software companies, which is what drives his private-equity view.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Private equity's software buyouts are dead money and will be marked to zero

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Time frame: refinancing wave from 2027; years to work through

    Show quote

    “I think these software investments are largely dead money, meaning investors are never going to see any return. The duration for private equity monetization is going to keep extending, and many investments will be marked to zero.”

    Episode: Why Private Equity's Software Bet Is Going to Zero | The Weekly Wrap

    at 13:58

    Eisman's case is arithmetic on the software buyouts private equity did in the low-rate decade. Software was about 90% of all tech buyouts and SaaS deal volume was about a quarter of the whole buyout market, with Thoma Bravo, Vista and Silver Lake accounting for roughly 60% of SaaS buyouts; 2021 alone was over $284bn of US tech buyouts, $256bn of it software. Those deals were funded with roughly 50% debt on average, at variable rates, so interest expense has already exploded. Meanwhile the SaaSpocalypse has cut valuation multiples roughly in half, using Adobe (down 62% from its February 2024 high) as the proxy. His worked example: a $1bn buyout with $500m of five-year variable-rate debt struck in 2022 refinances in 2027 against a company now worth $500m, so the equity is worthless even if earnings and cash flow are fine, and private credit will demand another $500m of fresh equity to refinance. He thinks most sponsors walk away and private credit ends up owning the business. He is explicit about the bound: this is not big enough to sink the economy, but it is big enough to seriously damage the industry's reputation, it will take years to work through, monetisation periods that once ran three to four years and now run seven keep extending, and investors who bought into the returns will find their stakes worthless. He cites Pluralsight (Vista's equity wiped out by Blue Owl and other lenders in 2024) and Medallia (taken over by lenders this August, a Thoma Bravo deal) as deals that have already failed, noting neither was in cybersecurity. He also argues the asset class grew after the GFC on a sleight of hand -- the volatility was still there, investors just were not shown a daily price.

    Time frame
    refinancing wave from 2027; years to work through
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · What the AI Boom Looks Like From Inside Cisco with Sam Badri | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 77

    2 statements

    Most AI work does not need a frontier model, and the whole complex leans on two of them

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “My issue with the reliance on anthropic and open AI is, they're like the Mercedes of the LLM world, and you've got these Chinese and open-weight models, which were considerably cheaper, and you don't need Mercedes to do every single task. Maybe you need Mercedes to do 5% of your tasks. So my view of the whole situation is, I don't know how this is going to turn out, but if one of these guys gets in trouble, we're in trouble because so much of the business depended upon them. That's kind of how I view it.”

    Episode: What the AI Boom Looks Like From Inside Cisco with Sam Badri | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 77

    at 22:08

    Eisman's objection is not that AI is fake but that the market has concentrated its bet on OpenAI and Anthropic. He calls them the Mercedes of the LLM world and argues that Chinese and open-weight models are considerably cheaper and good enough for the great majority of tasks -- he puts the share that genuinely needs the frontier at something like 5%. The consequence he draws is a fragility argument rather than a price target: because so much of the supply chain and so much of the spending run through those two companies, trouble at either one is trouble for everyone downstream. He is explicit that he does not know how it resolves.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Cisco's IR head says the demand behind the AI buildout still looks good quality

    Sam BadriThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “What I would always track is, what is the quality of the demand vector that's coming in? The quality of the demand vector seems to be very positive, which is token consumption or token growth.”

    Episode: What the AI Boom Looks Like From Inside Cisco with Sam Badri | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 77

    at 21:04

    Asked whether the AI trade's dependence on OpenAI and Anthropic is a risk, Badri separates the question of who captures the demand from the question of whether the demand is real. He says he does not have a view on how the capacity gets stood up, and that what he watches instead is the quality of the demand coming in -- token consumption and token growth -- which he reads as very positive. He argues adoption is still early: on his own travels most users have not progressed past simple prompts, and he sees the next cohorts (financial services, then healthcare and science) as still ahead. Note the seat: he speaks for a company selling into the buildout.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Enron-Era Tricks Are Back in AI: How These Companies Are Hiding Their Debt | The Weekly Wrap

    5 statements
    BearishNetflix NFLX

    Netflix has hit a growth wall: the streaming war is now a share fight and price is the only lever left

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Netflix has hit a growth wall because the streaming wars have stopped being about expanding the pie and become only a food fight for market share. The only way to increase revenue seems to be price increases, but prices are now so high that raising them more risks angering the customer base.”

    Episode: The Enron-Era Tricks Are Back in AI: How These Companies Are Hiding Their Debt | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:41

    Eisman says frankly that he does not find any of the entertainment companies to be good investments, and Netflix is his worked example. His case is that the industry has changed character: the streaming wars have stopped being about expanding the pie and are now only a food fight over market share, which means Netflix has hit a growth wall. That leaves price as the only apparent lever on revenue, and he argues prices are already so high that raising them further risks angering the customer base -- a lever that is there but cannot safely be pulled. The remark comes out of his discussion of the Paramount antitrust settlement, where he makes the structural point that size matters in streaming: Netflix is a $300 billion market capitalisation against Disney at $180 billion and the combined Paramount-Warner Brothers at around $88 billion, which is why he thought the state attorneys general case was ridiculous and the merger actually improves competition. He reads the settlement -- a board overseeing CNN and a requirement to release 30 films a year in theatres -- as the California attorney general seeking controls over the company rather than anything to do with antitrust.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    Force majeure on Project Jupiter: Oracle is trying to defer payments on a data centre whose debt already trades at 90 cents

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Although, this shows that Oracle is becoming increasingly nervous about its lack of cash flow, its high debt levels, and its weak credit ratings.”

    Episode: The Enron-Era Tricks Are Back in AI: How These Companies Are Hiding Their Debt | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:41

    Eisman treats the Project Jupiter notice as a tell about Oracle's financial position rather than a contractual technicality. Blue Owl is developing the AI data centre for Oracle, and Oracle has sent Blue Owl a force majeure notice -- which he reads as an attempt to put off payments if the centre is derailed and fails to come online on time. The debt tied to the project was already trading at stress levels around 90 cents on the dollar before the notice, and he expects it under more pressure. What he draws from it is that Oracle is becoming increasingly nervous about its lack of cash flow, its high debt levels and its weak credit ratings. Elsewhere in the same discussion he notes the leverage Oracle has taken on already forced S&P to downgrade it to BBB-, one notch above junk, and places it among the hyperscalers whose cash flow has disappeared into roughly $700 billion of industry AI capex this year and who are raising debt for the first time in decades. He frames it as early in the story rather than a terminal judgement -- his emphasis is on what the off-balance-sheet and deferral mechanics are being used to hide.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    5% on the 10-year is the Rubicon: above it, a correction is probably imminent

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Time frame: imminent; he plans to take the risk back on in 2027 · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “However, for now, it looks like 5% is the Rubicon for the market. Should the 10-year remain above 5%, a correction, I think, is probably imminent.”

    Episode: The Enron-Era Tricks Are Back in AI: How These Companies Are Hiding Their Debt | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:41

    Eisman's framing for this market is that only two variables matter -- oil prices and the 10-year yield -- and that neither is predictable while both move the market. He walks through the week as evidence of exactly that reflexivity: the 10-year briefly dipped below 5% and the market rallied; Wednesday's strong economic data pushed it to a multi-year high above 5.10% and the market declined; Thursday's reports of a potential deal on the Strait of Hormuz took the market back to flat. From that he draws the level rather than a forecast: 5% is the Rubicon, and if the 10-year stays above it he thinks a correction is probably imminent. He does not claim to know which way the yield goes -- war news, in his phrase, flips like a pancake -- so the call is conditioned on the level holding rather than on a rates view. He backs it with his own behaviour rather than a target: he says he has been getting nervous about his high flyers with large embedded gains, that it seemed prudent to take down some risk to protect them, and that he has partially shorted against the box in his own account to do so through the autumn, intending to take the risk back on in 2027. He is explicit that this was a timing decision, not a final decision on the underlying investments.

    Time frame
    imminent; he plans to take the risk back on in 2027
    Only if
    Conditional on the 10-year Treasury yield remaining above 5%.
    What they own
    Says he has partially shorted against the box in his own account to take down risk in high flyers with large embedded gains, intending to close the short within 30 days of year end and re-risk in 2027.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Enron-era SPVs are back in AI data-centre financing, and the auditors are signing off again

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “That's some fancy schmancy footwork that's reminiscent of bad times past and it doesn't pass the smell test, at least not to me.”

    Episode: The Enron-Era Tricks Are Back in AI: How These Companies Are Hiding Their Debt | The Weekly Wrap

    at 15:10

    Eisman's argument is that the circular AI financing everyone discusses is the visible and therefore less dangerous half of the problem. NVIDIA investing in or lending to a customer that then buys NVIDIA chips is, he says, out in the open and easy to understand. What he finds disturbing is the off-balance-sheet financing through special purpose vehicles that he thought had died with Enron and the GFC, and which he now says is back with a vengeance and in size. The pressure creating it is arithmetic: hyperscaler chip costs are rising, NVIDIA just raised prices 15%, data centres are enormously expensive and slow to build, and the group will spend something like $700 billion on AI capex this year. Companies that used to be capital-light and drowning in cash have seen that cash flow disappear and are raising debt for the first time in decades. Oracle's leverage already forced S&P to cut it to BBB-, one notch above junk, which is precisely why moving debt off the balance sheet is tempting: ratings agencies are often myopic and look only at on-balance-sheet debt. His worked example is Meta's $27 billion Louisiana data centre, financed through an SPV called Beignet Investor LLC in which Meta holds technically only 20%, with Blue Owl and PIMCO holding the rest -- and yet Meta is building it, has promised to rent it for 20 years, and bears the cost of delays and overruns, while the debt sits elsewhere. He reads Ernst & Young's designation of it as a critical audit matter in Meta's 2025 10-K as the auditor signalling discomfort in language designed to obscure, and translates it as saying they relied on management's description without doing independent work. He draws the parallels explicitly: Enron's SPVs owned by its own CFO, and the GFC's SIVs that funded long-dated subprime paper with rolling short-term commercial paper until buyers refused and everything came back on balance sheet. He notes this VIE is small at $27 billion and expects many more, at Meta and elsewhere, and asks whether too-big-to-fail is being rebuilt.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BearishSoftBank Group 9984.T

    Raising $11bn of junk bonds to fund a $10bn equity stake in OpenAI is the frontier of risk

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “This is all really out there on the frontier of risk. It's one thing to invest your own cash. It's another thing to raise junk-rated debt to make an equity investment.”

    Episode: The Enron-Era Tricks Are Back in AI: How These Companies Are Hiding Their Debt | The Weekly Wrap

    at 2:41

    Eisman's objection is to the structure of the trade rather than to the asset being bought. Masayoshi Son has, in his words, a very long history of loving leverage, and the sequence here follows it: over the summer SoftBank took a $10 billion bridge loan from a group of banks to fund a $10 billion investment in OpenAI, and this week it is raising $11 billion in junk bonds to refinance that bridge and fund the position. Eisman draws the distinction sharply -- investing your own cash is one thing, raising junk-rated debt to make an equity investment is another -- and calls the combination the frontier of risk. He places it inside the week's wider theme: the financing engineering that the AI buildout is now producing, alongside Oracle's downgrade to one notch above junk and Meta's off-balance-sheet SPV, all of which he reads as the same instinct to stretch a balance sheet to keep funding the cycle.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Why Dario Amodei and Sam Altman Are Faking the AI Doomsday Crisis | The Weekly Wrap

    2 statements

    Eisman: frontier labs face a price war, and the doomsday talk is cover for it

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Business is potentially slowing because token maxing is ending and open weight models keep taking market share. There are no pricing motes in this business.”

    Episode: Why Dario Amodei and Sam Altman Are Faking the AI Doomsday Crisis | The Weekly Wrap

    at 13:51

    Eisman argues the frontier labs' economics are deteriorating: token consumption growth is ending, open-weight models keep taking share, and there is no pricing moat because whoever has the best model today is undercut by a better and cheaper one tomorrow. At the same time the cost of building data centres and the cost of capital are both rising and capital is scarcer. On his reading, that is why Anthropic's Dario Amodei and OpenAI's Sam Altman are calling for the industry to slow down: he treats the doomsday framing as a subterfuge intended to invite federal regulation that would create the moat the business lacks and entrench a duopoly, not as a genuine safety position — noting that a real slowdown would contradict their growth narrative and the hundreds of billions of hyperscaler commitments they have made, including OpenAI's roughly $300bn share of Oracle's $600bn-plus backlog. He expects the gambit to fail now that President Trump has said he has no interest in regulating AI, and says an IPO process demanding transparency will be hard to square with the story. He hedges the central claim as business 'potentially' slowing rather than a measured decline.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishFICO

    Still short FICO: the mortgage-scoring monopoly is breaking

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “I remain short FICO and think that its monopoly in mortgage scoring is going to break.”

    Episode: Why Dario Amodei and Sam Altman Are Faking the AI Doomsday Crisis | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:56

    Eisman has been short FICO on the view that the company abused its monopoly in mortgage credit scoring by raising prices roughly 1,600% over the past five years. The catalyst he points to is regulatory: Bill Pulte, head of the FHFA, has criticised FICO relentlessly and expanded last year's 21-lender pilot of the alternative VantageScore so that it is now good for all lenders. Eisman reads the early share data as confirming the thesis, noting that VantageScore has taken about a 10% share of new mortgage loans securitised and saying he expects that percentage to go much higher. He cites the year-to-date price action as evidence the pressure is working (FICO down 43%, Equifax down 25% and TransUnion down 15%, with Equifax weaker because more of its profit comes from mortgage scoring) and says Pulte is not done, having now turned to the mortgage insurers. No horizon is given beyond the continuing erosion of the scoring monopoly.

    What they own
    Says on air that he has been short FICO for a while and remains short.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    14 statements
    BearishOpen AI

    OpenAI is in trouble: revenue growth has slowed to 18% a quarter while costs grow three times faster and the narrative turns

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “So, I think Open AI is in trouble. And if Open AI, and you know, you're not profitable, as you know. Narrative is everything.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 24:36

    Eisman says OpenAI's latest numbers are poor, especially next to Anthropic: Anthropic reported about $11.5 billion of June-quarter revenue, up over 100% in three months, while OpenAI was at about $6.5 billion, up only 18%, and in dollar terms its revenue rose $1 billion while costs rose $3 billion. He argues that for an unprofitable company burning cash, narrative is everything, and OpenAI's narrative is turning as it loses market share daily and a large number of people; that raises its cost of capital, which it cannot afford. He also flags that OpenAI and Anthropic supply about 70% of hyperscaler AI revenue, so OpenAI's trouble matters beyond the company. He explicitly declines to call a recession from it.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishFICO

    FICO's mortgage pricing is piggish and large users will force it to cut prices

    Vincent DanielThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “It was piggish. And not only that. They're pulling credit files and mortgages and charging, I think it's 3 to 5X what you're doing on credit card and auto loans.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 35:38

    Daniel calls FICO's price increases piggish and notes it charges 3 to 5 times as much for mortgage credit pulls as for credit card and auto loans, purely because the law allows it. He argues that large customers such as Rocket, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac should demand lower prices, and that the cost is no longer a trivially small piece of a loan. His firm is short the stock, as Collins confirms in the same exchange.

    What they own
    Collins confirms in the same exchange that their firm is short FICO.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold keeps working because the US has no fiscal exit other than printing money

    Porter CollinsThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: five years

    Show quote

    “And so I think that if something really goes bad, I know they're going to helicopter print money. And if status quo happens, I know they're going to keep continue printing money. And so therefore, I think that the gold continues to do well. I think that that's where the majority of our capital sits, and I'm pretty bullish on it.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 50:53

    Collins argues the US government is boxed in: interest expense plus entitlements consume roughly all tax receipts, entitlement cuts and large tax rises are politically off the table, and Treasury buying long bonds shows the authorities are out of conventional tools. The remaining path is money printing, whether in a crisis (helicopter money) or under the status quo (continued printing). Gold is an asset with no counterparty liability, which is why central banks including China keep buying it, and its dollar price rises as the dollar loses value. He says he has as much conviction in this precious-metals trade as in anything in a long time, cannot call day-to-day moves, but expects gold to be a lot higher on a five-year view. The majority of his firm's capital is in gold.

    Time frame
    five years
    What they own
    Says the majority of their capital sits in gold; 'we probably have about 10 weird names and a lot of gold'.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishGlasshouse

    Owns Glasshouse alongside his former partners

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “By the way, you own it, I own it too.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 47:13

    Eisman discloses that he owns Glasshouse, the California cannabis grower Daniel and Collins describe as a low-cost producer positioned for interstate or export sales after federal rescheduling. He does not state his own thesis beyond the disclosure and lets his guests make the case, noting the company is a small cap of roughly $500 million to $1 billion.

    What they own
    States on air that he owns the stock.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Bullish Argentina: a balanced budget plus unlocked gas exports should drive surpluses and much lower rates

    Porter CollinsThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “And one of the things that we've been bullish on is Argentina. And Argentina finally figured out, under Malay, kind of figured out their fiscal situation and balanced the budget.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 45:15

    Collins says his firm has been bullish on Argentina: under Milei the country balanced its budget, and it holds large trapped oil and gas resources that could not be exported. Golar's floating LNG ships begin pulling that gas out next year, with more gas and oil to follow, which he expects to push the budget into surplus and bring interest rates, already down from over 100% to about 30%, down a lot further. He calls Argentina a big theme for the firm and notes it holds other investments there alongside Golar.

    What they own
    Says the firm holds Golar and 'a couple of investments' in Argentina.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishGlasshouse

    Long Glasshouse: a low-cost California cannabis grower that could earn 50 to 65% EBITDA margins if interstate or export sales open up

    Vincent DanielThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: 2027

    Show quote

    “But because it's for medicinal purposes, the whole story is, can they, and right now the answer is not yet, but we believe it will be the case, produce cannabis and hemp in California.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 48:20

    Daniel says his firm owns Glasshouse, a company that converted a huge California vegetable greenhouse to grow cannabis at a pro forma cost of about $90 to $100 a pound, making it the low-cost producer. The catalyst is the federal rescheduling of medical cannabis from schedule one to schedule three, which he believes will eventually allow product grown in California to be sold in other states or overseas, where prices are $600 to $1,000 a pound versus about $200 in California. On his conservative numbers that would mean 50 to 65% EBITDA margins on higher revenue. He expects visible progress to be a 2027 event and notes a small amount of hemp was already sold overseas this quarter.

    Time frame
    2027
    What they own
    Says his firm owns the company ('We own a farm'); Collins and Eisman say they own it too.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI capex looks like a classic boom that busts before the good cycle arrives, because enterprises are cutting spend per query

    Vincent DanielThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So our view is, yeah, the funding can continue, as we've seen. But at the end of the day, are we dealing with a very similar, Porter's probably going to speak about this, capex boom that history would suggest you have boom, bust, and then what we get are good cycles.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 16:26

    Daniel cites a friend running a public company whose AI token usage is up 30 to 40% while AI costs are down about 60%, achieved by centralising queries and routing only the hardest to frontier models and the rest to cheaper open-source models. If most enterprises do the same, he asks how the money being spent on AI infrastructure earns a return. His stated view is that funding can continue for now, but that this resembles historical capex booms that go boom, bust and only then deliver good cycles. He caveats that it is one example and not a full mosaic.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishGolar

    Long Golar: floating LNG ships turn Argentina's trapped gas into a 20-year toll road at minimal capex

    Porter CollinsThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, we own a lot of a company called Golar.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 44:06

    Collins says his firm owns a lot of Golar (GLNG). Golar's floating liquefaction vessels pull up to a country such as Argentina and liquefy natural gas on board for export, so a producer can avoid a multi-billion-dollar onshore plant like Cheniere's; YPF's alternative would cost $30 to $50 billion versus $2.5 to $3.5 billion for the ships. The vessels operate under roughly 20-year toll-road contracts, with two ships due to start pulling Argentine gas next year and more volume to follow. Golar is part of his broader Argentina thesis.

    What they own
    Says 'we own a lot of' Golar.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishFICO

    Short FICO: 1,600% price rises are customer gouging that invites a political and customer backlash

    Porter CollinsThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “Yes, we are short FICO.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 34:58

    Collins confirms his firm is short FICO and has been since around $2,500, when Bill Pulte publicly criticised the company. His case is that FICO's business rests on gouging customers: had it raised prices at inflation plus a couple of points, as Visa and Mastercard do, nobody would have noticed, but it raised them 1,600% and charges 3 to 5 times more for mortgage credit pulls than for card and auto loans, purely because the law lets it. He expects large users such as Rocket, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to push back on price, and notes the cost is no longer a small piece of a loan.

    What they own
    Confirms on air that his firm is short FICO, entered around $2,500.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    A wave of mega IPOs such as SpaceX and the AI labs is new equity supply that historically ends bull markets

    Porter CollinsThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “New stock of supply, right? And that's what usually has killed markets, right? That's in 2000, in 1929, that's what killed the market was new supply of stock. And so, it's just supply-demand. It's kind of that simple, right?”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 18:39

    Collins expects the hyperscalers to force OpenAI and Anthropic to go public because they need the capital, and, as with SpaceX, treats that as bad for the market: large new stock supply is what killed the market in 1929 and 2000. Against that supply stands a passive bid that buys or sells mechanically with 401(k) flows. He does not make a market call or timing forecast; he says the supply dynamic is what makes him nervous.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishCarvana

    Carvana's profits are inflated by gain-on-sale to an undisclosed buyer paying far above market for its subprime loans

    Vincent DanielThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “And they have a great service, apparently. But a lot of their profits are probably artificial or enhanced, steroid enhanced.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 41:00

    Daniel says Carvana sells and finances used cars, with a large subprime share, and that 75 to 100% of its pre-tax income is gain on sale. Mainstream buyers such as Ally pay around 102 to 104 for its loans, yet Carvana's average gain on sale has been 109 to 110, implying a mystery buyer paying north of 110. He and Collins point to Delaware Life, an insurer tied to Mark Walter, who is also Carvana's fifth-largest holder through a single-stock vehicle, and note court filings showing Delaware Life's related-party exposure jumping. His conclusion is that much of Carvana's profit is artificial or steroid-enhanced, though he concedes proving it has been impossible for eight years, the stock trades at 30 to 40 times earnings, and he has been squeezed on the short.

    What they own
    Says he 'got squeezed' on the short after Walter publicly denied fraud, implying an existing short position.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishCircle CRCL

    Circle does not make sense as a business despite the crypto-driven rally

    Vincent DanielThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Listening to your podcast, I think Circle doesn't make any sense to me.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 34:23

    Asked which shorts he likes, Daniel names Circle first, saying the company does not make sense to him, and places it within the fintech and financials area his firm specialises in shorting. He gives no detailed thesis on air beyond that judgment; the host adds that the stock has nonetheless rallied hard on crypto sentiment and legislation. Daniel warns that shorts in this market are hard and frequently do not work.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    The dollar's century-long decline continues and probably accelerates as policymakers run out of tools

    Porter CollinsThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “So its value in dollars goes up because the dollar goes down. That's been the history. And if you look at the chart of it, the dollar, US dollar has gone down and down a lot in the last 100 years. And I think that trend continues and probably, you know, accelerates at this point because they're out of arrows.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 4:14

    Collins frames gold's rise as the mirror of dollar debasement: the dollar has lost value steadily for a hundred years, and with the fiscal position forcing money printing and the Fed and Treasury 'out of arrows', he expects that decline to continue and likely accelerate. No horizon or magnitude is given.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishFICO

    Short FICO: a 1,600% price rise is the kind of customer gouging that draws a backlash

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “If he, if FICO had raised prices over the last five years, like, call it inflation plus 2%- Like Visa MasterCard does. Right, like Visa MasterCard. Like nobody would even have paid attention. They raised prices 1,600%.”

    Episode: The Big Short Partners Reunite: Rates, AI, Gold and Two Stock Picks | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 75

    at 35:21

    Eisman says he too is short FICO and has devoted two shows to it. His case is that FICO's problem is self-inflicted pricing: had it raised prices at roughly inflation plus 2%, as Visa and Mastercard do, nobody would have noticed, but a 1,600% increase is gouging that invites regulatory and customer pushback. He agrees with his former partners that the situation is bad for the company.

    What they own
    Says 'We too' when Collins confirms their firm is short FICO, i.e. Eisman is short as well.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · AI Terminator Fears Grow & Rates Breach 4.9% | The Weekly Wrap

    4 statements
    BearishTesla TSLA

    RoboTaxi event underwhelmed; valuation depends entirely on it

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Elon Musk has a history of over-promising and under-delivering.”

    Episode: AI Terminator Fears Grow & Rates Breach 4.9% | The Weekly Wrap

    at 8:39

    Tesla's RoboTaxi event produced little new information and the stock fell 6% that day. Eisman argues the whole valuation case rests on RoboTaxi succeeding: the 2026 consensus EPS of $1.66 implies a 220x PE versus GM's 6.5x, and 2026 EPS is already tracking 59% below the 2022 peak of $4.07 even as the stock has done nothing for five years -- evidence, in his view, of how hard a cult stock is to short even when the fundamentals have gone the short's way.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    States he has 'no skin in this game' -- no current position, long or short.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    Good quarter, but still overhung by OpenAI dependence

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “the stock is way off its highs as the market continues to be concerned about Oracle's over-reliance on OpenAI.”

    Episode: AI Terminator Fears Grow & Rates Breach 4.9% | The Weekly Wrap

    at 13:14

    Oracle's quarter was actually good on the surface -- revenue and non-GAAP EPS both up 30% -- but RPO backlog grew only modestly to $664 billion (from $600 billion) and roughly half of it still comes from OpenAI, a company with massive negative cash flow. The stock only rose 4% after hours and remains well off its highs, which Eisman reads as the market still pricing in the OpenAI-dependency risk regardless of the headline numbers.

    Only if
    Tied to continued OpenAI dependence; risk crystallizes further if OpenAI's financial health deteriorates.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    OpenAI failure within a year would trigger a massive correction

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: within a year · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I still believe that if OpenAI fails within a year, there will be a massive correction in the stock market.”

    Episode: AI Terminator Fears Grow & Rates Breach 4.9% | The Weekly Wrap

    at 13:14

    Responding to a subscriber's bull case that NVIDIA's financing of would-be competitors will eventually commoditize AI compute and route around any single lab's failure, Eisman agrees that could ultimately be true but flags a timing gap: the current AI ecosystem remains almost completely dependent on Anthropic and OpenAI's health today, and a failure of either could hit before the next generation of challengers is ready to fill the gap -- similar to how the first generation of dot-com companies failed before Google-like winners emerged. On that basis he maintains that an OpenAI failure within the next year would produce a massive stock market correction.

    Time frame
    within a year
    Only if
    Contingent on OpenAI failing within roughly a year.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Prefers 5% treasury yield to gold right now

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I don't own gold, and I think our government is stretched, but not yet overstretched.”

    Episode: AI Terminator Fears Grow & Rates Breach 4.9% | The Weekly Wrap

    at 13:14

    A subscriber asked why gold rallied even as the 10-year yield climbed from 4.42% to 4.81% (normally a headwind, since investors can earn nearly 5% risk-free). Eisman acknowledges gold is viewed as an inflation/debasement hedge, and that the war-driven rise in oil and yields is feeding that inflation fear -- but for his own money, he does not own gold and thinks the US government, while stretched, is not yet overstretched enough to justify it: capturing the roughly 5% treasury yield looks like the better choice to him right now.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    States he does not own gold.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    7 statements
    BearishTrupanion TRUP

    Extremely negative on Trupanion, short for years

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “where I'm extremely negative”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 45:54

    Eisman discloses he has been short Trupanion for years and, in his closing wrap-up, calls himself 'extremely negative' on the name -- more negative than Tunis, who only holds a neutral rating. His skepticism is about the business rather than the product: he says he and his wife are satisfied customers and has no complaint about how claims are paid, but sees pet insurance as a structurally bad business given the small addressable market of people who can afford a roughly $1,000/year premium while still needing help with a five-figure claim.

    What they own
    Short Trupanion; says he has held the short for years.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Top subgroup pick in P&C, AI disintermediation risk overstated

    Ryan TunisThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “re-insurance broker is definitely my top subgroup, without a doubt.”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 35:49

    Brokers earn commission that scales automatically as a client's premium grows, and Tunis argues the group has already absorbed the worst of the soft-market pricing hit: organic growth appears to have bottomed at 4-5%, a higher floor than the ~3% seen in the last soft market, while valuation multiples have come back in line with where they traded in that prior cycle. On the AI-disintermediation scare that knocked brokerage stocks down 10% in a single day on a report earlier in the year, he argues the real threat is narrow -- confined to HR/benefits consulting work, not the core placement business -- because brokerage remuneration has stayed roughly flat for two decades despite plenty of scrutiny, and because a large share of denied claims still benefits from having a broker advocate rather than an AI bot.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Wary of Kinsale despite Tunis's more constructive view

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “which I think could be a problematic company”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 45:54

    Eisman flags Kinsale as a name he thinks could be problematic, contrasting his own wariness with Tunis's more constructive take (Tunis calls it a savvy, well-run underwriter). Earlier in the conversation Eisman raises a claims-handling concern relayed from a friend's research -- that Kinsale's small-account underwriting model echoes an old AIG playbook of writing policies for small companies and then contesting claims -- and reacts that this 'sounds dishonest,' though Tunis pushes back that Kinsale's loss ratios don't support that read. Kept as a real but lower-conviction bearish view since Eisman does not disclose a position and softens to 'could be problematic' rather than a flat call.

    Only if
    Contingent on whether Kinsale's aggressive, low-cost underwriting in the small-account non-admitted market holds up through a full soft-market cycle, which Tunis notes the company has never been tested by.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishTravelers TRV

    Prefers Travelers over Chubb on business mix and reserving

    Ryan TunisThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Travelers' reserve position impresses me quite a bit more than the other commercial lines underwriters.”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 27:48

    Tunis's stated preference for Travelers over Chubb in commercial lines rests on two things: Travelers' business mix skews toward Main Street, agent-based middle-market accounts, which he argues are least exposed as the market softens (versus Chubb's larger share of large-account business, which faces the most competition); and Travelers' reserve position, which he sees as more conservative than peers, letting it absorb rate pressure better as the cycle turns. He flags both Travelers and Chubb as a little expensive at roughly 12-12.5x earnings and says he doesn't love the valuation of either name, but the relative call still favors Travelers.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Discloses a long AIG position, recently upgraded

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “And full disclosure, everybody, I own AIG.”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 18:26

    Eisman discloses he owns AIG and says he recently upgraded the position, going into the interview hoping Tunis's read on the name would be favorable -- which it was. His own view tracks Tunis's self-help framing: a cheap, simplified, pure-play P&C name with a new CEO who has endorsed the existing targets.

    What they own
    Long AIG; states he recently upgraded (added to) the position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Most negative on personal lines in his career

    Ryan TunisThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Time frame: through the end of 2027

    Show quote

    “the personal lines subgroup, which I've not been more negative on in my career”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 13:57

    Tunis says auto insurers over-earned by pushing rate increases (~60%) well past what claims inflation actually required (~40%), producing a deflationary soft market where carriers are now cutting rates -- he expects this to persist through the end of 2027. Structurally, he is also worried about the addressable market itself shrinking: ADAS (automatic driver-assist) features, now in roughly 40% of new vehicle sales versus 15% three or four years ago, are driving a sharp decline in collision frequency, which shrinks the exposure-unit base the whole personal-auto premium pool is built on.

    Time frame
    through the end of 2027
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AIG as a cheap self-help story

    Ryan TunisThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Show quote

    “I am recommending AIG.”

    Episode: P&C Stocks Worth Owning: The AI Hedge with Ryan Tunis | The Real Eisman Playbook Episode 74

    at 18:24

    Tunis frames AIG as a self-help story rather than a cyclical bet: the stock trades around book value despite a business mix (large-account commercial) that's poorly suited to a soft market, so he sees compensation for that in cheapness. The incoming new CEO has already endorsed the prior management's 2027 targets, and the path to hitting them relies on levers that aren't especially cyclically dependent -- expense saves and reinsurance synergies -- rather than needing a hard market to bail the name out. He also notes AIG only recently became a pure-play P&C company after divesting its last stake in Corebridge (its former life-insurance business), simplifying the story.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Is OpenAI the Achilles’ Heel of the US Economy? | The Weekly Wrap

    2 statements
    BearishOracle ORCL

    Immediate trouble if OpenAI fails

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “If OpenAI fails, Oracle is in immediate trouble.”

    Episode: Is OpenAI the Achilles’ Heel of the US Economy? | The Weekly Wrap

    at 13:30

    Because Oracle's debt rating (S&P BBB-) is barely above junk and roughly half of its $600 billion RPO backlog comes from OpenAI, Eisman argues Oracle is the name most directly exposed to an OpenAI failure. He points to a live precedent: when analysts flagged in 2025 that 50% of Oracle's RPO explosion was from OpenAI, the stock gave back its entire post-earnings spike (from $230 to $330 back down, now around $145) purely on overreliance concerns -- before any actual OpenAI failure.

    Only if
    Contingent on OpenAI actually failing; Eisman is not yet predicting that outcome, only its consequence for Oracle if it happens.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Weaker of the two labs, financials tepid

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think that OpenAI is potentially in trouble.”

    Episode: Is OpenAI the Achilles’ Heel of the US Economy? | The Weekly Wrap

    at 1:00

    Eisman flags OpenAI, not Anthropic, as the weaker of the two frontier labs. Two senior executives (Chief Revenue Officer Denise Dresser and former COO Brad Lightcap) resigned this August, which he reads as a meaningful data point given unvested options typically lost by leaving early. More importantly, OpenAI's June-quarter revenue reached $6.7 billion, up only 18% versus the prior quarter, versus Anthropic's $11 billion-plus revenue, up over 100%, while OpenAI's costs jumped from $9.3 billion to $12.3 billion in the same period -- costs rising three times faster than revenue. He also thinks OpenAI made a strategic error chasing the consumer market with underpriced product before pivoting late to enterprise, where it now plays catch-up to Anthropic.

    Only if
    Not yet a prediction that OpenAI fails -- Eisman explicitly says it is too early to call that -- but he says the trend (revenue deceleration, cost explosion, senior departures, weakening press narrative) bears continuous monitoring.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    8 statements

    Rate repression will fail - the buyer base is leaving, not arriving

    George NobleThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “By trying to suppress rates, it's not going to work, okay?”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 11:45

    Noble argues that the Treasury's attempt to hold down US yields cannot work, and that yields are biased higher from here. His analogy is Norman Lamont and sterling in the ERM: intervention and 'open mouth operations' only work when the fundamentals are with you, and when a price is wrong the market attacks it. He says the firepower available is trivially small against the size of the market, and that yields are already meaningfully higher than before the Treasury Secretary spoke. Behind the tactical point he sets out a structural one: a capex boom meeting runaway deficits, a post-2022 regime of fiscal dominance and binding real-economy constraints in which stimulus is inflationary rather than neutral, and a market that has consistently under-estimated inflation since 2022 after over-estimating it for the decade before. On the demand side he argues the marginal foreign buyer is withdrawing - Japan and China have been selling Treasuries, the yield gap that funded the carry trade into US assets is compressing as JGB yields rise, and expropriation of foreign reserves and trade policy have made foreign creditors warier at exactly the moment the US needs their funding most - leaving the question of who buys the bonds. He notes the market's own 10-year forward pricing of a 6% US 10-year rate as commentary on the path, while cautioning that forward markets predict rates poorly.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI debt issuance, not the deficit, is what is pushing US rates up

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “I think there's no question there's upward pressure on rates mostly because of AI. Not so much the deficit because the real change is the AI.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 9:03

    Eisman separates the two explanations usually offered for higher US yields and comes down on the newer one. He treats the $40trn federal debt as a known quantity whose importance can be debated either way, and argues the actual change at the margin is the explosion of debt issuance to finance AI infrastructure, which is crowding out Treasuries. His estimate, which he flags as a made-up number rather than a calculation, is that rates would be roughly 40 basis points lower without the AI story. He is correspondingly dismissive of the Treasury's ability to lean against this by buying back debt: against $40trn outstanding it is 'like trying to kill a whale with a BB gun', and he sees a credibility problem building if yields move to 5% shortly after the attempt.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    No ROI means the AI funding dries up - mal-investment on a .com scale

    George NobleThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “show me the ROI, because eventually if the ROI is not there, the funding is going to dry up.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 14:38

    Noble's bear case on the AI buildout is that the spending is being financed rather than earned. He points to vendor and related-party financing - citing Nvidia's roughly $250bn package for OpenAI - and says the fact that such a package is necessary tells him what he needs to know: the capex is 'being funded with funny money'. His conditional claim is that funding continues only while a return is in prospect, and that if the ROI does not appear the funding stops. He argues the model layer is deflating the revenue case rather than supporting it, with Chinese labs shipping models at a fraction of the cost that are good enough for most users, so the durable market may be far smaller than the capex implies. He draws the analogy to the internet in 1999-2000, where the bullish traffic forecasts turned out to be right and the capital still did not come back - naming Global Crossing - and to subprime, arguing the two have merged in this cycle. He also relays a third-party calculation (Julian Garen of Macro Strategy) that the mal-investment is 24 times the dot-com episode; that number is someone else's, not his own work. He is explicit that using AI and being bearish the capex cycle are different questions.

    Only if
    If the return on the AI investment does not materialise, the funding for it dries up.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishNVIDIA NVDA

    Nvidia's customer concentration is frightening and largely uncommented on

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “Think about it this way, that the largest company on planet Earth, basically 70% of its revenue comes from five customers, is very frightening.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 24:28

    Eisman raises Nvidia not on valuation or on the product but on customer concentration, and says he cannot understand why almost nobody outside a few substackers has picked it up. Revenue in the most recently reported quarter was up over 100%, but he says the 10-Q discloses that 70% of accounts receivable sits with five accounts - which he reads across as the largest company on earth drawing about 70% of its revenue from five customers. He calls that frightening. In the same passage he is explicit that there is nothing wrong with selling chips as such, so this is a concentration-risk observation on the revenue base rather than a call on the shares or a valuation argument; the receivables build is also part of what makes him uneasy about the circular financing in the complex.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BearishOpen AI

    OpenAI is the weak link in the AI chain

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And one of them, I think, is in trouble, which is OpenAI.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 17:38

    Walking the AI value chain, Eisman says the chip sale and the chip purchase are each unobjectionable, and that the strain sits at the end of the chain: roughly 70% of the hyperscalers' AI revenue comes from OpenAI and Anthropic, which is about 25-35% of their entire cloud revenue. Both lose money on a scale he says 'billions' understates, and of the two he singles out OpenAI as the one he thinks is in trouble. He contrasts it with Anthropic, which he says is in better shape and should get its S1 out quickly because token maxing is ending and it would rather go public on second-quarter than third-quarter numbers. He does not put a timeframe on OpenAI's difficulty or describe a security he would trade against it.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Short SpaceX: the float unlock removes the scarcity holding up a $1.7trn market cap

    George NobleThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Time frame: Check back with me at year-round or the end of next year · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “If nothing changes, if nothing changes fundamentally, and the flow goes from 55% to 25%, to 50%, to 75%, to 100%, the stock is going to go down.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 43:29

    Noble says he is publicly short SpaceX and argues the incremental, under-appreciated part of the bear case is mechanical rather than narrative. On his account the extreme valuation rests on two things: the story, and an unusually small free float that has kept the shares scarce since the IPO. That second support is now being withdrawn on a schedule - he says the float went from about 5% of shares to 20-25% after the recent earnings, with roughly another 7% releasing every few weeks. If nothing changes fundamentally and the float keeps stepping up, he expects the price to fall simply because supply is arriving; he adds that some university endowments whose SpaceX positions have grown outsized are forced sellers on diversification grounds. On the fundamentals he does a sum of the parts: Starlink worth perhaps $200-300bn, the AI business bought for stock at what he calls an inflated $250bn and worth a fraction of that, and the rocket business worth something but not much, adding to roughly $300-500bn against a market capitalisation he puts at about $1.7trn, or about $140 a share against his own $30-60 estimate. He also argues SpaceX is really an AI story with a rocket attached, pointing to the S1 TAM being mostly AI, and that it is a weak AI company. He concedes the difficulty of being short a story stock whose predictions are too far out to disprove, and he explicitly declines to judge the trade on daily moves, asking to be checked at year end or the end of next year.

    Time frame
    Check back with me at year-round or the end of next year
    Only if
    Explicitly conditioned on nothing changing fundamentally while the free float steps up from ~25% toward 100%.
    What they own
    Says he is short SpaceX publicly - he says 'we' wrote the first big short report on it, which went out in May before the IPO - and that the position is 'still down meaningfully from where I shorted it'.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    The whole AI ecosystem rests on two loss-making customers

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “And if OpenAI gets in real trouble, because the entire ecosystem is just dependent upon two companies, the whole ecosystem is in trouble.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 18:36

    Eisman's structural worry about the AI buildout is concentration of end demand rather than valuation. Filing the chain down, he argues the chip vendors and the hyperscalers are each doing something ordinary, but the revenue that justifies the spending traces back to two heavily loss-making companies, OpenAI and Anthropic. That makes the conditional claim explicit: if OpenAI gets into real trouble, the ecosystem that depends on it is in trouble too. He also says the circular, related-party financing running through the complex bothers him as a signal - though he is careful that it is not disqualifying in itself, since the loans would be fine if the borrowers became profitable - and notes that healthy lenders are not stepping in to fund these credits, which he reads as nervousness.

    Only if
    Conditioned on OpenAI getting into real trouble, given the ecosystem's dependence on two companies.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishTesla TSLA

    Short Tesla: autos imploding, capex surging into AI, robotaxi worth a rounding error

    George NobleThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded

    Show quote

    “The cyber taxi thing is completely overcooked. The robot thing is a total joke. They're going cash flow negative. All business is falling apart.”

    Episode: Stock Picking in Difficult Times with George Noble | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 76

    at 48:41

    Noble calls Tesla one of two outstanding shorts at scale and argues the auto business and the optionality are deteriorating at the same time. On the autos he cites public data - US sales down 26%, Europe down, China down - and says the third quarter will be a disaster because the year-ago quarter was flattered by pre-buying ahead of the removal of the EV credits. On the economics he says Tesla's return on equity is abysmal and the company has never earned its cost of capital, and that capex is going from roughly $6-8bn to about $30bn this year for AI while the auto business falls apart, taking the company seriously cash flow negative. On the optionality he says the vast majority of the valuation depends on robotaxis, and that the Austin data now published lets you size it: rides per million of population in Austin, extrapolated to the US population, imply a robotaxi value of roughly $800m rather than $800bn. He calls the humanoid robot programme a joke and the self-driving deployment geo-fenced and misrepresented. His sum of the parts puts Tesla at roughly $30-60 a share against a price he quotes as $360. He attributes the gap to passive buying, momentum and narrative - comparing it to Japanese banks on 100 times earnings in the 1980s - and notes the stock has gone nowhere in five years despite the hype.

    What they own
    Says of Tesla and SpaceX together, 'I think they're both outstanding shorts', and that he shorted SpaceX publicly; he does not state the size or timing of a Tesla position.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    · The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    9 statements

    Structural reflation plus a shift to ROE discipline

    Jason TrennertThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I like Japan a lot better as an investment, and I'm invested there.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 36:54

    Trennert prefers Japan to Europe as an investment for two structural reasons: Japan is emerging from decades of deflation for the first time, and companies have shifted from chasing market share toward return on equity, including delisting companies that fail to hit minimum price-to-book or ROE thresholds. He is personally invested there.

    What they own
    States he is personally invested in Japan.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Expenses outrunning revenue, depreciation climbing

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the depreciation is starting to really explode, which is really starting to hurt.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 29:01

    Eisman found it astonishing that Meta's revenue grew 28% while expenses grew 55% -- the reverse of what he wants to see -- with no indication that will change soon given the spending pace. Depreciation has gone from about $4 billion toward $8-12 billion and is becoming a real weight on earnings, on top of the mounting social-media litigation exposure.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Cash flow turning negative, dilution risk

    Jason TrennertThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I am worried about the cash flow.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 18:01

    Trennert flagged in a research note that continuing to grow AI investment would be hard without further shareholder dilution -- Google alone issued $85 billion in equity, and hyperscalers broadly are issuing debt, with Oracle recently downgraded. He is worried the hyperscalers' cash flow over the next couple of years looks like it will go negative, meaning the AI buildout has to be funded by hitting the bond and equity markets rather than from operating cash. He was dropped by a client for publishing this view.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Market-weight technology overall; says he wouldn't short it despite this concern.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Disproportionately bad for wealthy LPs if the cycle turns

    Jason TrennertThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “and now it might be disproportionately bad for wealthy people if it goes the other way.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 33:29

    Private credit was largely a regulatory arbitrage after Dodd-Frank pushed banks out of certain lending; near-zero rates made it disproportionately good for wealthy investors and endowments who piled into it (Trennert notes Notre Dame's endowment is reportedly 50% private equity). He thinks a new credit cycle, while probably not systemic, could be big, and flips that earlier advantage into a disproportionate downside for the same wealthy investors if conditions turn.

    Only if
    Contingent on a new, adverse credit cycle materializing; he calls the systemic risk itself limited.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    More bullish semis than hyperscalers themselves

    Jason TrennertThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm actually a little more bullish, believe it or not, on the semiconductors in a way”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 22:16

    Trennert says he wouldn't short the AI trade and is market-weight technology overall, but is incrementally more constructive on semiconductors specifically than on the hyperscalers, because he thinks the hyperscalers will keep spending money regardless of whether that spend earns them an adequate return -- even if it becomes something of a race to the bottom for some hyperscalers themselves.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Steepening curve, strong economy, minimal credit losses

    Jason TrennertThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I look at all those things and I say, it looks pretty interesting to me.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 33:29

    Trennert expects the yield curve to steepen, and given his view that the economy is largely strong, expects credit losses to stay minimal for the foreseeable future. Combined with Chris Verrone's read that the technical charts on banks look fantastic, he finds the sector attractive here.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Ecosystem's weak link, not the hyperscalers

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “if, and this is the big if, if open AI and anthropic ever get in trouble, the ecosystem is in trouble.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 24:09

    Eisman argues the hyperscalers have real businesses and real moats, just a more capital-intensive one now; the genuinely questionable part of the chain is Anthropic and OpenAI, which are totally negative cash flow and, per a Wall Street report he cites, account for roughly 70% of hyperscaler AI revenue. If either gets into real trouble, the whole AI ecosystem is exposed -- though he does not know if or when that happens.

    Only if
    Contingent on OpenAI or Anthropic actually running into financial trouble.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Top defensive group, major bottoms forming

    Chris VerroneThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “If I'm going to rate defensives, health care comes at the top of that pile.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 41:48

    Verrone ranks healthcare as the strongest of the defensive sectors right now: pharma, biotech and life sciences have been market leadership and continue to act well, and previously left-for-dead life-science names (he cites Thermo, Danaher and Illumina) look to have put in major bottoms after being ignored for years. He rates it above staples and utilities among defensives.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Cheap for a reason, no AI exposure

    Jason TrennertThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I'm not a big fan.”

    Episode: The AI Trade, Rising Rates, and Why the Market Is Still Standing | The Real Eisman Playbook Ep 73

    at 36:54

    Some clients have been keen on Europe mainly because it looks cheap, but Trennert thinks it is cheap for a reason: European economies are not dynamic, lack AI exposure, and are more sensitive to oil-price moves than the US. He would rather stay invested at home.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    9 statements

    Squeezed without a cloud business

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Meta is getting squeezed.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Meta lacks the cloud business that Microsoft, Google and Amazon have, so it competes directly in the world of LLMs against Anthropic, OpenAI and the Chinese providers without that offsetting franchise. Evidence: in its most recent quarter revenue grew 28% while expenses soared 55%, and free cash flow was materially compressed.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No slowdown yet, NVIDIA financing deal a tailwind

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “hyperscalers continue to increase their CapEx budgets.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Hyperscalers keep raising AI capex budgets, and NVIDIA's new $500 billion financing partnership with six large asset managers (treating compute infrastructure like a securitizable asset, similar to commercial real estate) could improve hyperscaler free cash flow and boost participating banks/private-credit firms. As long as that capex keeps flowing, AI infrastructure players such as CoreWeave and Supermicro continue to benefit, as their strong quarters this week showed.

    Only if
    Benefit continues as long as hyperscalers keep spending on AI capex.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    No moat, price-war risk from Chinese open-weight models

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “There just don't seem to be any motes around LLMs.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Users switch between LLM providers freely and Chinese open-weight models are cheap and, in Eisman's view, good enough, so overcharging for tokens will be difficult and a price war is possible. This matters disproportionately because Anthropic and OpenAI account for roughly 70% of hyperscaler AI revenue (25-35% of total cloud revenue) while both lose billions and depend on continuing to raise capital -- a huge one-way bet with no hedge. Should either fail, hyperscaler margins compress and the whole AI chain goes into reverse.

    Only if
    Risk materializes if a price war breaks out with Chinese open-weight competitors, or if Anthropic/OpenAI are unable to keep raising the capital they depend on for survival; Eisman notes this could take another year or more to play out.
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hyperscaler winner

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Microsoft, Google and Amazon seem to be the hyperscaler winners.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Among the big hyperscalers, Eisman names Google as one of the emerging winners as AI capex plays out, in contrast to Oracle (questionable debt) and Meta (getting squeezed on cloud/LLM competition).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishCircle CRCL

    Can't break into payments against Visa/Mastercard

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I don't think it has the financial strength to play this game for too long.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Circle's stock spiked from its $30 IPO price to $240 on the assumption it would easily break into the payments space, but Eisman thinks that assumption is badly wrong: Visa and Mastercard dominate payments, have fought off disintermediation attempts for two decades, and any inroads Circle makes will have to come via partnering with them, not fighting them. With only an $18 billion market cap against giants of that scale, Circle lacks the financial strength to sustain the fight; Eisman says if he were CEO he would try to sell the company.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    Debt barely above junk

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Oracle is questionable with its debt barely rated above junk.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Unlike Microsoft, Google and Amazon, Eisman flags Oracle as the weak link among companies tied to the AI buildout because its debt is rated barely above junk, even as the company benefits from a large AI-driven backlog.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Stayed long despite doom-and-gloom callers

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm still quite long.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Despite many commentators calling for a market crash and Eisman himself having gotten cautious and trimmed some positions a few months earlier, he argues it is premature to make a major doom-and-gloom call. Unlike the pre-GFC subprime setup where he had a rich monthly delinquency dataset confirming his thesis, there is no equivalent hard data set for AI yet (that only arrives once OpenAI/Anthropic go public), so calling the top now is supposition rather than data-driven conviction. With the economy still strong, employment sound, bank credit data benign, and hyperscaler capex still rising, he remains long rather than de-risking further.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Got cautious a few months earlier and sold some positions, but states he remains quite long overall.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Hyperscaler winner

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Microsoft, Google and Amazon seem to be the hyperscaler winners.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Among the big hyperscalers, Eisman names Microsoft as one of the emerging winners as AI capex plays out, in contrast to Oracle (questionable debt) and Meta (getting squeezed on cloud/LLM competition).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Hyperscaler winner

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Microsoft, Google and Amazon seem to be the hyperscaler winners.”

    Episode: AI’s Achilles’ Heel: Why Everything Hinges on Anthropic & OpenAI | The Weekly Wrap

    at 0:53

    Among the big hyperscalers, Eisman names Amazon as one of the emerging winners as AI capex plays out, in contrast to Oracle (questionable debt) and Meta (getting squeezed on cloud/LLM competition).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    7 statements
    BearishCircle CRCL

    Visa and Mastercard are not Netflix's victims — Circle should sell to bigger pockets

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I just think breaking into the payment system is brutal.”

    at 46:41

    CAREFUL READ: Eisman's conclusion is that Circle should sell itself to a larger owner, not simply that the stock falls. His thesis is that Circle's real prize is breaking into the payment system, and that unlike the entertainment companies who let Netflix grow unchallenged, Visa and Mastercard are among the smartest operators in financial services and will not permit a new entrant to take payments with stablecoins — he points to Visa and Mastercard launching their own stablecoin with a consortium as evidence they are not asleep. He frames the scale problem as near-impossible to recreate: Visa connects billions of consumers with hundreds of millions of businesses. Ken Worthington pushes back that real use cases exist (dollarisation, cross-border, 24/7 settlement collateral); Eisman does not concede.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishMorgan Stanley MS

    Morgan Stanley's wealth relationships mean cash yield isn't what holds the assets

    Glenn SchorrThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I like Morgan Stanley as that same key financial advisor to their wealthy clients that do a lot of things to their clients including trust and estate planning and tax planning such that the cash is not the only thing that has you there.”

    at 9:02

    Schorr names Morgan Stanley as his preferred expression of the 'flexible model' argument against the agentic-cash-optimisation threat. The reasoning is relationship depth: the wealth franchise sits at the centre of clients' trust, estate and tax planning, so cash yield is not the reason the assets are there and cannot be competed away by an agent that surfs for a few extra basis points. He contrasts this with models whose profitability is more concentrated in the spread on customer cash.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCharles Schwab SCHW

    Buy-rated Schwab: agents aren't ready, regulators won't allow frictionless cash chasing

    Ken WorthingtonThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we like Charles Schwab a lot, we're recommending with a buy”

    at 10:09

    An explicit sell-side buy rating, defending against the agentic-AI-optimises-cash bear case. Worthington concedes retail brokers make an awful lot of money on customer cash — the most lucrative part of the business, earned on 'lazy cash' that is not optimised — and that Schwab and LPL are the most exposed. His defence has three parts: clients could already optimise their own cash with a button and largely do not; Schwab is not obliged to open its systems to third-party agents and could offer its own optimisation as a paid service; and regulators are unlikely to permit frictionless cash chasing five basis points because the financial system is not designed for that level of flexibility without inviting bank runs. He also argues agents are not close to ready, citing internal studies that they are wrong the majority of the time when managing money and telling investors what they want to hear based on the prompt.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Contained to software and SaaS: no widespread defaults absent a recession

    Ken WorthingtonThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But we're not going to get the widespread, significant defaults outside of, say, software and SaaS.”

    at 26:09

    The house view Eisman explicitly disagrees with on the same episode — worth reading as the paired counterargument to his bearish row. Worthington's position: as long as middle-market companies are generally doing well and there is no recession, credit quality can deteriorate back toward the mean without producing widespread defaults, and the damage stays contained to software and SaaS. That makes it a manager-by-manager and portfolio-by-portfolio question rather than a systemic one. He is candid about the retail-flow deterioration underneath — wealth-channel flows into direct lending have gone to essentially zero and returns have fallen from mid-teens to mid-to-high single digits — but frames the institutional majority of the business as steady, and the contagion as pivoting into other private products rather than exiting.

    Only if
    conditional on no recession and middle-market companies continuing to perform
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Banks at almost as good as it gets: IB +38%, trading +47%, and a defensible deposit franchise

    Glenn SchorrThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I like the big banks.”

    at 9:02

    Schorr's positive case runs on two legs. Structurally, on the debate about agentic AI optimising away 'lazy cash', he argues the big diversified banks are the flexible model: you do not bank with JP Morgan solely to park cash — you get branches, safety, cybersecurity, investments, research — so if cash yields get optimised they have other ways to earn and to consolidate assets. Cyclically, the reported quarter was exceptional: investment banking up 38%, trading up 47%, asset and wealth management 7% organic growth with markets at highs, expenses in check, strong operating leverage and high ROEs on high capital bases. He calls it 'almost as good as it gets' — with core lending merely okay and second-half seasonality (trading historically down 17%) the things to watch.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    PE underperforming public markets for the first time since 08-09, with 2020-21 vintages stuck

    Glenn SchorrThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The performance for the first time in a very long time, probably since 08, 09, has underperformed the public markets.”

    at 17:50

    Schorr's read on private equity is mixed-to-negative rather than alarmed. Despite public markets doubling in four years, PE performance has underperformed public markets for the first time since 2008-09, largely because it is hard to keep up with a market driven by one AI trade. The deeper problem is vintage: money raised in 2020-21 was deployed at high multiples with zero rates, not every purchase was good, and five or six years on — exactly when you would be selling — many managers cannot monetise even with a better IPO and M&A market and record equity highs. He allows the counterexample in the same breath: KKR reported record monetisations the day of taping.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Software owned by PE is worth half what it was bought for — the 2027-28 refis will prove it

    Steve EismanThe Real Eisman PlaybookRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: 2027, bigger in 2028

    Show quote

    “I think Glenn and Ken are more positive on this sector than I am. I have my doubts.”

    at 51:10

    Eisman's doubts centre on a dated, mechanical catalyst rather than credit quality today. His argument: public software has been repriced hard — he notes ServiceNow down over 50% from its peak — so any software company owned by private equity must be worth roughly half what it was bought for. When those loans come up for refinancing, starting in 2027 and biting harder in 2028, the lender will look at a halved valuation and demand the sponsor inject fresh equity. He explicitly does not dispute that the underlying companies are still cash flowing: 'I'm not even going to challenge that their companies are doing, not doing well' — the problem is the valuation at the refinancing table, not the operations. Until those refinancings happen, he argues, nobody can claim to know.

    Time frame
    2027, bigger in 2028
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Capital Ideas podcast

    1 bullish · 0 bearish1 episode · 1 statement · 1 speakerLatest

    · What's next for AI amid the boom and doom

    1 statement

    By his arithmetic the data-centre capex cycle is in its early innings and could run for quite some time

    Jared FranzCapital Ideas podcastPublished

    Time frame: could be going on for quite some time · Not sure

    Show quote

    “We're measuring things like, how big is this capex cycle data center, infused mostly, how big is this capex cycle relative to other cycles, what are the warning signs, and so right now, if you do that arithmetic, you're at a place where your early endings, this could be going on for quite some time.”

    Episode: What's next for AI amid the boom and doom

    at 19:45

    Franz, a Capital Group economist, says his team sizes the AI capex cycle, mostly data-centre spending, against earlier capex cycles and looks for warning signs. On that arithmetic he places the cycle in its early innings and says it could go on for quite some time. He frames this as a reading of where the cycle stands rather than a firm forecast, and gives no horizon beyond 'quite some time'. Elsewhere in the episode he notes measured AI job losses are still under 1%, and expects the US government to act as a tailwind for the labs because leading on AI is becoming strategically existential.

    Time frame
    could be going on for quite some time
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    In Good Company with Nicolai Tangen

    1 bullish · 0 bearish1 episode · 1 statement · 1 speakerLatest

    · Match Group CEO: Digital Dating, What Makes a Good Profile and the Loneliness Epidemic

    1 statement

    Match Group's CEO expects Tinder to regain product-market fit with Gen Z on its social roadmap

    Spencer RascoffIn Good Company with Nicolai TangenPublished

    Time frame: five, ten years from now (the host's question) · Not sure

    Show quote

    “My best guess is that Tinder in particular will have really turned a corner in terms of regaining product market fit with Gen Z because of this social roadmap, because Tinder will not stand for hookup, which is kind of our, you know, the stigma that the Tinder brand has had historically.”

    Episode: Match Group CEO: Digital Dating, What Makes a Good Profile and the Loneliness Epidemic

    at 26:21

    Rascoff is Match Group's CEO (since February 2025, as said on air), so this is management talking about its own company. Asked where online dating will be in five to ten years, he expects Tinder to have turned a corner and regained product-market fit with Gen Z users because of its social roadmap: double date, in-app events (25 cities now, 75 or more planned by year end) and a move from a hookup brand to 'a fun, safe way to meet new people with friends'. He expects Hinge to remain the leader in intentional dating and the group to make big steps on safety, which he compares with how Uber's safety features unlocked a larger addressable market than people expected. He frames the turnaround as people first, then product, then monetisation, with the share price following. It is a business forecast, not a share-price call, and he gives no numbers for revenue or payers.

    Time frame
    five, ten years from now (the host's question)
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Speaker is Match Group's CEO; no personal shareholding stated on air. The host says Norges Bank Investment Management owns about one percent of Match.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    On The Tape with Danny Moses

    20 bullish · 10 bearish5 episodes · 30 statements · 5 speakersLatest

    · Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    8 statements

    A 3% real yield is hard to go wrong with, and it funds the next equity correction

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Time frame: the next 10 years · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So 3%, and I'm gonna say you have to own them for the next 10 years, but it's not a bad place to park money.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 33:08

    deGraaf decomposes the nominal ten-year yield into a negligible default component, the five-year five-year forward inflation expectation at roughly 42 to 43 per cent of the gap, and the rest as the real yield, which is approaching three per cent. He reads that as term premium rather than an inflation scare: the short end says the Fed still has credibility, the long end is demanding to be paid for the deficits and the financing. At a three per cent real yield he says it is hard to go wrong if you are prepared to hold for ten years, and the inflation tail can be insured away by buying TIPS instead. The relative case is the other half: the equity risk premium on a real-to-real basis is about 170 basis points, which he calls low, so you are taking a lot of risk in equities against the assuredness of a bond, and if the correction he thinks most people expect within three years arrives, the gain on the bonds is what you swap into equities at a better free-cash-flow-to-enterprise-value yield. He also notes last week's auction was one of the best in a decade on dealer take-up, 2.5 per cent, the lowest since 2008, with real buyers interested at 5.30, while cautioning that a good auction has never called a top in rates.

    Time frame
    the next 10 years
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    One of only two semis RenMac endorses, on a new relative strength high

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “Well, STMC would be one, and then Advanced Micro Devices is the other. So those two stand out.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 27:52

    Against a sector he is otherwise shorting, deGraaf names Advanced Micro Devices as one of only two semiconductors RenMac is, in his words, full-throatedly endorsing. The test is relative strength: both names have made new relative strength highs, and he will buy a new relative strength high because it tells him the company is doing something different from the rest of the group, in a tape where he treats new 65-day relative strength lows as a reason to short. He puts Micron and NVIDIA in the mid-pack, with no particular problem with them, and the fabs and several memory names as much weaker. The view is technical rather than fundamental: it is the price behaviour relative to the sector, not an argument about AMD's products or margins.

    What they own
    Says RenMac is full-throatedly endorsing the two names in its research and that he will buy the relative strength highs; no personal or fund position disclosed.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Credit is cracking from the bottom up and it is the litmus test from here

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “Triple C is not great. Double B is improved a little over the week, but they've been trending in the wrong direction. And I think that's going to be the litmus test as we go forward.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 40:25

    deGraaf's sequence for how higher real rates reach the stock market runs credit first, then rate-sensitive equities, then aggregate demand, then earnings, by which time the market has already rolled over. He says the grains of sand are piling up in exactly that order: first private credit, then triple-C spreads, with one week of relief in the double-Bs that he will not make a big deal of, since the direction of travel has been wrong. He adds the equity evidence that goes with it, that the SPAC and IPO indices, the speculative end, have made clear top formations and that the private equity firms, the ultimate holders of private credit, are completing big top formations too. It is slow moving, he says, but consistent, and it is the thing that makes him uncomfortable; he will be reading the banks' loan books this earnings season as the canary. His market cycle clock puts the current high-inflation, middling-growth zone as the worst for equities in data back to the late 1940s, about 71 basis points annualised.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    High real rates are the dollar's friend and gold's problem

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “And it's just the opposite for gold, right? So if you look at gold, if you have high real rates, you would expect that gold would be under pressure. That's exactly what's happening.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 40:25

    deGraaf hangs both the dollar and gold on the same variable, the real yield. The Fed's credibility shows up as a high real rate, a high real rate is what has forced the dollar to break out, and the mirror image of that is pressure on gold, which he says is exactly what is happening now. He treats the real-rate driver as the more enduring of the two forces behind dollar strength, the other being the fiscal and bond-market troubles in Japan, France and the United Kingdom, so the pressure on gold is not a passing effect. The caveat he attaches is to the rest of the market rather than to the metal: the same tight financial conditions eventually hit aggregate demand, which is where his worry about a Fed overshoot sits.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The semis have cracked, rallied and rolled over: time to short them

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “So for us, it's just shooting them in the back. Let them crack, let them then rally back and then roll over, which a lot of them are doing right now. And now it's time to shoot them in the back.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 8:28

    RenMac called semiconductors, Korea and Taiwan bubbles at the end of April, which deGraaf says was about three months early, the normal amount for this kind of call. His method for acting on it is deliberately not to sell into strength, which he says ends in the Isaac Newton outcome of selling early, suffering the melt-up, buying back in larger and becoming the last capital in. Instead he waits for the pattern he calls shooting them in the back: let the group crack, let it rally back, then roll over, and short it there. His reading is that a lot of the group is completing exactly that sequence now, so the time has come. On the stock level he says names making new 65-day relative strength lows are burdensome and put the burden of proof on the bulls, that the fab names and several memory names look much weaker, and that the group's behaviour is the market looking ahead to a next leg of the AI trade it cannot yet see. He expects good earnings to produce at best an unsustainable rally, which is how post-bubble tapes normally behave.

    What they own
    Speaks as RenMac's strategist, saying "we'll start shorting those, we'll start taking shots here" on deteriorating groups and that it is now time to short the semis; no fund positions are disclosed.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Buy healthcare's pullbacks: the yin to technology's weakness

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “And we had some negative volatility alerts last week, but those look to me to be a buying opportunity again, because they don't have the same characteristics of everybody knows them, everybody's in them.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 29:21

    deGraaf's first reason for healthcare is correlation: he calls it the natural counterweight to technology, the group that catches a bid as tech sells off, which is what he expects given his view on the semis. The second is that healthcare is on the receiving end of AI rather than paying for it, ingesting the benefits and able to drop some of them to the bottom line, and he says the charts show it, with genuinely groundbreaking developments in pharma, biotech in particular and life sciences that are not yet household names. Positioning is the third: these are not the crowded trades where everybody knows them and everybody is in them, so when some of the names got extended and RenMac's negative volatility alerts fired last week, he reads the pullback as another buying opportunity rather than a top.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Peak memory margins are peak memory prices, as in 1996 and 2000

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “So when you're going to tell me that the Micron margins are 85%, 90%, and that's great news, I'm going to tell you, go back and look at 1996, go back and look at 2000, because that's where you had peak memory as well.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 14:20

    deGraaf's rule is that in memory and semiconductors peak margins coincide with peak prices, so the 85 to 90 per cent gross margins being quoted as good news are to him the mark of the top rather than evidence of a new plateau. He points at 1996 and 2000, the two previous peaks, after which some of these companies came close to bankruptcy: they had committed to the big capital spending and the demand they had built for did not arrive. He adds the competitive argument that nothing invites competition like an 85 per cent margin, since engineers and capital reallocate towards wherever the money obviously is, and quotes Bezos that your margin is my opportunity, so expecting those margins to persist five or six years out, which is where the valuation hockey sticks put them, is wishful thinking. On the charts he says SK Hynix, Samsung, Western Digital and Applied Materials look like top formations after a parabolic rise that still needs to be rinsed out, and that RenMac flagged semiconductors along with Korea and Taiwan as bubbles at the end of April.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Energy has the best risk-adjusted momentum and nobody believes it

    Jeff deGraafOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “So the best risk adjusted momentum of any sector. So I like it and there is this kind of persistent reluctance that we call it the incredulous advance.”

    Episode: Jeff deGraaf: Erase Chips From Your Memory

    at 29:21

    Energy ranks first on RenMac's risk-adjusted momentum work, and deGraaf reads the reluctance to own it as the bullish part rather than a warning. He calls the pattern an incredulous advance, a tape rising while investors refuse to believe it, which he says you get perhaps once every three years and which historically rewards siding with the tape over the consensus. On the objection that owners are afraid of the next policy headline wiping the trade out, he answers that markets are usually better than that and tend to sniff it out, and notes every oversold condition in the group has held. His discipline is to trade around extensions, paring back when a breakout gets kinetic and extended, but he says the trends are in a good spot and energy has the best ranking in terms of where the puck is going.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · R.P. Eddy: Don't Ignore The Cassandras

    1 statement

    R.P. Eddy: Ergo's model says AI spending is real, not an Internet-style bubble

    R.P. EddyOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Now what I've just said is our model says it's not a bubble like the Internet bubble, not a bubble like your mortgage housing crisis bubble.”

    Episode: R.P. Eddy: Don't Ignore The Cassandras

    at 23:27

    Eddy says Ergo's two-year forecasting work on which AI models win leads him to think the 'denominator' of the AI economy is strong: the use cases are huge and the money that will be spent on machines smarter than humans that never stop working is real, even if adoption is clunky and brings labour problems. He expects US frontier and cheaper US models to keep doing well and Chinese models to be discouraged or banned in US defence and finance. Hence the model says this is not a bubble like the Internet or the mortgage bubble. He hedges that it can still be very volatile and frothy, and says he is not a stock picker.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    6 statements

    If AI capex or consumption slows hard, be long housing (ITB)

    Dennis DeBusschereOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So if you want to play a slow down in either, aggressive slow down in consumption growth, and to your point, more importantly, AI related capex, just be long housing.”

    Episode: Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    at 21:26

    DeBusschere's hedge for a sharp slowdown: if consumption growth or, more importantly, AI-related capex slows aggressively, he would be 'screaming from the rooftops' to buy housing via ITB. Housing is the loser in the current economy because rates make it prohibitive and it cannot contribute to growth; a significant AI-capex slowdown would bring much lower rates, and he expects the Fed to cut and housing to contribute to growth again six to eight months after the cuts, starting another cycle.

    Only if
    If consumption growth or AI-related capex slows aggressively.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long AI-demand beneficiaries: capex-driven earnings that grow outside the cycle

    Dennis DeBusschereOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “So what you want to be long is where there's earnings growth that's acyclical, can grow outside the cycle, and that's going to be your AI beneficiaries.”

    Episode: Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    at 19:26

    With consumer spending needing to slow and the Fed raising short rates, DeBusschere wants exposure to earnings that grow outside the economic cycle, which he identifies as the AI beneficiaries tied to AI capex demand. 22V had been somewhat negative on its AI demand baskets but is less so now and wants to be long them, because the capex chains and the earnings growth attached to them are unlikely to change soon. Elsewhere he cites industry estimates of about $11.5 trillion of AI-related capex through 2030 and expects AI capex to add at least 1 point a year to GDP growth for three to four years.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Financials lag as Fed hikes flatten the curve

    Dennis DeBusschereOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “Financials will not be benefiting from this yield curve flattening as it takes place.”

    Episode: Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    at 19:26

    DeBusschere expects the Fed to keep raising short rates to slow consumption, which he thinks will flatten the yield curve for now. Financials, in his view, will not benefit from that flattening and should lag on a relative basis, alongside consumer names and transports. It is a relative, underweight-style view rather than a call for an absolute decline.

    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Dovish data galore: 10-year yields back to 4% by Christmas Eve

    Dennis DeBusschereOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Time frame: by Christmas Eve

    Show quote

    “We expect a higher unemployment rate, we expect a core PCE coming out, 10 basis points, something like that, because people are oversized now on this one. Ten-year yields back at 4% by Christmas Eve.”

    Episode: Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    at 31:28

    22V's latest survey found the highest share of investors since inflation was near 9% saying financial conditions must tighten to meet the Fed's goals. Reading that as crowded positioning, DeBusschere expects 'dovish data galore' over the next three months: a higher unemployment rate, a soft core PCE print, and 10-year yields falling from about 5% back to 4% by Christmas Eve. This is a near-term call that sits against his broader view that, unless inflation comes down, 10-year yields are biased higher over the cycle because of rising deficits and AI capex.

    Time frame
    by Christmas Eve
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long software (IGV): AI tools lift margins in the service sector

    Dennis DeBusschereOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “So we're long the software names, IGV, if you want to just be long, the generic ETF would be the way to monetize that.”

    Episode: Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    at 19:26

    DeBusschere is long software names, with the IGV ETF as the generic way to express it. His rationale is that the economy has to slow and the Fed is hiking, so he wants earnings growth that does not depend on the cycle; within that, he is focused on companies using AI tools to raise margins and profitability in the service, non-goods-producing parts of the economy, where he sees software as the most obvious beneficiary (insurers also qualify). He says 22V has been focused on this for a couple of months and it is only now starting to work, and that it runs against what he sees as consensus.

    What they own
    Says 22V is long software names, via IGV; 22V's recommendation to clients, not a disclosed personal holding.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Long Brazil: an under-owned, low-multiple market set to re-rate on a Flavio Bolsonaro win

    Dennis DeBusschereOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So there looks like there's a significant re-rating potential if we actually get now Flavio to win.”

    Episode: Dennis DeBusschere: The Economy Must Respect The 'Speed Limit'

    at 27:57

    DeBusschere is long Brazilian equities into the October 2026 election. 22V argued months ago, when it was unpopular, that Flavio Bolsonaro would beat Lula, and he now leads the polls. Local investors dislike Lula intensely and have stayed out of the market, leaving very low multiples after years of high interest rates and heavy fiscal spending; with inflation stabilised and a good growth outlook, he sees significant re-rating potential if Flavio wins. He agrees with the host's framing that the market is pricing only about 20% of the potential move, and says normalising the multiple would bring it roughly back in line. 22V's list of beneficiaries excludes energy names such as Petrobras, which skew the ETF.

    Only if
    If Flavio Bolsonaro wins the October 2026 Brazilian election.
    What they own
    Says 'long'; 22V's positioning for clients, not a disclosed personal holding.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Cameron Dawson: "Always Remember, Price Leads Data

    5 statements

    Gold is headed toward 10,000 over a few years; every pullback is a buying opportunity

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Time frame: a few years

    Show quote

    “I think gold, and I don't want to sound like a crazy lunatic running around, but I think we're headed towards 10,000 here. It'll probably take a few years to get there. But I think every pullback is a buying opportunity because I think gold, to your point, is a statement on a lot of these things.”

    Episode: Cameron Dawson: "Always Remember, Price Leads Data

    at 39:38

    Moses argues the trend from under 1,000 to 4,400 is intact despite the retail-driven blow-off top earlier in the year and forced pledging by Russia, Turkey and Poland during the war. His drivers are central-bank buying led by China, the dollar's reserve share falling from about 70% to 57 to 58%, gold surpassing Treasuries as a reserve asset, and his view that the only way out of US debt dynamics is dollar debasement, historically the main correlation with gold. He expects gold toward 10,000 over a few years and treats every pullback as a buying opportunity. Dawson, his guest, agrees on the long-term case but cautions that gold trades on technicals and momentum.

    Time frame
    a few years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mag 7 earnings quality has deteriorated and valuations will stay under pressure: no new high since May, free cash flow worsening into 2027

    Cameron DawsonOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “The dynamic is just that we're seeing this deterioration in earnings quality. We think that's why valuations are coming under pressure, and we don't see much line of sight for it to get better.”

    Episode: Cameron Dawson: "Always Remember, Price Leads Data

    at 3:13

    For a decade Mag 7 earnings and free cash flow grew together because the businesses were capital-light; now they must spend unprecedented amounts to hold their growth rates, so earnings quality has deteriorated and that, in NewEdge's view, is why their multiples have compressed most and why the group has not made a new high since May. She points to late-cycle accounting: operating leases reclassified as financing leases, extended payables (and receivables at Nvidia) to flatter free cash flow, and one-time non-cash gains on SpaceX and Anthropic stakes at Amazon and Google that turn 50% growth into about 30%. Consensus needs 2Q27 to be flat against a 2Q26 number inflated by those gains, expects hyperscaler capex up 30 to 40% next year with free cash flow worse, and assumes a big operating cash flow recovery in 2028. They see no line of sight to earnings quality improving, and the group now depends on outside capital, so it is sensitive to the cost of capital for the first time.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    The only way out of US debt dynamics is a weaker dollar; every policy fix comes at the dollar's expense

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Show quote

    “So I don't see how this formula is going to play out over time, and this dovetails into gold and other commodities just in general, is that the only way out really is a weak dollar.”

    Episode: Cameron Dawson: "Always Remember, Price Leads Data

    at 35:44

    Moses sides with the debasement argument (he cites Luke Gromen): with $40 trillion of debt and a deficit near 6.5 to 7%, the Treasury intervening in Japan to support the yen and buying back long bonds, he does not see how the formula resolves other than through a weaker dollar, and every policy attempt to control yields comes at the cost of something else. He notes the dollar's reserve share has fallen from about 70% to 57 to 58%. Dawson's caveat, which he does not dispute, is that dollar long positioning was the most crowded in five years a month earlier and has only partly unwound.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The 40-year bond bull market is over: the trend in yields is higher, not a normalisation to a new level

    Cameron DawsonOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Our argument is that it's less about us normalizing to a new yield level, but instead appreciating the fact that the trend in yields is not lower, it's higher.”

    Episode: Cameron Dawson: "Always Remember, Price Leads Data

    at 18:58

    Dawson rejects the framing that yields are merely normalising to 2000s levels: the point is that the trend in yields is now higher, so every debt rollover raises the cost of capital, and that constrains spending over time. The drivers are a 6.5% deficit, 4.2% unemployment, high-single-digit annualised nominal GDP, inflation above trend and the easiest financial conditions since 2021, plus hyperscalers competing with the Treasury for capital. Bills are already 21% of Treasury debt, so there is little room to shift issuance shorter, and buying the long end adds liquidity that leaks out elsewhere. Her stated bull case for bonds is a Middle East detente that cuts oil by $30 and squeezes crowded CTA shorts, or a Fed hike read as an intent to slow the economy; a one-and-done hike does little for the long end.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    2Q26 and 2026 are peak earnings growth; the market will not pay a higher multiple for peak earnings

    Cameron DawsonOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Not necessarily saying that you're going to have this big collapse and you're going to have this massive unwind, but just to say is like, hey, look, we think 2Q was the peak earnings growth on a quarterly basis. We think 2026 is the peak earnings growth on an annual basis.”

    Episode: Cameron Dawson: "Always Remember, Price Leads Data

    at 9:09

    Dawson's mantra has been that the market makes new highs while 12-month forward earnings estimates make new highs, and that link is starting to fray: price leads data, so the market can stop rising while estimates are still going up. NewEdge thinks the second quarter of 2026 was peak quarterly earnings growth and 2026 peak annual growth, and investors do not put a higher multiple on earnings they know are peak, which is why the multiple has compressed from 23x to 19x even as the index rose. Jeff DeGraaff's yield-impact and market-cycle-clock models flash below-average forward returns, and hot PMIs are not when you buy cyclicals. She is not calling a collapse; her bull case is a Middle East detente that drops oil $30 and lifts the multiple to 20 or 21x. Breadth has deteriorated from 70% to 37% of names above their 50-day average.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    10 statements

    Gold is a reserve asset headed much higher: owns physical (PHYS) and has not sold; 6,000 possible this year, 10,000-plus longer term

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long run

    Show quote

    “So listen, you got to be smart on the miners. They've had a big move here, money managed, but I do think gold in the long run is headed much higher.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 26:30

    Moses owns gold through PHYS and the miners and says he has not sold any of it, including through the January frenzy to 5,500 and the fall to 4,000. He sees pullbacks, including one on a hawkish Warsh at Jackson Hole, as buying opportunities, because he believes the Fed's next move is ultimately a cut and that Treasury buying long bonds with bills is dollar debasement, the number one driver of gold. Gold is now about 20% of global reserves, central banks are 'hoovering' it, and the war-time selling by Russia, Turkey and Poland only stopped the momentum temporarily. He does not expect 10,000 this year but thinks 6,000 is reachable, with 10,000 to 20,000 longer term.

    Time frame
    long run
    What they own
    Owns PHYS (Sprott Physical Gold) and gold miners including Coeur Mining (CDE); says he has not sold any of them.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rather than short the market, go long gold and silver: what would hurt the S&P (QE, yield-curve control) lifts the metals

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And so to me, instead of trying to short the market or time the market, go long gold. Silver too, all these commodities.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 38:31

    Moses's answer to a toppy, concentrated market is not to short it but to own gold and silver, because the policy actions that would move the S&P either way (intervention, QE, yield-curve control) are all dollar-debasement activities that drive gold, alongside geopolitics. He extends the view to commodities broadly on the argument that after six or seven years of supply-chain disruption, countries and companies will start hoarding.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Buyer of Google on pullbacks: 'spending too much' sell-offs are opportunities for balance sheets this strong

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I, listen, I'm a buyer of names like Google on pullbacks, Amazon on pullbacks and anything that's, oh, they're spending too much money. They have great balance sheets over time. They're going to be able to get through it.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 36:40

    Moses sees echoes of 1999-2000 fibre in the AI capex build and expects the market to eventually question whether the spend is economic, which is why the hyperscalers trade inversely to the chip makers. His response is to buy Google and Amazon on the pullbacks that come with 'they're spending too much money' headlines, because their balance sheets carry them through. He also says the two most important assets on the planet right now are the 10-year bond and Nvidia.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Buyer of Amazon on pullbacks: capex-scare sell-offs are opportunities given the balance sheet

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I, listen, I'm a buyer of names like Google on pullbacks, Amazon on pullbacks and anything that's, oh, they're spending too much money. They have great balance sheets over time. They're going to be able to get through it.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 36:40

    Moses sees echoes of 1999-2000 fibre in the AI capex build and expects the market to eventually question whether the spend is economic. His response is to buy Amazon and Google on the pullbacks that come with 'they're spending too much money' headlines, because their balance sheets carry them through over time.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishGolar

    Golar LNG is very cheap: floating LNG terminals, Argentina exposure, new vessels and a Goldman-run strategic review

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “It is, I think it's very cheap. They're undergoing a strategic review with Goldman Sachs, obviously, to maximize shareholder value.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 28:32

    Moses likes Golar LNG as an under-followed liquefied natural gas play: it builds floating LNG terminals, has exposure to Argentina, is building new vessels, and is undergoing a strategic review with Goldman Sachs to maximise shareholder value. He thinks it is very cheap and 'a tremendous business' that people miss because it is not in many indices. Stated as a name he is 'kind of looking at' rather than a disclosed holding.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    Dollar weakening is the only way out: the debasement trade feeds on itself as the reserve share slips

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “The dollar weakening is the only way out of this, unfortunately, and dollar weakening is inflationary by nature.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 26:30

    Explaining the Treasury's yen support, larger long-bond buybacks and talk of using the Treasury General Account, Moses concludes that weakening the dollar is the only way out of $40 trillion of debt and a 6.5% deficit, and that the debasement trade feeds on itself as investors sell Treasuries on inflation. The dollar remains the reserve currency but its share has dropped from about 70% to 58%, eroded by petrodollar shifts, China's yuan and US policy credibility. He frames Bitcoin's move and gold's as the same trade.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Copper and industrial commodities are 'on the move' as the world starts hoarding after years of supply disruption

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So when you're looking at copper, you're looking, you know, all this stuff, iron ore, I just think we're on the move.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 38:31

    Moses expects commodity hoarding after COVID and the war have shown how fragile supply chains are, and names copper and iron ore as being on the move. Stated in passing as part of a broad go-long-commodities view rather than a copper-specific thesis; he also suggests looking at Latin America for opportunities outside the US AI trade.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Likes the midstream MLPs (Energy Transfer, Enterprise Products): 4.5 to 8% yields and a post-war push to rebuild US energy infrastructure

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So, again, do you want a K1? Do you want to pay taxes on dividends, whatever? But I like these MLPs.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 28:32

    Moses is looking at high-dividend energy-infrastructure MLPs such as Energy Transfer and Enterprise Products, yielding roughly 4.5 to 8%, on the view that after the Iran war the US will have to refill the SPR and focus on domestic energy infrastructure. He notes the K-1 tax complication and the ETF route (MLPA) for those who want to avoid it, and says nobody is looking at the space because it sits outside the S&P 500. He frames it as an example of stock picking outside the AI trade.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Long Nvidia into the quarter; would not short it, calls it one of the two most important assets on the planet

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: into the quarter · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I wouldn't shorten video. I'm actually long it into the quarter, which should scare people. Because I feel like the two most important assets on the planet right now are the 10 year bonds and Nvidia.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 36:40

    Despite his worries about the concentration of the market in one AI trade, Moses would not short Nvidia and is long it into the earnings quarter, calling Nvidia and the 10-year Treasury the two most important assets on the planet, and noting they are converging as Nvidia moves into securitisation financing with six Wall Street firms. The transcript renders 'short Nvidia' as 'shorten video'.

    Time frame
    into the quarter
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he is long Nvidia into the quarter.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Gold miners spin off cash on healthy balance sheets and are due a wave of M&A; a bigger tail than gold itself

    Danny MosesOn The Tape with Danny MosesPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “But these miners, Ned, spin off so much cash, and there's so much healthier balance sheet wise than they have been historically. I think there's going to be a ton of M&A in the space.”

    Episode: Ned Michaels: Providing Commentary Both On And Off The Course

    at 25:03

    Moses owns the miners, naming Coeur Mining, and argues they generate far more cash on much healthier balance sheets than historically, which sets up a wave of M&A. They are the higher-beta expression: a 20% bounce in gold is a 40 to 50% bounce in the miners. He cautions they have already had a big move and should be 'money managed'.

    What they own
    Owns gold miners including Coeur Mining (CDE); has not sold.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Invest Like the Best (Colossus)

    26 bullish · 8 bearish11 episodes · 34 statements · 11 speakersLatest

    · David Vélez - Building Nubank and the Future of Global Banking

    1 statement
    BullishBitcoin

    Vélez: a long-time Bitcoin fan, sees a place for it in a diversified portfolio

    David VélezInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published

    Time frame: 10 to 20 years

    Show quote

    “I've always been a Bitcoin fan and it plays a role in a diversified investment portfolio.”

    Episode: David Vélez - Building Nubank and the Future of Global Banking

    at 26:32

    Vélez expects the world's roughly 190 currencies to shrink to perhaps ten over 10-20 years because many countries' fiscal positions are dire, with billions of people increasingly saving in an offshore system of US-dollar stablecoins, Bitcoin and other assets alongside their local fiat. In that world he expects savers to diversify across a handful of fiat currencies and a few crypto tokens, and says he has always been a Bitcoin fan and that it belongs in a diversified portfolio. A modest, allocation-style view rather than a price call.

    Time frame
    10 to 20 years
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Noah Shinn - Building Instinct: The Personal Agent

    1 statement

    Proactive personal agents need orders of magnitude more compute than code generation did

    Noah ShinnInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published

    Show quote

    “So I think that the amount of compute that is going to be needed is going to be, honestly, orders of magnitude more than what we thought that we needed.”

    Episode: Noah Shinn - Building Instinct: The Personal Agent

    at 1:02:46

    Shinn's argument is about the shape of the workload, not the user count. The breakout AI products so far -- code generation above all -- are interactive: the user prompts, the model runs, the model comes back. A personal agent that can wake and sleep on its own is mostly background work, thinking about what might go wrong and acting before it is asked, with interaction the smaller part. He says his own company's compute need has been roughly doubling every week for several weeks, that the lead time on compute is months, and that buying ahead means choosing between 2x, 5x and 10x of what you have and being wrong by 3 or 4x if you misjudge. From that he concludes total compute demand will be orders of magnitude above what was assumed. He runs a company whose product consumes that compute.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Michael Moritz - Lessons From 40 Years of Investing and Writing

    1 statement

    The edges that made 1980s venture investing work have gone - healthy today 'if you're a founder'

    Michael MoritzInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published

    Show quote

    “The venture business that I got into way back when is very different from the venture business today. There aren't many parallels. I don't know that I would flourish in today's venture business. It's for a whole variety of reasons. I think it's become much more difficult.”

    Episode: Michael Moritz - Lessons From 40 Years of Investing and Writing

    at 44:50

    Moritz argues that the early-stage venture business he joined in the mid-1980s bears few parallels to today's, that it has become much more difficult, and that he does not know whether he would flourish in the current version of it. He dates the dissipation of the advantages he had to roughly 15 or 16 years ago and names three of them. Information was imperfect before the internet, so unless you were very close to things you did not know what was happening, and being in the one place where it was all happening was itself a competitive advantage; today everybody around the world has more or less the same information. There are now far more participants of every stripe, from individuals and two- or three-person firms to huge mutual funds pouring money in, which makes the very early stage private market a different place. And the close, direct relationship an individual could form thirty or forty years ago with the people they were going into business with no longer exists for a venture firm, because there are too many intermediaries in between. He goes as far as saying a moderately intelligent 14- or 16-year-old with their wits about them could have succeeded in the venture business of the mid-1980s. Asked whether the ecosystem is healthy today, his answer is that it is - if you are a founder.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Walter Russell Mead - How America Keeps Winning

    2 statements

    Iran's drone reach over Gulf desalination plants makes the Gulf's development plans uninvestable

    Walter Russell MeadInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “As long as that's the case, I'm not going to make big investments in the gulf if I'm a foreign country. It's really, really scary. That means that these whole economic development plans that those countries have for their future political stability go up in smoke because it doesn't work.”

    Episode: Walter Russell Mead - How America Keeps Winning

    at 1:02:46

    Mead argues the decisive risk in the Gulf is not that Iran can hit a tanker with a drone but that it could put drones on desalination plants and make the cities of the Gulf essentially uninhabitable. As long as that capability stands unchecked, he says, a foreign investor should not be making big investments in the Gulf, and the long-range economic development plans the Gulf states are counting on for their own political stability do not work. He ties this to a wider erosion of deterrence: the Gulf states use their oil and money effectively but cannot defend themselves against Iran without outside help, Israel is in his view too small and too alien to the region to act as a counter-hegemon, and the United States has been unwilling since Obama to draw and enforce a red line itself. The bearish case is therefore conditional on deterrence not being restored, which is the outcome he argues for rather than predicts.

    Only if
    Holds as long as Iran retains the unchecked ability to strike Gulf desalination plants with drones -- i.e. unless the US or another power restores deterrence over Iran.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishUS economy

    US productivity gains mean American power keeps compounding even as the postwar order breaks down

    Walter Russell MeadInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published

    Time frame: medium to long term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “But the United States as a power, it seems to me, is if anything, thanks to the information revolution and sort of this extraordinary raises in productivity that I believe we have experienced and are about to experience, I think we're still charging ahead. It's this odd picture of a dynamic country and a collapsing world system.”

    Episode: Walter Russell Mead - How America Keeps Winning

    at 1:31

    Mead separates two things he thinks are usually run together: the Pax Americana built after 1945 and refurbished in 1990 -- the institutionalised relations with Europe, the WTO's rules-based trade system, NATO -- which he says is in crisis and crumbling, and the underlying strength of the United States, which he says is not. He attributes continued American dynamism to the information revolution and to what he calls extraordinary increases in productivity that he believes the US has already experienced and is about to experience further, leaving what he describes as a dynamic country inside a collapsing world system. He says he is optimistic about America's position medium to long term while allowing that the US is in rough waters right now, and elsewhere in the conversation qualifies the optimism: the reaction against tech, domestic political disarray and the social stresses that new technology creates mean, in his words, that it is not a given that America will be able to pull it off again. This is a view about national economic and technological capacity argued by a foreign-policy historian, not a call on any market or index.

    Time frame
    medium to long term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Sarah Guo - Funding the Frontier

    1 statement

    AI models can finally capture real value in biology, against the conventional wisdom on selling software to pharma

    Sarah GuoInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published

    Show quote

    “You can create and capture enormous value with models in biology.”

    Episode: Sarah Guo - Funding the Frontier

    at 45:30

    Guo says that seeing the data empirically moved her firmly to one side of a debate she had been watching for five-plus years: AI models make it possible both to create and to capture large value in biology, not just to participate in drug ownership. The conventional wisdom she describes is that the only way to make money serving pharma is to make a drug and then strike biobucks deals, a structure in which traditional biotech firms back principal investigators, own around 40% of the company, and see most candidates fail, while "you can't make money selling software to pharma or build platform businesses at pharma". She argues models change that, citing her firm's first-check investment in Chai Discovery, which she says is working with a number of top-10 pharma companies to accelerate part of the R&D process, and arguing the signal comes from users -- the scientists and division leads who know whether a tool is valuable -- rather than from theory. She qualifies it twice: regulation is still an unsolved question, and the speed of the physical world and safety cannot be overcome easily. What she expects is a massive acceleration in cures, with a large wave of investment following once a new indication or drug has clearly had its trajectory changed by AI. The evidence she offers for the view is her own portfolio company.

    What they own
    Says her firm wrote the first check in Chai Discovery, the AI-for-biology company she offers as her evidence, and that she had been looking at computational biology companies of different sorts for five-plus years before investing.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Neil Movva - Making AI 10x Cheaper - [Invest Like the Best, EP.488]

    3 statements

    Inference spend is real demand, not dot-com-style speculative overbuild

    Neil MovvaInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I do think inference spend monotonically increases. There's no speculation on inference.”

    Episode: Neil Movva - Making AI 10x Cheaper - [Invest Like the Best, EP.488]

    at 48:56

    Pushing back on the host's framing that the semiconductor share of S&P 500 market cap (roughly 2-4% historically, now near 20%) looks like a bubble due for mean reversion, Movva draws on his own history (born in 1997, mother worked at Intel through the dot-com crash) to argue this cycle is different in kind: dot-com-era networking capex was built against speculative future demand that never showed up, whereas token/inference consumption is immediately and directly monetized the moment it's produced -- nobody hoards tokens. He expects inference spend, unlike the earlier training-driven and speculative capex wave, to keep rising without a speculative air pocket behind it.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Contrarian short-term Nvidia bull, scoped deliberately to the near term

    Neil MovvaInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: short term · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I am bullish on Nvidia in the short term, and Nvidia, you should never bet against them.”

    Episode: Neil Movva - Making AI 10x Cheaper - [Invest Like the Best, EP.488]

    at 1:11:35

    Asked what consensus view he thinks is wrong, Movva -- a GPU/kernel engineer who worked on Nvidia's own TensorCore effort before founding an inference company -- pushes back against the idea that Nvidia's moat is fragile. He notes performance-per-watt hasn't improved dramatically across Hopper, Blackwell and Rubin, and that Western alternatives like Intel are not catastrophically far behind TSMC's leading edge (at worst roughly 2x worse performance per watt), so the market overrates the geopolitical/TSMC dependency risk to compute broadly. Despite that caveat, he explicitly says never bet against Nvidia reinventing itself, but he deliberately scopes his bullishness to the short term rather than making an unconditional long-run call.

    Time frame
    short term
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Memory/HBM shortage is structural and won't resolve quickly

    Neil MovvaInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long run

    Show quote

    “There's no easy way to bring on a lot more fabs of memory.”

    Episode: Neil Movva - Making AI 10x Cheaper - [Invest Like the Best, EP.488]

    at 1:14:40

    Movva argues the memory and HBM bottleneck is far stickier than logic capacity because building new memory fabs takes years, and memory producers remain scarred by decades of boom-bust cycles that have made them reluctant to over-invest in cyclical capex even amid today's shortage. He tells prospective hardware founders that underpricing how tight HBM will stay is the single biggest opportunity in the compute stack right now, and predicts the shortage gets resolved by costs being pushed downstream (e.g. pricier consumer devices) rather than by new supply -- a structurally bullish setup for memory makers' pricing power.

    Time frame
    long run
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    9 statements

    AI coding/agent tools threaten Microsoft's core moat

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long run · Not sure

    Show quote

    “it is aimed like an arrow to the heart of what Microsoft has”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 57:49

    Thompson argues Microsoft's near-term strategy of staying off the AI frontier and instead selling itself as dependable middleware between enterprises and the frontier labs is rational -- it is the IBM-in-the-90s playbook, and it is why Microsoft still throws off huge free cash flow. But he sees a real structural threat underneath: Microsoft's actual moat is the interaction layer (email, documents, the Office suite), i.e. systems of record that are normally sticky because migrating off them is tedious -- and AI coding/agent tools are specifically good at that kind of migration work. He calls the strategy simultaneously sound and "desperate in an existential way," so this is a hedged bearish call on Microsoft's long-run core-product durability, not a call that they lose outright.

    Time frame
    long run
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Financing timing mismatch could trigger a capex blow-up

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: near term · Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “if we don't get there soon enough, then we could have a big blow up”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 9:49

    Thompson lays out a timing mismatch: hyperscalers have burned through free cash flow, then debt markets, and are now issuing equity to fund AI capex, but the revenue to justify that spending hasn't caught up yet. He is explicitly worried about an "air gap" where the industry runs out of new capital sources before AI-driven revenue materializes enough to self-fund the buildout, which could trigger a sharp financial blow-up for the companies and vehicles financing the buildout -- even though he separately believes AI itself keeps improving regardless.

    Time frame
    near term
    Only if
    if AI-driven revenue doesn't scale fast enough to replace debt/equity financing before capital runs out
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Best-positioned frontier AI bet among the majors

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Meta is probably the most interesting.”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 51:23

    Among the frontier AI players (OpenAI, Anthropic, Gemini, Grok, Meta), Thompson singles out Meta as the most interesting, crediting Mark Zuckerberg's founder energy and willingness to bet the company on AI. His stronger underlying case is about Meta's advertising business: unlike a subscription model, an ad business can monetize a consumer product with zero pricing pushback because the advertiser bears the cost, and he argues LLM-driven ad matching (predicting what a person wants to see next, rather than crude audience-embedding matching) could lift ad relevance enough to be worth billions -- a case he thinks Meta itself does a poor job telling. He does flag that all digital companies, Meta included, face some disruption risk from AI, so the view is not unqualified.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Memory makers' own leverage invites customers to route around them

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long run

    Show quote

    “I think the memory makers probably screw themselves in the long run by creating such a massive target on their back.”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 35:50

    Thompson draws an analogy to the Strait of Hormuz: a chokepoint is most effective when never actually used, because using it invites the world to build permanent redundancy around it. He argues memory makers used their scarcity leverage in the current shortage (customers optimizing algorithms specifically to use less memory, Apple lobbying for alternative Chinese memory supply) in a way that will prompt big tech customers to permanently de-risk their dependence on concentrated memory supply once the current crunch passes -- eroding the pricing power that made memory attractive in the first place.

    Time frame
    long run
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishTSMC TSM

    Conservative capacity decisions are letting Intel and Samsung catch up

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “TSMC brought it on themselves.”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 42:12

    Thompson argues TSMC's structural conservatism about overbuilding capacity (a fab is a 30-year commitment, so they'd rather under-build than risk stranded capacity) pushed the risk of scarcity onto its big-tech customers instead. Because TSMC pulled back capacity growth in 2023-2025 just as AI demand took off, hyperscalers now facing acute shortages are being forced to do the painful work of qualifying Intel and Samsung as alternate leading-edge foundry partners -- something that would never have made rational sense while TSMC could meet all demand. He expects Intel in particular to land a major foundry partner as a direct result, i.e. TSMC's own conservatism is what will erode its historically exclusive position.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Most compelling setup among big tech

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “The answer is always Amazon.”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 45:03

    Asked which of the top 10-15 tech companies has the most interesting setup today, Thompson answers Amazon without hesitation. His case: Amazon is its own first and best customer, which let it get AWS, Graviton and Trainium off the ground internally before selling them externally, each time using its own scale to iterate a mediocre first product into a competitive one. That same internal-first flywheel is now playing out with AI services (call-center AI, managed services built on its own chips). He argues Amazon's core retail and logistics business is largely impervious to AI disruption, giving it a moat few peers can match, plus a demonstrated ability to spin up new business lines organically.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI's economic impact is real regardless of near-term financing risk

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long run

    Show quote

    “I believe in AI. I think it's a real thing.”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 32:36

    Even while flagging financing-timing risk, Thompson is unambiguous that AI's economic impact will be astronomical and that AI is not going away or stopping its improvement even if there is a capex-financing blow-up along the way -- he compares it to the dot-com and railroad bubbles, both of which were financially devastating in the short run but left behind durable, world-changing infrastructure and value. This is his structural, long-run bull case sitting alongside the near-term financing-risk bear case on the same subject.

    Time frame
    long run
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    AI opportunity is bigger than search, not dilutive

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the purest aggregator of them all”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 12:12

    Discussing why Berkshire Hathaway's investment in Google struck him as symbolic rather than shocking, Thompson argues Google's search business is an exceptionally high-margin, zero-marginal-cost aggregator -- the best business model of its kind -- and draws a direct analogy to how Berkshire moved from high-margin See's Candies into lower-margin but much larger BNSF Railway, because absolute dollar profits matter more than margin percentage once capital gets large enough. He argues Google's AI buildout, even funded partly through equity issuance that dilutes shareholders, is expansionary rather than dilutive in substance: AI's addressable market (most white-collar work, eventually robotics) is so much larger than search's that the absolute profit pool available, even at lower margins, could dwarf what search throws off today.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BearishNVIDIA NVDA

    Nvidia's margins look propped up, not durable

    Ben ThompsonInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long run · Not sure

    Show quote

    “Nvidia's position is, I think, definitely unnatural.”

    Episode: Ben Thompson on Big Tech, China, and the AI Boom Running Out of Money - [Invest Like the Best, EP.487]

    at 1:07:46

    Thompson argues Nvidia's headline gross margins mask real economic softening: deals like the 25% compute backstop it extended to Neo Clouds are, on an expected-value basis, an implicit price cut that just doesn't show up in the reported numbers -- risk never disappears, it only moves. More structurally, he sees the hyperscalers (especially Google and Amazon) as Nvidia's real long-run competitive threat, because they can sell their own chips (TPUs, Trainium) as commodities rather than on differentiation, and because they have a lower cost of capital than Nvidia's Neo Cloud customers. He explicitly holds both scenarios in mind -- an AI-takes-off world where Nvidia captures all the upside, and a compute-abundance world where its margins get harder to sustain -- so this is a hedged, not absolute, bearish view.

    Time frame
    long run
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    1 statement
    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    'It all works' — NVIDIA among the layers Vishria expects to do well, though most companies won't

    Eric VishriaInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Will NVIDIA do well? Yes.”

    at 1:00:18

    Stated as part of Vishria's explicitly non-zero-sum view of the AI stack: 'I am of the view that it all works.' He runs through the layers — cloud service providers, some neoclouds, inference companies, NVIDIA, some chip startups, edge inference on phones, near-edge inference, big models in data centres — and answers yes to each, pushing back on what he calls zero-sum thinking that has one lab capturing 98% of the value. The important qualifier, which he supplies himself, is that a layer working does not mean the companies in it work: 'Most companies in each of those areas are not going to work,' which he argues makes real differentiation more important than ever. Read this as a view on NVIDIA's position within a rising stack rather than a valuation call.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    6 statements
    BullishSK Hynix

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    Alex SacerdoteInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “NVIDIA sure is, and TSM is really levered to it, and Hynix is extremely levered to it, and ASML is levered to it.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:07:32

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    What they own
    Said Whale Rock is 'four months into' the ASML position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    Alex SacerdoteInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “NVIDIA sure is, and TSM is really levered to it, and Hynix is extremely levered to it, and ASML is levered to it.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:07:32

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    What they own
    Said Whale Rock is 'four months into' the ASML position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishTSMC TSM

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    Alex SacerdoteInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “NVIDIA sure is, and TSM is really levered to it, and Hynix is extremely levered to it, and ASML is levered to it.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:07:32

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    What they own
    Said Whale Rock is 'four months into' the ASML position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCorning GLW

    Sacerdote said Corning has an extremely high share of the specialized fiber used in AI data centers, and expects the scale-up (GPU-to-GPU, currently copper) connections within racks to eventually…

    Alex SacerdoteInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “They've got some ridiculously high share of the fiber.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 44:41

    Sacerdote said Corning has an extremely high share of the specialized fiber used in AI data centers, and expects the scale-up (GPU-to-GPU, currently copper) connections within racks to eventually move to fiber, which he called a 2-3x opportunity for Corning.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCelestica CLS

    Sacerdote said Celestica (which he'd known as a struggling contract manufacturer trading at ~8x earnings a few years ago) turned out to be an excellent business once it became the sole supplier of…

    Alex SacerdoteInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “It turns out, these are excellent businesses.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 44:41

    Sacerdote said Celestica (which he'd known as a struggling contract manufacturer trading at ~8x earnings a few years ago) turned out to be an excellent business once it became the sole supplier of Google's TPU servers and a leading liquid-cooling/Ethernet-switch player for AI data centers.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishASML ASML

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    Alex SacerdoteInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “NVIDIA sure is, and TSM is really levered to it, and Hynix is extremely levered to it, and ASML is levered to it.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:07:32

    Sacerdote said within the mega-cap tech fund, NVIDIA is a genuine super-S-curve name, with TSMC, SK Hynix, and ASML all highly levered to the same AI buildout.

    What they own
    Said Whale Rock is 'four months into' the ASML position.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    4 statements

    Loeb said Israel is an interesting niche market, and despite the war, one of Third Point's Israeli investments has been one of the best-performing stocks in the whole portfolio.

    Dan LoebInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “We had one of our top investments there that despite the war, has been one of the best performing stocks in our portfolio.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 39:47

    Loeb said Israel is an interesting niche market, and despite the war, one of Third Point's Israeli investments has been one of the best-performing stocks in the whole portfolio.

    What they own
    Says this is one of Third Point's top-performing current holdings, unnamed.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Loeb said NVIDIA still looks attractive as a catch-up trade at ~15x 2027 / 12x 2028 earnings for the dominant, fastest-growing company at its scale.

    Dan LoebInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “there's such a catch up trade in NVIDIA at 15 times 27, 12 times 28 for the most dominant, very fast growing company at its size.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 37:07

    Loeb said NVIDIA still looks attractive as a catch-up trade at ~15x 2027 / 12x 2028 earnings for the dominant, fastest-growing company at its scale.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Loeb said he's more bullish on Korea, Taiwan, and Japan as a hunting ground for great companies, in contrast to his more cautious view on Europe.

    Dan LoebInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I'm probably more bullish on them just in terms of a hunting ground to find great companies.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 39:47

    Loeb said he's more bullish on Korea, Taiwan, and Japan as a hunting ground for great companies, in contrast to his more cautious view on Europe.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Loeb said European markets are tough right now given the regulatory environment and attitude toward business/capitalism there — companies dependent on the local economy specifically are challenged…

    Dan LoebInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “But the companies that are in Europe, dependent on the local economy, are challenged.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 39:47

    Loeb said European markets are tough right now given the regulatory environment and attitude toward business/capitalism there — companies dependent on the local economy specifically are challenged, even though Third Point holds a couple of names there (Rolls Royce and one transcribed as 'SML,' likely ASML — confirm against audio).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    5 statements
    BullishAstera Labs ALAB

    Baker argued Astera Labs was miscategorized by the market as a 'copper loser' in the optics-vs-copper trade, when its switch/accelerator-connectivity business actually benefits either way.

    Gavin BakerInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Definitionally, if you're a switch company or an accelerator company, you cannot be a copper loser because you're going to be on the other side of that connection.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:05:06

    Baker argued Astera Labs was miscategorized by the market as a 'copper loser' in the optics-vs-copper trade, when its switch/accelerator-connectivity business actually benefits either way.

    What they own
    Said Astera is 'a stock I've been close to a long time' and that he first invested at the Series C (pre-IPO).
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Baker credited Satya Nadella for a risky but correct strategic call — keeping Microsoft's GPUs for internal use rather than selling all of it to OpenAI/Anthropic — even though the market punished the…

    Gavin BakerInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “But I think he's making good decisions that are risky decisions to position Microsoft for this world where frontier models are no longer API accessible.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:05:52

    Baker credited Satya Nadella for a risky but correct strategic call — keeping Microsoft's GPUs for internal use rather than selling all of it to OpenAI/Anthropic — even though the market punished the stock for it short-term (Baker estimated Microsoft would otherwise be an $800 stock).

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Baker said Google is durably well-positioned in AI given its scale of compute, data (including YouTube), and search business, even after losing its earlier TPU cost-per-token advantage.

    Gavin BakerInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Google's never not going to be in a good position”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:05:52

    Baker said Google is durably well-positioned in AI given its scale of compute, data (including YouTube), and search business, even after losing its earlier TPU cost-per-token advantage.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishAmazon AMZN

    Baker said Amazon is strongly positioned in AI because of its Trainium in-house chip (transcribed 'Tranium'), plus expected P&L efficiencies from robotics in retail over the next 18 months.

    Gavin BakerInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next 18 months

    Show quote

    “Amazon I think is in a really strong position because of Tranium.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:05:52

    Baker said Amazon is strongly positioned in AI because of its Trainium in-house chip (transcribed 'Tranium'), plus expected P&L efficiencies from robotics in retail over the next 18 months.

    Time frame
    next 18 months
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    Baker said NVIDIA was, in early April 2026, about as cheap relative to the broader market as it had been in the prior 10-12 years.

    Gavin BakerInvest Like the Best (Colossus)Published Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: early April

    Show quote

    “it was essentially as cheap as it gets relative to the market, like in the last 10 or 12 years”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 1:00:09

    Baker said NVIDIA was, in early April 2026, about as cheap relative to the broader market as it had been in the prior 10-12 years.

    Time frame
    early April
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Planet MicroCap Podcast

    28 bullish · 8 bearish5 episodes · 36 statements · 7 speakersLatest

    · AI Shortens The Moat with Todd Wenning, President and CIO of KNA Capital Management

    5 statements

    Branded consumer products spent their consumer surplus just as agentic shoppers arrived

    Todd WenningPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: the next 10 years

    Show quote

    “This is also true of consumer product companies. They pushed price so hard coming out of COVID, that they shrank the consumer surplus to the point where customers are going, why am I paying this again?”

    Episode: AI Shortens The Moat with Todd Wenning, President and CIO of KNA Capital Management

    at 28:48

    Wenning defines consumer surplus as the spread between what a customer pays and what the product is worth to them, and argues branded consumer-product companies pushed price so hard after COVID that they shrank it to the point where customers now ask what they are getting. The reason that is newly dangerous is the agentic shopper. The old moat was search-cost savings: faced with a hundred detergents or a hundred diapers you took the brand you knew rather than risk bringing home something unfamiliar. An agent such as Meta's Muse instead presents brand A at six dollars against a well-reviewed private label at three and asks whether the extra three is worth it -- and the agent has no brand loyalty. He extends the same test to any business that relies on obfuscation and low consumer surplus: cable companies and insurers that count on you abandoning a ten-dollar dispute after two hours on hold now face an agent that will wait indefinitely. His own biggest change of mind, he says in the last couple of months, is on retailers: with an agent shopping for you, loyalty to a favourite store does not survive a five-dollar price difference, which he reads into Amazon shutting off Muse's access. He expects a very big change in the way consumers shop over the next ten years.

    Time frame
    the next 10 years
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSpotify

    Spotify's unused pricing power is the consumer-surplus test passed

    Todd WenningPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “So for me, Spotify could raise its price a lot, lot more than it currently is before it even began to matter to me as an investor.”

    Episode: AI Shortens The Moat with Todd Wenning, President and CIO of KNA Capital Management

    at 28:48

    Spotify is Wenning's worked example of the consumer surplus he wants a business to have. His comparison is what a CD cost him in 1992 or 1993 -- twenty dollars then, the equivalent of forty or fifty now, for a record with one or two songs he liked -- against twenty dollars a month today for unlimited access to anything he wants to hear. The gap between the price and the value to the customer is so wide that, as the holder, he reckons the company could raise price a great deal more before it began to matter to him. That is the moat he is paying for in a world where agentic shoppers hunt for compressed consumer surplus: the companies at risk are the ones that spent theirs, and on his telling Spotify has not.

    What they own
    Says KNA Capital owns Spotify and that he owns it personally.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI turns the software switching-cost moat from a 30-year assumption into a renewal-date question

    Todd WenningPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: at the end of current three-to-five-year contracts

    Show quote

    “Now, AI's really called that into question. It's brought forward the debate for a lot of these companies from, what does this company look like in 10 years to what about next year? That's a very different debate than investors and software stocks have had to have for quite a long time.”

    Episode: AI Shortens The Moat with Todd Wenning, President and CIO of KNA Capital Management

    at 14:52

    Wenning's most exposed moat, after network effects, is switching costs, and that is his worry about software. His framing comes from Buffett: a moat is worth only what it protects, and some businesses have to win every day -- a sporting-goods retailer is copied by competitors the next morning -- while software companies have had three decades of being right once, establishing a position and innovating only around the edges, protected by three-to-five-year contracts. AI changes what happens at the end of that contract. The buyer responsible for resubscribing now asks whether they could build it themselves, or build the peripheral program they were paying for, with tools that did not exist when the contract was signed four or five years ago. Can the vendor still raise prices 6 or 7 per cent a year? He stresses that the doubt alone is enough: the terminal value investors had assigned on the assumption that nothing happens to the company for 30 years starts to shrink, and the debate moves from where the business is in ten years to what happens next year. He adds a second pressure from the same direction: software is among the industries that pushed price far enough to shrink the consumer surplus, which is what makes the renewal question bite.

    Time frame
    at the end of current three-to-five-year contracts
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    UK equities are a capital-flight market where acquirers are bear-hugging the cheap names

    Todd WenningPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: looking back 5 to 10 years from now

    Show quote

    “And so I think if you're an investor and you're okay buying UK stocks, there's some really, really great companies there trading for very attractive prices.”

    Episode: AI Shortens The Moat with Todd Wenning, President and CIO of KNA Capital Management

    at 39:50

    Wenning's clearest geographic call is the UK, which he describes as really beaten up and a capital-flight situation: money has not gone in for years, partly Brexit, and UK interest rates are high and getting higher than American ones. The result is good companies at extremely attractive prices, and he points to the market's own verdict -- acquirers are coming in and bear-hugging these companies with premiums so large that boards would be negligent to refuse, which he reads as outside capital recognising the value. It sits inside a broader observation he makes: for a market this high, he expected fewer value opportunities and is finding more. Running his own holdings through valuation percentiles against their ten-year histories, the median name sits around the 39th percentile, with many stocks at ten-year low multiples and compounders that were untouchable five years ago at 50 or 60 times earnings now on pedestrian multiples and 7 to 8 per cent free cash flow yields against a 3 to 4 per cent history. His test is whether something is actually broken; where it is not, and where the company can adapt to AI or the revolution simmers as all revolutions do, he expects those businesses to emerge stronger and today to look in hindsight like the opportunity.

    Time frame
    looking back 5 to 10 years from now
    What they own
    Says he is a current shareholder of a couple of UK names, including one whose intellectual property is so central that it uses no AI at all.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Real yields near 3 per cent are what finally makes rates bite on stocks

    Todd WenningPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: the next 5 to 10 years for the allocation shift · Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So rates are starting to impact the market. They didn't have a lot of impact, I think, when they went from 3 to 4 But once you get to 5, 6, 7%, hopefully it doesn't get to there. But let's say it does, that's going to weigh on stocks quite a bit.”

    Episode: AI Shortens The Moat with Todd Wenning, President and CIO of KNA Capital Management

    at 23:45

    Wenning argues the rate move has crossed the level where it starts to matter for equities. September is his evidence: the index was roughly flat but carried by a handful of the largest names -- he puts Facebook up 26 per cent -- while about 75 per cent of S&P constituents fell, because nominal and real yields rose. After a twenty-year downtrend that bottomed at zero in COVID, the ten-year is now above 5 per cent with real ten-year yields approaching 3. Two channels follow. The first is corporate-finance arithmetic: a higher required return cuts the present value of long-dated cash flows hardest, so the companies whose valuations depend on cash flows ten and fifteen years out get hit, and high-dividend stocks with rate-sensitive business models take a double hit as their yields are measured against bonds. The second is allocation: boomer investors in their seventies can now lock in positive real returns of about 3 per cent for ten years rather than the negative real yields on offer before, so money that used to go to stocks goes to bonds -- and he notes that if inflation picks up and erodes that real yield, other asset classes get hit harder anyway. Meanwhile the AI leaders hold up because they promise to get rich quickly while a compounder asks the investor to wait ten years. He is explicit that 3 to 4 per cent did little, that 5 to 7 per cent is the range that weighs on stocks, and that he hopes it does not get there.

    Time frame
    the next 5 to 10 years for the allocation shift
    Only if
    if the ten-year yield gets to 5, 6 or 7 per cent -- he notes it is already above 5
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    16 statements

    VersaBank: 20-25% earnings compounding at 12-14x 2027 earnings

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: over a 3 to 5 year period

    Show quote

    “But Versabank is a company that we continue to like and it is outperform the banks despite the fact that the banks have done quite well and they're a bank, but a virtual bank and they have a structured receivable purchase plan.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 5:19

    Irvine still likes VersaBank, a virtual bank with a structured receivable purchase program that has entered the US market, where the growth is. It has outperformed the big banks. It now trades at 12-14 times his 2027 estimates, which he calls reasonable for growth at a reasonable price because he thinks it can compound earnings at 20-25% a year over three to five years.

    Time frame
    over a 3 to 5 year period
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Canadian cannabis names are still extremely underappreciated

    Teagon MurrayPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “Again, some of the cannabis names I still view extremely underappreciated.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 4:06

    Murray, who has a corporate banking background, watches the debt side of Canadian cannabis companies. Typically conservative Canadian chartered banks are now stepping into their credit facilities and some have started institutional coverage, which shows lenders accept that the businesses have improved. The equity market has recognised little of that improvement, so he still sees some cannabis names as extremely underappreciated. He adds that tariffs are a non-issue for them.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishAritzia

    Aritzia: still owned as Canadian fashion retailers sit well off their highs

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “So we think there is some value there. The only one, two that we've owned are Eritzia and Group Dynamite. We still own them today.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 5:19

    Irvine says Canadian fashion retailers such as Lululemon, Groupe Dynamite, Aritzia and Canada Goose are down 30-50% from their highs and that there is some value there. Of these he has owned only Aritzia and Groupe Dynamite and still owns both; he is more aggressive on Dynamite.

    What they own
    Owns Aritzia.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Canadian cannabis is still very interesting as fundamentals strengthen

    Mathieu MartinPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “So I don't know if I have much to add to that, but I totally agree with the obviously the cannabis thesis. I think it's still very, very interesting.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 9:36

    Martin has been in Canadian cannabis for about 18 months. It started as a contrarian value idea, and fundamentals are getting stronger, with some companies growing profitably, so generalist and even growth investors are now looking at the space. Cannabis drove most of his fund's 14% year-to-date gain to September. He also likes it because it is largely unaffected by tariffs.

    What they own
    Cannabis holdings drove most of the Rivemont MicroCap Fund's 2026 performance.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Canadian microcaps are still very discounted, as takeouts show

    Mathieu MartinPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “And I think it shows that the MicroCap sector in Canada is still very much discounted. There are still many opportunities there.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 31:15

    Martin counts four takeouts of Canadian microcaps in September, against the usual one or two a month (Revolve Renewable Power, Sangoma, Plurilock and a non-binding offer for Christina Lake Cannabis). He reads the pickup in M&A, and the general pattern of more takeouts than IPOs, as evidence that the sector is still very discounted and has many opportunities.

    What they own
    Runs the Rivemont MicroCap Fund; does not own the acquired companies.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishBioSyent

    BioSyent: net-cash compounder, $20 fair value vs $15-16

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: 18 months from now

    Show quote

    “Our fair value is $20, but we still like it in this range.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 52:04

    Irvine has owned BioSyent, a Canadian specialty pharma best known for an iron supplement, for years. It is a boring business that buys back shares, raises its dividend and holds net cash. A dental acquisition has pushed reported revenue growth to 95% against a natural rate of 12-15%, and he expects it to rebuild its $25-28 million of net cash within about 18 months and repeat the cycle. It is not especially cheap at about $15-16, but his fair value is $20 and he still likes it there.

    Time frame
    18 months from now
    What they own
    Owns it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    NexLiving: a thoughtful real estate capital allocator mistaken for a REIT

    Teagon MurrayPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “Those are two companies I just like a lot.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 49:33

    Murray owns NexLiving and calls it a very interesting story. It is viewed as a real estate REIT, but he argues it is a thoughtful management team with surplus capital to deploy into further real estate opportunities, taking a different approach from a REIT, and that the market underappreciates it. The transcript renders the name as 'Next Living'.

    What they own
    Owns it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Dynacor: a net-cash gold-ore miller with a dividend, despite geopolitical risk

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “This company has a high degree of geopolitical risk, but they have operated successfully in Peru for 15 years, profitable every year. So those are the types of businesses we like.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 52:04

    Irvine owns Dynacor, a net-cash company that mills ore for small-scale gold miners in Peru rather than producing ore itself, and pays a solid dividend. It is expanding with a mill in Ecuador and possibly one in Senegal. He flags a high degree of geopolitical risk but points to 15 years of profitable operation in Peru.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Owns Dynacor.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Groupe Dynamite: still 15x forward earnings after a big run

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “And we would be more aggressive buying Group Dynamite in its current range.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 5:19

    Irvine first recommended Groupe Dynamite at $16, bought more at $10 after Liberation Day, and still owns it at about $50. Because earnings have risen massively, it trades at about 15 times forward earnings, the same multiple as at $16, with strong same-store sales. He argues tariffs helped it, as in the first Trump administration, because it could raise prices and get supplier discounts. He would be more aggressive buying it in its current range than other Canadian fashion retailers.

    What they own
    Owns it; recommended at $16 and added at $10.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Rubicon Organics: a second facility about to start producing revenue

    Teagon MurrayPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: in the next couple of quarters

    Show quote

    “But two companies that I like that are attending that I actually do on are Rubicon Organics and Next Living.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 49:33

    Murray owns Rubicon Organics, likes its management and thinks the market underappreciates it. It just finished opening a second facility bought cheaply and is carrying the operating costs of two facilities while the new one has zero revenue; that revenue comes on stream over the next couple of quarters.

    Time frame
    in the next couple of quarters
    What they own
    Owns it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishADF Group

    ADF Group at 5.5x 2028 earnings as an AI-power backdoor

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Time frame: this time next year

    Show quote

    “But we'd like to accumulate for that earnings jump up this time next year.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 54:40

    Irvine plays the AI data-center build-out through cheap infrastructure suppliers rather than richly valued chip companies. ADF Group, a steel superstructure fabricator, has shifted its backlog from about 70% US to about 70% Canadian after US steel tariffs and is moving into Quebec hydroelectric work through an acquisition, power that data centers will need. He expects earnings and margins to jump about a year from now, wants to accumulate before then, and estimates it at 5.5 times his 2028 earnings, with net cash.

    Time frame
    this time next year
    What they own
    Shareholder (disclosed on air).
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Cautious on Canada's big banks at 10-year-high valuations

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “We'd be cautious on the banks generally right now because you're looking at 10-year highs in terms of valuations.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 5:19

    Irvine notes that banks, a huge part of the Canadian market through the big five or six, have done very well this year, and says he would be cautious on them now because valuations are at 10-year highs. He prefers a small bank, VersaBank.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Avoid junior miners; buy miners with cash flow

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “But if you want a real business that you're going to grow in the small cap sector long term, don't go to the junior mining sector.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 14:10

    Irvine says the money in Canadian small caps is going into secondary financings for junior miners as copper and gold rise, and warns buyer beware: buying a pre-revenue explorer on hope is massive speculation with worse odds than a casino. He knows many of the Vancouver management teams and would not touch them. If investors want miners they should buy companies with cash flow.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishADF Group

    ADF Group at a discount, with tariff removal as extra upside

    Mathieu MartinPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “And so, you can get it at what I believe is a discounted valuation. And, you know, if the tariffs go away at some point, it's incremental upside on the stock.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 28:38

    Martin says the market punished ADF Group, a steel structure fabricator selling into the US, for US steel tariffs. It is diversifying and growing its Canadian backlog, especially in Quebec hydroelectric work, so he thinks it trades at a discounted valuation and that any end to the tariffs would add upside.

    What they own
    Shareholder (disclosed on air).
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Cannara Biotech: a management team that can grow profitably; watching closely

    Ryan IrvinePlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “That seems like a crew that understands the market is going to move forward and grow on a profitable basis. That's what we need. Those are some names that we like.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 5:19

    Irvine says that after avoiding Canadian cannabis since legalization in 2018, because of massive oversupply and no company meeting his criteria, his team is now starting to see rational pricing, value and cash flow. They have interviewed the Cannara team three or four times and think it can grow profitably. He says he does not own it yet but is looking at it closely.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Does not own Cannara at this point; looking at it closely.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Cannara Biotech: the competitor rivals fear most; still owned

    Mathieu MartinPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded

    Show quote

    “And then they kind of mostly converge on the same name, which was Canara Biotech, which we still own today.”

    Episode: Canada, Cannabis, Tariffs, Takeouts and Toronto 2026 Preview with Mathieu Martin, Ryan Irvine and Teagon Murray

    at 44:51

    When Martin started on Canadian cannabis he asked each management team who their toughest competitor was, and most named Cannara Biotech. That made it the first name he bought in the space, and he still owns it.

    What they own
    Still owns Cannara; his first purchase in the cannabis space.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    · Own Less, Know More with Jeremy Kokemor, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Right Tail Capital

    3 statements

    Eight years in Alphabet, held through every scare, and still compounding

    Jeremy KokemorPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But at least until this point, it's just been a truly incredible business that has continued to compound, and that has also developed certain optionality in other businesses that has really created a lot of extra value or additional value for shareholders.”

    Episode: Own Less, Know More with Jeremy Kokemor, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Right Tail Capital

    at 41:04

    Kokemor volunteers an investment in Alphabet he has held for about eight years, predating Right Tail, as the best decision he has made, and the reason he gives is patience rather than insight. He lists the scares he sat through: when he first bought, the market was spooked that Google was growing revenue under 20% a year for the first time ever, a move from about 20% to 19%; then that it grew more slowly than Meta around COVID; then the arrival of ChatGPT. Through all of it the business kept compounding and, he says, developed optionality in other businesses that created substantial additional value for shareholders. He draws the general lesson that compounding does not arrive as a smooth line up and to the right, and that holding through uncomfortable stretches is part of the return. He hedges the judgement explicitly to the record so far - at least until this point - and offers no target, valuation or forward estimate. It fits his stated process: roughly 15 high-quality businesses that throw off cash and can reinvest it at high rates of return, bought at reasonable prices and held for multiple years, with only zero to three new names entering in a given year.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has held an investment in Alphabet for the past eight years or so, predating the founding of Right Tail Capital.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    System-of-record software stays sticky through AI, and the acquisition machine keeps compounding

    Jeremy KokemorPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “The company has done a tremendous job of allocating capital over the years and continuing to acquire other very sticky software businesses at very reasonable multiples.”

    Episode: Own Less, Know More with Jeremy Kokemor, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Right Tail Capital

    at 30:41

    Asked to make the strongest case that one of his own holdings is the name AI disrupts, Kokemor names Constellation Software - owned for several years - and then declines to make the bear case. His argument is the capital allocation record: a collection of small vertical-market software businesses, acquired at very reasonable multiples, bought repeatedly over many years, run through a decentralised culture with fairly high insider ownership. On the AI threat itself he draws a line by business type rather than by sector: for software that sits in a customer's day-to-day workflow and serves as their system of record, he tends to think AI will not disrupt it. He is careful about the shape of the claim. He says the threat is one he has to take seriously and spend serious time on, that the world is uncertain and investing means thinking in probabilities with an open mind, and that he could not say the probability of AI eventually disrupting Constellation or anything else is zero - he thinks it unlikely, but calls it a case impossible to disprove completely. He compares today's AI fear to the 2017 era when Amazon was held to kill everything, which is also when he was in O'Reilly, and says he now asks every management team how they use AI and whether they can point to it creating a sustainable competitive advantage.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has owned Constellation Software for several years.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishHCA

    The best hospital operator gains when political pricing squeezes weaker rivals

    Jeremy KokemorPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “And so I really think it's a great example of finding a really well run company that can generate great returns in what on the surface may not be the sexiest industry or the best industry overall.”

    Episode: Own Less, Know More with Jeremy Kokemor, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Right Tail Capital

    at 19:49

    Pressed on how he underwrites a durable advantage when Medicare, Medicaid and the exchanges set prices by legislation, Kokemor concedes the regulatory environment matters a great deal and then argues it works in HCA's favour. His case rests on relative operating quality: a long history of HCA being likely the best operator in the industry, strong profits, and the number one or two market position in 80% of its local markets. At least two-thirds of the industry, by his reading of its composition, is non-profits or research hospitals - entities not focused on producing the best returns for shareholders - so when a challenge comes, those operators suffer more and the opening for a well-run, longer-term-minded operator widens. He points to the Frist family's roughly 30% stake as the source of that long-term orientation. He presents it as the template for his whole approach: a really well run company generating great returns in an industry that looks neither sexy nor attractive overall. He makes no price or valuation claim on air. The host introduces HCA as a relatively new position from Right Tail's Q2 2026 letter and frames the question as a challenge to the thesis; the bullish direction is Kokemor's own answer, not the premise he was handed.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    8 statements

    Fixed-price neo-primes and cheap drones make small-cap defense suppliers the best sector on his list

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Time frame: the next three to five years

    Show quote

    “So I would say defense is a super exciting area in MicroCap now. There's a lot of defense suppliers in MicroCap that are I think gonna do really well over the next three to five years.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 49:04

    Defense has been Westropp's best sector of the past few years and he expects the small and micro-cap suppliers to do really well over the next three to five years. The structural change he describes is the procurement model: the primes work on cost-plus, which rewards them for making a rocket as expensive as possible, and militaries around the world are pushing away from it, while fixed-price "neo primes" - he names Anduril, transcribed on air as Undral and UNDRAW - sell at a stated price and margin. That opens work that only the primes could compete for to smaller companies, and he says a set of suppliers to those neo-primes should do well; he also points to a Canadian imitator he saw present at the Planet MicroCap event and to venture money moving into the space. The second leg is munitions economics: drones cost a few thousand dollars, so you cannot answer a thousand of them with Patriot missiles, and whole new anti-drone and offensive-drone systems are coming, which he calls a change without precedent in his memory.

    Time frame
    the next three to five years
    What they own
    Says defense has been his best-performing sector and that he owns names in it, including Kraken Robotics.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishTesla TSLA

    Still probably overvalued, but a lesson in why you cannot just stay short

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Tesla is another one like that, although I think still Tesla is probably overvalued here.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 42:09

    Discussing large caps he has shorted, Westropp says he thinks Tesla is probably still overvalued here. He offers it mainly as a lesson about shorting rather than a call to be short: you cannot short Tesla and hold it for ten years, you trade in and out, and no amount of overvaluation is too much overvaluation, which is why he treats shorting as almost entirely a timing game. He keeps a list of around a hundred names he considers overvalued shorts and works through the timing on each, waiting for a peak, a narrative change or a secondary rather than shorting into momentum, with a rule for how much loss a short may run before he exits. He names Palantir as the case where the overvaluation turned out to be justified by a genuinely great company.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    BullishCelestica CLS

    Growth accelerating to 60% on Google TPU and AMD work while the stock prices in the deceleration

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “But the valuation is incredibly cheap here on a forward basis. I think it trades at 13 times even on a forward basis.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 27:34

    Westropp holds Celestica in the established-growth half of the book and reads it as the mirror image of the deceleration trade he screens for. Growth is accelerating now, from the mid-30s towards 60%, as the company builds out Google TPU data centres and works with AMD, yet the stock has done badly for six months because the market anticipates that growth is not sustainable. He calls the forward valuation incredibly cheap at about 13 times, with the caveat he volunteers himself: some of the cash flow has to be reinvested to get that growth, so it is not truly a 13 multiple. He puts this in the context of the AI trade being contentious precisely because many of these companies look like they decelerate at some point in the next few years and nobody knows when, and of his rule of avoiding anything without net income or EBITDA, where the multiple is a multiple on zero and the company may have to raise capital.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he owns Celestica in the established growth portfolio.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Owns quantum names only on the short side

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “No quantum stocks, except on the short side right now.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 4:06

    Setting out what the fund will not own, Westropp says it avoids moonshots and, specifically, holds no quantum stocks except on the short side right now. The reasoning he gives for the exclusion is the same one he applies across the book: he generally will not invest in anything unprofitable, because a company growing fast without generating cash consumes it and in micro-cap that cash comes from new investors through equity or debt issuance, and a multiple on zero earnings tells you nothing. He also lists quantum among the trends - cannabis, then crypto, then AI, then quantum - that companies rename themselves into, which is one of his short-side tells. He gives no quantum company, no size and no horizon.

    What they own
    Says the fund's only quantum exposure right now is on the short side.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still long Kraken Robotics as the supplier of most of the systems in autonomous underwater vehicles

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “Kraken Robotics, which I've pitched a number of times and has been a wonderful investment for the fund.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 49:04

    Westropp says Kraken Robotics has been a wonderful investment for the fund, that he has pitched it a number of times and that he is still an investor. The position sits inside the defense thesis he calls the most interesting area he is spending time on: the company supplies most of the systems used in autonomous underwater vehicles - the batteries, the sonar and the LiDAR - and has just made a large acquisition. He gives no valuation, no target and no horizon for it here, and the forward argument is the sector one: fixed-price neo-primes opening work to smaller suppliers and new unmanned systems, over the next three to five years.

    What they own
    Says he is still currently an investor in Kraken Robotics and has pitched it a number of times.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Embedded in 60-plus gene therapy programmes as the delivery interface, with a long growth path if cell and gene therapy works

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “If you believe in cell and gene therapy, and especially in the neurology space, they have a long, long, long growth path ahead of them.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 11:37

    Clearpoint Neuro is a current position that Westropp rates highly on two of his four pillars, business quality and long-term growth prospects. The case is embeddedness: it has more than sixty strategic partnerships and is the main supplier of the interface used to deliver drugs in brain-related gene therapy treatments, which puts it inside all of those programmes. His conclusion is explicitly conditional on the field - if you believe in cell and gene therapy, and particularly in neurology, the company has a very long growth path ahead of it. He also uses it to illustrate what he wants from the third pillar, which is not one big addressable market but the ability to add products organically or by acquisition over three to five years. No valuation, price or horizon is given.

    Only if
    Rests on cell and gene therapy, and neurology gene therapy in particular, continuing to advance - he states the growth path as following from believing in the field.
    What they own
    Says Clearpoint Neuro is a current position of the fund.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishMedTech

    Reimbursement risk makes micro-cap MedTech the sector he has been most wrong about

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So there's some things in MedTech specifically that I don't think make it a great space to invest in. There are some great MedTech companies that have gone on to do great things and have great products and get bought by much larger companies. But in MicroCap, MedTech is really tough. So that would be the one on the list that I'm least excited about lately.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 45:10

    Asked which of his roughly fifteen investable sectors he has been consistently wrong about, Westropp names MedTech without hesitation and says it is the one he is least excited about. His argument is that investors price biotech's binary approval risk but underrate MedTech's regulatory and pricing risk: reimbursement runs through separate hospital and CMS methodologies that are repriced annually, and a repricing can change the demand for a product outright. He works through a wound-care holding whose stock went from about $30 to $4 - wound care being, in his words, the worst space in MedTech - first when CMS reset skin-graft reimbursement that had risen roughly 1,000% in four or five years and had plainly been abused, which took out the customer base, and then when CMS proposed cutting its own product's reimbursement by about 30% in aggregate, halving the stock again. He allows that some MedTech companies do well and get bought by larger ones, but holds that in micro-cap it is really tough, and ties it to his broader resolution to avoid companies carrying headline risk.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he still owns the wound-care name he uses as the example, at a much smaller position size than before.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    60% gross margins, 20% ROIC and a networking moat: his example of a quality business that keeps growing

    Sean WestroppPlanet MicroCap PodcastPublished

    Show quote

    “So they have gross profits in kind of like the 60% range, ROICs in the 20% range, and have a pretty solid moat within the networking space. And so that's a good example of a company with a really high quality business that I think can grow over time.”

    Episode: Four Pillars, One Framework with Sean Westropp, Founder and Portfolio Manager at Deep Sail Capital

    at 11:37

    Westropp uses Arista Networks, a current position in his established-growth book, as the example of the first of his four pillars, a high-quality business model: gross profits around the 60% range, returns on capital around 20%, and a solid moat in networking. His conclusion is that this is a really high quality business that he thinks can grow over time. He gives no target, no valuation argument and no horizon for the shares - the fourth pillar, reasonable valuation, is the one he says any growth investor ends up bending on, and he accepts a weaker valuation score where quality and management are strong.

    What they own
    Says Arista Networks is a current position in the established growth half of the fund.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Independent Edge with Jeremie Boyer, Co-Founder and Lead Research Analyst at Aurelion Research

    4 statements

    Industrials may be the cheapest sector right now, so Aurelion holds a good amount

    Jeremie BoyerPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So we would have a good amount in the industrials right now, which we think it maybe might be the cheapest right now sector.”

    Episode: The Independent Edge with Jeremie Boyer, Co-Founder and Lead Research Analyst at Aurelion Research

    at 39:26

    Describing Aurelion's sector diversification rule (no sector above about 18 percent, the top three about 46 percent), Boyer says the portfolio holds a good amount in industrials because they think it may currently be the cheapest sector. He gives no company-level detail and hedges the view with 'maybe might be'.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Aurelion's index portfolio holds a good amount in industrials.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Turned bullish on Japan a couple of months ago on the new prime minister; on-the-ground research confirmed the screens

    Jeremie BoyerPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “But I think when we became bullish a couple months ago in Japan, and there was a new Prime Minister, I forgot her name, but it's a woman.”

    Episode: The Independent Edge with Jeremie Boyer, Co-Founder and Lead Research Analyst at Aurelion Research

    at 19:52

    Boyer says Aurelion became bullish on Japan a couple of months before the recording, timed to the arrival of a new prime minister, and initiated a country report; he says the Nikkei rose about 10 percent in the week after. The call fits his election-timing approach, in which a change to a more business-friendly government draws foreign capital into a market. Aurelion sent an analyst to Japan for field research, which he says confirmed what they saw on screens and contradicted reports of household strain: locals described government support, stable fuel prices and lower grocery costs.

    What they own
    Aurelion initiated a bullish country report on Japan a couple of months before recording and holds Japanese positions in its index portfolio.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Okeanis Eco Tankers: best-in-class crude tanker owner riding a fleet-shortage cycle, held personally and in the Aurelion index

    Jeremie BoyerPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I own it personally, and Aurelion in the index holds it. It's called Okeanus Eco Tankers. So it's thicker is eco, and it's best in class company.”

    Episode: The Independent Edge with Jeremie Boyer, Co-Founder and Lead Research Analyst at Aurelion Research

    at 26:51

    Boyer holds Okeanis Eco Tankers personally and in Aurelion's index portfolio and calls it a best-in-class company. His thesis, formed in April 2025 before the Strait of Hormuz disruption, is a tanker cycle driven by supply: too few new vessels are being built to replace a fleet that must be scrapped at around 20 years, while closed sea routes such as the Suez Canal force longer voyages that lift spot rates, which he says are now even higher. The company pays out essentially all profits, giving dividend yields he puts around 30 percent a year, and unlike most stocks it has not fallen by the dividend amount on ex-dates. The stock roughly doubled from about $30 to $60 over a year and a half. He cautions that shipping is cyclical and easy to get burned in, and says the open question now is when to sell given how much the position is up.

    What they own
    Owns it personally and Aurelion's index portfolio holds it; says they are up a lot and are now working out when to sell. Transcript renders the company as 'Okeanus Eco Tankers' and the ticker as 'eco'.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Healthcare is a good place to be: buying long-established companies punished for two bad quarters before estimates re-rate

    Jeremie BoyerPlanet MicroCap PodcastRecorded Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And we did this this year like three times. And now we just added two new companies, Ilcare. So that's why we were feeling that it's a pretty good place to be.”

    Episode: The Independent Edge with Jeremie Boyer, Co-Founder and Lead Research Analyst at Aurelion Research

    at 43:52

    Boyer says Aurelion has just added two more healthcare companies, bringing the sector to about 10 percent of the portfolio, because it is a good place to be. The pattern they exploit: a company with a 60-year record gets punished for two bad quarters in a row, they meet management or investor relations to confirm the business is intact, and then wait one or two quarters for consensus estimates to reset; even after a guidance cut the company beats the lowered consensus, analysts re-rate and funds pile in, producing 30 to 50 percent moves. They have done this three times this year and exit once the story is no longer overlooked. He excludes well-known names such as Charles River or Pfizer where they see no upside, and warns the sector only works with careful selection.

    What they own
    Aurelion's index portfolio has about 10 percent in healthcare and just added two new healthcare names.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred Frost

    56 bullish · 33 bearish10 episodes · 89 statements · 9 speakersLatest

    · How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    7 statements

    Davidson: early innings of a long commodity run after years of underinvestment

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “We are in the early innings of a long commodity run, because using capital cycle theory, we have under invested in commodities and energy, are very important to add energy there for a long time.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 36:27

    Davidson says that, on capital-cycle theory, commodities and energy have been underinvested for a long time, so we are in the early innings of a long commodity run, echoing the idea of multi-decade cycles between technology and commodities. He says all the rare, supply-constrained commodities are in a good position. He is less drawn to gold, whose case rests more on demand stories such as dollar debasement, preferring acute supply bottlenecks.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Davidson: cautious on US large-cap tech as it turns capital-heavy, a negative capital cycle

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “So we're very cautious about that cycle. It's particularly acute in the US.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 6:25

    Davidson, a capital-cycle investor, says US technology companies are moving from capital-light, high-return businesses to capital-heavy ones, and the stock market dislikes a business going from high returns to low returns. He describes the hyperscalers going from $200-300 billion a year of free cash flow to free-cash-flow negative, from buybacks to issuing shares and from no debt to heavy debt, with AI capex estimates more than doubling in a year and the industry looking increasingly commoditised, with China processing most tokens at far lower cost. He calls this a negative capital cycle in large-cap US technology shares and contrasts it with positive capital cycles elsewhere, while conceding nobody yet knows whether the oligopoly persists.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishCopper

    Davidson: copper must go much, much higher to bring on new supply

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “And the simple stand back takeaway for your listeners on copper is the price of copper needs to be much, much higher for a lot of supply to come online, because we're not finding these big mines anymore.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 34:18

    Davidson, who has been vocal on copper for about five years, accepts the theme is now popular but says that does not make it wrong. The industry appears to have lost the ability to find and develop large, globally relevant copper projects, and even Chile's big mines report disappointing production month after month. New supply will have to come from smaller, higher-cost mines, so the copper price has to rise to a very high level before that supply arrives; he expects the cycle eventually to turn once high prices bring it on.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Davidson: platinum supply is constrained by years of underinvestment in a concentrated industry

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “So this lower capital spend, this fear of the future, this fear of demand has depressed supply in a consolidated industry in a very rare asset. And that's the kind of set up we really like.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 31:39

    Davidson calls platinum a very rare precious metal with currency features, about twenty times rarer than gold, used mainly in auto catalysts. Supply is concentrated in South Africa among about four companies with very deep mines, and fear that EVs will take over the fleet has cut industry capex from about $600 an ounce ten years ago to about $300. That depressed supply in a consolidated industry is the set-up he likes; he does not claim to know how demand will evolve, only that supply is constrained.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Davidson: European chemicals trade well below replacement cost; small position, tilted to specialty niches

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “So the chemical sector is in a depression, particularly in Europe, to a slightly lesser extent in the US, which has some natural advantages, and in Europe, the valuations versus replacement costs are very attractive.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 27:27

    Davidson says the chemical sector is in a depression, especially in Europe, where valuations relative to replacement cost are very attractive, and Hosking has built a small position. He admits a mistake: Chinese capacity they did not measure has overwhelmed European commodity chemicals, and without serious anti-dumping measures much of that capacity will struggle to make money soon. The firm has therefore moved up the quality spectrum into European businesses with specialty and distribution niches that trade far below replacement cost and have strong barriers to entry, and he expects the basket to mature on an unknown date.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Hosking has built a small position in European chemicals, refocused toward specialty and distribution niches.
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Davidson: selling memory chip makers aggressively at 3-4x replacement cost; nearer the top of the cycle

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “One of the reasons that we are selling our positions now, and have been quite aggressively over the last six months or so, is that the enterprise value to replacement cost, what it would cost to build a new fab versus what it would cost to buy the existing fabs in the valuation of the companies, has moved very significantly, such that these memory semi-companies are now valued at three or four times what it would cost to rebuild their infrastructure.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 24:56

    Hosking held memory semiconductor makers for over a decade because the industry consolidated from about 22 players to three, with rising barriers to entry. Davidson says the firm has been selling these positions quite aggressively over the last six months because the companies now trade at three to four times what it would cost to rebuild their fabs, a key capital-cycle sell signal. He adds that new capacity is coming from Chinese IPOs and US reshoring, and that although it will take time, the industry is much closer to the top of its cycle than the bottom.

    What they own
    Hosking has been selling its memory semiconductor positions quite aggressively over the last six months after a decade-plus holding.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Davidson: Japan's economy-wide drive to shrink balance sheets has a long way to run

    Django DavidsonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “What we're seeing, and this has been evident for a number of years now, but I think this has got a long way to run, is that the returns on capital for corporate Japan as a whole are rising.”

    Episode: How to Profit When Cycles Turn – Django Davidson on Capital Cycle Investing

    at 38:27

    Japan is Hosking's largest country position. Davidson describes a country-level capital cycle: corporate Japan is cutting invested capital rather than chasing growth, unwinding cross-holdings, excess cash and unused plant, buying back shares at a discount and selling non-core assets, helped by stock exchange rules pushing low-valued companies to lift valuations. Returns on capital for corporate Japan are rising and he thinks this has a long way to run; the firm pursues it by backing or co-tailing activists in low-valued companies.

    What they own
    The host notes Japan is the fund's biggest country position; Davidson does not dispute it.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · The Bond Pivot: Jim Bianco on Why it’s Time to Start Buying Bonds

    5 statements

    Six years bearish, now scaling in: mid-fives starts it, six percent gets more

    Jim BiancoThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “if the bond market is offering me mid-five percent yields, I want to start getting in. If it wants to offer me high five percent yields, I want to get in more. If it gets to six, I want to get in even more.”

    Episode: The Bond Pivot: Jim Bianco on Why it’s Time to Start Buying Bonds

    at 53:33

    Bianco has ended a bond bear case he has run since 2020 and is starting to add duration - not because he expects a rally, but because he thinks the market finally pays for the risk. His measure is modified duration against carry: in 2020 the average US bond yield was 2 percent with a duration of 7, so a 30 basis point move wiped out the coupon; today the average yield and the duration are both about 5.5, so it takes a full percentage point against him to lose money. He is explicit that the macro has not turned in bonds' favour - the economy is strong, oil demand is at a near-record 20m barrels a day, inflation is sticky at about 3 percent - but says a mid-fives yield prices that, where the low fours of three or four months ago did not. He also keeps the free option that a recession or an unforeseen shock produces a flight to safety and a rally. He calls it a process rather than a table-pound: start at mid-fives, add in the high fives, add more at 6 percent, unless the economy changes dramatically. The risk he names to his own call is that these yields keep rising, pulled up by European and Japanese yields at 30-year highs and by the Fed's reluctance to hike again before the midterms.

    Only if
    scaled in by yield level - start at mid-5 percent, more at high-5s, more at 6 percent, unless there is a dramatic change in the economy
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he has come off his bearish position and is now long bonds, having bought long-term TIPS rather than nominals; the host introduces him as manager of the WisdomTree Bianco Total Return Fund ETF.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    The China trade deal was the disinflation, and it is gone: stuck near 3 percent

    Jim BiancoThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “It's not that the inflation rate is moving up. It's that we're learning we can't disinflate. We can't get it to go down. It's stuck at this three-ish percent range and it's not falling.”

    Episode: The Bond Pivot: Jim Bianco on Why it’s Time to Start Buying Bonds

    at 5:14

    Bianco's inflation view is that the problem is no longer acceleration but the loss of disinflation. From China's WTO accession in December 2001, goods prices fell about half a percent a year for eighteen years; since COVID that goods component has turned positive, because of de-globalisation, tariffs, repeated supply-chain breaks and two active wars, while services inflation has not improved. Borrowing from Goodhart, he says central bankers mistook a Chinese trade deal for their own inflation-fighting credibility, and without it the rate will not come back to target - it sits near 3 percent and is not falling. He ties this straight to yields: nominal GDP is inflation plus growth, growth is running above 3 percent with record crude demand and no demand destruction despite high pump prices, so interest rates are following fair value higher rather than going out of hand. That is also the premise of his bond trade, which is why he expresses it in real-rate rather than nominal bonds.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Fundamentals still work, but gold now trades like a degen market

    Jim BiancoThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm generally constructive on the gold market, but I've been a bit disappointed in it because what happens with gold is, everybody talks about gold as being an alternative asset, a safe haven, a port in a storm.”

    Episode: The Bond Pivot: Jim Bianco on Why it’s Time to Start Buying Bonds

    at 44:44

    Bianco stays constructive on gold on the fundamentals while arguing that the market that trades it has changed character. Gold is now futures, ETFs and zero-days-to-expiry options, and the retail flow that has taken over equities has taken over the metal too, which he labels with the crypto term degen. The result is that gold no longer behaves like a port in a storm: when the environment turns good it does not grind higher, it runs 80 percent, and silver 120 percent, and when things turn it can lose half of that in a fortnight. So the direction is still up on the underlying case, but the path is one he finds disappointing to own, and he groups gold with crypto as an allocation to be peeled off the equity sleeve by investors with the risk tolerance for it rather than as the defensive ballast it used to be.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Bullishcrypto

    Bullish crypto as a financial system for the two billion, not as a number-go-up trade

    Jim BiancoThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I'm generally a bull on crypto with a caveat.”

    Episode: The Bond Pivot: Jim Bianco on Why it’s Time to Start Buying Bonds

    at 45:46

    Bianco is a bull on crypto on one condition: that it is built as a replacement financial system rather than sold to the existing one. His case is not the US or the UK, which do not need it, but the two billion people in Latin America, Africa, South Asia and the Middle East living with unstable currencies and shaky banks - he cites M-Pesa lifting Kenyans out of poverty and Venezuelans routing bolivars into Tether through Binance as what the technology is actually for, with 80 percent mobile-phone penetration even in poor countries as the distribution. What he objects to is the periodic turn to what he calls degen behaviour, and he treats the 2024 Bitcoin ETF - pitched on wealth-management allocations making it moon - as the last such episode and an anathema to the point of the project. On the same logic he says the Clarity Act failing was a good thing, because a disruptive system should not need permission from the incumbent one. He wants a chain that is completely decentralised and permissionless, thinks several can coexist, and says he would be extraordinarily bullish if the industry returned to building that; he sees it inching that way.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Added duration through long-dated TIPS, not nominals, in case yields keep rising

    Jim BiancoThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I did it in a kind of a hedged way as I bought long-term tips, Treasury Inflation Protected Securities or real rate bonds. The argument here is if yields keep going up, those bonds should outperform what we refer to as nominal, the non-tip bonds.”

    Episode: The Bond Pivot: Jim Bianco on Why it’s Time to Start Buying Bonds

    at 27:46

    Bianco's way of getting long duration is long-dated TIPS rather than nominal Treasuries, which he describes as a hedged version of the trade. The logic is his own inflation view: he thinks inflation is stuck near 3 percent because the de-globalisation, tariffs, supply-chain breaks and two wars that replaced China's goods deflation are not reversing, so the risk to a long bond position is that yields keep climbing. If they do, real-rate bonds should outperform nominals; if yields instead fell a long way, he says he would rather have owned nominals, and he accepts that as the cost of the hedge. He frames the entry as the first salvo of a shift at a 5.25 percent yield, where a further move to 5.50 or 5.75 costs far less than the same move would have six years ago.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    States he bought long-term TIPS as the way he moved from short to long duration.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Michael Hartnett: I coined “Mag7” - Here’s What Ends Their Run

    5 statements

    Commodities are in a secular bull market because what wins is what is in short supply

    Michael HartnettThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Time frame: secular

    Show quote

    “And yeah, I think that commodities will continue to do very well as an asset class. They're in a secular bull market, and it'll continue.”

    Episode: Michael Hartnett: I coined “Mag7” - Here’s What Ends Their Run

    at 45:53

    Hartnett's rule for this decade is that what wins is what is in short supply rather than what is in high demand, and commodities are the short-supply asset. He ties it directly to the AI capex boom: as long as the bond market does not break the spending, the buildout consumes commodities. He reads American foreign policy -- Greenland, Venezuela, Iran -- as resource monopolisation driven by the need to beat China at AI, which tightens supply further. He calls it a secular bull market rather than a trade, and pairs it with his closing advice to buy humiliation and sell hubris: commodities sit on the humiliation side with China, bonds and real estate, against the hubris of US tech.

    Time frame
    secular
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    A cheaper dollar is how the US finances its debt, and the reason to hold more non-US

    Michael HartnettThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And therefore one way what you have to do to finance the debt is make the dollar cheaper, yeah? And so the dollar going down is an opportunity to have more in international.”

    Episode: Michael Hartnett: I coined “Mag7” - Here’s What Ends Their Run

    at 53:33

    Hartnett argues the US is on thinner ice financing its debt than it looks: it needs foreign capital at a moment when investors in the Middle East and Europe are asking why they keep feeding the beast, which leaves it leaning on Japan, Taiwan and Korea and explains the interventions. Absent a regime change in debt, deficits and spending, his conclusion is that the dollar has to be made cheaper, and he treats that decline as the mechanism that makes the case for owning more outside America. He is careful about the size of it: this is not the US down 20% and the rest of the world up 20%, because these are correlated markets -- just a better performance from international.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long China is the second biggest contrarian call on the board

    Michael HartnettThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “Probably the second is long China.”

    Episode: Michael Hartnett: I coined “Mag7” - Here’s What Ends Their Run

    at 51:35

    Hartnett ranks the contrarian trades and puts long China second, behind long bonds. It follows from his framing of the decade: he wants to participate in deep contrarian areas -- he names China, bonds and real estate -- and he wants the opportunity set outside a US market that was until recently close to 70% of world equity. Chinese AI is one of the non-US themes he lists alongside European defence, Korean, Taiwanese and Japanese technology, and Latin American resources. His closing advice makes the same point in his own vocabulary: the humiliation has been China, the hubris is US tech, and the portfolio should always be nibbling at humiliation.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold goes back above $5,000 -- after the froth and the midterms

    Michael HartnettThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “But I think there are still, you know, those reasons that I touted, legitimate reasons it will go back above 5,000. You know, I think that that's very likely.”

    Episode: Michael Hartnett: I coined “Mag7” - Here’s What Ends Their Run

    at 45:53

    Hartnett has been a gold bull and says the reasons still hold: a hedge against populism, against anarchy and against debasement, which he argues makes a gold allocation close to obligatory. He is not blind to the recent run -- he says positioning and the premium in gold and silver had got too frothy, that they took some off the table above $5,000, that the froth has now come out, and that their call was for it not to go back above $5,000 before the midterms. Beyond that point he expects it to reclaim the level, and calls that very likely.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Small caps win if policymakers hold the line on 5% yields

    Michael HartnettThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “But again, if they can hold the line at 5%, small cap will be a winner.”

    Episode: Michael Hartnett: I coined “Mag7” - Here’s What Ends Their Run

    at 51:08

    Hartnett says he is a fan of small cap and really likes small cap tech, and his analogy is the Nifty Fifty rather than 1999: after that bubble broke, technology adoption in the late 1970s drove one of the greatest small cap tech bull markets there has been, and he expects the same for companies that can adopt AI and grow from very small to very big on it. He adds a political leg -- angry electorates mean policy gets skewed towards smaller companies rather than the giants. The condition is the long end. The last few weeks hit small caps, the REITs and the duration trades hard on rising yields, but he believes policymakers are panicking and will succeed in holding the line around 5%, and on that assumption he would stay with small cap.

    Only if
    Requires policymakers to stop the 10-year Treasury yield running through 5% towards 6%; he says they are panicking and will succeed, with the midterms the joker.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · If Global Trade Breaks, It’s Worse Than 2008 | Ed Conway

    2 statements

    Bank of England hikes are coming, but one or two — not the four the market prices

    Ed ConwayThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “it's coming and I think maybe one, maybe two hikes, not the four that the market is pricing in”

    Episode: If Global Trade Breaks, It’s Worse Than 2008 | Ed Conway

    at 6:45

    Conway thinks the Bank of England will start raising rates, having just held while the Fed, the Bank of Japan and the ECB all hiked. His explanation for the hold is procedural rather than substantive: the Bank prefers to make a direction change alongside a monetary policy report so it can communicate it, and some of the nine-member committee still need convincing. Based on being in the room, listening to the rationale and talking to people around that world, he says a hike is coming — but one or two, against the four or five UK increases the market is pricing, a gap he says also shows up in other markets and between traders and economists. He attributes the divergence to genuinely unfamiliar conditions: existential questions about fiscal sustainability, AI capital investment, geography reasserting itself, and a gilt market whose marginal buyer is now a hedge fund rather than a long-term holder. He is a journalist and economics editor, not an investor, and states no position.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Trade barriers and the middleman economy make the next era gradually inflationary

    Ed ConwayThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “And maybe it pushes up costs and there's this hard not to see all of this being quite gradually inflationary in the same way that it was disinflationary for a long time with the rise of China and the fall in transit costs.”

    Episode: If Global Trade Breaks, It’s Worse Than 2008 | Ed Conway

    at 47:27

    Conway argues that the long disinflation delivered by China's rise and collapsing transit costs is reversing, and that the era of trade barriers now beginning is gradually inflationary instead. His route to that conclusion is not a breakdown but an adaptation: when wars, choke points or tariffs get in the way, trade does not stop, it reroutes. Ships take the longer route round Africa rather than the Red Sea; oil leaves the Strait of Hormuz on ship-to-ship transfers at night. What he calls the middleman economy — the largely invisible, sometimes grey-market operators connecting supply to demand — becomes all-important in that world, and it pushes costs up. He stresses the base effect matters: shipping had fallen to a microscopic fraction of a good's cost, so the increase is from a very low level, which is why he calls the effect gradual and hedges it with 'maybe'. He is an economics journalist, not an investor, and states no position.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Optimistic On AI, Calm About Yields – But Own Land – Thomas Peterffy

    5 statements

    Buying land as the one asset an expropriating government has to give back

    Thomas PeterffyThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “So I think that the same thing may happen in America. And that is the reason that I am buying land so that after, you know, the democratic socialists take everything over and they ruin all the stuff.”

    Episode: Optimistic On AI, Calm About Yields – But Own Land – Thomas Peterffy

    at 41:07

    Peterffy says he is buying land, and the reason is his family's history rather than an inflation view: growing up in communist Hungary his family's property was seized, and after 45 years the only thing the state could return was the agricultural and rural land it had not been able to destroy or build on. He thinks the same sequence could happen in the United States, puts the chance of capitalism being eradicated at least temporarily at about 20%, and holds land as the asset that would survive it and be returned to his heirs. He rejects gold as the alternative on the grounds that it can be made illegal and cannot be carried. The host explicitly checks whether inflation is the rationale and Peterffy says it is not.

    Only if
    The rationale is protection against a scenario he puts at roughly 20%: 'the democratic socialists' taking power and expropriating property. He is buying the land now regardless.
    What they own
    Says on air that he is buying land himself.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Prediction markets get deep enough to matter, and become the majority of IBKR's earnings

    Thomas PeterffyThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Time frame: in the coming years

    Show quote

    “There are more and more economic interests that are dependent on these questions, and that who are exposed to these questions, and who would do better if they could hedge, and therefore they will pay more and more attention to these markets in the coming years, and they will participate, and these markets are going to become huge in my point, in my view.”

    Episode: Optimistic On AI, Calm About Yields – But Own Land – Thomas Peterffy

    at 22:55

    Peterffy says prediction markets are not yet deep or liquid enough to represent a genuine consensus - the political markets excepted, which he thinks are already more accurate than the polls - but that this changes over the coming years as more economic interests find they are exposed to these questions and would be better off hedging them. He expects participants, including experts who today sell their opinions, to express views by taking positions instead, and says the markets become huge. He frames their purpose as answering the questions equity and commodity prices cannot: the state of the wider economy a company sits inside. Separately he says that in the fullness of time the majority of Interactive Brokers' earnings will come from prediction markets, while conceding the business is not attractive today because the firm has to make the market itself.

    Time frame
    in the coming years
    What they own
    Chairman of Interactive Brokers, which he says launched its Forecast Trader product in 2024, tried and failed to buy Kalshi, then obtained its own CFTC licence. The episode also discloses that Interactive Brokers is one of the show's four sponsors.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishNVIDIA NVDA

    27x earnings against stated 70% earnings growth is a low valuation, not a high one

    Thomas PeterffyThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “So if you look at a company like Nvidia, that has got 27 times earnings and they stated expectations of increasing earnings by 70%, that is a relatively low valuation.”

    Episode: Optimistic On AI, Calm About Yields – But Own Land – Thomas Peterffy

    at 11:36

    Peterffy uses Nvidia as his worked example of the gap between headline multiples and growth: on his numbers it trades on about 27 times earnings against a stated expectation of growing earnings 70%, which he calls a relatively low valuation. He offers it as an illustration of his broader point rather than as a recommendation, and says a similar though smaller effect should show up elsewhere as AI spreads through the economy. The multiple and the growth figure are his as spoken; neither is checked against Nvidia's reported results.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Valuations look high only against history, not against the earnings AI will add everywhere

    Thomas PeterffyThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “So it's not necessarily a focus on AI only, it's the use of AI with all other companies that will really drastically increase productivity and earnings. And even if the frontier models would stop progressing at this moment, there are so many open source models all over the place and adapting them by all the other companies will result in huge increases in earnings and productivity. So I'm basically very optimistic.”

    Episode: Optimistic On AI, Calm About Yields – But Own Land – Thomas Peterffy

    at 11:36

    Peterffy argues equity valuations are only high by historical comparison and are reasonable against the rate at which earnings are growing - if anything, he says, the growth rates may be too low a benchmark. He expects the earnings effect to come not from the AI names alone but from every other company applying AI to raise productivity, and says it does not depend on the frontier models continuing to improve: enough open-source models already exist for other companies to adopt. On that basis he is optimistic on equities rather than worried that a single AI theme cannot carry the market for another five years.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The hyperscalers' compute race ends in write-downs - and cheap compute for everyone else

    Thomas PeterffyThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “And these companies, of course, will have to write down much of the compute that they bought.”

    Episode: Optimistic On AI, Calm About Yields – But Own Land – Thomas Peterffy

    at 13:39

    Asked whether the hyperscalers have been foolhardy with their AI investment, Peterffy describes a race none of them can leave: each believes only one or two will prevail, so none will concede the top spot, and all of them keep buying every unit of compute they can. He expects that buying to contract the price of compute, which he says benefits everybody else tremendously, and expects the buyers themselves to have to write down much of the compute they acquired. He does not name individual companies, give a size, or put a date on the write-downs.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    · Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    10 statements

    The 'munificent seven' yield 15.5% of free cash flow versus 2% for the Mag 7

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “When you look at the big energy companies, put together the top seven of them, they have a free cash flow yield of 15.5%.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 19:23

    Currie's central equity call, and he coins a label for it: the munificent seven — Exxon Mobil, Chevron, ConocoPhillips, BP, Shell, Total and Saudi Aramco — where munificent means gifting lavishly, as against the magnificent seven. The numbers are the argument: 15.5% free cash flow yield for the energy majors, 2% for the Mag 7, zero for the hyperscalers, because the latter are spending and the former are not. He argues the under-spending is structural and will persist: the industry last invested in 2014, and the CEOs and management teams who overspent in 2013-14 were fired, so the current generation was trained never to spend — in his words growth is treated as a four-letter word in the space. ESG compounded it on refining, which was considered off-limits on an assumption of peak oil demand that has since been discarded. He frames the whole thing as a repeat of what he first called the revenge of the old economy in February 2002, and notes the sentiment mirror image: at a Hong Kong conference everyone wants the Mag 7 and nobody will touch the oil names, the same crowd that in 2013 would not touch Microsoft or Google.

    What they own
    Says he is building an ETF for this basket of energy majors.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Second or third inning of a structural rise in yields, not the end of one

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Time frame: second or third inning of nine — multi-year

    Show quote

    “the debasement pressures from public debt being so large at this point, and the lack of investment in hard assets and the inflationary pressures creating a sharp rise in yields. And I think we're beginning to see that take place.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 2:41

    Currie treats rising long yields as a feature of the hard-asset supercycle rather than an anomaly to be faded. His argument is that debasement pressure from the size of public debt, combined with chronic under-investment in hard assets, generates the inflation that pushes yields up — and he dates the turn to October 2020, which he notes is almost exactly where yields troughed after a four-decade decline. He puts the move in the second or third inning of nine and expects more of it. Crucially he argues official intervention makes the outcome worse rather than better: repression prevents yields from rising enough to clear the market, so the adjustment comes through inflation that erodes the value of the bonds instead, which is precisely why Japanese, Emirati and Chinese holders want out. He says explicitly that as inflation risk becomes visible investors should be getting out of bonds and equities and into hard assets. Read against Jared Dillian's bullish long-bond call from the same week, this is a direct disagreement on the same subject: Dillian argues the deficit panic is a sentiment bubble and demand will appear, Currie argues the debasement is real and policy-driven.

    Time frame
    second or third inning of nine — multi-year
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Cracks at 5x normal and no new capacity — but he expects margins to give some back

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “They're normally somewhere around 15, 20 dollars a barrel. They're 105 dollars a barrel. That's four times, five times more than normal. These refineries are printing cash.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 24:09

    The structural case is scarcity of refining capacity that cannot be fixed quickly. Currie says there has been no new investment, that zero was expected after 2027 with the little arriving in 2027-28 being delayed 2024 projects, and that a refinery takes seven years to build. Against that, cracks are running around $105 a barrel versus a normal $15-20, four to five times typical, so refiners are printing cash. Supply has also been actively destroyed: Ukraine has taken out three to four million barrels per day of Russian refining, about 10% of global diesel supply, and another three million sits trapped behind the Straits of Hormuz, where operators will smuggle crude but not product because a hit product tanker is unsurvivable. Note the important caveat he gives himself, which is why conviction here is lower than on crude: with Chinese refining runs returning he expects oil to rise and refining margins to compress, so this is a structurally tight market in which he is not pressing the margin trade right now.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    AI capex is the 2012-13 mining blowoff repeating, right before that cycle broke

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “you couldn't stop those managements from spending because that's what they knew how to do. Kind of like the AI guys today.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 44:51

    Currie draws an explicit structural analogy between AI capex today and the commodity capex blowoff that ended the last supercycle. In 2012-13 the miners and oil companies were spending roughly 120% of free cash flow, investors were demanding more growth, and managements could not stop because spending was the only thing they knew how to do — and it ended badly, with prices collapsing and the cycle rotating into tech. He says the AI companies are now in the same position, spending around 100% of free cash flow, and makes the comparison directly. His framing of the incentive problem is that investors currently prefer the promise to the cash: in his phrase they would rather have data centres built on the moon than cash today, while the energy majors print cash nobody wants. He notes that the last cycle did not turn until it became apparent shale would solve the supply problem, implying the analogous resolution here is capacity finally arriving.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    $10,000 gold — sanctions killed the dollar-reserve trade and repression does the rest

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Time frame: long term; $10,000 target

    Show quote

    “that's the whole idea debasement and financial repression, which is really the basis of we wanting to own gold right here.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 10:32

    Currie's gold case rests on two legs. The first is deliberate policy: he reads the Treasury's out-of-the-blue buyback announcement — arriving a day after record 30-year yields and weeks ahead of the normal schedule — not as a maturity swap but as financial repression, part of a string of interventions across oil, the yen and FEMA swap lines to large Treasury holders. The motive is arithmetic: most US debt is priced around 3.2%, rolling it at 4.2% takes the interest bill from roughly $1.1tn to $1.5tn, and interest already sits above defence in the budget. Repression creates inflation, inflation erodes the debt, and holders of that debt want out — which is what hard assets are for. The second leg is sanctions. He dates the break to Mnuchin's secondary sanctions in March 2018 and the later freezing of Russian central bank reserves, after which the normal gold/rates relationship disconnected; emerging-market central banks concluded they could not own dollars. He frames his $10,000 target as simply restoring gold's pre-1971 share of reserves, and notes China is only around 4.5-5%. He is candid about near-term discomfort, saying he is 'a little concerned right here, right now' after the post-Jackson Hole pullback, and he has traded around it — short in March when Middle East and EM sellers needed cash, back in around 4,200-4,300.

    Time frame
    long term; $10,000 target
    What they own
    Says he went short gold in March 2026 and re-established the long around 4,200-4,300; describes himself as a long-term bull on hard assets since October 2020.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Leadership alternates between hard assets and tech — and tech is at the top of the mountain now

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Time frame: 10 years

    Show quote

    “Here we are, Microsoft, NVIDIA, Google at the top, nobody really likes these oil companies right now. Where do you think we're going to be in 10 years?”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 47:17

    Currie's framework is that only two industries ultimately matter — energy/commodities, because without power nothing happens, and technology, because without innovation nothing progresses — and that market leadership alternates between them as each in turn over-invests and gets crushed. He walks the cycle: a post-war physical capex boom led by commodities into overcapacity, then the Nifty Fifty of IBM, Kodak and Coca-Cola, which got crushed in the 1970s when capital was starved from hard assets; Exxon king of the mountain in the 1980s, then crushed; tech and the dot-com peak with Microsoft on top in 2000 and Exxon at the bottom; then the reverse by 2010-11, when Exxon was on top and Microsoft could not be given away. He places today at the tech-leadership peak and invites the obvious inference about ten years out. He adds that he no longer thinks this is merely another hard-asset rotation: post-Iran he argues the bookends of the globalisation era — US hegemony dating from 1991 and the Bretton Woods naval bargain — are both breaking, which would make the shift larger than a normal cycle turn.

    Time frame
    10 years
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    War plus a record El Niño, with grains the most exposed leg

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “So you have war plus weather combined.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 37:11

    Currie says agriculture has been the best performer of the calls he made in late August, and attributes it to two shocks landing together. The war leg is Ukraine striking the Black Sea Grain Corridor and taking out Russian export and refining capacity — something he notes went essentially unremarked for two months until the Treasury Secretary raised it, and which he believes prompted the CIA to send a representative to Moscow to ask Russia to stop because of the inflationary impact. The weather leg is a record El Niño, with the tree commodities — coffee, cocoa, cotton, rubber — hit hardest because they sit at the equator; he links earlier Honduran migration to coffee crops failing. He then widens it to logistics, arguing the market fixates on the Straits of Hormuz while ignoring a list of other choke points: the Red Sea, the Black Sea, the Rhine at record low levels and the Panama Canal restricted to a 47.5-foot draft, none of which Washington's toolkit can reach. His unifying claim is that most commodities are 'dirt and diesel', so record diesel prices feed straight into everything else, and he flags grains as where the risk is most substantial.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishCrude oil

    Chinese buying is returning — Dubai backwardation says crude catches up to products

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “I'm not ready to go, hey, I'm going to short diesel cracks and I do want to be long oil.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 27:20

    Currie's near-term crude call rests on Chinese demand turning rather than on supply headlines. He argues the consensus has China backwards: it is the reason energy prices are high, not low, because its strategy across steel, aluminium, AI and oil is to buy the input and trade the processing margin, and for domestic price and security reasons it had cut runs and product exports. He reads Dubai backwardation — the spot/forward spread — as evidence the Chinese are buying crude again, which should pull oil up and compress refining margins. On supply he stresses what the market is ignoring: roughly 7m barrels per day still shut in, about 7% of global supply, in a market that runs on thin margins, with the US SPR down around 280m barrels against expert danger thresholds near 270-300m, and no quick fix since Venezuelan crude is a different grade and would take a long time. He expects crude over $100.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    The imbalance is sovereign, not private credit — and it isn't 2008

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “The problem is in the sovereigns this time. That's where the imbalances is.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 44:51

    Asked where today's fragility sits, Currie relocates it from the private sector to governments. He argues explicitly that private credit is not the analogue to 2008-09 and is not systemic, and that pointing at it misses where the leverage actually is: the US, British and Chinese governments. He cites debt-to-GDP to rank the problem — the US around 125%, Japan and China in the 200s to 300s, the UK around 81% — and notes the exceptions are the German-speaking countries and Spain in the 60s, arguing continental Europe excluding the UK and Italy is in relatively good shape. Two consequences follow. First, any downturn looks different from 2008 because the transmission is fiscal rather than through bank and private credit markets. Second, it underwrites the repression thesis: governments with interest bills above defence spending have a standing incentive to push yields down, which he documents as bipartisan and long-running, from Clinton and both Bushes through Obama, Biden, Yellen and now Bessent. His most striking implication is that corporates may trade through sovereigns — Apple's debt at a tighter yield than Treasuries.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    Sanctions made dollar reserves a liability — de-dollarisation is structural, not cyclical

    Jeff CurrieThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “they are going to continue to de-dollarize because something like gold leaves you in a place where you don't have to worry about sanctions.”

    Episode: Forget Tech: Why Hard Assets Will Win The Decade | Jeff Currie

    at 13:50

    Currie's dollar view is the mirror of his gold view and is driven by sanctions policy rather than rates or growth. He argues the pivotal events were Mnuchin's use of secondary sanctions in March 2018 and the subsequent freezing of Russian central bank reserves: Russia's response was to dump some $93bn of Treasuries and replace them with physical gold and banknotes, and every other emerging-market holder drew the same conclusion. He says the normal gold/interest-rate relationship visibly disconnected on that day. With the Treasury again threatening secondary sanctions, his rhetorical question is whether any emerging-market central bank would now hold dollars, and his answer is no. China, at roughly 4.5-5% of reserves in gold, has room to keep going. He is careful to say he is indicting the West broadly rather than the US alone, and concedes the relative point — he would rather own dollars than sterling — while arguing he would rather own gold than either.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    · Beyond The Mag 7 – Positioning For Earnings Peaking and Yields Rising – Liz Ann Sonders

    5 statements

    The miss is coming eventually — but she explicitly declines to call it imminent

    Liz Ann SondersThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “often, it's the inflection point, it's the rate of change, it's the direction of travel that can have an impact.”

    Episode: Beyond The Mag 7 – Positioning For Earnings Peaking and Yields Rising – Liz Ann Sonders

    at 27:26

    Sonders accepts that NVIDIA, Micron and Broadcom keep delivering the revenue and capex numbers the market wants, and says plainly that NVIDIA remains the bellwether for the whole AI movement. Her caution is about arithmetic rather than deterioration: you cannot extrapolate the numbers with an infinity sign, base effects eventually turn against the growth rate, and at some point there will be a miss. Her framing — drawn from 40 years of doing this — is that better-or-worse often matters more than good-or-bad, so a deceleration from 60% to 30% growth can hurt even though 30% is still phenomenal. Her template for how that shows up is Samsung, which beat sell-side consensus on both lines but undershot the buy-side whisper and triggered a rout, dragging the KOSPI into roughly a 40% drawdown given Samsung and SK Hynix's index weight. She expects the next phase to be individual-stock dislocations and wider dispersion rather than an index event, and is explicit that she is not calling an imminent inflection point or predicting it arrives with third-quarter reporting — which is why conviction is low. She also notes buy-the-dip behaviour in these names is still intact.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    This is normalisation, not dislocation — and yields probably have further to rise

    Liz Ann SondersThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “yields are not only just about where they should be, but arguably relative to nominal GDP growth, probably have more upside.”

    Episode: Beyond The Mag 7 – Positioning For Earnings Peaking and Yields Rising – Liz Ann Sonders

    at 3:51

    Sonders frames the rise in yields as a return to normal rather than a break, and says that against nominal GDP growth or inflation, yields are about where they should be with probably more upside. She is explicit that she sees this as healthy: better a normal yield environment than the financial repression after the pandemic and the financial crisis when the 10-year bottomed at half a percent. Her critique of policy is that the Treasury's doubling of long-end buybacks treats the symptom and not the disease, the disease being fiscal profligacy, runaway deficits and debt, with investors demanding more compensation to finance it; she also notes it sits at odds with a Warsh Fed that wants to shrink the balance sheet and let the long end do some tightening for it. Two further pressures: heavy AI-related corporate issuance is a shiny new object pulling investors toward investment grade credit and away from Treasuries, and the inflation problem is substantially supply-side — energy and tariffs — which monetary policy is less able to fix. She expects a 25bp hike. What she watches is order rather than level: 4.75% and then 5% as psychological markers, plus the MOVE index, with a fast or disorderly move through 5% being what would transmit into equity volatility.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Favourable on healthcare, on valuation grounds

    Liz Ann SondersThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “We also, a little bit more from the valuation perspective, are on the more favorable end of the spectrum on health care.”

    Episode: Beyond The Mag 7 – Positioning For Earnings Peaking and Yields Rising – Liz Ann Sonders

    at 41:36

    Part of Schwab's sector framework, which deliberately avoids traditional overweight/underweight labels in favour of a favourable-to-unfavourable scale. Healthcare earns its favourable rating primarily on valuation rather than on a cyclical or thematic argument, which distinguishes it from the cyclical bias she expresses elsewhere toward industrials, materials and financials. At the other end of her scale sit the interest-sensitive sectors, utilities and real estate, which have been the worst performers since yields began rising. The important qualifier she attaches to all of it is that she regards sector labels as too monolithic to act on alone: she advocates a factor overlay — growth factors like positive forward estimates and margin stability, value factors like P/E and price-to-book, and balance-sheet factors like free cash flow and interest coverage — because outperformance has been more consistent at the factor level than the sector level, and dispersion within sectors is now wide. Note this sits directly opposite Jared Dillian's chart-based read the following day that healthcare is topping.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Still constructive — rotation keeps bleeding off excess instead of one index-level crash

    Liz Ann SondersThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think we'd have to be maybe a bit more mindful of the risks right now, but I think there are traditional disciplines that I think can help investors continue to participate in what has been a pretty healthy market backdrop without adding undue risk in portfolio.”

    Episode: Beyond The Mag 7 – Positioning For Earnings Peaking and Yields Rising – Liz Ann Sonders

    at 50:57

    Asked twice whether she is less constructive than in recent years, Sonders says no. Her central claim is that the damage is already happening, just beneath the index: the S&P's maximum drawdown this year was about 9%, never reaching correction territory, but the average of individual members' maximum drawdowns is -25%; for the NASDAQ the index fell 13% while the average member fell 45%. She argues this rotational process — 'rotation is the new momentum trade' — is a healthier way to unwind valuation, sentiment and earnings-expectation excesses than a single 25% index decline. She ties it to an unusual cycle in which rolling sectoral expansions and recessions replace one aggregate boom and bust, a pattern she dates to the pandemic's distortion of goods versus services demand, and expects it to persist. Valuation supports the stance: forward P/E has fallen from about 22 earlier in the year to about 19 as earnings outgrew price. She is pointed that valuation is not a timing tool — forward P/E has essentially zero correlation with subsequent one-year S&P performance and is better read as a sentiment indicator. Her base case holds absent a black swan, a genuine credit crunch, or the Treasury market becoming unanchored.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    NVIDIA and Micron alone are a third of 2026 S&P earnings growth; the top 10 are two-thirds

    Liz Ann SondersThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished

    Show quote

    “We still very much have a concentration problem on the earnings growth side of things.”

    Episode: Beyond The Mag 7 – Positioning For Earnings Peaking and Yields Rising – Liz Ann Sonders

    at 32:15

    Sonders makes a distinction most concentration commentary misses: the market-cap concentration problem has eased while the earnings concentration problem has not. Her numbers for calendar 2026 versus 2025 — two quarters actual, two consensus — are that NVIDIA alone accounts for 18% of expected S&P earnings growth and Micron another 14%, so one third of the index's entire expected earnings growth comes from two companies, and the top ten earnings contributors, which now include Chevron and Exxon, account for two thirds. The consequence is mechanical as well as psychological: a single high-profile miss forces estimates down across the index. She tracks an expanded group she calls the Neural 9 — the Mag 7 plus Micron and Broadcom — and notes the dispersion inside it is already extreme, with Micron the third-largest contributor to S&P returns this year while Tesla ranks 503rd. She offers the offsetting positive that 10 of 11 sectors saw improving earnings profiles in Q2, but says that breadth is simply not meaty enough to matter in a cap-weighted index.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    9 statements

    Long Western bonds get crushed — yields rise INTO the equity selloff, not down

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Bonds are going to get crushed by either devaluation or war.”

    at 46:27

    Gromen expects long-dated Western sovereign yields to keep rising until something breaks, and — this is his stated 'biggest variant perception' — for yields to fall only briefly in an equity risk-off before rising faster as equities fall. The mechanism is that roughly 37-40% of net note and bond issuance since 2022 has been absorbed by Cayman-based hedge funds running the leveraged basis trade; when equity vol rises, those funds degross and turn from the marginal buyer into the marginal seller, so higher vol feeds higher yields. Patient official creditors left in 2014 and were papered over by regulatory changes. He also flags the UK, Japan, Germany and France as at least as fiscally stretched — once one breaks, they all break in short order.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    GRID named alongside PAVE as a grid build-out expression

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Those are the types of companies and types of things that are essentially set to be the people selling picks and shovels to the mining boom that is reshoring the US industrial base and rebuilding the US grid and building out AI.”

    at 48:00

    Named by Gromen alongside PAVE as an ETF expression of his bullish US electrical-infrastructure and reshoring view. He discloses no financial relationship with either ETF and presents them as illustrative of the type of company set to benefit from rebuilding the US grid and the AI build-out, rather than as a specific recommendation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    PAVE named as an expression of the reshoring/grid build-out view

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think ETFs like the PAVE, PAVE, GRID, if you look at those ETFs, if you look at the companies in those ETFs, and I have no financial relationship with either of them.”

    at 48:00

    Named by Gromen as one of two ETF expressions of his bullish US electrical-infrastructure and reshoring view — the companies inside them are 'the people selling picks and shovels to the mining boom that is reshoring the US industrial base and rebuilding the US grid and building out AI.' He discloses no financial relationship with either ETF and frames them as illustrative of the type of company rather than a specific recommendation.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Extremely complacent near term: debt-financed, cash-negative AI capex meets rising rates

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: very short run / tactical

    Show quote

    “In the very short run, I think they are extremely complacent, because ultimately big tech, AI, et cetera, has become very debt-financed, cash-negative debt-financed.”

    at 27:09

    Near-term view. Gromen argues big tech and AI have become heavily debt-financed and cash-flow negative, so a very large, very highly valued slice of the biggest equity index in the world needs to keep borrowing more into a rising underlying rate and cannot afford anything to go wrong. He calls equities extraordinarily complacent about what is happening in Western sovereign bond markets. NOTE: he holds this alongside a constructive long-run view — see the paired bullish row on the same subject.

    Time frame
    very short run / tactical
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Electrical infrastructure is the picks-and-shovels play on reshoring plus AI

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the other core buys of mine are electrical infrastructure”

    at 48:00

    Gromen's second core position after gold. US electricity generation was flat from 2004 to 2024 despite two decades of paper wealth growth, which he reads as evidence the US barely grew in real terms; reversing that — AI demand first, then reshoring — requires a grid build-out. He frames these companies as selling picks and shovels to the reshoring and AI build-out, and names the PAVE and GRID ETFs as the expression, disclosing he has no financial relationship with either.

    What they own
    Says these are things 'we've recommended for clients over the last several years'; no financial relationship with the named ETFs.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishUS dollar

    Weaker dollar in the year ahead, but the real collapse is against gold, not other currencies

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: the year ahead · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think it will be weaker in the year ahead. I don't know much weaker.”

    at 33:11

    Gromen expects a weaker dollar over the next year but not dramatically so, because the debtor nations are devaluing in concert: the US, Japan, Germany, UK and Korea are all running the same defence-spending playbook, so the declines show up against gold and the Chinese yuan rather than against each other. On a longer horizon he expects the dollar to get much weaker — 'the dollar has essentially collapsed against gold in the last three years' from 1800 to 5400 — but explicitly not within the next year.

    Time frame
    the year ahead
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold goes far above the 5,400 record as China settles surpluses in gold, not Treasuries

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think gold is going to continue going higher over time. I think it's going to go way higher than the 5,400 record”

    at 36:22

    Gromen argues gold keeps rising structurally because China is settling its trade surpluses in gold rather than Treasuries — importing ~173 tonnes in a month (~$23bn against a $105bn surplus), roughly a quarter of the surplus, and buying more the further the price falls. He frames gold as replacing the Treasury bond as the reserve asset: China has set up offshore yuan clearing banks in every major gold hub so surplus yuan can be converted to gold and taken home, which internationalises the renminbi without opening the capital account. Western 'defence stimmies' add bond supply and inflation simultaneously, which is bearish bonds and bullish gold. He dismisses the 'not enough gold' objection as a statement about price, not availability — 'not at 4,000, but at 10,000, at 15,000.'

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Ultimately very bullish over the next decade — if you survive it unlevered

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: next decade plus

    Show quote

    “very bearish in the near term, but ultimately very bullish, which is to benefit from the very, what I think is going to happen very bullishly over the next decade”

    at 0:00

    Long-run view, deliberately paired with his near-term bearishness. Gromen argues equities are behaving rationally in dollar terms because the currency, not earnings, is doing the work — the S&P priced in gold is still down ~40% since the 2000 high and down 8% since 4Q18. If the Treasury bond is displaced by gold as the reserve asset, the risk-free rate probably drops to the 1-2% real that gold has delivered for centuries, which he calls 'very bullish equities.' The survival condition is leverage: his single overriding piece of advice is to be unlevered so you are still there in five to ten years.

    Time frame
    next decade plus
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Japanese industrials by elimination: only they can supply the US reshoring build

    Luke GromenThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the Japanese industrial companies are going to have to make a ton of money reshoring the US”

    at 48:00

    Gromen reasons by elimination. Reshoring the US industrial base and grid needs machines the US no longer makes and skilled trades it no longer has, and only Germany, China, Japan and to a lesser extent Korea can supply them. China is excluded politically, Germany is being beaten by China, and the Kospi 'is trading like an altcoin' because it is effectively two AI-memory names — leaving Japan. He specifically prefers Japanese industrials over the headline Nikkei, noting they have lagged it, and argues they will have to do the heavy lifting of rebuilding the US defence base and electrical grid.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    26 statements
    BearishCrude oil

    No path to 150 — demand destruction bites first and Hormuz matters less than the market thinks

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I don't think oil is going to go to 150”

    at 9:50

    Mellon expects demand destruction to be well entrenched before oil could reach 150, and does not think the Strait of Hormuz matters as much as the market believes — the Saudis are exporting around it, the UAE is rapidly building another port beyond it, China is drawing down reserves and cutting consumption, and the US is pumping large volumes. Rather than holding a directional position he trades the range. NOTE: supersedes the neutral Hormuz row archived by the pivot from this same episode.

    What they own
    Trades the oil market in and out around the range — 'every time there's a threat, the oil price goes up, it's time to short it. Every time there's a lull, it's probably time to buy it.' Still holds oil and gas equities.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Lab-made oils at cost parity: whatever is produced will be sold, and production is scaling fast

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I think whatever is produced will be sold and the production rates are going up dramatically.”

    at 32:42

    One of the longest segments of the episode and a long-standing Mellon theme — the subject of his book (rendered 'Moose Law' by the transcript, i.e. Moo's Law), whose update is due soon. Two technologies: cellular agriculture, which amplifies a cell from a living being to produce real beef, pork or fish in a lab rather than a substitute; and precision fermentation, an old brewing process — kimchi and soy sauce work this way — now adept enough to produce dairy proteins identical to cow proteins, egg proteins, and oils. The concrete case is a nearly 12-acre Liverpool factory producing oils with no palms or plants involved, running 100,000-litre batches since the start of the year, already approved for cosmetic oil and expected shortly for palm oil, cocoa butter and olive oil. Crucially he claims cost parity — 'equivalent or lower than the current production' — which he calls griddle parity (i.e. grid parity) with conventionally produced food, plus no deforestation, no antibiotics or hormones, and in fish no microplastics or mercury. Demand side: food insecurity is rife across the GCC and in the UK, which imports 40% of its food.

    What they own
    Deeply invested and conflicted: his group owns ~40% of Clean Food Group, the company running the Liverpool oils plant. He states all profits from his agricultural investments will go to animal welfare. Clean Food Group is PRIVATE — not an extractable subject — but he says it should go public in the next year or so, most likely in the UK.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BullishEquinox Gold EQX

    Mellon said he owns Equinox Gold, a major Canadian gold producer, calling it roughly 3x cash flow.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “It's probably... I mean, if I said it was selling at three times cash flow, I think that's pretty accurate.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 25:28

    Mellon said he owns Equinox Gold, a major Canadian gold producer, calling it roughly 3x cash flow.

    What they own
    Said 'I own Equinox' directly.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishSpaceX

    Mellon said he sees no reason for SpaceX to rally from current levels, citing Elon Musk having released less than 3% of his shares and an expected wave of unlocked-share selling once first-quarter…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I can't see any reason why SpaceX would go up from here.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 39:34

    Mellon said he sees no reason for SpaceX to rally from current levels, citing Elon Musk having released less than 3% of his shares and an expected wave of unlocked-share selling once first-quarter results come out.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Semis 20% off the peak with no sign of wanting to go back up in a hurry

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Semi's are down 20% from their peak now. And they're not displaying any signs of wanting to go back up in a hurry.”

    at 5:06

    Mellon cites semis down 20% from their peak as evidence the market's former leadership is broken, and adds the forward-looking half: no sign of wanting to recover quickly. Raised while explaining why he cannot see what would recapitalise the trade.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Long term gold preserves capital — but he owns the miners, not the metal

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long term

    Show quote

    “over the long term, they're both going to do very well. They're going to preserve your capital, which is what they're designed to do.”

    at 23:56

    The long-term half, held simultaneously with near-term caution. His case is what the asset is for rather than a price target: gold and silver are designed to preserve capital and will do that well over the long run. He anchors the downside at 2,500-3,000, which he does not expect to be reached because central banks remain buyers. NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.

    Time frame
    long term
    What they own
    NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    At 5% the long end of the JGB market beats US yields — but the tightening comes first

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “you've got to look at the long end of the Japanese bond market. You can get something like 4% on that.”

    at 17:52

    Conditional and sequenced. Japanese yields have to rise because the Bank of Japan has not tightened against an inflation Japan has not seen in a very long time — he likens the BoJ to a runaway horse meeting a human for the first time. The buy comes after that adjustment: ~4% today, and at 5% JGBs would be as attractive as US yields while being fundamentally a much better bet. Read as bullish the asset at or after higher yields, not bullish the current price.

    Only if
    premised on the Bank of Japan being forced to tighten and Japanese long yields rising further first
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Gold under pressure short term — a view on the metal, which he does not own

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: short term

    Show quote

    “short term, I think they're still going to be under pressure”

    at 23:56

    The near-term half of an explicitly two-sided view — see the paired long-term bullish row. Mellon says gold and silver remain under pressure short term, and notes how hard it is to cut through the noise because the space is full of perma-bulls who never see an opportunity to sell and buy back. Context: gold peaked at 5,200 earlier in the year and settled near 4,100. NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.

    Time frame
    short term
    What they own
    NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Same long-term capital-preservation case as gold, with a thinner way to own it

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: long term

    Show quote

    “over the long term, they're both going to do very well. They're going to preserve your capital, which is what they're designed to do.”

    at 23:56

    The long-term capital-preservation case applies to silver as much as gold — 'they're both.' Conviction is set one below gold because the expression is weaker: he holds none of the metal and says silver miners are very difficult, there being only a few of them, whereas there are plenty of gold miners generating large profits. NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.

    Time frame
    long term
    What they own
    NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Mellon said North Sea oil & gas stocks (e.g. Ithaca) are very attractive, expecting UK tax/drilling policy to loosen given the political and economic pressure from job losses in Scotland.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I would say that I do think the North Sea stocks are very attractive”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 09:50

    Mellon said North Sea oil & gas stocks (e.g. Ithaca) are very attractive, expecting UK tax/drilling policy to loosen given the political and economic pressure from job losses in Scotland.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Good girls go down with the bad — the whole group underperforms for a while, quality included

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I think that we're going to see all of them underperform for quite a while, even though there are great ones out there.”

    at 5:34

    The 'good girls go down with the bad' argument, drawn from the 2000 bust: Amazon fell 95% peak to trough despite being a good company, because quality did not protect you when the complex de-rated. Asked directly whether there are cheap US tech stocks, he says there probably are — the call is about the group's trajectory, not individual valuation.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Tokyo could double again — repatriation into a market that is still not expensive

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the Tokyo market could, having been moribund for the best part of 30 years, actually double from here again”

    at 26:27

    A distinct call from the long-standing yen position, driven by the same mechanism: if US markets keep declining, Japanese investors — the world's largest international creditors — stampede back into domestic assets, with the Ministry of Finance and Bank of Japan already encouraging repatriation. He acknowledges the market has already been strong and argues that does not preclude a final blow-off, because Japanese equities are still not expensive. He is explicit that he would normally avoid a blow-off ('a game of pass the parcel') and that valuation is what makes this one different.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mellon reiterated his long-standing (so far poorly-timed) bullish yen call, expecting USD/JPY to reach 110-120 as Japan is fundamentally cheap and could see a stampede of repatriated capital.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “I would say that we could see 110 to 120 on the Japanese yen against the US dollar.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 21:58

    Mellon reiterated his long-standing (so far poorly-timed) bullish yen call, expecting USD/JPY to reach 110-120 as Japan is fundamentally cheap and could see a stampede of repatriated capital.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Said he holds a large portion of his cash reserves in Japanese yen; called the trade 'not been great' so far.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Buy the stocks not the metal: miners printing cash at ~$2,000 AISC with gold at 4,000

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens

    Show quote

    “At the moment, you buy the gold and silver stocks.”

    at 23:56

    This is where Mellon actually is, and the distinction is his own: he holds no gold or silver directly, only the miners. The economics carry it — gold miners are making very large profits even at 4,000 rather than 5,500, with all-in sustaining costs generally around $2,000 despite input-cost inflation, so they generate huge amounts of cash and some forward hedge. 'I highly recommend that people look at those,' calling them extremely good buys as long as gold does not fall to 2,500-3,000, which he does not expect while central banks keep buying. He draws the parallel to energy explicitly: sometimes you buy the commodity, sometimes the stocks — right now, the stocks. He also offers the gold miners ETF as an alternative to picking names.

    Only if
    conditional on gold not falling to roughly 2,500-3,000, which he does not expect while central banks keep buying
    What they own
    HELD — this is his actual gold/silver exposure. 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.'
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Bullishatai Life Sciences ATAI

    Mellon said Atai Life Sciences (which acquired Beckley Cytech, a psychedelics company he was an early/founder investor in) is a great buy, since Eli Lilly's bid undervalues it and buyers get downside…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “So I would say that's a great buy at the moment.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 29:48

    Mellon said Atai Life Sciences (which acquired Beckley Cytech, a psychedelics company he was an early/founder investor in) is a great buy, since Eli Lilly's bid undervalues it and buyers get downside protection via a contingent value right worth ~$1.5B.

    What they own
    Says he was a founder/early investor in Beckley Cytech, which was acquired by Atai Life Sciences; Eli Lilly has since bid for Atai.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mellon said UK smaller companies are extremely attractive right now — P/E ratios of 10-11, ~9% free cash flow yields, 4-5% dividend yields — and recommended UK small-cap investment trusts trading at…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “But if I had to choose markets now, I would say UK smaller companies are extremely attractive.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 26:27

    Mellon said UK smaller companies are extremely attractive right now — P/E ratios of 10-11, ~9% free cash flow yields, 4-5% dividend yields — and recommended UK small-cap investment trusts trading at a discount.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Markets trade heavy, margin debt at record highs — be less involved and wait for cheaper

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “gut feel is that we're on a downward trajectory at the moment”

    at 39:34

    Mellon's closing read on the broad US market, distinct from the SpaceX-specific rows. Markets trade 'very heavy'; he points to the gamification of the US market — Robinhood accounts, prediction markets — and margin debt at an all-time high on any measure. His advice follows: be less involved rather than more, do not feel obliged to be in the market at all times, and if hesitant, wait, because there will be an opportunity to buy much cheaper. He endorses Jamie Dimon's 'as good as it gets' remark as pointing the same way.

    What they own
    Says he is a professional investor and still sees areas to make money, while advising non-professionals to wait it out.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    Oracle singled out as 'a pretty precarious place' within the cash-burning tech complex

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “in some cases, maybe oracle in a pretty precarious place”

    at 3:03

    The single name Mellon picks out of the mega-cap tech complex as most exposed, said while arguing these companies have moved from cash-flow positive to cash-flow negative with no visible return on the spend. NOTE: a fresher read on the same subject as his 2026-01-07 Oracle row already in gold — populate supersedes on promotion.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Toward the top of the range: buy bonds, long end only, as a trade not a thesis

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “so bonds are a buy. And I would only buy the long dated ones”

    at 13:13

    A range trade, not a structural call, and he is explicit about the distinction. He does not see the pickup in yields as a tipping point yet, though he sees escalating debt in the major economies as a future one. For now the signals are mixed: employment strong but wage growth weak, below 3%, which he says is not consistent with an inflationary boom. He judges the market toward the upper end of its range, and only the long end because the short end gives insufficient leverage. NOTE: directly contradicted by Luke Gromen on this same show six days later.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Synthetic oils at cost parity take the whole UK palm oil market inside three years

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: within three years

    Show quote

    “That company will own the whole of the palm oil market here in the UK, in my opinion, within three years.”

    at 32:42

    The short side of the novel-proteins theme, and the sharper of the two claims. Mellon argues synthetic oils produced at equivalent or lower cost, with a 19-year patent life (transcript: 'pattern life') and no environmental damage, will take the palm oil market outright — he puts a three-year clock on the UK. The prize is large: he sizes the international palm oil market at about $80bn a year and notes palm oil is used in absolutely everything. His stated view of the incumbents is openly hostile — 'I don't have any great regard for palm oil producers because it's one of the worst products on the planet' — so read the direction as a competitive-displacement call with an ethical overlay, from someone who owns 40% of the challenger.

    Time frame
    within three years
    What they own
    Conflicted — his group owns ~40% of Clean Food Group, the challenger he expects to take the market.
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Microsoft: a compounding company that could still tread water for a couple of years

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “It's a compounding company. But it could just tread water for a couple of years, if not more.”

    at 5:34

    A deliberately qualified negative. Mellon accepts the framing that Microsoft is a great exemplar and calls it a compounding company — he is not disputing quality. His view is on the path, as the expression of his broader 'all of them underperform' call. JUDGEMENT FLAG: 'tread water' sits close to the neutral boundary the pivot cut; filed bearish because it is stated inside an explicitly bearish frame about the whole group.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    2 out of 5

    Metals Exploration: cheap and highly leveraged to gold

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “something called Metals Exploration, because we sold our Condor Gold into it, and that looks very cheap, very leveraged to the price of gold”

    at 25:28

    One of two miners Mellon names as examples of the buy-the-miners stance, alongside Equinox. Long held, having sold Condor Gold into it, and described as very cheap and very leveraged to the gold price. NOTE: a January 2026 row on this same holding was archived as neutral by the pivot — there he described cutting the position; here it sits inside an actively recommended sector. Populate supersedes on promotion.

    What they own
    HELD, long standing — the vehicle into which he sold his Condor Gold stake.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Silver under pressure short term — and few miners to own instead

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: short term

    Show quote

    “short term, I think they're still going to be under pressure”

    at 23:56

    Silver tracks gold in Mellon's near-term view — he says 'they're both' throughout. Context: silver peaked at 110 earlier in the year and settled around 60. NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression. Silver is the harder one to express even through equities: he notes 'silver miners are very difficult. There's only a few of them,' in contrast to the plentiful gold miners.

    Time frame
    short term
    What they own
    NOT HELD IN THE METAL. Says plainly: 'I'm not in gold and silver at the moment, except for the miners.' This row is his stated view on the metal; his money is in the mining equities — see the gold-miners, EQX and MTL.L rows for the expression.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Mag 7 down ~30% from the June highs — cash-flow positive to cash-flow negative, with no visible payoff

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “the business model has changed, not for the best, and the business they've gone into doesn't look like being a profitable one for a very long time to come, if ever”

    at 3:03

    The episode's headline view. Mellon notes the Mag 7 are down ~30% on average from the June 24th highs, which he calls incredible given their weight in the S&P and in fund portfolios. His explanation is business model rather than sentiment: these companies are moving from cash-flow positive to cash-flow negative, there is no real sign they will make money from the expenditure they are making, and the business they have moved into does not look profitable for a very long time, if ever. He singles out Oracle as possibly precarious, and frames investor fatigue with the whole tech complex as sitting on top of that.

    How sure
    5 out of 5

    BearishSpaceX

    Mellon reiterated his own prior call — SpaceX as 'the biggest short of all time,' written in the Master Investor letter — noting it's down 50% from its high, and called it the main signal of a…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “which I wrote in the Master Investor letter was the biggest short of all time, and so it has proved.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 04:08

    Mellon reiterated his own prior call — SpaceX as 'the biggest short of all time,' written in the Master Investor letter — noting it's down 50% from its high, and called it the main signal of a broader market tipping point.

    What they own
    Explicitly his own prior published call in the Master Investor letter, not a reported/consensus view.
    How sure
    5 out of 5

    Mellon said Chinese stocks could be very attractive at the moment, noting the government is starting to address destructive overcompetition in sectors like solar and EVs, and that Chinese equities…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “it could just be that Chinese stocks are very attractive at the moment.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 28:07

    Mellon said Chinese stocks could be very attractive at the moment, noting the government is starting to address destructive overcompetition in sectors like solar and EVs, and that Chinese equities trade at a fraction of comparable US valuations.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    15 statements
    BullishBP BP

    Mellon said he's been buying BP as part of loading up on oil and gas — a ~5% dividend yield UK major he finds attractive in the current environment.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “We've been buying BP”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 16:32

    Mellon said he's been buying BP as part of loading up on oil and gas — a ~5% dividend yield UK major he finds attractive in the current environment.

    What they own
    Host confirms 'Jim clearly has positions in those stocks, which he's just mentioned.'
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mellon said China's economy has serious deflation and its property market is still a huge mess that won't be fixed until at least 2030, with real GDP growth more like 2-3% versus the stated 5% and…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: until at least 2030

    Show quote

    “Well, it's got a serious deflation, the property market is still in a huge mess, it won't be fixed until at least 2030”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 30:13

    Mellon said China's economy has serious deflation and its property market is still a huge mess that won't be fixed until at least 2030, with real GDP growth more like 2-3% versus the stated 5% and rising youth unemployment — though he separately sees the undervalued yuan/exports and cheap Chinese equities as attractive.

    Time frame
    until at least 2030
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishOracle ORCL

    Mellon flagged Oracle as the one Mag-7-adjacent name to watch closely, given its CDS spreads have risen sharply — the only one of the big tech names he sees as heavily leveraged.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “I would watch Oracle in particular, given the rapid rise in the insurance protection against its bonds, because it is the only one that's heavily leveraged of these big tech companies.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 36:07

    Mellon flagged Oracle as the one Mag-7-adjacent name to watch closely, given its CDS spreads have risen sharply — the only one of the big tech names he sees as heavily leveraged.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BearishTesla TSLA

    Mellon is bearish/cautious on Tesla at current levels — over a trillion-dollar valuation for a company whose core car business is under severe threat from Chinese competition and whose humanoid robot…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “you are paying more than a trillion dollars for the benefit of being invested in Tesla, which has got a car division that is under severe threat from the Chinese.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 25:31

    Mellon is bearish/cautious on Tesla at current levels — over a trillion-dollar valuation for a company whose core car business is under severe threat from Chinese competition and whose humanoid robot and robotaxi promises remain unproven (deliveries down 16% last quarter internationally).

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishBaidu BIDU

    Mellon said Baidu is probably the leader in China's robotaxi race, which he sees taking off even faster in China than in the US given the country's manufacturing cost advantage in robotics.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “Baidu in China, which is an old Internet Yahoo type company in China, but happens to be probably the leader in robo-taxis in China”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 22:13

    Mellon said Baidu is probably the leader in China's robotaxi race, which he sees taking off even faster in China than in the US given the country's manufacturing cost advantage in robotics.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Mellon said he's cut his gold/silver exposure by ~80% after a very strong 4-year run (gold from a ~$3,000 consensus view to $4,400; an 'extraordinary' silver move), rotating the proceeds into oil and…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we have reduced our position in gold and silver exposure by 80 percent, I think that would be about accurate.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 08:06

    Mellon said he's cut his gold/silver exposure by ~80% after a very strong 4-year run (gold from a ~$3,000 consensus view to $4,400; an 'extraordinary' silver move), rotating the proceeds into oil and gas.

    What they own
    Explicitly quantifies the reduction: ~80% cut to gold/silver exposure, still holds 'a reasonable exposure.'
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishBaker Hughes BKR

    Mellon said Schlumberger (transcribed 'Schoenberg') and Baker Hughes look like good buys, relatively inexpensive oilfield-services names within his energy pivot.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And I would add that Schoenberg and Baker Hughes look like good buyers as well, relatively inexpensive.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 16:32

    Mellon said Schlumberger (transcribed 'Schoenberg') and Baker Hughes look like good buys, relatively inexpensive oilfield-services names within his energy pivot.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSchlumberger SLB

    Mellon said Schlumberger (transcribed 'Schoenberg') and Baker Hughes look like good buys, relatively inexpensive oilfield-services names within his energy pivot.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “And I would add that Schoenberg and Baker Hughes look like good buyers as well, relatively inexpensive.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 16:32

    Mellon said Schlumberger (transcribed 'Schoenberg') and Baker Hughes look like good buys, relatively inexpensive oilfield-services names within his energy pivot.

    How sure
    3 out of 5

    BullishSantos

    Mellon said he's been buying Equinor (Norway) and Santos (Australia) as part of loading up on internationally diversified oil and gas names.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we've been buying Equinor, which is a Norwegian oil and gas company, Santos in Australia.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 16:32

    Mellon said he's been buying Equinor (Norway) and Santos (Australia) as part of loading up on internationally diversified oil and gas names.

    What they own
    Host confirms 'Jim clearly has positions in those stocks, which he's just mentioned.'
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mellon said the Chinese yuan is massively undervalued (using the example that an equivalent Uber ride costs ~1/7th as much in China as in the US), though he notes it's not really tradeable for most…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “So the currency is massively undervalued.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 30:13

    Mellon said the Chinese yuan is massively undervalued (using the example that an equivalent Uber ride costs ~1/7th as much in China as in the US), though he notes it's not really tradeable for most investors — hence his preference for the yen as a proxy.

    Only if
    not directly tradeable/investable for most investors — no accessible forward market
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Mellon said he's cut his gold/silver exposure by ~80% after a very strong 4-year run (gold from a ~$3,000 consensus view to $4,400; an 'extraordinary' silver move), rotating the proceeds into oil and…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we have reduced our position in gold and silver exposure by 80 percent, I think that would be about accurate.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 08:06

    Mellon said he's cut his gold/silver exposure by ~80% after a very strong 4-year run (gold from a ~$3,000 consensus view to $4,400; an 'extraordinary' silver move), rotating the proceeds into oil and gas.

    What they own
    Explicitly quantifies the reduction: ~80% cut to gold/silver exposure, still holds 'a reasonable exposure.'
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mellon is bearish/cautious on the Mag-7 as a group — ~40% of S&P market cap concentrated in companies all doing essentially the same thing (AI capex), which he calls a dangerous concentration risk he…

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “those seven stocks represent about 40% of the market capitalization of the S&P, which is just a huge and very dangerous concentration risk”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 09:35

    Mellon is bearish/cautious on the Mag-7 as a group — ~40% of S&P market cap concentrated in companies all doing essentially the same thing (AI capex), which he calls a dangerous concentration risk he doesn't want to be part of, even though he thinks they may have further to run.

    How sure
    4 out of 5

    BullishEquinor EQNR

    Mellon said he's been buying Equinor (Norway) and Santos (Australia) as part of loading up on internationally diversified oil and gas names.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Show quote

    “we've been buying Equinor, which is a Norwegian oil and gas company, Santos in Australia.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 16:32

    Mellon said he's been buying Equinor (Norway) and Santos (Australia) as part of loading up on internationally diversified oil and gas names.

    What they own
    Host confirms 'Jim clearly has positions in those stocks, which he's just mentioned.'
    How sure
    4 out of 5

    Mellon said he's buying Jersey Oil and Gas as a speculative North Sea play, betting UK drilling restrictions will eventually loosen.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Only if something happens · Not sure

    Show quote

    “We've been buying Jersey Oil and Gas, which is a speculative North Sea oil play, because I do believe the UK is going to have to let them drill baby drill.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 16:32

    Mellon said he's buying Jersey Oil and Gas as a speculative North Sea play, betting UK drilling restrictions will eventually loosen.

    Only if
    bet on UK North Sea drilling policy loosening
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Host confirms 'Jim clearly has positions in those stocks, which he's just mentioned.'
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Mellon reiterated his (so far unrewarded) bullish yen call — sees it as severely undervalued and a good proxy for the (harder-to-trade) yuan, with possible 20% upside this year.

    Jim MellonThe Master Investor Podcast with Wilfred FrostPublished Older than 8 weeks

    Time frame: this year · Not sure

    Show quote

    “I think the yen is going to be a good proxy for the yuan, and the yen is by any measure severely undervalued, and I think we'll go up possibly 20% this year.”

    Play episode (opens in a new tab)at 30:13

    Mellon reiterated his (so far unrewarded) bullish yen call — sees it as severely undervalued and a good proxy for the (harder-to-trade) yuan, with possible 20% upside this year.

    Time frame
    this year
    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says he holds yen; notes the trade 'has not moved in the last year' so far.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Alpha Exchange

    1 bullish · 2 bearish1 episode · 3 statements · 1 speakerLatest

    · Chris Hentemann, Founder and CIO, 400 Capital Management

    3 statements

    The buildout needs so much capital that a broadly felt correction is much more likely

    Chris HentemannAlpha ExchangePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “Without a doubt, these numbers and this new mega trend that we're witnessing in technology is requiring a lot of capital. I would certainly say there's a much higher risk for some form of a correction that's going to actually be felt broadly.”

    Episode: Chris Hentemann, Founder and CIO, 400 Capital Management

    at 46:37

    Hentemann believes in the technology and says the infrastructure buildout is real, but the amount of capital this trend requires leaves him expecting a correction that is felt broadly. He puts no date on it and positions for it instead. Two things follow. He wants cash-flow yield and principal coming back, and watches the cash-flow velocity of the portfolio so that dry powder keeps arriving without having to sell anything. And he has moved from first mover to second mover on the newer financings, equipment and data centres among them: he would rather let somebody else stub their toe, then repeat the trade quickly, than chase trends late cycle. Asked what reminds him of the pre-crisis credit expansion, he says the circularity people describe between Nvidia, Google and Oracle gives him pause, because it looks like one party covering another creditor's tail risk for some other contingent reason, the kind of blind spot the banks took on in the early 2000s, and an outside lender who cannot map the boxes and arrows may be carrying a risk it cannot see.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says the firm is deleveraging its risk, taking principal back, holding high cash-flow-yielding assets and keeping dry powder so it can be nimble if markets move.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Lends against the power equipment, not the building: there is a bid, a secondary market and another use for it

    Chris HentemannAlpha ExchangePublished

    Show quote

    “But what we do like is we recognize that power is in huge demand. Power's got some old school technology, not new technology, that has, let's call it depreciation schedules and secondary markets, and most importantly, alternative uses beyond whether it works around the data center or not, that I think we tend to like, and it's in demand. There's good bid for it, there's good price support for the asset.”

    Episode: Chris Hentemann, Founder and CIO, 400 Capital Management

    at 41:19

    Hentemann's firm takes its part of the AI buildout through the power equipment rather than through the data centre. He argues power is in huge demand and that the equipment is old, well-understood technology with established depreciation schedules, a secondary market and, the point he returns to, uses beyond the data centre it was bought for, so there is a bid and price support for the asset itself. That lets the firm identify the collateral, lend against it, and transfer or redeploy it if the project does not go through, which is the realisable asset value he says he needs instead of relying on a tenant's good faith. He does not expect the pricing to last: he says the curve normalises quickly around anything to do with technology, there is a lot of capital competing, and returns will eventually get more efficient, so his edge for now is the speed with which a private lender can underwrite and commit.

    What they own
    Says 400 Capital finances the power side of these projects rather than the data centre shell, and that it has put the firm into the thick of a lot of these transactions. He says the firm has grown to about eight billion dollars, roughly half liquid and half bespoke private lending.
    How sure
    3 out of 5

    Won't finance the data-centre shell: the alternative-use case is questionable

    Chris HentemannAlpha ExchangePublished

    Not sure

    Show quote

    “We've taken this approach that data center financing for the shell, it's questionable whether we like the alternative use studies on that, just philosophically, we looked at a lot of it. We continue to look at it, we'll see how those things evolve. There are a little bit of a stretch in that context.”

    Episode: Chris Hentemann, Founder and CIO, 400 Capital Management

    at 41:19

    Hentemann will not lend against the data-centre shell. His firm underwrites a realisable asset value rather than a tenant's credit, and the first question he asks of any commercial property is what else it could be used for; having been through the retail cycle and the office cycle, where space everyone treated as the gold standard went dark and could not be given away, he says the alternative-use studies on a data centre shell are questionable and a stretch. He grants that the large technology tenants look pristine as counterparties, with exploding earnings and cash flows and little leverage, and that there is a whole set of lenders who are good at underwriting exactly that credit, but it is not his expertise and he avoids it. He is not calling the sector down: he says they have looked at a lot of it, continue to look, and will see how it evolves.

    Not sure
    Yes, said with doubt
    What they own
    Says 400 Capital has looked at a lot of data-centre shell financing and keeps looking at it, but does not do it, and lends against the power equipment instead.
    How sure
    3 out of 5